As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 9, 2023.
Registration No. 333-271270
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Amendment No. 2
to
Form F-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
Bermuda | 6331 | Not Applicable | ||
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number) |
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number) |
Fidelis Insurance Holdings Limited
Waterloo House,
100 Pitts Bay Road,
Pembroke,
Bermuda, HM08
+1 441 279 2500
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrants Principal Executive Offices)
Puglisi & Associates
850 Library Avenue, Suite 204
Newark, Delaware 19711
Attention: Mr. Donald J. Puglisi
(Address, Including Zip Code, of Registrants agent for service)
Copies to:
Joseph D. Ferraro Jennifer Tait Willkie Farr & Gallagher (UK) LLP Citypoint, 1 Ropemaker Street London EC2Y 9AW United Kingdom Telephone: +44 20 3580 4700 |
Gary D. Boss Benjamin J. Cohen Kirsten Gaeta Latham & Watkins LLP 1271 Avenue of the Americas New York, New York 10020 Telephone: (212) 906-1200 |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box ☐
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of large accelerated filer, accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, and emerging growth company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer | ☐ | Accelerated filer | ☐ | |||
Non-accelerated filer (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) | ☒ | |||||
Smaller reporting company | ☐ | Emerging growth company | ☐ |
If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐
The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. The securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is declared effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale of such securities is not permitted.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED , 2023
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Common Shares
This is the initial public offering of the common shares, par value $0.01 per share, of Fidelis Insurance Holdings Limited (the Common Shares). We are offering Common Shares. The selling shareholders named under the caption Principal and Selling Shareholders below (the Selling Shareholders) are offering an additional Common Shares. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the Common Shares being sold by the Selling Shareholders in this offering.
Currently, no public market exists for our Common Shares. We intend to apply to list our Common Shares on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) under the symbol FIHL. We intend to list our Common Shares on NYSE on or about , 2023.
We anticipate that the initial public offering price for our Common Shares will be between $ and $ per Common Share.
Investing in our Common Shares involves risks. See Risk Factors beginning on page 33. Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Per Common Share |
Total | |||||||
Initial public offering price |
$ | $ | ||||||
Underwriting discounts and commissions(1) |
$ | $ | ||||||
Proceeds, before expenses, to Fidelis Insurance Holdings Limited |
$ | $ | ||||||
Proceeds, before expenses, to the Selling Shareholders |
$ | $ | ||||||
|
|
|
|
(1) | Please see Underwriting for a description of compensation payable to the underwriters. |
The underwriters also may purchase up to additional Common Shares from the Selling Shareholders at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.
The underwriters expect to deliver the Common Shares to purchasers on or about , 2023.
J.P. Morgan | Barclays |
Jefferies |
|
BMO Capital Markets | Citigroup | Credit Suisse |
|
Dowling & Partners Securities, LLC |
Prospectus dated , 2023
Page | ||||
1 | ||||
5 | ||||
26 | ||||
33 | ||||
92 | ||||
93 | ||||
94 | ||||
95 | ||||
97 | ||||
99 | ||||
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information |
102 | |||
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
111 | |||
158 | ||||
181 | ||||
190 | ||||
196 | ||||
199 | ||||
216 | ||||
226 | ||||
234 | ||||
237 | ||||
251 | ||||
264 | ||||
272 | ||||
273 | ||||
274 | ||||
275 | ||||
F-1 |
i
We and the Selling Shareholders have not authorized anyone to provide any information different from that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses prepared by us or on our behalf or to which we have referred prospective investors. We and the Selling Shareholders take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give prospective investors. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only at the date on the front cover of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of our Common Shares.
We further note that the representations, warranties and covenants made by us in any agreement that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part were made solely for the benefit of the parties to such agreement, including, in some cases, for the purpose of allocating risk among the parties to such agreement, and should not be deemed to be a representation, warranty or covenant made to prospective investors or for the benefit of prospective investors. Moreover, such representations, warranties or covenants were accurate only at the date they were made. Accordingly, such representations, warranties and covenants should not be relied on as accurately representing the current state of our affairs.
Except as otherwise indicated, the information in this prospectus assumes the effectiveness of our Amended and Restated Bye-Laws (as defined herein) and the consummation of (i) a number of separation and reorganization transactions, which were completed on January 3, 2023, in order to create two distinct holding companies and businesses: FIHL (as the issuer of the Common Shares sold by the Selling Shareholders in this offering) and Shelf Holdco II Limited (MGU HoldCo) (the Separation Transactions) and (ii) this offering.
Certain Defined Terms
Certain abbreviations and definitions of certain insurance, reinsurance, financial and other terms used in this prospectus are defined in the Glossary of Selected Terms section of this prospectus.
Exchange Control
We intend to apply for and expect to receive consent under the Exchange Control Act 1972 (and its related regulations) from the Bermuda Monetary Authority (the BMA) for the issue and transfer of the Common Shares to and between non-residents of Bermuda for exchange control purposes provided the Common Shares remain listed on an appointed stock exchange, which includes NYSE. In granting such consent, neither the BMA nor any other relevant Bermuda authority or government body accepts any responsibility for our financial soundness or the correctness of any of the statements made or opinions expressed in this prospectus.
Service of Process and Enforcement of Civil Liabilities
We are a Bermuda exempted company. As a result, the rights of holders of our Common Shares will be governed by Bermuda law and our memorandum of association and the Amended and Restated Bye-Laws. The rights of shareholders under Bermuda law may differ from the rights of shareholders of companies incorporated in other jurisdictions. Some of our directors and officers are not residents of the United States, and a substantial portion of our assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process on those persons in the United States or to enforce in the United States judgments obtained in U.S. courts against us or those persons based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws. It is doubtful whether courts in Bermuda will enforce judgments obtained in other jurisdictions, including the United States, against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of those jurisdictions or entertain actions in Bermuda against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of other jurisdictions.
1
Investors Outside the United States
Neither we nor any of the Selling Shareholders have done anything that would permit the possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of our Common Shares and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.
REGISTERED TRADEMARKS AND TRADEMARK APPLICATIONS
We own or have rights to use trademarks, service marks or trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business. Other trademarks, service marks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights referred to in this prospectus are listed without the ©, ® and symbols, but we will assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensors to these trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights.
MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA AND FORECASTS
Certain market and industry data and forecasts included in this prospectus were obtained from independent market research, industry publications and surveys, governmental agencies and publicly available information. Industry surveys, publications and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of such information is not guaranteed. We have not independently verified any of the data from third-party sources, nor have we ascertained the underlying assumptions relied upon therein. Similarly, independent market research and industry forecasts, which we believe to be reliable based upon our managements knowledge of the industry, have not been independently verified. While we are not aware of any material misstatements regarding the market or industry data presented herein, our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading Risk Factors.
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
Presentation of Financial Information
References to Previous Fidelis refer to Fidelis Insurance Holdings Limited (FIHL) and its consolidated subsidiaries prior to the consummation of the Separation Transactions and this offering. References to Current Fidelis refer to FIHL and its consolidated subsidiaries following the consummation of the Separation Transactions. Unless otherwise indicated, or the context otherwise requires, references herein to Fidelis, Group, we, our, us, and other similar references refer (i) prior to the consummation of the Separation Transactions and this offering to Previous Fidelis and (ii) following the consummation of the Separation Transactions to Current Fidelis. Unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise requires, all information in this prospectus reflects the consummation of the Separation Transactions and the completion of this offering. References to segment(s) and pillar(s) shall have the same meaning as used herein and shall be used interchangeably to refer to each of the three pillars or segments of our business, Bespoke, Specialty and Reinsurance.
See SummaryThe Separation Transactions, SummaryOur Corporate Structure and The Separation Transactions for a more particularized description of the Separation Transactions.
The financial information included herein has been derived from the financial statements and accounting records of Fidelis and has been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the
2
United States (U.S. GAAP). Following this offering, FIHL will operate and control all of the business and affairs and consolidate the financial results of FIHL and its consolidated subsidiaries. Amounts in this prospectus and the financial statements included in this prospectus are presented in U.S. dollars rounded to the nearest million, unless otherwise noted. Certain amounts presented in tables are subject to rounding adjustments and, as a result, the totals in such tables may not sum.
The financial information included herein contains the following measures, which we use to assess the financial performance of our business:
Premiums Written
| Gross premiums written (GPW) means total premiums received; and |
| Net premiums written (NPW) means GPW less reinsurance premiums ceded. |
Premiums written are recorded on inception of the policy. Premiums written include estimates based on information received from insureds, brokers and cedants, and any subsequent differences arising on such estimates are recorded as premiums written in the period in which they are determined.
Earned and Unearned Premiums
Premiums written are earned on a basis consistent with risks covered over the period the coverage is provided. Net premiums written, when earned, are referred to herein as net premiums earned (NPE).
The portion of the premiums written applicable to the unexpired terms of the underlying contracts and policies are recorded as unearned premium (UPR).
Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measures
Our financial statements included in this prospectus have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We have included certain non-U.S. GAAP financial measures in this prospectus, as further described below, that may not be directly comparable to other similarly titled measures used by other companies and therefore may not be comparable among companies. For purposes of Regulation G and Section 10(e) of Regulation S-K, a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a companys historical or future financial performance, financial position or cash flows that excludes amounts, or is subject to adjustments that have the effect of excluding amounts, that are included in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP in the statements of operations, balance sheets, or statement of cash flows of the company; or includes amounts, or is subject to adjustments that have the effect of including amounts, that are excluded from most directly comparable measure so calculated and presented. Pursuant to the requirements of Regulation G and Section 10(e) of Regulation S-K, we have provided reconciliations of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures. These non-U.S. GAAP measures are provided because our management uses these financial measures in monitoring and evaluating our ongoing results and trends.
This prospectus contains non-U.S. GAAP financial measures, including accident year loss ratio excluding catastrophes, large losses and prior year reserve movements, operating net income, and operating return on equity (Operating RoE), which are financial measures that are not required by, or presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Performance Measures and Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measures for an explanation and reconciliations.
We believe that, in addition to our results determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP (that include performance measures such as ratio of losses and loss adjustment expenses to NPE (loss ratio), underwriting
3
ratio, expense ratio, Fidelis MGU commissions ratio, policy acquisition expense ratio, general and administrative expense ratio, combined ratio, net investment return, total investment return, total investment return percentage and return on equity (RoE), certain non-U.S. GAAP measures, including accident year loss ratio excluding catastrophes, large losses and prior year reserve movements, operating net income, and Operating RoE are useful in evaluating our business and the underlying trends that are affecting our performance. Such non-U.S. GAAP measures are primary indicators that our management uses internally to conduct and measure its business and evaluate the performance of its consolidated operations. Our management believes these non-U.S. GAAP financial measures are useful as they provide meaningful analysis of the performance of the business. These non-U.S. GAAP financial measures are used in addition to and in conjunction with results presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. These non-U.S. GAAP financial measures reflect an additional way of viewing aspects of our operations that, when viewed with our U.S. GAAP results and, where applicable, the accompanying reconciliations to corresponding U.S. GAAP financial measures, provide a more complete understanding of factors and trends affecting our business. A material limitation associated with these non-U.S. GAAP measures compared to the U.S. GAAP measures is that they may not be comparable to other companies with similarly titled items that present related measures differently. The non-U.S. GAAP measures should be considered as a supplement to, and not as a substitute for or superior to, the corresponding measures calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for a reconciliation of these non-U.S. GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable financial measures stated in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
4
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Because this is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in Common Shares and it is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including Risk Factors, Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements, and our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding to purchase Common Shares. Unless otherwise indicated, or the context otherwise requires, references herein to Fidelis, Group, we, our, us, and other similar references refer (i) prior to the consummation of the Separation Transactions and this offering to Previous Fidelis and (ii) following the consummation of the Separation Transactions to Current Fidelis.
Certain abbreviations and definitions of certain insurance, reinsurance, financial and other terms used in this prospectus are defined in the Glossary of Selected Terms section of this prospectus.
Our History; Then to Now
Fidelis is a global (re)insurance company, with operations in Bermuda, Ireland and the United Kingdom. FIHL was formed in Bermuda in 2014 by Richard Brindle, under the principles of focused, process-driven and disciplined underwriting and risk selection, strong client and broker relationships and nimble capital deployment. Fidelis completed its initial funding and began underwriting business in June 2015 under the direction of an experienced management team led by Richard Brindle. Since then, Fidelis has assembled a diversified global book of (re)insurance business and achieved scale as a specialty (re)insurer with GPW of $3.0 billion, total revenues of $1.5 billion and net income of $62.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. Our growth has continued in 2023, with our GPW increasing to $1.2 billion in the three months ended March 31, 2023 compared to $1.0 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2022.
On January 3, 2023, the Separation Transactions were completed and two distinct holding companies and businesses were created: FIHL and MGU HoldCo. FIHL is the parent holding company for Current Fidelis, is the issuer of the Common Shares sold by the Selling Shareholders in this offering and continues to own all of the insurance operating subsidiaries of Current Fidelis, comprised of Fidelis Insurance Bermuda Limited (FIBL), Fidelis Underwriting Limited (FUL) and Fidelis Insurance Ireland DAC (FIID). Current Fidelis also has its own service company, FIHL (UK) Services Limited, with a branch in Ireland (FIHL (UK) Services).
MGU HoldCo is the parent holding company for the managing general underwriting platform (the Fidelis MGU) that carries on the origination and underwriting activities on behalf of Current Fidelis and is led by Mr. Brindle. MGU HoldCos principal operating subsidiaries are Pine Walk Capital Limited (Pine Walk Capital), Pine Walk Europe SRL (Pine Walk Europe) and Shelf Opco Bermuda Limited, a newly incorporated MGU in Bermuda (Bermuda MGU). The underwriting activities of each of the licensed insurance carriers of Current Fidelis (FIBL, FUL and FIID) are outsourced to the corresponding operating subsidiaries of Fidelis MGU on a jurisdictional basis (Bermuda MGU, Pine Walk Capital and Pine Walk Europe, respectively). Each of the operating subsidiaries of Fidelis MGU has delegated underwriting authority to source and bind contracts for and on behalf of each of FIBL, FUL and FIID, respectively. See Material Contracts and Related Party TransactionsFramework Agreement. MGU HoldCo and its subsidiaries will not be consolidated with FIHL and its subsidiaries.
On December 20, 2022, FIHL and MGU HoldCo entered into a rolling 10-year framework agreement (the Framework Agreement) that governs the ongoing relationship between the two groups of companies (see Our Corporate Structure for additional details). Following the consummation of the Separation Transactions on January 3, 2023, Mr. Brindles employment agreement and the employment agreements of certain other senior management and other employees of Previous Fidelis remained with Fidelis Marketing Limited (FML) (the
5
service company which transferred to and became part of Fidelis MGU as part of the Separation Transactions), and Mr. Brindle is now the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Fidelis MGU. See The Separation Transactions.
The Separation Transactions allow FIHL to access the underwriting expertise of Fidelis MGU while allowing Fidelis MGU to attract and retain highly sophisticated underwriting talent, including Mr. Brindle and senior underwriters. We believe that the Separation Transactions and the Framework Agreement have structural benefits for both groups of companies, including increased flexibility to quickly respond to evolving insurance and reinsurance market conditions and to help sustain our strong underwriting results through access to top talent. Our objective following the completion of the Separation Transactions remains to further solidify Fidelis position as a leading bespoke, specialty and property underwriter.
Prior to the Separation Transactions, the Group was assigned an A (Excellent) financial strength rating by A.M. Best Company, Inc. (A.M. Best), the third-highest of 13 rating levels, with a stable outlook on all entities. A.M. Bests ratings range from A+ to D. Each A.M. Best rating category from A+ to C may be designated either an additional plus (+) or a minus (-) sign as a rating notch that reflects a gradation of financial strength within the rating category. Additionally, A.M. Best assigned a BBB long-term issuer credit rating to FIHL, which indicates a good ability to meet ongoing senior financial obligations and a financial strength rating of A (Excellent) and the long-term issuer credit rating of A (Excellent) to FIBL, FUL and FIID. In connection with the Separation Transactions, the Group completed a rating evaluation service with A.M. Best, following which, A.M. Best had placed under review with negative implications the ratings assigned to FIHL, including the Groups financial strength rating of A. On February 3, 2023, A.M. Best removed from under review with negative implications and affirmed the financial strength rating of A (Excellent) and the long-term issuer credit rating of A (Excellent) of FIBL, FUL and FIID. In addition, A.M. Best removed from under review with negative implications and affirmed the long-term issuer credit rating of BBB (Good) of FIHL. The outlook assigned to these ratings remained negative at such date. The negative outlooks acknowledge that A.M. Best has noted that it will continue to monitor the Groups market presence as well as subsequent operating performance now that the Separation Transactions have been consummated.
Prior to the Separation Transactions, the Group was assigned an A- financial strength rating by S&P Global Ratings (S&P), with a positive outlook, which indicates strong capacity to meet financial commitments but somewhat more susceptibility to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than those in higher-rated categories. S&Ps ratings range from AAA to D. Each S&P rating category from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the rating categories. Additionally, S&P has assigned a BBB long term issuer rating to FIHL, which indicates adequate capacity to meet financial commitments but greater susceptibility to adverse economic conditions. In connection with the Separation Transactions, the Group completed a rating evaluation service with S&P, following which, S&P had placed under review the ratings assigned to FIHL, including the Groups financial strength rating of A-. On August 5, 2022, S&P affirmed the Groups ratings, including the A- financial strength rating assigned to the Group and a BBB long term issuer rating to FIHL, but revised its outlook from positive to stable for all entities. Despite the revision, S&P expressed confidence in the Groups future operating earnings and strong capital position, noting in particular the Groups underwriting outperformance of peers between 2017 and 2022.
Following the announcement of the Separation Transactions, on August 1, 2022, Moodys Investors Service (Moodys) assigned a Baa2 long-term issuer rating to FIHL and A3 insurance financial strength ratings to FIBL, FUL and FIID. The outlook for FIHL is stable. Moodys generic rating classifications range from Aaa to C. Each Moodys generic rating classification from Aa to Caa may be modified to append numerical modifiers 1, 2, or 3 to show relative position within the rating categories.
6
Our Company
Fidelis is a leading global provider of bespoke and specialty insurance and reinsurance products. We believe our differentiated underwriting positions us well to generate strong returns across (re)insurance cycles. Current Fidelis is led by Mr. Daniel Burrows who has more than 35 years of experience in the insurance industry and is supported by a highly experienced management team that manages the operations of Current Fidelis based on our founding principles.
Following the Separation Transactions, Current Fidelis is positioned as a global, specialty insurance provider with exclusive right of first access to Fidelis MGUs underwriting business during the term of the Framework Agreement. Based on Fidelis historical experience, we expect this long-term partnership to deliver strong returns to our shareholders, primarily driven by our underwriting results. We aim to be good stewards of capital by effectively balancing capital deployment across market opportunities with capital distributions to our shareholders.
We will continue to benefit from decades of thought and process leadership and innovation through our strategic relationship with Fidelis MGU. The management team of Fidelis MGU, led by Mr. Brindle, has a robust track record built across multiple platforms. Mr. Brindle has more than 38 years of underwriting leadership, including founding Lancashire Holdings Limited (Lancashire) and holding leading roles at Syndicates 488 and 2488 at Lloyds of London (Lloyds). Teams led by Mr. Brindle oversaw Lancashire stock price appreciation of 412.0% from December 16, 2005 (the date of Lancashires initial public offering) to December 31, 2013 (immediately prior to his retirement from Lancashire), significantly exceeding the 71.0% price appreciation from a group of Lancashires publicly traded insurance company peers for the period (including Ace, XL, Arch, Everest, PartnerRe, Axis, Allied World, Renaissance Re, Validus, Montpelier, Greenlight Re, Third Point Re, Hiscox, Amlin, Catlin, Beazley and Novae). Past performance of Lancashire is no guarantee of future results for Fidelis. Mr. Brindle and his team also outperformed at Lloyds by delivering a 17.5% return on a straight average for Syndicates 488 and 2488 during his time there from 1986 to 1998, compared to Lloyds average return of 0.9% over the same period. Past performance of Syndicates 488 and 2488 is no guarantee of future results for Fidelis. Further, while at Fidelis, between 2017 and 2022 Mr. Brindle and his management team achieved strong, consistent underwriting performance with an average loss ratio of 45.3%, an average combined ratio of 85.8% and an average standard deviation of combined ratio of 6.5% compared with the peer average of 64.5%, 99.7% and 8.1%, respectively. Over this same period, Fidelis average loss ratios for each of its Specialty, Bespoke and Reinsurance pillars was 42.8%, 26.7% and 64.9%, respectively, compared to its peers average loss ratios of 61.4%, 61.4% and 72.1%, respectively. Fidelis combined ratio was 86.0%, 76.3%, 86.6%, 80.6%, 92.9% and 92.1% in 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 and 2022, respectively, compared to a peer average combined ratio of 109.4%, 96.9%, 96.7%, 103.7%, 96.6% and 93.5% in 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 and 2022, respectively. In the three months ended March 31, 2023, our loss ratio was 41.3% and combined ratio was 79.1% compared with a peer average of 63.9% and 95.2%, respectively. Fidelis peer group includes Arch, Argo, Aspen, Markel, W. R. Berkley, Hiscox, Beazley, Lancashire, Everest Re, Axis Capital and Renaissance Re (except for the three months ended March 31, 2023 which excludes Aspen, Hiscox, Beazley and Lancashire as the information is not available for this period). In each case, prior underwriting and combined ratio performance is no guarantee of future performance. Each of the Fidelis and financial peer combined ratios is calculated as the sum of losses and loss adjustment expenses, policy acquisition expenses and general and administrative expenses as a percentage of NPE in all periods except 2018. In 2018, the Fidelis combined ratio included a negative $2.1 million adjustment to NPE as a result of the costs to acquire a derivative instrument to protect against Typhoon Jebi losses and a $10 million positive adjustment to investment returns recognized on the derivative. Financial peer combined ratios were calculated as the average of the reported combined ratios of each company.
We will continue to focus on nimble underwriting designed to capitalize on current market trends and dislocations as well as emerging risk solutions. We expect to maintain at a minimum the existing underwriting
7
standards and where appropriate will look for enhancements. The team of underwriters at Fidelis MGU continues to maintain the robust processes and use of technology that have been key to Fidelis historical success at ensuring its underwriting efforts capture recent market developments. We believe this close coordination reduces the likelihood of siloed underwriting and gives us a competitive advantage in our underwriting, risk assessment and ability to offer as many products as possible to clients. A crucial and distinguishing part of those robust processes is daily Underwriting and Marketing Conference Calls (the UMCC) with practice leads and key members of senior management (including risk modeling, actuarial, legal, compliance, contract wordings and claims representatives) to provide live market insights and multiple perspectives to allow underwriters to quickly assess emerging opportunities, achieve strong underwriting and cross-sell across our product range. See Our Competitive Strengths below for further detail.
Since we began underwriting business in 2015, Fidelis has reached an attractive scale in bespoke and specialty insurance and property reinsurance markets while delivering robust results. Our GPW grew from $0.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $3.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2022, a compound annual growth rate of 40.6%, while delivering an average loss ratio of 45.3% and a combined ratio of 85.8%. Over the same period, our NPE grew from $0.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $1.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2022, a compound annual growth rate of 47.0%. Our GPW continued to grow to $1.2 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2023 compared to $1.0 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2022. Our loss ratio and combined ratio for the three months ended March 31, 2023 were 41.3% and 79.1%, respectively. In addition to earnings growth from the origination of new business, we believe that there is significant embedded earnings potential in previously written business due to the requirements of applicable accounting rules that revenue from written premiums must be recognized when earned over the life of a policy. This is reflected in our gross UPR balance of $3.3 billion at March 31, 2023.
Our scale and access to the highly selective underwriting capabilities of Fidelis MGU via our strategic relationship will allow us to capitalize on current insurance market trends and continue focusing on delivering growth coupled with strong underwriting results.
Fidelis is subject to varying degrees of regulation and supervision in the jurisdictions in which it operates. In particular, the businesses of our three insurance operating subsidiaries, FIBL, FUL and FIID, are authorized by, and subject to insurance laws and regulations that are administered and enforced by, a number of different governmental and non-governmental self-regulatory authorities and associations in each of their respective jurisdictions and internationally. For a summary of the regulatory environment of our insurance operating subsidiaries, primarily in their respective jurisdictions of Bermuda, U.K. and Ireland, see Certain Regulatory Considerations.
Our Commitment to Environmental, Social and Governance Matters
Fidelis is committed to being a leader in the industry with respect to standards for environmental, social and governance (ESG) matters. We are currently committed to transitioning our insurance portfolios to net-zero greenhouse gas emissions by 2050. To work towards this, to the extent possible, we are developing tools to measure the insurance-associated emissions of our insurance portfolios. We have carried out a joint study on approximately $8.2 billion of premiums and 28,500 policies spanning between 2012 and 2021, which demonstrated that higher third-party ESG ratings were generally correlated with lower loss ratios. Fidelis aims to embed ESG factors in its underwriting processes where appropriate. In addition, Fidelis has certain existing underwriting restrictions. These underwriting restrictions include not directly insuring thermal coal (including dedicated infrastructure projects such as ports and railways), tar sand extraction, Arctic oil and gas exploration and drilling and fracking operations. Fidelis will also not provide cover to companies whose revenues from the above-mentioned activities account for more than 20% of their total revenues. Fidelis has been for some time seeking to use policy language to minimize exposure to forced labor and modern slavery in particular in our marine cargo line of business.
8
Furthermore, FIHLs core fixed income investment portfolio (which represents approximately 95% of invested assets) is managed in a manner that is consistent with Fidelis sustainability principles and ESG objectives. This includes a requirement that a minimum of 3% of the core fixed income portfolios total assets under management must be invested in green, social and sustainable (GSS) bonds, as classified by Bloomberg pursuant to its proprietary GSS Indices. The GSS Indices utilize the Bloomberg Global Aggregate Index, the Bloomberg Sustainable Finance Groups green, social and sustainability bond indicators and fields that show alignment with the International Capital Market Association Green Bond, Social Bond and Sustainability Bond Principles and Guidelines. At March 31, 2023, 3.9% of Fidelis core fixed income portfolio was invested in GSS bonds. Furthermore, the investment portfolio includes restrictions against holding securities of issuers that have a poor MSCI Inc. (MSCI) ESG rating (with a rating below B or issuers that currently have a red MSCI controversy flag). Securities of these issuers may only be held if the investment manager demonstrates and documents in writing pursuant to company policies a positive forward-looking ESG view of the issuer. Fidelis has also adopted negative screens to limit exposure to certain industries and activities in its investment portfolio. These include screens against holding securities of any issuers involved in thermal coal, oil and gas (though an issuer may derive up to 20% of its annual revenues from oil and gas) or arms (certain types of arms are completely excluded, others such as firearm sales are permitted to comprise up to 10% of annual revenues), and restrictions against those that fail animal welfare and for-profit prisons screens. As a result of such negative screens, Fidelis was able to limit the core fixed income portfolios direct exposure to the securities of companies deriving revenues from fossil fuels to only three companies, which at March 31, 2023 comprised 0.4% of Fidelis core fixed income portfolio. Furthermore, currently Fidelis has no direct exposure in its investment portfolio to energy companies and its exposure to corporate securities identified as utilities comprises 0.6% of the core fixed income portfolio.
Additionally, we have taken action in each year since 2018 to more than offset our operational carbon emissions and we are committed to continuing to do so going forward. In 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 and 2022, we offset our carbon emissions at 125%, 150%, 200%, 150% and 110%, respectively, on a tons-of-carbon-equivalent basis through the use of carbon credits. We partner with relevant industry specialists to calculate our carbon emissions.
We were awarded carbon credits through investments in Earths forests, including forest protection in investments in the April Salumei area of Papua New Guinea in 2018 and 2019 and reforestation projects in Nicaragua and Tanzania in conjunction with CommuniTree and Hazda Hunter Gatherers, respectively, in 2020, 2021 and 2022.
Diversity, equity and inclusion are integral to Fidelis. We pursue a diversity, equity and inclusion strategy that includes accountability, representation, advancement, culture, outreach and fostering a sense of belonging for all our employees. We employ targeted recruiting strategies to identify diverse candidates and partner with external agencies to advertise vacancies with the goal of increasing the hiring of women and ethnically diverse employees. Where available, we monitor certain diversity, equity and inclusion statistics (gender, ethnicity, age, marital status, religion, caring responsibilities and disability, each as provided by candidates on a voluntary basis) both at the outreach/interview stage and for our employee population so that we can see progress with respect to the diverse candidate pools. Comparative data on diverse candidate sourcing available to us demonstrates an improved diversity mix of approximately 1% across gender and approximately 6.5% across ethnicity from December 31, 2021 to February 1, 2023 (being the latest practicable date), acknowledging that the number of employees following the consummation of the Separation Transactions has been reduced due to staff transfers to Fidelis MGU. In addition, we seek to promote our diverse talent from within, identifying those that have potential to take on more senior roles and fast-tracking them through exposure to a wide range of business opportunities as well as structured training and development.
9
Strategic Relationship with Fidelis MGU
We believe the insurance industry is evolving rapidly and is primed for further value chain disaggregation which will allow specialist underwriters to benefit from access to clients and risks and to provide access to alternate forms of capital.
Following the consummation of the Separation Transactions, MGU HoldCo became a minority investor in FIHL (holding 9.9% of the Common Shares) and entered into the Framework Agreement with FIHL to build a long-term agency relationship that provides strong economic and strategic alignment between the two groups of companies.
The Framework Agreement, under which Current Fidelis secures business from Fidelis MGU, has a rolling initial term of 10 years. Years one to three will roll automatically (each year resetting the term of the Framework Agreement to a new 10-year period) and the notice to roll will be deemed given at the end of years one, two and three (i.e., the years roll automatically and will not be subject to any underwriting target or preconditions to rolling). From year four onwards, the Framework Agreement will roll at the sole written election of FIHL, with such election to be delivered at least 90 days prior to the commencement of the subsequent contract year. Any decision by FIHL to elect not to roll the Framework Agreement on or after year four will mean that the remainder of the 10-year term then in effect will continue in place (i.e., the Framework Agreement will have a further nine years to run in the first year following the election by FIHL not to roll the Framework Agreement). See Material Contracts and Related Party TransactionsFramework Agreement.
Fidelis MGU manages underwriting, origination, outwards reinsurance, actuarial and claims services with close review and oversight from Current Fidelis to ensure adherence with the agreed upon group-level annual plan (the Group Annual Plan), which sets out our underwriting parameters and risk tolerances in respect of our three-pillar underwriting strategy on a gross / net basis for each annual period. While the Framework Agreement establishes the overarching parameters of the outsourced underwriting relationship between Current Fidelis and Fidelis MGU, the relationship is more specifically governed on a jurisdictional basis by a series of Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements (as defined herein). The parties to each Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreement will prepare their own subsidiary-level annual plans (each, a Subsidiary Annual Plan). See Material Contracts and Related Party TransactionsFramework AgreementSubsidiary Annual Plans. Fidelis MGU provides us with a number of enterprise and support services on a cost-plus basis, such as accounting, other finance and reporting services, IT infrastructure, maintenance and system development services and facilities management services pursuant to the services agreement between FIHL and MGU HoldCo relating to the outsourcing of certain non-underwriting services provided by Fidelis MGU to FIHL and FIHL (UK) Services (the Inter-Group Services Agreement). See Material Contracts and Related Party TransactionsInter-Group Services Agreement.
We will continue to leverage Fidelis MGUs sophisticated underwriting technology and talent and will benefit from our shared history in underwriting principles, strategic visions, and managerial approaches. Our arrangement is governed by arms-length terms for origination and management consistent with industry commission levels, including market overrider commissions, and with a focus on aligning incentives for strong underwriting performance. Ceding commissions payable to Fidelis MGU will be charged for underwriting, claims and actuarial pricing services and will be calculated based on NPW to ensure alignment on reinsurance purchasing. To avoid fee duplication, ceding commissions payable for open market business sourced by Fidelis MGU are set at 11.5% and ceding commissions payable for business sourced by Fidelis MGU via third-party managing general underwriters to whom underwriting authority has been sub-delegated by Fidelis MGU are set at 3.0%. Business that continues to be sourced by subsidiary cells of Pine Walk Capital will continue to follow the fees and commissions set under those agreements. For the year ended December 31, 2022, the fees and commissions attributable to subsidiary cells of Pine Walk Capital were 10.0% on average of the total Pine Walk Capital GPW. Long-term objectives will be
10
further aligned by FIHL paying an ongoing portfolio management fee of 3.0% (Portfolio Management Fee) to Fidelis MGU and a 20.0% profit commission on Operating RoE (Binder Operating RoE) above a hurdle rate of 5.0% calculated on an aggregate basis for Current Fidelis. Binder Operating RoE is defined in the Framework Agreement as FIHLs consolidated net underwriting margin (disregarding any business not underwritten by Fidelis MGU following the date of the Framework Agreement and the effect of any FIHL Procured Outwards Reinsurance, as defined in the Framework Agreement) plus all overriders retained by Current Fidelis (disregarding the effect of any FIHL Procured Outwards Reinsurance), minus an Administrative Expenses Allowance (defined in the Framework Agreement as a sum equating to 2.3% of net premiums written), minus the proportion of FIHLs costs of financing its debt and preference securities included in FIHLs total capital that is deemed to be allocated to Fidelis MGU, minus the total accumulated ceding commission that is payable by Current Fidelis to Fidelis MGU, minus the Portfolio Management Fee relating to business underwritten by Fidelis MGU, divided by the proportion of FIHLs opening common shareholders equity adjusted for dividend and equity raises (as set out in year-end consolidated audited accounts) that is deemed to be allocated to Fidelis MGU. The calculation of such profit commission will include a deficit carry-forward mechanism for a maximum of three years in which the Binder Operating RoE is below zero. For a more detailed discussion of the fees and commissions payable by Current Fidelis in connection with its outsourced relationship with Fidelis MGU, see Material Contracts and Related Party TransactionsFramework AgreementFees and Commissions.
We believe the recently completed Separation Transactions make us a scaled property, bespoke and specialty (re)insurer with long-term access to a sophisticated underwriting team focused distinctively on portfolio optimization and insurance portfolio management. Under this structure, we believe we are well positioned to generate attractive returns, deploy capital toward profitable underwriting opportunities sourced through our strategic arrangement with Fidelis MGU, and grow our business. The strategic arrangement adheres to our long-standing philosophy of writing insurance and reinsurance in areas where deep expertise is required to deliver an attractive risk / reward profile through (re)insurance cycles.
The shareholders agreement entered into by current shareholders who own shares in FIHL following the consummation of the Separation Transactions (the Existing Common Shareholders Agreement) will be amended and restated (the Amended and Restated Common Shareholders Agreement) effective as of the pricing of this offering. The Amended and Restated Common Shareholders Agreement will retain a number of rights granted to MGU HoldCo or other Founders (as defined below) under the Existing Common Shareholders Agreement, such as certain consent rights, minority shareholder protections and board nomination rights. Under the terms of the Amended and Restated Common Shareholders Agreement, for so long as MGU HoldCo beneficially owns at least 4.9% of the Common Shares, the consent of MGU HoldCo will be required for FIHL to undertake certain actions, including effecting any change in the jurisdiction, incorporation or name of FIHL or any member of Current Fidelis, making a material change to the nature or scope of the business underwritten by FIHL and any member of Current Fidelis, effecting any amendments to its constitutional documents that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on Fidelis MGU and making certain acquisitions or dispositions of assets. MGU HoldCo will also enjoy certain subscription and allocation rights in respect of further Common Share issuances or sales. MGU HoldCo will be subject to a prohibition on the sale of its Common Shares provided that the Framework Agreement is in effect. This prohibition shall not apply in the event of a Common Share buyback or other transactions undertaken by FIHL in response to certain adverse regulatory or accounting effects on MGU HoldCo. Additionally, MGU HoldCo will be entitled to nominate one individual to serve as a director on the board of directors of FIHL (the Board), for so long as MGU HoldCo together with its Shareholder Affiliate Transferees beneficially own at least 50% of the Common Shares initially purchased by MGU HoldCo on the consummation of the Separation Transactions (the MGU HoldCo Initial Shares). See Material Contracts and Related Party TransactionsOtherCommon Shareholders Agreement and Description of Share CapitalCertain Provisions of the Amended and Restated Bye-LawsNumber of Directors for a detailed description of these rights and the definition of Shareholder Affiliate Transferees.
11
Our Business; Overview
We focus our business on three pillars: Bespoke, Specialty and Reinsurance (Bespoke, Specialty and Reinsurance, respectively). We believe our three-pillar strategy and capabilities allow us to take advantage of the opportunities presented by evolving (re)insurance markets and proactively shift our business mix across market cycles.
Bespoke
For the year ended December 31, 2022, the portion of the Groups business which focuses on bespoke (re)insurance underwriting for tailored coverage (the Bespoke pillar) accounted for 26.1% of our GPW and 30.2% of our NPW with an underwriting ratio of 68.5% and a loss ratio of 31.3%. In 2022, the Bespoke pillar generated $119.3 million in underwriting income. GPW in the Bespoke pillar grew from $209.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $783.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, a compound annual growth rate of 30.1%, despite our decision to maintain our GPW in 2020 at the same level as in 2019 in light of political and economic uncertainties arising from the COVID-19 pandemic. During the period from 2017 to 2022, our average underwriting ratio was 57.7%. For the three months ended March 31, 2023 our Bespoke GPW grew to $150.8 million compared to $135.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022.
The Bespoke pillar focuses primarily on highly tailored and specialized products, including policies covering credit and political risk, political violence and terrorism, limited cyber reinsurance, tax liabilities, title, transactional liabilities and other bespoke products that fit our criteria. Given the increased global conflict in 2022 and national economies shifting further to intellectual property driven value, we believe that the Bespoke pillar continues to see significant opportunity for beneficial pricing and terms and conditions. The relationships we have formed with clients and brokers, the underwriting expertise required, and nature of the underlying risks create a higher barrier to entry and help us maintain our position as a leader in the industry. Typically, these lines do not follow the established (re)insurance cycle and are largely influenced by prevailing economic conditions at a given time. As such, these products require highly specialized pricing and other models tailored to the risk profile. For example, for certain significant risk transfer transactions, pricing is largely driven by counterparty credit quality which has low correlation with the current (re)insurance cycle and high correlation with the overall economy and macro events. As a result, Bespoke policies follow a different and diversified loss pattern relative to our Specialty and Reinsurance pillars.
The Bespoke portfolio has several economic features that we believe are financially attractive. The contracts often have multi-year tenors, and the products generally have expected low and stable attritional loss ratios over the exposure period. The combination of longer tenor and lower expected loss experience creates the potential to capture additional embedded value as premiums are earned over the exposure period under U.S. GAAP. Additionally, the contracts are highly capital-efficient as these risks tend to have little or no correlation to peak natural catastrophe perils driving a higher RoE than other lines. Furthermore, the contracts typically have customized provisions rather than standard market contractual provisions, creating opportunities to optimize pricing and establish proprietary, recurring relationships with clients. The custom and direct nature of the business has allowed us to lead on substantially all of our contracts creating tailored terms, conditions and pricing.
The Bespoke pillar benefits from quota share, aggregate and stop loss and excess of loss retrocessional cover, which helps to reduce volatility.
Our Bespoke pillar is central to our business, and we believe it is one of the key differentiators of our business from that of other specialty insurers. The specialist nature of this business combined with lower levels of market competition result in a less commoditized, more tailor-made product that delivers better and lower
12
volatility underwriting performance with less exposure to the typical (re)insurance cycle. The capital-efficient nature of these products and potential for high RoE allow us to retain sufficient capital to withstand deterioration through (re)insurance cycles while avoiding accumulation of excess capital like many of our competitors focused primarily on high-volatility property reinsurance.
Specialty
For the year ended December 31, 2022, the portion of the Groups business which focuses on traditional specialty business lines (the Specialty pillar) such as aviation, energy, space, marine, contingency and property direct and facultative (D&F) accounted for 53.7% of our GPW and 57.0% of our NPW with an underwriting ratio of 85.4% and a loss ratio of 59.7%. In 2022, the Specialty pillar generated $124.6 million in underwriting income. GPW in the Specialty pillar grew from $70.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $1,610.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, a compound annual growth rate of 86.8%. During the period from 2017 to 2022, our average underwriting ratio was 65.5%. For the three months ended March 31, 2023 our Specialty GPW grew to $834.1 million compared to $543.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022. Our Specialty pillar from 2017 to 2022 accounted for 13.0%, 6.4%, 12.2%, 36.7%, 41.0%, and 53.7%, respectively, of our GPW.
The Specialty pillar classes include aviation, energy, space, marine, contingency and property D&F. Given the current position of the reinsurance market in the insurance cycle, we have used our Specialty pillar increasingly to deploy capital targeted to natural catastrophe exposure through property D&F lines of business rather than through our Reinsurance pillar. We further capitalized on market dislocations and associated rate increases in key classes such as marine and aviation to increase the amount of business written. Our aviation, property D&F and marine businesses are among the leading franchise positions in the London market. The Specialty pillar benefits from quota share, aggregate, stop loss and excess of loss retrocessional cover and industry loss warranties, which helps to reduce volatility.
Our Specialty pillar provides us with access to capital-efficient business and facilitates diversification of our exposures. Due to the soft rate environment in years prior to 2020, this pillar has historically been the smallest contributor to our GPW. However, following the significant dislocation in the market beginning in late 2019 when a number of large carriers exited the Specialty market, Fidelis assessed that return hurdles in its Specialty pillar were at levels that had the potential to grow in this segment, and Fidelis increased its Specialty pillar GPW significantly in 2020 and 2021 (representing a 236% per annum GPW growth from 2019 to 2021) and continued to do so in 2022.
In 2022 and in the first quarter of 2023, we experienced further pricing momentum and enhanced terms and conditions as dislocations affected several lines, including war cover for marine and aviation lines driven by the Ukraine Conflict, contingency driven by COVID-19, and property D&F driven by Hurricane Ian.
In the Specialty pillar, we leverage Fidelis MGUs ability to adapt to constantly evolving market dynamics and develop specialized and tailored pricing and aggregation models while maintaining a disciplined underwriting approach. Our underwriters work to form, and via the sophisticated underwriting expertise at Fidelis MGU we continue to develop, collaborative relationships with brokers and clients, offering them the full suite of our existing products as well as working with them to innovate new product ideas. This relationship-driven approach allows our underwriters, and will allow underwriters at Fidelis MGU on our behalf, to identify from existing clients additional underwriting opportunities for providing cover on other related lines of business. We typically seek out capacity-driven layers with attractive pricing, often focusing on dislocated markets, and look to ensure successful and sustainable growth in this pillar through developing and maintaining an excellent broker network.
13
Reinsurance
For the year ended December 31, 2022, the Reinsurance pillar accounted for 20.2% of our GPW and 12.9% of our NPW with an underwriting ratio of 106.2% and a loss ratio of 74.3%. GPW in the Reinsurance pillar grew from $265.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $606.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, a compound annual growth rate of 18.0%. During the period from 2017 to 2022, our average underwriting ratio was 89.2%. For the three months ended March 31, 2023 our Reinsurance GPW was $260.4 million compared to $291.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022. Our Reinsurance pillar from 2017 to 2022 accounted for 48.6%, 47.4%, 45.9%, 41.8%, 38.9% and 20.2%, respectively, of our GPW.
Our Reinsurance pillar consists of an actively managed, primarily residential property catastrophe reinsurance book, with closely controlled aggregates using Fidelis MGUs proprietary FireAnt aggregation and analytics system to monitor exposures in real time. The Reinsurance pillar also includes property retrocession and a limited amount of composite and multi-class asset reinsurance. In the context of excess of loss reinsurance products, we focus on underwriting attachment points largely exposed only to true catastrophe events. The portfolio is global in nature with a strong North American concentration and smaller exposures in Japan, Europe, Australasia and elsewhere throughout the world. The Reinsurance pillar benefits from quota share, aggregate, stop loss and excess of loss retrocessional cover, catastrophe bond cover and industry loss warranties, which helps to minimize the potential net losses in the business written. We believe our strategy of pursuing closely controlled aggregates and focusing on residential portfolios in the Reinsurance pillar helps keep volatility lower than a typical catastrophe book.
We benefit from Fidelis MGUs sophisticated analytics capabilities and live aggregation tools, excellent relationships with a blend of regional and nationwide carriers (both in the United States and internationally), and strong retail and wholesale broker relations in the distribution of our products. Since 2021, we have developed a view of risk informed by thorough analysis and discussions with weather and forecasting experts. We have concluded that the effects of climate change on perils such as hurricanes, convective storm, flood and wildfire are not currently represented adequately in current vendor models. As such, we have superimposed our own expectations of frequency and severity on third-party vendor models, which are well in excess of average Bermuda (re)insurers loads, to form a base for exposure and aggregation tracking.
We have taken proactive steps to reduce volatility and reshape our Reinsurance portfolio to focus only on clients with stronger financial and loss adjustment capabilities and the resources to adjust and manage high volumes of claims in-house. As a consequence, the property reinsurance portfolio was reduced for the year ended December 31, 2022 and three months ended March 31, 2023, and subject to opportunities that may develop, is expected to remain at reduced levels for the remainder of 2023, reducing natural catastrophe exposure across the portfolio. We are increasingly deploying reinsurance capital across large-scale, well-resourced national accounts away from smaller regional underwriters, who we believe are less able to adjust and manage large catastrophe events. We have reduced our exposure to the middle layers of treaty accounts which are more exposed to increased frequency and severity of losses as a result of climate change and secondary perils associated with floods and wildfires without commensurate increases in rates. Following Hurricane Ian, we also saw an increased demand for private deals and significant pricing increases during the year-end renewal season. Over time, we expect the impact of these changes to improve the quality of our natural catastrophe-exposed portfolios and reduce volatility. As ever, we will continue to leverage our nimble underwriting abilities and ability to adapt to constantly evolving market dynamics to source business when favorable market conditions are present. If there is an increase in property catastrophe rates, as well as favorable terms and conditions, we would intend to capitalize on those trends and dislocations.
Insurance Market Conditions
We believe we have significant market opportunities given our ability to innovate and adapt to evolving market conditions. Global economic and industrial development, population increases, greater product awareness
14
and distribution, as well as inflation continue to drive increased need for insurance and reinsurance. The current insurance and reinsurance market environment has experienced a prolonged period of rate increases, structural enhancements and continued improvement of terms and conditions. However, we believe that the higher loss ratios experienced by many of our competitors in recent years due to the frequency and severity of catastrophes has caused some of them to reevaluate and reduce their catastrophe reinsurance business. As companies exit certain (re)insurance markets and/or reduce the scope of their underwriting activities, capacity has been reducing in certain classes, leading to significant year-on-year rate increases in the (re)insurance market since the end of 2019. Some classes of business that have experienced larger rate increases include property catastrophe, property D&F, specialty markets such as aviation, marine, energy and contingency and casualty markets such as medical malpractice and healthcare (with medical malpractice and healthcare being lines of business which Current Fidelis does not write) which is reflective of the hardening cycle being driven by a lack of underwriting profits rather than capital. We believe that this combination of factors is driving a sustainable favorable market environment, with a focus on risk management, disciplined risk selection, reasonable terms and profitable business, which presents significant market opportunities for us. Global commercial insurance prices rose 4% in the first quarter of 2023, making the first quarter of 2023 the tenth consecutive quarter of price increase since global pricing increases peaked at 22% in the fourth quarter of 20201. In particular, we see the emergence of five themes supporting continued rate hardening:
| Climate Change. The frequency and severity of catastrophes is rising as seen by the increases in catastrophes globally in more recent years, requiring rate increases to keep pace. We believe that the impact of a warming climate and increased atmospheric moisture and changing weather patterns will result in increased frequency and severity of elemental catastrophe losses (elemental risks related to the elements i.e., weather related hail and storms etc.). The frequent incidence of annual industry-wide natural catastrophe losses in excess of $100 billion in the aggregate during the period from 2018 to 2022 has led us to reshape our portfolio and reduce our exposure to certain perils, thereby reducing the volatility traditionally associated with the property reinsurance classes. Many of our competitors have experienced higher loss ratios in the same period than in prior cycles and combined ratios in excess of 100%, causing them to reevaluate their levels of premiums written against catastrophe reinsurance (see BusinessCompetition). Decreased participation has created a lack of supply of reinsurance capacity causing upward pressure on price. We expect this trend to continue, which would allow Fidelis MGU to underwrite select attractive policies on our behalf and position us to deliver strong risk-adjusted returns. |
| Casualty. We believe reserves across the industry remain deficient for accident years from 2013 to 2019 based on prior year adverse developments for several casualty underwriters. Further adverse developments and actual loss payouts may deplete competitors capital and impair their ability to underwrite additional casualty risks. Given Fidelis has made the strategic decision not to write the traditional casualty classes such as general liability, financial lines, directors and officers, and errors and omissions, it is not affected by these potential capital constraining issues, which we believe provides us with a competitive advantage due to our continued position of strength. |
| Cost Inflation. Numerous countries including the United States are experiencing inflation in wages, materials and parts. Real inflation for expert loss adjusters and building materials, exacerbated following a catastrophe, is causing an increase in loss ratios above modeled results for many insurers and complicating future estimates. This effect is increasing losses for multiple areas of the Excess & Surplus, Property & Casualty and reinsurance markets leading to rate increases and decreased appetite. Fidelis incorporates a specific cost inflation factor in its risk modeling to mitigate the effects of inflation. In addition, social inflation driven by changes in societal views on litigation aimed at insurers is a recent and developing risk highlighted by industry leaders and leading to larger claims. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsCurrent Outlook, Market Conditions and Rate Trends. |
1 | Marsh Global Insurance Market Index Q1 2023. |
15
| Conflict. The escalation of geopolitical tensions and the ongoing invasion of Ukraine by Russia (the Ukraine Conflict) has created uncertainty and potential losses for both global direct insurers and reinsurers. Some lines of business are subject to asymmetrical loss profiles exacerbated by war and armed conflict, which are likely to reduce supply and/or accelerate rate changes. Additionally, aviation, marine, political risk and political violence lines are likely to be particularly impacted as insurers calibrate their losses, reserve, and court proceedings begin on potential claims. Fidelis continues to monitor the Ukraine Conflict to determine the ultimate impact from lines of business which may be exposed to the Ukraine Conflict, including aviation, marine, political risk and political violence contracts. |
| COVID-19. Despite improving case and severity data, we believe industry losses since the beginning of the COVID-19 pandemic have not yet been fully captured. A significant number of outstanding claims and litigation beyond traditional mortality policies persists which may lead to changes in future policies and the risk-appetite of current underwriters. Recent judicial decisions in local markets have made adverse rulings relating to business interruption and treating each case as a separate claim with single claim limits. These rulings could affect the general interpretation of business interruption policies and may increase the level of insurers liability in the relevant markets by reducing their ability to aggregate policyholders losses when applying single claims limits. Fidelis has limited or no exposure to highly impacted businesses (such as U.K. commercial insurance, contingency (which Previous Fidelis began to write after the COVID-19 pandemic began in March 2020) and trade credit), and we continue to believe the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic will impact loss estimates for our competitors, future policies and competitor behavior. |
These market conditions have led to a compelling dislocated underwriting opportunity in numerous specialty areas in which we underwrite.
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe that our competitive advantages are based on the following key strengths:
| Highly experienced, well regarded management team. Our management team consists of industry veterans with many years of relevant experience in insurance, providing FIHL with the necessary functional support, supplemented by the services stipulated under the Framework Agreement and Inter-Group Services Agreement. We are led by Mr. Daniel Burrows, who, prior to joining Fidelis in 2015, was the co-CEO of Aon Benfields Global ReSpecialty (GRS) division. Prior to assuming the CEO role at FIHL, Mr. Burrows had been leading Fidelis Bermuda operations and was most recently the Executive Chairman of FIBL and Group Managing Director. The other members of the management team are a mix of experienced individuals who have had held key roles at Fidelis and have long histories of working with Fidelis MGU, along with other experienced professionals from other industry peers. |
| First choice access to one of the best underwriting teams in the industry. The performance of our business portfolio will be a direct result of the capabilities of the Fidelis MGU management team, led by Richard Brindle, who is the Chairman and CEO of Fidelis MGU. Mr. Brindle brings more than 38 years of experience in the insurance industry and is known for his track record of outperformance across Lloyds syndicates and Lancashire under his leadership. Mr. Brindle was acknowledged by A.M. Best in August 2018 to be one of the most successful underwriters in the worldwide insurance market and has a track record of outperformance over the past 30 years. From 2017 to 2022, the Fidelis MGU management team has outperformed peers across key profitability and growth metrics. Between 2017 and 2022, Fidelis achieved strong underwriting performance with an average loss ratio of 45.3% and an average combined ratio of 85.8%. In the three months ended March 31, 2023 our loss ratio was 41.3% and combined ratio was 79.1%, respectively. The Fidelis MGU management team brings many years of cumulative experience in broking, underwriting, corporate and actuarial roles as well as long-term client and broker relationships. Mr. Brindle previously founded Lancashire with over $1 billion of start-up capital in December 2005 and grew it into a key player in the (re)insurance market listed on the London Stock Exchange. Under the Framework |
16
Agreement, we secure business for a rolling term of 10 years, providing long-term certainty that we will leverage Fidelis MGUs well-established and sophisticated underwriting capabilities. See Material Contracts and Related Party Transactions and The Separation Transactions. |
| Significant scale achieved since establishment and clean platform for growth. We believe our scale achieved since inception and our access to Fidelis MGUs sophisticated underwriting analytics and technology platform will give us a competitive advantage. Since we started underwriting in 2015, we have grown our insurance book significantly through organic business expansion including through increased client penetration, new product development, long-term relationships and new reinsurance partnerships. Between 2017 and 2022, we had extremely strong growth with an average year-over-year GPW growth rate of 40.6% compared to 14.5% from other specialty insurers during the same period (including Arch, W. R. Berkley, Argo, Markel, Aspen, Everest Re, Renaissance Re, Axis, Beazley, Hiscox, and Lancashire), while delivering top quartile underwriting profitability. Our GPW continued to grow in the three months ended March 31, 2023 to $1.2 billion compared with $1.0 billion in the three months ended March 31, 2022. As our long-tenor business lines (such as Bespoke products) continue to scale, we believe there will be higher convergence of NPE and NPW as prior period UPR continues to earn and have a favorable impact on NPE increasing. |
| Strong capital position. We have a strong balance sheet and are committed to preserving our financial strength. At March 31, 2023, our total assets were $9.4 billion and our total cash and investments (including restricted cash) totaled $3.6 billion, primarily highly rated, liquid fixed maturity assets. Our $2.4 billion total capitalization (which includes our preference securities and issued debt) provides us with the flexibility to engage in attractive underwriting opportunities and scale quickly when market conditions warrant increased business. |
| Nimble approach and focus on bottom line. We take pride in making reasoned decisions to actively enter and grow or reduce and exit specific lines of business as opportunity arises or diminishes, leveraging the UMCC to assess opportunities in real time with all key decision-makers. We believe our nimble approach and firm focus on bottom-line profitability (i.e., net income, as opposed to top-line growth) of each line of business is key to our strategy and success. We will establish our underwriting parameters and risk tolerances in respect of the three-pillar underwriting strategy in the Group Annual Plan, which will be prepared by Fidelis MGU in consultation with Current Fidelis and presented to Current Fidelis for formal approval on a gross/net basis. |
Our strategy is to increase line sizes where appropriate, take the lead in requiring rate changes and establish ourselves as the go to market for solutions through our in-force portfolio and new classes of specialty and bespoke products. Depending on market conditions, Fidelis MGU, with our consent, may exercise its discretion in coordination with us to increase retention by reducing outwards quota shares to take further advantage of the continued hardening of rates. Similarly, we may also coordinate with Fidelis MGU to increase line sizes as conditions warrant. We intend to grow specialty classes by writing large line sizes to further push rate increases and access new classes where there is significant market dislocation. We expect to grow our bespoke and specialty products through a combination of organic growth of our already well-established footprint, systematic cross-selling to clients and innovative new products while maintaining quality underwriting information, high-quality risk selection and multi-line aggregation tools and technology.
| Access to well-diversified, multi-line (re)insurance risk. We prioritize pursuing a targeted diversification strategy focused on three pillars Bespoke, Specialty and Reinsurance. We have built a portfolio leveraging our ability to remain agile across market cycles with 74 lines of business across our three pillars at March 31, 2023. Our products serve numerous industries, types of exposure, and geographies. We believe that Fidelis MGUs ability to price and aggregate bespoke risks, adapt to evolving market dynamics in the specialty market, and continually optimize in reinsurance markets uniquely positions us to continue to grow a profitable portfolio. The breadth of our portfolio offering in conjunction with our partnership with Fidelis |
17
MGU also allows us to adjust line sizes and retention rates based on prevailing market conditions and achieve optimal economics for the overall portfolio. The three-pillar strategy is central to our growth as it allows us to deliver attractive risk-adjusted returns to shareholders in the long term by managing through (re)insurance cycles and deploying to the most favorable market conditions across the three pillars. |
| Innovative product offering positioned for continued growth. We focus on building first mover advantages across our markets. Our product portfolio evolves in response to client demand for bespoke, tailored products and our market-driven, real-time assessment of risk. Over the past four years, we have grown our book of newly created solutions across a wide range of sectors including airline, intellectual property, marine, and residential mortgage, expanding our business lines to 74 lines at March 31, 2023 from 43 at December 31, 2017. Through this innovation, we have further strengthened our three-pillar strategy and our position as a skilled specialty insurer. |
| Proprietary technology integration with full control of data. We will continue to leverage Fidelis MGUs proprietary and sophisticated technology platform. As a business that was established in 2014, Fidelis had the benefit of building a proprietary underwriting platform free from constrained legacy systems. We believe that the technology platform, which is owned by Fidelis MGU, has significant advantages over our competitors. It is our understanding, that many peers use hybrid platforms built more than a decade ago, that spread between various fragmented modules which reduce their agility and make it difficult to effectively analyze real-time data. Fidelis has a single holistic pricing, aggregation and analytics platform (i.e., FireAnt), which helps us avoid key pitfalls of other systems including: time wasted in duplicating data entry across multiple systems, inconsistency of modeling and pricing approach, inability to raise queries across multiple lines simultaneously, no direct link offered to outwards reinsurance and capital structures, and lag time for those other systems to respond to emerging risks. The technology platform will enable Fidelis MGU to take full control of data with no black box third-party assumptions. We believe that the platform leverages high-quality outside software with custom tools developed purposefully and in-house with the ability to aggregate and analyze data on a real-time basis. This includes third-party risk models and software, Jarvis (a custom integrated group data warehouse), Tyche (third-party capital modeling application), Prequel (a custom policy administrative system) and FireAnt (a custom pricing, simulation, exposure aggregation, and portfolio optimization tool). FireAnt allows for optimization of returns and management of volatility and capacity based on real time data. The highly specialized data capabilities developed and presently in use by Fidelis have driven enhancement in underwriting across Bespoke and Specialty lines including marine, aviation and terrorism where live data is actively analyzed to unlock new opportunities. |
| Embedded ESG initiatives that are core to our business. We believe our commitment to ESG and following the initiatives set out below is core to our success as a business. In order to have a practical and value accretive approach to implementation of ESG considerations, we have adopted the following as key areas of focus: animal welfare, armaments, capital punishment, coal and arctic drilling, anti-slavery/human trafficking and diversity, equity and inclusion. Fidelis MGU will continue to incorporate an ESG assessment into its underwriting on our behalf and is continually refining its process for reviewing individual insurance risks. Fidelis in the U.K. market has promoted the use of a forced labor clause prohibiting the use of any form of forced labor in marine cargo business and is cooperating with the U.K. Independent Anti-Slavery commissioner and Anti-Slavery International, a non-profit organization to develop a commitment to which insurers and brokers can sign up. In 2022, we implemented forced labor clauses in approximately 80% of our marine cargo accounts. |
Fidelis MGU is the first U.K. market insurer to sign up to The Poseidon Principles on Marine Insurance which pledges a net zero marine hull insurance portfolio by 2050. We actively support the transition to a net zero global economy by making renewable energy one of our classes of underwriting, including the construction of offshore wind turbine farms. Fidelis MGU became a member of ClimateWise in August 2022. The ClimateWise Principles require members to disclose their responses to the risks and opportunities of climate change and which principles are aligned with the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosure framework. So long as we remain a member we intend to report annually on actions taken in support of those principles.
18
We drive employee engagement through opportunities for employees that we believe help them live out their values at work. The employee-led Fidelis Insurance Green Team, which has representatives from each office, suggests ways to reduce our corporate carbon impact and improve recycling rates, such as our carbon usage offset. We support social mobility and diversity in our communities through our support for The Brokerage, a social mobility charity (a number of whose interns have become our full-time employees) and the Afro-Caribbean Insurance Network.
We maintain underwriting and investment restrictions that align with our ESG principles as well as those principles that are consistent with leading to long-term value, such as excluding a number of sectors that we believe pose risks of harm to people, animals and the environment. Furthermore, FIHLs investment portfolio is managed in a manner that is consistent with Fidelis sustainability principles and its ESG objectives. The core fixed maturity portfolio has target GSS investment thresholds, prohibits issuers with poor ESG ratings, and restricts certain industries and behaviors.
Our Strategy
We are set up to be nimble, thoughtful, and efficient decision-makers and we believe that we are able to respond quickly to an ever-changing world and a constantly evolving marketplace. We believe these attributes allow us, together with Fidelis MGU, to target opportunities that we expect to offer a compelling balance of risk and reward for our shareholders. We intend to continue to scale our business when favorable market conditions are present, pursue prudent capital management and profitable underwriting on a loss ratio and combined ratio basis, and target an Operating RoE of approximately 13.0% to 15.0%. Our strategy involves the following:
| Expand our presence in Bespoke and Specialty. We expect to continue to leverage our access to Fidelis MGUs long-standing and trusted relationships with brokers and clients, built over the years by key executives, some of whom have almost 40 years of experience in bespoke and specialty markets. Fidelis MGU intends to continue to follow a structured approach with regard to maintaining such relationships through its participation in industry events and through continuing to hold regularly scheduled meetings with clients and brokers, thereby preserving access to CEOs and senior management teams of its most important business partners. The continued access to such long-standing and trusted relationships coupled with Fidelis MGUs extensive expertise will provide significant opportunity to quote, underwrite and bind attractive niche specialty insurance policies in an efficient manner. By focusing on markets in which Fidelis MGU has particular expertise and in which we can provide new, innovative products, we believe we have a strong ability to capture profitable business. The Bespoke and Specialty pillars have benefited from a hardening pricing environment over recent years which has enhanced our recent profitability ratios. In keeping with our nimble approach and leveraging the UMCC, where all lines of business are considered in real time, we expect Fidelis MGU (and consequentially, Current Fidelis) to be able to pivot quickly to the most attractive opportunities. Currently, we expect a hard property reinsurance market will further continue in 2023 and into 2024 and we are planning to take advantage of reinsurers increased bargaining power in such hard market to reduce our aggregate exposures. As a result, in our Bespoke pillar, in line with the current economic outlook, we expect to limit the growth in traditional mortgage products and focus instead on lines such as intellectual property, political violence, political risk and transactional liabilities. In our Specialty pillar, we expect the aviation market to continue the hardening of previous rates following potential losses from the Ukraine Conflict. Similarly, the property D&F market is also expected to harden further following losses from Hurricane Ian, which impacted Florida and the American southeast in September 2022. Based on 2022 GPW, Europe is currently our leading market, closely followed by North America, with a smaller portion of our business in Asia and other jurisdictions. The (re)insurance business we write across our Bespoke, Specialty and Reinsurance pillars can be analyzed by geographic region, reflecting the location of the (re)insurer as follows: for the year ended December 31, 2022 our GPW generated for exposures in Europe was 50.6%, in North America was 37.4% and in Asia was 5.9%, while GPW in other jurisdictions was 6.1%. Although we do not expect a significant change to the geographic mix of our business, we will continue to focus on developing new and innovative products in |
19
response to market needs, remaining agile and nimble to the developing demands of clients. A recent example of such innovation is the cooperation between Previous Fidelis and Aon in 2021 on developing a product that allows early stage companies to leverage their intellectual property with a credit wrap insurance product to reduce the costs and increase the availability debt finance from lending institutions. Furthermore, in 2022 Previous Fidelis led the development of an aviation product that, once deployed, will provide a real-time quoting service for airlines and airline service providers to reinstate cover if the provision immediately cancelling cover is triggered as a result of a detonation of a nuclear device in their compulsory insurance coverages. |
| Generate underwriting profits. We will continue to focus on underwriting profitably through (re)insurance cycles in partnership with Fidelis MGU. As our insurance portfolio matures and scales, we believe we will also have an opportunity to increase our underwriting leverage. We seek to direct capital to opportunities based on market conditions to address client needs at better pricing opportunities. We will leverage our relationship with Fidelis MGU to continue disciplined underwriting via the use of Fidelis MGUs integrated technology solutions, including monitoring real-time market conditions to best capture unique opportunities. |
Fidelis MGUs robust daily processes will enable it, on our behalf, to maintain a live, dynamic picture of the current underwriting environment that drives daily underwriting decisions, including our daily UMCCs. We believe that our risk selection as a result of these robust processes should allow us to deploy significant line sizes that in turn allow us to be a rate maker rather than a rate taker.
| Maintain diversification and low volatility. We seek to maintain significant diversification in our business lines which limits the correlations to single events. Our strategy has frequently generated better risk-adjusted returns than many of our competitors who focus on specific niches exclusively or have large exposure to natural catastrophe reinsurance. We have taken measures with Fidelis MGU to actively manage and in many cases reshape our natural catastrophe exposure in light of greater severity and frequency of catastrophe events and concerns around global climate change. |
| Uphold a strong balance sheet. We believe as interest rates rise, we will have opportunities to earn a higher yield while maintaining an appropriately conservative investment portfolio to support our business. We maintain robust procedures for setting our reserves and actively managing risk in our portfolio. From January 1, 2017 to March 31, 2023, we had net favorable prior year reserve development of $155.6 million from our reserves. We believe a robust balance sheet best positions us to be a provider of choice for policyholders and take advantage of large or sudden market pricing dislocations. |
| Manage capital prudently. We invest and manage our capital proactively with a goal of generating strong RoE for investors. We believe market conditions will continue to warrant expansion of our premium volume and capital base to take advantage of attractive opportunities. Our goal is for our capital returns program to be focused on ordinary payouts from operating net income and releasing excess capital as appropriate, while balancing any return of capital with the need to take a prudent and efficient approach to capital sufficiency. We believe successful underwriting will allow us to grow our equity and support continued premium growth with an increased ability to fund growth from our own resources and return excess capital to shareholders over time, which may take the form of ordinary dividends, special dividends or share buybacks. Over the full market cycle, we expect to have additional opportunities to manage our capital in order to maintain an appropriate RoE for our shareholders which may include returning excess capital when market opportunities are limited in soft insurance markets. |
Summary Risk Factors
Investing in the Common Shares involves risks. Prospective investors should carefully consider the risks described in Risk Factors, below, as well as other information contained in this prospectus before making an investment decision. Any of the factors set forth under Risk Factors could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows and could impact any forward-looking
20
statements. Prospective investors should note that such risks are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect us in the future. Among these important risks are the following:
| the inherent uncertainties of modeling and reserving processes on which we rely and failure of any risk management and loss limitation methods we employ; |
| the impact of the current global geopolitical environment, including the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and the Ukraine Conflict, and changing climate conditions; |
| the level of success of our acquisition and investment strategies; |
| the high level of competition and consolidation in our industry; |
| a downgrade or withdrawal of, or other negative action relating to, the financial strength rating(s) by insurance rating agencies; |
| loss of business reputation or negative publicity, including as a result of litigation or coverage disputes; |
| our ability to retain and recruit key personnel; |
| industry and market conditions, volatility and developments, which could impact our investment portfolio; |
| our ability to adjust to developments in the legal, economic, tax or regulatory environment; |
| the volatile, unpredictable and highly cyclical nature of the industry in which we operate; |
| our exposure to low frequency, high severity events; |
| the impact of any deterioration or termination of our relationship with Fidelis MGU; |
| our reliance on third parties for certain critical business operations; and |
| the other factors identified under the heading Risk Factors beginning on page 33 of this prospectus. |
The Separation Transactions
On July 23, 2022, a cooperation agreement was entered into among FIHL, MGU HoldCo and certain third-party investors in Shelf Holdco Ltd., the MGU HoldCo parent company and the ultimate holding company of Fidelis MGU (MGU TopCo) (the Cooperation Agreement) agreeing to cooperate regarding certain matters related to this offering and the furtherance of the Separation Transactions. See Material Contracts and Related Party TransactionsCooperation Agreement. On January 3, 2023, the Separation Transactions were completed and two distinct holding companies and businesses were created: FIHL and MGU HoldCo.
FIHL is the parent holding company for Current Fidelis. It is the issuer of the Common Shares sold by the Selling Shareholders in this offering and owns all of the operating insurance carrier subsidiaries of Current Fidelis, comprising FIBL, FUL and FIID.
MGU HoldCo is the parent holding company for Fidelis MGU that carries on the origination and underwriting activities on behalf of Current Fidelis. MGU HoldCos principal operating subsidiaries are Bermuda MGU, Pine Walk Capital and Pine Walk Europe. The underwriting activities of each of the licensed insurance carriers of Current Fidelis (FIBL, FUL and FIID) are outsourced to the corresponding operating subsidiaries of Fidelis MGU on a jurisdictional basis (Bermuda MGU, Pine Walk Capital and Pine Walk Europe, respectively). Each of the operating subsidiaries of Fidelis MGU has delegated underwriting authority to source and bind contracts for and on behalf of each of FIBL, FUL and FIID, respectively. See Material Contracts and Related Party TransactionsFramework Agreement. MGU HoldCo and its subsidiaries will not be consolidated with FIHL and its subsidiaries.
21
Current Fidelis also has a U.K. service company, FIHL (UK) Services, with a branch in Ireland. MGU HoldCo owns 100% of the outstanding shares of FML, a U.K. service company (which also has a branch in Ireland).
Our Corporate Structure
The following chart presents a simplified summary overview of the corporate structure for Current Fidelis, which, other than the percentage ownership changes noted at note (1) below, will remain unchanged following the consummation of this offering. For a more detailed description of our organizational structure and an overview of the Separation Transactions see The Separation Transactions.
Current Fidelis Structure
(1) | See Principal and Selling Shareholders for detail of the percentage ownership prior to this offering, as well as the percentage ownership of FIHL following the consummation of this offering (including in the event of a full option exercise) by each of MGU HoldCo, the Founders, other institutional investors, management and other existing shareholders. |
(2) | FUL is a limited liability company incorporated in England and Wales, authorized by the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA), and supervised by the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) and the PRA as an insurer. |
(3) | FIBL is a limited liability company incorporated in Bermuda, authorized and supervised by the BMA as an insurer. |
(4) | FIHL (UK) Services is a limited liability company incorporated in England and Wales and is the service company of Current Fidelis. FIHL (UK) Services also has a branch in Ireland. |
(5) | Fidelis European Holdings Limited (FEHL) is a limited liability company incorporated in England and Wales. |
(6) | FIID is a designated activity company incorporated in Ireland, authorized and supervised by the Central Bank of Ireland (CBI) as an insurer. |
Director Nomination Rights
Under the terms of the Amended and Restated Common Shareholders Agreement, MGU HoldCo and certain of the existing major investors in FIHL will be entitled to nominate representative directors to the Board, so
22
long as they each beneficially own a specified minimum percentage of our Common Shares. Under the terms of the Amended and Restated Common Shareholders Agreement, the right to nominate one individual (a Nominee) to serve as a director on the Board will be afforded to each of the Crestview Funds (as defined below, see Principal and Selling Shareholders), CVC Falcon Holdings Limited (CVC) and Pine Brook Feal Intermediate L.P. (Pine Brook) (each a Founder and together, the Founders) and to MGU HoldCo, so long as they each beneficially own a specified minimum percentage of our Common Shares. Under the terms of the Amended and Restated Common Shareholders Agreement, if a Nominee is not appointed or elected to the Board because of such persons death, disability, disqualification, withdrawal as a Nominee, failure to be elected or for another reason is unavailable or unable to serve on the Board, the applicable nominating Founder or MGU HoldCo shall be entitled to designate promptly another Nominee, the director position for which the original Nominee was nominated shall not be filled pending such designation and FIHL shall use commercially reasonable efforts and consistent with NYSE corporate governance standards to cause the Board to promptly fill the vacancy with such successor Nominee.
23
The Offering
Issuer: |
Fidelis Insurance Holdings Limited |
Common Shares offered by us |
Common Shares. |
Common Shares offered by the Selling Shareholders |
Common Shares. |
Common Shares outstanding after this offering |
Common Shares. |
Underwriters option to purchase additional Common Shares from the Selling Shareholders |
The Selling Shareholders have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional Common Shares at the public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions, for 30 days after the date of this prospectus. |
Use of proceeds |
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of Common Shares from this offering will be approximately $ million based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $ per Common Share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of our Common Shares in this offering by the Selling Shareholders. |
We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering to make capital contributions to our insurance operating subsidiaries, which, together with other sources of liquidity, should enable us to take advantage of the ongoing rate hardening in the key markets in which we participate by writing more business under our planned strategy (as discussed in more detail in BusinessOur Strategy and Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsLiquidity and Capital Resources). See Use of Proceeds for a more complete description of the intended use of proceeds from this offering. |
Dividend Policy |
Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the sole discretion of our Board and will depend on various factors. See Dividend Policy. |
Exchange Symbol |
FIHL. |
Risk Factors |
See Risk Factors beginning on page 33 and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our Common Shares. |
Listing |
We intend to apply to list our Common Shares on NYSE under the symbol FIHL. |
24
Except as otherwise indicated, the number of Common Shares outstanding after this offering:
| excludes 3,944,164 Common Shares (plus an additional number of Common Shares equal to 4.0%, on a fully diluted basis, of the Common Shares sold by us from this offering) reserved for issuance under our long-term 2023 share incentive plan (the Long-Term Incentive Plan); |
| excludes 1,072,684 Common Shares underlying restricted share unit awards granted under the Long-Term Incentive Plan as of June 9, 2023; |
| assumes an initial public offering price of $ per Common Share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; and |
| assumes the underwriters option to purchase additional Common Shares from the Selling Shareholders will not be exercised. |
25
SUMMARY FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
The tables below present summary financial and operating data at, and for, the periods indicated. The following information is only a summary and should be read in conjunction with the section entitled Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the audited consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The summary balance sheet data at March 31, 2023, December 31, 2022 and 2021 and the summary statement of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022 and audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have included, in our opinion, all adjustments necessary to state fairly our results of operations for those periods.
These historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period.
26
SUMMARY STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA
Three months ended March 31, |
Year ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||
2023 | 2022 | 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Revenues |
||||||||||||||||||||
Gross premiums written |
$ | 1,245.3 | $ | 970.7 | $ | 3,000.1 | $ | 2,787.7 | $ | 1,576.5 | ||||||||||
Reinsurance premiums ceded |
(585.6 | ) | (485.4 | ) | (1,137.5 | ) | (1,186.6 | ) | (670.9 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net premiums written |
659.7 | 485.3 | 1,862.6 | 1,601.1 | 905.6 | |||||||||||||||
Change in net unearned premiums |
(273.7 | ) | (163.5 | ) | (357.9 | ) | (446.9 | ) | (177.0 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net premiums earned |
386.0 | 321.8 | 1,504.7 | 1,154.2 | 728.6 | |||||||||||||||
Net investment gains/(losses) |
2.8 | (10.2 | ) | (33.7 | ) | 13.5 | 17.9 | |||||||||||||
Net investment income |
20.4 | 5.1 | 40.7 | 20.6 | 26.2 | |||||||||||||||
Net foreign exchange gains |
| | 6.8 | | 1.2 | |||||||||||||||
Other income |
3.5 | 1.0 | 1.9 | 1.0 | 8.7 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total revenues before net gain on distribution of Fidelis MGU |
412.7 | 317.7 | 1,520.4 | 1,189.3 | 782.6 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net gain on distribution of Fidelis MGU |
1,639.1 | | | | | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total revenues |
2,051.8 | 317.7 | 1,520.4 | 1,189.3 | 782.6 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Expenses |
||||||||||||||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses |
159.6 | 178.4 | 830.2 | 696.8 | 324.5 | |||||||||||||||
Policy acquisition expenses(1) |
129.2 | 67.7 | 447.7 | 299.9 | 179.2 | |||||||||||||||
General and administrative expenses |
16.6 | 35.5 | 106.4 | 75.4 | 83.5 | |||||||||||||||
Corporate and other expenses |
1.5 | 1.9 | 20.5 | 2.7 | 18.7 | |||||||||||||||
Net foreign exchange losses |
1.5 | 0.9 | | 0.4 | | |||||||||||||||
Financing costs |
8.6 | 8.8 | 35.5 | 35.4 | 27.9 | |||||||||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of preference securities |
| | | | 25.3 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total expenses |
317.0 | 293.2 | 1,440.3 | 1,110.6 | 659.1 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Income before income taxes |
1,734.8 | 24.5 | 80.1 | 78.7 | 123.5 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Income tax (expense)/benefit |
(2.2 | ) | (4.7 | ) | (17.8 | ) | (0.4 | ) | 3.1 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net income |
1,732.6 | 19.8 | 62.3 | 78.3 | 126.6 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net income attributable to non-controlling interests |
| (2.8 | ) | (9.7 | ) | (10.0 | ) | (0.1 | ) | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net income available to common shareholders |
1,732.6 | 17.0 | 52.6 | 68.3 | 126.5 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | See note 2 of the unaudited consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022. Commissions on ceded business are presented within policy acquisition expenses in the three month periods ended March 31, 2023 and 2022. Commissions on ceded business are presented within general and administrative expenses in the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020. |
27
SUMMARY BALANCE SHEET DATA
At March 31, 2023 |
At December 31, | |||||||||||
2022 | 2021 | |||||||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||||
Total investments |
$ | 2,840.6 | $ | 2,425.0 | $ | 2,782.6 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and cash equivalents |
711.4 | 1,407.9 | 476.0 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Reinsurance balances |
||||||||||||
Reinsurance balances recoverable on paid losses |
96.5 | 159.4 | 256.6 | |||||||||
Reinsurance balances recoverable on reserves for losses and loss expenses | 1,032.8 | 976.1 | 795.2 | |||||||||
Deferred reinsurance premiums |
1,191.7 | 823.7 | 676.7 | |||||||||
Other assets |
1,121.7 | 657.7 | 510.7 | |||||||||
Premiums and other receivables |
2,387.5 | 1,862.7 | 1,555.2 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total assets |
$ | 9,382.2 | $ | 8,312.5 | $ | 7,053.0 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Liabilities, and shareholders equity |
||||||||||||
Liabilities |
||||||||||||
Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses |
$ | 2,215.0 | $ | 2,045.2 | $ | 1,386.5 | ||||||
Unearned premiums |
3,260.3 | 2,618.6 | 2,113.7 | |||||||||
Reinsurance balances payable |
1,221.5 | 1,057.0 | 947.8 | |||||||||
Long term debt |
447.7 | 447.5 | 446.9 | |||||||||
Preference securities |
58.4 | 58.4 | 58.4 | |||||||||
Other liabilities |
274.8 | 98.7 | 80.6 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total liabilities |
7,477.7 | 6,325.4 | 5,033.9 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Commitments and contingencies |
||||||||||||
Shareholders equity |
||||||||||||
Total shareholders equity including non-controlling interests |
1,904.5 | 1,987.1 | 2,019.1 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total liabilities and shareholders equity |
$ | 9,382.2 | $ | 8,312.5 | $ | 7,053.0 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
28
OTHER DATA
Three months ended March 31, |
Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||
2023 | 2022 | 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Loss ratio(1) |
41.3 | % | 55.4 | % | 55.2 | % | 60.4 | % | 44.5 | % | ||||||||||
Policy acquisition expense ratio(2) |
27.2 | % | 21.0 | % | 29.8 | % | 26.0 | % | 24.6 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Underwriting ratio |
68.5 | % | 76.4 | % | 85.0 | % | 86.4 | % | 69.1 | % | ||||||||||
Fidelis MGU commission ratio(3) |
6.3 | % | | % | | % | | % | | % | ||||||||||
General and administrative expense ratio(4) |
4.3 | % | 11.0 | % | 7.1 | % | 6.5 | % | 11.5 | % | ||||||||||
Combined ratio(5) |
79.1 | % | 87.4 | % | 92.1 | % | 92.9 | % | 80.6 | % | ||||||||||
Net investment gains/(losses) |
$ | 2.8 | $ | (10.2 | ) | $ | (33.7 | ) | $ | 13.5 | $ | 17.9 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net investment return(6) |
$ | 23.2 | $ | (5.1 | ) | $ | 7.0 | $ | 34.1 | $ | 44.1 | |||||||||
Debt to total capitalization ratio(7) |
21.0 | % | 20.3 | % | 20.2 | % | 20.0 | % | 20.3 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Fully diluted book value per share(8) |
$ | 15.82 | $ | 9.10 | $ | 9.12 | $ | 9.25 | $ | 10.58 | ||||||||||
RoE(9) |
87.6 | % | 0.8 | % | 2.6 | % | 3.5 | % | 11.3 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Operating RoE(10)(11) |
4.9 | % | 1.0 | % | 3.3 | % | 3.6 | % | 14.9 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Ratio, in percent, of losses and loss adjustment expenses to NPE. |
(2) | Ratio, in percent, of policy acquisition expenses paid to third parties to NPE. See note 2 of the unaudited consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022 included elsewhere in this prospectus. Commissions on ceded business are presented within policy acquisition expenses in the three month periods ended March 31, 2023 and 2022. Commissions on ceded business are presented within general and administrative expenses in the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020. |
(3) | Ratio, in percent, of Fidelis MGU commissions to NPE. |
(4) | Ratio, in percent, of general and administrative expenses to NPE. See note (2) above for explanation of the presentation of commissions on ceded business. |
(5) | Ratio, in percent, of the sum of losses and loss adjustment expenses, policy acquisition expenses paid to third parties, Fidelis MGU commissions and general and administrative expenses to NPE. |
(6) | Net investment return includes net investment income plus net investment gains and losses. |
(7) | Ratio, in percent, of total long-term debt and preference securities to total capitalization. The total capitalization comprises shareholders equity including non-controlling interests plus total long-term debt and preference securities. |
(8) | Represents the equity attributable to Fidelis Common Shareholders divided by the sum of the Common Shares outstanding and the dilutive impact of in the money outstanding warrants and RSUs. |
(9) | Ratio, in percent, of net income to opening common shareholders equity. |
(10) | Ratio, in percent, of operating net income to opening common shareholders equity. |
(11) | Operating RoE is a non-U.S. GAAP measure. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsPerformance Measures and Non-U.S. GAAP Financial MeasuresOperating Net Income, RoE and Operating RoE for a reconciliation to the most directly comparable financial measure stated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. |
Summary Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information
The summary unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information presented below consists of the summary unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet at December 31, 2022, the summary unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2022 and the notes thereto. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information should be read in conjunction with the information included under The Separation Transactions, Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information and Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our audited combined financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information presented below is useful to investors because it provides a view of our results of operations for the period presented giving effect to the Separation Transactions (which were consummated on January 3, 2023) as if the Separation Transactions had occurred at the beginning of such period. The summary unaudited pro forma
29
condensed combined balance sheet at December 31, 2022 has been prepared to give effect to the Separation Transactions as if these transactions had occurred on December 31, 2022.
The summary unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2022 has been prepared to give effect to the Separation Transactions as if these transactions had occurred on January 1, 2022.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is presented for informational purposes only and does not purport to represent our financial condition or our results of operations had these transactions occurred on or at the dates noted above or to project the results for any future date or period. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared in accordance with Regulation S-X. Actual results may differ from the pro forma adjustments.
30
SUMMARY UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED INCOME STATEMENT
SELECTED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA
December 31, 2022 Pro Forma Statement of Operations |
||||
$ in millions | ||||
Revenues |
||||
Gross premiums written |
$ | 2,989.8 | ||
Reinsurance premiums ceded |
(1,142.9 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Net premiums written |
1,846.9 | |||
Change in net unearned premiums |
(357.9 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Net premiums earned |
1,489.0 | |||
Net investment losses |
(33.7 | ) | ||
Net investment income |
40.6 | |||
Net foreign exchange gains |
4.1 | |||
Net gain on distribution of Fidelis MGU |
1,638.1 | |||
Other income |
0.3 | |||
|
|
|||
Total revenues |
$ | 3,138.4 | ||
|
|
|||
Expenses |
||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses |
830.2 | |||
Policy acquisition expenses (includes Fidelis MGU commissions of $119.5) |
529.4 | |||
General and administrative expenses |
71.1 | |||
Corporate and other expenses |
18.6 | |||
Financing costs |
35.5 | |||
|
|
|||
Total expenses |
$ | 1,484.8 | ||
|
|
|||
Net income before tax |
1,653.6 | |||
Income tax expense |
(1.3 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Net income |
$ | 1,652.3 | ||
|
|
|||
Net income attributable to non-controlling interests |
| |||
|
|
|||
Net income available to common shareholders |
$ | 1,652.3 | ||
|
|
|||
Other comprehensive gain (loss) |
||||
Unrealized loss on AFS assets |
(96.5 | ) | ||
Income tax benefit |
8.1 | |||
Currency translation adjustments |
| |||
|
|
|||
Total other comprehensive loss |
$ | (88.4 | ) | |
|
|
|||
Comprehensive gain (loss) attributable to common shareholders |
$ | 1,563.9 | ||
|
|
31
SUMMARY UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
December 31, 2022 Pro Forma Balance Sheet |
||||
$ in millions | ||||
Assets |
||||
Fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale at fair value |
$ | 2,050.9 | ||
Short-term investments, available-for-sale at fair value |
257.0 | |||
Other investments, at fair value |
117.1 | |||
|
|
|||
Total investments |
2,425.0 | |||
Cash and cash equivalents |
990.5 | |||
Restricted cash and cash equivalents |
185.9 | |||
Derivative assets, at fair value |
6.3 | |||
Accrued investment income |
10.9 | |||
Investments pending settlement |
2.0 | |||
Premiums and other receivables |
1,872.0 | |||
Deferred reinsurance premiums |
823.7 | |||
Reinsurance balances recoverable on paid losses |
159.4 | |||
Reinsurance balances recoverable on reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses |
976.1 | |||
Deferred policy acquisition costs |
516.0 | |||
Deferred tax asset |
51.2 | |||
Operating right of use assets |
26.8 | |||
Other assets |
25.6 | |||
|
|
|||
Total Assets |
$ | 8,071.4 | ||
|
|
|||
Liabilities and Shareholders equity |
||||
Liabilities |
||||
Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses |
2,045.2 | |||
Unearned premiums |
2,618.6 | |||
Reinsurance balances payable |
1,057.0 | |||
Long term debt |
447.5 | |||
Preference securities |
58.4 | |||
Other liabilities |
17.8 | |||
Operating lease liabilities |
28.5 | |||
|
|
|||
Total Liabilities |
$ | 6,273.0 | ||
|
|
|||
Shareholders equity |
||||
Ordinary shares |
2.1 | |||
Additional paid-in capital |
1,942.6 | |||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
(99.7 | ) | ||
Accumulated deficit |
(46.6 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Total shareholders equity attributable to common shareholders |
$ | 1,798.4 | ||
|
|
|||
Non-controlling interests |
| |||
|
|
|||
Total shareholders equity including non-controlling interests |
$ | 1,798.4 | ||
|
|
|||
Total liabilities and shareholders equity |
$ | 8,071.4 | ||
|
|
32
Investing in the Common Shares involves risks. Prospective investors should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as other information contained in this prospectus before making an investment decision. The risks described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect us in the future. Any of the following risks could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows and could impact any forward-looking statements. See Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements. In such case, the trading price of the Common Shares may decline and investors may lose all or part of their original investments.
For the purposes of this section, references to the Group shall refer to (i) prior to the consummation of the Separation Transactions and this offering to Previous Fidelis and (ii) following the consummation of the Separation Transactions to Current Fidelis, as the context requires.
Risks Relating to the Groups Business and Industry
Underwriting of insurance can be volatile and unpredictable. This dynamic, combined with the Groups exposure to low-frequency, high-severity events, may result in substantial losses and insurance underwriting results can vary across the industry and across different years.
The underwriting of insurance risks is, by its nature, a high-risk business. Earnings can be volatile and losses may be incurred that have the effect of significantly reducing the net profit or capital position of the Group. Although the Groups underwriting is generally focused on low-frequency, high-severity losses worldwide, the frequency and unpredictability of such losses has significantly increased in the last couple of years due to, among other things, changing climate conditions. The result of this underwriting strategy is that the Groups results may be subject to unpredictable losses or the potential of more than one loss occurring at the same time.
It is inherent in the nature of the insurance business that it is difficult to forecast short-term trends or returns, including for the Group. The results of companies in the insurance industry worldwide vary widely as do the results of insurers operating within the Bermuda, London and European insurance markets. Even if the Bermuda, London and European insurance markets make an overall profit, some individual insurers or lines of business may incur losses. The past results of the markets and the Groups historical results, as well as the results of the Groups peers, are a historical record only and may not necessarily be a reliable guide to future prospects.
Underwriting risks and reserving for losses are based on probabilities, assumptions and related modeling, which are subject to inherent judgment and uncertainties and may materially impact the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
Underwriting is a matter of judgment, involving important assumptions about matters that by their nature are unpredictable and beyond the control of the Group and for which historical experience and probability analysis may not provide sufficient guidance. One or more catastrophic or other events could result in claims that substantially exceed the Groups modeled loss expectations, which could have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations. A single event could result in significant losses across multiple classes of the Groups business. Certain risks are harder to model, and the Group estimates the impact of these through aggregate exposure and non-probabilistic modeling. The inherent uncertainties underlying, or incorrect usage or misunderstanding of, both aggregate exposure and non-probabilistic modeling may leave the Group exposed to unanticipated risks relating to certain perils or geographic regions, which could have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
33
In the event of a catastrophic event, actual losses of the Group could be substantially different from the losses estimated by the Group using catastrophe models.
The Group underwrites a broadly diversified insurance and reinsurance portfolio across a wide range of risk classes that members of Fidelis MGUs management have successfully underwritten in the past, including property, energy, marine, aviation, political risk, credit and surety and various others, as well as whole account quota shares. There can be no assurance that the Group will not suffer losses from one or more catastrophic events in any one given geographic zone due to several factors, including the inherent uncertainties in estimating the frequency and severity of such events, potential inaccuracies and inadequacies in the data provided by clients and brokers, the limitations and inaccuracies of modeling techniques, the limitations of historical data used to estimate future losses or as a result of a decision to change the percentage of the shareholders equity exposed to a single modeled catastrophic event. The Groups estimated probable maximum loss is determined through the use of modeling techniques, but such estimate does not represent the Groups total potential loss for such exposures.
Catastrophe modeling is a relatively new discipline that utilizes a mix of historical data, scientific theory and mathematical methods. There is considerable uncertainty in the data and parameter inputs for (re)insurance industry catastrophe models. In that regard, there is no universal standard in the preparation of insured data for use in the models and the running of modeling software. The accuracy of the models depends heavily on the availability of detailed insured loss data from actual large catastrophes. Due to the limited number of events and the fact that no two events are precisely the same, there is significant potential for substantial differences between the modeled loss estimate and actual Group experience for a single large catastrophic event.
This potential difference could be even greater for perils without recent loss experience, including natural catastrophe risks such as U.S. earthquakes, or less developed modeled annual severity, such as European windstorms, as well as man-made risks, such as cyber-attacks. Cyber is an example of a peril in respect of which modeling is not yet very developed. In addition, even though wildfires in California and along the western coast of the United States have increased in frequency over recent years, the wildfire models are not as developed as those for peak insured risks.
The Group relies upon Fidelis MGUs catastrophe modeling, which in turn relies upon third-party estimates of industry insured exposures. There could be significant variation between the Groups actual losses and those of the industry following a catastrophic event. In addition, actual losses may increase if the Group has reinsured some or all of its exposures and its reinsurers fail to meet their obligations or the reinsurance protections purchased are exhausted or are otherwise unavailable.
The Group has direct and indirect exposure to substantial insured losses resulting from catastrophic events. The Group is exposed to natural catastrophes such as hurricanes, earthquakes, typhoons, floods, sea surges, fire and severe weather patterns occurring in one or more of the countries in which the Group operates or globally, as well as to human-instigated catastrophic events of terrorism, cyber-attack, war or nuclear-related events and to systemic events such as a global economic crisis. The Group is also exposed to perils that are highly influenced by a combination of natural processes and man-made factors, such as epidemics and pandemics. The predictability, severity, frequency and post-event estimation of such varied events are extremely difficult to assess, under existing models or otherwise. In addition, Fidelis MGU only utilizes industry catastrophe modeling in relation to natural catastrophes and, therefore, the Groups exposure to human-instigated catastrophic events is less well modeled and may be subject to greater uncertainty. Any failures or limitations of models or incorrect estimations by Fidelis MGU could have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
The Groups losses may exceed its loss reserves or available liquidity at any time, which could significantly and negatively affect the Groups business.
The Groups results of operations and financial condition depend upon its ability to assess accurately the potential losses associated with the risks that it insures and reinsures and the sufficiency of reserves. Reserves are
34
estimates at a given time of what an insurer or reinsurer ultimately expects to pay on claims, based on facts and circumstances then known, predictions of future events, estimates of future trends in claim frequency and severity and other variable factors such as inflation.
The inherent uncertainties of estimating loss reserves generally are greater for reinsurance business compared to insurance business, primarily due to:
| the significant lapse of time from the occurrence of the event to the reporting and ultimate resolution or settlement of the claim for certain lines of business; |
| the diversity of development patterns among different types of reinsurance treaties or facultative contracts; and |
| the necessary reliance on the ceding insurer for information regarding claims. |
The Groups estimations of reserves (including those based on input from Fidelis MGU) may be unreliable. Actual losses and loss adjustment expenses paid may deviate, perhaps substantially, from the estimated loss reserves and loss expense reserves contained in its financial statements. Going forward, if the Groups loss reserves are determined to be inadequate, the Group will be required to increase its loss reserves with a corresponding reduction in net income in the period in which the Group identifies the deficiency. There can be no assurance that the Groups claims will not exceed its loss reserves or loss expense reserves which may significantly and negatively affect the Groups business for such period and beyond.
The Groups operating results may be adversely affected by an unexpected accumulation of attritional losses.
In addition to the Groups exposures to catastrophes and other large losses as discussed above, the Groups operating results may be adversely affected by unexpectedly large accumulations of attritional losses (i.e., relatively smaller losses arising frequently in the ordinary course of (re)insurance business operations, excluding major losses). The Group seeks to manage this risk by setting out appropriate underwriting parameters and risk tolerances in the Group Annual Plan and in each Subsidiary Annual Plan (each, as defined below; see Material Contracts and Related Party TransactionsFramework AgreementSubsidiary Annual Plans) to guide the pricing, terms and acceptance of risks by Fidelis MGU on behalf of Current Fidelis. These parameters, which may include pricing models, are intended to ensure that premiums received are sufficient to cover the expected levels of attritional losses and a contribution to the cost of catastrophes and large losses where necessary. However, it is possible that the Groups underwriting approaches or the pricing models on which the Group relies may not work as intended or may not capture all sources of potential loss and that actual losses from a class of risks may be greater than expected. These pricing models are also subject to the same limitations as the models used to assess the Groups exposure to catastrophe losses discussed above. Accordingly, these factors could adversely impact the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
The failure of any risk management and loss limitation methods the Group employs could have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
The Group employs various risk management and loss limitation methods, including purchasing reinsurance and sponsoring catastrophe bond transactions. The Group seeks to mitigate its loss exposure by writing a number of insurance and reinsurance contracts on an excess of loss basis, such that the Group only pays losses that exceed a specified retention. The Group also seeks to limit certain risks, such as catastrophes and political risks, by geographic diversification. Geographic zone limitations involve significant underwriting judgments, including the determination of zone boundaries and the allocation of policy limits to zones. In the case of proportional (also known as pro rata) property reinsurance treaties, the Group may seek per occurrence limitations to limit the impact of losses from any one event, although the Group may not be able to obtain such limits in certain markets, in which case such treaties may not include any such caps. Various provisions in the Groups policies intended to limit its risks, such as limitations or exclusions from certain coverage and choice of forum, may not always be
35
enforceable. The various loss limitation methods that the Group employs may not respond in the way intended due to the nature of the loss events arising in any given period, as well as disputes relating to coverage terms, exclusions, counterparty credit risk or risks relating to the use of differing basis for loss estimations. For additional information regarding reinsurance and catastrophe bonds, see BusinessOutwards Reinsurance or Retrocessional Coverage. The Group cannot guarantee that any of these loss limitation methods will be effective or that disputes relating to coverage will be resolved in the Groups favor. The failure of any risk management and loss limitation methods the Group employs could have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
The Groups retrocessional coverage may be exhausted if a large number of claims occur.
The Group has in place various retrocessional reinsurance contracts protecting the Groups different business segments. See BusinessOutwards Reinsurance or Retrocessional Coverage. In many cases these contracts provide, following a first loss, for one or more reinstatements of the limit recoverable under the contract with such reinstatements sometimes dependent on payment of additional premiums. The Group purchases aggregate coverage contracts, which provide the Group with retrocessional coverage if losses on the relevant business exceed a given attachment point. The Group also seeks outwards retrocessional protection by accessing the capital markets directly through catastrophe bond sponsorship such as the four Herbie Re Ltd. (Herbie Re) catastrophe bonds sponsored by the Group and discussed elsewhere in this prospectus, which provide for multi-year coverage.
However, if several large losses occur or large losses develop adversely, the Group may exhaust portions or the entirety of its outwards retrocession program. Furthermore, the Group cannot be sure that additional retrocessional coverage will continue to be available to it on acceptable terms, or at all. The Groups risk exposure will be materially greater due to higher loss limits and less risk diversity, and the Groups underwriting capacity will therefore be restricted, if it cannot purchase adequate retrocessional coverage.
If actual renewals of the Groups existing policies and contracts do not meet expectations, the Groups GPW in future fiscal periods and its business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
Many of the Groups insurance policies and reinsurance contracts are for a one-year term (in particular, across its property reinsurance lines and Specialty segment). The Group makes assumptions about the renewal rate and pricing of its prior years policies and contracts in its financial forecasting process. If actual renewals do not meet commercial expectations or Fidelis MGU does not renew contracts, the Groups GPW in future fiscal periods and its future operating results and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
In addition, irrespective of the renewal terms, the Group may fail to renew or obtain new insurance or reinsurance business at the desired or profitable rates or at all. There can be no assurance that business will be available to Fidelis MGU for the benefit of the Group on terms or at prices that it considers to be attractive and there cannot be any assurance that if such terms or prices exist at present, they will continue as policies renew. Any failure to renew insurance or reinsurance contracts that are material and profitable to the Group could adversely impact the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
The Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations will fluctuate in line with the (re)insurance industry cycle, and the Group expects to experience periods with excess underwriting capacity and unfavorable premium rates and policy terms and conditions, which could have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
The Groups financial performance may be expected to fluctuate in line with the (re)insurance industrys cyclical patterns characterized by periods of significant competition in pricing and underwriting terms and conditions, which is known as a soft insurance market, followed by periods of lessened competition and increasing premium rates, which is known as a hard insurance market.
36
The insurance and reinsurance pricing cycle has historically been a market phenomenon, driven by supply and demand rather than by the actual cost of coverage. The supply of insurance and reinsurance is determined by prevailing prices, the level of insured losses and the level of industry capital surplus which, in turn, may fluctuate, including in response to changes in rates of return on investments being earned in the (re)insurance industry, which are outside of the control of the Group. The upward phase of a cycle was often triggered when a major event or series of events forced insurers and reinsurers to make large claim payments, thereby drawing down capital. This, combined with increased demand for insurance against the risk associated with the event, pushed prices upwards. In the period prior to 2018, the industry had seen a market characterized by increasing surplus capital and relatively lower premium rates, which, in turn, had led to depressed pricing across certain of the Groups lines of business for a sustained period since its inception. Hurricanes Florence and Michael, Typhoons Jebi, Mangkhut and Trami and the California wildfires in 2017 and 2018 led to a modest upward trend in pricing for January 2019 renewals across certain lines of business. In line with expectations, the Group experienced a further hardening of markets at subsequent renewal dates across certain lines of business as a result of increased frequency of catastrophe events, including Hurricanes Dorian, Laura, Sally, Ida and Ian, Typhoons Faxai and Hagibis, the 2020 California wildfires, Winter Storm Uri, Storm Bernd which caused widespread European floods, and industry losses from the COVID-19 pandemic, as well as other factors affecting capacity availability such as the Lloyds Decile-10 review or the Ukraine Conflict.
Although an individual (re)insurance companys financial performance is dependent upon its own specific business characteristics, the profitability of most (re)insurance companies tends to follow this cyclical market pattern, with profitability generally increasing in hard markets and decreasing in soft markets.
Insurers and reinsurers, such as the Group, have experienced significant fluctuations in operating results due to competition, frequency of occurrence or severity of catastrophic events, levels of underwriting capacity, underwriting results of primary insurers, general economic conditions and other factors. Although the Group does not compete entirely on price or targeted market share, negative market conditions may impair the Groups ability to write insurance at rates that it considers appropriate relative to the risk assumed. If the Group cannot write insurance at appropriate rates, this could have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
At present, the Group believes that the market remains hard and expects such hard market to continue for the subsequent 2023 renewals. As a result, rates in particular lines of business will continue to present opportunities for the Group, particularly in the Specialty segment and across a number of property lines of business. This belief as to anticipated industry rates is based on the Groups own expertise and opinions of the (re)insurance industry commentators and constitutes a forward-looking statement. All forward-looking statements rely on a number of assumptions concerning future events and are subject to a number of uncertainties and other factors, many of which are outside of the control of the Group and other parties and which could cause actual results to differ materially from such forward-looking statements. In addition, there can be no certainty as to how long these market conditions will last and the cycle may fluctuate as a result of changes in economic, legal, political and social factors, including the ongoing Ukraine Conflict and the impact of sanctions imposed on Russia. See Risks Relating to Recent EventsThe full extent of the impacts of the ongoing Ukraine Conflict on the (re)insurance industry and on the Groups business, financial condition and results of operations, including in relation to claims under the Groups (re)insurance policies, are uncertain and remain unknown. Since cyclicality is due in large part to the collective actions of insurers and reinsurers, general economic conditions and the occurrence of unpredictable events, the Group cannot predict or control the timing or duration of changes in the market cycle, including how long any favorable market conditions will persist. If the Group fails to manage its business appropriately through the cyclical nature of the (re)insurance industry, its business prospects, operating results or financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
37
The business written by the Group, particularly in its Bespoke and Specialty segments, is vulnerable to global economic and geopolitical uncertainty.
A portion of the Groups business focuses on bespoke (re)insurance underwriting for tailored coverage, which we refer to as the Bespoke pillar. Business in the Groups Bespoke pillar includes policies covering credit and political risk, political violence and terrorism, cyber, title, transactional liabilities, mortgage and other bespoke products that fit our criteria. These and other lines of business composed of the Bespoke pillar are particularly susceptible to severe economic downturns or seismic shocks, which could trigger significant losses for this particular area of business compared to business composed of the Groups other (re)insurance business which typically responds to the insurance cycle described above rather than the economic cycle.
The Group saw a general drop in bespoke (re)insurance underwriting deal flow throughout 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic. As the economies around the world began to recover, in 2021 the Group saw a higher market appetite for the underlying transactions that these products cover and is cautiously anticipating a continued level of appetite through 2023, subject to economic uncertainty, inflation pressures and monetary actions, the ongoing Ukraine Conflict and the impact of sanctions imposed on Russia. However, to the extent there is further disruption from such public health, economic and geopolitical factors, there may be further delays and uncertainties in relation to those underlying transactions, which could lead to further reductions to deal flow within the Bespoke pillar. Despite the Groups current focus on the Specialty segment discussed below, given the historic size of the Bespoke pillar relative to the Groups wider business, prolonged periods of global economic uncertainty, could have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
Another portion of the Groups business, which we refer to as the Specialty pillar, focuses on traditional specialty business lines such as aviation, energy, space, marine, contingency and property D&F. The underlying industries to which the Groups Specialty segment business lines relate, such as marine, energy and in particular aviation, have faced unprecedented challenges resulting in loss of profits, government-imposed restrictions, and a general downturn in business due to recent global economic uncertainty. Despite the Specialty segment historically being our smallest segment due to the historic rating environment, the rates available in certain Specialty classes increased throughout 2020, 2021 and 2022, and have continued to do so in 2023 to date, resulting in a significant increase in GPW attributable to our Specialty segment.
However, given the recent market volatility and ongoing uncertainty resulting from the global economic and geopolitical uncertainty, the Group might be unable to continue its strong growth in Specialty. Additionally, since the onset of the ongoing Ukraine Conflict, the aviation line of business has come under particular strain arising from the indirect impact of sanctions imposed on Russia and western leased aircraft currently located in Russia. Given the novelty of the situation, it is impossible to determine whether and how potential losses may crystallize, which will ultimately depend on multiple interlocking dependencies, including the future behavior of the Russian government and airlines, the interpretation of the coverages in place and the way in which sanctions are interpreted. The spread of possible ultimate outcomes is huge, with scope for scenarios where Russian behavior and/or sanctions mean that no claims emerge, and others in which the (re)insurance market would face its largest ever non-natural catastrophe. As both segments are potentially susceptible to changes in economic activity, any significant and continued economic downturn may impact the Groups Bespoke and Specialty segments and the Groups GPW, as well as have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
Any future acquisitions, strategic investments or new platforms could expose the Group to further risks or turn out to be unsuccessful.
From time to time, and subject to the Framework Agreement (as defined below, see Material Contracts and Related Party TransactionsFramework Agreement) and each respective Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreement, the Group may pursue growth through acquisitions and strategic investments in businesses
38
or new underwriting, insurance-linked securities (ILS) or marketing platforms. The negotiation of potential acquisitions or strategic investments as well as the integration of an acquired business, personnel or underwriting or marketing platforms (including raising alternative capital from reinsurance sidecar finance structures (sidecars)) could result in a substantial diversion of management resources and the emergence of other risks, such as potential losses from unanticipated litigation, a higher level of claims than is reflected in reserves, loss of key personnel in acquired businesses or an inability to generate sufficient revenue to offset acquisition costs.
The Groups ability to manage its growth through acquisitions, strategic investments or new or alternative platforms (including sidecars) will depend, in part, on its success in addressing such risks. While the Group is not currently contemplating any such acquisitions or strategic investments, the Groups nimble approach to capital management based on opportunities presented and sought out means that the Group may opportunistically from time to time pursue such acquisitions, new platforms or strategic investment strategies. Any failure by the Group to implement its acquisitions, new platforms or strategic investment strategies effectively could have a material adverse effect on its business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
Competition within the industry may make profitable pricing difficult and the Group may fail to be able to access profitable insurance or reinsurance business.
The insurance industry is highly competitive. In its underwriting activities, the Group may find itself in competition with other insurers and reinsurers that may have an established position in the market or greater financial, marketing and management resources available to them. Competition in the types of business that the Group may underwrite is based on many factors, including premiums charged and other terms and conditions agreed, services provided, financial strength ratings assigned by third-party credit rating agencies and perceived financial strength, speed of claims payment, reputation and experience in the line of business to be written, and continuity, strength of relationship and reputation with clients and brokers. Competition can adversely affect premium levels, including on business written by the Group, by increasing insurance industry capacity, reducing prices in response to favorable loss experience, affecting the pricing of underlying direct coverage and other factors, any of which can develop in a relatively short period of time. In addition, the Group cannot predict the extent to which competition from new competitors (including managing general agents, hedge funds, capital markets products such as catastrophe bonds and new underwriting companies that provide similar products) or existing competitors raising equity, debt or ILS capital could increase (re)insurance capacity and depress premium rates. There may be a divergence of views among market participants on the likely duration and extent of rate improvements, if and when anticipated. Increased competition could result in fewer submissions, lower premium rates or less favorable policy terms and conditions with respect to the Groups products, which could have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
Consolidation in the (re)insurance industry could adversely impact the Groups business and results of operations.
Recent years have seen increased consolidation and convergence among companies in the (re)insurance industry resulting in increasingly larger and more diversified competitors with greater capitalization than the Group. As evidenced by merger and acquisition transactions in recent years, the consolidation trend may continue and even accelerate in the near future, which may lead to increased competitive pressure in the Groups business lines from such competitors. In addition, as companies consolidate, the resulting change in the competitive landscape may impact the Groups ability to attract the most talented insurance professionals and to retain and incentivize its existing employees. Any of these risks relating to consolidation within the industry could adversely affect the Groups insurance and reinsurance businesses, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
As the (re)insurance industry consolidates, the cost, capital and (re)insurance synergies and combined underwriting leverage resulting from consolidation may mean a larger global (re)insurer is able to compete more effectively and also may be more attractive to brokers and agents looking to place business than the Group. These
39
consolidated competitors may try to use their enhanced market power to obtain a larger market share through increased line sizes. Larger (re)insurers also may have lower operating costs and an ability to absorb greater risk while maintaining their financial strength ratings, thereby allowing them to price their products more competitively without impacting rating. If competitive pressures reduce rates or negatively affect terms and conditions considerably, the Group may reduce its future underwriting activities in those lines thus resulting in reduced premiums and a potential reduction in expected earnings.
As the (re)insurance industry consolidates, competition for customers may also become more intense and the importance of properly servicing each customer will increase. Several of the mergers of (re)insurers that compete with the Group were partially driven by strategic plans to write more (re)insurance business. The Group could therefore incur greater expenses relating to customer acquisition and retention, reducing the Groups operating margins. In addition, (re)insurance companies that merge may be able to spread their risks across a consolidated, larger capital base so that they require less outwards reinsurance than the Group. Furthermore, such (re)insurance companies may, as a result of consolidation, purchase less reinsurance and retrocession cover from the Group than they currently do.
There has been a similar trend of increased consolidation of agents and brokers in the (re)insurance industry. As most of the Groups products are distributed by Fidelis MGU through agents and brokers, consolidation could impact relationships with, and fees paid to, some agents and brokers. Consolidation of distributors may also increase the likelihood that distributors will try to renegotiate the terms of existing selling agreements to terms less favorable to the Group. As brokers merge with or acquire each other, any resulting failure or inability of brokers to market the Groups products successfully, or the loss of a substantial portion of the business sourced by one or more of the Groups key brokers, could have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
The Group may not be able to write as much premium as expected in the Group Annual Plan with the desired level of projected profitability.
The Group may not write as much premium as expected with the desired level of profitability. Factors which may inhibit or preclude the Group from obtaining the participations on desirable business sufficient to meet the projected premium or profitability levels include, among others:
| the failure of Fidelis MGU to maintain successful relationships with clients, brokers and other intermediaries to distribute the Groups products; |
| insurance and reinsurance pricing not responding positively as has happened in the past to a significant loss event; |
| continued willingness by other market participants to underwrite insurance and reinsurance business at rates, terms or conditions that are at best marginally profitable and are more attractive to customers than the Group is prepared to price at; |
| difficulty penetrating existing program structures due to established relationships between such cedants (or their intermediaries) and reinsurers, or clients (or their intermediaries) and their insurers on programs desired by the Group; |
| intermediaries entering into bilateral or facility arrangements with single carriers or markets, where previously the business was more widely available; and |
| possible unwillingness of prospective cedants (or their intermediaries) or clients (or their intermediaries) to accept the Groups participations based on competitors higher ratings or concerns regarding the Groups investors time horizons and possible exit strategies or ability to maintain its financial strength ratings. |
If the Group is not able to write as much increased business as expected, or at the projected levels of profitability, it may write a lesser volume of business and/or write business at lower projected levels of
40
profitability. This could have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
Industry-wide developments could adversely affect the Groups business.
The availability and price of insurance and reinsurance coverage has been affected by factors such as the global economic recession, stock market performance, interest rates, high inflationary environment and the occurrence of global catastrophic events. Recent examples of the latter are Hurricanes Florence, Dorian, Michael, Laura, Sally, Ida and Ian, Typhoons Faxai, Hagibis, Jebi, Mangkhut and Trami, the U.S. Midwest derecho, Winter Storm Uri, the California wildfires in recent years and Storm Bernd, which caused widespread European floods, and the COVID-19 pandemic, as well as the ongoing Ukraine Conflict. Volatility in regional and global economic growth has the potential to reduce the number and the amount of GPW in the Groups business lines such as marine, where such volatility may result in a decline in shipbuilding projects, and aviation lines in the event of a significant reduction in passenger volumes and departures.
Within energy lines, the recent rally in oil prices, brought around by fears of supply issues in light of the ongoing Ukraine Conflict, affects asset prices and may impact on existing and future exploration and extraction projects, also producing broader financial distress within the energy industry. Although Russian energy exports are continuing, the Western nations are exploring their options and seeking alternative energy sources. The Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (the OECD) nations responded to the crisis by releasing more barrels from their strategic reserves, which was aimed at stabilizing the prices. Although this move has generally been welcomed, there is no guarantee that it will impact oil prices in any meaningful way as this unprecedented economic and political situation has not been fully modeled yet and the prices are expected to remain extremely volatile. This dynamic in the energy sector may result in increased demand for insurance but limits (particularly in respect of business interruption) may be higher.
Fluctuations in demand for insurance and reinsurance products or over-or under-supply of capacity can result in governmental intervention in the insurance and reinsurance markets, which may affect the risks which may be available for the Group to consider underwriting, or render terms and pricing unattractive. At the same time, threats of further terrorist attacks and political unrest in Europe, the Middle East, North Africa, the U.S., Australasia and Asia, and continued uncertainty arising directly and indirectly from the recent turbulence in the global financial markets, have adversely affected general economic, market and political conditions, increasing many of the risks associated with the Groups business worldwide. See Risks Relating to Recent Events.
A downgrade or withdrawal of, or other negative action relating to, the Groups financial strength rating(s) by insurance rating agencies could adversely affect the volume and quality of business presented to the Group.
Third-party credit rating agencies assess and rate the financial strength of insurers and reinsurers based upon criteria established by those rating agencies. The claims-paying ability ratings assigned by rating agencies to insurance and reinsurance companies represent independent opinions of financial strength and the ability to meet policyholder or other obligations. Ratings reflect the rating agencies respective opinions on the ability of the Group to pay claims and are not evaluations directed to investors in, and are not recommendations to buy, sell or hold, the Groups securities. Insureds, cedants and intermediaries use these ratings as one measure by which to assess the financial strength and quality of insurers and reinsurers. These ratings are often a key factor in the decision by an insured, cedant or an intermediary on whether and in what quantum to place business with a particular insurance or reinsurance provider. Many insureds, cedants and intermediaries maintain a listing of acceptable insurers or reinsurers, generally based upon credit ratings.
Prior to the Separation Transactions, the Group was assigned an A (Excellent) financial strength rating by A.M. Best, the third-highest of 13 rating levels, with a stable outlook on all entities. A.M. Bests ratings range from A+ to D. Each A.M. Best rating category from A+ to C may be designated either an additional plus (+) or a minus (-) sign as a rating notch that reflects a gradation of financial strength within the rating
41
category. Additionally, A.M. Best assigned a BBB long-term issuer credit rating to FIHL, which indicates a good ability to meet ongoing senior financial obligations and a financial strength rating of A (Excellent) and the long-term issuer credit rating of A (Excellent) to FIBL, FUL and FIID. In connection with the Separation Transactions, the Group completed a rating evaluation service with A.M. Best, following which, A.M. Best had placed under review with negative implications the ratings assigned to FIHL, including the Groups financial strength rating of A. On February 3, 2023, A.M. Best removed from under review with negative implications and affirmed the financial strength rating of A (Excellent) and the long-term issuer credit rating of A (Excellent) of FIBL, FUL and FIID. In addition, A.M. Best removed from under review with negative implications and affirmed the long-term issuer credit rating of BBB (Good) of FIHL. The outlook assigned to these ratings remained negative at such date. The negative outlooks acknowledge that A.M. Best has noted that it will continue to monitor the Groups market presence as well as subsequent operating performance now that the Separation Transactions have been consummated.
Prior to the Separation Transactions, the Group was assigned an A- financial strength rating by S&P, with a positive outlook, which indicates strong capacity to meet financial commitments but somewhat more susceptibility to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than those in higher-rated categories. S&Ps ratings range from AAA to D. Each S&P rating category from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the rating categories. Additionally, S&P has assigned a BBB long term issuer rating to FIHL, which indicates adequate capacity to meet financial commitments but greater susceptibility to adverse economic conditions. In connection with the Separation Transactions, the Group completed a rating evaluation service with S&P, following which, S&P had placed under review the ratings assigned to FIHL, including the Groups financial strength rating of A-. On August 5, 2022, S&P affirmed the Groups ratings, including the A- financial strength rating assigned to the Group and a BBB long term issuer rating to FIHL, but revised its outlook from positive to stable for all entities. Despite the revision, S&P expressed confidence in the Groups future operating earnings and strong capital position, noting in particular the Groups underwriting outperformance of peers between 2017 and 2022.
Following the announcement of the Separation Transactions, on August 1, 2022, Moodys assigned a Baa2 long-term issuer rating to FIHL and A3 insurance financial strength ratings to FIBL, FUL and FIID. The outlook for FIHL is stable. Moodys generic rating classifications range from Aaa to C. Each Moodys generic rating classification from Aa to Caa may be modified to append numerical modifiers 1, 2, or 3 to show relative position within the rating categories.
A.M. Best, S&P and Moodys will periodically review the Groups rating and may revise it downward or revoke it at their sole discretion, based primarily on their analysis of the Groups balance sheet strength, operating performance and business profile. Factors that may affect such an analysis include:
| if the Group changes its business practice from the Group Annual Plan in a manner that no longer supports its rating; |
| if unfavorable financial or market trends impact the Group; |
| if the Groups actual losses significantly exceed its loss reserves; |
| if the Group is unable to obtain and retain key personnel; |
| if the Groups investments incur significant losses; and |
| if either A.M. Best or S&P alters its capital adequacy assessment methodology in a manner that would adversely affect the Groups rating. |
An actual or anticipated downgrade or revocation of the Groups financial strength rating, or an announcement that the Groups financial strength rating is under review or other negative action by a rating agency, could provide certain customers with a right to terminate their (re)insurance contracts with the Group
42
and would adversely affect the volume and quality of business presented to the Group and could potentially have a negative effect on the Groups financial condition and results of operations. A downgrade is also a basis for termination of the Framework Agreement by Fidelis MGU, subject to a cure period. A downgrade could also potentially impact the Groups existing letter of credit facilities by triggering a covenant breach, which would have a negative effect on the Groups business.
Additionally, third-party credit rating agencies may increase the levels of capital they require an insurer or reinsurer to hold in order to maintain a certain credit rating. Such changes could result in the Group having to raise additional capital or purchase reinsurance in order to maintain its credit rating. The availability and cost of additional financing or capital depends on a variety of factors, including our credit ratings and credit capacity. If the Group does not raise such additional capital or purchase suitable reinsurance, that could result in a downgrade of its credit rating, which could have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
A downgrade in rating could have a material effect on the Groups ability to write business or to maintain business already written and would adversely affect the Groups competitive position in the insurance and reinsurance industries and make it more difficult to market its products. A downgrade could, therefore, result in a substantial loss of business as insureds, ceding companies, agents and brokers that place business with the Group companies might move to other insurers and reinsurers with higher ratings or insist on less favorable terms as a condition of continuing to do business. A credit rating downgrade might also give rise to a right of termination or amendment of the Groups credit facilities. While there can be no assurance that increased levels of capital will not be required in the future, the rating agencies have not made the Group aware of any such increase as part of the rating evaluation service in connection with the Separation Transactions.
Changing climate conditions and under-developed catastrophe modeling tools could lead to worse than expected losses and may adversely affect the Groups operating results, financial condition, profitability or cash flows.
Multiple years of above-average temperatures and drought, poor forest management, and widespread development in the zone between wild land and human development have proved a dangerous combination. The catastrophe modeling tools that insurers and reinsurers use to help manage catastrophe exposures are based on assumptions and judgments that rely on historical trends, are subject to error and may produce estimates that are materially different from actual results. Changing climate conditions could cause catastrophe models to be even less accurate, which could limit the Groups ability to effectively manage its exposures, in particular to perils for which modeling is under-developed, such as wildfires and flooding. Failures or inadequacies in modeling relating to climate change could result in the Groups results of operations or financial condition differing materially from the Groups expectations or any related projections.
The failure to appreciate and respond effectively to the trends and risks associated with ESG initiatives and factors could adversely affect the Groups relationship with stakeholders and its achievement of the Group Annual Plan.
The purpose of a business and the way in which it operates in achieving its objectives, including in relation to ESG matters, are an increasingly material consideration for the Groups key stakeholders in achieving their own ESG objectives and aims. The Group has seen increased focus and scrutiny on ESG-related matters from its key stakeholders, such as its institutional investors, policyholders, employees and suppliers, as well as policymakers, regulators, rating agencies, industry organizations and local communities, which could lead to a change in approach to ESG for the Group and in the general (re)insurance industry as a whole. ESG-related initiatives, trends and risks may directly or indirectly impact the Groups business and the achievement of the Group Annual Plan and consequently those of its key stakeholders. A failure to transparently and consistently implement an ESG strategy, in its key markets and across operational, underwriting and investment activities, may adversely impact the Group Annual Plan, financial results and reputation of the Group and may negatively
43
impact relationships with the Groups stakeholders, all of whom have expectations, concerns and aims related to ESG matters which may differ from the Groups. See BusinessOur Commitment to Environmental, Social and Governance Matters.
Changes in law relating to certain perils could adversely affect the Groups business.
A change in law relating to certain perils for which the Group writes insurance or reinsurance may have a significant impact on the Groups ability to respond to certain events, including the manner and time frame for processing claims, the development of claim severity or the interpretation of the underlying policies. For example, in response to several wildfire events affecting California homeowners, the state has enacted new insurance consumer protection laws for California policyholders that took effect on January 1, 2019 and require insurers to afford certain policy protections to California insureds for future wildfire events. Such changes in law and practice in response to the recent wildfire events, as well as other changes in law and practice relating to other perils for which the Group writes insurance or reinsurance, may have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
Outwards reinsurance is a key part of the Groups strategy, subjecting the Group to the credit risk of its reinsurers and may not be available, affordable or adequate to protect against losses.
A key part of the Groups strategy is to follow the practice of reinsuring and retroceding with other insurance and reinsurance companies and ILS vehicles a portion of the risks under the insurance and reinsurance contracts that it writes in order to protect the Group against the severity of losses on individual claims and unusually serious occurrences in which a number of claims produce a large aggregated loss. Authority to design and place such outwards reinsurance has been delegated to Fidelis MGU. In addition to traditional outwards reinsurance, the Group participates in the catastrophe bond market and has sponsored four series of catastrophe bonds issued by Herbie Re, pursuant to which the Group obtains collateralized retrocessional coverage from capital markets participants. The amount of coverage purchased, either in the traditional or alternative markets, is determined by the Groups risk strategy together with the price, quality and availability of such coverage. Coverage purchased for one year will not necessarily conform to purchases for another year.
There can be no assurance that the Group will be able to obtain reinsurance or to enter into retrocession arrangements (including by renewing its catastrophe bond transactions) at a price, quality or in the amounts which the Group requires. There can be no assurance that the Groups outwards reinsurance or retrocession protection will be sufficient for all eventualities, which could expose the Group to greater risk and greater potential loss, which could in turn have a material adverse effect on its business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations. In particular, if a number of large losses occur in any one year, there is a chance that the Group could exhaust its outwards reinsurance and retrocession program. In this event, it is not certain that further reinsurance and/or retrocessional coverage would be available on acceptable terms, or at all, for the remainder of that year or for future years which could materially increase the risks and losses retained within the Group.
In addition, in the event Fidelis MGU cannot arrange to obtain the amount of reinsurance or retrocessional protection for the Group within the parameters set forth in each of the Subsidiary Annual Plans, then the Group may need to reduce the amount of business it writes accordingly in order to remain within its risk tolerances. Such reduction in the availability of reinsurance or retrocessional protection could also have a significant impact on the Groups capital reserves, by potentially requiring the Group to hold more capital. In particular, under Directive 2009/138/EC (Solvency II), which is also transposed into the U.K.s domestic prudential regime, the relevant operating subsidiaries of the Group are required to have a reasonable expectation that outwards reinsurance will be placeable to future periods.
Collectability of traditional reinsurance and retrocession is dependent upon the solvency of reinsurers or retrocessionaires and their willingness to make payments under the terms of reinsurance or retrocession agreements. In particular, the Group can be exposed to non-coterminous wording risk under such agreements,
44
including interpretations by our reinsurers or retrocessionaires that they may withhold payment for losses. As such, the terms and conditions of the reinsurance purchased by the Group may not provide precise cover for the losses the Group incurs on the underlying insurance or reinsurance which it has sold. A reinsurers insolvency or inability or unwillingness to make payments under the terms of a reinsurance or retrocession arrangement could have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
In the case of the Groups catastrophe bond and industry loss warranty transactions, collectability is dependent on whether the relevant coverage is triggered. Each of the Groups catastrophe bond transactions and industry loss warranty transactions to date has utilized an industry loss index trigger, which means that the amount of recoveries paid to the Group is determined by the levels of catastrophe losses to the wider (re)insurance industry rather than by the amount of losses that the Group actually suffers. There can be no guarantee, therefore, that these catastrophe bonds and industry loss warranties will provide adequate protection if the Groups loss experience does not correlate with losses on an industry-wide basis triggering a payment under the relevant contracts.
The Group is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by its counterparties on derivative agreements. The Group seeks to further reduce the risk associated with such agreements by entering into such agreements with large, well-established financial institutions. In addition, the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission and other regulators require the Group and its swap dealer counterparties to collect and post initial and variation margin with respect to non-cleared swaps. Any initial margin required to be posted to the Groups swap dealer counterparties under these rules is segregated with a third-party custodian. However, there can be no assurance that the Group will not suffer losses in the event a counterparty or custodian fails to perform or is subject to a bankruptcy or similar proceeding.
Cyber threats are an evolving risk area affecting not only the specific cyber insurance market but also the liability coverage the Group provides which may adversely affect the Group.
The Group has introduced processes to manage its potential liabilities as a result of specific cyber coverage and other coverage the Group provides to its (re)insurance policyholders, including for the business sourced by Fidelis MGU. However, given that this is an area where the threat landscape is uncertain and continuing to evolve, there is a risk that increases in the frequency and effectiveness of cyber-attacks on the Groups policyholders could adversely affect (possibly to a material extent) the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations. This risk is also dependent on the measures the individual policyholders use to protect themselves to keep pace with the emerging threat, as well as the development and issuance of policy terms and conditions which are reactive to the evolving threat landscape.
The Group may write selected quota share reinsurance policies and assume a share of the liabilities of its underlying reinsureds, which may expose it to certain losses.
The Group may write selected quota share reinsurance policies and also insure a share of the liabilities of its underlying reinsureds. The Group may suffer losses arising from the underlying judgment of the staff of reinsureds, underlying pricing, terms and conditions of the business in which it shares risk, sub-optimal claims management and other business administration shortcomings, poor but not contractually actionable information disclosure, failure to observe underwriting guidelines but not to a contractually actionable extent and unexpected catastrophic exposures in the reinsureds own account. These risks are equally applicable to many other types of reinsurance that the Group may write (in addition to quota share reinsurance).
Loss of business reputation or negative publicity could have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
The Group is vulnerable to adverse market perception since it operates in an industry where integrity, customer trust and confidence are paramount. In addition, any negative publicity (whether well founded or not)
45
associated with the business or operations of the Group could result in a loss of clients and business. Accordingly, any mismanagement, fraud or failure by its employees or employees of Fidelis MGU to satisfy fiduciary responsibilities, or the negative publicity resulting from such activities or any allegation of such activities and consequential loss of reputation, could have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations. These issues also relate to regulatory conduct risk, for which see Risks Relating to Regulation of the Group.
The Group is exposed to the risk of litigation which could have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
The extent and complexity of the legal and regulatory environment in which the Group operates and the products and services the Group offers mean that many aspects of the business involve substantial risks of liability. Any litigation brought against the Group in the future could have a material adverse effect on the Group. The Groups insurance may not necessarily cover all or any of the claims that clients or others may bring against the Group or may not be adequate to protect it against all the liability that may be imposed.
The Group also may be involved in litigation against third parties in the normal course of business and the probable outcome of all such litigation may be taken into account in the assessment of the Groups liabilities. If the outcome of such litigation is incorrectly estimated, this could have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
Coverage disputes can increase expenses and incurred losses, which could have a material adverse effect on the Groups business.
There can be no assurance that various provisions of the Groups insurance policies and reinsurance contracts, such as limitations on, or exclusions from, coverage, will be enforceable in the manner intended. In particular, the ongoing Ukraine Conflict may lead to coverage disputes in relation to, among others, policy language, the impact of sanctions or cancellation notices. Such actions have led to an increase in the risk of uncertainty surrounding emerging claims. See Risks Relating to Recent Events.
This increased risk adds further pressure to an already uncertain area surrounding emerging claims, which has been particularly prominent in the Florida insurance market, which has seen an increase in losses and loss adjustment expenses due to the prevalence of assignment of benefits (AOB) claims. Through AOB, homeowners are increasingly assigning the benefit of their insurance recovery to third parties (including the right to claim back legal fees if they are successful in arguing for a larger than initially offered pay-out). AOB practice in Florida has been characterized by an inflated size and number of claims, increased litigation, interference in the adjustment of claims and the assertion of bad faith actions and one-way attorney fees. There were a large number of AOB claims following Hurricane Irma in 2017, a trend which continued in the wake of Hurricane Michael in 2018. In an effort to stem rising premiums caused by unnecessary litigation and AOB abuse and to curtail any further exponential growth in AOB litigation, Floridas state legislature has signed into law an AOB reform measure, which will, among other provisions, restrict attorney fees on AOB litigation and allow providers to sell AOB exempt policies. However, until the effects of the new legislation become clear, ongoing AOB activity and related potentially fraudulent claims activity may have a material effect by inflating the size of the Groups losses and loss adjustment expenses.
Furthermore, as the Group writes a substantial amount of property D&F across the United States, it is exposed to the risk of emerging bad faith claims, which have recently been successfully brought in several U.S. states. Such claims are not insurer friendly and especially so when the insurer is a non-U.S. insurer. Additionally, due to potential unfamiliarity with the local rules and regulations, a non-U.S. insurer, such as the Group, runs an increased risk of clerical and logistical errors in getting claims and litigation filings in the United States done on time to allow it to respond in a timely manner before a summary judgment is held against it.
46
Although disputes relating to coverage and choice of legal forum can be expected to arise in the ordinary course of the Groups business, particularly if loss claims are material, the rise in the number of AOB and bad faith claims or other coverage disputes could lead to the Group facing a higher volume of claims or quantum of losses than it faced historically. As a result, the Group may incur losses beyond those that it considered might be incurred at the time of underwriting the insurance policy or reinsurance contract, which could have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and may identify additional material weaknesses in the future or fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, which may result in material misstatements of our consolidated financial statements or cause us to fail to meet our periodic reporting obligations.
In connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2022, we identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weaknesses were identified in the following areas: (i) the design and operating effectiveness of controls over the secondary review of the accuracy of data input in the policy administration system impacting recording of premiums and acquisition costs, (ii) the necessary resources to consider on a timely basis the application of U.S. GAAP accounting principles where complex accounting judgment exists, and (iii) the design of controls over the completeness and accuracy of reinsurance balances recoverable and payable.
To remedy our identified material weaknesses, we are in the process of adopting several measures intended to improve our internal control over financial reporting. These include strengthening our finance, operations and information technology teams, and implementation of further policies, processes and internal controls relating to our financial reporting. Specifically, those ongoing remediation include the following:
| We have, and will continue to, strengthen our operational resources within the underwriting team to implement additional controls over data input in addition to having expanded the operations team through the provision of specialist third-party resources to assist with data input. Furthermore, in the third quarter of 2022 we engaged a third-party service provider to conduct independent quality control checks over the data in the policy administration system. |
| We have strengthened the reinsurance team by hiring additional accounting and operational resources to help ensure that we have sufficient personnel with skills and experience commensurate with the size and complexity of the organization, who can effectively design and execute our process level controls around reinsurance balances payable and recoverables. We will also be implementing additional technology solutions to replace manual processes where possible. |
| We have hired additional resources in our Group finance team with knowledge and experience of U.S. GAAP, SEC reporting and internal control over financial reporting. |
| Additionally, we have engaged an outside service provider to assist in evaluating and documenting processes and controls, identifying control gaps and strengthening the quality of documentation regarding controls. |
We are committed to maintaining a strong internal control environment, and we expect to continue our efforts to ensure the material weaknesses described above and all control deficiencies are remediated. However, these material weaknesses cannot be considered remediated until the applicable remedial controls operate for a sufficient period of time and management has concluded, through testing, that these controls are operating effectively.
We can give no assurance that additional material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting will not be identified in the future. Our failure to implement and maintain
47
effective internal control over financial reporting could result in errors in our financial statements that may lead to a restatement of our financial statements or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. Failure to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment could cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a material adverse effect on our Common Share price. Although we are committed to adopting remedial controls, any failure to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could also potentially subject us to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities. Generally, if we fail to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment, it could result in material misstatements in our financial statements and could also impair our ability to comply with applicable financial reporting requirements and related regulatory filings on a timely basis. As a result, our businesses, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, as well as the trading price of our Common Shares, may be materially and adversely affected. We may also be required to restate our financial statements from prior periods.
We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a U.S. public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives and corporate governance practices. We may fail to comply with the rules that apply to public companies, including Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which could result in sanctions or other penalties that would harm our business.
As a public company that qualifies as a foreign private issuer, we will incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs resulting from public company reporting obligations under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), and regulations regarding corporate governance practices. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the rules of the SEC, the listing requirements of NYSE, and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies, including establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. We expect that we will need to hire additional accounting, finance, and other personnel in connection with our becoming listed on the NYSE and our efforts to comply with the requirements of being a public company, and our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time towards maintaining compliance with these requirements. These requirements will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, these reporting requirements, rules and regulations, coupled with the increase in potential litigation exposure associated with being a public company, could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our Board or board committees or to serve as executive officers, or to obtain certain types of insurance, including directors and officers insurance, on acceptable terms. We are currently evaluating these rules and regulations and cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs. These rules and regulations are often subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of becoming a public company or the timing of such costs. Any changes we make to comply with these obligations may not be sufficient to allow us to satisfy our obligations as a public company on a timely basis, or at all.
Pursuant to Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 404, we will be required to furnish a report by our management on, among other things, our internal control over financial reporting beginning with our second filing of an Annual Report on Form 20-F with the SEC after we become a public company. In order to maintain effective internal controls, we will need additional financial personnel, systems and resources. To achieve compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 404 within the prescribed period, we will be engaged in a process to document and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting, which is both costly and challenging. In this regard, we will need to continue to dedicate internal resources, potentially engage outside consultants, adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve
48
control processes as appropriate, validate through testing that controls are functioning as documented, and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting. Despite our efforts, there is a risk that we will not be able to conclude, within the prescribed timeframe or at all, that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as required by Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 404. If we identify one or more material weaknesses, it could result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements.
Furthermore, if we identity material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting in the future, we may not detect errors on a timely basis and our financial statements may be materially misstated. We or our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting, which could harm our operating results, cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and cause the trading price of our shares to fall. In addition, as a public company we will be required to file accurate and timely reports with the SEC under the Exchange Act. Any failure to report our financial results on an accurate and timely basis could result in sanctions, lawsuits, delisting of our shares from NYSE or other adverse consequences that would materially harm our business and reputation.
The preparation of the Groups financial statements requires it to make many estimates and judgments that are more difficult than equivalent estimates and judgments made by companies operating outside the (re)insurance sector.
The preparation of the Groups audited consolidated financial statements and unaudited interim consolidated financial statements requires the Group to make many estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities (including reserves), revenues and expenses and related disclosures of contingent liabilities. The Group evaluates its estimates on an ongoing basis, including those related to premium recognition, insurance and other reserves, reinsurance recoverables, investment valuations, intangible assets, bad debts, impairments, income taxes, contingencies, derivatives and litigation. The Group bases its estimates on market prices, where possible, and on various other assumptions it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, which form the basis for the Groups judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.
In particular, estimates and judgments for new (re)insurance lines of business are more difficult to make than those made for more mature lines of business because the Group has more limited historical information on which to base such estimates and judgments. A significant part of the Groups current loss reserves is in respect of incurred but not reported (IBNR) reserves. This IBNR reserve is based almost entirely on estimates involving actuarial and statistical projections of the Groups expectations of the ultimate settlement and administration costs. Accordingly, actual claims and claim expenses paid may deviate, perhaps substantially, from the reserve estimates reflected in the Groups audited consolidated financial statements and unaudited interim consolidated financial statements, which could materially adversely affect the Groups financial results.
If FIHL were deemed to be an investment company under the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940 (the Investment Company Act), applicable restrictions could make it impractical for the Group to continue with its business as contemplated and could have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
FIHL is not, and following this offering will not be, required to be registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, and FIHL intends to conduct its operations so that it will not be deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act. The Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations thereunder contain detailed parameters for the organization and operation of investment companies. FIHL does not believe it is an investment company to which the Investment Company Act would apply because it is not and does not hold itself out as being primarily engaged, nor does it propose to engage primarily, in the business of investing, reinvesting, or trading in securities (the primarily engaged test, pursuant to Section
49
3(a)(1)(A) of the Investment Company Act) and it does not own or propose to acquire investment securities (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Investment Company Act) having a value exceeding 40% of the value of its total assets (exclusive of government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis (the 40% Test, pursuant to Section 3(a)(1)(C) of the Investment Company Act).
With respect to the 40% Test, FIHL directly owns all of the outstanding voting securities of FIBL and FUL, with FIBL owning 100% of Fidelis Europe Holdings Limited, which in turn owns 100% of FIID. More than 60% of the value of the total assets (exclusive of government securities and cash items) of FIHL, on an unconsolidated basis, consists of (a) voting securities of FIBL and FUL, and indirectly, via Fidelis Europe Holdings Limited, FIID, and (b) other assets that are not securities within the meaning of the Investment Company Act.
With respect to the primarily engaged test, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2022, the vast majority of the assets of each of FIBL, FUL and FIID were utilized in, or otherwise related to, the writing of insurance or the reinsurance of risks on insurance agreements, and represented either insurance reserves that FIHL has established or capital and surplus which is required to enable FIHL to conduct its business as a reinsurer.
If FIHL were to be deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, requirements imposed by the Investment Company Act, including limitations on FIHLs capital structure, ability to transact business with affiliates and ability to compensate key employees, would make it impractical for the Group to continue its business as currently conducted, impair the agreements and arrangements between and among the Group and its clients, and materially and adversely affect the Groups business, results of operations and financial condition.
Risks Relating to Recent Events
The full extent of the impacts of the ongoing Ukraine Conflict on the (re)insurance industry and on the Groups business, financial condition and results of operations, including in relation to claims under the Groups (re)insurance policies, are uncertain and remain unknown.
The U.S. and global markets are currently experiencing volatility and disruption following the ongoing Ukraine Conflict. In response to such invasion, the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) deployed additional military forces to eastern Europe. The United States, the United Kingdom, the European Union and other countries have announced various economic and trade sanctions, export controls and other restrictive actions against Russia, Belarus and related individuals and entities. These include, among other measures, the removal of certain financial institutions from the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication (SWIFT) payment system, the imposition of comprehensive sanctions on certain persons and entities (including financial institutions) in Russia and Belarus and new export control restrictions targeting Russia and Belarus (including measures that restrict the movement of U.S.-regulated aircraft into or within Russia). The Ukraine Conflict and the resulting measures that have been taken, and could be taken in the future, by NATO, the United States, the United Kingdom, the European Union and other countries have created global security concerns that could have a lasting impact on regional and global economies. Although the severity and duration of the ongoing Ukraine Conflict is impossible to predict, the active conflict could lead to market disruptions, including significant and prolonged volatility in commodity prices, credit and capital markets, as well as supply chain interruptions. Additionally, Russian military actions and the resulting sanctions could adversely affect the global economy and financial markets and lead to instability and lack of liquidity in capital markets.
Further, in December 2022, the members of the G7, including the United States and United Kingdom, joined the E.U. in prohibiting regulated persons from providing a range of services, including issuing maritime insurance, related to the maritime transport of crude oil of Russian Federation origin, unless purchasers bought the oil at or below a price cap. The Group will consider providing insurance for future shipments of seaborne Russian crude oil, in compliance with these restrictions and all other applicable economic and trade sanctions.
50
Although the Group will take measures designed to maintain compliance with applicable sanctions in connection with its activities, the Group cannot guarantee that it will be effective in preventing violations or allegations of violations. Violations, or allegations of violations, could result in civil and criminal penalties, including fines, for the Group or for responsible employees and managers, as well as negative publicity or reputational harm.
Due to the widespread impact of the ongoing Ukraine Conflict, which extends economically, geographically and financially, it is likely to directly or indirectly impact the markets in which the Group operates and some of the lines of business we write. It is possible that the war will create a domino effect, affecting the entirety of the Groups business, including the ultimate premiums and costs of policies, through cost of materials and labor. The impact of some of or all these factors could cause significant disruption to the Groups operations and materially impact its financial performance. The Group has already identified business lines which could suffer losses resulting from the ongoing sanctions. As aviation is a large component of the Groups Specialty segment, any large losses in the aviation line of business could have a material and adverse impact on the performance of the Specialty segment generally. In light of the evolving nature of the Ukraine Conflict, there are a number of complexities and implications that will need to be evaluated and determined on an ongoing basis before the Group can reasonably estimate any potential losses. See Risks Relating to the Groups Business and IndustryIndustry-wide developments could adversely affect the Groups business.
Any of the above mentioned factors, or any other negative impact on the global economy, capital markets or other geopolitical conditions resulting from the Ukraine Conflict and subsequent sanctions, could have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, financial condition and results of operations. The extent and duration of the Ukraine Conflict, resulting sanctions and any related market disruptions are impossible to predict, but could be substantial, particularly if current or new sanctions continue for an extended period of time or if geopolitical tensions result in expanded military operations on a global scale. Most of the significant factors arising out of the ongoing Ukraine Conflict are beyond the Groups control and any such disruptions may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this Risk Factors section. If these disruptions or other matters of global concern continue for an extended period of time, the Groups business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.
We may be subject to litigation which could adversely affect our business.
The Group, in common with the insurance industry in general, is subject to litigation, mediation and arbitration, and regulatory and other sectoral inquiries in the normal course of its business in a number of foreign jurisdictions. For example, as a result of the insurers having denied claims of the aircraft lessors in respect of the unreturned aircraft currently located in Russia as a result of the Ukraine Conflict, aircraft lessors have instituted proceedings in the U.K., the U.S. and Ireland against upwards of 60 (re)insurers, including certain Group entities. Fidelis has been named in multiple proceedings.
While management believes that these claims will not have a material adverse effect on the Groups financial position, given the large or indeterminate amounts sought in certain of these actions, and the inherent unpredictability of litigation, it is possible that an adverse outcome impacting several of the outstanding claims could, from time to time, have a material adverse effect on the Groups results of operations or cash flows.
Our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by an epidemic, pandemic or any other public health crisis and we may face risks related to Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome (SARS), H1N1 influenza, H5N1 influenza, H7N9 influenza, H3N2 influenza and COVID-19 which could significantly disrupt our operations resulting in material adverse impacts to our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The widespread outbreak of an illness or any other communicable diseases, or any public health crisis that results in economic or trade disruptions could negatively impact our business and the businesses of our policyholders.
51
Our results of operations may be affected by the impact on the global economy and businesses that COVID-19 (or another pandemic or epidemic) has had to date or may have in the future. Global financial markets have suffered downturns and volatility as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, which may, as a result of the resurgence of existing or the emergence of new COVID-19 strains (or similar pandemics or epidemics), continue to have a sustained impact on businesses across the world. Risks relating to COVID-19 and future pandemics or epidemics may become more expensive or impossible to insure against. If any of the global impacts of COVID-19 (or another pandemic or epidemic) resurge for a sustained period of time or should any of the risks identified above materialize leading to an economic downturn and heightened volatility, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
It is possible that a resurgence of COVID-19 (or another pandemic or epidemic) will cause an economic slowdown, and it is possible that it could cause a global recession. There is a significant degree of uncertainty and lack of visibility as to the extent and duration of any such slowdown or recession. Given the significant economic uncertainty and volatility created by COVID-19 (or another pandemic or epidemic), it is difficult to predict the nature and extent of impacts on our business.
For example, economic uncertainty continued throughout 2022 due not only to the COVID-19 pandemic, but also the Ukraine Conflict, energy price rises and cost of living increases. Global economies have recorded low levels of growth as they emerge from the COVID-19 pandemic and the low levels of growth have been further affected by increased geopolitical uncertainty due to the Ukraine Conflict. These events, if worsened, may have a significant impact on the performance on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Recent events have adversely impacted, and may continue to adversely impact, the value of the Groups investment portfolio and may affect the Groups ability to access liquidity and capital markets financing or receive dividends from its operating subsidiaries.
Recent events, including the outbreak of the ongoing Ukraine Conflict, have introduced financial market volatility that has adversely impacted, and may continue to adversely impact, the value of the Groups investment portfolio and, if these global conditions persist, ongoing market volatility could affect the Groups ability to access liquidity and other capital markets financings. Inflation, rising interest rates, reduced liquidity in financial markets and a continued slowdown in global economic conditions have increased the risk of defaults and downgrades and have increased the volatility in the value of many of the investments the Group holds. In addition, the steps taken by governmental institutions in response to recent events (including the imposition of sanctions on Russia following its invasion of Ukraine), and the costs of such actions, may eventually lead to higher-than-expected inflation and further financial stress on global financial markets, including government bond markets.
The recent market volatility also caused significant increases in credit spreads which, if continuing, may negatively impact the Groups ability to access liquidity and capital markets financing such that it may not be available or may only be available on unfavorable terms. Regulators in certain jurisdictions imposed dividend restrictions on insurance companies, which impact liquidity for holding companies that have insurance subsidiaries in those jurisdictions. For example, the European Insurance and Operational Pensions Authority (EIOPA), the E.U.s insurance regulator, has recommended that any dividend distributions should not exceed thresholds of prudency given the continuing uncertainty over the impact of the pandemic. As a holding company with no direct operations, FIHL relies on dividends and other permitted payments from its subsidiaries and it may be unable to make distributions on its preference securities or principal and interest payments on its debt and to pay dividends to holders of Common Shares if its operating subsidiaries are unable to pay dividends to it. See Risks Relating to Financial Markets and Liquidity.
The current inflationary environment could have a material adverse impact on the Groups operations.
Steps taken by governments throughout the world in response to the recent economic and geopolitical climate, expansionary monetary policies and other factors have led to an inflationary environment. In operating
52
our business, we are experiencing the effects of inflation, including increased labor and construction costs. Furthermore, the Groups operations, like those of other insurers and reinsurers, are susceptible to the effects of inflation because premiums are established before the ultimate amounts of losses and loss adjustment expenses are known. Although the Group considers the potential effects of inflation when setting premium rates, premiums may not fully offset the effects of inflation and thereby essentially result in underpricing the risks insured and reinsured by the Group. Loss reserves include assumptions about future payments for settlement of claims and claims-handling expenses, such as the value of replacing property, associated labor costs for the property business the Group writes, and litigation costs. To the extent inflation causes costs to increase above loss reserves established for claims, the Group will be required to increase loss reserves with a corresponding reduction in net income in the period in which the deficiency is identified, which could have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations. Unanticipated higher inflation could also lead to higher interest rates, which would negatively impact the value of the Groups fixed maturity securities and potentially other investments.
Risks Relating to the Groups Strategic Relationship with Fidelis MGU
The Group relies on Fidelis MGU for services critical to its underwriting and other operations. The termination of or failure by Fidelis MGU to perform under one or more agreements governing the Groups outsourced relationship with Fidelis MGU may cause material disruption in our business or materially adversely affect our financial results.
On July 23, 2022, FIHL and Fidelis MGU entered into a Cooperation Agreement agreeing to cooperate regarding certain matters relating to this offering and the Separation Transactions. FIHL and Fidelis MGU have also entered into a number of agreements governing the outsourced relationship, including the Framework Agreement, a series of Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements (as defined below, see Material Contracts and Related Party TransactionsFramework Agreement) and the Inter-Group Services Agreement (see Material Contracts and Related Party TransactionsFramework Agreement).
The Framework Agreement, under which the Group secures business from Fidelis MGU, has a rolling initial term of 10 years. Years one to three will roll automatically (each year resetting for a new 10-year period) and the notice to roll will be deemed given at the end of years one, two and three (i.e., the years roll automatically and will not be subject to any underwriting target or other preconditions to rolling). From year four onwards, the Framework Agreement will roll at the written election of FIHL, with such election to be delivered at least 90 days prior to the commencement of the subsequent contract year. Any decision by FIHL to elect not to roll the Framework Agreement on or after year four will mean that the remainder of the 10-year term then in effect will continue in place (i.e., the Framework Agreement will have a further nine years to run in the first year following the election by FIHL not to roll the Framework Agreement). Additionally, each party has certain rights to terminate the Framework Agreement early. See Material Contracts and Related Party TransactionsFramework Agreement.
Under the terms of the relevant agreements, Fidelis MGU will also provide detailed reporting to the Group on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on the nature of the report. Such reports will include, among other things, (i) accounting information (i.e., premiums written and earned, fees and loss reserves); (ii) underwriting information (including all insurance business underwritten under the Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements); and (iii) claims handling information. If Fidelis MGU fails to perform any of its reporting obligations, the Group could be severely impacted, including by FIHL being unable to comply with its own reporting obligations as a listed company.
Due to the Groups dependency on Fidelis MGU and the Groups conduct of business being subject to the parameters and limitations set forth in the Framework Agreement, if the Framework Agreement or any of the Groups agreements with Fidelis MGU are terminated or Fidelis MGU fails to perform any of the services outsourced to it under the Framework Agreement or the other related agreements noted above, the Group may be required to hire staff to provide such services itself or retain a third party to provide such services, and no
53
assurances can be made that the Group would be able to do so in a timely, efficient or cost-effective manner. The Group could therefore suffer, among other things, non-renewals and loss of business, financial loss, disruption of business, liability to third parties, regulatory intervention and reputational damage, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
Pursuant to the agreements between the Group and Fidelis MGU, the Group retains an oversight and supervisory role over Fidelis MGUs active role in executing the Group Annual Plan and each of the Subsidiary Annual Plans. If the Groups monitoring efforts prove inadequate, this could have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
Pursuant to the Framework Agreement, the Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements and the Inter-Group Services Agreement, certain key underwriting and non-underwriting functions of the Group have been outsourced to Fidelis MGU and Fidelis MGUs employees are authorized to conduct business in accordance with the Group Annual Plan and each of the Subsidiary Annual Plans, as overseen by the Group, whose role is primarily supervisory in nature. The Group relies on established parameters. Although the Group monitors such business on an ongoing basis, its monitoring efforts may not be adequate to prevent Fidelis MGU or the designated employees from exceeding their authority, committing fraud or otherwise failing to comply with the terms of the agreements governing its relationship with the Group, including the Framework Agreement and the Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements. Over time, such oversight may become cumbersome and lack of familiarity between the two separate groups could lead to operational missteps. To the extent Fidelis MGU exceeds its authority, commits fraud or otherwise fails to comply with the terms of agreements governing its relationship with the Group, the Groups financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
Some executive officers and key personnel of Fidelis MGU are critical to the Groups business; Fidelis MGUs failure to retain such key personnel could seriously affect the Groups ability to conduct its business and execute the Group Annual Plan.
The Groups future success depends to a significant extent on the efforts of Richard Brindle and other senior management and key personnel employed by Fidelis MGU and FIHL to implement its business strategy. The majority of senior employees of Previous Fidelis, including Richard Brindle, are now employed by Fidelis MGU. There can be no assurance, however, that such key personnel will remain employed by Fidelis MGU. There are only a limited number of available and qualified executives with substantial experience in the (re)insurance industry and the procurement of new employees could be hindered by factors outside of the Groups control. Accordingly, Fidelis MGUs or FIHLs loss of the services of one or more of the members of the senior management team or other key personnel, including Richard Brindle, could significantly and negatively affect its ability to execute the Group Annual Plan, which could, in turn, have a material adverse effect on the Groups business.
Although each of Fidelis MGU and FIHL has executed employment agreements with respective key personnel, such executives and other senior management are free to resign from their roles, in accordance with the notice and non-compete provisions as set out in their respective employment agreements. Further, Fidelis MGU and FIHL do not currently maintain key man life insurance with respect to any of their respective management. If any member of management or other key employee dies or becomes incapacitated, or leaves Fidelis MGU or FIHL to pursue employment opportunities elsewhere, they would be responsible for locating an adequate replacement for such individual and for bearing any related cost. To the extent that either Fidelis MGU or FIHL is unable to locate an adequate replacement or is unable to do so within a reasonable period of time, the Groups business may be significantly and negatively affected.
54
The Groups historical track record, including the track record of some of the executives of Fidelis MGU, may not be indicative of our future growth.
The Group has experienced rapid growth since its inception, with GPW of $3.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2022 and GPW increasing to $1.2 billion in the three months ended March 31, 2023 compared to $1.0 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2022, and the Group expects to continue to have access to more opportunities following completion of the Separation Transactions through its partnership with Fidelis MGU. There can be no assurance that the Groups business, or the ability of Fidelis MGU to source underwriting opportunities for the Group, will continue to grow and expand at the same rate since inception, if at all. Various executives that will be executives of Fidelis MGU, including Mr. Brindle, have had success throughout their careers. There is no assurance that the executives track records, including Mr. Brindles track records at Lloyds and Lancashire, will continue after the Separation Transactions. If the Group is unable to increase the amount of premium that is written successfully, or if Fidelis MGU cannot source sufficient opportunities for the Group, this may have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
Any disagreements between the Group and Fidelis MGU could lead to a deterioration of the commercial relationship between the parties, which could result in the Framework Agreement, the Inter-Group Services Agreement or the Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements being terminated.
Any disagreements between the Group and Fidelis MGU in respect of the Framework Agreement, the Inter-Group Services Agreement, the Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements, the Group Annual Plan or the Subsidiary Annual Plans could lead to a deterioration of the commercial relationship between the parties.
For example, the base case assumption with respect to the Subsidiary Annual Plans agreed between the Group and Fidelis MGU is that each Subsidiary Annual Plan will be renewed on the basis of premiums written in the prior year, subject to any changes to such Subsidiary Annual Plans agreed between the Group and Fidelis MGU, as permitted. The Group and Fidelis MGU will have the opportunity to agree to certain changes to the Subsidiary Annual Plans during the annual negotiation or through the Mid-Year Change Procedure (as defined herein). The Framework Agreement contains certain provisions aimed at resolving disputes in relation to any proposed changes to the Subsidiary Annual Plans that may arise between the parties. For example, in respect of the annual negotiation, should a particular change to the relevant Subsidiary Annual Plan be requested by a party and denied three years in a row, it will be referred to the non-calculation dispute resolution procedure to be resolved. Such non-calculation dispute resolution procedure may also be used if the parties are unable to agree on the specific parameters of the proposed changes, while being agreeable to such changes in principle. See Material Contracts and Related Party TransactionsFramework AgreementSubsidiary Annual Plans.
To the extent any suggested change to any of the Subsidiary Annual Plan is not agreed to or is strongly contested by either party, this could lead to a deterioration of the commercial relationship between the parties, which could ultimately result in FIHL choosing not to roll the term of the Framework Agreement leading to a termination. If the Framework Agreement is terminated, the Inter-Group Services Agreement or the Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements which govern the Groups outsourcing arrangements may also terminate altogether or the Groups business model may change materially (if, for example, the Group is forced to find an alternative services provider to carry on its outsourcing strategy). Either of those outcomes could have a material adverse effect on the Groups financial condition and results of operations.
There can be no guarantee that the terms of the Separation Transactions, the Framework Agreement, the Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements and the other outsourcing agreements and arrangements between the Group and Fidelis MGU are as favorable to the Group as if they had been negotiated with an unaffiliated third party.
There can be no guarantee that the terms of the Separation Transactions, the Framework Agreement and the other outsourcing agreements and arrangements between the Group and Fidelis MGU, including the fees payable to Fidelis MGU, are as favorable to the Group as if they had been negotiated with an unaffiliated third party. In addition, the Groups ongoing relationship with Fidelis MGU may impact how the Group enforces its rights under the agreements.
55
MGU HoldCo owns 9.9% of our Common Shares. Additionally, a number of FIHLs current shareholders are also shareholders in MGU TopCo and, in some cases, employees of Fidelis MGU. As such, conflicts of interest may arise, which could result in decisions being taken that are not in the best interest of the Groups shareholders as a whole.
Conflicts of interest may exist or could arise in the future with Fidelis MGU due to a number of FIHLs current shareholders being employed by Fidelis MGU or holding shares in MGU TopCo. Conflicts may arise with respect to, without limitation: (i) the enforcement of agreements between the Group and Fidelis MGU, (ii) making changes to the Group Annual Plan and each of the Subsidiary Annual Plans, (iii) the management of Fidelis MGU by persons who are shareholders of FIHL, (iv) shareholders who hold shares in both FIHL and MGU TopCo, and (v) conflicts arising from the exercise of the ROFO and ROFR rights (each as defined below, see Material Contracts and Related Party TransactionsFramework AgreementExclusivity, Rights of First Offer and Rights of First Refusal) of the Group and Fidelis MGU. MGU HoldCo owns 9.9% of FIHLs outstanding Common Shares. The foregoing conflicts and the interests of the Group on one hand and Fidelis MGU on the other could result in decisions being taken that are not in the best interest of the Groups shareholders as a whole.
The failure of Fidelis MGU to effectively manage the Groups claims could adversely affect the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
Under the terms of the Framework Agreement and the Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements, the claims management activities will be managed by Fidelis MGU, with the Group retaining an oversight function. See BusinessClaims. The Group therefore relies on Fidelis MGU to facilitate, oversee and efficiently manage the claims process for the Groups policyholders in line with the parameters set forth in the Framework Agreement and the respective Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements. To the extent Fidelis MGU exceeds its authority or otherwise fails to comply with the terms of the Framework Agreement and the Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements and such non-compliance leads to inappropriate or negligent claims management, the Groups business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected. Beyond intentional breaches there are also a number of other factors beyond Fidelis MGUs control that could affect the ability of Fidelis MGU to effectively manage claims of our policyholders.
Any failure by Fidelis MGU to effectively manage the claims process, including failure to pay claims accurately, could lead to material litigation, undermine the Groups reputation in the marketplace or impair the Groups corporate image and adversely affect our ability to renew existing policies or write new policies. Any of the aforementioned factors, or any other negative impact of Fidelis MGUs claims management process could have a material and adverse impact on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.
Risks Relating to the Operations Supporting the Groups Business
The Group depends, in certain cases, on its policyholders evaluations or disclosures of the exposures associated with their insurance underwriting, which may subject the Group to reinsurance disputes, liability, regulatory actions or reputational damage.
The Group does not separately evaluate each of the original individual exposures assumed under some of its reinsurance business (such as quota share contracts in which the Group expects to assume an agreed-upon percentage of each underlying insurance contract being reinsured or excess of loss contracts), including on policyholders bound by another person to whom underwriting authority has been delegated by the Group (such as third-party MGUs) on a non-prior submit basis. In these situations, the Group is largely dependent on the original underwriting decisions made by ceding companies. The Group is subject to the risk that its policyholders may not have adequately evaluated or disclosed the insured exposures and that the premiums ceded may not adequately compensate the Group for the exposures it will assume. The Group may not evaluate separately each of the individual claims that may be made on the underlying insurance contracts under reinsurance contracts. Therefore, the Group may be dependent on the original claims decisions made by its policyholders. To the extent that a
56
customer fails to evaluate adequately the insured exposures or the individual claims made thereunder, the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations could be significantly and negatively affected.
Certain elements of the Groups business may also be written on the basis of sub-delegated authority (in other words, Fidelis MGU may further delegate underwriting authority to a third-party managing general underwriters or other intermediary), as allowed for in the Framework Agreement and the Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements. The Group will establish the parameters under which Fidelis MGU can sub-delegate authority and Fidelis MGU will operate and maintain procedures to manage its sub-delegated authority relationships, but nonetheless there are risks associated with such relationships, including but not limited to, fraud by employees or representatives of persons to whom Fidelis MGU sub-delegates authority, information technology failures, failure to comply with referral and escalation procedures, inaccurate or incomplete bordereau reporting, and credit risk. Furthermore, Fidelis MGU and in turn, the Group, relies on the underwriting judgment of such sub-delegated agents and intermediaries, which may be different from the decisions that would be made by the employees of Fidelis MGU acting within the parameters set forth in each Subsidiary Annual Plan or the Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements.
Operational risk exposures, such as human or systems failures (including outsourcing arrangements), are inherent in the Groups business and may result in losses.
Operational exposures and losses can result from, among other things, errors, failure to document transactions properly or to obtain proper internal authorization, failure to comply with regulatory requirements, information technology failures, bad faith delayed claims payment, fraud and external events, such as political unrest, state emergency or industrial actions which could result in operational outage. The Group relies on Fidelis MGU and other third parties for information technology and application systems and infrastructure, which are exposed to certain limitations and risk of systemic failures. Any such outage could have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, given the Groups outsourced relationship with Fidelis MGU, which could also include writing business on a sub-delegated authority basis with a third-party managing general underwriter or other intermediary, Fidelis MGU or such other sub-delegate could bind the Group on business outside of a designated authority resulting in significant losses.
The Group also relies heavily on third parties, including Fidelis MGU, for information technology and application systems and infrastructure. The Group believes that such information technology and application systems and infrastructure are critical to the Groups business. Such information technology and application systems and infrastructure are an important part of the Groups underwriting process and its ability to compete successfully. The Group also licenses certain of its key systems and data from third parties, including Fidelis MGU, and cannot be certain that it will have continuous access to such third-party systems and data, or those of comparable service providers, or that the Groups information technology or application systems and infrastructure will operate as intended. The third-party modeling software that the Group uses is important to the Group and any substantial or repeated failures in the accuracy or reliability of such software or the human interpretation of its outputs could result in a deviation from the Groups expected underwriting results. Further, the third parties programs and systems may be subject to defects, failures, material updates or interruptions, including those caused by worms, viruses or power failures.
Failures in any of these systems could result in mistakes made in the confirmation or settlement of transactions, or in transactions not being properly booked, evaluated, priced or accounted for or delays in the payment of claims. Any such eventuality could cause the Group to suffer, among other things, financial loss, disruption of business, liability to third parties, regulatory intervention and reputational damage, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
57
Technology breaches or failures, including those resulting from a malicious cyber-attack on the Group or its business partners or service providers, could disrupt or otherwise negatively impact the business.
The Group relies on information technology systems and infrastructure to process, transmit, store and protect the electronic information, financial data and proprietary models that are critical to the Groups business. Furthermore, a significant portion of the communications between the Groups employees and the Groups business, banking and investment partners depends on information technology and electronic information exchange. Like all companies, the Groups information technology systems are vulnerable to data breaches, interruptions or failures due to events that may be beyond the control of the Group, including, but not limited to, natural disasters, theft, terrorist attacks, computer viruses, hackers and general technology failures. Despite safeguards, disruptions to and breaches of the Groups information technology systems have occurred in the past and may occur in the future, which may negatively impact (possibly to a material extent) the Groups business. See Risks Relating to Regulation of the GroupData protection failures could disrupt the Groups business, damage its reputation and cause losses.
The inability to attract, retain and manage key employees could restrict the Groups ability to implement its business strategy.
The Groups future success depends to a significant extent upon the Groups ability to continue to attract and retain key employees to implement the Groups long-term business strategy. Some new members of the Groups management team may not have worked together prior to their employment with the Group, and the management team may not operate together as efficiently as an otherwise similar management team that has been operating together for a significant amount of time. Within the Groups industry it is common for employers to seek to restrict an employees ability to work for a competitor or to engage in business activities with the customers or staff of a former employer after leaving employment. The extent of any such post-termination restrictions and the extent to which any alleged contractual restrictions are enforceable is highly fact-specific and dependent upon local laws in the applicable jurisdiction.
The Group may also suffer from future events that require governments to introduce similar measures to those imposed during the COVID-19 pandemic, such as social distancing measures, travel restrictions and border closures between the countries in which the Group operates. If such measures are reintroduced, the Groups key employees may be unable to travel freely, or participate in and carry out some of their usual responsibilities. In addition, we operate in a highly competitive labor market which experiences labor shortages and a high rate of employee turnover, which requires us to increase salary and wage rates, bonuses and other incentives in order to attract and retain talented employees. The Groups inability to hire, retain or fully utilize talented and experienced personnel, whether resulting from the foregoing reasons or otherwise, could delay or prevent the Group from fully implementing its business strategy and would significantly and negatively affect its business.
The Groups ability to implement its business strategy could be adversely affected by Bermuda employment restrictions.
Under Bermuda law, non-Bermudians (other than spouses of Bermudians and holders of Permanent Residents Certificates) may not engage in any gainful occupation in Bermuda without a valid government work permit. Except for our Chief Executive Officer and other chief officer positions (where the advertising requirement (see below) is automatically waived) or where otherwise specifically waived, a work permit may be granted or renewed upon showing that, after proper public advertisement, no Bermudian, spouse of a Bermudian, or holder of a Permanent Residents Certificate who meets the minimum standards reasonably required by the employer has applied for the job. A work permit is issued with an expiry date (up to five years) and no assurances can be given that any work permit will be issued or, if issued, renewed upon the expiration of the relevant term. If work permits are not obtained, or are not renewed, for the Group or Fidelis MGU principal employees who are located in Bermuda, the Group would lose its services, which could significantly and negatively affect its business and could also delay or prevent the Group from fully implementing its business
58
strategy. The Group monitors any actual or potential legislative changes regarding the Bermuda Governments immigration policies and any effects this may have on the Groups employment practice, policies and procedures.
The failure to retain a letter of credit facility and/or the need to provide assets directly as collateral may significantly and negatively affect the Groups ability to successfully implement its business strategy.
Certain of the Groups reinsurance customers may require the relevant Group company to post a letter of credit (LOC) and/or provide assets directly as collateral, while collateral may also be required from time to time for regulatory purposes. The Group currently maintains various LOC facilities, with Lloyds Bank plc, Barclays Bank plc, Bank of Montreal and Citibank N.A., London Branch.
An event of default under any of the LOC facilities (including as a result of events that are beyond the Groups control) may require the Group to liquidate assets held in these facilities, have an adverse effect on the Groups liquidity position as the facility providers have a security interest in the collateral posted, or require the Group to take other material actions. Any such forced sale of these investment assets could negatively affect the return on the Groups investment portfolio, which could negatively affect the types and amount of business the Group chooses to underwrite. A default under any of the LOC facilities may cause the facility providers to exercise control over the collateral posted, negatively affecting the Groups ability to earn investment income or to pay claims or other operating expenses. Additionally, a default under any of these facilities may have a negative impact on the Groups relationships with regulators, rating agencies and banking counterparties.
In addition, if the amount of assets the Group has to post as collateral to support cedant demand or regulatory requirements increases beyond a threshold, the Group may be left with insufficient liquid, available assets to support the Group Annual Plan and each of the Subsidiary Annual Plans and/or day-to-day operations. Such risk is increased in relation to FIBL and FUL which, in the event of losing their certified U.S. reinsurer status pursuant to certain excess and surplus licenses, would be required to post a much higher amount of collateral to carry on their business. This consequently could impact the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations. Further, the inability to renew or maintain the LOC facilities may significantly limit the amount of reinsurance the Group can write, or require the Group to modify its investment strategy. The Group may need additional LOC capacity as it grows, and if the Group is unable to renew, maintain or increase its LOC facilities or is unable to do so on commercially acceptable terms, such a development could significantly and negatively affect the Groups ability to implement its business strategy. In particular, the Group anticipates arranging for additional LOC capacity for its subsidiaries in connection with obligations to post collateral in connection with certain reinsurance transactions. Furthermore, the Group expects to seek renewals of its existing LOC facilities. If the Group is unable to obtain and retain LOC facilities on commercially acceptable terms, this could have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
Risks Relating to the Groups Reliance on Third Parties in the Operation of its Business
The Group is reliant on third-party service providers and their IT systems, and their failure could lead to an interruption in the Groups business activities, which could have a material adverse effect on the Groups business.
The Group is reliant on third parties, such as Fidelis MGU, for the provision of important services it needs to run its business, including, without limitation, finance, actuarial and underwriting systems and processes and IT infrastructure and systems including software. Any of these service providers failing to perform at the necessary level may have a significant and adverse impact on the business of the Group and its IT systems.
The Group requires complex and extensive IT systems, which are being updated continuously, to run its business. During any projects to develop the Groups IT systems, it is particularly susceptible to outages or weakness related to such systems. Any failure of these systems or by the Groups service providers could lead to an interruption in the Groups business activities which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
59
The expanding volume and sophistication of computer viruses, hackers and other external hazards such as the use of malware or other malicious code or attack, catastrophic events system failures and disruptions, as well as employee or third-party errors or malfeasance, may also increase the vulnerability of the Groups IT and data systems to security breaches. The Group has previously suffered cyber-attacks on its IT infrastructure and the Group believes it has taken the necessary steps to mitigate any future attacks. The Group has also increased the amount of internal training and is employing stringent IT infrastructure reviews. However, there can be no assurance that these steps will in fact prevent future attacks. These increased risks expose the Group to potential data loss and damages and potentially significant increases in compliance and litigation costs, and such exposure could have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
The Group depends on brokers and other intermediaries to distribute its products, and the loss of business provided by brokers and other intermediaries could adversely affect it.
The distribution model for the Groups products is built on long-term relationships with quality clients and respect for the core broker distribution model which is fully outsourced to Fidelis MGU. The Group is therefore indirectly dependent upon brokers and other intermediaries to distribute its products. Brokers and certain other intermediaries are independent and therefore no broker or such other intermediary is committed to recommend or sell the products of the Group. Accordingly, Fidelis MGUs relationships with brokers and other intermediaries distributing its products will be important. A broker assesses which insurance companies are suitable for it and its customers by considering, among other things, the security of claims payment and service, and prospects for future investment returns in the light of a companys product offering, personnel, past investment performance, financial strength and perceived stability, ratings and the quality of the service provided to the broker and its customer. Larger insurers and reinsurers may have more commercial influence with certain insurance and reinsurance brokers, either generally or in certain underwriting lines. A broker then determines which products are most suitable by considering, among other things, product features and price. An unsatisfactory assessment of the Group and its products based on any of these factors could result in the Group generally, or in particular certain of its products, not being actively marketed by brokers to their customers. Failure to maintain a positive relationship with its brokers and competitive distribution network could result in a loss of market share or a reduction of the Groups premium volumes or an increase in policy lapses and withdrawals, which could result in reduced fee and premium income, and, in turn, have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
The involvement of insurance and reinsurance brokers and other intermediaries subjects the Group to their credit risk.
Pursuant to its outsourced relationship with Fidelis MGU, the Group will generally pay all of the amounts owed on claims under its insurance and reinsurance contracts first to Fidelis MGU, who will then pass on the payment to the various brokers or other intermediaries, and these brokers or other intermediaries (as applicable) will, in turn, pay these amounts over to the clients that have purchased insurance or reinsurance from the Group. If Fidelis MGU, a broker or other intermediary fails to make its relevant payment, it is possible that the Group will be liable to the client for the deficiency because of local laws or contractual obligations. Likewise, in certain jurisdictions, when the insured or ceding insurer pays premiums for these policies to brokers or other intermediaries for payment over to the Group, these premiums might be considered to have been paid and the insured or ceding insurer will no longer be liable to the Group for those amounts, whether or not the Group actually receives the premiums up the chain from Fidelis MGU, a broker or other intermediary. Consequently, both the Group and Fidelis MGU assume a high degree of credit risk associated with brokers and other intermediaries, including in relation to any sub-delegation, around the world with respect to most of its insurance and reinsurance business, its inwards premium receivable from insureds and cedants, and on any amounts recoverable in relation to subrogation and salvage and from reinsurers.
Furthermore, the concentration of the Groups business in a small number of key brokers may subject it to reduced premium income. During the year ended December 31, 2022, GPW generated from or placed by Aon plc, Marsh & McLennan Companies and Guy Carpenter & Company LLC (which is also an affiliate of Marsh &
60
McLennan Companies) collectively accounted for 35% of the Groups consolidated GPW, with Aon plc accounting for 15% and Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. (and certain of its affiliates) accounting for 20% of our consolidated GPW during 2022. Other key brokers, each of whom has accounted for less than 10% of the GPW generated during the years ended December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2022, include, among others, Willis Towers Watson and TigerRisk Partners, LLC. For more information, see note 13(c) (Commitments and ContingenciesConcentration of credit risk) to the Groups unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and note 17(d) (Commitments and ContingenciesConcentration of credit risk) to the Groups audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Loss of all or a substantial portion of the business provided by one or more of the Groups key (re)insurance brokers could result in reduced premium income, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
Risks Relating to Financial Markets and Liquidity
The Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected by reductions in the aggregate value of the Groups investment portfolio.
The Groups operating results depend in part on the performance of the Groups investment portfolio. The Groups funds are invested by professional investment management firms in accordance with the Groups investment guidelines. The Groups investments are subject to a variety of financial and capital market risks including, but not limited to, changes in interest rates, credit spreads, equity and commodity prices, foreign currency exchange rates, increasing market volatility and risks inherent to particular securities. Prolonged and severe disruptions in the public debt and equity markets, including, among other things, volatility of interest rates, widening of credit spreads, bankruptcies, defaults, significant ratings downgrades, geopolitical instability, and a decline in equity or commodity markets, may cause significant losses in the Groups investment portfolio. Market volatility can make it difficult to value certain securities if their trading becomes infrequent. Depending on market conditions, the Group could incur substantial additional realized and unrealized investment losses in future periods. This could have a material effect on certain of the Groups investments. The investment guidelines currently implemented by the Group focus on investment primarily in fixed maturity and cash products and allow a small portion of the Groups portfolio to be allocated to alternative or other investments. Depending on current and future events and market conditions and their impact on the Groups investments, the investment guidelines are subject to change.
For instance, the Groups investment portfolio (and, specifically, the valuations of investment assets it holds) has been, and may continue to be, adversely affected as a result of market valuations impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic and any other public health crisis, the Ukraine Conflict and other global economic and geopolitical uncertainty regarding their outcomes. These include changes in interest rates, declining credit quality of particular investments, reduced liquidity, fluctuating commodity prices, international sanctions, and related financial market impacts from the sudden, continued slowdown in global economic conditions generally. Further, extreme market volatility, such as the markets are experiencing now as a result of the ongoing Ukraine Conflict, may leave the Group unable to react to market events in a prudent manner consistent with the Groups historical practices in dealing with more orderly markets.
Separately, the occurrence of large claims may force the Group to liquidate securities at an inopportune time, which may cause the Group to realize capital losses. Large investment losses could decrease the Groups asset base and thereby affect the Groups ability to underwrite new business. Additionally, such losses could have a material adverse impact on the Groups shareholders equity, business and financial strength and debt ratings.
The aggregate performance of the Groups investment portfolio also depends to a significant extent on the ability of the Groups investment managers to select and manage appropriate investments. As a result, the Group is also exposed to operational risks which may include, but are not limited to, a failure of the Groups investment managers to perform their services in a manner consistent with the Groups investment guidelines, technological and staffing deficiencies, inadequate disaster recovery plans, interruptions to business operations due to impaired
61
performance or failure or inaccessibility of information or IT systems. The result of any of these operational risks could adversely affect the Groups investment portfolio, financial performance and ability to conduct the Groups business.
The Groups results of operations and investment portfolio may be materially affected by conditions impacting the level of interest rates in the global capital markets and major economies, such as central bank policies on interest rates and the rate of inflation.
As a global insurance and reinsurance company, the Group is affected by the monetary policies of the U.S. Federal Reserve Board, The Bank of England, the European Central Bank and other central banks around the world. Following the financial crisis of 2007 and 2008, and again most recently as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, these central banks have taken a number of actions to spur economic activity such as keeping interest rates low and enacting quantitative easing. Unconventional monetary policy from the major central banks, the reversal of such policies, a shift to monetary tightening policies and moderate global economic growth remain key uncertainties for markets and the Groups business.
For example, in one of the Groups key markets for its products, the U.S. debt ceiling and budget deficit concerns continue to present the possibility of credit-rating actions, economic slowdowns, or a recession for the U.S. The impact of any negative action regarding the U.S. governments sovereign credit rating could adversely affect the U.S. and global financial markets and economic conditions. In addition, policies that may be pursued by the Biden administration and the legislation that may be introduced by the U.S. Congress and Senate, could result in market volatility in the short term. These developments could cause more volatility in interest rates and borrowing costs, which may negatively impact the Groups ability to access the debt markets on favorable terms. Continued adverse economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, financial condition and results of operations. These and any future developments and reactions of the credit markets toward these developments could cause interest rates and borrowing costs to rise, which may negatively impact the Groups ability to obtain debt financing on favorable terms.
Although the Federal Reserve previously cut interest rates in 2019 and 2020 to stimulate the U.S. economy and address the COVID-19 pandemic, and interest rates remained relatively low throughout 2020 and most of 2021, the Federal Reserve may change its monetary policy at any time. The U.S. economy commenced showings signs of potential recovery due to the fiscal package and government stimulus plans introduced by the Biden administration as well as the Federal Reserves continued engagement in quantitative easing. The Federal Reserve has been steadily increasing the target interest rates throughout 2022 in an effort to help curb inflation, a trend that has continued into 2023 with a further increase to 5.00%-5.25% in May 2023. If the Federal Reserve further raises target interest rates, or if interest rates otherwise rise, the Group may be exposed to unrealized losses on its fixed maturity securities. Similarly, The Bank of Englands Monetary Policy Committee has steadily been increasing rates throughout 2022 and into 2023 with the most recent interest rate increase of 25 basis points to 4.5% on May 11, 2023. Several other central banks, such as the European Central Bank, increased interest rates on main refinancing operations, the marginal lending facility and the deposit facility, each by 25 basis points, on May 10, 2023 and signalled their intention to continue to do so citing, among other factors, underlying price pressures and the high inflationary environment. Interest rates are influenced by matters other than the Federal Reserves monetary policy, for example volatility in the financial markets resulting from escalation of global military conflicts and higher unemployment in the U.S., the U.K. and other key markets for the Group, mean that it may be impossible to reasonably predict the course of action the Federal Reserve may take in relation to changing the federal funds rate, and interest rates may increase even if monetary policy does not change. Changes in Federal Reserve policy may also impact the overall liquidity and efficiency of fixed maturity markets. The Federal Reserve has also started to unwind the quantitative easing measures enacted to combat the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic including a reduction in the amount of assets it holds on its balance sheet. As this quantitative easing is withdrawn, financial markets may react negatively and fixed maturity market liquidity may decline, leading to heightened volatility in fixed maturity investment prices and difficulty in transacting at indicated market values.
The Groups exposure to interest rate risk relates primarily to the changes in market price and cash flow variability of fixed maturity instruments that are associated with changes in interest rates. The Groups
62
investment portfolio contains interest rate sensitive instruments, such as fixed maturity securities which have been, and will likely continue to be, affected by changes in interest rates from central bank monetary policies, domestic and international economic and political conditions, levels of inflation and other factors beyond the Groups control. The Groups fixed maturity portfolio also includes asset classes such as asset-backed securities and investment grade emerging market debt, which are riskier in nature than some of the Groups other fixed maturity instruments and could adversely impact the Groups investment portfolio. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, including governmental monetary policies, inflation, domestic and international economic and political conditions and other factors beyond the Groups control and fluctuations could materially and adversely affect the Groups business, financial condition and results of operations.
Steps that may be taken by central banks to raise interest rates in the future to combat higher inflation than the Group had anticipated could, in turn, lead to unrealized losses on the Groups investments. Changes in the level of inflation could also result in an increased level of uncertainty in the estimation of loss reserves for the Groups lines of business with a long tenor. Such changes in inflation will have the largest impact on the Groups fixed maturity portfolio, which currently has a duration of around two years. As a result of the above factors, the Groups business, financial condition, liquidity or operating results could be adversely affected.
Unexpected volatility or illiquidity associated with some of the Groups investments could significantly and negatively affect the Groups financial results, liquidity or ability to conduct business.
A small portion of the Groups investment portfolio comprises (and may in the future continue to contain) certain investments such as structured notes linked to equities and commodities, publicly traded equities, high- yield bonds, bank loans, emerging market debt, non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities, commercial mortgage-backed securities, real estate funds, middle market loans, private credit funds, private equity funds, infrastructure funds and short-term secured products. During the height of the financial crisis of 2007 and 2008, both fixed maturity and equity markets lost significant liquidity and were more volatile than expected. The markets initially responded in a way similar to the COVID-19 pandemic, which resulted in severe falls in indices, extreme volatility and interventions to halt trading. Similar risks are present as markets respond to the ongoing Ukraine Conflict and imposition of sanctions on Russia. If the Group requires significant amounts of cash on short notice in excess of normal cash requirements, the Group may have difficulty selling investments in a timely manner or be forced to sell them for less than the Group otherwise would have been able to realize. If the Group is forced to sell the Groups assets in unfavorable market conditions, there can be no assurance that the Group will be able to sell them for the prices at which the Group has recorded them and the Group may be forced to sell them at significantly lower prices. As a result of the above factors, the Groups business, financial condition, liquidity or operating results could be adversely affected.
The determination of the amount of allowances and impairments taken on the Groups investments is highly subjective and could materially impact the Groups operating results or financial position.
The Group performs reviews of its investments on a regular basis to determine the amount of the decline in fair value below the cost basis which is considered to be the current expected credit losses in accordance with applicable accounting guidance. The process of determining the current expected credit loss (CECL) requires judgment and involves analyzing many factors. Assessing the accuracy of the level of allowances reflected in the Groups financial statements is inherently uncertain, given the subjective nature of the process. Furthermore, additional impairments may need to be taken or allowances provided in the future with respect to events that may impact specific investments. The absence of CECL allowances does not necessarily mean there will not be any in the future. Future material impairments themselves or any error in accurately accounting for them may have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
63
An economic downturn in the U.S. or elsewhere, the default of a large institution, an actual or predicted sovereign default, or a downgrade of U.S. or non-U.S. government securities by credit rating agencies could harm the Groups business, investment portfolio and its liquidity and financial condition.
Weak economic conditions may adversely affect (among other aspects of the Groups business) the demand for, and claims made under, the Groups products; the ability of customers, counterparties and others to establish or maintain their relationships with the Group; the Groups ability to access and efficiently use internal and external capital resources; and the Groups investment performance. Volatility in the U.S. and other financial markets, as a result of the ongoing Ukraine Conflict on global economic conditions or otherwise, may adversely affect both the liquidity and the performance of the Groups investments.
Furthermore, a default by one of several large institutions that are dependent on one another to meet their liquidity or operational needs or are perceived by the market to have similar financial weaknesses, so that a default by one institution causes a series of defaults by or runs on other institutions (sometimes referred to as a systemic risk) or a downgrade of U.S. or non-U.S. government securities by credit rating agencies, may expose the Group to investment losses which could have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations. For example, in March 2023, Silicon Valley Bank (SVB) and Signature Bank were each unable to continue their operations and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the FDIC) was appointed as receiver for SVB and Signature Bank. Similarly, in May 2023, the FDIC took control of First Republic Bank (First Republic) and JPMorgan Chase & Co. acquired a substantial amount of assets and liabilities of First Republic. Additionally, in late March 2023, Swiss authorities facilitated a merger between UBS Group AG and Credit Suisse Group AG. Although we do not have any funds deposited with these institutions, such incidents expose potential strains on the banking sector as a whole and demonstrate a heightened risk of systemic failures throughout the financial industry. An actual or predicted sovereign default may also have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
Currency fluctuations could result in exchange losses and negatively impact the Groups business.
The Groups functional currency is the U.S. dollar. However, because the Groups business strategy includes insuring and reinsuring financial obligations created or incurred outside of the U.S., the Group writes a portion of its business and receives premiums in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Consequently, the Group may experience exchange losses to the extent the Groups foreign currency exposure is not hedged or is not sufficiently hedged, which could significantly and negatively affect the Groups business. The Group operates in a number of countries and therefore the results of its operations are subject to both currency transaction and translation risk. Currency transaction risk arises from the mismatch of cash flows due to currency exchange fluctuations. Translation risk arises because the Group reports in U.S. dollars but a portion of its underlying premiums, reserves, operating expenses and acquisitions are determined in other currencies. The Group makes determinations as to whether and to what extent to hedge its foreign currency exposures on a monthly basis.
The Groups investment portfolio exposures may be materially adversely affected by global climate change regulation and other factors, which could harm the Groups business and its liquidity and financial condition.
World leaders met at the 2015 United Nations Climate Change Conference in December 2015 in Paris and agreed to limit global greenhouse gas emissions in the atmosphere to a level which would not increase the average global temperature by more than 2° Celsius, with an aspiration of limiting such increase to 1.5° Celsius (the Paris Agreement). In order for governments to achieve their existing and future international commitments to limit the concentration of greenhouse gases under the Paris Agreement, there is widespread consensus in the scientific community that a significant percentage of existing proven fossil fuel reserves must not be consumed. In addition, divestment campaigns, which call on asset owners to divest from direct ownership of commingled funds that include fossil fuel equities and bonds, likewise signal a change in societys attitude towards the social and environmental externalities of doing business.
In addition, the 2021 UN Climate Change Conference (COP26) was held in Glasgow and sought to accelerate action towards the goals of the Paris Agreement. The COP26 agreement, although not legally binding,
64
includes pledges to further cut CO2 emissions, reduce the use of coal, and significantly increase the amount of money necessary to help poor countries cope with the effects of climate change. The 2022 UN Climate Change Conference (COP27) was held in Sharm el-Sheikh, Egypt in November 2022. Building on the outcomes and momentum of COP26, nations were expected to demonstrate at COP27 that they are in a new era of implementation by turning their commitments under the Paris Agreement into action.
As a result of the above, energy companies and other companies engaged in the production or storage of fossil fuels may experience unexpected or premature devaluations or write-offs of their fossil fuel reserves. A material change in the asset value of fossil fuels or the securities of energy companies and companies in these related sectors may therefore materially adversely affect the Groups investment portfolio. A material change in the asset value of fossil fuels or the securities of energy companies and companies in related sectors will impact the Fidelis investment portfolio in the event that any change in asset values leads to a shock to the wider economy and overall asset values.
Failure to meet ESG expectations or standards, or achieve ESG goals or commitments could adversely affect the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
In recent years, there has been an increased focus from shareholders, business partners, cedants, regulators, politicians, and the public in general on ESG matters, including greenhouse gas emissions, carbon footprint and climate-related risks, renewable energy, fossil fuels, diversity, equity and inclusion, responsible sourcing and supply chain, human rights, and social responsibility.
The Group has established goals, commitments, and targets, as further discussed in BusinessOur Commitment to Environmental, Social and Governance Matters. Such goals, commitments, and targets reflect the Groups current plans and aspirations and do not guarantee that the Group will be able to achieve them. Evolving shareholder and cedant expectations, regulatory obligations or political pressures and the Groups efforts to manage, report on and accomplish set goals present numerous operational, regulatory, reputational, financial, legal, and other risks, any of which could have a material adverse impact on the Groups reputation, business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
The Group may be unable to satisfactorily meet evolving expectations, standards, regulations and disclosure requirements related to ESG. Such matters can affect the willingness or ability of investors to make an investment in FIHL, as well as the Groups ability to meet its regulatory obligations, including compliance with any rules related to carbon footprint and greenhouse gas emissions. Negative perceptions regarding the scope or sufficiency and transparency of the Groups commitment to and reporting on ESG matters and events that give rise to actual, potential, or perceived compliance with social responsibility matters could hurt the Groups reputation and cause cedants to seek alternative business partners. Such loss of reputation could make it difficult and costly for the Group to regain the confidence of its business partners resulting in an adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations. Further, the Groups failure or perceived failure to satisfy various reporting standards and regulations on a timely basis, or at all, could have similar negative impacts or expose it to government enforcement actions and private litigation.
The management of the Groups investment portfolio as a result of the Groups sustainability principles and ESG objectives could have an adverse impact on the Groups investment portfolio, business, financial condition, liquidity or operating results.
The Groups investment portfolio is designed to be managed consistent with the sustainability principles and ESG objectives adopted by the Group, as further discussed in BusinessOur Commitment to Environmental, Social and Governance Matters. As a result, the Group may forgo certain investment opportunities available to it in order to comply with such investment portfolio management criteria. This may cause the performance of the Groups investment portfolio to differ from what it may otherwise be able to achieve if it was not managed consistent with these sustainability principles and ESG objectives.
65
In addition, there is a risk that the investment opportunities identified by the Groups asset managers as being consistent with the Groups investment criteria do not operate as expected when addressing social and environmental impact and ESG issues. A companys social and environmental impact and ESG performance or the Groups asset managers assessment of a companys social and environmental impact and ESG performance could vary over time, which could cause the Group to be temporarily invested in companies that do not comply with the Groups investment criteria. Furthermore, data availability and reporting with respect to the Groups investment criteria may not always be available or may become unreliable. If the Groups investment decisions do not perform as expected or if the Groups asset managers fail to make investment decisions in a manner consistent with the stated sustainability principles and ESG objectives, the Groups investment portfolio, business, financial condition, liquidity or operating results could be adversely affected.
Risks Relating to Regulation of the Group
If the Group becomes directly subject to insurance statutes and regulations in jurisdictions other than Bermuda, the E.U. or the U.K. or there is a change to the law or regulations or application of the law or regulations of Bermuda, the E.U. or the U.K., this could have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
FIBL is a registered Bermuda Class 4 insurer pursuant to the Insurance Act 1978 of Bermuda, as amended (the Bermuda Insurance Act), and as such, it is subject to regulation and supervision in Bermuda by the BMA. FIID operates from the Republic of Ireland and is authorized and regulated by the CBI to carry on certain classes of non-life insurance business. On the basis of its CBI authorization, FIID is able to offer its insurance services into certain European Economic Area (EEA, which is a free trade area including the 27 member states of the E.U. together with Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway) jurisdictions on a cross-border basis without the need for separate authorizations in such jurisdictions. FUL operates from the U.K. and is authorized by the PRA and regulated by the PRA and the FCA with permission to underwrite certain classes of general insurance. As FIHL is subject to Group Supervision in Bermuda, it is subject to regulation and supervision by the BMA.
The Group faces new regulatory costs and challenges as a result of the U.K.s departure from the E.U. (Brexit). The U.K. and E.U. insurance prudential regimes are currently broadly identical as both derived from the Solvency II Directive. However, it is likely that the laws and regulations of the U.K. and the E.U. will diverge in the near future, and the Group may be required to utilize additional resources to ensure compliance with the different rules in each regime. In particular, the U.K. has announced that it intends to amend certain Solvency II-derived rules that it has transposed into domestic legislation and the E.U. is currently conducting its own review of the Solvency II Directive.
The U.K. has consulted with industry stakeholders on various Solvency II-derived rules since October 2020. On November 17, 2022, HM Treasury published a finalized package of proposed reforms to its prudential regime, which covers a range of areas including the risk margin, matching adjustment requirements and regulatory reporting obligations. These reforms will be reflected in new U.K. legislation and regulation during the course of 2023 and 2024. Similarly, on September 22, 2021, the European Commission published a package of proposed legislative reforms for amending the existing regulatory framework. The European Council published its agreed position on the European Commissions proposed reforms in June 2022, which it will negotiate with the European Parliament and European Commission. The full extent of the E.U.s changes to Solvency II will only be known once the full package of legislative reforms is finalized.
More generally, the cost of doing business in the U.K., and from the U.K. into other jurisdictions, will likely increase as a result of Brexit, and may include additional capital requirements, including as a result of new or additional laws and regulations across a wide variety of areas potentially including, but not limited to, employment laws, data privacy laws, taxation laws and the terms of commercial activities between the U.K. and the E.U. In addition, due to the potential for less inter-country cooperation between the U.K. and the E.U., both jurisdictions may be facing a less liberal trading regime in the future which could take the form of tariffs or other protectionist measures. It is also unclear how effectively supervisory bodies and regulators from these jurisdictions will continue to cooperate and share information.
66
Bermuda, E.U. and U.K. insurance statutes and the regulations and policies of the BMA, the CBI, the PRA and the FCA may require FIBL, FIID and FUL to, among other things:
| maintain a minimum level of capital, surplus and liquidity; |
| satisfy solvency standards; |
| obtain prior approval of ownership and transfer of shares; |
| maintain a principal office and appoint and maintain a principal representative in Bermuda (for FIBL), the |
| Republic of Ireland (for FIID) and the U.K. (for FUL), respectively; |
| maintain a head office; and |
| comply with legal and regulatory restrictions with respect to their ability to pay dividends and make capital distributions upon which the Group is reliant to provide cash flow required for debt service and dividends to FIHLs shareholders. |
These statutes, regulations and policies may affect the Groups ability to write insurance and reinsurance policies, to distribute funds around the Group and to shareholders, and to pursue its investment strategy.
The Group does not presently intend that it will create a physical presence in any jurisdiction in the U.S. The Group is not licensed to write insurance on an admitted basis in any state in the U.S. but, as an alien insurer and certified reinsurer, FIBL and FUL are eligible to write surplus lines business. However, there can be no assurance that insurance regulators in the U.S. or elsewhere will not review the activities of the Group or related companies or its agents and assert that the Group is subject to such jurisdictions licensing requirements. If any such assertion is successful and the Group is required to obtain a license, it may be subject to taxation in such jurisdiction. In addition, the Group is subject to indirect regulatory requirements imposed by jurisdictions that may limit its ability to provide insurance or reinsurance. For example, the Groups ability to write insurance may be subject, in certain cases, to arrangements satisfactory to applicable regulatory bodies. Proposed legislation and regulations may have the effect of imposing additional requirements upon, or restricting the market for, alien insurers or reinsurers with whom U.S. companies place business.
Bermuda, E.U. and U.K. insurance statutes and regulations applicable to the Group may be different in scope from those that would be applicable if FIBL, FUL and/or FIID were licensed in and governed by the laws of any state in the U.S. In the past, there have been U.S. Congressional and other initiatives in the U.S. regarding proposals to supervise and regulate insurers domiciled outside the U.S. If in the future the Group becomes increasingly subject to any insurance laws of the U.S. or any state thereof or of any other jurisdiction, the Group cannot be certain that it would be in compliance with those laws or that coming into compliance with those laws would not have a significant and negative effect on its business. The process of obtaining licenses in the U.S. and elsewhere is time-consuming and costly, and FIBL, FUL or FIID may not be able to become licensed in a jurisdiction other than Bermuda, the Republic of Ireland or the U.K. should they choose to do so. The modification of the conduct of the Groups business resulting from FIBL, FUL or FIID becoming licensed in certain jurisdictions could significantly and negatively affect its business. In addition, the Groups inability to comply with insurance and reinsurance statutes and regulations could significantly and adversely affect its business by limiting its ability to conduct business as well as subjecting the Group to penalties and fines and having adverse reputational consequences for the Group.
The increased level of regulatory scrutiny in respect of material outsourcing arrangements in Bermuda, the E.U. and the U.K. could have a material adverse effect on the operating costs of the Groups business and could increase the risk of disruption to the Groups operations due to regulatory intervention.
The Framework Agreement, the Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements and the Inter-Group Services Agreement will be regarded as material outsourcing agreements or outsourcing of critical or
67
important operational functions or activities under the laws and regulation in each of the United Kingdom and the European Union. See Certain Regulatory Considerations for further information on material outsourcing agreements and outsourcing of critical or important operational functions or activities. Accordingly, the Group may incur additional operating costs in establishing the systems and controls required to appropriately oversee and monitor the effective performance of these agreements by Fidelis MGU.
For example, on February 6, 2020, EIOPA issued guidelines on outsourcing to cloud service providers which applied from January 1, 2021 to all cloud outsourcing arrangements entered into or amended on or after that date. Existing cloud outsourcing arrangements relating to critical or important operational functions or activities have also been reviewed and amended to ensure compliance with the guidelines by December 31, 2022. These guidelines could potentially apply to use of the Groups information technology or application systems and infrastructure by Group companies in the EEA. This and any future regulatory developments in relation to cloud outsourcing may result in additional operating costs.
In addition, pursuant to the Insurance Act, FIBL shall not take any steps to effect a material change, including (i) outsourcing all or substantially all of its actuarial, risk management, compliance or internal audit functions, (ii) outsourcing all or a material part of its underwriting activity, and (iii) outsourcing of an officer role, unless it has first served notice on the BMA that it intends to effect such a material change and before the end of 30 days, either the BMA has notified FIBL in writing that it has no objection to such change or that the period has elapsed without the BMA having issued a notice of objection. There is a risk that the BMA may not grant its no-objection to certain new or material changes to the existing outsourcing arrangements that FIBL may propose in the future, including in relation to Framework Agreement, the Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements or the Inter-Group Services Agreement.
Further, there has been an increased level of regulatory scrutiny of material outsourcing agreements in each jurisdiction generally, which could result in a greater risk of regulatory intervention in respect of these agreements. Such regulatory intervention may include the regulators use of their investigative powers (such as requiring reports to be prepared by senior individuals), the exercise of audit rights against any Group company or Fidelis MGU or requests for documents and information relating to the performance of the agreements.
These regulatory interventions could be disruptive for the Groups business operations, and may result in the Group being required to make further changes to its systems and controls, such as increased reporting to company boards, improving data storage facilities and implementing additional oversight of Fidelis MGU. It is possible that, as a corollary, the Group will incur increased operational costs. The Group could also experience an adverse effect on its business if the regulatory interventions impede the effective operation of the Framework Agreement, the Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements and the Inter-Group Services Agreement.
Changes to the regulatory systems or loss of authorizations, permits or licenses under which the Group operates or breach of regulatory requirements by the Group could have a material adverse effect on its business.
FIHL and FIBL (both incorporated in Bermuda), FUL (incorporated in England and Wales) and FIID (incorporated in the Republic of Ireland) may be subject to changes of law or regulation in these jurisdictions which may have an adverse impact on their operations, including the imposition of tax liabilities or increased regulatory supervision. The Group is also exposed to changes in accounting standards, some of which may be significant. In addition, FIHL, FIBL, FUL and FIID will be exposed to changes in the political environment in Bermuda, the E.U., the Republic of Ireland and the U.K. The Bermuda insurance and reinsurance regulatory framework has recently become subject to increased scrutiny in many jurisdictions, including in Europe and the U.S. and in various states within the U.S.
The Groups ability to conduct insurance and reinsurance business in different countries generally requires the holding and maintenance of certain licenses, permissions or authorizations, and compliance with rules and
68
regulations promulgated from time to time in these jurisdictions. A principal exception to this is with respect to cross border reinsurance in the U.S. and other countries.
The Group is not licensed to write insurance on an admitted basis in any state in the U.S. but, as an alien insurer and certified reinsurer, FIBL and FUL are eligible to write surplus lines business in all 50 U.S. states, the District of Columbia and other U.S. jurisdictions based on its listing in the Quarterly Listing of Alien Insurers of the International Insurers Department (IID) of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (NAIC). Pursuant to IID requirements, the Group established a U.S. surplus lines trust fund with a U.S. bank to secure U.S. surplus lines policies. The Group accepts business only through U.S. licensed surplus lines brokers and does not market directly to the public. Failure to maintain its IID listing could have a material adverse effect on the Groups ability to write surplus and excess lines of business in the U.S. For reinsurance there are currently no U.S. licenses required, although the Group operates outside the U.S. and is, in common with other non-U.S. reinsurers, required from time to time to post letters of credit or establish other security in order to enable U.S. cedants to take financial statement credit for liabilities ceded to members of the Group. See Certain Regulatory ConsiderationsUnited States Insurance RegulationFIBLs and FULs U.S. Operations for a more detailed discussion of the regulatory environment in which FIBL and FUL write surplus business lines in the U.S.
A failure to comply with rules and regulations in a jurisdiction could lead to disciplinary action, the imposition of fines or the revocation of the license, permission or authorization necessary to conduct the Groups business in that jurisdiction, which could have a material adverse effect on the continued conduct of business and also adverse reputational consequences for the Group.
It is possible that insurance regulators in the U.S. or elsewhere may review the activities of FIHL, FIBL, FUL and FIID and assert that they are subject to such jurisdictions licensing requirements and require that FIHL, FIBL, FUL and/or FIID comply with additional regulatory obligations. Having to meet such requirements, however, could have a material adverse effect on the results of operations of the Group, FIBL, FUL and/or FIID. Alternatively, or in addition, any necessary changes to operations could subject FIHL, FIBL, FUL and/or FIID to taxation in the U.S. or elsewhere.
In recent years, regulation of the insurance and reinsurance industry in the U.S., the U.K., Bermuda, the E.U. and other markets in which the Group operates has been subject to significant review. These reviews have led to changes in certain legal and regulatory provisions which govern the operations of the Group, and it can be expected that further reviews and changes to applicable laws and regulations will occur in the future. The Group cannot predict the effect that any proposed or future law or regulation may have on the financial condition or results of operations of the Group. Changes in applicable laws or regulations or in their interpretation or enforcement could have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
In particular, changes in regulatory capital requirements in the U.S., the U.K., the E.U. or Bermuda may impact upon the level of capital reserves required to be maintained by individual Group entities or by the Group as a whole.
The Group may be subject to greater regulatory risk than that to which the Group is currently exposed.
In each of the jurisdictions in which the Group operates and in which the Group will operate, it has to comply with laws and regulations applicable to regulated (re)insurers. Each aspect of the regulatory environment in which the Group operates and in which the Group will operate is subject to change, which may be retrospective. Complying, or failing to comply, with existing and new regulations could result in additional costs for the Group, which could have an adverse effect (including to a material extent) on the financial condition or results of operations of the Group.
Data protection failures could disrupt the Groups business, damage its reputation and cause losses.
Since May 25, 2018, the European General Data Protection Regulation (the E.U. GDPR) has been directly applicable in all E.U. member states. The U.K.s General Data Protection Regulation and Data Protection
69
Act 2018 (collectively, the U.K. GDPR) is the retained E.U. law version of E.U. GDPR (the U.K. GDPR and the E.U. GDPR collectively, the GDPR). The Group is subject to the GDPR when offering goods and services to E.U. and/or U.K.-based data subjects, as applicable (regardless of whether through Group companies in the E.U. and/or the U.K.). The GDPR imposes comprehensive data privacy compliance obligations in relation to our collection, processing, sharing, disclosure, transfer and other use of data relating to an identifiable living individual or personal data, as applicable, including: the obligation to appoint data protection officers in certain circumstances; new rights for individuals to be forgotten and rights to data portability; the principle of accountability; and the obligation to make public notification of significant data breaches. The GDPR also retains and adds to existing requirements, including restrictions on transfers of personal data outside of the EEA/U.K., as applicable, and the requirement to include specific data protection provisions in agreements with data processors.
The GDPR also regulates cross-border transfers of personal data out of the EEA and the U.K. Recent legal developments in Europe have created complexity and uncertainty regarding such transfers, in particular in relation to transfers to the United States. On July 16, 2020, the Court of Justice of the European Union (the CJEU) invalidated the E.U.-U.S. Privacy Shield Framework, or Privacy Shield, under which personal data could be transferred from the EEA (and the U.K.) to relevant self-certified U.S. entities. The CJEU further noted that reliance on the standard contractual clauses (a standard form of contract approved by the European Commission as an adequate personal data transfer mechanism and potential alternative to the Privacy Shield) alone may not necessarily be sufficient in all circumstances and that transfers must be assessed on a case-by-case basis. Subsequent European court and regulator decisions have taken a restrictive approach to international data transfers. As the enforcement landscape further develops, and supervisory authorities issue further guidance onand revised standard contractual clauses forinternational data transfers, we could suffer additional costs, complaints and/or regulatory investigations or fines; we may have to stop using certain tools and vendors and make other operational changes which could otherwise affect the manner in which we provide our services, and could adversely affect our business, operations and financial condition.
We are also subject to evolving E.U. and U.K. privacy laws on cookies, tracking technologies and e-marketing. Recent European court and regulator decisions are driving increased attention to cookies and similar tracking technologies. In the E.U. and U.K., informed consent is required for the placement of certain cookies or similar tracking technologies on an individuals device and for direct electronic marketing. Consent is tightly defined and includes a prohibition on pre-checked consents and a requirement to obtain separate consents for each type of cookie or similar technology. If the trend of increasing enforcement by regulators of the strict approach to opt-in consent for all but essential use cases, as seen in recent guidance and decisions continues, this could lead to substantial costs, require significant systems changes, limit the effectiveness of our marketing activities, divert the attention of our technology personnel, adversely affect our margins, and subject us to additional liabilities. In light of the complex and evolving nature of E.U., E.U. member state and U.K. privacy laws on cookies and tracking technologies, there can be no assurances that we will be successful in our efforts to comply with such laws; violations of such laws could result in regulatory investigations, fines, orders to cease/ change our use of such technologies, as well as civil claims including class actions, and reputational damage.
Since we are under the supervision of relevant data protection authorities in both the EEA and the U.K., we may be fined under both the E.U. GDPR and U.K. GDPR for the same breach. Penalties for certain breaches are up to the greater of EUR 20 million/ GBP 17.5 million or 4% of our global annual turnover. In addition to fines, a breach of the GDPR may result in regulatory investigations, reputational damage, orders to cease/ change our data processing activities, enforcement notices, assessment notices for a compulsory audit and/or civil claims (including class actions).
Bermuda introduced the Personal Information Protection Act 2016 (PIPA) in 2016 to regulate and protect the use of personal information. PIPA applies to any organization (meaning any individual, entity or public authority) that uses personal information in Bermuda where that personal information is used by automated or other means which form, or are intended to form, part of a structured filing system. Under PIPA personal information means any information about an identified or identifiable individual (meaning a natural person), and use is broadly defined to include carrying out any operation on or possessing personal information.
70
Only certain limited sections of PIPA came into force in 2016, and at present the only operative sections relate to interpretations, citation and commencement and certain provisions in respect of the establishment and operation of the Privacy Commissioners Office. The principal sections of PIPA, which include: conditions for use and consent to use of personal information, obligations on organizations that use personal information, data transfer and protection obligations and access, rectification and erasure rights for individuals, are not yet in force. The references to PIPA provisions below are provisions which are not yet in force. It is anticipated that such provisions will phase into operation in the near future, and to the extent that the Group uses or holds individuals personal information in Bermuda, the Group will need to comply with such in force PIPA provisions.
In general, an organization must adopt suitable measures and policies to give effect to its obligations and to the rights of individuals set out in PIPA, and may only use an individuals personal information where one or more of the prescribed conditions for use is met. Organizations must designate a privacy officer, and must provide individuals with a clear and easily accessible statement about its personal information practices and policies, which must include: the fact that personal information is being used; the purposes for which personal information is or might be used; the identity and types of individuals or organizations to whom personal information might be disclosed; the identity and location of the organization, including information on how to contact it about its handling of personal information; the name of the privacy officer; and the choices and means the organization provides to an individual for limiting the use of, and for accessing, rectifying, blocking, erasing and destroying, their personal information.
Personal information held by an organization must be adequate, relevant and not excessive in relation to the purposes for which it is used, and must be accurate and kept up to date to the extent necessary for its use. An organization must protect personal information that it holds with appropriate and proportional safeguards against risk, including loss; unauthorized access, destruction, use, modification or disclosure; or any other misuse.
Where an organization engages (by contract or otherwise) the services of a third party in connection with the use of personal information, including transfers to overseas third parties, the organization remains responsible at all times for ensuring compliance with PIPA.
Oversight and enforcement of PIPA is the responsibility of Bermudas Privacy Commissioner. The Privacy Commissioner has certain investigatory, order making and enforcement powers, including issuing formal warnings, public admonishment or disclosure for prosecution for offenses under PIPA, including corporate offenses committed with the consent or connivance of corporate officers, which could result in a fine or imprisonment.
Other than the above, continuing regulatory developments in the national laws and regulations of individual E.U. member states, the U.K. and Bermuda in relation to the processing of personal data, has increased and may continue to increase the Groups compliance obligations and has necessitated and may continue to necessitate the review and implementation of updated policies and processes relating to the Groups collection and use of personal data. Any further and/or ongoing increase in compliance obligations could also lead to increased compliance costs, which may have an adverse impact on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
If any person, including any of the Groups employees or those with whom the Group shares personal data, negligently disregards or intentionally breaches the Groups established controls with respect to personal data that the Group holds, the Group could be subject to significant monetary damages, regulatory enforcement actions, fines and/or criminal prosecution in one or more jurisdictions. In addition, a data breach could result in negative publicity, which could damage the Groups reputation and have an adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
71
The Group is required to comply with the applicable economic and trade sanctions laws and regulations. The Groups failure to comply with these laws and regulations would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The Group is required to comply with all applicable economic and trade sanctions laws and regulations. Various governmental authorities with jurisdiction over the Groups activities maintain economic and trade sanctions laws and regulations, which restrict the Groups ability to conduct transactions and dealings with certain countries, territories, persons and entities. While the Group maintains policies and procedures designed to maintain compliance with economic and trade sanctions, the Group cannot guarantee that the policies and procedures will be effective in preventing violations or allegations of violations. Violations, or allegations of violations, could result in civil and criminal penalties, including fines for the Group or incarceration for responsible employees and managers, as well as negative publicity or reputational harm.
Risks Relating to TaxationU.S. Tax Risks
For purposes of this discussion, the term U.S. Person means: (i) an individual citizen or resident of the U.S., (ii) a partnership or corporation, created in or organized under the laws of the U.S., or organized under the laws of any political subdivision thereof, (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or (iv) a trust if either (x) a court within the U.S. is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more U.S. Persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of such trust, or (y) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. Person for U.S. federal income tax purposes or (z) any other person or entity that is treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as if it were one of the foregoing. For purposes of this discussion, the term U.S. Holder means a U.S. Person other than a partnership, who beneficially owns Common Shares.
U.S. Tax Reform
The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the 2017 Act) was passed by the U.S. Congress and signed into law on December 22, 2017, with certain provisions intended to eliminate certain perceived tax advantages of companies (including insurance companies) that have legal domiciles outside the U.S., but have certain U.S. connections, and U.S. Persons (as defined below) investing in such companies. Among other things, the 2017 Act revised the rules applicable to passive foreign investment companies (PFICs) and controlled foreign corporations (CFCs) in ways that could affect the timing or amount of U.S. federal income taxes imposed on certain investors that are U.S. Persons. Further, it is possible that other legislation could be introduced and enacted by the current Congress or future Congresses that could have an adverse impact on the Group, the Groups operations or U.S. Holders. Additionally, tax laws and interpretations regarding whether a company is engaged in a U.S. trade or business or whether a company is a CFC or a PFIC or has related person insurance income (RPII) are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. The Treasury Department recently issued final and proposed regulations intended to clarify the application of the insurance income exception to the classification of a non-U.S. insurer as a PFIC and provide guidance on a range of issues relating to PFICs, and recently issued proposed regulations that would expand the scope of the RPII rules. New regulations or pronouncements interpreting or clarifying such rules may be forthcoming as well. FIHL cannot be certain if, when, or in what form such regulations or pronouncements may be provided and whether such guidance will have a retroactive effect.
FIHL and/or its non-U.S. subsidiaries may be subject to U.S. federal income taxation.
A non-U.S. corporation that is engaged in the conduct of a U.S. trade or business will be subject to U.S. federal income tax as described below, unless entitled to the benefits of an applicable tax treaty. Whether a trade or business is being conducted in the U.S. is an inherently factual determination. As the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), regulations and court decisions fail to identify definitively activities that constitute being engaged in a trade or business in the U.S., the Group cannot be certain that the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) will not contend successfully that FIHL and/or its non-U.S. subsidiaries are or will be engaged
72
in a trade or business in the U.S. A non-U.S. corporation deemed to be so engaged would be subject to U.S. income tax at regular corporate rates on the portion of its income that is treated as effectively connected with the conduct of that U.S. trade or business (ECI), as well as the branch profits tax on its dividend equivalent amount (generally, the ECI (with certain adjustments) deemed withdrawn from the U.S.), unless the corporation is entitled to relief under the permanent establishment provision of an applicable tax treaty. Any such U.S. federal income taxation could result in substantial tax liabilities and could have a material adverse effect on the results of operation of FIHL and its non-U.S. subsidiaries.
Non-U.S. corporations not engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. are nonetheless subject to U.S. income tax imposed by withholding on certain fixed or determinable annual or periodic gains, profits and income derived from sources within the U.S. (such as dividends and certain interest on investments), subject to exemption under the Code or reduction by applicable treaties.
The U.S. also imposes an excise tax on insurance and reinsurance premiums (FET) paid to non-U.S. insurers or reinsurers that are not eligible for the benefits of a U.S. income tax treaty that provides for an exemption from the FET with respect to risks (i) of a U.S. entity or individual, located wholly or partially within the U.S. and (ii) of a non-U.S. entity or individual engaged in a trade or business in the U.S., located within the U.S. The rates of tax are 4% for property casualty insurance premiums and 1% for reinsurance premiums.
U.S. Holders will be subject to adverse tax consequences if FIHL is considered a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
In general, a non-U.S. corporation will be a PFIC during a given year if (i) 75% or more of its gross income constitutes passive income (the 75% test) or (ii) 50% or more of its assets produce (or are held for the production of) passive income (the 50% test). If FIHL were characterized as a PFIC during a given year, each U.S. Holder would be subject to a penalty tax at the time of the taxable disposition at a gain of, or receipt of, an excess distribution with respect to, their shares, unless such person is a 10% U.S. Shareholder (as defined below) subject to tax under the CFC rules or such person made a qualified electing fund (QEF) election or, if the Common Shares are treated as marketable stock in such year, such person made a mark-to-market election. In addition, if FIHL were considered a PFIC, upon the death of any U.S. individual owning shares such individuals heirs or estate would not be entitled to a step-up in the basis of the shares that might otherwise be available under U.S. federal income tax laws. In addition, a distribution paid by FIHL to U.S. Holders that is characterized as a dividend and is not characterized as an excess distribution would not be eligible for reduced rates of tax as qualified dividend income if FIHL were considered a PFIC in the taxable year in which such dividend is paid or in the preceding taxable year. A U.S. Person that is a shareholder in a PFIC may also be subject to additional information reporting requirements, including the filing of an IRS Form 8621.
For the above purposes, passive income generally includes interest, dividends, annuities and other investment income. The PFIC rules provide that income derived in the active conduct of an insurance business by a qualifying insurance corporation is not treated as passive income (the insurance income exception). The PFIC provisions also contain a look-through rule under which a foreign corporation will be treated, for purposes of determining whether it is a PFIC, as if it received directly its proportionate share of the income and as if it held its proportionate share of the assets of any other corporation in which it owns at least 25% of the value of the stock (the look-through rule). Under the look-through rule, FIHL should be deemed to own its proportionate share of the assets and to have received its proportionate share of the income of its non-U.S. insurance subsidiaries for purposes of the 75% test and the 50% test. However, the 2017 Act limits the insurance income exception to a non-U.S. insurance company that is a qualifying insurance corporation that would be taxable as an insurance company if it were a U.S. corporation and maintains insurance liabilities of more than 25% of such companys assets for a taxable year (the 25% Test) (or maintains insurance liabilities that at least equal or exceed 10% of its assets, is predominantly engaged in an insurance business and satisfies a facts-and-circumstances test that requires a showing that the failure to exceed the 25% threshold is due to runoff-related or rating-related circumstances (the 10% Test, together with the 25% Test, the Reserve
73
Test)). The Group believes that FIBL has met this Reserve Test and will continue to do so in the foreseeable future, in which case FIHL would not be expected to be a PFIC, although no assurance may be given that FIBL will satisfy the Reserve Test in future years.
Further, the Treasury Department recently issued final and proposed regulations intended to clarify the application of the insurance income exception to the classification of a non-U.S. insurer as a PFIC and provide guidance on a range of issues relating to PFICs, including the application of the look-through rule, the treatment of income and assets of certain U.S. insurance subsidiaries for purposes of the look-through rule and the extension of the look-through rule to 25%-or-more-owned partnerships (the 2020 Regulations). The 2020 Regulations define insurance liabilities for purposes of the Reserve Test, and tighten the Reserve Test as well as place a statutory cap on insurance liabilities, and provide guidance on the runoff-related and rating-related circumstances for purposes of the 10% Test. The 2020 Regulations, which set forth in proposed form certain requirements that must be met to satisfy the active conduct of an insurance business test, also propose that a non-U.S. insurer with no or a nominal number of employees that relies exclusively or almost exclusively upon independent contractors (other than related entities) to perform its core functions will not be treated as engaged in the active conduct of an insurance business. Further, for purposes of applying the 10% Test, the 2020 Regulations: (i) generally limit the rating-related circumstances exception to a non-U.S. corporation: (a) if more than half of such corporations net written premiums for the applicable period are derived from insuring catastrophic risk, or (b) providing certain other insurance coverage that the Group is not expected to engage in, and (ii) reduce a corporations insurance liabilities by the amount of any reinsurance recoverable relating to such liability. The Group believes that, based on the implementation of its business plan and the application of the look-through rule and the exceptions set out under Section 1297 of the Code, none of the income and assets of FIBL should be treated as passive pursuant to the 10% Test, and thus FIHL should not be characterized as a PFIC under current law for the current taxable year or for foreseeable future years to the extent a shareholder makes an election to apply the 10% Test, but because of the legal uncertainties as well as factual uncertainties with respect to the Groups planned operations, there is a risk that FIHL will be characterized as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In addition, because of the legal uncertainties relating to how the 2020 Regulations will be interpreted and the form in which the proposed 2020 Regulations may be finalized, no assurance can be given that FIHL will not qualify as a PFIC under final IRS guidance or any future regulatory proposal or interpretation that may be subsequently introduced and promulgated. If FIHL is considered a PFIC, it could have material adverse tax consequences for an investor that is subject to U.S. federal income taxation. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors as to the effects of the PFIC rules.
As noted above, the 10% Test will only apply if a U.S. Holder makes a valid election. A U.S. Holder seeking to elect the application of the 10% Test FIBL may do so if the Group provides the holder with, or otherwise makes publicly available, a statement or other disclosure that FIBL meet the requirements of the 10% Test (and contains certain other relevant information). The Group intends to either provide each U.S. investor with such a statement or otherwise make such a statement publicly available. A U.S. Holder may generally make an election to apply the 10% Test by completing a Form 8621 and attaching it to its original or amended U.S. federal income tax return for the taxable year to which the election relates. Investors owning a de minimis amount of FIHL stock may be deemed to have made the election automatically. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding electing to apply the 10% Test to FIBL.
U.S. Holders are also urged to consult with their tax advisors and to consider making a protective QEF election with respect to FIHL and each of FIHLs non-U.S. subsidiaries to preserve the possibility of making a retroactive QEF election. If the Group determines that FIHL is a PFIC, the Group intends to use commercially reasonable efforts to provide the information necessary to make a QEF election for FIHL and each non-U.S. subsidiary of FIHL that is a PFIC. A U.S. Person that makes a QEF election with respect to a PFIC is currently taxable on its pro rata share of the ordinary earnings and net capital gain of such company during the years it is a PFIC (at ordinary income and capital gain rates, respectively), regardless of whether or not distributions were received. In addition, any of the PFICs losses for a taxable year will not be available to U.S. Persons and may not be carried back or forward in computing the PFICs ordinary earnings and net capital gain in other taxable
74
years. U.S. Holders are also urged to consult with their tax advisors regarding the availability and consequences of making a mark-to-market election with respect to FIHL, although there can be no assurance that such election will be available, and such election likely would not be available for any subsidiary of FIHL also treated as a PFIC. In general, if a U.S. Holder were to make a timely and effective mark-to-market election, such holder would include as ordinary income each year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the holders Common Shares at the end of the taxable year over its adjusted basis in the Common Shares. Any gain recognized by such holder on the sale or other disposition of the Common Shares would be ordinary income, and any loss would be an ordinary loss to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the mark-to-market election and, thereafter, a capital loss. U.S. Holders considering a mark-to-market election for FIHL should consult with their tax advisors regarding making a QEF election for any non-U.S. subsidiary of FIHL treated as a PFIC.
U.S. Holders of 10% or more of FIHLs Common Shares may be subject to U.S. income taxation under the CFC rules.
Each 10% U.S. Shareholder of a non-U.S. corporation that is a CFC during a taxable year and that owns shares in the CFC, directly or indirectly through non-U.S. entities, on the last day of the non-U.S. corporations taxable year that the non-U.S. corporation is a CFC, generally must include in its gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes its pro rata share of the CFCs subpart F income, and global intangible low taxed income (GILTI) even if the subpart F income or GILTI is not distributed. A non-U.S. corporation is considered a CFC if 10% U.S. Shareholders own (directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities or by attribution by application of the constructive ownership rules of Section 958(b) of the Code (i.e., constructively)) more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of such non-U.S. corporation, or more than 50% of the total value of all stock of such corporation. For purposes of taking into account insurance income, which is a category of subpart F income, a CFC also includes a non-U.S. corporation that earns insurance income in which more than 25% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or more than 25% of the total value of all stock is owned by 10% U.S. Shareholders on any day of the taxable year of such corporation, if the gross amount of premiums or other consideration for the reinsurance or the issuing of insurance or annuity contracts exceeds 75% of the gross amount of all premiums or other consideration in respect of all risks. A 10% U.S. Shareholder is a U.S. Person who owns (directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities or constructively) at least 10% of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the non-U.S. corporation.
FIHL believes that because of the anticipated dispersion of ownership of FIHLs Common Shares no U.S. Holder of FIHL should be treated as owning (directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities or constructively) 10% or more of the total voting power or value of FIHL. However, because FIHLs Common Shares may not be as widely dispersed as the Group believes due to, for example, the application of certain ownership attribution rules, no assurance may be given that a U.S. Person who owns directly, indirectly or constructively, FIHLs Common Shares will not be characterized as a 10% U.S. Shareholder, in which case such U.S. Person may be subject to taxation under the CFC rules.
U.S. Persons who own or are treated as owning Common Shares may be subject to U.S. income taxation at ordinary income rates on their proportionate share of the Groups RPII.
If (i) a non-U.S. subsidiary of FIHL is 25% or more owned (by vote or value) directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities or constructively by U.S. Persons that hold shares of FIHL directly or indirectly through foreign entities, (ii) the RPII (determined on a gross basis) of the non-U.S. subsidiary were to equal or exceed 20% of the non-U.S. subsidiarys gross insurance income in any taxable year and (iii) direct or indirect insureds (and persons related to those insureds) own directly or indirectly through entities 20% or more of the voting power or value of the non-U.S. subsidiary, then a U.S. Person who owns any shares of the non-U.S. subsidiary (directly or indirectly through non-U.S. entities, including by holding Common Shares) on the last day of the taxable year would be required to include in its income for U.S. federal income tax purposes such persons pro rata share of the non-U.S. subsidiaries RPII for the entire taxable year, determined as if such RPII were distributed
75
proportionately only to U.S. Persons at that date regardless of whether such income is distributed, in which case the U.S. Persons investment could be materially adversely affected. Generally, RPII is any insurance income (as defined below) attributable to policies of insurance or reinsurance with respect to which the person (directly or indirectly) insured is an RPII shareholder (as defined below) or a related person to such RPII shareholder. The amount of RPII earned by the non-U.S. subsidiary (generally, premium and related investment income from the direct or indirect insurance or reinsurance of any RPII shareholder or any person related to such RPII shareholder) will depend on a number of factors, including the identity of persons directly or indirectly insured or reinsured by the non-U.S. subsidiary. FIHL believes that the direct or indirect insureds of its non-U.S. subsidiaries (and related persons), whether or not U.S. Persons, should not directly or indirectly own 20% or more of either the voting power or value of the shares of FIHL or other non-U.S. subsidiaries immediately after the consummation of this offering and FIHL does not expect this to be the case in the foreseeable future (the 20% Ownership Exception). Additionally, FIHL does not expect the gross RPII of any non-U.S. subsidiary to equal or exceed 20% of its gross insurance income in any taxable year for the foreseeable future (the 20% Gross Income Exception), but cannot be certain that this will be the case because some of the factors which determine the extent of RPII may be beyond the Groups control. Further, recently proposed regulations could, if finalized in their current form, substantially expand the definition of RPII to include insurance income of FIHLs non-U.S. subsidiaries with respect to certain affiliate reinsurance transactions. If these proposed regulations are finalized in their current form, it could limit the Groups ability to execute affiliate reinsurance transactions that would otherwise be undertaken for non-tax business reasons in the future and could increase the risk that the 20% Gross Income Exception would not be met for one or more of FIHLs non-U.S. subsidiaries in a particular taxable year, which could result in such RPII being taxable to U.S. Persons that own or are treated as owning Common Shares. Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors with respect to these rules.
U.S. tax-exempt organizations that own Common Shares may recognize unrelated business taxable income.
Tax-exempt entities will be required to treat certain subpart F insurance income, including RPII, that is includable in income by the tax-exempt entity as unrelated business taxable income. Prospective investors that are tax exempt entities are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the potential impact of the unrelated business taxable income provisions of the Code.
U.S. Holders who dispose of shares may be subject to U.S. federal income taxation at the rates applicable to dividends on a portion of such disposition.
Subject to the discussion above relating to the potential application of PFIC rules, Code 1248 may apply to a disposition of Common Shares. Code Section 1248 provides that if a U.S. Person sells or exchanges stock in a non-U.S. corporation and such person owned, directly, indirectly through certain non-U.S. entities or constructively, 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of disposition when the corporation was a CFC, any gain from the sale or exchange of the shares will be treated as a dividend to the extent of the CFCs earnings and profits (determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) during the period that the shareholder held the shares and while the corporation was a CFC (with certain adjustments). FIHL believes that because of the anticipated dispersion of ownership of FIHLs Common Shares and provisions in its organizational documents that are intended to limit voting power in certain circumstances, no U.S. Holder of the Common Shares should be treated as owning (directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities or constructively) 10% or more of the total voting power of FIHL; to the extent this is the case, the application of Code Section 1248 under the regular CFC rules should not apply to dispositions of the Common Shares. However, because the Common Shares may not be as widely dispersed as FIHL believes due to, for example, the application of certain ownership attribution rules, and the provisions in FIHLs organizational documents described above have not been tested, no assurance may be given that a U.S. Holder will not be characterized as owning, directly, indirectly through certain non-U.S. entities or constructively, 10% or more of the voting power of FIHL, in which case such U.S. Holder may be subject to Code Section 1248 rules.
Additionally, Code Section 1248, in conjunction with the RPII rules, also applies to the sale or exchange of shares in a non-U.S. corporation if the non-U.S. corporation would be treated as a CFC for RPII purposes
76
regardless of whether the shareholder owns, directly, indirectly through certain non-U.S. entities or constructively, 10% or more of the voting power of such non-U.S. corporation or the 20% Gross Income Exception or 20% Ownership Exception applies. Existing proposed regulations do not address whether Code Section 1248 would apply if a non-U.S. corporation is not a CFC but the non-U.S. corporation has a subsidiary that would be treated as a CFC for RPII purposes. FIHL believes, however, that this application of Code Section 1248 under the RPII rules should not apply to dispositions of Common Shares because FIHL will not be directly engaged in the insurance business. FIHL cannot be certain, however, that the IRS will not interpret the proposed regulations in a contrary manner or that the Treasury Department will not amend the proposed regulations to provide that these rules will apply to dispositions of Common Shares. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the effects of these rules on a disposition of Common Shares.
Dividends from FIHL may not satisfy the requirements for qualified dividend income, and therefore may not be eligible for the reduced rates of U.S. federal income tax applicable to such income.
Non-corporate U.S. Holders, including individuals, generally will be subject to U.S. federal income taxation at a current maximum rate of 37% (not including the Medicare contribution tax) upon their receipt of dividend income from FIHL unless such dividends constitute qualified dividend income (as defined in the Code) (QDI). QDI received by non-corporate U.S. Holders meeting certain holding requirements from domestic corporations or qualified foreign corporations is subject to tax at long-term capital gains rates (up to a maximum of 20%, not including the Medicare contribution tax). Dividends paid by FIHL generally may constitute QDI if (i) FIHL is able to claim benefits under the income tax treaty between the U.S. and the U.K. (the U.K. Tax Treaty) or the Common Shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the U.S., and (ii) FIHL is not treated as a PFIC for the taxable year such dividends are paid and the preceding taxable year. Under current U.S. Treasury Department guidance, the Common Shares would be treated as readily tradeable on an established securities market if they are listed on NYSE, as we intend the Common Shares to be after this offering. However, there can be no assurance that our Common Shares will continue to be listed on NYSE or that FIHL will not be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year.
Prospective investors are advised to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the application of these rules.
Information regarding a U.S. Holders identity may be reported to the relevant tax authority to ensure compliance with the U.S. Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA) and similar regimes.
Under FATCA, the U.S. imposes a withholding tax of 30% on U.S.-source interest, dividends and certain other types of income which are received by a foreign financial institution (FFI), unless such FFI enters into an agreement with the IRS to obtain certain information as to the identity of the direct and indirect owners of accounts in such institution. Withholding on U.S.-source interest, dividends and certain other types of income applies currently, and proposed U.S. Treasury regulations provide that this withholding will not apply to gross proceeds.
Alternatively, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on the above payments to certain passive non-financial foreign entities (NFFE) which do not (i) certify to each respective withholding agent that they have no substantial U.S. owners (i.e., a U.S. 10% direct or indirect shareholder), or (ii) provide such withholding agent with the certain information as to the identity of such substantial U.S. owners.
FIHL believes and intends to take the position that it will be an NFFE, and not an FFI, although no assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not uphold, a different characterization of FIHL.
The U.K. has signed an intergovernmental agreement (IGA) with the U.S. (the U.K. IGA), and Bermuda has signed a Model 2 IGA with the U.S. (the Bermuda IGA) directing Bermuda FFIs to enter into agreements
77
with the IRS to comply with FATCA. FIHL and FUL intend to comply with the U.K. IGA and Bermuda IGA and/or FATCA, as applicable, and FIBL intends to comply with the Bermuda IGA and/or FATCA, as applicable. Each of FIHL, FIBL and FUL will report all necessary information regarding substantial U.S. owners to the relevant authority. Any substantial U.S. owner will be required to use commercially reasonable best efforts to provide such identifying information, subject to reasonable confidentiality provisions that do not prohibit the disclosure of information reasonably required by FIHL, as is required to enable the company to comply. Shareholders who fail to provide such information could be subject to: (i) a forced sale of their Common Shares; or (ii) a redemption of their Common Shares. Should FIHL determine that it is an FFI, FIHL will report all necessary information regarding all U.S. Holders of the Common Shares.
Risks Relating to TaxationU.K. Tax Risks
Any change in FIHLs tax status or any change in U.K. tax laws could materially affect the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations or ability to provide returns to shareholders.
FIHL is not incorporated in the U.K. but has filed returns for U.K. corporation tax on the basis that it is resident in the U.K. since August 2015. FIHL and the U.K.-incorporated companies within the Group are subject to U.K. tax in respect of their worldwide income and gains (subject to any applicable exemptions), which represent a material portion of the Groups income and operations. Any change in FIHLs tax status or any change in U.K. tax laws could materially affect the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations or ability to provide returns to shareholders.
FIBL may be subject to U.K. tax, in which case its results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
FIBL is not incorporated in the U.K. and, accordingly, should not be treated as being resident in the U.K. for corporation tax purposes unless its central management and control is exercised in the U.K. The concept of central management and control is indicative of the highest level of control of a company, which is wholly a question of fact. The directors of FIBL intend to manage its affairs so that it is not resident in the U.K. for U.K. tax purposes as a result of the central management and control of FIBL being outside of the U.K.
A company that is not resident in the U.K. for corporation tax purposes can nevertheless be subject to U.K. corporation tax if it carries on a trade through a permanent establishment in the U.K., but, in that situation, the charge to U.K. corporation tax is limited to profits (both revenue profits and capital gains) attributable directly or indirectly to such permanent establishment.
The directors of FIBL intend to operate FIBL in such a manner that FIBL does not carry on a trade through a permanent establishment in the U.K. Nevertheless, because neither case law nor U.K. statute provides a clear definition as to the activities that constitute trading in the U.K. through a permanent establishment, His Majestys Revenue and Customs (HMRC) might contend successfully that FIBL is trading in the U.K. through a permanent establishment in the U.K.
The U.K. has no comprehensive income tax treaty with Bermuda. There are circumstances in which companies that are neither resident in the U.K. nor entitled to the protection afforded by a double tax treaty between the U.K. and the jurisdiction in which they are resident may be exposed to income tax in the U.K. (other than by deduction or withholding) on the profits of a trade carried on in the U.K. even if that trade is not carried on through a permanent establishment. However, the directors of FIBL intend to operate FIBL in such a manner that FIBL will not fall within the charge to income tax in the U.K. (other than by deduction or withholding).
If FIBL were treated as being resident in the U.K. for U.K. corporation tax purposes, or as carrying on a trade in the U.K., the results of the Groups operations could be materially adversely affected.
The U.K. diverted profits tax (DPT) may apply in a situation where (i) an entity carries on activity in the U.K. in connection with the business of a non-U.K. resident company in circumstances where that entity does not
78
constitute a U.K. permanent establishment of the non-U.K. company, (ii) it is reasonable to assume that an entitys activities are designed to ensure that the non-U.K. resident company does not carry on a trade in the U.K. and (iii) one of the main purposes of the arrangements is the avoidance of U.K. corporation tax. DPT is charged at a higher rate than U.K. corporation tax and will remain at a higher rate following the increase in line with the U.K. corporation tax rate on April 1, 2023. If it applies, the results of the Groups operations could be materially adversely affected.
Although the DPT is a relatively new tax and the statute and HMRC guidance are largely untested in the U.K. courts, the Group is of the view that the DPT is not applicable to the Group and does not intend to notify HMRC of any liability to DPT for the current or any preceding years.
Risks Relating to TaxationIrish Tax Risks
FIID may be treated as being resident for tax purposes in a jurisdiction other than Ireland, which could negatively impact the Groups results of operations.
| Under Irish tax law, a company which is incorporated in Ireland is automatically resident for tax purposes in Ireland. The one exception is that an Irish-incorporated company will not be resident for tax purposes in Ireland if it is treated as resident for tax purposes in another jurisdiction under the terms of a double tax treaty which has the force of law. |
| FIID is incorporated in Ireland. As a result, FIID is automatically resident for tax purposes in Ireland, unless it is treated as resident elsewhere under the terms of a double tax treaty. The directors of FIID carry on (and intend to continue to carry on) FIIDs business in a manner which ensures that it is resident for tax purposes solely in Ireland. For example, a majority of FIIDs directors are resident in Ireland and FIIDs board meetings are convened in Ireland, with a majority of such directors in physical attendance. Nevertheless, there can be no guarantee that another jurisdiction will not assert that FIID is tax-resident in their jurisdiction. If FIID were treated as being resident for tax purposes in another jurisdiction, its profits may be subject to comprehensive taxation in that other jurisdiction and the results of the Groups operations could be materially adversely affected. |
| FIIDs directors also carry on (and intend to continue to carry on) FIIDs business in a manner which ensures that it does not have a permanent establishment in any jurisdiction and its profits are only subject to tax in Ireland as a result. It is possible that non-Irish agents or brokers distributing insurance underwritten by FIID could create permanent establishments outside of Ireland if they were not considered agents who are independent of FIID from a legal and economic perspective. The treatment of any agents as dependent agents may result in the creation of permanent establishments outside of Ireland to which FIID must allocate profits for tax purposes, resulting in such profits being subject to comprehensive taxation in that other jurisdiction and the results of the Groups operations being materially adversely affected. |
Any adverse adjustment to Irish tax law or the Irish Revenue Commissioners interpretation of the scope of an Irish value-added tax (VAT) group may give rise to additional irrecoverable Irish VAT cost, which could negatively impact the Groups results of operations.
| The VAT exemption applicable to insurance and reinsurance transactions, including related services performed by insurance brokers and insurance agents has been the subject of a number of decisions of the CJEU which may be interpreted as having clarified a narrower scope of such exemption so as to apply to the supply of core insurance services and to brokerage services whereby prospective insurance clients are introduced to the insurer. In addition, the application of VAT exemption to insurance and reinsurance transactions is currently the subject of a review by the European Commission which may result in material amendments to the application of VAT to such services. Therefore, to the extent that FIID relies on such exemptions, in particular for the receipt or supply of such related or ancillary services, there is a risk that the application and scope of such exemptions may be amended and this could potentially give rise to material |
79
additional irrecoverable VAT costs in the structure. However, in circumstances where any entity in the structure is deemed to be carrying out activities which are subject to VAT (rather than exempt from VAT), such entity should be entitled to deduct any attributable input VAT. |
| In addition, at present FIID may rely upon the existence of an Irish VAT group to result in no Irish VAT arising on supplies received by FIID from establishments outside Ireland of other Irish VAT group members. The Irish Revenue Commissioners have confirmed their interpretation that when an entity joins an Irish VAT group, the entire entity is deemed to be part of the Irish VAT group, which includes overseas establishments. It should be noted that a recent decision of the CJEU suggests that overseas establishments cannot form part of a VAT group and that VAT groups are perhaps limited in effect to supplies between establishments of VAT group members within the E.U. member state of such VAT group. Were Irish law to be amended and/or the Irish Revenue Commissioners to change their interpretation of the scope of an Irish VAT group, services provided by overseas establishments of any members of FIIDs Irish VAT group to other parties in the VAT group may give rise to additional irrecoverable Irish VAT costs in the structure where no VAT exemption applies to such services. |
Any adverse adjustment under the proposed Council Directive to prevent the misuse of shell entities for tax purposes could adversely impact the Groups tax liability.
| On December 22, 2021, the European Commission published a proposal for a Council Directive to prevent the misuse of shell entities for tax purposes (ATAD III). The new ATAD III proposals are aimed at legal entities which have limited substance and economic activity in their jurisdictions of residence. Where the rules apply, the proposal is that such entities should be denied the benefit of double taxation agreements entered into between E.U. member states as well as certain E.U. tax directives, including the Parent Subsidiary Directive and Interest and Royalty Directive. |
| As currently drafted, the proposal contains exemptions for certain entities, including regulated insurance undertakings. There is no certainty that the proposal will be introduced in its current form. The proposal requires the unanimous approval of the E.U. Council before it is adopted. Until the proposal receives approval and a final directive is published, it is not possible to provide definitive guidance on the impact of the proposal on FIIDs Irish tax position (if any). |
Risks Relating to TaxationU.K. and Irish Tax Risks
Any adverse adjustment under the U.K. or Irish transfer pricing regimes, the anti-avoidance regime governing the transfer of corporate profits or the legislation governing the taxation of U.K. tax resident holding companies on the profits of their foreign subsidiaries could adversely impact the Groups tax liability.
All intra-group services provided to or by FIHL or any of the U.K.-incorporated companies, including in particular the reinsurance arrangements between FIBL and FUL, FUL being a wholly owned subsidiary of the FIHL incorporated in England and Wales, are subject to the U.K. transfer pricing regime. In addition, the reinsurance arrangements between FIBL and FIID are subject to the Irish transfer pricing regime.
Consequently, if the reinsurance pursuant to these agreements (or any other intra-group services) is found not to be on arms-length terms and, as a result, a U.K. or Irish tax advantage is being obtained, an adjustment will be required to compute U.K. taxable profits for FUL, or to compute Irish taxable profits for FIID, as if the reinsurance or provision of marketing services were on arms-length terms.
Under section 1305A Corporation Tax Act 2009, where any payment between group companies is, in substance, a payment of all or a significant part of the profits of the business of the payer company, and the main purpose or one of the main purposes is to secure a tax advantage for any person, the payers profits are calculated for U.K. corporation tax purposes as if the profit transfer had not occurred. According to the Technical Note published by HMRC on March 19, 2014, where a company has entered into reinsurance arrangements within a
80
group (for example quota share reinsurance) as part of ordinary commercial arrangements, this would not normally fall within the scope of this measure. This includes cases where the profitability of the ceding company is a factor taken into account in arriving at the premium to be paid.
DPT may apply in circumstances where (i) there is a transaction or series of transactions between a U.K. company and another related company, (ii) as a result of the transaction(s) there is a material reduction in the U.K. corporation tax liability of the U.K. company and (iii) it was reasonable to assume at the time of the transaction(s) that the financial benefits of the tax reduction would not be outweighed by the non-tax benefits.
Any transfer pricing adjustment, or the denial (in whole or in part) on any other basis, of a U.K. tax deduction for premiums paid pursuant to a reinsurance contract between companies in the Group, or the application of the DPT to the same, could adversely impact the Groups U.K. corporation tax liability.
Under the U.K. CFC regime, the income profits of non-U.K. resident companies may in certain circumstances be attributed to controlling U.K.-resident shareholders for U.K. corporation tax purposes. The directors of each of the FIHLS non-U.K. incorporated subsidiaries intend to operate those subsidiaries in such a manner that its profits are not taxed on FIHL under the CFC regime. Any change in the way in which each of the non-U.K. subsidiaries FIBL operates or any change in the CFC regime, resulting in an attribution of any of their income profits to FIHL for U.K. corporation tax purposes, could materially adversely affect the Groups financial condition.
The financial results of the Groups operations may be affected by measures taken in response to the OECD/G20 Two-Pillar Solution to address the tax challenges arising from the digitalization of the economy.
On October 5, 2015, the OECD released the final reports under its action plan on Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (BEPS, the action plan being the BEPS Action Plan). The actions contained in the BEPS Action Plan include a number of areas that could impact the Group, such as updated transfer pricing guidance and a broadened definition of permanent establishment, (both of which, to a certain extent, have been anticipated in the U.K. by the introduction of DPT), and new restrictions on interest deductions.
On October 8, 2021 the OECD/G20 Inclusive Framework on BEPS (the IF) issued a statement on the agreement of a two-pillar solution to address the tax challenges arising from the digitalization of the economy. This statement included the agreed components of the two pillars. Pillar One addresses the broader challenge of a digitalized economy and focuses on the allocation of group profits among taxing jurisdictions based on a market-based concept rather than historical permanent establishment concepts. Pillar One includes explicit exclusions for Regulated Financial Services (as defined therein), so is not expected to have a material impact on insurance and reinsurance groups. Pillar Two addresses the remaining BEPS risk of profit shifting to entities in low-tax jurisdictions by introducing a global minimum tax on large groups (groups with consolidated revenues in excess of 750 million), which would require large groups to calculate the effective tax rate of each group company operating in a relevant jurisdiction and, where a group company has an effective tax rate below 15%, pay an additional top-up tax. In December 2021, the OECD issued Pillar Two model rules for domestic implementation of the global minimum tax and shortly thereafter the European Commission proposed a Directive to implement the Pillar Two rules into E.U. law, which was unanimously agreed in December 2022 and will require E.U. member states to transpose the rules into their national laws by December 31, 2023, with certain measures initially coming into effect from January 1, 2024. The proposals, in particular in relation to Pillar Two, are broad in scope and FIHL is unable to determine at this time whether they would have a material adverse impact on its operations and results or those of any of its subsidiaries.
The U.K. and Ireland are currently legislating for the proposals set out in the IF statement with respect to the two-pillar solution and the final implemented legislation (and any further changes in U.K. or Irish tax law in response to the OECDs initiatives described above) could materially adversely affect the Groups liability to tax.
81
Risks Relating to TaxationBermuda Tax Risks
FIHL and FIBL may become subject to taxes in Bermuda, which could negatively impact the Groups results of operations.
FIHL and FIBL may become subject to taxes on capital gains and/or income in Bermuda after March 31, 2035, which may have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations. The Bermuda Minister of Finance (the Minister), under the Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966 of Bermuda, as amended, has given FIHL and FIBL an assurance that if any legislation is enacted in Bermuda that would impose tax computed on profits or income, or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax, then the imposition of any such tax will not be applicable to FIHL and/or FIBL and/or any of their respective operations, shares, debentures or other obligations until March 31, 2035 except insofar as such tax applies to persons ordinarily resident in Bermuda or is payable to FIHL or FIBL in respect of real property owned or leased by FIHL or FIBL in Bermuda. It cannot be certain that FIHL and FIBL will not be subject to any Bermuda tax after March 31, 2035.
The OECDs review of harmful tax competition could adversely affect the Groups tax status in Bermuda and elsewhere.
The OECD has published reports and launched a global dialogue among member and non-member countries on measures to limit harmful tax competition. These measures are largely directed at counteracting the effects of tax havens and preferential tax regimes around the world. Following a review in November 2021 by the OECD of Bermudas economic substance compliance, Bermuda was placed on the OECDs grey list. Bermuda has already addressed the recommendations in practice and formalized these practices by April 2022. Following a formal review in October 2022, Bermuda was removed from the OECDs grey list. However, the Group is not able to predict whether any changes will be made to this classification or whether any such changes will be subject to additional taxes.
The introduction of economic substance requirements in Bermuda required by the E.U. could adversely affect the Group.
During 2017, the E.U. Economic and Financial Affairs Council (the ECOFIN) released a list of non-cooperative jurisdictions for tax purposes. The stated aim of this list, and accompanying report, was to promote good governance worldwide in order to maximize efforts to prevent tax fraud and tax evasion. In an effort to remain off this list, Bermuda committed to address concerns relating to economic substance by December 31, 2018. In accordance with that commitment, Bermuda has enacted the Economic Substance Act 2018 (the ES Act). Pursuant to the ES Act, a registered entity other than an entity which is resident for tax purposes in certain jurisdictions outside Bermuda (non-resident entity) that carries on as a business any one or more of the relevant activities referred to in the ES Act must comply with economic substance requirements. The ES Act may require in scope Bermuda entities which are engaged in such relevant activities to be directed and managed in Bermuda, have an adequate level of qualified employees in Bermuda, incur an adequate level of annual expenditure in Bermuda, maintain physical offices and premises in Bermuda or perform core income-generating activities in Bermuda. The list of relevant activities includes carrying on any one or more of: banking, insurance, fund management, financing, leasing, headquarters, shipping, distribution and service center, intellectual property and holding entities. Any entity that must satisfy economic substance requirements but fails to do so could face automatic disclosure to competent authorities in the E.U. of the information filed by the entity with the Bermuda Registrar of Companies in connection with the economic substance requirements and may also face financial penalties, restriction or regulation of its business activities and/or may be struck off as a registered entity in Bermuda.
On July 19, 2019, the OECDs Forum on Harmful Tax Practices formally reported its approval of Bermudas economic substance legislative framework. As the legislation is new and remains subject to further clarification and interpretation, it is not currently possible to predict the nature and effect of these requirements on the Groups business. The new economic substance requirements may impact the manner in which the Group operates, which could adversely affect the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
82
Risks Relating to the Common Shares and this Offering
FIHLs ability to pay dividends may be constrained by the Groups structure, limitations on the payment of dividends which Bermuda law and regulations impose on the Group and the terms of our indebtedness.
FIHL is a holding company and, as such, has no substantial operations of its own. FIHL does not expect to have any significant operations or assets other than ownership of the shares of operating subsidiaries. Dividends and other permitted distributions and loans from operating subsidiaries are expected to be the sole source of funds to meet ongoing cash requirements, including payment of dividends to shareholders holding Series A Preference Securities, debt service payments and other expenses and to pay dividends, if any, to holders of the Common Shares. The Groups operating subsidiaries are subject to significant regulatory restrictions limiting their ability to declare and pay dividends and make loans to other Group companies. FIHLs ability to pay dividends on Common Shares is also dependent on the availability of distributable reserves. The inability of operating subsidiaries to pay dividends in an amount sufficient to enable FIHL to meet its cash requirements at the holding company level could have a material adverse effect on the Common Shares. As FIHL is subject to Group Supervision by the BMA, it is prohibited from declaring a dividend if it is in breach of its Group Enhanced Capital Requirement or the declaration or payment would cause such a breach. In addition, FIHLs ability to pay dividends is subject to the restrictive covenants of our existing and outstanding indebtedness and may be limited by covenants of any future indebtedness we incur.
FIBL may be prohibited from declaring or paying dividends if it is in breach of its enhanced capital requirement, solvency margin or minimum liquidity ratio or if the declaration or payment of such dividend would cause such a breach. Where an insurer fails to meet its solvency margin or minimum liquidity ratio on the last day of any financial year, it is prohibited from declaring or paying any dividends during the next financial year without the approval of the BMA in its absolute discretion. Further, FIBL may be prohibited from declaring or paying in any financial year any dividend of more than 25% of its total statutory capital and surplus, unless it files with the BMA an affidavit stating that it will continue to meet its solvency margin or minimum liquidity ratio. FIBL will be required to obtain the BMAs prior approval for a reduction by 15% or more of the total statutory capital as set forth in its previous years financial statements.
In addition, the Bermuda Companies Act 1981 (the Companies Act) limits the FIHLs ability to pay dividends to shareholders. Under Bermuda law, when a company issues shares, the aggregate paid in par value of the issued shares comprises the companys share capital account. When shares are issued at a premium the amount paid in excess of the par value must be allocated to and maintained in a capital account called the share premium account. The Companies Act requires shareholder approval prior to any reduction of the FIHLs share capital or share premium account.
Under Bermuda law, FIHL may not declare or pay dividends, or make a distribution out of contributed surplus, if there are reasonable grounds for believing that (i) it is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due; or (ii) the realizable value of its assets would thereby be less than its liabilities.
The PRA regulatory requirements impose no explicit restrictions on the Groups U.K. subsidiaries ability to pay a dividend, but the Group would have to notify the PRA 28 days prior to any proposed dividend payment. Additionally, under the U.K. Companies Act 2006, dividends may only be distributed from profits available for distribution.
With respect to FIID, the Group would have to notify the CBI prior to any proposed dividend payment and FIID would only be permitted to proceed with the dividend if no communication is received from the CBI within 30 days of the notification. Additionally, under Irish company law, dividends may only be distributed from profits available for distribution, which consist of accumulated realized profits less accumulated realized losses.
Any difficulty or FIHLs inability to receive dividends from its operating subsidiaries would have a material adverse effect on the Groups business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
83
No market currently exists for our Common Shares, and an active, liquid trading market for our Common Shares may not develop, which may cause our Common Shares to trade at a discount from the initial offering price and make it difficult to sell the Common Shares.
Prior to this offering, there has not been a public trading market for our Common Shares. The Group cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in FIHL will lead to the development of a trading market or how active and liquid that market may become. If an active and liquid trading market does not develop or continue, investors may have difficulty selling their Common Shares at an attractive price or at all. The initial public offering price per Common Share will be determined by negotiations between the Group and the underwriters, and may not be indicative of the price at which Common Shares will trade in the public market following the consummation of this offering. The market price of our Common Shares may decline below the initial offering price and investors may not be able to sell their Common Shares at or above the price they paid in this offering, or at all.
The price per Common Share may change significantly following this offering, and investors may not be able to resell their Common Shares at or above the price they paid or at all, and investors could lose all or part of their investment as a result.
The Group and the underwriters will negotiate to determine the initial public offering price. Investors may not be able to resell their Common Shares at or above the initial public offering price due to a number of factors such as those listed in this Risk Factors section and the following:
| occurrence of a large catastrophic loss; |
| results of operations that vary from the expectations of securities analysts and investors; |
| results of operations that vary from those of the Groups competitors compared to market expectations; |
| changes in expectations as to the Groups future financial performance, including financial estimates and investment recommendations by securities analysts and investors; |
| changes in market valuations of, or earnings and other announcements by, companies in the (re)insurance industry; |
| declines in the market prices of stocks generally, particularly those in the (re)insurance industry; |
| announcements by the Group or its competitors of significant contracts, new products or technologies, acquisitions, joint ventures, other strategic relationships or capital commitments; |
| changes in general economic or market conditions or trends in the (re)insurance industry or the economy as a whole and, in particular, in the softening of rates; |
| changes in business or regulatory conditions which adversely affect the (re)insurance industry, the Group or Fidelis MGU; |
| future issuances, exchanges or sales, or expected issuances, exchanges or sales of the Common Shares or other securities of FIHL; |
| investor perceptions, of or the investment opportunity associated with, the Common Shares relative to other investment alternatives; |
| the markets reaction to the Groups outsourced underwriting arrangements with Fidelis MGU, which is a novel structure among the Groups peers; |
| the markets reaction to the Groups reduced disclosure and other requirements as a result of being treated as a foreign private issuer; |
| the publics response to press releases or other public announcements by the Group or third parties, including the Groups filings with the SEC; |
84
| guidance, if any, that the Group provides to the public, any changes in this guidance or the Groups failure to meet this guidance; |
| the development and sustainability of an active trading market for our Common Shares; and |
| other events or factors, including those resulting from informational technology system failures and disruptions, natural disasters, war, acts of terrorism or responses to these events. |
Furthermore, the stock market has experienced and is likely to continue to experience extreme volatility and significant price and volume fluctuations that, in some cases, have been and may be unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our Common Shares, regardless of our actual operating performance. In addition, price volatility may be greater if the public float and trading volume of our Common Shares is low.
In the past, following periods of market volatility, shareholders have instituted securities class action litigation. If the Group were to become involved in securities litigation, it could have a substantial cost and divert resources and the attention of executive management from our business regardless of the outcome of such litigation.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about the Groups business or if they downgrade the Common Shares or the (re)insurance industry generally, or if there is any fluctuation in the Groups ratings, the price of the Common Shares and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our Common Shares will rely in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about the Group and its business. The Group does not control these analysts. Furthermore, if one or more of the analysts who do cover the Group downgrade the Common Shares or the (re)insurance industry, or the stock of any of the Groups competitors, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about the Groups business, the price of Common Shares could decline. If one or more of these analysts stop covering the Group or fail to publish reports on it regularly, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause the price or trading volume of the Common Shares to decline.
Additionally, any fluctuation in the Groups ratings may impact the Groups ability to access debt markets in the future or increase the cost of future debt, which could have a material adverse effect on the Groups operations and financial condition, which in return may adversely affect the trading price of the Common Shares.
As a foreign private issuer, there is less required publicly available information concerning FIHL than there would be if it were a U.S. public company.
FIHL is a foreign private issuer, as defined in the SECs rules and regulations and, consequently, it is not subject to all of the disclosure requirements applicable to public companies organized within the U.S. For example, FIHL is exempt from certain rules under the Exchange Act that regulate disclosure obligations and procedural requirements related to the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations applicable to a security registered under the Exchange Act, including the U.S. proxy rules under Section 14 of the Exchange Act. In addition, FIHLs senior management and directors are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and related rules with respect to their purchases and sales of Common Shares or FIHLs other securities. Moreover, FIHL is not required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. public companies.
If FIHL or its existing shareholders sell additional Common Shares after this offering or are perceived by the public markets as intending to sell additional Common Shares, the market price of the Common Shares could decline.
The sale of substantial amounts of Common Shares in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of the Common Shares. These sales, or the possibility that
85
these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for FIHL to sell Common Shares in the future at a time and at a price that it deems appropriate. Upon consummation of this offering, FIHL will have a total of Common Shares outstanding. All of the Common Shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, by persons other than our affiliates, as that term is defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act. Certain existing holders of our Common Shares and holders of Common Shares issued following the exercise of the outstanding warrants and RSUs have registration rights, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined below), subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering the sale of their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other shareholders in the future. In the event that we register the Common Shares for the holders of registration rights, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance. See Shares Eligible for Future Sale and Material Contracts and Related Party TransactionsRegistration Rights Agreement.
The Selling Shareholders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any Common Shares for 180 days from the date of this prospectus, except with the underwriters prior written consent. See Underwriting. Upon the expiration of these lock-up agreements, all of such Common Shares will be eligible for resale in the public market, subject, in the case of Common Shares held by our affiliates, to volume, manner of sale and other limitations under Rule 144 and Rule 701. The market price of the Common Shares may decline when the restrictions on resale lapse. A decline in the price of our Common Shares might impede our ability to raise capital through the issuance of additional Common Shares or other equity securities. See Description of Share Capital and Shares Eligible for Future Sale.
Certain securities of FIHL rank senior to the Common Shares.
FIHL has previously issued certain securities that rank senior to the Common Shares. FIHL has in issue a number Series A Preference Securities as well as certain Notes (see Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsCapital Management). Both the Series A Preference Securities and the Notes rank senior to the Common Shares and have prior rights to interest payments, income and capital which may significantly affect FIHLs capital attributable to the Common Shares and the likelihood that the Board will declare dividends payable on Common Shares. At March 31, 2023 FIHL had $58.4 million outstanding in liquidation preference of the Series A Preference Securities. See Description of Share Capital.
The Group may require additional capital in the future, which may not be available to it on satisfactory terms, if at all. Furthermore, the Groups raising of additional capital could dilute the ownership interest of the holders of Common Shares and reduce the value of their investment. The Group may have to raise capital following significant insured losses, potentially resulting in capital being raised at valuations significantly below the original Common Share price.
The Group will require liquidity from sources of cash flows from operating, financing or investing activities to:
| pay claims; |
| fund its operating expenses; |
| to the extent declared, pay dividends (including the payment of dividends to the holders of the Series A Preference Securities); |
| fund liquidity needs caused by investment losses; |
| replace or improve capital in the event of a depletion of the Groups capital as a result of significant reinsurance losses or adverse reserve developments; |
| satisfy unfunded obligations in the event that it cannot obtain recoveries from its outwards reinsurance and retrocessional protection; |
86
| satisfy letters of credit or guarantee bond requirements that may be imposed by its clients or by its regulators; |
| meet rating agency or regulatory capital requirements; |
| respond to competitive pressures; and |
| service its debt, including paying interest due on the Notes. |
To the extent that the cash flow generated by the Groups ongoing operations or investments is insufficient or unavailable, whether due to regulatory or contractual restrictions, underwriting or investment losses or otherwise, to cover its liquidity requirements, the Group may need to raise additional funds through financing. If the Group cannot obtain adequate capital or sources of credit on favorable terms, or at all, its business, results of operations or financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
Financial markets have experienced extreme volatility and disruption due in part to financial stresses affecting the liquidity of the banking system and the financial markets generally. These circumstances have reduced access to the public and private equity and debt markets at such times.
Future offerings of debt or equity securities which would rank senior to the Common Shares may adversely affect the market price of the Common Shares.
If, in the future, FIHL decides to issue debt or equity securities that rank senior to the Common Shares, it is likely that such securities will be governed by an indenture or other instrument containing covenants restricting the Groups operating flexibility. Additionally, any convertible or exchangeable securities that FIHL may issue in the future may have rights, preferences and privileges more favorable than those of the Common Shares and may result in dilution to owners of the Common Shares. FIHL and, indirectly, its shareholders, will bear the cost of issuing and servicing such securities.
The Group takes a proactive approach to capital management based on opportunities presented and sought out. The Group may therefore seek to raise additional funds through opportunistic financings in order to take advantage of market conditions and opportunities to write more business. FIHL may raise such funds by issuing further securities including equity and debt, whether senior or subordinated in ranking.
Because the decision to issue debt or equity securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond the Groups control, the Group cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of such future offerings. Thus, holders of Common Shares will bear the risk of future offerings reducing the market price of the Common Shares and diluting the value of their holdings in FIHL.
Prior to the consummation of this offering, the current bye-laws of FIHL (the Existing Bye-Laws) will be amended and restated (the Amended and Restated Bye-Laws). The Amended and Restated Bye-Laws contain provisions that could impede an attempt to replace or remove the Board or delay or prevent the sale of FIHL, which could diminish the value of the Common Shares or prevent holders of Common Shares from receiving premium prices for their Common Shares in an unsolicited takeover.
The Amended and Restated Bye-Laws contain certain provisions that could delay or prevent changes in the Board or a change of control that a shareholder might consider favorable. These provisions may encourage companies interested in acquiring FIHL to negotiate in advance with the Board, since the Board has the authority to overrule the operation of several of the limitations. Even in the absence of a takeover attempt, these provisions may adversely affect the value of the Common Shares if they are viewed as discouraging takeover attempts in the future. For example, provisions in the Amended and Restated Bye-Laws that could delay or prevent a change in the Board or management or change in control include:
| the authorized number of directors may be increased by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the Board; |
87
| each of the Founders and MGU HoldCo has the right to nominate one individual to serve as a director on the Board and the Founders jointly, have the right to nominate one individual to serve as a director on the Board, subject to certain conditions; |
| following the listing of the Common Shares on NYSE, the Board will be a classified board in which the directors of the class elected at each annual general meeting hold office for a term of three years, with the term of each class expiring at successive annual general meetings of shareholders; |
| shareholders may fill any vacancy on the Board at the meeting at which such director is removed, provided that in the event the vacancy to be filled is for a director nominated by a Founder or MGU HoldCo, then the relevant Founder or MGU HoldCo shall have the right to nominate a person to fill such vacancy and the Board may fill the vacancy by a resolution of a simple majority; |
| advance notice of shareholders proposals is required in connection with annual general meetings; and |
| a simple majority vote of shareholders is required to effect certain amendments to the Amended and Restated Bye-Laws. |
Any such provision could prevent the shareholders from receiving the benefit from any premium to the market price of the Common Shares offered by a bidder in a takeover context. Moreover, jurisdictions in which the Groups subsidiaries are domiciled have laws and regulations that require regulatory approval of a change in control of an insurer or an insurers holding company. Where such laws apply to the Group, there can be no effective change in our control unless the person seeking to acquire control has filed a statement with the regulators and has obtained prior approval for the proposed change from such regulators. The usual measure for a presumptive change in control pursuant to these laws is the acquisition of 10% or more of the voting power of the insurance company or its parent, although this presumption is rebuttable in some jurisdictions. Consequently, a person may not acquire 10% or more of the Common Shares without the prior approval of insurance regulators in the jurisdiction in which our subsidiaries are domiciled.
The share voting limitation that is contained in the Amended and Restated Bye-Laws may result in a holder of the Common Shares having fewer or greater voting rights than such holder would otherwise have been entitled based upon its economic interest in FIHL.
The Amended and Restated Bye-Laws generally provide that any person owning (directly, indirectly or constructively) 9.9% or more of all the issued and outstanding Common Shares will be limited to voting that number of Common Shares equal to less than 9.9% of the total combined voting power of all issued and outstanding Common Shares entitled to vote. Because of the constructive ownership provisions of the Code, this requirement may have the effect of reducing the voting rights of an investor whether or not that investor, directly, indirectly or constructively, holds of record 9.9% or more of the Common Shares. As a result of any such voting rights reduction of any shareholder, as a practical matter, other shareholders would have greater voting rights relative to their economic interest. Accordingly, investors should be aware of their obligations to report the acquisition of control in the Group at particular thresholds.
Further, the Board has the authority to request certain information from any investor for the purpose of determining whether that investors voting rights are to be reduced. Failure by an investor to respond to such a notice, or submitting incomplete or inaccurate information, would give the Board discretion to disregard all votes attached to such investors Common Shares.
The Amended and Restated Common Shareholders Agreement will confer certain consent rights on MGU HoldCo and the Founders, which will allow them to exercise a certain amount of control over FIHL and limit other shareholders ability to influence the outcome of matters submitted to a shareholder vote.
Upon the completion of the Separation Transactions, MGU HoldCo became a 9.9% holder of our Common Shares. Under the terms of the Amended and Restated Common Shareholders Agreement, for so long as
88
MGU HoldCo holds at least 4.9% of our Common Shares, once listed, the consent of MGU HoldCo is required to undertake a number of key corporate actions requiring shareholder approval, thereby having the ability to exercise substantial control over such actions, irrespective of how FIHLs other shareholders may vote. Additionally, in relation to any proposed issuance of further Common Shares, MGU HoldCo has the benefit of an Allocation Right (as defined below; see Material Contracts and Related Party TransactionsConsent Rights and Minority Protections) effectively allowing it to purchase up to its pro rata portion of the Common Shares at a specific price and within a specific period, in accordance with the terms of the Amended and Restated Common Shareholders Agreement. There can be no assurance that courts and regulators will continue to permit consent, director appointment and other rights granted through a shareholders agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, if, following the consummation of this offering, MGU HoldCo sells any of its Common Shares, other than in connection with any stock conversions, buybacks, repurchases, redemptions, or other changes resulting from any stock split, combination or similar recapitalization, or its ownership of FIHLs Common Shares otherwise falls below 4.9% as a consequence of a dilutive action taken by FIHL, MGU HoldCo will no longer be entitled to exercise its consent rights. See Material Contracts and Related Party Transactions. In addition, MGU HoldCo has a Board nomination right that may enable it to exercise a level of control through a director over corporate actions. See Description of Share CapitalCertain Provisions of the Amended and Restated Bye-LawsNumber of Directors.
For so long as the Founders, together with their Shareholder Affiliate Transferees, in the aggregate beneficially own at least 25% of the Common Shares, the Founders shall have the right, by unanimous decision by each Founder that beneficially owns at least 1% of the Common Shares, to restrict FIHL from taking the following actions, except to the extent such actions are required by applicable law: (i) adopt or propose to FIHLs shareholders any amendment, modification or restatement of or supplement to FIHLs organizational documents which have an adverse impact on the rights granted to the Founders, (ii) commence a voluntary case or proceeding under any applicable U.S. or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar law or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or admit in writing of its or their inability to pay its or their debts generally as they become due, or take any action in furtherance of any such action, (iii) change the size of the Board, (iv) engage in any transaction in which any person or group acquires more than 50% of the then outstanding Common Shares of FIHL or the power to elect a majority of the members of the Board or (v) terminate or hire the chief executive officer of FIHL or any successor or replacement serving in such role.
MGU HoldCos and the Founders consent rights may also adversely affect the trading price for the Common Shares to the extent investors perceive disadvantages in owning shares of a company with shareholders with the ability to exercise a degree of control and influence over such company. For example, MGU HoldCos and the Founders rights may delay, defer or prevent a change in control of FIHL or impede a merger, takeover or other business combination which may otherwise be favorable for the Group.
Any future exercise of the right of the holders of the Series A Preference Securities to convert, some or all of, their outstanding Series A Preference Securities in exchange for Common Shares in the event of a change of control may dilute the ownership interest of the holders of the Common Shares and reduce the value of their investment in FIHL.
The holders of the Series A Preference Securities have a right to convert some or all of their outstanding Series A Preference Securities in exchange for Common Shares in the event of a change of control of FIHL based on a certain conversion ratio. Any future issuance of Common Shares upon exercise of such right could dilute the ownership interests of the holders of the Common Shares. This may make it more difficult for a potential buyer to effectuate a change of control transaction where holders of Common Shares receive a premium on the Common Shares and may impact the price a potential buyer is willing to pay for FIHL.
89
U.S. persons who own Common Shares may have more difficulty in protecting their interests than U.S. persons who are shareholders of a U.S. corporation.
The Bermuda Companies Act, which applies to FIHL, differs in certain material respects from laws generally applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. See Comparison of Shareholder Rights for a summary of certain significant provisions of the Bermuda Companies Act and the Amended and Restated Bye-Laws that differ in certain respects from provisions of Delaware corporate law.
The enforcement of civil liabilities against the Group may be difficult.
FIHL is a Bermuda company and some of its directors and officers are residents of various jurisdictions outside the U.S. All or a substantial portion of the Groups assets and the assets of those persons may be located outside the U.S. As a result, it may be difficult for a shareholder to effect service of process within the U.S. upon those persons or to enforce in U.S. courts judgments obtained against those persons.
Puglisi & Associates is our agent for service of process with respect to actions based on offers and sales of securities made in the U.S. The Group has been advised by its special Bermuda legal counsel, Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited, that the U.S. and Bermuda do not currently have a treaty providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts in civil and commercial matters and that a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by a court in the U.S. based on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon the U.S. federal securities laws, would, therefore, not be automatically enforceable in Bermuda. The Group has been advised by Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited that a final and conclusive judgment obtained in a court in the U.S. under which a sum of money is payable as compensatory damages (i.e., not being a sum claimed by a revenue authority for taxes or other charges of a similar nature by a governmental authority, or in respect of a fine or penalty or multiple or punitive damages) may be the subject of an action on a debt in the Supreme Court of Bermuda under the common law doctrine of obligation.
Such an action should be successful upon proof that the sum of money is due and payable and without having to prove the facts supporting the underlying judgment, as long as: (i) the court which gave the judgment had proper jurisdiction over the parties to such judgment; (ii) such court did not contravene the rules of natural justice of Bermuda; (iii) such judgment was not obtained by fraud; (iv) the enforcement of the judgment would not be contrary to the public policy of Bermuda; (v) no new admissible evidence relevant to the action is submitted prior to the rendering of the judgment by the courts of Bermuda; and (vi) there is due compliance with the correct procedures under Bermuda law.
A Bermuda court may impose civil liability on FIHL or its directors or officers in a suit brought in the Supreme Court of Bermuda against it or such persons with respect to a violation of U.S. federal securities laws, provided that the facts surrounding such violation would constitute or give rise to a cause of action under Bermuda law.
Members of the Board will be permitted to participate in decisions in which they have interests that are different from those of the other shareholders.
Under Bermuda law, directors are not required to recuse themselves from voting on matters in which they have an interest. The directors may have interests that are different from, or in addition to, the interests of the shareholders. Provided the directors disclose their interests in a matter under consideration by the Board in accordance with Bermuda law and the Amended and Restated Bye-Laws, they will be entitled to participate in the deliberation on and vote in respect of that matter.
Shareholders will be limited in their rights relating to FIHLs operations.
FIHL is managed exclusively by the Board. Shareholders do not make decisions with respect to the management, disposition or other realization of any investment, the day-to-day operations of FIHL and/or the
90
Group, or any other decisions regarding the FIHLs and/or the Groups business and affairs, except for limited circumstances. Specifically, shareholders do not have an opportunity to evaluate for themselves the relevant economic, financial and other information regarding investments or underwriting by the Group. Shareholders should expect to rely solely on the ability of the Board with respect to the FIHLs and the Groups operations.
FIHL is permitted to adopt certain home country practices in relation to its corporate governance, which may afford investors less protection.
As a foreign private issuer, FIHL is permitted to adopt certain home country practices in relation to corporate governance matters that differ significantly from the NYSE corporate governance listing standards. These practices may afford less protection to shareholders than they would enjoy if FIHL complied fully with corporate governance listing standards.
As an issuer whose shares will be listed on NYSE, FIHL will be subject to the corporate governance listing standards of NYSE. However, NYSE rules permit a foreign private issuer like FIHL to follow the corporate governance practices of its home country. FIHL may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements of NYSE.
Certain corporate governance practices in Bermuda, which is our home country, may differ significantly from the NYSE corporate governance listing standards. Currently, FIHL intends to comply with all NYSE corporate governance listing standards for a foreign private issuer. See Management and Corporate Governance. If, however, FIHL chose not to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance listing standards and instead rely on the Bermuda requirements, shareholders may be afforded less protection than they otherwise would have.
FIHL may lose its foreign private issuer status which would then require it to comply with the Exchange Acts domestic reporting regime and cause it to incur additional legal, accounting and other expenses.
For so long as FIHL qualifies as a foreign private issuer, it is not required to comply with all of the periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to U.S. domestic issuers. In order to maintain its current status as a foreign private issuer, either (a) a majority of Common Shares must be either directly or indirectly owned of record by non-residents of the U.S. or (b)(i) a majority of FIHLs executive officers or directors cannot be U.S. citizens or residents, (ii) more than 50% of FIHLs assets must be located outside the U.S. and (iii) FIHLs business must be administered principally outside the U.S.
If FIHL loses its status as a foreign private issuer, it would be required to comply with the Exchange Act reporting and other requirements applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, which are more detailed and extensive than the requirements for foreign private issuers. FIHL may also be required to make changes in its corporate governance practices in accordance with various SEC and NYSE rules. For example, the annual report on Form 10-K requires domestic issuers to disclose executive compensation information on an individual basis with specific disclosure regarding the domestic compensation philosophy, objectives, annual total compensation (base salary, bonus, and equity compensation) and potential payments in connection with change in control, retirement, death or disability, while the annual report on Form 20-F permits foreign private issuers to disclose compensation information on an aggregate basis. FIHL would also have to mandatorily comply with U.S. federal proxy requirements, and its officers, directors, and principal shareholders will become subject to the short-swing profit disclosure and recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
The regulatory and compliance costs to the Group under U.S. securities laws if FIHL were required to comply with the reporting requirements applicable to a U.S. domestic issuer may be higher than the cost the Group would incur if FIHL remains a foreign private issuer. As a result, we expect that a loss of foreign private issuer status would increase the Groups legal and financial compliance costs and is likely to make some activities highly time consuming and costly.
91
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of Common Shares in this offering will be approximately $ million, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $ per Common Share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of our Common Shares in this offering by the Selling Shareholders.
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per Common Share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $ million, assuming that the number of Common Shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of Common Shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $ million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering to make capital contributions to our insurance operating subsidiaries, which, together with other sources of liquidity, should enable us to take advantage of the ongoing rate hardening in the key markets in which we participate by writing more business under our planned strategy (as discussed in more detail in BusinessOur Strategy and Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsLiquidity and Capital Resources).
This expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based on our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve. As a result, our management will have broad discretion over the uses of the net proceeds from this offering and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds from this offering.
92
The declaration, amount and payment of any dividends on our Common Shares will be at the sole discretion of the Board, which may take into account general and economic conditions, our financial condition and results of operations, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions and implications on the payment of dividends by us to our shareholders or by our subsidiaries to us, including restrictions under any of our then outstanding indebtedness, and such other factors as the Board may deem relevant. If we elect to pay dividends in the future, we may reduce or discontinue entirely the payment of such dividends at any time. At the Boards discretion, we declare and pay a dividend quarterly on the Series A Preference Securities, which rank senior to and have priority over the Common Shares. The Board approved a dividend of $225.0 per Series A Preference Security with a record date of February 15, 2023, paid on March 15, 2023. The Board also approved a dividend of $225.0 per Series A Preference Security with a record date of May 15, 2023, to be paid on June 15, 2023. For a more detailed description of the Series A Preference Securities see Material Contracts and Related Party TransactionsPreference Securityholders Agreement.
FIHL is a holding company and, as such, has no substantial operations of its own. FIHL does not expect to have any significant operations or assets other than ownership of the shares of its insurance operating subsidiaries. As a result, we will not be able to pay any dividends unless Current Fidelis insurance operating subsidiaries make distributions in an amount sufficient to cover the dividend that may be declared by FIHL. Moreover, Current Fidelis operating subsidiaries are subject to significant regulatory restrictions limiting their ability to declare and pay dividends to other Group companies. FIHLs ability to pay dividends on Common Shares will also be dependent on the availability of distributable reserves.
93
The following table sets forth our consolidated capitalization at March 31, 2023:
| on a historical basis for Current Fidelis; and |
| on an as-adjusted basis to give effect to our issuance and sale of Common Shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per Common Share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of our Common Shares by the Selling Shareholders. |
You should read the following table in conjunction with the sections entitled Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Summary Financial and Operating DataSummary Statement of Operations Data, as well as the audited consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The as-adjusted information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the terms of this offering determined at pricing.
At March 31, 2023 |
As-adjusted following consummation of this offering(1) |
|||||||
Long-term debt obligations: |
||||||||
4.875% Senior Notes due 2030 |
$ | 324.5 | ||||||
6.625% Fixed Rate Reset Junior Subordinated Notes due 2041 |
123.2 | |||||||
|
|
|||||||
Total long-term debt obligations |
447.7 | |||||||
|
|
|||||||
Preference securities |
58.4 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Shareholders equity: |
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Common shares of par value $0.01 each, 120,404,350 issued and outstanding, pro forma following consummation of the offering; |
1.2 | |||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
1,943.4 | |||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
(76.8 | ) | ||||||
Retained earnings |
36.7 | |||||||
|
|
|||||||
Total shareholders equity |
$ | 1,904.5 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total capitalization |
$ | 2,410.6 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
(1) | The As-adjusted following consummation of this offering column reflects the changes in the capital of FIHL on a pro forma basis following the consummation of this offering. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per Common Share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $ million, assuming that the number of Common Shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of Common Shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $ million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us. |
94
If you invest in our Common Shares in this offering, your interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per Common Share in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per Common Share after this offering. At March 31, 2023, we had a historical net tangible book value of $1,904.5 million, or $15.82 per Common Share. Our net tangible book value represents total tangible assets less total liabilities, all divided by the number of Common Shares outstanding on such date. Our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) as of was $ million, or $ per Common Share.
After giving further effect to the sale of Common Shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per Common Share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our as adjusted net tangible book value at March 31, 2023 would have been $ million, or $ per Common Share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $ per Common Share to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $ per Common Share to new investors purchasing Common Shares in this offering. Dilution per Common Share to new investors is determined by subtracting as adjusted net tangible book value per Common Share after this offering from the initial public offering price per Common Share paid by new investors. The following table illustrates this per Common Share dilution:
Assumed initial public offering price per Common Share |
$ | |||||||
Historical net tangible book value per Common Share as of March 31, 2023 |
$ | |||||||
Increase per Common Share attributable to the pro forma adjustments described above |
||||||||
|
|
|||||||
Increase in net tangible book value per Common Share attributable to this offering |
||||||||
|
|
|||||||
As adjusted net tangible book value per Common Share after this offering |
||||||||
|
|
|||||||
Dilution in net tangible book value per Common Share to new investors in this offering |
$ | |||||||
|
|
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per Common Share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease), our as adjusted net tangible book value per Common Share after this offering by $ , and would increase (decrease) dilution per Common Share to new investors in this offering by $ , in each case assuming that the number of Common Shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million Common Shares in the number of Common Shares offered by us would increase (decrease) our as adjusted net tangible book value per Common Share after this offering by $ per Common Share and decrease (increase) the dilution to new investors by $ per Common Share, in each case assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The following table summarizes, on an as adjusted basis at March 31, 2023, the differences between the Number of Common Shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per Common Share paid by existing shareholders and to be paid by the new investors purchasing Common Shares in this offering, at the assumed initial public offering price of $ per Common Share, the midpoint of the price range
95
set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
Common Shares purchased | Total consideration | |||||||||||||||||||
Number | Percent | Amount | Percent | Average price per share |
||||||||||||||||
Existing investors |
% | $ | % | $ | ||||||||||||||||
New investors in this offering |
$ | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total |
% | $ | % |
Sales by the Selling Shareholders in this offering will reduce the number of Common Shares held by existing shareholders to , or approximately % of the total Common Shares outstanding after this offering, and will increase the number of Common Shares held by new investors to , or approximately % of the total Common Shares outstanding after this offering.
The table above assumes no exercise of the underwriters option to purchase additional Common Shares from the Selling Shareholders in this offering. If the underwriters option to purchase additional Common Shares from the Selling Shareholders is exercised in full, the number of Common Shares held by existing shareholders would be reduced to % of the total number of Common Shares outstanding after this offering, and the number of Common Shares held by new investors purchasing Common Shares in this offering would be increased to % of the total number of Common Shares outstanding after this offering.
The number of Common Shares that will be outstanding after this offering is based on Common Shares immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and excludes 5,016,848 Common Shares (plus an additional number of Common Shares equal to 4%, on a fully diluted basis, of the Common Shares sold by us from this offering) reserved for issuance under our Long-Term Incentive Plan.
96
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are intended to enhance the readers ability to assess our future financial and business performance. These statements are based on the beliefs and assumptions of our management, and are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties. Generally, statements that are not about historical facts, including statements concerning our possible or assumed future actions or results of operations, are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements that represent our beliefs, expectations or estimates concerning future operations, strategies, financial results or performance, financings, investments, acquisitions, expenditures or other developments and anticipated trends and competition in the markets in which we operate. Forward-looking statements can also be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as may, believes, intends, anticipates, plans, estimates, targets, potential, will, can have, likely, continue, expects, should, could or similar expressions.
Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of performance and we caution prospective investors not to rely on them. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements, because these forward-looking statements are based on estimates and assumptions that are subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control or are subject to change. Actual results or other outcomes could differ materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements, as a result of several factors, including the following:
| changes to our strategic relationship with MGU HoldCo or the termination by MGU HoldCo or any of its subsidiaries of any of the Framework Agreement, the Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements or the Inter-Group Services Agreement; |
| our dependence on the Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements for our underwriting and claims handling operations; |
| our ability to manage risks associated with macroeconomic conditions resulting from the global COVID-19 pandemic or any other public health crisis, current or anticipated military conflict, including the ongoing Ukraine Conflict, terrorism, sanctions, rising energy prices, inflation and interest rates and other geopolitical events globally; |
| our ability to successfully implement our strategy following the Separation Transactions; |
| our limited operating history; |
| fluctuations in the results of our operations; |
| market reaction amongst clients, brokers and reinsurers and other trading partners to the Separation Transactions and this offering; |
| our ability to compete successfully with more established competitors and risks relating to consolidation in the reinsurance and insurance industries; |
| our losses exceeding our reserves; |
| downgrades, potential downgrades or other negative actions by rating agencies; |
| our dependence on key executives and inability to attract qualified personnel and in particular in very competitive hiring conditions, or the potential loss of Bermudian personnel as a result of Bermuda employment restrictions; |
| our dependence on letter of credit facilities that may not be available on commercially acceptable terms; |
| our potential inability to pay dividends or distributions; |
| our potential need for additional capital in the future and the potential unavailability of such capital to us on favorable terms or at all; |
97
| our dependence on clients evaluations of risks associated with such clients insurance underwriting; |
| the suspension or revocation of our subsidiaries insurance licenses; |
| FIHL potentially being deemed an investment company under U.S. federal securities law; |
| the potential characterization of us and/or any of our subsidiaries as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC; |
| risks associated with our investment strategy being greater than those faced by competitors; |
| changes in the regulatory environment and the potential for greater regulatory scrutiny of the Group going forward as a result of the outsourcing arrangements; |
| a cyclical downturn of the (re)insurance industry; |
| the impact of inflation or deflation in relevant economies in which we operate; |
| our ability to evaluate and measure our business, prospects and performance metrics; |
| the failure of our risk management policies and procedures to be adequate to identify, monitor and manage risks, which may leave us exposed to unidentified or unanticipated risks; |
| operational failures, including the operational risk associated with the outsourcing to Fidelis MGU, failure of information systems or failure to protect the confidentiality of customer information, including by service providers, or losses due to defaults, errors or omissions by third parties and affiliates; |
| FIHLs status as a foreign private issuer means that it will not be subject to U.S. proxy rules and will be subject to Exchange Act reporting obligations that, to some extent, are more lenient and less frequent than those of a U.S. domestic public company; |
| risks relating to our ability to identify and execute opportunities for growth or our ability to complete transactions as planned or realize the anticipated benefits of our acquisitions or other investments; |
| our ability to maintain effective internal controls and changes in U.S. GAAP; |
| our ability to maintain effective internal controls and procedures under the applicable corporate governance requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the rules adopted by the SEC and the NYSE corporate governance rules and listing standards; |
| our ability to maintain the listing of our Common Shares on NYSE or another national securities exchange; |
| our potentially becoming subject to U.S. federal income taxation; |
| our potentially becoming subject to U.S. withholding and information reporting requirements under the U.S. Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, provisions; and |
| the other risks identified in this prospectus, including, without limitation, those under the sections titled Risk Factors, Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Business. |
Consequently, such forward-looking statements should be regarded solely as our current plans, estimates or belief as of the date of this prospectus. We do not intend, and do not undertake, any obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect future events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus. Given such limitations, prospective investors should not rely on these forward-looking statements in deciding whether to invest in our Common Shares.
Prospective investors should review carefully the section captioned Risk Factors in this prospectus for a more complete discussion of risks and uncertainties relating to an investment in our Common Shares.
98
References to Previous Fidelis refer to FIHL and its consolidated subsidiaries prior to the consummation of the Separation Transactions and this offering. References to Current Fidelis refer to FIHL and its consolidated subsidiaries following the consummation of the Separation Transactions. Unless otherwise indicated, or the context otherwise requires, references herein to Fidelis, Group, we, our, us, and other similar references refer (i) prior to the consummation of the Separation Transactions and this offering to Previous Fidelis and (ii) following the consummation of the Separation Transactions to Current Fidelis.
Overview
On July 23, 2022, FIHL and MGU HoldCo, among others, entered into a Cooperation Agreement (as defined herein) agreeing to cooperate regarding certain matters related to this offering and the furtherance of the Separation Transactions. See Material Contracts and Related Party TransactionsCooperation Agreement. On January 3, 2023, the Separation Transactions were completed and two distinct holding companies and businesses were created: FIHL and MGU HoldCo.
FIHL is the parent holding company for Current Fidelis. It is the issuer of the Common Shares sold by the holders of Common Shares in this offering and it owns all of the operating insurance carrier subsidiaries of Current Fidelis (i.e., FIBL, FUL and FIID).
MGU HoldCo is the parent holding company of Fidelis MGU that carries on the origination and underwriting activities on behalf of Current Fidelis. MGU HoldCos principal operating subsidiaries are Bermuda MGU, Pine Walk Capital and Pine Walk Europe. The underwriting activities of each of the licensed insurance carriers of Current Fidelis (FIBL, FUL and FIID) are outsourced to the corresponding operating subsidiaries of Fidelis MGU on a jurisdictional basis (Bermuda MGU, Pine Walk Capital and Pine Walk Europe, respectively). Each of the operating subsidiaries of Fidelis MGU has delegated underwriting authority to source and bind contracts for and on behalf of each of FIBL, FUL and FIID, respectively. See Material Contracts and Related Party TransactionsFramework Agreement. MGU HoldCo and its subsidiaries will not be consolidated with FIHL and its subsidiaries.
Current Fidelis also has a U.K. service company, FIHL (UK) Services, with a branch in Ireland. MGU HoldCo owns 100% of the outstanding shares of FML, a U.K. service company (which also has a branch in Ireland).
The Separation Transactions involved a number of steps to reorganize the structure of Previous Fidelis and to establish Fidelis MGU - a new, stand-alone platform, comprising a series of jurisdiction-specific managing general underwriting entities (i.e., Bermuda MGU, Pine Walk Capital and Pine Walk Europe, as noted above), each of which entered into a Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreement with the relevant operating insurance carrier subsidiary of Current Fidelis for each applicable jurisdiction (i.e., the United Kingdom, Ireland/the EEA and Bermuda). See BusinessStrategic Relationship with the MGU for further detail. In order to effect the Separation Transactions, FIHL transferred its shares in FML, Fidelis U.S. Holdings, LLC (Fidelis U.S.), Pine Walk Capital and Radius Specialty Limited to MGU HoldCo. As part of the new Fidelis MGU, certain new entities or branches of transferring Group companies were established in the relevant jurisdictions, supported by the necessary personnel, and were authorized to operate as managing general underwriters under the applicable regulatory rules.
In connection with the Separation Transactions, certain capabilities of Previous Fidelis, including underwriting and non-underwriting business support services, were transferred to Fidelis MGU. The underwriting relationship between Current Fidelis and Fidelis MGU is governed primarily by the Framework Agreement, which was entered into by FIHL and MGU HoldCo. There are also a series of jurisdiction-specific Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements, which were entered into between each of Current Fidelis
99
operating insurance carrier subsidiaries and the applicable subsidiaries of Fidelis MGU. See Material Contracts and Related Party TransactionsFramework Agreement.
FIHL and MGU HoldCo have also entered into the Inter-Group Services Agreement in connection with applicable non-underwriting business support services to be provided by Fidelis MGU to either: (i) FIHL and FIHL (UK) Services; or (ii) upon mutual agreement between FIHL and Fidelis MGU, any entity within Current Fidelis. The covered services include accounting services, other finance and reporting services and IT infrastructure maintenance and system development services. Pursuant to the Inter-Group Services Agreement, MGU HoldCo must place relevant source codes for critical proprietary systems (including Prequel, Jarvis, and FireAnt) in an escrow arrangement.
The Framework Agreement, the Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements and the Inter-Group Services Agreement are of sufficiently critical importance to the business of Current Fidelis that the arrangements are treated as material outsourcing under the PRA rules, the BMA outsourcing guidance and by the CBI under the Solvency II rules for outsourcing critical or important functions or activities. As a result, these agreements were and are subject to certain regulatory notifications and requirements. See Certain Regulatory Considerations for further detail.
Following the consummation of the Separation Transactions, MGU HoldCo became a shareholder of FIHL, holding 9.9% of our Common Shares. See Material Contracts and Related Party Transactions.
Current Fidelis Structure
The diagram below provides a simplified overview of the principal organizational structure of Current Fidelis, which, other than the percentage ownership changes noted at note (1) below, will remain unchanged following the consummation of this offering. Current Fidelis primarily consists of FIHL and its principal operating insurance subsidiaries, FIBL, FUL and FIID, together with its service company, FIHL (UK) Services.
Current Fidelis Structure
100
(1) | See Principal and Selling Shareholders for detail of the percentage ownership prior to this offering, as well as the percentage ownership of FIHL following the consummation of this offering (including in the event of a full option exercise) by each of MGU HoldCo, the Founders, other institutional investors, management and other existing shareholders. |
(2) | FUL is a limited liability company incorporated in England and Wales, authorized by the PRA and supervised by the FCA and the PRA as an insurer. |
(3) | FIBL is a limited liability company incorporated in Bermuda, authorized and supervised by the BMA as an insurer. |
(4) | FIHL (UK) Services is a limited liability company incorporated in England and Wales and is the service company of Current Fidelis. FIHL (UK) Services also has a branch in Ireland. |
(5) | FEHL is a limited liability company incorporated in England and Wales. |
(6) | FIID is a designated activity company incorporated in Ireland, is authorized and supervised by the CBI as an insurer. |
Fidelis MGU
The diagram below provides a simplified overview of Fidelis MGUs principal organizational structure. Fidelis MGU primarily consists of MGU HoldCo and the platforms managing general underwriting entities, Pine Walk Capital in the U.K., Pine Walk Europe, a Belgian company operating via its Ireland and U.K. branches, and Bermuda MGU, together with FML as the service company of Fidelis MGU.
Fidelis MGU Group Structure
101
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information gives effect to the Separation Transactions and the related transaction accounting and autonomous entity adjustments. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes at and for the year ended December 31, 2022 included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2022 has been prepared to give effect to the Separation Transactions as if these transactions had occurred on January 1, 2022.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet at December 31, 2022 has been prepared to give effect to the Separation Transactions as if these transactions had occurred on December 31, 2022.
Basis of Pro Forma Presentation
The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information and related notes (the Pro Forma Financial Information) has been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X, as amended by the final rule, Release No. 33-10786, and has been derived from the historical consolidated financial statements of the Group that were prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, adjusted to reflect expected effects of the Separation Transactions.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is presented, to give effect to adjustments which are considered necessary to enable an understanding of the entities and their operations after the Separation Transactions, including:
Transaction Accounting Adjustments which include:
| the impact of the Separation Transactions in respect of the distribution of Fidelis MGU to the FIHL shareholders, resulting in the deconsolidation and consequent elimination of the net assets of Fidelis MGU and its subsidiaries, and |
| other adjustments including the acceleration of vesting of restricted stock units, the exercise of warrants, and the related tax impact of these adjustments. |
Autonomous Entity Adjustments which reflect the impact of certain agreements as part of the Separation Transactions. These include:
| the inclusion of commissions and expenses that will be paid to Fidelis MGU for sourcing and managing the insurance business under the Framework Agreement, |
| the impact of additional costs for staff and services that will be required by the Group to undertake certain functions as a standalone entity, |
| the removal of costs in respect of employees and related overheads that have transferred to Fidelis MGU, and |
| the inclusion of costs reflecting the charges set out in the Inter-Group Services Agreement for the services to be provided by Fidelis MGU, and |
| the inclusion of commissions and expenses that will be paid to Fidelis MGU for sourcing and managing the insurance business under the Framework Agreement. |
See Material Contracts and Related Party Transactions for further information on the charges expected to be levied on the Group in accordance with the Framework Agreement and Inter-Group Services Agreement.
102
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is provided for illustrative and informational purposes only. The pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and certain assumptions that management believes are reasonable, that reflect the impact of the Separation Transactions as if they had been consummated at a prior date. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is not necessarily indicative of the financial results that would have been obtained had the Separation Transactions occurred on and at the dates referenced above and should not be viewed as indicative of the results of operations or financial position of the Group in future periods.
Fidelis Insurance Holdings Limited
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet At December 31, 2022
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
FIHL at December 31, 2022 |
Transaction Accounting Adjustments |
Autonomous Entity Adjustments |
Pro Forma Balance Sheet |
|||||||||||||
Assets | ||||||||||||||||
Fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale at fair value | $ | 2,050.9 | $ | $ | $ | 2,050.9 | ||||||||||
Short-term investments, available-for-sale at fair value | 257.0 | 257.0 | ||||||||||||||
Other investments, at fair value | 117.1 | 117.1 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total investments | $ | 2,425.0 | $ | | $ | | $ | 2,425.0 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents | 1,222.0 | (231.5 | ) (a) (b) | 990.5 | ||||||||||||
Restricted cash and cash equivalents | 185.9 | 185.9 | ||||||||||||||
Derivative assets, at fair value | 6.3 | 6.3 | ||||||||||||||
Accrued investment income | 10.9 | 10.9 | ||||||||||||||
Investments pending settlement | 2.0 | 2.0 | ||||||||||||||
Premiums and other receivables | 1,862.7 | 9.3 | (a) | 1,872.0 | ||||||||||||
Deferred reinsurance premiums | 823.7 | 823.7 | ||||||||||||||
Reinsurance balances recoverable on paid losses | 159.4 | 159.4 | ||||||||||||||
Reinsurance balances recoverable on reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses | 976.1 | 976.1 | ||||||||||||||
Deferred policy acquisition costs | 515.8 | 0.2 | (a) | 516.0 | ||||||||||||
Deferred tax asset | 58.5 | (7.3 | ) (a) | 51.2 | ||||||||||||
Operating right of use assets | 26.8 | 26.8 | ||||||||||||||
Other assets | 37.4 | (11.8 | ) (a) | 25.6 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total Assets | $ | 8,312.5 | $ | (241.1 | ) | $ | | $ | 8,071.4 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total shareholders equity attributable to common shareholders | ||||||||||||||||
Liabilities | ||||||||||||||||
Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses | 2,045.2 | 2,045.2 | ||||||||||||||
Unearned premiums | 2,618.6 | 2,618.6 | ||||||||||||||
Reinsurance balances payable | 1,057.0 | 1,057.0 | ||||||||||||||
Long term debt | 447.5 | 447.5 | ||||||||||||||
Preference securities | 58.4 | 58.4 | ||||||||||||||
Other liabilities | 70.2 | (52.4 | ) (a) | 17.8 | ||||||||||||
Operating lease liabilities | 28.5 | 28.5 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total Liabilities | $ | 6,325.4 | $ | (52.4 | ) | $ | | $ | 6,273.0 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
103
FIHL at December 31, 2022 |
Transaction Accounting Adjustments |
Autonomous Entity Adjustments |
Pro Forma Balance Sheet |
|||||||||||||
Shareholders equity | ||||||||||||||||
Ordinary shares | 2.1 | 2.1 | ||||||||||||||
Additional paid-in capital | 2,075.0 | (132.4 | ) (c) | 1,942.6 | ||||||||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss | (100.8 | ) | 1.1 | (d) | (99.7 | ) | ||||||||||
Accumulated deficit | 0.5 | (47.1 | ) (e) | (46.6 | ) | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total shareholders equity attributable to common shareholders | $ | 1,976.8 | $ | (178.4 | ) | $ | | $ | 1,798.4 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Non-controlling interests | 10.3 | (10.3 | ) (f) | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total shareholders equity including non-controlling interests | 1,987.1 | $ | (188.7 | ) | $ | | $ | 1,798.4 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total liabilities and shareholders equity | $ | 8,312.5 | $ | (241.1 | ) | $ | | $ | 8,071.4 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Explanatory notes (a) to (f) are contained within note 4 Transaction Accounting Adjustments of this unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.
104
Fidelis Insurance Holdings Limited
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2022
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars except for per share data)
FIHL 2022 |
Transaction Accounting Adjustments |
Autonomous Entity Adjustments |
Pro Forma Statement of Operations |
|||||||||||||
Revenues |
||||||||||||||||
Gross premiums written |
$ | 3,000.1 | $ | $ | (10.3 | ) (i) | $ | 2,989.8 | ||||||||
Reinsurance premiums ceded |
(1,137.5 | ) | (5.4 | ) (m) | (1,142.9 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net premiums written |
1,862.6 | | (15.7 | ) | 1,846.9 | |||||||||||
Change in net unearned premiums |
(357.9 | ) | (357.9 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net premiums earned |
1,504.7 | | (15.7 | ) | 1,489.0 | |||||||||||
Net investment losses |
(33.7 | ) | (33.7 | ) | ||||||||||||
Net investment income |
40.7 | (0.1 | ) (i) | 40.6 | ||||||||||||
Net foreign exchange gains |
6.8 | (2.7 | ) (i) | 4.1 | ||||||||||||
Net gain on distribution of Fidelis MGU | | 1,638.1 | (g) | 1,638.1 | ||||||||||||
Other income | 1.9 | (1.6 | ) (i) | 0.3 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total revenues | $ | 1,520.4 | $ | 1,638.1 | $ | (20.1 | ) | $ | 3,138.4 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Expenses | ||||||||||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses | 830.2 | 830.2 | ||||||||||||||
Policy acquisition expenses (includes Fidelis MGU commissions of $119.5) |
447.7 | 81.7 | (j) | 529.4 | ||||||||||||
General and administrative expenses | 106.4 | (35.3 | ) (k) | 71.1 | ||||||||||||
Corporate and other expenses | 20.5 | (1.9 | ) (i) | 18.6 | ||||||||||||
Financing costs | 35.5 | 35.5 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total expenses | $ | 1,440.3 | $ | | $ | 44.5 | $ | 1,484.8 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net income before tax | 80.1 | 1,638.1 | (64.6 | ) | 1,653.6 | |||||||||||
Income tax expense | (17.8 | ) | 10.7 | (h) | 5.8 | (l) | (1.3 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net income | $ | 62.3 | $ | 1,648.8 | $ | (58.8 | ) | $ | 1,652.3 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net income attributable to non-controlling interests | (9.7 | ) | 9.7 | (f) | | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net income available to common shareholders | $ | 52.6 | $ | 1,658.5 | $ | (58.8 | ) | $ | 1,652.3 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Other comprehensive gain (loss) | ||||||||||||||||
Unrealized loss on AFS assets | (96.5 | ) | (96.5 | ) | ||||||||||||
Income tax benefit | 8.1 | 8.1 | ||||||||||||||
Currency translation adjustments | (1.1 | ) | 1.1 | (d) | | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total other comprehensive loss | $ | (89.5 | ) | $ | 1.1 | $ | | $ | (88.4 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Comprehensive gain (loss) attributable to common shareholders | $ | (36.9 | ) | $ | 1,659.6 | $ | (58.8 | ) | $ | 1,563.9 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Per share data | ||||||||||||||||
Earnings per common share: | ||||||||||||||||
Earnings per common share: | 0.25 | 12.99 | ||||||||||||||
Earnings per diluted common share | 0.24 | 12.99 | ||||||||||||||
Weighted average common shares outstanding | 211.2 | 120.4 | ||||||||||||||
Weighted average diluted common shares outstanding | 216.7 | 120.4 |
Explanatory notes (d), (f), (g) and (h) are contained within note 4 Transaction Accounting Adjustments of this unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.
Explanatory notes (i) to (m) are contained within note 5 Autonomous Entity Adjustments of this unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.
105
Notes To The Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information
Note 1. Basis of Presentation
The accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information and related notes have been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X, as amended by the final rule, Release No. 33-10786 and have been derived from the historical combined financial statements of the Group.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information reflect pro forma adjustments that are described in the accompanying notes and are based on available information and certain assumptions that the Group believes are reasonable. However, actual results may differ from those reflected in these unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information. In the Groups opinion, all adjustments that are necessary to present fairly the pro forma information have been made. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information does not purport to represent what the Groups financial position or results of operations would have been if the Separation Transactions had actually occurred on the dates indicated above, nor are they indicative of FIHLs future financial position or results of operations. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information should be read in conjunction with the historical financial statements and related notes thereto for the periods presented, as included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Note 2. Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet
For purposes of preparing the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet at December 31, 2022, the Separation Transactions will be accounted for as if they had occurred on December 31, 2022. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet includes the impact of the Separation Transactions in respect of the distribution of Fidelis MGU to the FIHL shareholders, resulting in the deconsolidation and consequent elimination of the net assets of Fidelis MGU and its subsidiaries. Refer to note 25 (Subsequent Events) of our audited consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus for further information on the accounting treatment of the Separation Transactions.
As discussed in note 25 (Subsequent Events) of our audited consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus, following the consummation of the Separation Transactions, Fidelis MGU acquired 9.9% of the common shares of FIHL. Such common shares were acquired in private transactions with the Groups shareholders and did not impact the number of issued and outstanding common shares or the cash flows of the Group. Accordingly, these sales by shareholders are not reflected within this pro forma condensed combined balance sheet.
Note 3. Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations
For the purposes of preparing the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2022, the autonomous entity adjustments are accounted for as if they had occurred on January 1, 2022. With respect to the transaction accounting adjustments, we have also taken account of the impact of additional expenses that were incurred from the consummation of the Separation Transactions.
Note 4. Transaction Accounting Adjustments
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet and statement of operations include the following transaction accounting pro forma adjustments:
a. | To reflect the removal of the assets and liabilities of Fidelis MGU. |
We note that premiums and other receivables have increased by $9.3 million. This amount represents premiums receivable that were collected by Pine Walk Capital from third parties on or prior to December 31, 2022 but not remitted to the insurance operating subsidiaries of the Group. In the pro forma condensed combined balance sheet, these amounts have been reclassified from cash and cash equivalents to premiums and other receivables.
106
b. | To reflect the impact on cash and cash equivalents of the removal of Fidelis MGU in the amount of $111.6 million plus the payment of various expenses and employee tax on net settled share compensation awards related to the Separation Transactions in the amount of $119.9 million. |
c. | To reflect the impact on additional paid-in capital of the transaction accounting adjustments. |
d. | To reflect the elimination of the currency translation adjustment of Fidelis MGU. |
e. | To reflect the impact on accumulated deficit of the transaction accounting adjustments. The following table shows a reconciliation from our U.S. GAAP accumulated deficit to the pro forma accumulated deficit (amounts expressed in millions of U.S. dollars): |
December 31, 2022 |
||||
Accumulated deficit at December 31, 2022 |
0.5 | |||
Fair value of Fidelis MGU at January 3, 2023 |
1,775.0 | |||
Net assets of Fidelis MGU |
(68.8 | ) | ||
Expenses of Separation Transactions |
(68.1 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Net gain on distribution of Fidelis MGU |
1,638.1 | |||
|
|
|||
Fair value of Fidelis MGU at January 3, 2023 |
1,775.0 | |||
Net assets of Fidelis MGU |
(68.8 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Distribution of Fidelis MGU to common shareholders |
(1,706.2 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Tax impact of Transaction Accounting adjustments |
10.7 | |||
Elimination of non-controlling interests |
10.3 | |||
|
|
|||
Pro forma accumulated deficit |
(46.6 | ) | ||
|
|
f. | To reflect the elimination of the non-controlling interests following the distribution of Pine Walk Capital Limited and its subsidiaries as part of the Separation Transaction. |
g. | To reflect the net gain on distribution of Fidelis MGU. The gain has been calculated as the fair value of Fidelis MGU of $1,775 million, less the net assets of Fidelis MGU of $68.8 million and less the direct costs of the Separation Transactions of $68.1 million. Refer to note 25 (Subsequent Events) of our audited consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus for further information on the accounting treatment of the Separation Transactions. |
We have determined the fair value of Fidelis MGU in accordance with the requirements of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 820 Fair Value Measurements (ASC 820). We have obtained the services of a third-party independent valuation expert in arriving at that determination of fair value. ASC 820 explains the concept of fair value for financial reporting. Under ASC 820, fair value is a market-based measurement, not an entity specific measurement. The objective of ASC 820 is to estimate the price at which an orderly transaction to sell the asset would take place between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions (that is, an exit price at the measurement date from the perspective of a market participant).
When a price for an identical asset is not observable, a reporting entity measures fair value using another valuation technique that maximizes the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs. Fair value is measured using the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about risk.
For purposes of our valuation of Fidelis MGU, we have used an income approach using a discounted cash flow methodology, and a market approach using comparable listed trading and precedent transaction multiples. These approaches generated a range of values for Fidelis MGU of $1.7 billion to $1.9 billion. Our determined fair value for Fidelis MGU of $1.775 billion was based on the price of the most recent transactions in Fidelis MGU shares, and close to the mid-point of the valuation range. On January 3, 2023, following the distribution of Fidelis MGU to shareholders of the Group, certain
107
shareholders sold their shares, and certain third parties purchased shares, in Fidelis MGU at a price per share determined using a fair value of $1.775 billion.
h. | To reflect the income tax effect of the adjustments discussed above, determined using the applicable statutory tax rates of the United Kingdom, Ireland and Bermuda for the year then ended. |
Note 5. Autonomous Entity Adjustments
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations includes the following autonomous entity pro forma adjustments:
i. | To reflect the elimination of Fidelis MGU from our combined statement of operations. This includes the profit commission payable to Fidelis MGU, which was recorded as part of GPW, that was previously eliminated on consolidation. We have also removed the impact of amounts earned and expensed by Fidelis MGU for net investment income, net foreign exchange gains, other income and corporate expenses. |
j. | To reflect the effects of the Framework Agreement. Included in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2022 is an adjustment that reflects incremental commissions associated with underwriting origination performed by Fidelis MGU. The incremental cost represents commissions payable to Fidelis MGU as a percentage of net premiums written on business originated by Fidelis MGU from January 1, 2022. This also includes commission payable to Fidelis MGU subsidiaries, Pine Walk Capital and Pine Walk Europe, that was previously eliminated on consolidation. The amounts calculated assume the commissions that would have been payable to Fidelis MGU for all business written in 2022. The commission payable is deferred and amortized over the related policy period in line with earned premiums. The commission percentage payable to Fidelis MGU will depend on whether the business was sourced in the open market, was sourced by Fidelis MGU via an existing underwriting origination contract with third-party managing general underwriters or has been placed with the Group from subsidiary cells of Pine Walk Capital and Pine Walk Europe. |
We have also reflected incremental portfolio management fees payable to Fidelis MGU as a percentage of net premiums written. The portfolio management fee payable is deferred and amortized over the related policy period in line with earned premiums.
The total of such commissions and portfolio management fee is $119.5 million.
We have reclassified the commissions on ceded business of $61.7 million from general and administrative expenses to policy acquisition expenses. This adjustment has been made to ensure consistency with the presentation of commissions on ceded business in our unaudited consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022 (see note 2, Significant Accounting Policies). We have deducted the proportion of the commissions on ceded business of $23.9 million that will be received by Fidelis MGU. The Framework Agreement provides that in respect of commissions on ceded quota share business the Group shall retain 1.0% of reinsurance premiums ceded and the remainder is to be paid to Fidelis MGU. This adjustment only considers the 2022 year of account as all overrider commissions receivable on business ceded in prior years of account will remain to the account of FIHL.
k. | Included in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2022 is a net decrease to general and administrative expenses that reflects: |
i. | the elimination of the direct staff costs and costs of services of $122.2 million resulting from the deconsolidation of Fidelis MGU. |
ii. | the incremental costs of additional staff and services of $21.7 million required by FIHL necessary to undertake certain functions as a standalone entity independent of Fidelis MGU. |
108
iii. | the effects of the Inter-Group Services Agreement. This reflects the incremental costs of $3.5 million associated with certain finance, human resources and IT services that will be provided by Fidelis MGU. The level of the service costs payable to Fidelis MGU will ultimately depend on the extent of the services that are to be provided. |
iv. | the reclassification of commissions on ceded business of $61.7 million to policy acquisition expenses. |
l. | To reflect the income tax effect of the autonomous entity adjustments, determined using the applicable statutory tax rates of the United Kingdom, Ireland and Bermuda for the year then ended. |
m. | The elimination of profit commissions incurred on certain existing quota share reinsurance contracts ceded to third party reinsurers that will instead be received by Fidelis MGU. This adjustment relates to the 2022 year of account as all profit commissions receivable on business ceded in prior years of account will be earned by FIHL. |
Note 6. Earnings per share
The Separation Transactions resulted in the accelerated vesting and exercise of all restricted stock units and in-the-money warrants, with an additional 14,732,262 common shares being issued on January 3, 2023. The distribution of Fidelis MGU to shareholders of FIHL resulted in the cancellation of 105,790,271 common shares, with 120,404,350 common shares remaining.
Our earnings per share has been restated to take account of the impact on net income available to common shareholders of the transaction accounting and autonomous entity adjustments. We have also restated our basic and diluted shares to reflect the common shares in issuance after the Separation Transactions. As all restricted stock units and warrants were issued and exercised as part of the Separation Transactions, our pro-forma basic and diluted earnings per share are equal.
Note 7. Impact on Performance Measures and non-U.S. GAAP financial measures
Below is a description of our unaudited pro forma performance measures and pro forma non-U.S. GAAP financial measures. Our pro forma non-U.S. GAAP financial measures are not measures of financial performance under U.S. GAAP and should not be construed as a substitute for the most directly comparable pro forma U.S. GAAP measures, which are reconciled below. These measures have limitations as analytical tools, and when assessing our operating performance, you should not consider these measures in isolation or as a substitute for GAAP measures. Other companies may calculate these measures differently than we do, limiting their usefulness as a comparative measure. Please refer to Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Performance Measures and Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measures for further details as to how we calculate these measures and why we believe they are meaningful.
We have not presented a pro forma net investment return percentage and total investment return percentage as the impact of the pro forma adjustments on these performance measures was 0.0% and 0.1%, respectively.
109
The table below shows the impact on our loss ratio, expense ratio and combined ratio of the pro forma adjustments discussed in notes 4 and 5 above ($ in millions unless stated in percentages):
For the Year Ended December 31, 2022 |
||||
Pro Forma | ||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses |
$ | 830.2 | ||
Pro forma policy acquisition expenses |
409.9 | |||
Pro forma Fidelis MGU commissions |
119.5 | |||
Pro forma general and administrative expenses |
71.1 | |||
|
|
|||
Pro forma total underwriting expenses |
$ | 600.5 | ||
Net premiums earned |
$ | 1,489.0 | ||
Pro forma loss ratio |
55.8 | % | ||
Pro forma expense ratio |
40.3 | % | ||
Pro forma combined ratio |
96.1 | % |
The table below shows the impact on our operating net income, RoE and our Operating RoE of the pro forma adjustments discussed in notes 4 and 5 above ($ in millions unless stated in percentages):
For the Year Ended December 31, 2022 |
||||
Pro Forma | ||||
Opening common shareholders equity |
2,013.9 | |||
Pro forma net income available to common shareholders |
$ | 1,652.3 | ||
Add back: net foreign exchange gains |
(4.1 | ) | ||
Add back: corporate and other expenses |
18.6 | |||
Add back: net gain on distribution of Fidelis MGU |
(1,638.1 | ) | ||
Tax impact of the above |
(12.2 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Pro forma operating income |
$ | 16.5 | ||
|
|
|||
Pro forma RoE |
82.0 | % | ||
Pro forma Operating RoE |
0.8 | % |
110
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following is a discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations. This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the section entitled Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information, as well as our audited consolidated financial statements for those respective periods and related notes contained therein, which are contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties and that are not historical facts, including statements about our beliefs and expectations. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and in this prospectus under the headings Risk Factors, Business and Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.
Overview
Fidelis is a global (re)insurance company, with operations in Bermuda, Ireland and the United Kingdom. FIHL was formed in Bermuda in 2014 by Richard Brindle, under the principles of focused, process-driven and disciplined underwriting and risk selection, strong client and broker relationships and nimble capital deployment. Fidelis completed its initial funding and began underwriting business in June 2015 under the direction of an experienced management team led by Richard Brindle. Since then, Fidelis has assembled a diversified global book of (re)insurance business and achieved scale as a specialty (re)insurer with GPW of $3.0 billion, total revenues of $1.5 billion and net income of $62.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022.
On January 3, 2023, the Separation Transactions were completed and two distinct holding companies and businesses were created: FIHL and MGU HoldCo. FIHL is the parent holding company for Current Fidelis, is the issuer of the Common Shares sold by the Selling Shareholders in this offering and continues to own all of the insurance operating subsidiaries of Current Fidelis, comprised of FIBL, FUL and FIID. Current Fidelis also has its own service company, FIHL (UK) Services, with a branch in Ireland.
MGU HoldCo is the parent holding company for Fidelis MGU that carries on the origination and underwriting activities on behalf of Current Fidelis and is led by Mr. Brindle. MGU HoldCos principal operating subsidiaries are Bermuda MGU, Pine Walk Capital and Pine Walk Europe. The underwriting activities of each of the licensed insurance carriers of Current Fidelis (FIBL, FUL and FIID) are outsourced to the corresponding operating subsidiaries of Fidelis MGU on a jurisdictional basis (Bermuda MGU, Pine Walk Capital and Pine Walk Europe, respectively). Each of the operating subsidiaries of Fidelis MGU has delegated underwriting authority to source and bind contracts for and on behalf of each of FIBL, FUL and FIID, respectively. See Material Contracts and Related Party TransactionsFramework Agreement. MGU HoldCo and its subsidiaries will not be consolidated with FIHL and its subsidiaries.
FIHL and MGU HoldCo have entered into the Framework Agreement that governs the ongoing relationship between the two groups of companies (see BusinessOur Corporate Structure for additional details). Following consummation of the Separation Transactions on January 3, 2023, Mr. Brindles employment agreement and the employment agreements of certain other senior management and other employees of Previous Fidelis are with FML, and Mr. Brindle is now the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Fidelis MGU. See The Separation Transactions.
The Separation Transactions allow FIHL to access the underwriting expertise of Fidelis MGU while allowing Fidelis MGU to attract and retain highly sophisticated underwriting talent, including Mr. Brindle and senior underwriters. We believe that the Separation Transactions and the Framework Agreement have structural benefits for both groups of companies, including increased flexibility to quickly respond to evolving insurance and reinsurance market conditions and help sustain our strong underwriting results through access to top talent. Our objective following the completion of the Separation Transactions remains to further solidify Fidelis position as a sophisticated bespoke and specialty underwriter.
111
History
FIHL was established on August 22, 2014 and in 2015 raised $1.5 billion of ordinary equity capital to support its underwriting plans. Following further capital raises in 2019, 2020 and 2021, at December 31, 2022 Fidelis had $1,976.8 million of shareholders equity, $58.4 million of Series A Preference Securities and $447.5 million of long-term debt.
Through FIBL and FUL, Fidelis has offices in Bermuda and London, which we consider to be the largest specialty (re)insurance hubs globally. Fidelis also accesses the E.U. through FIID, which has an office in Ireland.
FIBL is a wholly owned subsidiary of FIHL and was incorporated as an exempted company under the laws of Bermuda on February 26, 2015 and is registered as a Class 4 insurer. FIBL predominantly writes property insurance and reinsurance on a global basis along with certain Bespoke and Specialty lines. FUL is a wholly owned subsidiary of FIHL and was incorporated on August 28, 2015 under the laws of England and Wales. FUL writes predominantly Bespoke and Specialty insurance on a global basis and writes a smaller portion of property reinsurance business relative to FIBL. FIID is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of FIHL and was incorporated under the laws of Ireland on December 27, 2017. FIID writes Fidelis European Bespoke and Specialty business. As part of its Brexit planning, on March 29, 2019, FIID accepted non-U.K. E.U. insurance policies from FUL through a Part VII transfer under the U.K.s Financial Services and Markets Act of 2000 in preparation for the U.K.s exit from the E.U.
The following discussion and analysis relates to our historical financial results for periods prior to the completion of the Separation Transactions on January 3, 2023, pursuant to which two distinct holding companies and businesses were created, FIHL and MGU HoldCo. FIHL is the parent holding company for Current Fidelis and owns all of the current operating insurance companies of Current Fidelis and is the issuer of the Common Shares sold by the Selling Shareholders in this offering. MGU HoldCo is the parent holding company for Fidelis MGU, the managing general underwriter platform that will lead the origination and underwriting activities of Current Fidelis. Fidelis MGU is led by Mr. Brindle. See The Separation Transactions for further details.
Strategy
Our strategy is to match adequately priced risks with efficient sources of capital to produce strong returns for shareholders.
Fidelis MGU will originate business from multiple sources including brokers, third-party delegated underwriting, existing capital relationships, and open market business originated by its underwriters. Historically, 70.0% of NPW has been sourced in open market activities, with the remainder sourced equally from the existing Pine Walk Capital relationships and third-party managing general underwriters.
Fidelis business consists of the following reportable segments or pillars: Specialty, Bespoke, and Reinsurance.
Fidelis believes that the most effective operating model for a (re)insurance group is to enter into long-term agreements with strategic outsource providers. This operating model will allow us to manage operating expenses effectively and to access strong underwriting, risk management and information technology systems and data. See BusinessStrategic Relationship with the MGU and Material Contracts and Related Party Transactions for more information.
We have incurred costs engaging external advisors to assist in the planning and execution of the Separation Transactions (the Separation Costs). For further detail on the Separation Transactions, see The Separation Transactions. The Separation Costs include, among other things, legal and professional fees. All Separation Costs were incurred prior to consummation of the Separation Transactions and are not expected to reoccur. See Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information for the impact of the Separation Transactions on the consolidated financial statements of FIHL.
112
Fidelis Year in Review for 2022
2022 saw continued growth in our GPW to $3,000.1 million from $2,787.7 million in 2021, driven by our Bespoke and Specialty segments. Following another year of continued elevated catastrophe losses in 2021, we significantly reduced the 2022 GPW in our Reinsurance segment. Our combined ratio was slightly lower than the prior year, at 92.1% in 2022 compared to 92.9% in 2021. This was driven by a decrease in our Reinsurance segment loss ratio to 74.3% from 114.2%, partially offset by large losses of $135 million in relation to the Ukraine Conflict. Increases in interest rates generated realized and unrealized losses on investments in 2022, and our income tax expense increased due to more profits being earned in taxable jurisdictions. Our Operating RoE was 3.3% in 2022 compared with 3.6% in 2021.
Following another year of worldwide natural catastrophe losses in excess of $100 billion we have reduced our Reinsurance GPW along with the related exposure. Working with our underwriting, actuarial and modelling teams, as well as external consultants, we developed a proprietary Fidelis View of Risk, which incorporates a science-based estimation of the impact of climate change on atmospheric perils and has meaningfully increased the modeled losses across a range of coverages such as convective storms, floods and wildfires. As a result, we believe the Fidelis View of Risk has the potential to more accurately reflect potential expected losses, compared to industry models and we consider this when pricing and underwriting our risks.
Additionally, we have looked at lessons learned about the wide variance in ceding insurers loss estimation and adjustment capabilities, as well as financial capacity, and we plan to reduce exposure to property treaty clients who score poorly in these assessments. In 2022 this led us to reduce our catastrophe treaty excess-of-loss writings to deploy less capacity to layers that are more exposed to increased frequency of atmospheric peril losses, and to increase pricing on these lines. With respect to loss handling, we see better alignment with our clients in our property D&F portfolio and we view this as a better way to deploy natural catastrophe capacity at this stage of the (re)insurance cycle.
Our swift action in positioning our portfolio for our view of coming market trends is emblematic of our approach to being proactive in acknowledging and responding to new data and information. 2019 and prior years saw softer market conditions, for instance, in 2019, as a reflection of the soft rate market conditions in specialty, our business mix was allocated 57.5% (by NPW) to our Bespoke pillar and only 11.9% (by NPW) to our Specialty pillar. The hardening Specialty rate environment in 2020 and Bespoke risks associated with the economic cycle and the COVID-19 pandemic drove us to rebalance the portfolio mix with Specialty representing 44.5% of NPW. We believe the reallocation of our Reinsurance appetite offers an attractive risk-adjusted return under current market conditions.
Bespoke and Specialty business accounted for 87.2% of our portfolio (by NPW) in 2022 and we expect to see continued market hardening across most lines. We paused the growth of our Bespoke book in 2020 as we assessed the impact of the downturn in the economy from COVID-19. Our Bespoke products proved resilient to the economic downturn, and as the economy started to pick up again, we saw a resumption in the growth trajectory of our Bespoke business in 2022 and 2021 and are pleased with the performance of our portfolio.
We have continued to build out our operational teams and underwriting tools including our analytical and aggregation system FireAnt (which we license from Fidelis MGU following the consummation of the Separation Transactions).
We have continued our cautious stance on investments, focusing on a high credit quality, short-duration core fixed maturity strategy.
113
Current Outlook, Market Conditions and Rate Trends
The global reinsurance and insurance business is highly competitive, and cyclical by product and market. As such, financial results tend to fluctuate between periods of constrained capital availability and associated higher premium rates and stronger profits followed by periods of abundant capacity, lower rates and constrained profitability. The fluctuation of these market conditions may affect demand for our products, the premiums we charge, the terms and conditions of the (re)insurance policies we write and changes in our underwriting strategy.
A substantial component of our business is influenced by other factors such as the frequency and/or severity of underwriting losses, including natural disasters or other catastrophic events, pandemics, variations in interest rates and financial markets, changes in the legal, regulatory and judicial environments, inflationary pressures and general economic conditions. These factors influence, among other things, the demand for and profitability of our products. Consequently, there will be a degree of volatility in our financial results based upon the frequency and severity of losses that occur and to which we are exposed. See Risk Factors.
Premium Environment and Cycle: Premiums typically rise in response to losses, which leads to higher profitability and in turn attracts new capital into the insurance market to support underwriting. This additional influx of capital then typically leads to reduced rates and softening prices over time.
The global Specialty market rate growth has been strong in recent years. For example, Lloyds risk-adjusted rate change increased by 7.7% for 2022 versus the prior year, and cumulatively increased by 43.9% from 2018. We believe these favorable underwriting conditions are expected to continue in the near term as a result of the interaction between the supply of new capital and continued claims trends and development. See BusinessInsurance Market Conditions.
Claims Experience and Pricing Support: In recent years, climate change has driven an increase in the frequency and severity of catastrophe events which we believe has increased the claims experience of property and specialty (re)insurers, including us. The effects of these claims have been exacerbated by the impact of other climate-related losses such as wildfires and floods.
We believe that claims experience has also been affected by social inflation, which is driving claims costs over and above economic inflation as a result of increasing societal trends towards higher litigation costs and jury awards. Additionally, certain economic, social and political events, such as the COVID-19 pandemic and other public health crises have had a material effect on supply chains affecting the availability and pricing of underlying raw materials, which led to issues for (re)insurance companies paying out on claims. Furthermore, the Ukraine Conflict has led to widespread disruption in the upstream supply chains for oil, gas and certain agricultural commodities, putting further pressure on the challenges facing the (re)insurance industry. While the length and severity of the strain the supply chains are under is unknown, a prolonged period of disruptions may have a material adverse effect on the (re)insurance industrys ability to pay out on claims both in terms of monetary costs as well as availability of the underlying goods and services necessary for the payout. See Risk FactorsRisks Related to Recent Events.
Furthermore, in recent years, we believe favorable prior year claims development and associated loss reserve releases (which is a key driver of recent profitability) have declined. This claims development and reserve release pattern suggests that underwriters will need to maintain underwriting discipline to maintain profitability, which may result in a prolonged hard rate environment.
However, while there is naturally some uncertainty as to future rate developments, we believe that there is sufficient support, driven by a number of factors, to expect continued rate hardening in the near term in many (re)insurance classes in which we participate. With the Ukraine Conflict, for example, a number of lines within Specialty and Bespoke could be exposed to potential losses, adding further momentum to continuing rate increases. See Risk FactorsRisks Relating to Recent Events.
114
COVID-19: We have performed an analysis to estimate potential exposure to property business interruption losses from the COVID-19 pandemic. In general, our property reinsurance portfolio is more focused on residential exposure rather than commercial and the vast majority of cedants have strong exclusions in place. This reduces the potential for losses through property business interruption. At December 31, 2022 we had estimated loss reserves of $15.2 million in our reserves for Business Interruption losses relating to the COVID-19 pandemic. Areas within our financial statements that have a potential to be impacted by the continued uncertainty related to the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic include valuation of the investment portfolio and net reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses. The potential for losses arising from the COVID-19 pandemic have been and will continue to be monitored.
Effects of Inflation: General economic inflation has increased and there is a risk of inflation remaining elevated for an extended period, which could cause claims and claim expenses to increase, impact the performance of our investment portfolio or have other adverse effects. See Risk FactorsRisks Relating to Recent EventsThe current inflationary environment could have a material adverse impact on the Groups operations.
The impact of inflation on Fidelis results cannot be known with any certainty; however, we have considered the possible effects of inflation in catastrophe loss models and on our investment portfolio. Furthermore, our estimates of the potential effects of inflation are also considered in pricing and in estimating reserves for unpaid claims and claim expenses. The actual effects of inflation on our results cannot be accurately known until claims are ultimately resolved. See Risk FactorsRisks Relating to Recent Events and Risk FactorsRisks Relating to Financial Markets and Liquidity.
Competitive Landscape: While Fidelis market share of the global specialty market is small, we believe Fidelis has an appreciable share of the niche markets in which it participates. This approach is consistent with our strategy of participating in classes where Fidelis believes it has a competitive advantage or sees pricing opportunities.
We deploy large line sizes in these classes opportunistically to extract preferential terms and rates over our peers. The ability to write large line sizes means Fidelis is able to assume a significant exposure under a single insurance policy. These large line sizes are more attractive to brokers as they minimize the number of underwriters with whom they must negotiate and provide us with greater leverage for preferable pricing and terms.
Our management team believes that it is well positioned to take advantage of the ongoing rate hardening in the key markets in which we participate and will continue to address and respond to the ongoing uncertainties presented by the challenges facing the (re)insurance industry.
Recent Developments and Activity
The Ukraine Conflict began on February 24, 2022 and subsequently the E.U. and a number of other countries, including the U.S. and the U.K., placed significant sanctions on Russian institutions and persons that resulted in a devaluation of the ruble and a fall in the value of Russian fixed maturity and equity assets, as well as the prompt withdrawal of certain companies from Russia without securing their assets. Fidelis has potential exposure to losses associated with the Ukraine Conflict through certain lines in its Bespoke and Specialty segments. For example, as a result of the aircraft lessor claims, and related proceedings, on account of the unreturned aircraft in Russia, provision has been made in the Groups reserves for the year ended December 31, 2022 in the amount of $135 million for any potential exposures relating to the Ukraine Conflict, the majority of which is related to leased aircraft in Russia. Any related exposure remains subject to a number of complexities and implications subject to ongoing evaluation and determination.
The final cost may be different from the current reserving estimate due to the uncertainty associated with any change in the political situation, the ultimate outcome of the litigation matters, the asset valuation process,
115
the unique issues as to scope of coverage and the outcome of explorative discussions underway between Western aircraft lessors and Russian airline operators for the sale of some of the unreturned aircraft. Based on our knowledge and assessment of current events, we do not believe that the Ukraine Conflict will adversely affect our ability to operate as a going concern.
Performance Measures and Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measures
In presenting our results, management has included certain non-U.S. GAAP financial measures that we believe are useful to consider, in addition to our U.S. GAAP results, for a more complete understanding of the financial performance and position of FIHL. The key financial U.S. GAAP and non-U.S. GAAP measures that we believe are meaningful in analyzing our performance are summarized below and where applicable a reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP measures to U.S. GAAP financials is set out. However, any non-U.S. GAAP measures should not be viewed as a substitute for those determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP and our methodology for calculating these measures may be different from the way our industry peers calculate these measures.
| Loss Ratio: is a measure of the losses that have been incurred by the business compared to the premiums that have been recorded to cover those losses and is expressed as a percentage of the losses and loss adjustment expenses divided by NPE. The losses will be affected by the occurrence and frequency of catastrophe events, the volume and severity of non-catastrophe losses and the extent of any outwards reinsurance that has been put in place to mitigate the effect of those losses. The loss ratio in 2022 of 55.2% was primarily impacted by the ongoing Ukraine Conflict. The loss ratio in 2021 of 60.4% was impacted by significant catastrophes that occurred in 2021, including Winter Storm Uri, Hurricane Ida, Storm Bernd and the U.S. Midwest tornados that occurred in December 2021. The loss ratio of 44.5% in 2020 was primarily driven by the impact of Hurricane Laura and the U.S. Midwest derecho and COVID-19 losses. |
| Accident Year Loss Ratio Excluding Catastrophes, Large Losses and Prior Year Reserve Movements: is a non-U.S. GAAP measure of the representation of the loss ratio excluding the impact of catastrophes, large losses and prior year reserve movements, and supports meaningful comparison between periods. Accident year loss ratio excluding catastrophes, large losses and prior year reserve movements is calculated by dividing net incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses excluding catastrophes, large losses and prior year reserve movements by net premiums earned excluding catastrophe-related reinstatement premiums. Our large losses and catastrophe losses in 2022 included Australia floods, European storms, Hurricane Ian and the Russian invasion of Ukraine. Our large losses and catastrophe losses in 2021 included Winter Storm Uri, Hurricane Ida and Storm Bernd. Our large losses and catastrophe losses in 2020 included Hurricane Laura and the U.S. Midwest derecho. Our accident year loss ratio excluding catastrophes, large losses and prior year reserve movements in 2022 was 31.5% compared with 27.4% in 2021. A key factor in the increase in the ratio is the changing underlying mix of our portfolio. In 2022 we grew our Specialty segment and began to reduce our Reinsurance segment exposure. The Specialty segment has a higher attritional loss ratio than the Reinsurance segment, which is more catastrophe exposed. Our accident year loss ratio excluding catastrophes, large losses and prior year reserve movements in 2021 of 27.4% increased from 25.8% in 2020. This was driven by the growth in our Specialty segment over this period and its higher attritional loss ratio than our catastrophe-driven Reinsurance segment. |
| Underwriting Ratio: is a measure of the underwriting performance and is expressed as a percentage of the losses and loss adjustment expenses plus the commissions that are paid to brokers and delegated underwriters that source the business on our behalf divided by earned premium, net of reinsurance. Our underwriting ratio of 85.0% decreased from 86.4% in 2021 driven by a decrease in our Reinsurance segment underwriting ratio. Our underwriting ratio of 86.4% in 2021 increased from 69.1% in 2020, primarily driven by increased natural catastrophe loss activity in 2021. |
| Expense Ratio: is a measure of the extent of the commissions that are paid to brokers and delegated underwriters that source the business on our behalf plus the general and administrative expenses that |
116
are incurred to run the business compared to the amount of premium that is earned. Overrider income earned on business ceded to third party reinsurers is credited to general and administrative expenses. The expense ratio is expressed as a percentage and is the ratio of policy acquisition expenses (net of ceded reinsurers share of acquisition costs) and general and administrative expenses to net premiums earned. Our expense ratio in 2022 was 36.9% compared with 32.5% in 2021. The increase is partly caused by the increase in net premiums earned in our Bespoke segment which has higher ceding commissions than our other segments, and higher professional fees within our general and administrative expenses. Our total expense ratio was 32.5% in 2021 compared with 36.1% in 2020. |
| Combined Ratio: is a measure of our underwriting profitability and is expressed as the sum of the loss ratio and expense ratio. A combined ratio under 100% indicates an underwriting profit, while a combined ratio over 100% indicates an underwriting loss. Our combined ratio decreased to 92.1% in 2022 from 92.9% in 2021, primarily driven by a lower loss ratio in our Reinsurance segment. Our combined ratio of 92.9% in 2021 increased from 80.6% in 2020, primarily driven by increased natural catastrophe loss activity in 2021. |
The table below reconciles our accident year loss ratio excluding catastrophes, large losses and prior year reserve movements to losses and loss adjustment expenses, loss ratio, expense ratio and combined ratio for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020:
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||
($ in millions unless stated in percentages) |
||||||||||||
Catastrophe and large losses |
$ | 378.9 | $ | 389.6 | $ | 175.3 | ||||||
Prior year releases |
(22.1 | ) | (9.6 | ) | (38.4 | ) | ||||||
Attritional losses |
473.4 | 316.8 | 187.6 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses |
$ | 830.2 | $ | 696.8 | $ | 324.5 | ||||||
Policy acquisition expenses |
447.7 | 299.9 | 179.2 | |||||||||
General and administrative expenses |
106.4 | 75.4 | 83.5 | |||||||||
Net premiums earned |
1,504.7 | 1,154.2 | 728.6 | |||||||||
Catastrophe and large loss impact on loss ratio |
25.1 | % | 33.8 | % | 24.1 | % | ||||||
Prior year release impact on loss ratio |
(1.5 | %) | (0.8 | %) | (5.3 | %) | ||||||
Accident year loss ratio excluding catastrophes, large losses and prior year reserve movements | 31.5 | % | 27.4 | % | 25.7 | % | ||||||
Loss ratio |
55.1 | % | 60.4 | % | 44.5 | % | ||||||
Underwriting ratio |
85.0 | % | 86.4 | % | 69.1 | % | ||||||
Expense ratio |
36.9 | % | 32.5 | % | 36.1 | % | ||||||
Combined ratio |
92.1 | % | 92.9 | % | 80.6 | % |
Net Investment Return, Total Investment Return and Total Investment Return Percentage
| Net investment return: includes net investment income plus net investment gains and losses. |
| Total investment return: includes net investment return plus unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale financial assets. |
| Total investment return percentage: is calculated as total investment return divided by total average investible assets (including cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and cash equivalents). |
117
The table below reconciles our net investment return, total investment return and total investment return percentage to net investment income for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020.
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||
($ millions) | ||||||||||||
Net investment income |
$ | 40.7 | $ | 20.6 | $ | 26.2 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net realized and unrealized investment gains |
(33.7 | ) | 13.5 | 17.9 | ||||||||
Net investment return |
$ | 7.0 | $ | 34.1 | $ | 44.1 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Unrealized (losses)/gains on AFS financial assets |
(96.5 | ) | (36.1 | ) | 12.1 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total investment return |
$ | (89.5 | ) | $ | (2.0 | ) | $ | 56.2 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Opening |
||||||||||||
Total investments |
$ | 2,782.6 | $ | 1,752.6 | $ | 1,209.0 | ||||||
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and cash equivalents | 476.0 | 1,238.5 | 450.9 | |||||||||
Derivative assets, at fair value |
1.0 | 0.2 | 0.1 | |||||||||
Accrued investment income |
12.1 | 9.1 | 7.4 | |||||||||
Investment assets pending settlement |
0.5 | 0.5 | 25.2 | |||||||||
Derivative liabilities, at fair value |
(0.8 | ) | (5.4 | ) | (0.8 | ) | ||||||
Investment liabilities pending settlement |
| (21.9 | ) | (9.9 | ) | |||||||
Net investible assets |
$ | 3,271.4 | $ | 2,973.6 | $ | 1,681.9 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Closing |
||||||||||||
Total investments |
$ | 2,425.0 | $ | 2,782.6 | $ | 1,752.6 | ||||||
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and cash equivalents | 1,407.9 | 476.0 | 1,238.5 | |||||||||
Derivative assets, at fair value |
6.3 | 1.0 | 0.2 | |||||||||
Accrued investment income |
10.9 | 12.1 | 9.1 | |||||||||
Investment assets pending settlement |
2.0 | 0.5 | 0.5 | |||||||||
Derivative liabilities, at fair value |
| (0.8 | ) | (5.4 | ) | |||||||
Investment liabilities pending settlement |
| | (21.9 | ) | ||||||||
Net investible assets |
$ | 3,852.1 | $ | 3,271.4 | $ | 2,973.6 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Average investible assets |
3,561.8 | 3,122.5 | 2,327.8 | |||||||||
Total investment return percentage |
(2.5 | )% | (0.1 | )% | 2.4 | % | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating net income, RoE and Operating RoE
| Operating net income: is a non-U.S. GAAP measure of our performance which does not consider the impact of certain non-recurring and other items that may not properly reflect the ordinary activities of our business, its performance or its future outlook. This measure is calculated as net income available to holders of Common Shares excluding, net foreign exchange gains and losses, loss on the extinguishment of preference securities, and corporate and other expenses which include warrant costs, reorganization expenses, any non-recurring income and expenses, and the tax impact on these items. |
| Return on equity (or RoE): represents net income divided by opening common shareholders equity. |
| Operating return on equity (or Operating RoE): is a non-U.S. GAAP measure that represents a meaningful comparison between periods of our financial performance expressed as a percentage and is calculated as operating net income divided by opening common shareholders equity. |
118
The table below sets out the calculation of the operating net income, RoE and Operating RoE, based on applicable underwriting ratios, for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020:
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||
($ in millions unless stated in percentages) | ||||||||||||
Opening Common Shareholders Equity |
$ | 2,013.9 | $ | 1,976.2 | $ | 1,118.1 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net income attributable to Common Shareholders | 52.6 | 68.3 | 126.5 | |||||||||
Add back: net foreign exchange (gains)/losses |
(6.8 | ) | 0.4 | (1.2 | ) | |||||||
Add back: Corporate and Other expenses |
20.5 | 2.7 | 18.7 | |||||||||
Add back: Loss on extinguishment of preference securities |
| | 25.3 | |||||||||
Tax impact of the above |
0.7 | (0.2 | ) | (2.9 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Operating net income attributable to Common Shareholders | $ | 67.0 | $ | 71.2 | $ | 166.4 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
RoE |
2.6 | % | 3.5 | % | 11.3 | % | ||||||
Operating RoE |
3.3 | % | 3.6 | % | 14.9 | % | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comparability and Certain Other Matters Impacting Our Financial Results
Currency and Foreign Exchange Contracts: Our functional currency is the U.S. dollar. Transactions in non-U.S. currencies are translated in U.S. dollars at the prevailing exchange rate in effect on the relevant transaction dates. Monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are re-measured at the exchange rate in effect at the relevant reporting date. Foreign exchange gains and losses are included in our consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income. We use foreign exchange contracts to manage foreign currency risk. A foreign exchange contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specified currency at a future date at a price set at the time of the contract. Foreign exchange contracts will not eliminate fluctuations in the value of our assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, but rather allow us to establish a rate of exchange for a future point in time.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates: The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires us to make many estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities (including reserves), revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, insurance and other reserves, reinsurance recoverables, and fair value measurements. We base our estimates on historical experience, where possible, and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, which form the basis for our judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results will differ from these estimates and such differences may be material. We believe that the significant accounting policies set forth in Note 2 (Significant Accounting Policies) of our audited consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus affect significant estimates used in the preparation of our audited consolidated financial statements as set out in more detail below.
Investments: Our accounting policy classifies all fixed maturity securities acquired from January 1, 2018 as available-for-sale. Fixed maturity securities acquired prior to January 1, 2018 are classified as trading (all of which were disposed by December 31, 2022). Our fixed maturity securities portfolio is comprised primarily of U.S. Treasuries, non-U.S. government bonds, government agency bonds, corporate bonds, mortgage and other asset-backed securities. Investments in fixed maturity securities are reported at estimated fair value in our audited consolidated financial statements.
Our other investments consist of investments in structured notes (see note 4 (Investments) of our audited consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus), the Wellington Opportunistic Fixed maturity UCITS Fund and a residual investment in a hedge fund. These are carried at fair value through the income statement. For the valuation methodologies (see note 4 (Fair Value Measurements) of our audited consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus).
119
Investments with a maturity from three months up to one year from date of purchase are classified as short-term investments and recorded at fair value.
For all fixed maturity securities and other investments, any realized and unrealized gains or losses are determined on the basis of the first-in, first-out method. For all fixed maturity securities classified as available-for-sale, realized gains and losses in the audited consolidated financial statements include allowances for credit losses related to its Available for Sale (AFS) debt securities. This allowance represents the difference between the securitys amortized cost and the amount expected to be collected over the securitys lifetime. Unrealized gains and losses represent the difference between the cost, or the cost as adjusted by amortization of any difference between its cost and its redemption value (amortized cost), of the security and its fair value at the reporting date and are included within other comprehensive income for securities classified as available-for-sale. For securities classified as trading, realized and unrealized gains or losses are included in the audited consolidated financial statements within net investment gains (all such securities were disposed by December 31, 2022).
Premiums and Acquisition Costs: We record premiums written upon inception of the policy. Premiums written include estimates based on information received from insureds, brokers and cedants, and any subsequent differences arising on such estimates are recorded as premiums written in the period in which they are determined. Premiums written are earned on a basis consistent with risks covered over the period during which the coverage is provided. The portion of the premiums written applicable to the unexpired terms of the underlying contracts and policies are recorded as UPR.
Reinstatement premiums are recognized as written and earned after the occurrence of a loss and are recorded in accordance with the contract terms based upon managements estimate of losses and loss adjustment expenses.
Acquisition costs are directly related to the acquisition of insurance premiums and are deferred and amortized over the related policy period. We only defer acquisition costs incurred that are directly attributable to the successful acquisition of new or renewal insurance contracts, including commissions to agents and brokers and premium taxes. All other acquisition-related expenses including indirect costs are expensed as incurred. To the extent that future policy revenues on existing policies are not adequate to cover related costs and expenses, deferred policy acquisition costs are charged to earnings.
We evaluate premium deficiency and the recoverability of deferred acquisition costs by determining if the sum of future earned premiums and anticipated investment return is greater than expected future losses and loss adjustment expenses and acquisition costs.
Reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses: Our liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses includes reserves for unpaid losses and for IBNR. These estimates are net of amounts estimated to be recoverable from salvage and subrogation. The reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses is established by management based on reports from insureds, brokers, ceding companies and the application of generally accepted actuarial techniques and represents the estimated ultimate cost of events or conditions that have been reported to or specifically identified by Fidelis as incurred.
Inherent in the estimates of ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses are expected trends in claim severity and frequency which may vary significantly as claims are settled. We estimate ultimate losses using various actuarial methods as well as our own loss experience, historical insurance industry loss experience, estimates of pricing adequacy trends and managements professional judgment. The estimated cost of claims includes expenses to be incurred in settling claims and a deduction for the expected value of salvage, subrogation and other recoveries. Ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses may differ significantly from the amount recorded in the financial statements. These estimates are reviewed regularly and as experience develops and new information becomes known, the reserves are adjusted as necessary. Such adjustments, if any, are recorded in losses and loss adjustment expenses in the periods in which they are determined.
120
Provision is made at the end of each relevant period for the estimated ultimate cost of claims incurred but not settled at the balance sheet date, including the cost of IBNR claims and development of existing reported claims. The estimated cost of claims includes expenses to be incurred in settling claims and a deduction for the expected value of salvage and other recoveries. For further discussion of the actuarial methodologies utilized to perform our losses and loss adjustment expenses reserving analysis, see note 12 (Reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses) of our audited consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.
Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses represent our best estimate of the ultimate cost of settling reported and unreported claims and related expenses. As discussed previously, the estimation of losses and loss expense reserves is based on various complex and subjective judgments. Actual losses and settlement expenses which are ultimately required to be paid may deviate, perhaps substantially, from the reserve estimates reflected in our financial statements. Similarly, the timing for payment of our estimated losses is not fixed and is not determinable on an individual or aggregate basis. The assumptions used in estimating the payments due by period are based on industry and peer-group claims payment experience. Due to the uncertainty inherent in the process of estimating the timing of such payments, there is a risk that the amounts paid in any period can be significantly different.
Reinsurance and Retrocession: We seek to reduce the risk of net losses on business written by ceding certain risks and exposures to other reinsurers. Outwards reinsurance contracts do not relieve us of our primary obligation to insureds. Ceded premiums are recognized when the coverage period incepts and are expensed over the contract period in proportion to the coverage. Premiums relating to the unexpired portion of reinsurance ceded are recorded as deferred reinsurance premiums.
Commissions on ceded business are deferred and amortized over the period in which the related ceded premium is recognized. The deferred balance is recorded within deferred reinsurance premiums in our audited consolidated financial statements and the amortization is recognized within general and administrative expenses in our audited consolidated financial statements.
In furtherance of our outwards reinsurance strategy, we entered into a 20% whole account quota share of the substantial majority of our underwriting business with a leading strategic partner, The Travelers Indemnity Company, a subsidiary of The Travelers Companies, Inc. The quota share arrangement runs for an initial period of twelve months beginning on January 1, 2023, with extensions subject to mutual agreement.
Taxation: FIHL, FUL and FML are tax-resident in the U.K. and therefore subject to relevant taxes in the U.K. Pursuant to the Finance (No. 2) Act 2015, the corporate income tax rate in the U.K. for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 was 19% and is expected to increase to 25% beginning April 1, 2023. The 2022 and 2021 periods are open tax years in the U.K. for those relevant entities that are either within the statutory time period for examination or subject to open examinations by local tax authorities. We believe that we have made adequate provision for the tax liabilities likely to arise from these periods. However, the ultimate liabilities for such matters may vary from the amounts provided and are dependent upon the outcome of agreements reached with relevant tax authorities.
Under current Bermuda law, FIBL is not required to pay taxes in Bermuda on its income or capital gains. FIBL has received undertakings from the Minister of Finance in Bermuda that, in the event of any taxes being imposed, FIBL will be exempt from taxation in Bermuda until March 2035 under the Tax Assurance Certificates issued pursuant to the Bermuda Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act of 1966, as amended.
FIID is tax-resident in Ireland. As such, FIID is subject to Irish corporation tax on its trading profits at a rate of 12.5%. The 2022 and 2021 periods are open tax years in Ireland for those relevant entities that are either within the statutory time period for examination or subject to open examinations by local tax authorities. The Irish Government has also committed to supporting the OECDs global minimum corporation tax rate for large firms that are expected to be implemented in 2024 and which will raise the tax rate for firms generating revenue of more than 750 million in Ireland from 12.5% to 15%.
121
The effective tax rate for a given fiscal period is subject to revision in future periods if circumstances change and depends on the relative profitability of those parts of our business underwritten in Bermuda, the U.K. and Ireland. For a more detailed description of our tax position, see note 23 (Income Taxes) of our audited consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.
For additional information regarding taxation, see Risk FactorsRisks Relating to Taxation, Certain Tax ConsiderationsUnited States Taxation, and Certain Tax ConsiderationsBermuda Taxation,
Recent accounting pronouncements
In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU No. 2021-08, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers, which becomes effective for the Company during the first quarter of 2023. ASU No. 2021-08 requires contract assets and liabilities accounted for under FASB ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, to be recorded at the acquisition date as if the acquirer entered into those contracts itself on the contract inception dates, rather than at fair value. At adoption, ASU No. 2021-08 will not impact the Companys financial position, results of operations or cash flows, but prospectively, this ASU may impact amounts recorded by the Company for assets acquired and liabilities assumed under certain acquisitions.
Reportable Segment(s)
We classify our business into three underwriting segments, namely Bespoke, Specialty and Reinsurance. Specialty primarily comprises property D&F, energy, marine and aviation lines. Bespoke primarily comprises credit and political risk and other tailored solutions for clients including transactional liabilities and credit insurance. Reinsurance primarily comprises property reinsurance.
FIHL does not manage its assets by segment. Accordingly, net investment income and total assets are not allocated to these segments. In addition, general and administrative expenses are not allocated between segments as employees, including underwriters, work across each of the different segments.
Financial Overview
The following overview of our operating results and financial condition for each of the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 is intended to identify important themes and should be read in conjunction with the more detailed discussion further below. See Results of Operations.
Operating Highlights
Gross Premiums Written. The changes in our segments GPW for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 were as follows:
2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||||||||||
GPW | ($ millions) | (% change) | ($ millions) | (% change) | ($ millions) | |||||||||||||||
Bespoke |
$ | 783.2 | 33 | % | $ | 588.0 | 73 | % | $ | 339.1 | ||||||||||
Specialty |
1,610.7 | 44 | % | 1,115.2 | 93 | % | 577.9 | |||||||||||||
Reinsurance |
606.2 | (44 | %) | 1,084.5 | 64 | % | 659.5 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total |
$ | 3,000.1 | 8 | % | $ | 2,787.7 | 77 | % | $ | 1,576.5 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our GPW in the Specialty segment has continued the trend of significant growth since 2019, primarily as a result of taking advantage of market dislocation on new business, which gave us the opportunity to maintain improved pricing and preferential terms and conditions on both our Specialty renewal book and new business. In
122
each quarter since the fourth quarter of 2019, the Specialty market has shown dislocation across almost all lines and subclasses of business, especially in those that are loss affected. Primarily as a result of this market opportunity, our GPW in the Specialty segment grew 44% to $1,610.7 million in 2022 from $1,115.2 million in 2021. This followed growth of 93% to $1,115.2 million in 2021 from $577.9 million in 2020. The largest increases in 2022 came from the marine and aviation classes.
Our GPW in the Bespoke segment grew 36% to $783.2 million from $588.0 million in 2021. This was led by growth in our bespoke intangibles and contract frustration lines of business. In 2021 our GPW grew 73% to $588.0 million from $339.1 million in 2020.
Our GPW in the Reinsurance segment decreased 44% to $606.2 million in 2022 from $1,084.5 million in 2021. This was caused primarily by a reduction in our exposure to North American property risks and other international risk, notably in Japan. Our 2021 GPW increased to $1,084.5 million from $659.5 million in 2020, which reflected our view on market conditions as we entered 2021.
Loss Ratio. We monitor the ratio of losses and loss adjustment expenses to NPE (the loss ratio) as a measure of relative underwriting performance, where a lower loss ratio represents a better underwriting result than a higher loss ratio. The loss ratios for our business segments for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 were as follows:
Loss Ratio for the Years Ended December 31, |
||||||||||||
2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||
Bespoke |
31.3 | % | 28.3 | % | 33.2 | % | ||||||
Specialty |
59.7 | % | 38.5 | % | 37.7 | % | ||||||
Reinsurance |
74.3 | % | 114.2 | % | 54.9 | % | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
55.2 | % | 60.4 | % | 44.5 | % | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our loss ratio was 55.2% in 2022 compared with 60.4% in 2021. The reduction was primarily caused by a reduction in our Reinsurance segment loss ratio to 74.3% in 2022 from 114.2% in 2021. Our catastrophe and large losses were $378.9 million or 25.1% net of reinsurance in 2022, compared with $389.6 million or 33.8% in 2021. The reduction in percentage impact from catastrophe and large losses was caused by a reduction in our NPE in our Reinsurance segment together with the related exposure.
Our loss ratio was 60.4% in 2021 compared with 44.5% in 2020. Our 2021 loss ratio included catastrophe and large losses of $389.6 million or 33.8% net of reinsurance compared with $175.3 million or 24.1% in 2020.
In 2021, the Reinsurance segment was affected by the natural catastrophe events that are summarized below in ReinsuranceLosses and Loss Adjustment Expenses, which resulted in a loss ratio of 114.2%, a significant increase from the loss ratio for the Reinsurance segment of 54.9% in 2020.
Net Investment Income. We believe our investment portfolio continues to be conservatively positioned, with 96.9% of our investment portfolio held in cash and core fixed maturity securities with a short average duration of 1.2 years and average credit quality of AA- at December 31, 2022. This allows us to prioritize taking risk on the underwriting side of our balance sheet. Our net investment return was $7.0 million in 2022 compared with $34.1 million in 2021. Our net investment income increased to $40.7 million in 2022 from $20.6 million in 2021 due to increases in interest rates and investible assets. This increase was more than offset by net realized and unrealized investment losses of $33.7 million in 2022. Our net investment income was $34.1 million in 2021 compared with $44.1 million in 2020. This decrease was caused by reinvesting at lower interest rates during 2021 compared to 2020.
Our total investment return in 2022 was a loss of $89.5 million compared with a loss of $2.0 million in 2021. The reduction in our total investment returns was caused by unrealized losses on our fixed maturity securities resulting from increases in interest rates during 2022. These are expected to unwind quickly due to the
123
short duration of our investment portfolio. Similarly, our negative total investment return for 2021 resulted from the significant upward shift in the yield curve as higher inflation prompted the market to price in more interest rate hikes by the U.S. Federal Reserve and at an accelerated pace.
In 2020, we generated a total investment return of $56.2 million.
Results of Operations
Our audited consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The discussions that follow include tables and discussions relating to our consolidated income statements for each of the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. The table below sets out the consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020:
Consolidated Income Statements
2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||||||
Revenues |
||||||||||||
Gross premiums written |
$ | 3,000.1 | $ | 2,787.7 | $ | 1,576.5 | ||||||
Reinsurance premiums ceded |
(1,137.5 | ) | (1,186.6 | ) | (670.9 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net premiums written |
1,862.6 | 1,601.1 | 905.6 | |||||||||
Change in net unearned premiums |
(357.9 | ) | (446.9 | ) | (177.0 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net premiums earned |
1,504.7 | 1,154.2 | 728.6 | |||||||||
Net investment (losses)/gains |
(33.7 | ) | 13.5 | 17.9 | ||||||||
Net investment income |
40.7 | 20.6 | 26.2 | |||||||||
Net foreign exchange gains |
6.8 | | 1.2 | |||||||||
Other income |
1.9 | 1.0 | 8.7 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total revenues |
$ | 1,520.4 | $ | 1,189.3 | $ | 782.6 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Expenses |
||||||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses |
830.2 | 696.8 | 324.5 | |||||||||
Policy acquisition expenses |
447.7 | 299.9 | 179.2 | |||||||||
General and administrative expenses |
106.4 | 75.4 | 83.5 | |||||||||
Corporate and other expenses |
20.5 | 2.7 | 18.7 | |||||||||
Net foreign exchange losses |
| 0.4 | | |||||||||
Financing costs |
35.5 | 35.4 | 27.9 | |||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of preference securities |
| | 25.3 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total expenses |
$ | 1,440.3 | $ | 1,110.6 | $ | 659.1 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Income before income taxes |
80.1 | 78.7 | 123.5 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Income tax (expense)/benefit |
(17.8 | ) | (0.4 | ) | 3.1 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net income |
62.3 | 78.3 | 126.6 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net income attributable to non-controlling interests |
(9.7 | ) | (10.0 | ) | (0.1 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net income available to common shareholders |
52.6 | 68.3 | 126.5 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Other comprehensive (loss)/income |
||||||||||||
Unrealized (losses)/gain on AFS financial assets |
(96.5 | ) | (36.1 | ) | 12.1 | |||||||
Income tax benefit/(expense), all of which relates to unrealized (loss)/gain on AFS financial assets |
8.1 | 2.4 | (0.7 | ) | ||||||||
Currency translation adjustments |
(1.1 | ) | (0.2 | ) | | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total other comprehensive (loss)/income |
(89.5 | ) | (33.9 | ) | 11.4 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Comprehensive (loss)/income attributable to common shareholders |
$ | (36.9 | ) | $ | 34.4 | $ | 137.9 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
124
Years Ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020
Gross Premiums Written: Our GPW for each of the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 were as follows:
Gross Premiums Written | ||||||||||||||||||||
2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||||||||||
($ in millions) | % change | ($ in millions) | % change | ($ in millions) | ||||||||||||||||
Bespoke |
$ | 783.2 | 33 | % | $ | 588.0 | 73 | % | $ | 339.1 | ||||||||||
Specialty |
1,610.7 | 44 | % | 1,115.2 | 93 | % | 577.9 | |||||||||||||
Reinsurance |
606.2 | (44 | )% | 1,084.5 | 64 | % | 659.5 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total |
$ | 3,000.1 | 8 | % | $ | 2,787.7 | 77 | % | $ | 1,576.5 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GPW increased 8% to $3,000.1 million in 2022 compared with $2,787.7 million in 2021. GPW increased by 77% to $2,787.7 million in 2021 from $1,576.5 million in 2020.
The growth in GPW in 2022 was led by increases in our Specialty and Bespoke segments of $495.5 million and $195.2 million, respectively, offset by a decrease of $478.3 million in our Reinsurance segment. The growth in our Specialty segment was driven by our marine and aviation and aerospace lines of business. The increase in our Bespoke segment resulted from additional current-year warranty deals and new opportunities in our bespoke intangibles line of business. We reduced our Reinsurance segment GPW as we focused on optimizing our portfolio to respond to our views on climate change and the adequacy of catastrophe pricing.
The growth in 2021 was attributable to all segments and benefited from improved pricing and access to greater capital resources following our capital raises in 2019 and 2020. Our Specialty segment premium increased by 93% to $1,115.2 million in 2021 primarily due to favorable pricing and hard market underwriting opportunities in some of the key Specialty classes, including property D&F, marine and aviation. The growth in our Bespoke segment from 2020 to 2021 was primarily due to new business opportunities in transactional liabilities and credit insurance. The growth in our Reinsurance segment in 2021 resulted primarily from new business and improved pricing conditions on loss-impacted lines of business in Japan, the Southeastern United States and California.
Reinsurance Premiums Ceded: The changes in our ceded written premiums for each of the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 were as follows:
Reinsurance Premiums Ceded | ||||||||||||||||||||
2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||||||||||
($ in millions) | % change | ($ in millions) | % change | ($ in millions) | ||||||||||||||||
Bespoke |
$ | 221.5 | 44 | % | $ | 153.4 | 75 | % | $ | 87.9 | ||||||||||
Specialty |
549.9 | 54 | % | 357.0 | 104 | % | 174.8 | |||||||||||||
Reinsurance |
366.1 | (46 | %) | 676.2 | 66 | % | 408.2 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total |
$ | 1,137.5 | (4 | %) | $ | 1,186.6 | 77 | % | $ | 670.9 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reinsurance premiums ceded decreased 4% to $1,137.5 million in 2022 from $1,186.6 million in 2021. The decrease was caused by our decision to reduce and optimize our Reinsurance segment GPW. Reinsurance premiums ceded increased by 77% in 2021 compared to 2020. This increase was across all segments and reflects the growth of the GPW for each segment. In the fourth quarter of 2020, we entered into a new 20% whole account quota share with National Indemnity Company which enabled us to write more business in a capital efficient manner. In addition, we arranged additional quota share protections by purchasing additional reinsurance and also sponsored four catastrophe bonds through Herbie Re in 2020 ($139.1 million) and 2021 ($108.2 million) to provide us with multi-year protections on an industry-loss basis.
125
Net Premiums Earned: The following table summarizes the overall change in net premiums earned in each of the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020:
Net Premiums Earned | ||||||||||||||||||||
2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||||||||||
($ in millions) | % change | ($ in millions) | % change | ($ in millions) | ||||||||||||||||
Bespoke |
$ | 379.4 | 34 | % | $ | 251.9 | 19 | % | $ | 212.5 | ||||||||||
Specialty |
852.8 | 37 | % | 535.3 | 212 | % | 171.7 | |||||||||||||
Reinsurance |
272.5 | (35 | %) | 367.0 | 7 | % | 344.4 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total |
$ | 1,504.7 | 23 | % | $ | 1,154.2 | 58 | % | $ | 728.6 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our NPE increased by $350.5 million to $1,504.7 million in 2022 from $1,154.2 million in 2021. The increase was led by our Specialty segment which grew by $317.5 million in 2022 resulting from the continued increase in net premiums written and the earning of contracts that incepted in prior years. Our NPE increased by $425.6 million, or 58%, in 2021 compared to 2020. Bespoke NPE increased by $39.4 million due to the additional earned premium from prior underwriting years on longer tenor business, such as mortgage contracts. Specialty NPE increased by $363.6 million, or 212%, primarily due to increased written premium due to the hard market conditions in various classes of Specialty business which allowed us to profitably deploy the additional capital raised at the end of 2019 and during 2020. Reinsurance net premiums earned increased by $22.6 million, or 7%, in 2021 compared to 2020 primarily from new business and improved pricing conditions on loss-impacted lines.
Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses: The table below summarizes the metrics we used to analyze the underwriting performance of the business.
For the Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||
Loss ratio |
55.2 | % | 60.4 | % | 44.5 | % | ||||||
Policy acquisition expense ratio |
29.8 | % | 26.0 | % | 24.6 | % | ||||||
General and administrative expense ratio |
7.1 | % | 6.5 | % | 11.5 | % | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Combined ratio |
92.1 | % | 92.9 | % | 80.6 | % | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our losses and loss adjustment expenses increased to $830.2 million in 2022 from $696.8 million in 2021. Our loss ratio decreased to 55.2% in 2022 from 60.4% in 2021. The reduction was primarily caused by a reduction in our Reinsurance segment loss ratio to 74.3% in 2022 from 114.2% in 2021.
Our losses and loss adjustment expenses increased to $696.8 million from $324.5 million in 2020. The increase in our loss ratio to 60.4% in 2021 compared to the loss ratio of 44.5% in 2020 was due primarily to an increase in catastrophe and large losses of $389.6 million in 2021 compared to $175.3 million in 2020.
Expenses: We monitor our expense ratio as a measure of the cost effectiveness of our policy acquisition expenses and general and administrative expenses. The table above presents the contribution of the policy acquisition expenses and general and administrative expenses for each of the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020.
Policy acquisition expenses paid to brokers and other intermediaries depends upon the type of business that we write and the terms that are agreed. The expense ratio is calculated as insurance acquisition expenses, net of reinsurers share of acquisition costs, divided by net premiums earned.
126
Policy acquisition expenses increased to $447.7 million in 2022 from $299.9 million in 2021. Our policy acquisition expense ratio increased to 29.8% in 2022 from 26.0% in 2021. This increase was driven by a change in business mix to certain lines of business that have higher expense ratios in our Bespoke and Specialty segments. Our policy acquisition expenses increased to $299.9 million in 2021 from $179.2 million in 2020. The increase in 2021 reflects the increased business volumes that we wrote over this period. Our policy acquisition expense ratio of 26.0% in 2021 increased from the 2020 policy acquisition expense ratio of 24.6%, primarily due to changes in business mix.
Our general and administrative expenses increased to $106.4 million in 2022 from $75.4 million in 2021. Our general and administrative expense ratio, expressed as a measure of general and administrative expenses divided by NPE, increased to 7.1% in 2022 from 6.5% in 2021. The increase was caused primarily by higher employment and related costs, and additional professional fees. Our general and administrative expenses decreased to $75.4 million in 2021 from $83.5 million in 2020 which was primarily driven by higher overrider income (income received from reinsurers for placing and managing the business placed with them) and lower performance-related variable compensation for staff. The decrease in the general and administrative expense ratio from 2020 to 2021 was the result of lower expenses further improved by the impact of higher NPE in 2021.
Combined Ratio: As discussed above, our combined ratio is calculated as the sum of the loss ratio and expense ratio. Our combined ratio decreased to 92.1% in 2022 from 92.9% in 2021. This was caused by the decrease in our loss ratio, partially offset by an increase in our expense ratio. Our combined ratio increased to 92.9% in 2021 from 80.6% in the prior year, which was primarily driven by our loss ratio of 60.4% in 2021 compared to 44.5% in 2020 due to catastrophe and large losses of $389.6 million in 2021 compared to $175.3 million in 2020. Offsetting the increase in the loss ratio was a reduction in the expense ratio to 32.5% in 2021 from 36.1% in 2020.
Corporate and Other Expenses: Corporate and other expenses include reorganization expenses and warrant expenses. Corporate and other expenses were $20.5 million in 2022 compared to $2.7 million in 2021. Corporate and other expenses increased in 2022 due to additional professional fees related to the Separation Transactions. Corporate and other expenses decreased to $2.7 million in 2021 from $18.7 million in 2020 primarily due to higher warrant expenses in 2020. Warrant expenses are incurred when Fidelis raises additional capital or issues additional share options. Warrant issuances in relation to additional capital raises were capped at $2.1 billion in total capital raised, which was achieved in 2021. This resulted in lower corporate and other expenses in 2021.
Net Investment Income: Net investment income includes investment income net of investment management fees. In 2022 our net investment income was $40.7 million compared with $20.6 million in 2021. The increase in our net investment income is due to increases in interest rates during 2022 and the short duration nature of our portfolio which is sensitive to such increases in rates. The increase in our net investment income also results from the increase in total cash and investments. In 2021, we generated net investment income of $20.6 million compared with $26.2 million in 2020. The decrease in net investment income in 2021 was primarily due to the lower interest rate environment and a lower yield earned on our cash balances and the core fixed maturity portfolio. In March 2020, central banks lowered interest rates in response to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. As we reinvested the proceeds from maturities along with other cash flows, the purchase yield achieved on these investments was significantly lower than the book yield of the portfolio at March 2020.
Net Investment Gains: Investment gains includes unrealized and realized gains and losses on those investments classified as trading. All investments classified as trading had been disposed by December 31, 2022. In 2022 we had a net investment loss of $33.7 million compared with a net investment gain of $13.5 million in 2021. The loss in 2022 resulted from a fall in value of our risk assets, the increase in interest rates driving realized losses on the disposal of fixed maturity securities, realized losses on derivative instruments and the current expected credit losses (CECL) charge on our AFS securities. In 2021 we generated a net investment gain of $13.5 million compared to a gain of $17.9 million in 2020. Outside of our core fixed maturity portfolio, we also recorded a gain on our risk assets of $14.2 million in 2021 compared with $11.1 million in 2020, primarily as a result of positive returns on
127
equity and commodity-linked structured notes as the economy rebounded with the lifting of COVID-19 restrictions. The opportunistic fixed maturity fund recorded a negative return in 2021, primarily as a result of the upward shift in yields, spread widening and strengthening of the U.S. dollar.
Unrealized Gains/(losses) on Available-For-Sale Financial Instruments: Unrealized losses on fixed maturity securities of $96.5 million in 2022 were caused by increases in interest rates. Due to the short duration of our fixed maturity portfolio, we expect the majority of these unrealized losses to unwind during 2023 and 2024. In 2021, we recorded an unrealized loss of $36.1 million (2020: gain of $12.1 million) on available-for-sale financial instruments, primarily as a result of the changes in yields and credit spreads.
Foreign Exchange Contracts: At December 31, 2022 we held foreign exchange contracts with a notional amount of $44.0 million compared with a notional amount of $3.5 million in 2021. These contracts are used to manage underwriting and non-investment operations. The foreign exchange contracts were recorded as derivatives at fair value in the balance sheet with changes recorded as net foreign exchange losses in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.
Financing Costs: Financing costs were $35.5 million in 2022 compared with $35.4 million in 2021. Our financing costs were similar in both years due to there being no change in our debt levels during both years. Our 2021 financing costs were $35.4 million compared with $27.9 million in 2020. Financing costs increased in 2020 to meet the interest payments on the $330 million 4.875% Senior Notes due 2030 that were issued in June 2020 and July 2020 and the $125.0 million 6.625% Junior Subordinated Notes due 2041 that were issued in October 2020. The dividend paid to the holders of the Series A Preference Securities is also included in financing costs as referred to below, along with the costs associated with our letter of credit facilities as discussed in Note 17b (Commitments and Contingencies - Letter of Credit Facilities) of our audited consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.
Preference Securities: At December 31, 2022 and 2021, FIHL has 12,102 issued Series A Preference Securities that are classified in our balance sheet as debt. Dividend expense on our outstanding Series A Preference Securities in 2022 and 2021 was $5.3 million and in 2020 was $14.4 million and is included in financing costs.
Income Tax (expense)/benefit: There was an income tax expense of $17.8 million in 2022 compared with an income tax expense of $0.4 million in 2021. The increase in expense was caused by a change in jurisdiction where our net income was earned, with more profits being earned in the U.K. and a loss in Bermuda. In 2021 we incurred an income tax expense of $0.4 million compared to an income tax benefit of $3.1 million in 2020. The tax expense in 2021 benefited from a revaluation of our deferred tax assets due to the increase in the U.K. corporate tax rate from 19% to 25% in 2023 after which we expect to realize those benefits. Our income tax benefit of $3.1 million in 2020 resulted from a loss in the U.K. of $32.7 million.
Net Income: In 2022 we had net income of $62.3 million equivalent to fully diluted earnings per common share of $0.24. In 2021, we had net income of $78.3 million, equivalent to fully diluted earnings per Common Share of $0.31. In 2020, we had net income of $126.6 million, equivalent to fully diluted earnings per Common Share of $0.68.
Net Income Attributable to Non-Controlling Interests: The Group holds a majority interest in Pine Walk Capital, and accordingly the financial statements of Pine Walk Capital are included in the consolidated financial statements of the Group. The net income attributable to non-controlling interests reflects the minority shareholders interest in Pine Walk Capital, which totaled $9.7 million, $10.0 million and $0.1 million in 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Comprehensive Income Attributable to Common Shareholders: Comprehensive income attributable to common shareholders decreased to a loss of $36.9 million in 2022 from income of $34.4 million and income of $137.9 million in 2021 and 2020, respectively.
128
Segment Analysis for the Years Ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020
Specialty
The table below sets out GPW, NPE and the loss ratio for the Specialty segment for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020:
Specialty | ||||||||||||||||||||
For the Year Ended | ||||||||||||||||||||
2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||||||||||
($ in millions) | % change | ($ in millions) | % change | ($ in millions) | ||||||||||||||||
Aviation & Aerospace |
$ | 298.0 | 73 | % | $ | 172.7 | 36 | % | $ | 127.2 | ||||||||||
Energy |
119.3 | 28 | % | 92.9 | 19 | % | 77.8 | |||||||||||||
Marine |
538.2 | 115 | % | 249.9 | 135 | % | 106.3 | |||||||||||||
Property |
19.9 | (33 | %) | 29.7 | 43 | % | 20.7 | |||||||||||||
Property D&F |
611.5 | 12 | % | 543.8 | 140 | % | 226.4 | |||||||||||||
Specialty Other |
23.8 | (9 | %) | 26.2 | 34 | % | 19.5 | |||||||||||||
Total Specialty GPW |
$ | 1,610.7 | 44 | % | $ | 1,115.2 | 93 | % | $ | 577.9 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Reinsurance premiums ceded |
(549.9 | ) | 54 | % | (357.0 | ) | 104 | % | (174.7 | ) | ||||||||||
Net premiums earned |
$ | 852.8 | 59 | % | $ | 535.3 | 212 | % | $ | 171.7 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses |
(508.7 | ) | 147 | % | (206.2 | ) | 218 | % | (64.8 | ) | ||||||||||
Loss ratio |
59.7 | % | 38.5 | % | 37.7 | % | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Premiums Written. GPW increased by 44% to $1,610.7 million in 2022 from $1,115.2 million in 2021. The increase was primarily driven by our marine and aviation and aerospace lines of business due to improved pricing, larger line sizes and new business opportunities. Our GPW increased 93% to $1,115.2 million in 2021 from $577.9 million in 2020. The growth in 2021 was primarily driven by the improved pricing in aviation and property D&F insurance which allowed us to deploy the capital we raised in 2019 and in 2020. Growth in marine was driven primarily by a new binding authority in 2021 established with Pine Walk Capitals marine-focused managing general underwriter, Navium. See Capital Management.
Reinsurance Premiums Ceded. Reinsurance premiums ceded increased by 54% to $549.9 million from $357.0 million in 2021. The increase is driven by the increase in GPW. Our reinsurance premiums ceded increased 104% in 2021, driven primarily by growth in our GPW and the addition of a new 20% whole account quota share contract that commenced in the fourth quarter of 2020.
Net Premiums Earned. NPE increased 59% to $852.8 million from $535.3 million in 2021, driven by the increase in our NPW and continued earnings from contracts that incepted in prior years. Our NPE increased 212.0% in 2021.
Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses. Our loss ratio was 59.7% in 2022 compared to 38.5% in 2021. The main component of the increase in Specialty loss ratio was $117 million of the $135 million loss associated with the Ukraine Conflict that were recorded in the Specialty segment. Our loss ratio in 2021 was 38.5%, similar to the loss ratio of 37.7% in 2020.
129
Bespoke
The table below sets out GPW, NPE and the loss ratio for the Bespoke segment for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020:
Bespoke | ||||||||||||||||||||
For the Year Ended | ||||||||||||||||||||
2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||||||||||
($ in millions) | % change | ($ in millions) | % change | ($ in millions) | ||||||||||||||||
Credit & Political Risk |
$ | 329.8 | 28 | % | $ | 258.1 | 229 | % | $ | 78.5 | ||||||||||
Bespoke |
453.4 | 37 | % | $ | 329.9 | 27 | % | $ | 260.6 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total Bespoke GPW |
$ | 783.2 | 33 | % | $ | 588.0 | 73 | % | $ | 339.1 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Reinsurance premiums ceded |
(221.5 | ) | 44 | % | (153.4 | ) | 75 | % | (87.9 | ) | ||||||||||
Net premiums earned |
$ | 379.4 | 51 | % | $ | 251.9 | 19 | % | $ | 212.5 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses |
(118.9 | ) | 67 | % | (71.4 | ) | 1 | % | (70.5 | ) | ||||||||||
Loss ratio |
31.3 | % | 28.3 | % | 33.2 | % | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Premiums Written. GPW increased to $783.2 million in 2022 from $588.0 million in 2021. This growth was driven by additional current-year warranty deals and new opportunities in our bespoke intangibles line of business. GPW increased to $588.0 million in 2021 from $339.1 million in 2020. This growth was primarily driven by higher premium rates due to increased appetite for credit-related lines of business following a reduced appetite in 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic.
In 2020, new business opportunities within our bespoke other class were offset by the reduction in credit-exposed contracts within credit and political risk.
Reinsurance Premiums Ceded. Reinsurance premiums ceded increased to $221.5 million in 2022 from $153.4 million in 2021, primarily driven by increases in GPW and also higher ceded quota share premiums. Our reinsurance premiums ceded increased to $153.4 million in 2021 from $87.9 million in 2020, primarily as a result of higher gross volumes and the addition of a new 20% whole account quota share contract in the fourth quarter of 2020.
Net Premiums Earned. NPE increased to $379.4 million in 2022 from $251.9 million in 2021. This reflects the 33% increase in GPW together with the continued earning of contracts written in prior years. NPE increased to $251.9 million in 2021 (2020: $212.5 million), primarily due to growth in written premiums and the earn-through of longer tenor business written in prior years.
Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses. Our loss ratio in 2022 was 31.3% in 2022 compared with 28.3% in 2021. The slight increase was caused by $18 million of our $135 million loss associated with the Ukraine Conflict that was recorded in the Bespoke segment. Our loss ratio was 28.3% in 2021 compared to 33.2% in 2020. The decrease in loss ratio was primarily due to the impact of COVID-19 losses in 2020.
130
Reinsurance
The table below sets out GPW, NPE and the loss ratio for the Reinsurance segment for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020:
Reinsurance | ||||||||||||||||||||
For the Year Ended | ||||||||||||||||||||
2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||||||||||
($ in millions) | % change | ($ in millions) | % change | ($ in millions) | ||||||||||||||||
Property Reinsurance |
$ | 556.9 | (45 | %) | $ | 1,004.5 | 66 | % | $ | 604.2 | ||||||||||
Retrocession |
32.5 | (45 | %) | 59.5 | 23 | % | 48.3 | |||||||||||||
Whole Account |
16.8 | (18 | %) | 20.5 | 193 | % | 7.0 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total Reinsurance GPW |
$ | 606.2 | (44 | %) | $ | 1,084.5 | 64 | % | $ | 659.5 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Reinsurance premiums ceded |
(366.1 | ) | (46 | %) | (676.2 | ) | 66 | % | (408.2 | ) | ||||||||||
Net premiums earned |
272.5 | (26 | %) | 367.0 | 7 | % | 344.4 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses |
(202.6 | ) | (52 | %) | (419.2 | ) | 122 | % | (189.2 | ) | ||||||||||
Loss ratio |
74.3 | % | 114.2 | % | 54.9 | % | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Premiums Written. GPW decreased to $606.2 million in 2022 from $1,084.5 million in 2021, driven by our views of risks relating to climate change and the adequacy of pricing for catastrophe risks. GPW increased to $1,084.5 million in 2021 from $659.5 million in 2020. The growth in 2021 was primarily driven by higher premium rates which allowed us to deploy the additional capital raised at the end of 2019 and during 2020.
Reinsurance Premiums Ceded. Reinsurance premiums ceded decreased to $366.1 million in 2022 from $676.2 million in 2021, which decrease was proportional to the decrease in GPW. Reinsurance premiums increased to $676.2 million in 2021 from $408.2 million in 2020, primarily driven by growth in the GPW and the addition of a new 20% whole account quota share contract in the fourth quarter of 2020.
Net Premiums Earned. NPE decreased to $272.5 million in 2022 from $367.0 million in 2021, driven by the decrease in GPW, partially offset by earned premiums from contracts that incepted in prior years. NPE increased to $367.0 million in 2021 from $344.4 million in 2020, primarily due to growth in GPW.
Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses. Our loss ratio decreased to 74.3% in 2022 from 114.2% in 2021. This decrease resulted from a decrease in our catastrophe losses to $105.8 million in 2022 from $280.6 million in 2021. Our loss expense was elevated in 2021 from the impact of Winter Storm Uri, Hurricane Ida, and Storm Bernd, whereas the main loss incurred in 2022 was from Hurricane Ian. Our loss ratio increased to 114.2% in 2021 compared to 54.9% in 2020. The increase in loss ratio was primarily due to catastrophe losses of $280.6 million in 2021 from Winter Storm Uri, Hurricane Ida, and Storm Bernd compared to $116.4 million in 2020, relating primarily to Hurricane Laura and the U.S. Midwest derecho. In addition, in 2021 there was a strengthening of prior year reserves of $29.6 million relating to Hurricane Laura and the U.S. Midwest derecho compared to a reserve release of $9.8 million in 2020.
Financial Condition
Total Cash and Investments
Our investment strategy is focused on delivering stable investment income and a reasonable total return through all market cycles while maintaining appropriate portfolio liquidity and credit quality to meet the requirements of our clients, rating agencies and regulators, and to support our underwriting activities.
Our investments consist primarily of a core fixed maturity portfolio which is comprised of a diversified portfolio of high-quality fixed maturity securities (including U.S. Treasuries, non-U.S. government bonds,
131
government agency bonds, corporate bonds, investment-grade emerging market debt, mortgage and other asset-backed securities). Our core fixed maturity assets are managed by external investment managers through individual investment management agreements. We monitor activity and performance of these external managers regularly.
Our net investment return was $7.0 million in 2022 compared with $34.1 million in 2021. Our net investment income increased to $40.7 million in 2022 from $20.6 million in 2021 due to increases in interest rates and investible assets. This increase was more than offset by net realized and unrealized investment losses of $33.7 million in 2022. Our net investment return was $34.1 million in 2021 compared with $44.1 million in 2020. This decrease was caused by reinvesting at lower interest rates during 2021 compared to 2020.
We generated a negative total investment return percentage of 2.5% in 2022 compared to a negative total return of 0.1% in 2021. The decrease was caused by unrealized losses on our core fixed maturity investments resulting from increases in interest rates in 2022. We generated a negative total investment return of 0.1% in 2021 compared to a positive return of 2.4% in 2020. The fall in investment performance in 2021 was primarily due to unrealized losses on our core fixed maturity assets as yields increased.
At December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, total cash and cash equivalents (including restricted cash and cash equivalents) and investments (including derivative assets (at fair value), accrued investment income and investments pending settlement) were $3.9 billion and $3.3 billion, respectively. Total cash, cash equivalents and investments increased from 2021 to 2022, primarily as a result of positive operating cash flows. At December 31, 2022, 36.7% (2021 - 14.6%) of our total cash and investments was held in cash and 60.2% (2021 - 76.8%) of our total cash and investments was allocated to our core fixed maturity portfolio. Risk assets represented 3.0% (2021 - 7.7%) of our total cash and investments at December 31, 2022.
At December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, total cash and cash equivalents (including restricted cash and cash equivalents) and investments (including derivative assets (at fair value), accrued investment income and investments pending settlement) were $3.3 billion and $3.0 billion, respectively. Total cash, cash equivalents and investments increased from 2020 to 2021, primarily as a result of positive operating cash flows.
Consistent with our current investment approach, we have maintained a diversified portfolio of fixed maturity securities with only a small allocation to risk assets over the last two years. The following tables summarize the fair value of our fixed-maturity investments at December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively:
At December 31, 2022 | ||||||||||||||||
Cost | Unrealized Gains |
Unrealized Losses |
Fair Value |
|||||||||||||
($ millions) | ||||||||||||||||
Available-for-sale |
||||||||||||||||
US. Treasuries |
$ | 643.1 | $ | | $ | (27.3 | ) | $ | 615.8 | |||||||
Agencies |
17.5 | | (0.4 | ) | 17.1 | |||||||||||
Non-U.S. government |
115.2 | | (4.3 | ) | 110.9 | |||||||||||
Corporate bonds |
1,078.1 | | (57.8 | ) | 1,020.3 | |||||||||||
Residential mortgage-backed securities |
88.6 | | (8.9 | ) | 79.7 | |||||||||||
Commercial mortgage-backed securities |
8.0 | | (1.2 | ) | 6.8 | |||||||||||
Other asset-backed securities |
209.5 | | (9.2 | ) | 200.3 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fixed maturity securities, AFS |
$ | 2,160.0 | $ | | $ | (109.1 | ) | $ | 2,050.9 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fixed maturity securities |
$ | 2,160.0 | $ | | $ | (109.1 | ) | $ | 2,050.9 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Short-term investments, AFS |
257.0 | 0.1 | (0.1 | ) | 257.0 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fixed maturity and short-term investments |
$ | 2,417.0 | $ | 0.1 | $ | (109.2 | ) | $ | 2,307.9 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
132
At December 31, 2021 | ||||||||||||||||
Cost | Unrealized Gains |
Unrealized Losses |
Fair Value |
|||||||||||||
($ millions) | ||||||||||||||||
Trading |
||||||||||||||||
Corporate bonds |
$ | 13.6 | $ | 0.1 | $ | | $ | 13.7 | ||||||||
Residential mortgage-backed securities |
4.8 | 0.1 | | 4.9 | ||||||||||||
Other asset-backed securities |
8.3 | | | 8.3 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fixed maturity securities, trading |
$ | 26.7 | $ | 0.2 | $ | | $ | 26.9 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Available-for-sale |
||||||||||||||||
US. Treasuries |
732.8 | 2.5 | (4.5 | ) | 730.8 | |||||||||||
Agencies |
28.0 | | (0.1 | ) | 27.9 | |||||||||||
Non-U.S. government |
140.3 | 0.6 | (0.8 | ) | 140.1 | |||||||||||
Corporate bonds |
1,276.7 | 2.8 | (12.1 | ) | 1,267.4 | |||||||||||
Residential mortgage-backed securities |
56.3 | 0.2 | (1.4 | ) | 55.1 | |||||||||||
Commercial mortgage-backed securities |
57.3 | | (0.8 | ) | 56.5 | |||||||||||
Other asset-backed securities |
214.1 | 0.2 | (1.0 | ) | 213.3 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fixed maturity securities, AFS |
$ | 2,505.5 | $ | 6.3 | $ | (20.7 | ) | $ | 2,491.1 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fixed maturity securities |
$ | 2,532.2 | $ | 6.5 | $ | (20.7 | ) | $ | 2,518.0 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Short-term investments, AFS |
11.5 | | | 11.5 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fixed maturity securities |
$ | 2,543.7 | $ | 6.5 | $ | (20.7 | ) | $ | 2,529.5 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average book yield at December 31, 2022 on our fixed maturity portfolio was 1.6% compared with 0.90% at December 31, 2021. The increase in book yield was a result of purchases of new securities at higher yields as interest rates increased over the course of the year. Our fixed maturity portfolio duration at December 31, 2022 was 1.2 years compared to 1.9 years at December 31, 2021.
At December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 the average credit quality of our fixed maturity portfolio was AA- (or its equivalent), with 88.0% and 86.0% (respectively) of the portfolio being rated A- (or its equivalent) or above. Where the credit ratings are split between two rating agencies, the lower rating is used; where the credit ratings are split between three rating agencies, the middle rating is used.
The composition of the fair values of fixed maturity securities by credit rating at December 31, 2022 and 2021 is as follows:
133
In addition to our core fixed maturity portfolio, we also have a small allocation to risk assets of $117.1 million or 4.8% of total investments at December 31, 2022.
In January 2021, we invested a total of $50.0 million in an opportunistic fixed maturity UCITS fund managed by Wellington Investment Management. The fair value of the fund at December 31, 2022 was $43.4 million.
In February 2022, we invested $75.0 million into a one-year equity-market linked structured note. The ultimate return on the structured note is determined based on the relative level of the underlying index on maturity of the structured note compared to the index entry points. The upside return on the structured note is subject to a cap while the structured note includes a buffer protecting the structured note from experiencing any principal loss for up to 10.0% of negative index performance relative to the entry point. If the buffer is breached the structured note will experience a principal loss only for the negative performance that is in excess of the 10.0% buffer. The underlying index of the structured note is a blended index which includes the S&P500, Stoxx Europe 600, TOPIX and a U.S. infrastructure equity exchange- traded fund. The fair value of the structured note at December 31, 2022 was $72.8 million.
Reserves
The following tables detail gross and net reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses at December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021:
Total Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses |
||||||||
At December 31, | ||||||||
2022 | 2021 | |||||||
Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses |
$ | 2,045.2 | $ | 1,386.5 | ||||
Reinsurance balances recoverable on reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses | (976.1 | ) | (795.2 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses |
$ | 1,069.1 | $ | 591.3 | ||||
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2022, we had net reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses of $1,069.1 million, which represented our best estimate of the ultimate liability for payment of losses and loss adjustment expenses, an increase from $591.3 million net reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses at December 31, 2021. Of the gross reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses of $2,045.2 million at December 31, 2022, a total of $1,250.1 million, or 61%, represented IBNR claims. Of the gross reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses of $1,386.5 million at December 31, 2021, a total of $851.7 million, or 61%, represented IBNR claims. The year-on-year increase in gross reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses is primarily due to premium growth.
134
The breakdown of gross reserves between outstanding claims and IBNR for the relevant period end were as follows:
Total Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses |
||||||||
At December 31, | ||||||||
2022 | 2021 | |||||||
Gross Outstanding |
$ | 795.1 | $ | 534.8 | ||||
Gross IBNR |
1,250.1 | 851.7 | ||||||
Gross Reserves |
2,045.2 | 1,386.5 | ||||||
% IBNR |
61.1 | % | 61.4 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
Prior Year Reserves: For the year ended December 31, 2022 there was an overall reduction in our estimate of ultimate net claims to be paid in respect of prior accident years. The reserve releases for each of the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 are shown below:
For the Year Ended December 31, |
||||||||||||
2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||
Total losses and loss expense reserves releases |
$ | 22.1 | $ | 9.6 | $ | 38.4 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the year ended December 31, 2022, our net reserve release of $22.1 million was primarily driven by our Bespoke and Specialty segments. Both segments experienced a more benign claim experience than our assumptions allowed for, across the majority of classes. This was partially offset by reserve strengthening of $17.8 million in our Reinsurance Segment, largely driven by deterioration on Storm Bernd and Hurricane Laura.
For the year ended December 31, 2021, our net reserve release of $9.6 million was primarily driven by better-than-expected performance of $21.2 million in Bespoke and $18.0 million in Specialty. This was offset by reserve strengthening of $29.6 million in Reinsurance, driven primarily by adverse reserve development from Hurricane Laura and the Midwest Derecho which occurred in 2020.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, our net reserve release of $38.4 million was primarily driven by changes in reserving estimates across the Bespoke, Specialty and Reinsurance segments due to better-than-expected loss experience.
We did not make any significant changes in methodologies used in our reserving process for the periods covered in this prospectus.
Potential Variability in Loss Reserves: The tables below summarize the effect of reasonably likely scenarios on the key actuarial assumptions used to estimate our loss reserves, net of unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses for our segments at December 31, 2022. The scenarios in these tables summarize the effect of (i) changes to the expected loss ratio selections used at December 31, 2022, which represent loss ratio point increases or decreases to the expected loss ratios used, and (ii) changes to the loss development patterns used in our reserving process at December 31, 2022, which represent claims reporting that is either slower or faster than the reporting patterns used. We believe that the illustrated sensitivities are indicative of the potential variability inherent in the estimation process of those parameters. The results show the impact of varying each key actuarial assumption using the chosen sensitivity on our IBNR reserves, on a net basis and across all accident years.
Each of the impacts summarized in the tables below is estimated individually and without consideration for any correlation among key assumptions or among lines of business. Therefore, it would be inappropriate to take each of the amounts and add them together to estimate total volatility. While we believe the variations in the expected loss ratios and loss development patterns presented could be reasonably expected, our own historical
135
data regarding variability is generally limited and actual variations may be greater or less than these amounts. It is also important to note that the variations are not meant to be a best-case or worst-case series of scenarios and, therefore, it is possible that future variations in our loss reserves may be more or less than the amounts set forth above. While we believe that these are reasonably likely scenarios, we do not believe this sensitivity analysis should be considered an actual reserve range.
Expected Loss Ratio at December 31, 2022 | ||||||||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||||||
Development Pattern |
||||||||||||
Increase (decrease) in loss reserves, net |
||||||||||||
Reinsurance |
5% Lower | Unchanged | 5% Higher | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
6 Months Shorter |
(34.2 | ) | (33.6 | ) | (33.0 | ) | ||||||
Unchanged |
(3.4 | ) | | 3.4 | ||||||||
6 Months Longer |
31.0 | 37.7 | 44.4 | |||||||||
Specialty |
5% Lower | Unchanged | 5% Higher | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
6 Months Shorter |
(36.0 | ) | (22.3 | ) | (8.7 | ) | ||||||
Unchanged |
(15.6 | ) | | 15.6 | ||||||||
6 Months Longer |
27.3 | 47.5 | 67.6 | |||||||||
Bespoke |
5% Lower | Unchanged | 5% Higher | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
6 Months Shorter |
(33.1 | ) | (22.9 | ) | (12.8 | ) | ||||||
Unchanged |
(12.0 | ) | | 12.0 | ||||||||
6 Months Longer |
3.2 | 17.0 | 30.9 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Liquidity is a measure of a companys ability to generate cash flows sufficient to meet short-term and long-term cash requirements of its business operations. Management monitors the liquidity of FIHL and of each of our operating insurance subsidiaries. As a holding company, FIHL relies on dividends and other distributions from its operating insurance subsidiaries to provide cash flow to meet ongoing cash requirements, including any future debt service payments and other expenses, and to pay dividends to the holders of our Common Shares and Series A Preference Securities, if any.
During the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, FIHL received distributions from subsidiaries of $220.9 million and $83.0 million, respectively. FIID is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of FIBL and hence does not pay dividends directly to FIHL. FIHL (and not, for the avoidance of doubt, its subsidiaries) held $127.6 million of cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2022 and $15.1 million at December 31, 2021. Management considers the current cash and cash equivalents, together with dividends declared or expected to be declared by the operating insurance subsidiaries, sufficient to appropriately satisfy the liquidity requirements of FIHL, which are minimal at present.
The ability of the operating insurance subsidiaries to pay dividends or other distributions to FIHL is subject to the laws and regulations applicable in their relevant jurisdictions as well as the applicable operating insurance subsidiarys need to maintain capital amounts adequate to maintain their (re)insurance operations and their financial strength ratings issued by independent rating agencies.
As a Bermuda class 4 (re)insurer, FIBL must maintain available statutory economic capital at a level equal to its enhanced capital requirement (ECR), which is established by reference to the Bermuda Solvency Capital Requirement (BSCR). Under the Bermuda Insurance Act 1978, as amended, FIBL is prohibited from declaring or paying a dividend if it is in breach of its minimum solvency margin, ECR or minimum liquidity ratio or if the declaration or payment of such dividend would cause such a breach. In addition, FIBL is prohibited from declaring or paying in any financial year dividends of more than 25% of its total statutory capital and surplus (as
136
shown on its previous financial years statutory balance sheet) unless it files with the BMA an affidavit stating that it will continue to meet the relevant solvency and liquidity margins. Without the approval of the BMA, FIBL is prohibited from reducing by 15% or more its total statutory capital as set out in its previous years financial statements and any application for such approval must include an affidavit stating that it will continue to meet the required solvency and liquidity margins.
The PRAs regulatory requirements impose no explicit restrictions on FULs ability to pay a dividend, but FUL must notify the PRA 28 days prior to any proposed dividend payment. Under the U.K. Companies Act 2006, as amended, dividends may only be distributed from profits available for distribution under applicable law.
The CBI regulatory requirements impose no explicit restrictions on FIIDs ability to pay a dividend, but FIID must notify the CBI prior to any proposed dividend payment. Under Irish company law, dividends may only be distributed from profits available for distribution under applicable law.
The operating insurance subsidiaries held $1,277.5 million and $320.3 million of unrestricted cash and unrestricted short-term investments at December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. Management monitors the value, currency and duration of cash and investments held by the operating insurance subsidiaries to ensure they are able to meet their (re)insurance and other liabilities as they become due and was satisfied that there was a comfortable margin of liquidity at December 31, 2022 and for the foreseeable future.
On an ongoing basis, the operating insurance subsidiaries sources of funds primarily consist of premiums written, investment income and proceeds from sales and redemptions of investments. Cash is used primarily to pay reinsurance premiums, losses and loss adjustment expenses, brokerage commissions, general and administrative expenses, taxes, interest and dividends, and to purchase new investments. The potential for individual large claims and for accumulations of claims from any given single event(s) means that substantial and unpredictable payments may need to be made within relatively short periods of time. For a discussion of the volatility and liquidity of our investments, see Risk FactorsRisks Relating to Financial Markets and Liquidity.
For all material currencies in which our (re)insurance business is written, we seek to ensure that sufficient cash and short-term investments are held in such currencies to enable us to meet potential claims without having to liquidate long-term investments and adversely affect our investment return. This follows the matching principle that matches our assets and liabilities in currency to mitigate foreign currency risk whenever possible.
We manage these risks by making regular forecasts of the timing and amount of expected cash outflows and ensuring that we maintain sufficient balances in cash and short-term investments to meet these estimates. Notwithstanding this policy, if these cash flow forecasts are incorrect, we could be forced to liquidate investments prior to maturity, potentially at a significant loss. Historically, we have not had to liquidate investments at a significant loss to maintain sufficient levels of liquidity.
137
The liquidity of the operating insurance subsidiaries is also affected by the terms of our contractual obligations to policyholders and by undertakings to certain regulatory authorities to facilitate the issue of letters of credit or maintain certain balances in trust funds for the benefit of policyholders, or restricted for other reasons. The following table shows the forms of collateral or other security provided in respect of these obligations and undertakings at December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021:
At December 31, | ||||||||
2022 | 2021 | |||||||
($ in millions unless stated in |
||||||||
Regulatory and client trusts and deposits: |
||||||||
Affiliated transactions |
$ | 531.1 | $ | 281.5 | ||||
Third-party |
391.2 | 277.2 | ||||||
Letters of credit |
253.1 | 409.7 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total restricted assets |
$ | 1,175.4 | $ | 968.4 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total as percentage of investable assets |
30.78 | % | 29.6 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
See notes 8 (Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents) and 9 (Pledged Investments) of our audited consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus for further detail on the restricted assets that we are required to maintain in accordance with contractual obligations to policyholders and in compliance with regulatory requirements.
Consolidated Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 2022: Total net cash provided by our operating activities for 2022 was $742.9 million compared to $367.7 million for 2021. The increase in net cash provided by operating activities was primarily attributable to continued growth in our business partially offset by claims activity. Our total cash increased significantly to $1,407.9 million at December 31, 2022 from $476.0 million at December 31, 2021, primarily due to us holding significant cash in advance of the Separation Transactions. For 2022, total net cash provided by investment activities was $214.4 million and total net cash used in financing activities was $16.2 million.
Consolidated Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 2021: Total net cash provided by our operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $367.7 million compared to $316.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase in net cash provided by operating activities was primarily attributable to the significant growth in our business offset by increased claims activity. Our net cash decreased, primarily due to significant purchases of available-for-sale securities. For the year ended December 31, 2021, total net cash used in investment activities was $1,114.5 million and total net cash used in financing activities was $11.1 million. At December 31, 2021, we had a balance of cash and cash equivalents of (including restricted cash and cash equivalents) $476.0 million.
Consolidated Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 2020: Total net cash provided by our operating activities for the years ended December 31, 2020 was $316.1 million. The increase in net cash provided by operating activities was primarily attributable to the significant growth in our business. For the year ended December 31, 2020, total net cash used in investment activities was $481.3 million and total net cash provided by financing activities was $948.0 million. At December 31, 2020, we had a balance of cash and cash equivalents (including restricted cash and cash equivalents) of $1,238.5 million.
Contractual Obligations and Commitments: The gross unpaid provision for losses and loss adjustment expenses at December 31, 2022 was $2,045.2 million. The gross unpaid provision for losses and loss adjustment expenses at December 31, 2021 was $1,386.5 million. For more information on provision for losses and loss adjustment expenses please refer to note 12 (Reserves for losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses) of our audited consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.
138
In addition, there are future commitments under various non-cancellable operating leases for Fidelis facilities. These total $28.5 million with $2.5 million due by the end of 2023, $10.0 million due within one to three years, $9.2 million due within three to five years, and $18.5 million due in more than five years.
Letter of Credit Facilities: At December 31, 2022, there were letters of credit outstanding under the Standby Letter of Credit Facility Agreement with Lloyds Bank plc totaling $101.2 million (2021: $162.7 million), secured by collateral in the amount of $92.4 million (2021: $157.3 million). At December 31, 2022, there were letters of credit outstanding under the Master Agreement for the Issuance of Payment Instruments with Citibank N.A., London Branch totaling $100.1 million (2021: $208.9 million), secured by collateral in the amount of $104.4 million (2021: $236.4 million). At December 31, 2022 there were letters of credit outstanding under the Letter of Credit Facility with Barclays Bank plc totaling $88.2 million (2021: $23.4 million), secured by collateral in the amount of $45.7 million (2021: nil) (the Letter of Credit Facility with Barclays Bank plc has both a secured and an unsecured tranche). At December 31, 2022 there were letters of credit outstanding under the letter of credit facility with Bank of Montreal totaling $77.4 million (2021: $45.0 million), secured by collateral in the amount of $10.8 million (2021: $16.0 million).
Capital Management
We maintain our capital at an appropriate level as determined by our Group Board-approved internal risk appetite and the financial strength required by our clients, regulators and rating agencies. We monitor and review the capital and liquidity positions of FIHL and its operating insurance subsidiaries on an ongoing basis.
The principal capital management transactions undertaken during the years ended 2022, 2021 and 2020 were as follows:
| On February 10, 2020 FIHL issued 15,115,722 Common Shares for a total of $142.3 million, net of issuance costs; |
| On June 10, 2020, FIHL issued 37,536,911 Common Shares for a total of $355.0 million, net of issuance costs; |
| On June 18, 2020, we issued $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of 4.875% Senior Notes due 2030 (the Initial Senior Notes) pursuant to that certain Indenture (the Base Senior Notes Indenture), between FIHL, as Issuer, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, Registrar, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent (the Trustee), and on July 2, 2020, we issued a further $30.0 million aggregate principal amount of 4.875% Senior Notes due 2030 (the Additional Senior Notes and, together with the Initial Senior Notes, the Senior Notes) issued by FIHL pursuant to that certain Supplemental Indenture No. 1 to the Senior Notes Indenture (together, the Senior Notes Indenture), between FIHL, as Issuer, and the Trustee, as Trustee, Registrar, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent; |
| On July 23, 2020 FIHL issued 14,764,344 Common Shares for a total of $139.0 million, net of issuance costs; |
| On October 16, 2020 we issued $105.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6.625% Fixed-Rate Reset Junior Subordinated Notes due 2041 (the Initial Subordinated Notes) pursuant to that certain Indenture (the Base Subordinated Notes Indenture) between FIHL, as Issuer, and the Trustee, as Trustee, Registrar, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent, and on October 20, 2020 we issued a further $20.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6.625% Fixed-Rate Reset Junior Subordinated Notes due 2041 (the Additional Subordinated Notes and, together with the Initial Subordinated Notes, the Subordinated Notes and, together with the Senior Notes, the Notes) pursuant to that certain Supplemental Indenture No. 1 to the Subordinated Notes Indenture (together, the Subordinated Notes Indenture), between FIHL, as Issuer, and the Trustee, as Trustee, Registrar, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent; |
139
| On December 1, 2020 FIHL issued 4,517,750 Common Shares for a total of $60.6 million, net of issuance costs; |
| On July 15, 2021, FIHL issued 21,602,305 Common Shares for a total of $318.2 million, net of issuance costs; and |
| On August 26, 2021, FIHL repurchased 21,593,391 Common Shares for $320.9 million, including costs of $4.4 million. |
Preference Securities: At December 31, 2022, FIHL has 12,102 Series A Preference Securities outstanding that are classified in our balance sheet as debt.
Long-Term Debt: At December 31, 2022, FIHL has $447.5 million in debt outstanding. Such debt is comprised of the Senior Notes, and the Subordinated Notes, referenced above. Other than the Series A Preference Securities and the Notes, FIHL has no material debt outstanding.
Dividend Payments to the Preference Security Holders: During 2022, 2021 and 2020, we continued to make the quarterly cash dividend payments to our preference security holders. Dividend payments in 2022, 2021 and 2020 were $5.3 million, $5.3 million and $13.7 million, respectively.
Access to Capital: Our business operations are in part dependent on our financial strength and the opinions of the independent rating agencies thereof as discussed above in this prospectus. We believe our financial strength provides us with the flexibility and capacity to obtain funds through debt or equity financing as required from the private markets. Our ability to access the capital markets is dependent on, among other things, our operating results, market conditions, and our perceived financial strength. We regularly monitor our capital and financial position, as well as investment and securities market conditions.
Inflation: We consider the effects of inflation in pricing our contracts and policies through modeled components such as demand surge. Loss reserves are established to recognize likely loss settlements at the date payment is made. Those reserves inherently recognize the effects of inflation. The actual effects of inflation on our results cannot be accurately known, however, until claims are ultimately resolved.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
We believe that we are principally exposed to three types of market risk: interest rate risk, foreign currency risk and credit risk.
Interest Rate Risk. Our investment portfolio consists primarily of fixed maturity securities. Fluctuations in interest rates have a direct impact on the market valuation of these securities. Accordingly, our primary market risk exposure is to changes in interest rates. As interest rates rise, the market value of our fixed maturity portfolio falls and the converse is also true.
We manage interest rate risk by maintaining a short-to-medium duration portfolio to reduce the effect of interest rate changes on the market value of these securities. We also enter into interest rate derivative contracts in the ordinary course of our investment activities to partially mitigate any negative impact of rises in interest rates on the market value of our fixed maturity portfolio.
At December 31, 2022, our fixed maturity portfolio had an approximate duration of 1.2 years including the duration impact of the interest rate futures that are used to position the fixed maturity portfolio duration within target parameters.
140
The table below depicts interest rate change scenarios and the effect on our interest-rate-sensitive invested assets, including the impact of interest rate swaps:
Foreign Currency Risk: Our reporting currency and functional currency is the U.S. dollar. At December 31, 2022, 97.0% of our cash and investments was held in U.S. dollars compared to 98.2% at December 31, 2021, with the balance of 3.0% held primarily in British Pounds and Euros, compared to 1.8% at December 31, 2021.
Other foreign currency amounts are remeasured to the appropriate functional currency and the resulting foreign exchange gains or losses are reflected in the income statement. Both the remeasurement and translation are calculated using current exchange rates for the balance sheets and monthly exchange rates for the income statements. We may experience exchange losses to the extent that our foreign currency exposure is not properly managed or otherwise hedged, which would in turn adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. An increase or decrease of 25% in the U.S. dollar would result in additional gain or loss for the year ended December 31, 2022 of $18.9 million compared to $26.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 with an equal impact on net assets, assuming all other assumptions remain unchanged.
We will continue to manage our foreign currency risk by seeking to match our liabilities under insurance and reinsurance policies that are payable in foreign currencies with investments that are denominated in those currencies. This may involve the use of foreign exchange contracts from time to time. A foreign exchange contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specified currency at a future date at a price set at the time of the contract. Foreign exchange contracts will not eliminate fluctuations in the value of our assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies but rather allow us to establish a rate of exchange for a future point in time.
As the foreign exchange contracts settle, the realized gain or loss is included with foreign exchange gains and losses in the income statement. For the year ended December 31, 2022, the amount recognized within foreign exchange gains and losses for settled foreign exchange contracts was a realized gain of $3.5 million compared to a loss of $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. See Foreign Exchange Contracts above.
Credit Risk: We have exposure to credit risk primarily as a holder of fixed maturity securities and private securities. Our risk management strategy and investment policy are to invest mainly in debt instruments of high credit quality issuers. We also hold a portion of the portfolio in securities that are below investment grade or in other specialty asset classes. We reduce the amount of credit exposure by setting limits with respect to particular ratings categories, business sectors and any one issuer.
We are also exposed to credit risk in respect of premium payments from clients and/or brokers, depending on whether the terms of business agreement with the broker is transfer or non-transfer of risk. In addition, we are exposed to the credit risk of our insurance and reinsurance brokers to whom we make claims payments for our policyholders, as well as to the credit risk of our reinsurers and retrocessionaires who assume business from us. Other than fully collateralized reinsurance, at December 31, 2022 the substantial majority of our reinsurers have a rating by A.M. Best of A (Excellent), the third-highest of 13 rating levels, or better and the minimum rating of any of our material reinsurers is A- (Excellent), the fourth-highest of 13 rating levels, by A.M. Best. The Group evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers on a regular basis and monitors concentrations of credit risk with reinsurers.
141
At December 31, 2022, the reinsurance balance recoverable on reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses was $976.1 million (net of allowances for credit losses of $1.0 million), 2021: $795.2 million (net of allowances for credit losses of $0.5 million). The reinsurance balance recoverable on paid losses was $159.4 million (2021: $256.6 million) (net of allowances for credit losses of $nil, 2021: $nil). See Note 13: Reinsurance and retrocessional reinsurance in our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Fidelis First Quarter in Review for 2023
The three months ended March 31, 2023 saw continued growth in our GPW to $1,245.3 million from $970.7 million in the prior year period, driven by our Bespoke and Specialty segments. We continue to reduce GPW in our Reinsurance segment as we focus on optimizing our portfolio to respond to our views on climate change and the adequacy of catastrophe pricing. We have increased our premiums written in property D&F within the Specialty segment as rates are currently more attractive within that line of business than within Property Reinsurance. Our combined ratio was lower than the prior year period, at 79.1% for the three months ended March 31, 2023 compared to 87.4% in the prior year period. This was driven by a decrease in our Reinsurance segment loss ratio to 20.3% from 76.7%, primarily due to catastrophe and large losses of $64.1 million in relation to the Ukraine Conflict and European storms in the prior year period. Our Operating RoE was 4.9% in the three months ended March 31, 2023 compared with 1.0% in the prior year period.
Performance Measures and Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measures
In presenting our results, management has included certain non-U.S. GAAP financial measures that we believe are useful to consider, in addition to our U.S. GAAP results, for a more complete understanding of the financial performance and position of FIHL. The key financial U.S. GAAP and non-U.S. GAAP measures that we believe are meaningful in analyzing our performance are summarized below and where applicable a reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP measures to U.S. GAAP financials is set out. However, any non-U.S. GAAP measures should not be viewed as a substitute for those determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP and our methodology for calculating these measures may be different from the way our industry peers calculate these measures.
| Loss Ratio: is calculated by dividing losses and loss adjustment expenses by NPE. The losses will be affected by the occurrence and frequency of catastrophe events, the volume and severity of non-catastrophe losses and the extent of any outwards reinsurance that has been put in place to mitigate the effect of those losses. |
| Accident Year Loss Ratio Excluding Catastrophes, Large Losses and Prior Year Reserve Movements: is a non-U.S. GAAP measure of the representation of the loss ratio excluding the impact of catastrophes, large losses and prior year reserve movements, and supports meaningful comparison between periods. Accident year loss ratio excluding catastrophes, large losses and prior year reserve movements is calculated by dividing net incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses excluding catastrophes, large losses and prior year reserve movements by net premiums earned excluding catastrophe-related reinstatement premiums. |
| Underwriting Ratio: is calculated by dividing losses and loss adjustment expenses and policy acquisition expenses, net, by NPE, or equivalently, by adding the loss ratio and policy acquisition expense ratio. |
| Expense Ratio: is calculated by dividing policy acquisition expenses and general and administrative expenses by NPE, or equivalently, by adding the policy acquisition expense ratio, Fidelis MGU commissions ratio and general and administrative expense ratio. |
| Combined Ratio: is calculated by dividing losses and loss adjustment expenses, policy acquisition expenses and general and administrative expenses by NPE, or equivalently, by adding the loss ratio, |
142
policy acquisition expense ratio, Fidelis MGU commissions ratio and general and administrative expense ratio. A combined ratio under 100% indicates an underwriting profit, while a combined ratio over 100% indicates an underwriting loss. |
The table below reconciles our accident year loss ratio excluding catastrophes, large losses and prior year reserve movements to losses and loss adjustment expenses, loss ratio, expense ratio and combined ratio for the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022:
March 31, 2023 |
March 31, 2022 |
|||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||
Catastrophe and large losses |
$ | | $ | 64.1 | ||||
Prior year favorable development |
(2.1 | ) | (4.6 | ) | ||||
Attritional losses |
161.7 | 118.9 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses |
159.6 | 178.4 | ||||||
Policy acquisition expenses (third party) |
105.0 | 67.7 | ||||||
Fidelis MGU commissions |
24.2 | | ||||||
General and administrative expenses |
16.6 | 35.5 | ||||||
Net premiums earned |
$ | 386.0 | $ | 321.8 | ||||
Catastrophe and large loss impact on loss ratio |
| % | 20.0 | % | ||||
Prior year release impact on loss ratio |
(0.5 | %) | (1.4 | %) | ||||
Accident year loss ratio excluding catastrophes, large losses and prior year reserve movements |
41.8 | % | 36.8 | % | ||||
Loss ratio |
41.3 | % | 55.4 | % | ||||
Policy acquisition expenses ratio |
27.2 | % | 21.0 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Underwriting ratio |
68.5 | % | 76.4 | % | ||||
Fidelis MGU commissions ratio |
6.3 | % | | % | ||||
General and administrative expenses ratio |
4.3 | % | 11.0 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Combined ratio |
79.1 | % | 87.4 | % | ||||
Policy acquisition expenses ratio |
27.2 | % | 21.0 | % | ||||
Fidelis MGU commissions ratio |
6.3 | % | | % | ||||
General and administrative expenses ratio |
4.3 | % | 11.0 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Expense ratio |
37.8 | % | 32.0 | % |
Net Investment Return, Total Investment Return and Total Investment Return Percentage
| Net investment return: includes net investment gains and losses and net investment income. |
| Total investment return: includes net investment return plus unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale financial assets. |
| Total investment return percentage: is calculated as total investment return divided by total average investible assets (including cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and cash equivalents). |
143
The table below reconciles our net investment return, total investment return and total investment return percentage to net investment income for the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022.
March 31, 2023 |
March 31, 2022 |
|||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||
Net investment gains/(losses) |
$ | 2.8 | $ | (10.2 | ) | |||
Net investment income |
20.4 | 5.1 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net investment return |
23.2 | (5.1 | ) | |||||
Unrealized gains/(losses) on available-for-sale investments |
24.9 | (61.2 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total investment return |
48.1 | (66.3 | ) | |||||
Opening |
||||||||
Total investments |
2,425.0 | 2,782.6 | ||||||
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and cash equivalents |
1,407.9 | 476.0 | ||||||
Derivative assets, at fair value |
6.3 | 1.0 | ||||||
Accrued investment income |
10.9 | 12.1 | ||||||
Investment assets pending settlement |
2.0 | 0.5 | ||||||
Derivative liabilities, at fair value |
| (0.8 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net investible assets |
3,852.1 | 3,271.4 | ||||||
Closing |
||||||||
Total investments |
2,840.6 | 2,501.2 | ||||||
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and cash equivalents |
711.4 | 752.1 | ||||||
Derivative assets, at fair value |
| 3.1 | ||||||
Accrued investment income |
13.3 | 10.6 | ||||||
Investment assets pending settlement |
1.1 | 2.1 | ||||||
Derivative liabilities, at fair value |
(3.6 | ) | (3.1 | ) | ||||
Investment liabilities pending settlement |
(6.2 | ) | | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net investible assets |
3,556.6 | 3,266.0 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Average investible assets |
$ | 3,704.4 | $ | 3,268.7 | ||||
Total investment return percentage |
1.3 | % | (2.0 | %) |
Operating net income, RoE and Operating RoE
| Operating net income: is a non-U.S. GAAP measure of our performance which does not consider the impact of certain non-recurring and other items that may not properly reflect the ordinary activities of our business, its performance or its future outlook. This measure is calculated as net income available to holders of Common Shares excluding, net foreign exchange gains and losses, loss on the extinguishment of preference securities, and corporate and other expenses which include warrant costs, reorganization expenses, any non-recurring income and expenses, and the tax impact on these items. |
| Return on equity (or RoE): represents net income divided by opening common shareholders equity. |
| Operating return on equity (or Operating RoE): is a non-U.S. GAAP measure that represents a meaningful comparison between periods of our financial performance expressed as a percentage and is calculated as operating net income divided by opening common shareholders equity. |
144
The table below sets out the calculation of the operating net income, RoE and Operating RoE, based on applicable underwriting ratios, for the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022.
Three months ended | ||||||||
March 31, 2023 | March 31, 2022 | |||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||
Opening Common Shareholders Equity |
$ | 1,976.8 | $ | 2,013.9 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net income available to common shareholders |
1,732.6 | 17.0 | ||||||
Deduct: net gain on distribution of Fidelis MGU |
(1,639.1 | ) | | |||||
Add back: net foreign exchange (gains)/losses |
1.5 | 0.9 | ||||||
Add back: Corporate and Other expenses |
1.5 | 1.9 | ||||||
Tax impact of the above |
(0.2 | ) | (0.2 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Operating net income |
$ | 96.3 | $ | 19.6 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
RoE |
87.6 | % | 0.8 | % | ||||
Operating RoE |
4.9 | % | 1.0 | % |
Reportable Segment(s)
We classify our business into three underwriting segments, namely Bespoke, Specialty and Reinsurance. Specialty primarily comprises property D&F, energy, marine and aviation lines. Bespoke primarily comprises credit and political risk and other tailored solutions for clients including transactional liabilities and credit insurance. Reinsurance primarily comprises property reinsurance.
FIHL does not manage its assets by segment. Accordingly, net investment income and total assets are not allocated to these segments. In addition, general and administrative expenses are not allocated between segments as employees, including underwriters, work across each of the different segments. Fidelis MGU commissions are not allocated to segments as they are not included in the measure of segment profit reviewed by the CODM, nor is a segment analysis of such expenses provided in other information reviewed by the CODM.
Financial Overview
The following overview of our operating results and financial condition for the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022 is intended to identify important themes and should be read in conjunction with the more detailed discussion further below. See Results of Operations.
Operating Highlights
Gross Premiums Written. The changes in our segments GPW for the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022 were as follows:
March 31, 2023 |
March 31, 2022 |
|||||||||||
GPW | ($ in millions) | (% change) | ||||||||||
Bespoke |
$ | 150.8 | $ | 135.0 | 12 | % | ||||||
Specialty |
834.1 | 543.8 | 53 | % | ||||||||
Reinsurance |
260.4 | 291.9 | (11 | %) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | 1,245.3 | $ | 970.7 | 28 | % | ||||||
|
|
|
|
Our GPW in the Bespoke segment grew 12%, primarily led by growth in our Credit & Political Risk line of business.
145
Our GPW in the Specialty segment grew 53%, with the largest increases from the Marine, Aviation and Aerospace and property D&F lines of business.
Our GPW in the Reinsurance segment decreased 11%, as we focus on optimizing our portfolio to respond to our views on climate change and the adequacy of catastrophe pricing. We have increased our premiums written in property D&F within the Specialty segment as rates are currently more attractive within that line of business than within Property Reinsurance.
Loss Ratio. We monitor loss ratio as a measure of relative underwriting performance, where a lower loss ratio represents a better underwriting result than a higher loss ratio. The loss ratios for our business segments for the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022 were as follows:
March 31, 2023 | March 31, 2022 | |||||||
Bespoke |
14.4 | % | 49.9 | % | ||||
Specialty |
52.9 | % | 51.7 | % | ||||
Reinsurance |
20.3 | % | 76.7 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total |
41.3 | % | 55.4 | % |
The reduction in our loss ratio compared to the prior year period was primarily a result of no catastrophe and large losses in the three months ended March 31, 2023, compared with $64.1 million, related to the Ukraine Conflict and European storms in the prior year period. This was partially offset by losses in our Specialty segment, primarily in the Energy and Aviation and Aerospace lines of business.
Net Investment Income. We believe our investment portfolio continues to be conservatively positioned, with 86.3% of our investment portfolio held in cash and core fixed maturity securities with a short average duration of 1.4 years and average credit quality of AA- at March 31, 2023. This allows us to prioritize taking risk on the underwriting side of our balance sheet. Our net investment return was $23.2 million in the three months ended March 31, 2023 compared with $(5.1) million in the prior year period, primarily driven by net investment income of $20.4 million.
Our total investment return in the three months ended March 31, 2023 was $48.1 million compared with $(66.3) million in the prior year period. The increase in our total investment return was attributable to increased yields driving increased net investment income combined with the unwind of unrealized losses from 2022. Additionally, the reduction in yields towards the end of the three months ended March 31, 2023, caused by stress in the U.S. banking system, generated unrealized gains at March 31, 2023.
Results of Operations
Three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022
Gross Premiums Written: Our GPW for the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022 were as follows:
March 31, 2023 |
March 31, 2022 |
|||||||||||
($ in millions) | % change | |||||||||||
Bespoke |
$ | 150.8 | $ | 135.0 | 12 | % | ||||||
Specialty |
834.1 | 543.8 | 53 | % | ||||||||
Reinsurance |
260.4 | 291.9 | (11 | )% | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | 1,245.3 | $ | 970.7 | 28 | % | ||||||
|
|
|
|
The growth in GPW in the three months ended March 31, 2023 was led by increases in our Specialty and Bespoke segments, partially offset by a decrease in our Reinsurance segment. The Specialty segment had growth
146
in the Marine, Aviation and Aerospace and property D&F lines of business. The increase in our Bespoke segment resulted from growth in our Credit & Political Risk line of business. We reduced our Reinsurance segment GPW as we focus on optimizing our portfolio to respond to our views on climate change and the adequacy of catastrophe pricing. We have increased our premiums written in property D&F within the Specialty segment as rates are currently more attractive within that line of business than within Property Reinsurance.
Reinsurance Premiums Ceded: Our ceded written premiums for the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022 were as follows:
March 31, 2023 | March 31, 2022 | |||||||||||
($ in millions) | % change | |||||||||||
Bespoke |
$ | 69.1 | $ | 43.5 | 59 | % | ||||||
Specialty |
341.1 | 233.1 | 46 | % | ||||||||
Reinsurance |
175.4 | 208.8 | (16 | %) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | 585.6 | $ | 485.4 | 21 | % | ||||||
|
|
|
|
The increase in reinsurance premiums ceded was caused by the Specialty segment which saw an increase as result of a higher amount of GPW in the period compared to the prior year period, partially offset by our decision to reduce and optimize our Reinsurance segment GPW. The increase in reinsurance premiums ceded in our Bespoke segment was caused by the finalization in the quarter ended December 31, 2022 of a new proportional cover.
Net Premiums Earned: Our NPE for the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022 were as follows:
March 31, 2023 | March 31, 2022 | |||||||||||
($ in millions) | % change | |||||||||||
Bespoke |
$ | 91.2 | $ | 87.2 | 4 | % | ||||||
Specialty |
266.2 | 180.5 | 32 | % | ||||||||
Reinsurance |
28.6 | 54.1 | (89 | %) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | 386.0 | $ | 321.8 | 17 | % | ||||||
|
|
|
|
The increase in our NPE was led by our Specialty segment, resulting from the continued increase in net premiums written and the earning of contracts that incepted in prior years. Bespoke NPE increased due to the additional earned premium from prior underwriting years on longer tenor business, such as mortgage contracts. The increases were partially offset by our decision to reduce and optimize our Reinsurance segment GPW.
Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses: The table below summarizes the metrics we used to analyze the underwriting performance of the business.
March 31, 2023 | March 31, 2022 | |||||||
Loss ratio |
41.3 | % | 55.4 | % | ||||
Policy acquisition expense ratio |
27.2 | % | 21.0 | % | ||||
Fidelis MGU commission ratio |
6.3 | % | | % | ||||
General and administrative expense ratio |
4.3 | % | 11.0 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Combined ratio |
79.1 | % | 87.4 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
Our losses and loss adjustment expenses decreased to $159.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2023 from $178.4 million in the prior year period. Our loss ratio decreased to 41.3% for the three months ended March 31, 2023 from 55.4% in the prior year period. The reduction was primarily caused by a reduction in our Reinsurance segment loss ratio to 20.3% for the three months ended March 31, 2023 from 76.7% in the prior year period.
147
Expenses: We monitor our expense ratio as a measure of the cost effectiveness of our policy acquisition expenses, Fidelis MGU commissions and general and administrative expenses. The table above presents the contribution of the policy acquisition expenses, Fidelis MGU commissions and general and administrative expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022.
Policy acquisition expenses from third party brokers and other intermediaries depends upon the type of business that we write and the terms that are agreed. The ratio is calculated as policy acquisition expenses from third parties, net of overrider income, divided by net premiums earned.
Policy acquisition expenses from third parties increased to $105.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2023 from $67.7 million in the prior year period. Our policy acquisition expense ratio increased to 27.2% for the three months ended March 31, 2023 from 21.0% in the prior year period. This increase in our policy acquisition expense ratio reflects a change in business mix.
Our Fidelis MGU commissions were $24.2 million and our Fidelis MGU commission ratio was 4.3% for the three months ended March 31, 2023, which relate to ceding and profit commissions to Fidelis MGU as part of the Framework Agreement effective from January 1, 2023.
Our general and administrative expenses decreased to $16.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2023 from $35.5 million in the prior year period. Our general and administrative expense ratio decreased to 4.3% for the three months ended March 31, 2023 from 11.0% in the prior year period. The decrease was primarily related to the reduced headcount following the consummation of the Separation Transactions.
Combined Ratio: Our combined ratio improved to 79.1% for the three months ended March 31, 2023 from 87.4% in the prior year period. This was caused by the decrease in our loss ratio, partially offset by an increase in our expense ratio.
Corporate and Other Expenses: Corporate and other expenses include reorganization expenses and warrant expenses. Corporate and other expenses were $1.5 million in the three months ended March 31, 2023, similar to the expense level of $1.9 million in the prior year period.
Net Investment Income: Net investment income includes investment income net of investment management fees. In the three months ended March 31, 2023 our net investment income was $20.4 million compared with $5.1 million in the prior year period. The increase in our net investment income is due to increases in interest rates during 2022, where the short duration nature of our portfolio is sensitive to such increases in rates. The increase in our net investment income also results from the increase in total cash and investments.
Net Investment Gains/(Losses): Investment gains includes realized gains and losses on fixed maturity securities, available for sale, and realized and unrealized gains and losses on other investments and derivatives. In the three months ended March 31, 2023 we had net investment gains of $2.8 million compared with net investment losses of $10.2 million in the prior year period. The gains in the three months ended March 31, 2023 resulted from realized and unrealized gains on our other investments, partially offset by an increase in our allowance for credit losses. The losses in the three months ended March 31, 2022 resulted primarily from a fall in value of our other investments caused by increases in interest rates and weak performance in equity markets, and realized losses on derivative instruments.
Unrealized Gains/(Losses) on Available-For-Sale Financial Instruments: In the three months ended March 31, 2023, our fixed maturity securities generated unrealized gains of $24.9 million compared with unrealized losses of $61.2 million in the prior year period. The unrealized gains on fixed maturity securities in 2023 were caused by the unwind of prior year unrealized losses together with unrealized gains caused by the reduction in yields towards the end of the quarter due to stress in the U.S. banking system. Unrealized losses in the prior year period were caused by a sharp rise in interest rates, together with high inflation and expectations of further interest rate changes.
148
Foreign Exchange Contracts: At March 31, 2023 we held foreign exchange contracts with a notional amount of $30.0 million compared with a notional amount of $44.0 million at December 31, 2022. These contracts are used to manage foreign currency risks in our underwriting and non-investment operations. The foreign exchange contracts were recorded as derivatives at fair value in the balance sheet with changes recorded as net foreign exchange gains and losses in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.
Financing Costs: Financing costs were $8.6 million in the three months ended March 31, 2023 (2022$8.8 million). Our financing costs were similar in both years due to there being no change in our debt levels during both years. The dividend paid to the holders of the Series A Preference Securities is also included in financing costs as referred to below, along with the costs associated with our letter of credit facilities as discussed in Note 13a (Commitments and ContingenciesLetter of Credit Facilities) of our unaudited consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.
Preference Securities: At March 31, 2023, FIHL had 12,102 issued Series A Preference Securities that are classified in our balance sheet as long term debt. Dividend expense on our outstanding Series A Preference Securities for the three months ended March 31, 2023 was $1.3 million (2022$1.3 million) and is included in financing costs in the consolidated statements of income.
Income Tax (Expense)/Benefit: There was an income tax expense for the three months ended March 31, 2023 of $2.2 million (2022$4.7 million). The decrease in expense was caused by a higher portion of our profit being earned in FIBL in the current year period compared with the prior year period, together with discrete period benefits related to the expenses of the Separation Transactions.
Net Income Attributable to Non-Controlling Interests: Net income attributable to non-controlling interests was $nil in the three months ended March 31, 2023 (2022$2.8 million). Non-controlling interests in the prior year period related to subsidiaries of Pine Walk, all of which were distributed to shareholders on January 3, 2023 as part of the Separation Transactions.
Segment Analysis for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2023 and 2022
Bespoke
The following table below sets out GPW, NPE and the loss ratio for the Bespoke segment for the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022:
March 31, 2023 | March 31, 2022 | |||||||||||
($ in millions) | % change | |||||||||||
Credit & Political Risk |
$ | 130.0 | $ | 114.5 | 14 | % | ||||||
Bespoke |
20.8 | $ | 20.5 | 1 | % | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total Bespoke GPW |
150.8 | 135.0 | 12 | % | ||||||||
Reinsurance premiums ceded |
(69.1 | ) | (43.5 | ) | 59 | % | ||||||
Net premiums earned |
91.2 | 87.2 | 5 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses |
$ | (13.1 | ) | $ | (43.5 | ) | (70 | %) | ||||
Loss ratio |
14.4 | % | 49.9 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
Gross Premiums Written. The increase was a result of growth in our Credit & Political Risk line of business.
Reinsurance Premiums Ceded. The increase in our reinsurance premiums ceded related to increases in GPW and higher ceded quota share premiums.
Net Premiums Earned. The increase reflects the 12% increase in GPW and the continued earning of contracts written in prior years, partially offset by increased reinsurance premiums ceded.
149
Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses. The decrease in our loss ratio primarily related to the absence of large and catastrophe losses in the three months ended March 31, 2023, compared with the Ukraine Conflict losses of $18.2 million recorded in the prior year period. Additionally, favorable prior year development in the current period was $8.8 million, driven by benign prior year experience, compared with $0.5 million in the prior year period.
Specialty
The table below sets out GPW, NPE and the loss ratio for the Specialty segment for the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022:
March 31, 2023 | March 31, 2022 | |||||||||||
($ in millions) | % change | |||||||||||
Aviation & Aerospace |
$ | 156.6 | $ | 77.7 | 102 | % | ||||||
Energy |
12.6 | 15.4 | (18 | %) | ||||||||
Marine |
475.6 | 305.3 | 56 | % | ||||||||
Property |
9.2 | 0.4 | 2200 | % | ||||||||
Property D&F |
171.1 | 133.1 | 29 | % | ||||||||
Specialty Other |
9.0 | 11.9 | (24 | %) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total Specialty GPW |
834.1 | 543.8 | 53 | % | ||||||||
Reinsurance premiums ceded |
(341.1 | ) | (233.1 | ) | 46 | % | ||||||
Net premiums earned |
266.2 | 180.5 | 47 | % | ||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses |
$ | (140.7 | ) | $ | (93.4 | ) | 51 | % | ||||
Loss ratio |
52.9 | % | 51.7 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
Gross Premiums Written. GPW increased primarily driven by new business and rate increases in the Marine, Aviation and Aerospace and property D&F lines of business.
Reinsurance Premiums Ceded. Reinsurance premiums ceded increased, primarily driven by the increase in GPW.
Net Premiums Earned. NPE increased primarily driven by the increase in our NPW and continued earnings from contracts that incepted in prior years.
Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses. Our loss ratio increased driven by higher attritional losses, and adverse prior year development of $30.5 million, or 11.5%, compared to favorable prior year development of $5.4 million, or 3.0 points in the prior year period. The adverse development for the three months ended March 31, 2023 related to the deterioration of two energy losses, and adverse development on the Ukraine Conflict of $6.1 million. This was partially offset by a reduction in large losses which were $nil for the three months ended March 31, 2023, compared with $31.3 million in the prior year period, primarily related to the Ukraine Conflict.
150
Reinsurance
The table below sets out GPW, NPE and the loss ratio for the Reinsurance segment for the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022:
March 31, 2023 | March 31, 2022 | |||||||||||
($ in millions) | % change | |||||||||||
Property Reinsurance |
$ | 244.6 | $ | 249.8 | (2 | %) | ||||||
Retrocession |
12.0 | 25.3 | (53 | %) | ||||||||
Whole Account |
3.8 | 16.8 | (77 | %) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total Reinsurance GPW |
260.4 | 291.9 | (11 | %) | ||||||||
Reinsurance premiums ceded |
(175.4 | ) | (208.8 | ) | (16 | %) | ||||||
Net premiums earned |
28.6 | 54.1 | (47 | %) | ||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses |
$ | (5.8 | ) | $ | (41.5 | ) | (86 | %) | ||||
Loss ratio |
20.3 | % | 76.7 | % |
Gross Premiums Written. GPW decreased primarily driven by our views of risks relating to climate change and the adequacy of pricing for catastrophe risks.
Reinsurance Premiums Ceded. Reinsurance premiums ceded decreased, which was proportional to the decrease in GPW.
Net Premiums Earned. NPE decreased primarily driven by the decrease in GPW combined with lower earned premiums from contracts that incepted in prior years.
Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses. The decrease in our loss ratio was primarily driven by the absence of large and catastrophe losses for the three months ended March 31, 2023, compared with $11.9 million of catastrophe losses and $2.5 million of large losses in the prior year period. Additionally, favorable prior year development in the current period was $23.8 million, driven by positive development on catastrophe losses and benign prior year attritional experience, compared with $1.3 million of adverse development in the prior year period.
Financial Condition
Total Cash and Investments
Our investment strategy is focused on delivering stable investment income and a reasonable total return through all market cycles while maintaining appropriate portfolio liquidity and credit quality to meet the requirements of our clients, rating agencies and regulators, and to support our underwriting activities.
Our investments consist primarily of a core fixed maturity portfolio, which is comprised of a diversified portfolio of high-quality fixed maturity securities (including U.S. Treasuries, non-U.S. government bonds, government agency bonds, corporate bonds, investment-grade emerging market debt, mortgage and other asset- backed securities). Our core fixed maturity assets are managed primarily by external investment managers through individual investment management agreements. We monitor activity and performance of these external managers regularly.
Our net investment return was $23.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2023 compared with $(5.1) million in the prior year period. Our net investment income increased to $20.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2023 from $5.1 million in the prior year period due to increases in interest rates and investible assets. Additionally, we had net investment gains of $2.8 million in the three months ended March 31, 2023 compared with net investment losses of $10.2 million in the prior year period. The losses in the prior year period were attributable to a fall in value of our other investments caused by increases in interest rates and weak performance in equity markets, and realized losses on derivative instruments.
151
The table below sets out total cash, restricted cash and cash equivalents and investment at March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022:
March 31, 2023 | December 31, 2022 | |||||||||||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||||||||||
Total investments |
$ | 2,840.6 | 80 | % | $ | 2,425.0 | 63 | % | ||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
430.7 | 12 | % | 1,222.0 | 32 | % | ||||||||||
Restricted cash and cash equivalents |
280.7 | 8 | % | 185.9 | 5 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and investments |
$ | 3,552.0 | 100 | % | $ | 3,832.9 | 100 | % |
We have maintained a diversified portfolio of fixed maturity securities with only a small allocation to risk assets. The following tables summarize the fair value of our fixed-maturity investments at March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022:
March 31, 2023 | ||||||||||||||||
Amortized Cost |
Unrealized gains |
Unrealized losses |
Fair value |
|||||||||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||||||||||
Available-for-sale |
||||||||||||||||
US. Treasuries |
$ | 644.7 | $ | 0.4 | $ | (20.6 | ) | $ | 624.5 | |||||||
Agencies |
9.5 | | (0.3 | ) | 9.2 | |||||||||||
Non-U.S. government |
92.7 | 0.1 | (3.2 | ) | 89.6 | |||||||||||
Corporate bonds |
1,377.0 | 3.4 | (50.1 | ) | 1,330.3 | |||||||||||
Residential mortgage-backed |
134.2 | 0.2 | (8.0 | ) | 126.4 | |||||||||||
Commercial mortgage-backed |
15.4 | | (1.1 | ) | 14.3 | |||||||||||
Other asset backed securities |
319.6 | 0.9 | (7.2 | ) | 313.3 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale |
2,593.1 | 5.0 | (90.5 | ) | 2,507.6 | |||||||||||
Short-term investments, available-for-sale |
286.9 | | | 286.9 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fixed maturity and short-term investments |
$ | 2,880.0 | $ | 5.0 | $ | (90.5 | ) | $ | 2,794.5 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2022 | ||||||||||||||||
Amortized Cost |
Unrealized gains |
Unrealized losses |
Fair value |
|||||||||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||||||||||
Available-for-sale |
||||||||||||||||
US. Treasuries |
$ | 643.1 | $ | | $ | (27.3 | ) | $ | 615.8 | |||||||
Agencies |
17.5 | | (0.4 | ) | 17.1 | |||||||||||
Non-U.S. government |
115.2 | | (4.3 | ) | 110.9 | |||||||||||
Corporate bonds |
1,078.9 | | (58.6 | ) | 1,020.3 | |||||||||||
Residential mortgage-backed |
88.6 | | (8.9 | ) | 79.7 | |||||||||||
Commercial mortgage-backed |
8.0 | | (1.2 | ) | 6.8 | |||||||||||
Other asset backed securities |
209.5 | | (9.2 | ) | 200.3 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale |
2,160.8 | | (109.9 | ) | 2,050.9 | |||||||||||
Short-term investments, available-for-sale |
257.0 | 0.1 | (0.1 | ) | 257.0 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fixed maturity and short-term investments |
$ | 2,417.8 | $ | 0.1 | $ | (110.0 | ) | $ | 2,307.9 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
152
Weighted average book yield at March 31, 2023 on our fixed maturity portfolio was 2.5% (December 31, 20221.6%). Our fixed maturity portfolio duration at March 31, 2023 was 1.4 years (December 31, 20221.2 years).
At March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 the average credit quality of our fixed maturity portfolio was AA- (or its equivalent), with 86.3% and 88.0%, respectively, of the portfolio being rated A- (or its equivalent) or above. Where the credit ratings are split between two rating agencies, the lower rating is used; where the credit ratings are split between three rating agencies, the middle rating is used.
The composition of the fair values of fixed maturity securities by credit rating at March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 was as follows:
In addition to our core fixed maturity portfolio, we also have a small allocation to risk assets of $46.1 million or 1.6% of total investments at March 31, 2023 (December 31, 2022117.1 million or 4.8%).
Reserves
The following table provides our gross and net reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses at March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022:
March 31, 2023 |
December 31, 2022 |
|||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||
Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses |
$ | 2,215.0 | $ | 2,045.2 | ||||
Reinsurance balances recoverable on reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses |
(1,032.8 | ) | (976.1 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses |
$ | 1,182.2 | $ | 1,069.1 | ||||
|
|
|
|
At March 31, 2023, we had net reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses of $1,182.2 million, which represented our best estimate of the ultimate liability for payment of losses and loss adjustment expenses, an increase from $1,069.1 million net reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses at December 31, 2022. Of the gross reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses of $2,215.0 million at March 31, 2023, a total of $1,297.7 million, or 58.6%, represented IBNR claims. Of the gross reserves for losses and loss adjustment
153
expenses of $2,045.2 million at December 31, 2022, a total of $1,250.1 million, or 61.1%, represented IBNR claims. The increase in gross reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses since December 31, 2022 is primarily due to premium growth.
The breakdown of gross reserves between outstanding claims and IBNR for the relevant period end was as follows:
March 31, 2023 |
December 31, 2022 |
|||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||
Gross Outstanding |
$ | 917.3 | $ | 795.1 | ||||
Gross IBNR |
1,297.7 | 1,250.1 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Gross Reserves |
$ | 2,215.0 | $ | 2,045.2 | ||||
% IBNR |
58.6 | % | 61.1 | % |
Prior Year Reserves: For the three months ended March 31, 2023 there was an overall reduction in our estimate of ultimate net claims to be paid in respect of prior accident years.
For the three months ended March 31, 2023, our prior year favorable development of $2.1 million was primarily driven by favorable development of $23.8 million in our Reinsurance segment and $8.8 million in our Bespoke segment. Both segments experienced a more benign claim experience than our assumptions allowed for, across the majority of classes. This was partially offset by adverse development of $30.5 million in our Specialty segment, largely driven by two energy losses, and $6.1 million relating to the Ukraine Conflict.
We did not make any significant changes in methodologies used in our reserving process for the periods covered in this prospectus.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Liquidity is a measure of a companys ability to generate cash flows sufficient to meet short-term and long- term cash requirements of its business operations. Management monitors the liquidity of FIHL and of each of our operating insurance subsidiaries. As a holding company, FIHL relies on dividends and other distributions from its operating insurance subsidiaries to provide cash flow to meet ongoing cash requirements, including any future debt service payments and other expenses, and to pay dividends to the holders of our Common Shares and Series A Preference Securities, if any.
During the three months ended March 31, 2023, FIHL received distributions from subsidiaries of $60.0 million.
Management considers the current cash and cash equivalents, together with dividends declared or expected to be declared by the operating insurance subsidiaries, sufficient to appropriately satisfy the liquidity requirements of FIHL, which are minimal at present.
Consolidated Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2023: The following table summarizes our cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities.
March 31, 2023 |
March 31, 2022 |
|||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||
Net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities |
$ | (101.7 | ) | $ | 85.5 | |||
Net cash (used in)/provided by investing activities |
(399.2 | ) | 206.0 | |||||
Net cash used in by financing activities |
(196.3 | ) | (14.1 | ) | ||||
Effect of exchange rate changes on foreign currency cash |
0.7 | (1.3 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net (decrease)/increase in cash, restricted cash, and cash equivalents |
$ | (696.5 | ) | $ | 276.1 | |||
|
|
|
|
154
Cash (used in)/provided by operating activities reflected a higher level premium volume than in the prior year period causing increased premiums receivables, together with the prepayment of commissions to Fidelis MGU in 2023.
Cash used in investing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2023 reflected the use of cash to purchase fixed maturity securities. Cash provided by investing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2022 reflected the proceeds on disposal of other investments of $203.0 million.
Cash used in financing activities in the three months ended March 31, 2023 primarily consisted of a cash outflow of $105.5 million from disposal of Fidelis MGU, $50.6 million of employer tax on restricted share units and $34.1 million of cumulative dividends on warrants. Cash used in financing activities in the three months ended March 31, 2022 consisted of the purchase of non-controlling interests.
Letter of Credit Facilities: At March 31, 2023, there were letters of credit outstanding under the Standby Letter of Credit Facility Agreement with Lloyds Bank plc totaling $97.6 million (December 31, 2022: $101.2 million), secured by collateral in the amount of $93.9 million (December 31, 2022: $92.4 million). At March 31, 2023, there were letters of credit outstanding under the Master Agreement for the Issuance of Payment Instruments with Citibank N.A., London Branch totaling $84.6 million (December 31, 2022: $100.1 million), secured by collateral in the amount of $105.7 million (December 31, 2022: $104.4 million). At March 31, 2023 there were letters of credit outstanding under the Letter of Credit Facility with Barclays Bank plc totaling $87.9 million (December 31, 2022: $88.2 million), secured by collateral in the amount of $46.4 million (December 31, 2022: $45.7 million) (the Letter of Credit Facility with Barclays Bank plc has both a secured and an unsecured tranche). At March 31, 2023 there were letters of credit outstanding under the letter of credit facility with Bank of Montreal totaling $85.2 million (December 31, 2022: $77.4 million), secured by collateral in the amount of $8.3 million (December 31, 2022: $10.8 million).
Capital Management
We maintain our capital at an appropriate level as determined by our Group Board-approved internal risk appetite and the financial strength required by our clients, regulators and rating agencies. We monitor and review the capital and liquidity positions of FIHL and its operating insurance subsidiaries on an ongoing basis.
The principal capital management transactions undertaken during the three months ended March 31, 2023 were as follows:
| In connection with the completion of the Separation Transactions, 2,564,692 Common Shares were issued upon the exercise, on a cashless basis, net settled for employee taxes, of vested RSUs outstanding under the 2015 Non-Qualified Share Option Plan and the 2018 Non-Qualified Share Option Plan. |
| In connection with the completion of the Separation Transactions, 12,167,570 Common Shares were issued upon the exercise of our in the money warrants, exercised on a cashless basis at their respective exercise price and net settled for employee taxes. Of these, 4,969 Common Shares were issued as a result of the exercise of leaver warrants. |
Preference Securities: At March 31, 2023, FIHL had 12,102 Series A Preference Securities outstanding that are classified in our balance sheet as debt.
Long-Term Debt: At March 31, 2023, FIHL had $447.7 million in debt outstanding. Such debt is comprised of the Senior Notes, and the Subordinated Notes, referenced above. Other than the Series A Preference Securities and the Notes, FIHL has no material debt outstanding.
Dividend Payments to the Preference Security Holders: During the three months ended March 31, 2023 we continued to make the quarterly cash dividend payments to our preference security holders of $1.3 million (2022$1.3 million).
155
Access to Capital: Our business operations are in part dependent on our financial strength and the opinions of the independent rating agencies thereof as discussed above in this prospectus. We believe our financial strength provides us with the flexibility and capacity to obtain funds through debt or equity financing as required from the private markets. Our ability to access the capital markets is dependent on, among other things, our operating results, market conditions, and our perceived financial strength. We regularly monitor our capital and financial position, as well as investment and securities market conditions.
Inflation: We consider the effects of inflation in pricing our contracts and policies through modeled components such as demand surge. Loss reserves are established to recognize likely loss settlements at the date payment is made. Those reserves inherently recognize the effects of inflation. The actual effects of inflation on our results cannot be accurately known, however, until claims are ultimately resolved.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
We believe that we are principally exposed to three types of market risk: interest rate risk, foreign currency risk and credit risk.
Interest Rate Risk. Our investment portfolio consists primarily of fixed maturity securities. Fluctuations in interest rates have a direct impact on the market valuation of these securities. Accordingly, our primary market risk exposure is to changes in interest rates. As interest rates rise, the market value of our fixed maturity portfolio falls and the converse is also true.
We manage interest rate risk by maintaining a short-to-medium duration portfolio to reduce the effect of interest rate changes on the market value of these securities. We also enter into interest rate derivative contracts in the ordinary course of our investment activities to partially mitigate any negative impact of rises in interest rates on the market value of our fixed maturity portfolio.
At March 31, 2023, our fixed maturity portfolio had an approximate duration of 1.4 years including the duration impact of the interest rate futures that are used to position the fixed maturity portfolio duration within target parameters.
The table below depicts interest rate change scenarios and the effect on our interest-rate-sensitive invested assets, including the impact of interest rate swaps:
Foreign Currency Risk: Our reporting currency and functional currency is the U.S. dollar. At March 31, 2023, 97.1% of our cash and investments was held in U.S. dollars (December 31, 202297.0%), with the balance of 2.9% held primarily in British Pounds and Euros (December 31, 20223.0%).
Other foreign currency amounts are remeasured to the appropriate functional currency and the resulting foreign exchange gains or losses are reflected in the income statement. Both the remeasurement and translation are calculated using current exchange rates for the balance sheets and monthly exchange rates for the income statements. We may experience exchange losses to the extent that our foreign currency exposure is not properly managed or otherwise hedged, which would in turn adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. An increase or decrease of 25% in the U.S. dollar would result in additional gain or loss for the three months ended March 31, 2023 of $3.1 million.
156
We will continue to manage our foreign currency risk by seeking to match our liabilities under insurance and reinsurance policies that are payable in foreign currencies with investments that are denominated in those currencies. This may involve the use of foreign exchange contracts from time to time. A foreign exchange contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specified currency at a future date at a price set at the time of the contract. Foreign exchange contracts will not eliminate fluctuations in the value of our assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies but rather allow us to establish a rate of exchange for a future point in time.
As the foreign exchange contracts settle, the realized gain or loss is included with foreign exchange gains and losses in the income statement. For the three months ended March 31, 2023, the amount recognized within foreign exchange gains and losses for settled foreign exchange contracts was a realized gain of $6.4 million (2022$0.2 million). See Foreign Exchange and Foreign Exchange Contracts above.
Credit Risk: We have exposure to credit risk primarily as a holder of fixed maturity securities and private securities. Our risk management strategy and investment policy are to invest mainly in debt instruments of high credit quality issuers. We also hold a portion of the portfolio in securities that are below investment grade or in other specialty asset classes. We reduce the amount of credit exposure by setting limits with respect to particular ratings categories, business sectors and any one issuer.
We are also exposed to credit risk in respect of premium payments from clients and/or brokers, depending on whether the terms of business agreement with the broker is transfer or non-transfer of risk. In addition, we are exposed to the credit risk of our insurance and reinsurance brokers to whom we make claims payments for our policyholders, as well as to the credit risk of our reinsurers and retrocessionaires who assume business from us. Other than fully collateralized reinsurance, at March 31, 2023 the substantial majority of our reinsurers have a rating by A.M. Best of A (Excellent), the third-highest of 13 rating levels, or better and the minimum rating of any of our material reinsurers is A- (Excellent), the fourth-highest of 13 rating levels, by A.M. Best. The Group evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers on a regular basis and monitors concentrations of credit risk with reinsurers.
At March 31, 2023, the reinsurance balance recoverable on reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses was $1,032.8 million, net of allowance for credit losses of $1.0 million, (December 31, 2022: $976.1 million, net of allowance for credit losses of $1.0 million). The reinsurance balance recoverable on paid losses at March 31, 2023 was $96.5 million, net of allowance for credit losses of $nil, (December 31, 2022: $159.4 million, net of allowance for credit losses of $nil). See Note 10: Reinsurance and retrocessional reinsurance in our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
157
References to Previous Fidelis refer to FIHL and its consolidated subsidiaries prior to the consummation of the Separation Transactions and this offering. References to Current Fidelis refer to FIHL and its consolidated subsidiaries following the consummation of the Separation Transactions. Unless otherwise indicated, or the context otherwise requires, references herein to Fidelis, Group, we, our, us, and other similar references refer (i) prior to the consummation of the Separation Transactions and this offering to Previous Fidelis and (ii) following the consummation of the Separation Transactions to Current Fidelis.
Our History; Then to Now
Fidelis is a global (re)insurance company, with operations in Bermuda, Ireland and the United Kingdom. FIHL was formed in Bermuda in 2014 by Richard Brindle, under the principles of focused, process-driven and disciplined underwriting and risk selection, strong client and broker relationships and nimble capital deployment. Fidelis completed its initial funding and began underwriting business in June 2015 under the direction of an experienced management team led by Richard Brindle. Since then, Fidelis has assembled a diversified global book of (re)insurance business and achieved scale as a specialty (re)insurer with GPW of $3.0 billion, total revenues of $1.5 billion and net income of $62.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. Our growth has continued in 2023, with our GPW increasing to $1.2 billion in the three months ended March 31, 2023 compared to $1.0 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2022.
On January 3, 2023, the Separation Transactions were completed and two distinct holding companies and businesses were created: FIHL and MGU HoldCo. FIHL is the parent holding company for Current Fidelis, is the issuer of the Common Shares sold by the Selling Shareholders in this offering and continues to own all of the insurance operating subsidiaries of Current Fidelis, comprised of FIBL, FUL and FIID. Current Fidelis also has its own service company, FIHL (UK) Services, with a branch in Ireland.
MGU HoldCo is the parent holding company for Fidelis MGU that carries on the origination and underwriting activities on behalf of Current Fidelis and is led by Mr. Brindle. MGU HoldCos principal operating subsidiaries are Pine Walk Capital, Pine Walk Europe and Bermuda MGU. The underwriting activities of each of the licensed insurance carriers of Current Fidelis (FIBL, FUL and FIID) are outsourced to the corresponding operating subsidiaries of Fidelis MGU on a jurisdictional basis (Bermuda MGU, Pine Walk Capital and Pine Walk Europe, respectively). Each of the operating subsidiaries of Fidelis MGU has delegated underwriting authority to source and bind contracts for and on behalf of each of FIBL, FUL and FIID, respectively. See Material Contracts and Related Party TransactionsFramework Agreement. MGU HoldCo and its subsidiaries will not be consolidated with FIHL and its subsidiaries.
On December 20, 2022 FIHL and MGU HoldCo entered into a rolling 10-year Framework Agreement that governs the ongoing relationship between the two groups of companies (see BusinessOur Corporate Structure for additional details). Following the consummation of the Separation Transactions on January 3, 2023, Mr. Brindles employment agreement and the employment agreements of certain other senior management and other employees of Previous Fidelis remained with FML (the service company which transferred to and became part of Fidelis MGU as part of the Separation Transactions), and Mr. Brindle is now the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Fidelis MGU. See The Separation Transactions.
The Separation Transactions allow FIHL to access the underwriting expertise of Fidelis MGU while allowing Fidelis MGU to attract and retain highly sophisticated underwriting talent, including Mr. Brindle and senior underwriters. We believe that the Separation Transactions and the Framework Agreement have structural benefits for both groups of companies, including increased flexibility to quickly respond to evolving insurance and reinsurance market conditions and to help sustain our strong underwriting results through access to top talent. Our objective following the completion of the Separation Transactions remains to further solidify Fidelis position as a leading bespoke, specialty and property underwriter.
158
The Groups ratings are discussed under Ratings below.
Our Company
Fidelis is a leading global provider of bespoke and specialty insurance and property reinsurance products. We believe our differentiated underwriting positions us well to generate strong returns across (re)insurance cycles. Current Fidelis is led by Mr. Daniel Burrows who has more than 35 years of experience in the insurance industry and is supported by a highly experienced management team that manages the operations of Current Fidelis based on our founding principles.
Following the Separation Transactions, Current Fidelis is positioned as a global, specialty insurance provider with exclusive right of first access to Fidelis MGUs underwriting business during the term of the Framework Agreement. Based on Fidelis historical experience, we expect this long-term partnership to deliver strong returns to our shareholders, primarily driven by our underwriting results. We aim to be good stewards of capital by effectively balancing capital deployment across market opportunities with capital distributions to our shareholders.
We will continue to benefit from decades of thought and process leadership and innovation through our strategic relationship with Fidelis MGU. The management team of Fidelis MGU, led by Mr. Brindle, has a robust track record built across multiple platforms. Mr. Brindle has more than 38 years of underwriting leadership, including founding Lancashire and holding leading roles at Syndicates 488 and 2488 at Lloyds. Teams led by Mr. Brindle oversaw Lancashire stock price appreciation of 412.0% from December 16, 2005 (the date of Lancashires initial public offering) to December 31, 2013 (immediately prior to his retirement from Lancashire), significantly exceeding the 71.0% price appreciation from a group of Lancashires publicly traded insurance company peers for the period (including Ace, XL, Arch, Everest, PartnerRe, Axis, Allied World, Renaissance Re, Validus, Montpelier, Greenlight Re, Third Point Re, Hiscox, Amlin, Catlin, Beazley and Novae). Past performance of Lancashire is no guarantee of future results for Fidelis. Mr. Brindle and his team also outperformed at Lloyds by delivering a 17.5% return on a straight average for Syndicates 488 and 2488 during his time there from 1986 to 1998, compared to Lloyds average return of 0.9% over the same period. Past performance of Syndicates 488 and 2488 is no guarantee of future results for Fidelis. Further, while at Fidelis, between 2017 and 2022 Mr. Brindle and his management team achieved strong, consistent underwriting performance with an average loss ratio of 45.3%, an average combined ratio of 85.8% and an average standard deviation of combined ratio of 6.5% compared with the peer average of 64.5%, 99.7% and 8.1%, respectively. Over this same period, Fidelis average loss ratios for each of its Specialty, Bespoke and Reinsurance pillars was 42.8%, 26.7% and 64.9%, respectively, compared to its peers average loss ratios of 61.4%, 61.4% and 72.1%, respectively. Fidelis combined ratio was 86.0%, 76.3%, 86.6%, 80.6%, 92.9% and 92.1% in 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 and 2022, respectively, compared to a peer average combined ratio of 109.4%, 96.9%, 96.7%, 103.7%, 96.6% and 93.5% in 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 and 2022, respectively. In the three months ended March 31, 2023, our loss ratio was 41.3% and combined ratio was 79.1% compared with a peer average of 63.9% and 95.2%, respectively. Fidelis peer group includes Arch, Argo, Aspen, Markel, W. R. Berkley, Hiscox, Beazley, Lancashire, Everest Re, Axis Capital and Renaissance Re (except for the three months ended March 31, 2023 which excludes Aspen, Hiscox, Beazley and Lancashire as the information is not available for this period). In each case, prior underwriting and combined ratio performance is no guarantee of future performance. Each of the Fidelis and financial peer combined ratios is calculated as the sum of losses and loss adjustment expenses, policy acquisition expenses and general and administrative expenses as a percentage of NPE in all periods except 2018. In 2018, the Fidelis combined ratio included a negative $2.1 million adjustment to NPE as a result of the costs to acquire a derivative instrument to protect against Typhoon Jebi losses and a $10 million positive adjustment to investment returns recognized on the derivative. Financial peer combined ratios were calculated as the average of the reported combined ratios of each company.
We will continue to focus on nimble underwriting designed to capitalize on current market trends and dislocations as well as emerging risk solutions. We expect to maintain at a minimum the existing underwriting standards and where appropriate will look for enhancements. The team of underwriters at Fidelis MGU continues
159
to maintain the robust processes and use of technology that have been key to Fidelis historical success at ensuring its underwriting efforts capture recent market developments. We believe this close coordination reduces the likelihood of siloed underwriting and gives us a competitive advantage in our underwriting, risk assessment and ability to offer as many products as possible to clients. A crucial and distinguishing part of those robust processes is daily UMCC with practice leads and key members of senior management (including risk modeling, actuarial, legal, compliance, contract wordings and claims representatives) to provide live market insights and multiple perspectives to allow underwriters to quickly assess emerging opportunities, achieve strong underwriting and cross-sell across our product range. See Our Competitive Strengths below for further detail.
Since we began underwriting business in 2015, Fidelis has reached an attractive scale in bespoke and specialty insurance and property reinsurance markets while delivering robust results. Our GPW grew from $0.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $3.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2022, a compound annual growth rate of 40.6%, while delivering an average loss ratio of 45.3% and a combined ratio of 85.8% over the same period. Over the same period, our NPE grew from $0.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $1.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2022, a compound annual growth rate of 47.0%. Our GPW continued to grow to $1.2 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2023 compared to $1.0 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2022. Our loss ratio and combined ratio for the three months ended March 31, 2023 were 41.3% and 79.1%, respectively. In addition to earnings growth from the origination of new business, we believe that there is significant embedded earnings potential in previously written business due to the requirements of applicable accounting rules that revenue from written premiums must be recognized when earned over the life of a policy. This is reflected in our gross UPR balance of $3.3 billion at March 31, 2023.
Our scale and access to the highly selective underwriting capabilities of Fidelis MGU via our strategic relationship will allow us to capitalize on current insurance market trends and continue focusing on delivering growth coupled with strong underwriting results.
Fidelis is subject to varying degrees of regulation and supervision in the jurisdictions in which it operates. In particular, the businesses of our three insurance operating subsidiaries, FIBL, FUL and FIID, are authorized by, and subject to insurance laws and regulations that are administered and enforced by, a number of different governmental and non-governmental self-regulatory authorities and associations in each of their respective jurisdictions and internationally. For a summary of the regulatory environment of our insurance operating subsidiaries, primarily in their respective jurisdictions of Bermuda, U.K. and Ireland, see Certain Regulatory Considerations.
Our Commitment to Environmental, Social and Governance Matters
Fidelis is committed to being a leader in the industry with respect to standards for ESG matters. We are currently committed to transitioning our insurance portfolios to net-zero greenhouse gas emissions by 2050. To work towards this, to the extent possible, we are developing tools to measure the insurance-associated emissions of our insurance portfolios. We have carried out a joint study on approximately $8.2 billion of premiums and 28,500 policies spanning between 2012 and 2021, which demonstrated that higher third-party ESG ratings were generally correlated with lower loss ratios. Fidelis aims to embed ESG factors in its underwriting processes where appropriate. In addition, Fidelis has certain existing underwriting restrictions. These underwriting restrictions include not directly insuring thermal coal (including dedicated infrastructure projects such as ports and railways), tar sand extraction, Arctic oil and gas exploration and drilling and fracking operations. Fidelis will also not provide cover to companies whose revenues from the above-mentioned activities account for more than 20% of their total revenues. Fidelis has been for some time seeking to use policy language to minimize exposure to forced labor and modern slavery in particular in our marine cargo line of business.
Furthermore, FIHLs core fixed income investment portfolio is managed in a manner that is consistent with Fidelis sustainability principles and ESG objectives. This includes a requirement that a minimum of 3% of the core fixed income portfolios total assets under management must be invested in GSS bonds, as classified by
160
Bloomberg pursuant to its proprietary GSS Indices. The GSS Indices utilize the Bloomberg Global Aggregate Index, the Bloomberg Sustainable Finance Groups green, social and sustainability bond indicators and fields that show alignment with the International Capital Market Association Green Bond, Social Bond and Sustainability Bond Principles and Guidelines. At March 31, 2023, 3.9% of Fidelis core fixed income portfolio was invested in GSS bonds. Furthermore the investment portfolio includes restrictions against holding securities of issuers that have a poor MSCI ESG rating (with a rating below B or issuers that currently have a red MSCI controversy flag). Securities of these issuers may only be held if the investment manager demonstrates and documents in writing pursuant to company policies a positive forward-looking ESG view of the issuer. Fidelis has also adopted negative screens to limit exposure to certain industries and activities in its investment portfolio. These include screens against holding securities of any issuers involved in thermal coal, oil and gas (though an issuer may derive up to 20% of its annual revenues from oil and gas) or arms (certain types of arms are completely excluded, others such as firearm sales are permitted to comprise up to 10% of annual revenues), and restrictions against those that fail animal welfare and for-profit prisons screens. As a result of such negative screens, Fidelis was able to limit the core fixed income portfolios direct exposure to the securities of companies deriving revenues from fossil fuels to only three companies, which at March 31, 2023 comprised 0.4% of Fidelis core fixed income portfolio. Furthermore, currently Fidelis has no direct exposure in its investment portfolio to energy companies and its exposure to corporate securities identified as utilities comprises 0.6% of the core fixed income portfolio.
Additionally, we have taken action in each year since 2018 to more than offset our operational carbon emissions and we are committed to continuing to do so going forward. In 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 and 2022, we offset our carbon emissions at 125%, 150%, 200%, 150% and 110%, respectively, on a tons-of-carbon-equivalent basis through the use of carbon credits. We partner with relevant industry specialists to calculate our carbon emissions.
We were awarded carbon credits through investments in Earths forests, including forest protection in investments in the April Salumei area of Papua New Guinea in 2018 and 2019 and reforestation projects in Nicaragua and Tanzania in conjunction with CommuniTree and Hazda Hunter Gatherers, respectively, in 2020, 2021 and 2022.
Diversity, equity and inclusion are integral to Fidelis. We pursue a diversity, equity and inclusion strategy that includes accountability, representation, advancement, culture, outreach and fostering a sense of belonging for all our employees. We employ targeted recruiting strategies to identify diverse candidates and partner with external agencies to advertise vacancies with the goal of increasing the hiring of women and ethnically diverse employees. Where available, we monitor certain diversity, equity and inclusion statistics (gender, ethnicity, age, marital status, religion, caring responsibilities and disability, each as provided by candidates on a voluntary basis) both at the outreach/interview stage and for our employee population so that we can see progress with respect to the diverse candidate pools. Comparative data on diverse candidate sourcing available to us demonstrates an improved diversity mix of approximately 1% across gender and approximately 6.5% across ethnicity from December 31, 2021 to February 1, 2023 (being the latest practicable date), acknowledging that the number of employees following the consummation of the Separation Transactions has been reduced due to staff transfers to Fidelis MGU. In addition, we seek to promote our diverse talent from within, identifying those that have potential to take on more senior roles and fast-tracking them through exposure to a wide range of business opportunities as well as structured training and development.
Strategic Relationship with Fidelis MGU
We believe the insurance industry is evolving rapidly and is primed for further value chain disaggregation, which will allow specialist underwriters to benefit from access to clients and risks and to provide access to alternate forms of capital.
Following the consummation of the Separation Transactions, MGU HoldCo became a minority investor in FIHL (holding 9.9% of the Common Shares) and entered into the Framework Agreement with FIHL to build a long-term agency relationship that provides strong economic and strategic alignment between the two groups of companies.
161
The Framework Agreement, under which Current Fidelis secures business from Fidelis MGU, has a rolling initial term of 10 years. Years one to three will roll automatically (each year resetting the term of the Framework Agreement to a new 10-year period) and the notice to roll will be deemed given at the end of years one, two and three (i.e., the years roll automatically and will not be subject to any underwriting target or preconditions to rolling). From year four onwards, the Framework Agreement will roll at the sole written election of FIHL, with such election to be delivered at least 90 days prior to the commencement of the subsequent contract year. Any decision by FIHL to elect not to roll the Framework Agreement on or after year four will mean that the remainder of the 10-year term then in effect will continue in place (i.e., the Framework Agreement will have a further nine years to run in the first year following the election by FIHL not to roll the Framework Agreement). See Material Contracts and Related Party TransactionsFramework Agreement.
Fidelis MGU manages underwriting, origination, outwards reinsurance, actuarial and claims services with close review and oversight from Current Fidelis to ensure adherence with the agreed upon Group Annual Plan, which sets out our underwriting parameters and risk tolerances in respect of our three-pillar underwriting strategy on a gross / net basis for each annual period. While the Framework Agreement establishes the overarching parameters of the outsourced underwriting relationship between Current Fidelis and Fidelis MGU, the relationship is more specifically governed on a jurisdictional basis by a series of Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements. The parties to each Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreement will prepare their own Subsidiary Annual Plan. See Material Contracts and Related Party TransactionsFramework AgreementSubsidiary Annual Plans. Fidelis MGU provides us with a number of enterprise and support services on a cost plus basis, such as accounting, other finance and reporting services, IT infrastructure, maintenance and system development services and facilities management services pursuant to the Inter-Group Services Agreement between FIHL and MGU HoldCo. See Material Contracts and Related Party TransactionsInter-Group Services Agreement.
We will continue to leverage Fidelis MGUs sophisticated underwriting technology and talent and will benefit from our shared history in underwriting principles, strategic visions, and managerial approaches. Our arrangement is governed by arms-length terms for origination and management consistent with industry commission levels, including market overrider commissions, and with a focus on aligning incentives for strong underwriting performance. Ceding commissions payable to Fidelis MGU will be charged for underwriting, claims and actuarial pricing services and will be calculated based on NPW to ensure alignment on reinsurance purchasing. To avoid fee duplication, ceding commissions payable for open market business sourced by Fidelis MGU are set at 11.5% and ceding commissions payable for business sourced by Fidelis MGU via third-party managing general underwriters to whom underwriting authority has been sub-delegated by Fidelis MGU are set at 3.0%. Business that continues to be sourced by subsidiary cells of Pine Walk Capital will continue to follow the fees and commissions set under those agreements. For the year ended December 31, 2022, the fees and commissions attributable to subsidiary cells of Pine Walk Capital were 10.0% on average of the total Pine Walk Capital GPW. Long-term objectives will be further aligned by FIHL paying an ongoing Portfolio Management Fee to Fidelis MGU and a 20.0% profit commission on Binder Operating RoE above a hurdle rate of 5.0% calculated on an aggregate basis for Current Fidelis. Binder Operating RoE is defined in the Framework Agreement as FIHLs consolidated net underwriting margin (disregarding any business not underwritten by Fidelis MGU following the date of the Framework Agreement and the effect of any FIHL Procured Outwards Reinsurance, as defined in the Framework Agreement) plus all overriders retained by Current Fidelis (disregarding the effect of any FIHL Procured Outwards Reinsurance), minus an Administrative Expenses Allowance (defined in the Framework Agreement as a sum equating to 2.3% of net premiums written), minus the proportion of FIHLs costs of financing its debt and preference securities included in FIHLs total capital that is deemed to be allocated to Fidelis MGU, minus the total accumulated ceding commission that is payable by Current Fidelis to Fidelis MGU, minus the Portfolio Management Fee relating to business underwritten by Fidelis MGU, divided by the proportion of FIHLs opening common shareholders equity adjusted for dividend and equity raises (as set out in year-end consolidated audited accounts) that is deemed to be allocated to Fidelis MGU. The calculation of such profit commission will include a deficit carry-forward mechanism for a maximum of three years in which the Binder Operating RoE is below zero. For a more detailed discussion of the fees and commissions payable by Current
162
Fidelis in connection with its outsourced relationship with Fidelis MGU, see Material Contracts and Related Party TransactionsFramework AgreementFees and Commissions.
We believe the recently completed Separation Transactions make us a scaled property, bespoke and specialty (re)insurer with long-term access to a sophisticated underwriting team focused distinctively on portfolio optimization and insurance portfolio management. Under this structure, we believe we are well positioned to generate attractive returns, deploy capital toward profitable underwriting opportunities sourced through our strategic arrangement with Fidelis MGU, and grow our business. The strategic arrangement adheres to our long-standing philosophy of writing insurance and reinsurance in areas where deep expertise is required to deliver an attractive risk / reward profile through (re)insurance cycles.
The Existing Common Shareholders Agreement will be amended and restated effective as of the pricing of this offering. The Amended and Restated Common Shareholders Agreement will retain a number of rights granted to MGU HoldCo and the Founders under the Existing Common Shareholders Agreement, such as certain consent rights, minority shareholder protections and board nomination rights. Under the terms of the Amended and Restated Common Shareholders Agreement, for so long as MGU HoldCo beneficially owns at least 4.9% of the Common Shares, the consent of MGU HoldCo will be required for FIHL to undertake certain actions, including effecting any change in the jurisdiction, incorporation or name of FIHL or any member of Current Fidelis, making a material change to the nature or scope of the business underwritten by FIHL and any member of Current Fidelis, effecting any amendments to its constitutional documents that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on Fidelis MGU and making certain acquisitions or dispositions of assets. MGU HoldCo will also enjoy certain subscription and allocation rights in respect of further Common Share issuances or sales, MGU HoldCo will be subject to a prohibition on the sale of its Common Shares provided that the Framework Agreement is in effect. This prohibition shall not apply in the event of a Common Share buyback or other transactions undertaken by FIHL in response to certain adverse regulatory or accounting effects on MGU HoldCo. Additionally, MGU HoldCo will be entitled to nominate one individual to serve as a director on the Board, for so long as MGU HoldCo together with its Shareholder Affiliate Transferees beneficially own at least 50% of the MGU HoldCo Initial Shares. See Material Contracts and Related Party TransactionsOtherCommon Shareholders Agreement and Description of Share CapitalCertain Provisions of the Amended and Restated Bye-LawsNumber of Directors for a detailed description of these rights and the definition of Shareholder Affiliate Transferees.
Our Business; Overview
We focus our business on three pillars: Bespoke, Specialty and Reinsurance. We believe our three-pillar strategy and capabilities allow us to take advantage of the opportunities presented by evolving (re)insurance markets and proactively shift our business mix across market cycles.
Bespoke
For the year ended December 31, 2022, the Bespoke pillar accounted for 26.1% of our GPW and 30.2% of our NPW with an underwriting ratio of 68.5% and a loss ratio of 31.3%. In 2022, the Bespoke pillar generated $119.3 million in underwriting income. GPW in the Bespoke pillar grew from $209.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $783.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, a compound annual growth rate of 30.1%, despite our decision to maintain our GPW in 2020 at the same level as in 2019 in light of political and economic uncertainties arising from the COVID-19 pandemic. During the period from 2017 to 2022, our average underwriting ratio was 57.7%. For the three months ended March 31, 2023 our Bespoke GPW grew to $150.8 million compared to $135.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022.
The Bespoke pillar focuses primarily on highly tailored and specialized products, including policies covering credit and political risk, political violence and terrorism, limited cyber reinsurance, tax liabilities, title, transactional liabilities and other bespoke products that fit our criteria. Given the increased global conflict in
163
2022 and national economies shifting further to intellectual property driven value, we believe that the Bespoke pillar continues to see significant opportunity for beneficial pricing and terms and conditions. The relationships we have formed with clients and brokers, the underwriting expertise required, and nature of the underlying risks create a higher barrier to entry and help us maintain our position as a leader in the industry. Typically, these lines do not follow the established (re)insurance cycle and are largely influenced by prevailing economic conditions at a given time. As such, these products require highly specialized pricing and other models tailored to the risk profile. For example, for certain significant risk transfer transactions, pricing is largely driven by counterparty credit quality which has low correlation with the current (re)insurance cycle and high correlation with the overall economy and macro events. As a result, Bespoke policies follow a different and diversified loss pattern relative to our Specialty and Reinsurance pillars.
The Bespoke portfolio has several economic features that we believe are financially attractive. The contracts often have multi-year tenors, and the products generally have expected low and stable attritional loss ratios over the exposure period. The combination of longer tenor and lower expected loss experience creates the potential to capture additional embedded value as premiums are earned over the exposure period under U.S. GAAP. Additionally, the contracts are highly capital-efficient as these risks tend to have little or no correlation to peak natural catastrophe perils driving a higher RoE than other lines. Furthermore, the contracts typically have customized provisions rather than standard market contractual provisions, creating opportunities to optimize pricing and establish proprietary, recurring relationships with clients. The custom and direct nature of the business has allowed us to lead on substantially all of our contracts creating tailored terms, conditions and pricing.
The Bespoke pillar benefits from quota share, aggregate and stop loss and excess of loss retrocessional cover, which helps to reduce volatility.
Our Bespoke pillar is central to our business, and we believe it is one of the key differentiators of our business from that of other specialty insurers. The specialist nature of this business combined with lower levels of market competition result in a less commoditized, more tailor-made product that delivers better and lower volatility underwriting performance with less exposure to the typical (re)insurance cycle. The capital-efficient nature of these products and potential for high RoE allow us to retain sufficient capital to withstand deterioration through (re)insurance cycles while avoiding accumulation of excess capital like many of our competitors focused primarily on high-volatility property reinsurance.
Specialty
For the year ended December 31, 2022, the Specialty pillar, the portion of the Groups business which focuses on traditional specialty business lines such as aviation, energy, space, marine, contingency and property direct and facultative, accounted for 53.7% of our GPW and 57.0% of our NPW with an underwriting ratio of 85.4% and a loss ratio of 59.7%. In 2022, the Specialty pillar generated $124.6 million in underwriting income. GPW in the Specialty pillar grew from $70.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $1,610.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, a compound annual growth rate of 86.8%. During the period from 2017 to 2022, our average underwriting ratio was 65.5%. For the three months ended March 31, 2023 our Specialty GPW grew to $834.1 million compared to $543.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022. Our Specialty pillar from 2017 to 2022 accounted for 13.0%, 6.4%, 12.2%, 36.7%, 41.0%, and 53.7%, respectively, of our GPW.
The Specialty pillar classes include aviation, energy, space, marine, contingency and property D&F. Given the current position of the reinsurance market in the insurance cycle, we have used our Specialty pillar increasingly to deploy capital targeted to natural catastrophe exposure through property D&F lines of business rather than through our Reinsurance pillar. We further capitalized on market dislocations and associated rate increases in key classes such as marine and aviation to increase the amount of business written. Our aviation, property D&F and marine businesses are among the leading franchise positions in the London market. The Specialty pillar benefits from quota share, aggregate, stop loss and excess of loss retrocessional cover and industry loss warranties, which helps to reduce volatility.
164
Our Specialty pillar provides us with access to capital-efficient business and facilitates diversification of our exposures. Due to the soft rate environment in years prior to 2020, this pillar has historically been the smallest contributor to our GPW. However, following the significant dislocation in the market beginning in late 2019 when a number of large carriers exited the Specialty market, Fidelis assessed that return hurdles in its Specialty pillar were at levels that had the potential to grow in this segment, and Fidelis increased its Specialty pillar GPW significantly in 2020 and 2021 (representing a 236% per annum GPW growth from 2019 to 2021) and continued to do so in 2022. In 2022 and in the first quarter of 2023, we experienced further pricing momentum and enhanced terms and conditions as dislocations affected several lines, including war cover for marine and aviation lines driven by the Ukraine Conflict, contingency driven by COVID-19, and property D&F driven by Hurricane Ian.
In the Specialty pillar, we leverage Fidelis MGUs ability to adapt to constantly evolving market dynamics and develop specialized and tailored pricing and aggregation models while maintaining a disciplined underwriting approach. Our underwriters work to form, and via the sophisticated underwriting expertise at Fidelis MGU we continue to develop, collaborative relationships with brokers and clients, offering them the full suite of our existing products as well as working with them to innovate new product ideas. This relationship-driven approach allows our underwriters, and will allow underwriters at Fidelis MGU on our behalf, to identify from existing clients additional underwriting opportunities for providing cover on other related lines of business. We typically seek out capacity-driven layers with attractive pricing, often focusing on dislocated markets, and look to ensure successful and sustainable growth in this pillar through developing and maintaining an excellent broker network.
Reinsurance
For the year ended December 31, 2022, the Reinsurance pillar accounted for 20.2% of our GPW and 12.9% of our NPW with an underwriting ratio of 106.2% and a loss ratio of 74.3%. GPW in the Reinsurance pillar grew from $265.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $606.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, a compound annual growth rate of 18.0%. During the period from 2017 to 2022, our average underwriting ratio was 89.2%. For the three months ended March 31, 2023 our Reinsurance GPW was $260.4 million compared to $291.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022. Our Reinsurance pillar from 2017 to 2022 accounted for 48.6%, 47.4%, 45.9%, 41.8%, 38.9% and 20.2%, respectively, of our GPW.
Our Reinsurance pillar consists of an actively managed, primarily residential property catastrophe reinsurance book, with closely controlled aggregates using Fidelis MGUs proprietary FireAnt aggregation and analytics system to monitor exposures in real time. The Reinsurance pillar also includes property retrocession and a limited amount of composite and multi-class asset reinsurance. In the context of excess of loss reinsurance products, we focus on underwriting attachment points largely exposed only to true catastrophe events. The portfolio is global in nature with a strong North American concentration and smaller exposures in Japan, Europe, Australasia and elsewhere throughout the world. The Reinsurance pillar benefits from quota share, aggregate, stop loss and excess of loss retrocessional cover, catastrophe bond cover and industry loss warranties, which helps to minimize the potential net losses in the business written. We believe our strategy of pursuing closely controlled aggregates and focusing on residential portfolios in the Reinsurance pillar helps keep volatility lower than a typical catastrophe book.
We benefit from Fidelis MGUs sophisticated analytics capabilities and live aggregation tools, excellent relationships with a blend of regional and nationwide carriers (both in the United States and internationally), and strong retail and wholesale broker relations in the distribution of our products. Since 2021, we have developed a view of risk informed by thorough analysis and discussions with weather and forecasting experts. We have concluded that the effects of climate change on perils such as hurricanes, convective storm, flood and wildfire are not currently represented adequately in current vendor models. As such, we have superimposed our own expectations of frequency and severity on third-party vendor models, which are well in excess of average Bermuda (re)insurers loads, to form a base for exposure and aggregation tracking.
165
We have taken proactive steps to reduce volatility and reshape our Reinsurance portfolio to focus only on clients with stronger financial and loss adjustment capabilities and the resources to adjust and manage high volumes of claims in-house. As a consequence, the property reinsurance portfolio was reduced for the year ended December 31, 2022 and three months ended March 31, 2023, and subject to opportunities that may develop, is expected to remain at reduced levels for the remainder of 2023, reducing natural catastrophe exposure across the portfolio. We are increasingly deploying reinsurance capital across large-scale, well-resourced national accounts away from smaller regional underwriters, who we believe are less able to adjust and manage large catastrophe events. We have reduced our exposure to the middle layers of treaty accounts which are more exposed to increased frequency and severity of losses as a result of climate change and secondary perils associated with floods and wildfires without commensurate increases in rates. Following Hurricane Ian, we also saw an increased demand for private deals and significant pricing increases during the year-end renewal season. Over time, we expect the impact of these changes to improve the quality of our natural catastrophe-exposed portfolios and reduce volatility. As ever, we will continue to leverage our nimble underwriting abilities and ability to adapt to constantly evolving market dynamics to source business when favorable market conditions are present. If there is an increase in property catastrophe rates, as well as favorable terms and conditions, we would intend to capitalize on those trends and dislocations.
Insurance Market Conditions
We believe we have significant market opportunities given our ability to innovate and adapt to evolving market conditions. Global economic and industrial development, population increases, greater product awareness and distribution, as well as inflation continue to drive increased need for insurance and reinsurance. The current insurance and reinsurance market environment has experienced a prolonged period of rate increases, structural enhancements and continued improvement of terms and conditions. However, we believe that the higher loss ratios experienced by many of our competitors in recent years due to the frequency and severity of catastrophes has caused some of them to reevaluate and reduce their catastrophe reinsurance business. As companies exit certain (re)insurance markets and/or reduce the scope of their underwriting activities, capacity has been reducing in certain classes, leading to significant year-on-year rate increases in the (re)insurance market since the end of 2019. Some classes of business that have experienced larger rate increases include property catastrophe, property D&F, specialty markets such as aviation, marine, energy and contingency and casualty markets such as medical malpractice and healthcare (with medical malpractice and healthcare being lines of business which Current Fidelis does not write) which is reflective of the hardening cycle being driven by a lack of underwriting profits rather than capital. We believe that this combination of factors is driving a sustainable favorable market environment, with a focus on risk management, disciplined risk selection, reasonable terms and profitable business, which presents significant market opportunities for us. Global commercial insurance prices rose 4% in the first quarter of 2023, making the first quarter of 2023 the tenth consecutive quarter of price increase since global pricing increases peaked at 22% in the fourth quarter of 2020. In particular, we see the emergence of five themes supporting continued rate hardening:
| Climate Change. The frequency and severity of catastrophes is rising as seen by the increases in catastrophes globally in more recent years, requiring rate increases to keep pace. We believe that the impact of a warming climate and increased atmospheric moisture and changing weather patterns will result in increased frequency and severity of elemental catastrophe losses (elemental risks related to the elements i.e., weather related hail and storms etc.). The frequent incidence of annual industry-wide natural catastrophe losses in excess of $100 billion in the aggregate during the period from 2018 to 2022 has led us to reshape our portfolio and reduce our exposure to certain perils, thereby reducing the volatility traditionally associated with the property reinsurance classes. Many of our competitors have experienced higher loss ratios in the same period than in prior cycles and combined ratios in excess of 100%, causing them to reevaluate their levels of premiums written against catastrophe reinsurance (see Competition). Decreased participation has created a lack of supply of reinsurance capacity causing upward pressure on price. We expect this trend to continue, which would allow Fidelis MGU to underwrite select attractive policies on our behalf and position us to deliver strong risk-adjusted returns. |
166
| Casualty. We believe reserves across the industry remain deficient for accident years from 2013 to 2019 based on prior year adverse developments for several casualty underwriters. Further adverse developments and actual loss payouts may deplete competitors capital and impair their ability to underwrite additional casualty risks. Given Fidelis has made the strategic decision not to write the traditional casualty classes such as general liability, financial lines, directors and officers, and errors and omissions, it is not affected by these potential capital constraining issues, which we believe provides us with a competitive advantage due to our continued position of strength. |
| Cost Inflation. Numerous countries including the United States are experiencing inflation in wages, materials and parts. Real inflation for expert loss adjusters and building materials, exacerbated following a catastrophe, is causing an increase in loss ratios above modeled results for many insurers and complicating future estimates. This effect is increasing losses for multiple areas of the Excess & Surplus, Property & Casualty and reinsurance markets leading to rate increases and decreased appetite. Fidelis incorporates a specific cost inflation factor in its risk modeling to mitigate the effects of inflation. In addition, social inflation driven by changes in societal views on litigation aimed at insurers is a recent and developing risk highlighted by industry leaders and leading to larger claims. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsCurrent Outlook, Market Conditions and Rate Trends. |
| Conflict. The Ukraine Conflict has created uncertainty and potential losses for both global direct insurers and reinsurers. Some lines of business are subject to asymmetrical loss profiles exacerbated by war and armed conflict, which are likely to reduce supply and/or accelerate rate changes. Additionally, aviation, marine, political risk and political violence lines are likely to be particularly impacted as insurers calibrate their losses, reserve, and court proceedings begin on potential claims. Fidelis continues to monitor the Ukraine Conflict to determine the ultimate impact from lines of business which may be exposed to the Ukraine Conflict, including aviation, marine, political risk and political violence contracts. |
| COVID-19. Despite improving case and severity data, we believe industry losses since the beginning of the COVID-19 pandemic have not yet been fully captured. A significant number of outstanding claims and litigation beyond traditional mortality policies persists which may lead to changes in future policies and the risk-appetite of current underwriters. Recent judicial decisions in local markets have made adverse rulings relating to business interruption and treating each case as a separate claim with single claim limits. These rulings could affect the general interpretation of business interruption policies and may increase the level of insurers liability in the relevant markets by reducing their ability to aggregate policyholders losses when applying single claims limits. Fidelis has limited or no exposure to highly impacted businesses (such as U.K. commercial insurance, contingency (which Previous Fidelis began to write after the COVID-19 pandemic began in March 2020) and trade credit), and we continue to believe the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic will impact loss estimates for our competitors, future policies and competitor behavior. |
These market conditions have led to a compelling dislocated underwriting opportunity in numerous specialty areas in which we underwrite.
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe that our competitive advantages are based on the following key strengths:
| Highly experienced, well regarded management team. Our management team consists of industry veterans with many years of relevant experience in insurance, providing FIHL with the necessary functional support, supplemented by the services stipulated under the Framework Agreement and Inter-Group Services Agreement. We are led by Mr. Daniel Burrows, who, prior to joining Fidelis in 2015, was the co-CEO of Aon Benfields GRS division. Prior to assuming the CEO role at FIHL, Mr. Burrows had been leading Fidelis Bermuda operations and was most recently the Executive Chairman of FIBL and Group Managing Director. The other members of the management team are a mix of experienced individuals who have had held key roles at Fidelis and have long histories of working with Fidelis MGU, along with other experienced professionals from other industry peers. |
167
| First choice access to one of the best underwriting teams in the industry. The performance of our business portfolio will be a direct result of the capabilities of the Fidelis MGU management team, led by Richard Brindle, who is the Chairman and CEO of Fidelis MGU. Mr. Brindle brings more than 38 years of experience in the insurance industry and is known for his track record of outperformance across Lloyds syndicates and Lancashire under his leadership. Mr. Brindle was acknowledged by A.M. Best in August 2018 to be one of the most successful underwriters in the worldwide insurance market and has a track record of outperformance over the past 30 years. From 2017 to 2022 the Fidelis MGU management team has outperformed peers across key profitability and growth metrics. Between 2017 and 2022, Fidelis achieved strong underwriting performance with an average loss ratio of 45.3% and an average combined ratio of 85.8%. In the three months ended March 31, 2023, our loss ratio was 41.3% and combined ratio was 79.1%, respectively. The Fidelis MGU management team brings many years of cumulative experience in broking, underwriting, corporate and actuarial roles as well as long-term client and broker relationships. Mr. Brindle previously founded Lancashire with over $1 billion of start-up capital in December 2005 and grew it into a key player in the (re)insurance market listed on the London Stock Exchange. Under the Framework Agreement, we secure business for a rolling term of 10 years, providing long-term certainty that we will leverage Fidelis MGUs well-established and sophisticated underwriting capabilities. See Material Contracts and Related Party Transactions and The Separation Transactions. |
| Significant scale achieved since establishment and clean platform for growth. We believe our scale achieved since inception and our access to Fidelis MGUs sophisticated underwriting analytics and technology platform will give us a competitive advantage. Since we started underwriting in 2015, we have grown our insurance book significantly through organic business expansion including through increased client penetration, new product development, long-term relationships and new reinsurance partnerships. Between 2017 and 2022, we had extremely strong growth with an average year-over-year GPW growth rate of 40.6% compared to 14.5% from other specialty insurers during the same period (including Arch, W. R. Berkley, Argo, Markel, Aspen, Everest Re, Renaissance Re, Axis, Beazley, Hiscox, and Lancashire), while delivering top quartile underwriting profitability. Our GPW continued to grow in the three months ended March 31, 2023 to $1.2 billion compared with $1.0 billion in the three months ended March 31, 2022. As our long-tenor business lines (such as Bespoke products) continue to scale, we believe there will be higher convergence of NPE and NPW as prior period UPR continues to earn and have a favorable impact on NPE increasing. |
| Strong capital position. We have a strong balance sheet and are committed to preserving our financial strength. At March 31, 2023, our total assets were $9.4 billion and our total cash and investments (including restricted cash) totaled $3.6 billion, primarily highly rated, liquid fixed maturity assets. Our $2.4 billion total capitalization (which includes our preference securities and issued debt) provides us with the flexibility to engage in attractive underwriting opportunities and scale quickly when market conditions warrant increased business. |
| Nimble approach and focus on bottom line. We take pride in making reasoned decisions to actively enter and grow or reduce and exit specific lines of business as opportunity arises or diminishes, leveraging the UMCC to assess opportunities in real time with all key decision-makers. We believe our nimble approach and firm focus on bottom-line profitability (i.e., net income, as opposed to top-line growth) of each line of business is key to our strategy and success. We will establish our underwriting parameters and risk tolerances in respect of the three-pillar underwriting strategy in the Group Annual Plan, which will be prepared by Fidelis MGU in consultation with Current Fidelis and presented to Current Fidelis for formal approval on a gross/net basis. |
Our strategy is to increase line sizes where appropriate, take the lead in requiring rate changes and establish ourselves as the go to market for solutions through our in-force portfolio and new classes of specialty and bespoke products. Depending on market conditions, Fidelis MGU, with our consent, may exercise its discretion in coordination with us to increase retention by reducing outwards quota shares to take further advantage of the continued hardening of rates. Similarly, we may also coordinate with Fidelis MGU to increase line sizes as conditions warrant. We intend to grow specialty classes by writing large line sizes to
168
further push rate increases and access new classes where there is significant market dislocation. We expect to grow our bespoke and specialty products through a combination of organic growth of our already well-established footprint, systematic cross-selling to clients and innovative new products while maintaining quality underwriting information, high-quality risk selection and multi-line aggregation tools and technology.
| Access to well-diversified, multi-line (re)insurance risk. We prioritize pursuing a targeted diversification strategy focused on three pillarsBespoke, Specialty and Reinsurance. We have built a portfolio leveraging our ability to remain agile across market cycles with 74 lines of business across our three pillars at March 31, 2023. Our products serve numerous industries, types of exposure, and geographies. We believe that Fidelis MGUs ability to price and aggregate bespoke risks, adapt to evolving market dynamics in the specialty market, and continually optimize in reinsurance markets uniquely positions us to continue to grow a profitable portfolio. The breadth of our portfolio offering in conjunction with our partnership with Fidelis MGU also allows us to adjust line sizes and retention rates based on prevailing market conditions and achieve optimal economics for the overall portfolio. The three-pillar strategy is central to our growth as it allows us to deliver attractive risk-adjusted returns to shareholders in the long term by managing through (re)insurance cycles and deploying to the most favorable market conditions across the three pillars. |
| Innovative product offering positioned for continued growth. We focus on building first mover advantages across our markets. Our product portfolio evolves in response to client demand for bespoke, tailored products and our market-driven, real-time assessment of risk. Over the past four years, we have grown our book of newly created solutions across a wide range of sectors including airline, intellectual property, marine, and residential mortgage, expanding our business lines to 74 lines at March 31, 2023 from 43 at December 31, 2017. Through this innovation, we have further strengthened our three-pillar strategy and our position as a skilled specialty insurer. |
| Proprietary technology integration with full control of data. We will continue to leverage Fidelis MGUs proprietary and sophisticated technology platform. As a business that was established in 2014, Fidelis had the benefit of building a proprietary underwriting platform free from constrained legacy systems. We believe that the technology platform, which is owned by Fidelis MGU, has significant advantages over our competitors. It is our understanding, that many peers use hybrid platforms built more than a decade ago, that spread between various fragmented modules which reduce their agility and make it difficult to effectively analyze real-time data. Fidelis has a single holistic pricing, aggregation and analytics platform (i.e., FireAnt), which helps us avoid key pitfalls of other systems including: time wasted in duplicating data entry across multiple systems, inconsistency of modeling and pricing approach, inability to raise queries across multiple lines simultaneously, no direct link offered to outwards reinsurance and capital structures, and lag time for those other systems to respond to emerging risks. The technology platform will enable Fidelis MGU to take full control of data with no black box third-party assumptions. We believe that the platform leverages high-quality outside software with custom tools developed purposefully and in-house with the ability to aggregate and analyze data on a real-time basis. This includes third-party risk models and software, Jarvis (a custom integrated group data warehouse), Tyche (third-party capital modeling application), Prequel (a custom policy administrative system) and FireAnt (a custom pricing, simulation, exposure aggregation, and portfolio optimization tool). FireAnt allows for optimization of returns and management of volatility and capacity based on real time data. The highly specialized data capabilities developed and presently in use by Fidelis have driven enhancement in underwriting across Bespoke and Specialty lines including marine, aviation and terrorism where live data is actively analyzed to unlock new opportunities. |
| Embedded ESG initiatives that are core to our business. We believe our commitment to ESG and following the initiatives set out below is core to our success as a business. In order to have a practical and value accretive approach to implementation of ESG considerations, we have adopted the following as key areas of focus: animal welfare, armaments, capital punishment, coal and arctic drilling, anti-slavery/human trafficking and diversity, equity and inclusion. Fidelis MGU will continue to incorporate an ESG assessment into its underwriting on our behalf and is continually refining its process for reviewing individual insurance |
169
risks. Fidelis in the U.K. market has promoted the use of a forced labor clause prohibiting the use of any form of forced labor in marine cargo business and is cooperating with the U.K. Independent Anti-Slavery commissioner and Anti-Slavery International, a non-profit organization to develop a commitment to which insurers and brokers can sign up. In 2022, we implemented forced labor clauses in approximately 80% of our marine cargo accounts. |
Fidelis MGU is the first U.K. market insurer to sign up to The Poseidon Principles on Marine Insurance which pledges a net zero marine hull insurance portfolio by 2050. We actively support the transition to a net zero global economy by making renewable energy one of our classes of underwriting, including the construction of offshore wind turbine farms. Fidelis MGU became a member of ClimateWise in August 2022. The ClimateWise Principles require members to disclose their responses to the risks and opportunities of climate change and which principles are aligned with the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosure framework. So long as we remain a member we intend to report annually on actions taken in support of those principles.
We drive employee engagement through opportunities for employees that we believe help them live out their values at work. The employee-led Fidelis Insurance Green Team, which has representatives from each office, suggests ways to reduce our corporate carbon impact and improve recycling rates, such as our carbon usage offset. We support social mobility and diversity in our communities through our support for The Brokerage, a social mobility charity (a number of whose interns have become our full-time employees) and the Afro-Caribbean Insurance Network.
We maintain underwriting and investment restrictions that align with our ESG principles as well as those principles that are consistent with leading to long-term value, such as excluding a number of sectors that we believe pose risks of harm to people, animals and the environment. Furthermore, FIHLs investment portfolio is managed in a manner that is consistent with Fidelis sustainability principles and its ESG objectives. The core fixed maturity portfolio has target GSS investment thresholds, prohibits issuers with poor ESG ratings, and restricts certain industries and behaviors.
Our Strategy
We are set up to be nimble, thoughtful, and efficient decision-makers and we believe that we are able to respond quickly to an ever-changing world and a constantly evolving marketplace. We believe these attributes allow us, together with Fidelis MGU, to target opportunities that we expect to offer a compelling balance of risk and reward for our shareholders. We intend to continue to scale our business when favorable market conditions are present, pursue prudent capital management and profitable underwriting on a loss ratio and combined ratio basis, and target an Operating RoE of approximately 13.0% to 15.0%. Our strategy involves the following:
| Expand our presence in Bespoke and Specialty. We expect to continue to leverage our access to Fidelis MGUs long-standing and trusted relationships with brokers and clients, built over the years by key executives, some of whom have almost 40 years of experience in bespoke and specialty markets. Fidelis MGU intends to continue to follow a structured approach with regard to maintaining such relationships through its participation in industry events and through continuing to hold regularly scheduled meetings with clients and brokers, thereby preserving access to CEOs and senior management teams of its most important business partners. The continued access to such long-standing and trusted relationships coupled with Fidelis MGUs extensive expertise will provide significant opportunity to quote, underwrite and bind attractive niche specialty insurance policies in an efficient manner. By focusing on markets in which Fidelis MGU has particular expertise and in which we can provide new, innovative products, we believe we have a strong ability to capture profitable business. The Bespoke and Specialty pillars have benefited from a hardening pricing environment over recent years which has enhanced our recent profitability ratios. In keeping with our nimble approach and leveraging the UMCC, where all lines of business are considered in real time, we expect Fidelis MGU (and consequentially, Current Fidelis) to be able to pivot quickly to the most attractive opportunities. Currently, we expect a hard property reinsurance market will further continue in 2023 and into 2024 and we are planning to take advantage of reinsurers increased bargaining power in such hard market to reduce our aggregate exposures. As a result, in our Bespoke pillar, in line with the |
170
current economic outlook, we expect to limit the growth in traditional mortgage products and focus instead on lines such as intellectual property, political violence, political risk and transactional liabilities. In our Specialty pillar, we expect the aviation market to continue the hardening of previous rates following potential losses from the Ukraine Conflict. Similarly, the property D&F market is also expected to harden further following losses from Hurricane Ian, which impacted Florida and the American southeast in September 2022. Based on 2022 GPW, Europe is currently our leading market, closely followed by North America, with a smaller portion of our business in Asia and other jurisdictions. The (re)insurance business we write across our Bespoke, Specialty and Reinsurance pillars can be analyzed by geographic region, reflecting the location of the (re)insurer as follows: for the year ended December 31, 2022 our GPW generated for exposures in Europe was 50.6%, in North America was 37.4% and in Asia was 5.9%, while GPW in other jurisdictions was 6.1%. Although we do not expect a significant change to the geographic mix of our business, we will continue to focus on developing new and innovative products in response to market needs, remaining agile and nimble to the developing demands of clients. A recent example of such innovation is the cooperation between Previous Fidelis and Aon in 2021 on developing a product that allows early stage companies to leverage their intellectual property with a credit wrap insurance product to reduce the costs and increase the availability debt finance from lending institutions. Furthermore, in 2022 Previous Fidelis led the development of an aviation product that, once deployed, will provide a real-time quoting service for airlines and airline service providers to reinstate cover if the provision immediately cancelling cover is triggered as a result of a detonation of a nuclear device in their compulsory insurance coverages. |
| Generate underwriting profits. We will continue to focus on underwriting profitably through (re)insurance cycles in partnership with Fidelis MGU. As our insurance portfolio matures and scales, we believe we will also have an opportunity to increase our underwriting leverage. We seek to direct capital to opportunities based on market conditions to address client needs at better pricing opportunities. We will leverage our relationship with Fidelis MGU to continue disciplined underwriting via the use of Fidelis MGUs integrated technology solutions, including monitoring real-time market conditions to best capture unique opportunities. |
Fidelis MGUs robust daily processes will enable it, on our behalf, to maintain a live, dynamic picture of the current underwriting environment that drives daily underwriting decisions, including our daily UMCCs. We believe that our risk selection as a result of these robust processes should allow us to deploy significant line sizes that in turn allow us to be a rate maker rather than a rate taker.
| Maintain diversification and low volatility. We seek to maintain significant diversification in our business lines which limits the correlations to single events. Our strategy has frequently generated better risk-adjusted returns than many of our competitors who focus on specific niches exclusively or have large exposure to natural catastrophe reinsurance. We have taken measures with Fidelis MGU to actively manage and in many cases reshape our natural catastrophe exposure in light of greater severity and frequency of catastrophe events and concerns around global climate change. |
| Uphold a strong balance sheet. We believe as interest rates rise, we will have opportunities to earn a higher yield while maintaining an appropriately conservative investment portfolio to support our business. We maintain robust procedures for setting our reserves and actively managing risk in our portfolio. From January 1, 2017 to March 31, 2023, we had net favorable prior year reserve development of $155.6 million from our reserves. We believe a robust balance sheet best positions us to be a provider of choice for policyholders and take advantage of large or sudden market pricing dislocations. |
| Manage capital prudently. We invest and manage our capital proactively with a goal of generating strong RoE for investors. We believe market conditions will continue to warrant expansion of our premium volume and capital base to take advantage of attractive opportunities. Our goal is for our capital returns program to be focused on ordinary payouts from operating net income and releasing excess capital as appropriate, while balancing any return of capital with the need to take a prudent and efficient approach to capital sufficiency. We believe successful underwriting will allow us to grow our equity and support continued premium growth with an increased ability to fund growth from our own resources and return excess capital to shareholders over time, which may take the form of ordinary dividends, special dividends or share buybacks. Over the full market cycle, we expect to have additional opportunities to manage our capital in order to maintain an |
171
appropriate RoE for our shareholders which may include returning excess capital when market opportunities are limited in soft insurance markets. |
Outwards Reinsurance or Retrocessional Coverage
We purchase reinsurance to cover the potential accumulation or aggregation of exposures and to cover specific business written when warranted. At March 31, 2023 we had reinsurance balances recoverable on reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses of $1,032.8 million (December 31, 2022: $976.1 million) and reinsurance balances recoverable on paid losses of $96.5 million (December 31, 2022: $159.4 million). All reinsurance premiums ceded and reinsurance recoverables are either fully collateralized or placed with reinsurers that are rated A- or greater by A.M. Best or S&P, other than four reinsurers which are rated B++ by A.M. Best. Where an insurer does not have a credit rating, the Group receives full collateral, including letters of credit and trust accounts. At December 31, 2022 the three largest balances by reinsurer accounted for 25.3%, 6.0% and 5.0%, compared to 17.4%, 6.8% and 6.3% at December 31, 2021, of the total balance recoverable from reinsurers on paid and unpaid losses. Please refer to note 10 (Reinsurance and retrocessional reinsurance) of our unaudited consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus and note 13 (Reinsurance and retrocessional reinsurance) of our audited consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Under the Framework Agreement, we have delegated authority to design and place such outwards reinsurance to Fidelis MGU in conjunction with the overall management of our book of business.
The amount of reinsurance we desire to purchase and our reasons for purchasing reinsurance will vary over time. We may purchase reinsurance to manage our capital and the volatility of our underwriting results more effectively or otherwise to facilitate the exit of certain business. This may include, inter alia, increasing our protection from underwriting risks, increasing our overall ability to deploy significant line sizes, reducing and spreading the risk of loss on our insurance and reinsurance business and limiting our exposure to multiple claims arising from a single occurrence.
FIHL and MGU HoldCo will agree to the specific parameters for purchasing outwards reinsurance cover for Current Fidelis on an annual basis (the Outwards Reinsurance Strategy). Fidelis MGU is delegated authority to purchase and alter outwards reinsurance cover for and on behalf of the applicable operating subsidiary provided that: (i) the proposed outwards reinsurance cover is consistent with the parameters set out in the Outwards Reinsurance Strategy; and (ii) the underwriting performance of the insurance business in the applicable year is within the pre-agreed parameters set out in the Subsidiary Annual Plan. However, prior to effecting such outwards reinsurance cover, Fidelis MGU must obtain the approval of the relevant operating subsidiarys Chief Underwriting Officer, who must respond to such proposal within two business days. Placements outside of the Outwards Reinsurance Strategy will be subject to a longer turnaround time as there is more substantive review to be conducted.
We purchase significant levels of reinsurance to reduce exposure to large loss events. The reinsurance we purchase takes the form of quota share, aggregate, stop-loss and excess of loss programs, catastrophe bonds and industry loss warranties. We evaluate the financial condition of our reinsurers regularly and monitor concentrations of credit risk with reinsurers. All reinsurance premiums ceded and reinsurance recoverables are either fully collateralized or placed with reinsurers that are rated A- or greater by A.M. Best or S&P, other than four reinsurers which are rated B++ by A.M. Best. In some cases, Fidelis MGU will be afforded discretion to purchase reinsurance for us from a non-rated source, subject to full collateralization of policy limits ceded under such reinsurance (for example, through purchase of industry loss warranties) or seek direct access to capital markets (for example, through catastrophe bonds).
When we purchase reinsurance protection, we cede to reinsurers a portion of our risks and pay premiums based upon the transferred risk or perils of the subject, right or interest protected by the reinsurance. Although the reinsurer will be liable to us in respect of the business ceded, we retain the ultimate liability in the event the reinsurer is unable to meet its obligations at some later date.
172
When purchasing outwards reinsurance, Fidelis MGU will ensure that the placement of outwards reinsurance is within the defined terms of our counterparty risk appetite in respect of both the related credit exposure and aggregate exposure. It will also ensure that the outwards reinsurance purchased is in line with the Solvency II eligibility requirements for risk mitigation techniques, including but not limited to:
| the contractual arrangements and transfer of risk are legally effective and enforceable in all relevant jurisdictions; |
| all appropriate steps have been taken to ensure the effectiveness of the arrangement and to address the risks related to that arrangement; |
| Current Fidelis is able to monitor the effectiveness of the arrangement and the related risks on an ongoing basis; |
| Current Fidelis has, in the event of a default, insolvency or bankruptcy of a counterparty or other credit event set out in the transaction documentation for the arrangement, a direct claim on that counterparty; |
| that there is effective transfer of risk; and |
| the requirements relating to collateral arrangements and guarantees. |
Underwriting and Risk Management
Our underwriting ethos is to underwrite (re)insurance business subject to a process-driven, disciplined, innovative and analytical approach with a focus on delivering superior solutions for clients and brokers. As part of the underwriting process, the Framework Agreement and the Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements set out the parameters and robust oversight procedures for Fidelis MGU in assessing: (i) adequacy of underlying rates for a specific class of business and territory; (ii) the reputation of the proposed (re)insured; (iii) the geographic area in which the (re)insured does business, together with our catastrophe exposures and our aggregate exposures in that area; (iv) historical loss data for the (re)insured and, where available, for the industry as a whole in the relevant regions, in order to compare the historical loss experience to industry averages; (v) projections of future loss frequency and severity using its view of risk; (vi) if relevant, the perceived financial strength of the (re)insured; as well as (vii) certain ESG factors.
We focus on four key principles governing our underwriting and risk selection approach and strategy, as prescribed by the underwriting parameters and risk tolerances that will be set forth in the Group Annual Plan:
(1) | Discipline. We will leverage Fidelis MGUs disciplined, analytical underwriting approach, which is focused on real time pre-quote peer review and management of portfolios to allow us to stay ahead of the curve in terms of our offering. As will be set forth in the Group Annual Plan, Fidelis MGU employs robust underwriting controls, including the daily UMCCs. We believe, that the UMCC is unique among our peers. Coming together in this way on daily calls means that there is no siloed underwriting, there is management oversight over all underwriting decisions and there is cohesive portfolio composition across all business lines and pillars. This approach maximizes opportunities for cross-selling and brings a multidisciplinary lens to bear on each underwriting decision and across risk management, exposure management, compliance, contract wordings, actuarial review and claims review. |
(2) | Clients and Brokers. Our primary focus is to aim to deliver superior solutions for our clients and broker partners. We will rely on Fidelis MGUs ability to move quickly in the changing market to deliver bespoke products meeting a clients demands. Our model is built on the balance of Fidelis MGUs long-term relationships with quality clients and respect for the core broker distribution model. We encourage multi-tier engagement with brokers using consistent data points to measure performance and identify opportunities. |
(3) | Innovation. We recognize that in an ever-changing and competitive market, we must put a lot of emphasis on creativity in bringing new products to market. We intend to benefit from Fidelis MGUs strong ability in development and innovation when creating new products and client-led solutions. |
173
Through our development of new coverages such as the Aircraft Finance Insurance Consortium, or need-driven innovations like policies covering Kabul relief flights and COVID-19 loss of hire, Fidelis has demonstrated an ability to work with clients and brokers to understand their needs and be ever-more responsive and relevant to them with the expanded product offering. We focus on being a rate maker rather than a rate taker given our strong position in the industry utilizing significant individual risk line sizes, which we expect Fidelis MGU to perpetuate. We will encourage Fidelis MGU to seek to find growth through first mover advantage in response to client demand for bespoke, innovative and new products, such as its recently developed marine transit COVID-19 quarantine product and a product to support the World Health Organization in its global roll-out of COVID-19 vaccines under its COVAX program. |
(4) | Risk and capital management. In order to optimize our risk and return, we will allow Fidelis MGU flexibility within closely defined risk tolerances and appetites to allocate risk and capital. Through managements focus and the outsourcing model with Fidelis MGU, we expect to be able to actively manage risk on a gross and net basis, results in allowing us to increase our capital efficiency. |
Investment Operations
Our investment strategy is focused on delivering stable investment income and reasonable total return through all market cycles while maintaining appropriate investment portfolio liquidity and credit quality to meet the requirements of our clients, rating agencies and regulators and support our underwriting activities.
Our investments are principally managed by two external investment managers through individual investment management agreements. Our Chief Investment Officer monitors activity and performance of the external managers on a regular basis and reports to the Board on at least a quarterly basis. At March 31, 2023, our investments consisted primarily of a diversified portfolio of core fixed maturity securities (including U.S. Treasuries, non-U.S. government bonds, government agency bonds, corporate bonds, mortgage and other asset-backed securities), and a small allocation to risk assets. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsFinancial ConditionTotal Cash and Investments.
The Investment Committee of our Board establishes investment policies and guidelines and supervises our investment activity. The Investment Committee regularly monitors our overall investment results and performance against our investment objectives, benchmarks, risk appetite and guidelines contained in the investment policy. Our current investment policy contains a prescriptive set of permitted investments and prohibited asset classes, guidelines specifying minimum criteria on the overall credit quality (in addition to individual issuer credit quality), ESG parameters, designed to be value accretive, and liquidity characteristics of the portfolio and includes limitations on the size of certain holdings and restrictions on purchasing certain types of securities and other investments. Any material changes to our investment objectives, benchmarks, risk appetite and guidelines would require Board approval, and the Board will also be required to review any such proposed changes in light of their potential impact on Fidelis MGU, its ability to perform underwriting activities and a general compatibility with the Group Annual Plan. See Material Contracts and Related Party TransactionsFramework AgreementSubsidiary Annual Plans.
Our management team and the Investment Committee review our investment performance and assess credit and market risk concentrations and exposures to issuers. We follow an investment strategy designed to emphasize the preservation of capital and provide sufficient liquidity for the prompt payment of claims. Our investment portfolio is diversified across sectors and issuers, and we have taken a number of steps to ensure that we hold sufficient cash available to meet our obligations. At March 31, 2023, 20.0% of our total cash and investments was held in cash and 78.7% of our total cash and investments was invested in core fixed maturity investments (with 13.7% of our total cash and investments rated BBB and no securities rated lower than BBB).
We have minimal direct exposure to Russian equities and minimal exposure to fixed maturity assets impacted by sanctions. We have direct exposure to one bond (held in our own account) which has become
174
subject to sanctions relating to the Ukraine Conflict. The bond is not in possession or control of a U.S. person. The bond has a maturity date of November 21, 2023 and an original cost of $490,000. We also have some limited exposure to Russian bonds and currency forwards through the Groups approximately 5% investment in the Wellington Opportunistic Fixed Income UCITS fund, holding a proportional 5% share of each of the funds investments. We have no material exposure to Russian equities. We consider that our level of credit exposure to securities issued by the Russian Federation is immaterial compared to our business, financial condition and results of operations. Further, the Current Fidelis does not have offices or any physical presence in Russia, Belarus or Ukraine.
Claims
Under the terms of the Framework Agreement and the respective Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements, the claims management activities are managed by Fidelis MGU, while we retain an oversight function. Fidelis MGU employs a staff of experienced claims professionals who will operate within the parameters set forth in the Framework Agreement and the respective Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements, which provide for a delegated claims authority up to a maximum monetary threshold. Claims that exceed the delegation threshold must be referred back to us for oversight and involvement in resolution within predefined timelines and claims subject to coverage disputes and/or litigation will be handled by a separately agreed procedure.
The claims professionals employed by Fidelis MGU work closely with its underwriting team to achieve consistency and efficiencies across all lines of business. We are committed to offering prompt and professional claims service to policyholders and service providers and Fidelis MGU has, on our behalf, developed processes and internal business controls for identifying, tracking and settling claims.
The key responsibilities of the claims management departments include:
| Processing, managing and resolving reported insurance or reinsurance claims efficiently and accurately to ensure the proper application of intended coverage and expense; |
| Making timely payments in the appropriate amount on those claims for which Current Fidelis is legally obligated to pay; |
| Selecting appropriate counsel and experts for claims, managing claims-related litigation and regulatory compliance; |
| Contributing to the underwriting process by collaborating with the underwriting teams and senior management in terms of the evolution of policy language and endorsements and providing claim-specific feedback and education regarding legal activity; and |
| Contributing to the analysis and reporting of financial data and forecasts by collaborating with the finance and actuarial functions relating to the drivers of actual claim reserve developments and potential for financial exposures on known claims. |
Reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses
Reserve estimates are derived by us after extensive consultation with the underwriters and actuaries employed by Fidelis MGU, actuarial analysis of the loss reserve development, comparison with industry benchmarks and preliminary contract level loss reserve estimates prepared by Fidelis MGU. The reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses include an amount determined from reported claims and estimates based on historical loss experience and industry statistics for IBNR losses using a variety of actuarial methods. For additional discussion of our reserves, refer to note 12 (Reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses) of our audited consolidated financial statements and note 12 (Reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses) of our unaudited consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.
175
Loss reserves represent estimates, at any given time, of what we ultimately expect to pay on claims, are based on facts and circumstances then known, and it is probable that the ultimate liability may exceed or be less than such estimates. Even actuarially sound methods can lead to subsequent adjustments to reserves that are both significant and irregular due to the nature of the risks written. Loss reserves are inherently subject to uncertainty. In establishing the reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses, we make various assumptions relating to the pricing of reinsurance contracts and insurance policies and also considering available historical industry experience and current industry conditions. The timing and amounts of actual claim payments related to recorded reserves vary based on many factors, including large individual losses and changes in the legal environment, as well as general market conditions. The ultimate amount of the actual claim payments could differ materially from our estimated amounts. Certain lines of business have loss experience characterized as low frequency and high severity. This may result in significant variability in loss payment patterns and, therefore, may impact the related investment management process in order to be in a position, if necessary, to make these payments. The unpaid reported reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses are established by management based on reports from brokers, ceding insurers and insureds and represent the estimated ultimate cost of events or conditions that have been reported to, or specifically identified by us. Generally, it is anticipated that reserves will be established without regard to whether we may subsequently contest the claim. Current Fidelis and Fidelis MGU will, pursuant to the Framework Agreement and the respective Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements, jointly undertake the reserving process with our reserving teams and the claims and actuarial teams at Fidelis MGU. Ultimate ownership and sign-off responsibility over our reserving will remain with us. The reserves for IBNR losses and loss adjustment expenses are established by our management based on actuarially determined estimates of ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses, and other related data and analysis to be provided to us by Fidelis MGU. Inherent in the estimate of ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses are expected trends in claim severity and frequency and other factors which may vary significantly as claims are settled, and accordingly, ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses may differ.
These estimates are reviewed regularly and, as experience develops and new information becomes known, the reserves are adjusted as necessary. Such adjustments, if any, will be recorded in losses and loss adjustment expenses in the period in which they become known. IBNR reserves are calculated on a best estimate basis and are established by our management based on a combination of managements professional judgment and various actuarial methods, growing loss experience, historical (re)insurance industry loss experience, estimates of pricing adequacy trends and other related data and analysis to be provided by Fidelis MGU. Due to the limited historical data available, and limited loss experience available to us due to our relatively short period of operations, reliance is placed upon industry data and a review of individual policies. Estimates are calculated at the lowest level line of business, separately for gross and ceded, and for attritional, extreme and catastrophic claims.
The reserve estimates contain an inherent level of uncertainty, and actual results may vary, potentially significantly, from the estimates we have made. Reserves are reviewed on a quarterly basis and estimates are adjusted to reflect emerging claims experience. We are supported by our external loss reserve specialist, Willis Towers Watson, which reviews our reserves annually.
Other principal actuarial methods, and associated key assumptions, used to perform our loss reserve analysis include paid and incurred chain ladder, paid and incurred Bornhuetter-Ferguson method and credible claims reserves. We may however employ a number of different reserving methods depending on the pillar, the line of business, the availability of historical loss experience and the stability of that loss experience. Over time we may determine to give additional weight to our historical loss experience in our reserving process due to the then- applicable maturation of our reserves, and the increased availability and credibility of the historical experience.
Our insurance operating subsidiaries are subject to insurance and reinsurance laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which they operate, the most significant of which are Bermuda, Ireland and the United Kingdom. We hold capital in excess of the minimum statutory capital and surplus requirements in each of those locations. Please refer to note 19 (Statutory Requirements and Dividend Restrictions) of our audited consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus for further details of the requirements in each jurisdiction.
176
Competition
The (re)insurance industry is highly competitive and we compete with major insurers, reinsurers and alternative capital managers. While there is no one direct competitor for us given our business strategy, and we may have other categories of peer groups or competitors, our competitors may include multi-line property and specialty (re)insurers such as Arch, Argo, Aspen, Markel, W. R. Berkley, Hiscox, Beazley, Lancashire, Everest Re, Axis Capital, and Renaissance Re, and diversified insurers such as Berkshire Hathaway. The industry has seen and continues to see a trend of consolidation, and we believe that our unique business model and focus on quality, service and experience over scale differentiates us from our competitors seeking growth from mergers or acquisitions. See Risk Factors Risks Relating to the Groups Business and IndustryConsolidation in the (re)insurance industry could adversely impact our business and results of operations.
Our Corporate Structure
The following chart presents a simplified summary overview of the corporate structure for Current Fidelis, which, other than the percentage ownership changes notes at note (1) below, will remain unchanged following the consummation of this offering. For a more detailed description of our organizational structure and an overview of the Separation Transactions see The Separation Transactions.
Current Fidelis Structure
(1) | See Principal and Selling Shareholders for detail of the percentage ownership prior to this offering, as well as the percentage ownership of FIHL following the consummation of this offering (including in the event of a full option exercise) by each of MGU HoldCo, the Founders, other institutional investors, management and other existing shareholders. |
(2) | FUL is a limited liability company incorporated in England and Wales, authorized by the PRA and supervised by the FCA and the PRA as an insurer. |
(3) | FIBL is a limited liability company incorporated in Bermuda, authorized and supervised by the BMA as an insurer. |
(4) | FIHL (UK) Services is a limited liability company incorporated in England and Wales and is the service company of Current Fidelis. FIHL (UK) Services also has a branch in Ireland. |
(5) | FIID is a designated activity company incorporated in Ireland, authorized and supervised by the CBI as an insurer. |
177
Ratings
Ratings by independent agencies are an important factor in establishing the relative financial and operational strength of (re)insurance companies and are important to our ability to market and sell our products and services. Rating agencies continually review the financial positions of (re)insurers, including us.
Prior to the Separation Transactions, the Group was assigned an A (Excellent) financial strength rating by A.M. Best, the third-highest of 13 rating levels, with a stable outlook on all entities. A.M. Bests ratings range from A+ to D. Each A.M. Best rating category from A+ to C may be designated either an additional plus (+) or a minus (-) sign as a rating notch that reflects a gradation of financial strength within the rating category. Additionally, A.M. Best assigned a BBB long-term issuer credit rating to FIHL, which indicates a good ability to meet ongoing senior financial obligations and a financial strength rating of A (Excellent) and the long-term issuer credit rating of A (Excellent) to FIBL, FUL and FIID. In connection with the Separation Transactions, the Group completed a rating evaluation service with A.M. Best, following which, A.M. Best had placed under review with negative implications the ratings assigned to FIHL, including the Groups financial strength rating of A. On February 3, 2023, A.M. Best removed from under review with negative implications and affirmed the financial strength rating of A (Excellent) and the long-term issuer credit rating of A (Excellent) of FIBL, FUL and FIID. In addition, A.M. Best removed from under review with negative implications and affirmed the long-term issuer credit rating of BBB (Good) of FIHL. The outlook assigned to these ratings remained negative at such date. The negative outlooks acknowledge that A.M. Best has noted that it will continue to monitor the Groups market presence as well as subsequent operating performance now that the Separation Transactions have been consummated.
Prior to the Separation Transactions, the Group was assigned an A- financial strength rating by S&P, with a positive outlook, which indicates strong capacity to meet financial commitments but somewhat more susceptibility to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than those in higher-rated categories. S&Ps ratings range from AAA to D. Each S&P rating category from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the rating categories. Additionally, S&P has assigned a BBB long term issuer rating to FIHL, which indicates adequate capacity to meet financial commitments but greater susceptibility to adverse economic conditions. In connection with the Separation Transactions, the Group completed a rating evaluation service with S&P, following which, S&P had placed under review the ratings assigned to FIHL, including the Groups financial strength rating of A-. On August 5, 2022, S&P affirmed the Groups ratings, including the A- financial strength rating assigned to the Group and a BBB long term issuer rating to FIHL, but revised its outlook from positive to stable for all entities. Despite the revision, S&P expressed confidence in the Groups future operating earnings and strong capital position, noting in particular the Groups underwriting outperformance of peers between 2017 and 2022.
Following the announcement of the Separation Transactions, on August 1, 2022, Moodys assigned a Baa2 long-term issuer rating to FIHL and A3 insurance financial strength ratings to FIBL, FUL and FIID. The outlook for FIHL is stable. Moodys generic rating classifications range from Aaa to C. Each Moodys generic rating classification from Aa to Caa may be modified to append numerical modifiers 1, 2, or 3 to show relative position within the rating categories.
These ratings are intended to provide an independent opinion of our insurance subsidiaries ability to meet their respective obligations to policyholders or of FIHLs ability to meet the terms of its long-term debt obligations in a timely manner, as applicable, but are not ratings of the securities and are not recommendations to buy, sell or hold our securities.
Each rating reflects the respective rating agencys opinion of the business, capitalization, results, management and ownership of the entity to which it relates and ratings are not an evaluation directed to investors in our securities or a recommendation to buy, sell or hold our securities. Ratings may be revised or revoked at the sole discretion of A.M. Best, S&P or Moodys.
178
For a discussion of some potential risks relating to the ratings of Fidelis, see Risk FactorsRisks Relating to the Groups Business and Industry.
Employees
At March 31, 2023, Current Fidelis had 51 permanent employees across our three locations (13, 27 and 11 in Bermuda, London and Dublin, respectively), 4 persons recruited due to start (1, 2 and 1 in Bermuda, London and Dublin, respectively) and a further 24 approved vacancies to be filled (9, 6 and 9 in Bermuda, London and Dublin, respectively). Following the consummation of the Separation Transactions and the transfer of some employees of Previous Fidelis to Fidelis MGU, Current Fidelis headcount is expected to be approximately 79 permanent employees. The Inter-Group Services Agreement provides for the outsourcing of corporate services for several corporate functions including finance and accounting services and IT infrastructure services to Fidelis MGU. See Material Contracts and Related Party TransactionsInter-Group Services Agreement.
None of our arrangements with employees are subject to collective bargaining agreements.
Facilities
We lease office space in Bermuda, Ireland and the United Kingdom. We and Fidelis MGU renew and enter into new leases in the ordinary course of business.
The two Bermuda leases are currently held by FIBL and it is expected that one of the leases will be transferred to Bermuda MGU with the provision of a rental guarantee, with FIBL retaining the other lease. In the United Kingdom, we currently occupy two floors of 22 Bishopsgate in London, pursuant to two separate leases held by FML and FIHL (UK) Services. This office space is shared by Current Fidelis and Fidelis MGU. Segregation is implemented through the use of user access control to protect commercially confidential information and related interactions. FIID currently shares office space leased by FML, which is part of Fidelis MGU. During 2023, FIID employees will move to another location in Dublin which it leases and is currently being renovated (it is expected that this lease will be transferred by FIHL (UK) Services, Irish Branch). The existing Pine Walk Capital lease will also remain with Fidelis MGU following the consummation of the Separation Transactions. For further discussion of our leasing commitments at December 31, 2022, see note 17(a) (Commitments and ContingenciesLease Commitments) of our audited consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.
Information Technology
We require complex and extensive IT systems to run our business and are reliant on third parties for the provision of important services, including finance systems and processes and IT infrastructure including software, claims management and investment management services. We have autonomy over our financial and regulatory reporting, with use of dedicated Oracle Fusion general ledger and Solvency II reporting tools.
The technology platforms have been transferred to Fidelis MGU as part of the Separation Transactions. Although the proprietary tools and systems including the Prequel Policy Administration system, the Jarvis Data Warehouse, and the FireAnt analytics system are owned by Fidelis MGU, they are licensed for use by us as appropriate pursuant to the outsourcing arrangements. See Material Contracts and Related Party TransactionsOtherLicensing Arrangements.
Legal Proceedings
Similar to the rest of the insurance and reinsurance industry, we will from time to time be subject to litigation and arbitration in the ordinary course of business. We may also be subject to other potential litigation, disputes and regulatory or governmental inquiry from time to time in the ordinary course of business. While it is not feasible to predict or determine the ultimate outcome of the pending or threatened proceedings, management does not believe that the outcome of these proceedings, including those discussed below, will have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of the Group, after consideration of any applicable reserves.
179
Following Russias invasion of Ukraine on February 24, 2022, government sanctions were introduced prohibiting various commercial and finance activities in Russia, including leasing of aircraft in the aviation industry to any person in Russia, or for use in Russia. Aircraft lessors issued notices to airlines and lessees in Russia purporting to terminate the leasing of aircraft (and other parts such as spare engines) and requiring that the airlines return the assets. Many of the relevant aviation authorities where the aircraft are registered have also since suspended the certificates of airworthiness of such aircraft. Some aircraft are yet to be returned and aircraft lessors filed various insurance claims under their insurance policies for loss of the unreturned aircraft. The insurers have denied the claims and the lessors have instituted proceedings in the U.K., the U.S. and Ireland against upwards of 60 (re)insurers, including certain Group entities. Fidelis has been named in multiple proceedings. Provision has been made in the Groups reserves of $145.6 million at March 31, 2023 for potential exposures relating to the Ukraine Conflict, considerable majority of which is reserves reflecting our estimate for potential loss claims relating to leased aircraft within Russia, including the related litigation proceedings. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsRecent Developments and Activity.
This is an unprecedented event, which is currently anticipated to continue for a protracted period of time and presents unique circumstances and coverage issues in respect of both the gross loss and consequent extent of the reinsurance recoveries, which will continue to be unresolved until the multiple courts rule on the merits of the lawsuits. The situation is continuously evolving, including with respect to explorative discussions ongoing between Western leasing firms and Russian airline operators for the sale of some of the unreturned aircraft to the Russian operators. Such discussions, if successful, may lead to a reduction in any potential exposures under the relevant insurance policies. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsRecent Developments and Activity, Risk FactorsRisks Relating to Recent EventsThe full extent of the impacts of the ongoing Ukraine Conflict on the (re)insurance industry and on the Groups business, financial condition and results of operations, including in relation to claims under the Groups (re)insurance policies, are uncertain and remain unknown and We may be subject to litigation which could adversely affect our business.
180
MANAGEMENT AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Executive Officers and Directors
The following table sets forth, as of the date of this prospectus, the names, ages and positions of the individuals who are expected to serve as our directors and executive officers at the time of this offering of our Common Shares as set forth in this prospectus.
Name |
Age |
Position | ||
Helena Morrissey |
Chair and Non-Executive Director | |||
Daniel Burrows |
Group Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director | |||
Allan Decleir |
Group Chief Financial Officer and Executive Director | |||
Daniel Brand |
Non-Executive Director | |||
Charles Collis |
Non-Executive Director | |||
Cathy Iberg |
Non-Executive Director | |||
Daniel Kilpatrick |
Non-Executive Director | |||
Dana LaForge |
Non-Executive Director | |||
Hinal Patel |
Fidelis MGU Nominee and Non-Executive Director | |||
Warrick Beaver |
Group Chief People Officer | |||
Denise Brown-Branch |
Group Chief Operating Officer | |||
Ian Houston |
Group Chief Underwriting Officer | |||
Dee Pang |
Group Chief Information Security Officer and Chief Technology Officer | |||
Michael Pearson |
Group Chief Risk Officer | |||
David Smith |
Group Chief Investment Officer | |||
Jonathan Strickle |
Group Chief Actuarial Officer | |||
Janice Weidenborner |
Group Chief Legal Officer |
Biographical Information
Biographical information on our directors and executive officers is set forth below.
Baroness Helena Morrissey DBE. Baroness Morrissey became the chair of the Board with effect from the consummation of the Separation Transactions. She has over three decades of experience in the financial services sector. Baroness Morrissey has served as non-executive director of Green Park Limited since August 2020. She also served as non-executive chair of AJ Bell plc from July 2021 to September 2022. Since February 2017 Baroness Morrissey has served as a director of Helena Morrissey Ltd. She was lead non-executive director at the Foreign & Commonwealth Office between July 2020 and September 2020, transferring to lead non-executive director of the Foreign, Commonwealth & Development Office until June 2022. Between January 2020 and May 2021 Baroness Morrissey was a non-executive director of St James Place. Prior to this, she was head of personal investing at Legal & General Investment Management between May 2017 and December 2019. Between 2001 and 2016 Baroness Morrissey was CEO of Newton Investment Management. Baroness Morrissey began her career as a global bond analyst at Schroders in the 1980s, later becoming a global bond fund manager. Baroness Morrissey holds a Master of Arts in Philosophy from Cambridge University. Baroness Morrissey is chair of the Diversity Project, a trustee of the Lady Garden Foundation and a fellow and Chair of the Endowment Committee of Eton College. She also serves as an advisory board member of Edelman Communications, Anthemis and UK Fintech Growth Fund and a board member and chair of the Client Service and Advisory Committee of McKinsey Investment Office. Baroness Morrissey was chair of the Investment Association from July 2013 to May 2017 and founded the 30% Club campaign. We believe Baroness Morrissey is qualified to serve as a member of our Board based on our review of her experience, qualifications, attributes and skills, including her executive leadership experience in the financial sector.
Daniel Burrows. Mr. Daniel Burrows has been a director of FIHL since April 2022 and became Group Chief Executive Officer of Current Fidelis on January 3, 2023 upon completion of the Separation Transactions.
166
Mr. Burrows joined Previous Fidelis in 2015 and currently serves as executive director of FIBL and prior to that served as CEO of FUL. Prior to joining Previous Fidelis Mr. Burrows was co-CEO of Aon Benfields Global Re Specialty (GRS) division from 2013 to 2015. Specializing in non-marine retrocession and the aviation, marine and energy sectors, among others, Mr. Burrows supported Aon Benfields business hubs across North America, Europe, the Middle East, Africa and Asia Pacific. Prior to this, he was Deputy CEO of the GRS division from 2008 until 2013. Mr. Burrows began his career as a non-marine property broker at Greig Fester in the 1980s, later joining the retrocession team and then leading that team following a merger with Benfield in 1997. We believe Mr. Burrows is qualified to serve as a member of our Board based on our review of his experience, qualifications, attributes, and skills, including his extensive insurance background and executive leadership experience.
Allan Decleir. Mr. Decleir became Group Chief Financial Officer of Current Fidelis on January 3, 2023 upon completion of the Separation Transactions. Prior to assuming this executive position, Mr. Decleir was a consultant to FIBL from June 1, 2022. He has over 27 years of experience in the (re)insurance industry. Since June 2015, Mr. Decleir has been an independent consultant for ThreeSeas Consulting Ltd, providing management consulting services in the Bermuda (re)insurance market. Mr. Decleir was also a Listings Manager at the Canadian Securities Exchange from February 2019 until March 2022. Prior to this, he was Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer of Platinum Underwriters Holdings, Ltd. (Platinum) from June 2010 until March 2015, overseeing SEC, financial and regulatory reporting. He first joined Platinums Class 4 reinsurance subsidiary, Platinum Underwriters Bermuda, Ltd. (Platinum Bermuda), in 2003, and, from 2005 until his promotion to Platinums Group CFO, served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Prior to joining Platinum Bermuda, Mr. Decleir was the Chief Financial Officer of Stockton Reinsurance Limited from June 1996 to May 2003. He began his career at Ernst & Young in 1988, taking on various positions in Canada and Bermuda. Mr. Decleir was granted a National Association of Corporate Directors governance fellowship in 2017 and achieved the Directorship Certified designation in 2022, and earned the Associate in Reinsurance designation from the Insurance Institute of America in 2000. Mr. Decleir holds a Bachelor of Business Administration from Wilfrid Laurier University and is a Chartered Professional Accountant (Chartered Accountant). We believe Mr. Decleir is qualified to serve as a member of our Board based on our review of his experience, qualifications, attributes, and skills, including his extensive financial accounting background, corporate governance and executive leadership experience in the financial and insurance industries.
Daniel Brand. Mr. Brand is the CVC director nominee. Mr. Brand joined CVC in 2009 and is a partner leading CVCs U.S. private equity activities in financial services and co-leading CVCs U.S. private equity activities in business services. Mr. Brand also represents CVC on the boards of directors of CFGI, Medrisk, Republic, Teneo and Worldwide Express. Prior to joining CVC, Mr. Brand worked at DLJ Merchant Banking Partners and Credit Suisse in the investment banking division covering financial institutions. Mr. Brand holds a B.A. in Economics with a Certificate in Finance from Princeton University, and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. We believe Mr. Brand is qualified to serve as a member of our Board based on our review of his experience, qualifications, attributes, and skills, including his extensive financial background and directorial experience.
Charles Collis. Mr. Collis was appointed as non-executive director to the Board in May 2023. Mr. Collis is a director of Conyers Dill & Pearman (Conyers) and works in the corporate department of the Bermuda office and is Head of the Bermuda Insurance Practice. Mr. Collis joined Conyers in 1990 and became a partner in 1998. Mr. Collis specializes in insurance and reinsurance, advising on corporate and regulatory matters. Mr. Collis holds a Bachelor of Laws from University College London and a Bachelor of Arts from the University of Toronto. We believe Mr. Collis is qualified to serve as a member of our Board based on our review of his experience, qualifications, attributes, and skills, including his extensive legal background and experience in the insurance industry.
Cathy Iberg. Ms. Iberg is the joint Founder nominee. Ms. Iberg was appointed on November 2, 2016. Ms. Iberg is Vice President of Investments at the St Davids Foundation, a charitable foundation dedicated to
182
providing and supporting non-profit health related programmes in the US, including the largest scholarship program in Texas for aspiring health professionals, and the largest mobile dental program in the country. Ms. Iberg joined the St Davids Foundation in December 2015. Prior to her role at the Foundation, Ms. Iberg was UTIMCOs (University of Texas Investment Management Company) President and Deputy CIO and retired in August 2014. At UTIMCO she was responsible for investment oversight of $30 billion in investment assets in addition to the management of public equity, fixed income and hedge fund investments. Her employment with the organization dates back to April of 1991 when she joined the U.T. System Office of Asset Management, the predecessor to UTIMCO. Previous to joining U.T. System, Ms. Iberg practiced in the area of public accounting for 15 years. She has a B.Sc. degree in accounting from the Southern Illinois University and is a Certified Public Accountant. We believe Ms. Iberg is qualified to serve as a member of our Board based on our review of her experience, qualifications, attributes, and skills, including her financial accounting background and executive leadership experience in the investments sector.
Daniel Kilpatrick. Mr. Kilpatrick is the Crestview director nominee. Mr. Kilpatrick was appointed on November 15, 2022. Mr. Kilpatrick joined Crestview in August 2009 and is a partner and member of the Crestview Investment Committee. He is also the head of the financial services strategy. Mr. Kilpatrick also is on the boards of directors of AutoLenders, Congruex, DARAG Group, Protect My Car, WildOpenWest, LLC and Venerable Holdings. He was previously on the boards of Accuride Corporation, Camping World Holdings, ICM Partners, Industrial Media, NYDJ Apparel and Symbion. Prior to joining Crestview, Mr. Kilpatrick worked at the Yale Investments Office. Mr. Kilpatrick received an M.B.A. from Stanford Graduate School of Business and a B.A. from Yale University. We believe Mr. Kilpatrick is qualified to serve as a member of our Board based on our review of his experience, qualifications, attributes, and skills, including his extensive financial background and directorial experience.
Dana LaForge. Mr. LaForge is the Pine Brook director nominee. Mr. LaForge was appointed on March 19, 2021. Mr. LaForge joined Pine Brook in June 2020 and is a partner on the financial services investment team and a member of Pine Brooks Investment Committee. Mr. LaForge also represents Pine Brook on the boards of directors of Amedeo Capital Limited, Belmont Green Limited, and Clear Blue Financial Holdings. He also serves as a chairman of the board of a venture philanthropy fund, the Myeloma Investment Fund. Prior to joining Pine Brook, he was the founder and managing director of Colonnade Financial Group from 2002-2020, a spin out from Deutsche Bank created to manage a private equity portfolio. Prior to Colonnade, from 1985-2002 Mr. LaForge served in numerous senior executive roles at Deutsche Bank, Alex Brown and its predecessor companies, Bankers Trust and BT Alex. Brown, also serving as the head of the North American financial institutions group in investment. Mr. LaForge holds a Bachelor of Science in Commerce and Accounting from Washington & Lee University and a Master of Business Administration from Harvard Business School. We believe Mr. LaForge is qualified to serve as a member of our Board based on our review of his experience, qualifications, attributes, and skills, including his extensive financial background and directorial experience.
Hinal Patel. Mr. Patel is the MGU HoldCo director nominee. Mr. Patel is the MGU HoldCo director nominee. Mr. Patel joined Previous Fidelis in September 2015 as Group Chief Actuary and served as Group Chief Financial Officer from July 2017 until completion of the Separation Transactions on January 3, 2023, following which Mr. Patel became the Chief Financial Officer of the MGU HoldCo. During his time as Group Chief Financial Officer of Previous Fidelis, Mr. Patel was responsible for the finance, investment, actuarial and corporate finance functions. Prior to joining Previous Fidelis, Mr. Patel spent 12 years at Catlin, where he served in a variety of positions, including Bermuda Chief Actuary overseeing actuarial, catastrophe modelling and capital functions for the Bermuda entity. Prior to joining Catlin, Mr. Patel worked at a number of actuarial consultancies and has over 20 years of experience. Mr. Patel graduated from the London School of Economics and is also Fellow of the Institute of Actuaries. We believe Mr. Patel is qualified to serve as a member of our Board based on our review of his experience, qualifications, attributes, and skills, including his extensive financial accounting background, corporate governance and executive leadership experience in the insurance industry.
183
Warrick Beaver. Mr. Beaver became Chief People Officer of Current Fidelis in March 2023. Prior to that, Mr. Beaver worked as Head of HR at Previous Fidelis, which he joined in August 2022 and, following the completion of the Separation Transactions, Fidelis MGU. From March 2019 until July 2022, Mr Beaver was an independent consultant for Stonehouse HCC Ltd, providing management consulting services to private equity backed specialty (re)insurance brokers. Prior to that, Mr Beaver worked for Thomson Reuters Corporation from November 2010 to December 2018, where he held a number of global Head of HR positions, as well as Managing Director of the Global Financial Crime and Reputational Risk Proposition and Modern-Day Slavery Initiative from November 2014. Mr. Beaver began his career 1995, taking on various HR leadership positions in South Africa, the United States and the United Kingdom. Mr. Beaver graduated with a Bachelor of Arts (Psychology) from University of the Witwatersrand in 1994 and in 2001 became a Chartered Member of the Institute of Personnel and Development.
Denise Brown-Branch. Ms. Brown-Branch was Chief Operating Officer of Previous Fidelis from July 2021 and became Group Chief Operating Officer of Current Fidelis on January 3, 2023 upon consummation of the Separation Transactions. Before becoming Group Chief Operating Officer, Ms. Brown-Branch served in the roles of Strategic Programme Manager (as an independent contractor from July 2015 to September 2020) and Director of Operations (from September 2020 to June 2021) at Previous Fidelis. Ms. Brown-Branch has over 25 years of experience in strategic programme delivery and business change management. Prior to joining Previous Fidelis, Ms. Brown-Branch was a consultant at Bluefin Solutions from August 2011 to July 2015 where she managed a programme of work for Catlin Insurance. Ms. Brown-Branch began her career in the consumer goods industry, where she focused on marketing, IT and global service delivery. Ms. Brown-Branch holds an MBA from Northeastern University and Bachelor of Science degrees in Accounting and Information Systems from Virginia Commonwealth University. She is also certified as a project management professional by the Project Management Institute.
Ian Houston. Mr. Houston became Group Chief Underwriting Officer of Current Fidelis on January 16, 2023. Mr. Houston has over two decades of experience in the insurance industry. Prior to joining FIHL, from January 2018 until January 2023, Mr. Houston was general manager of Partner Re Europe. From August 2010 until April 2016 he was Deputy Head of Specialty Lines and Chief Underwriting Officer at PartnerRe. In this role, he was responsible for the strategy, risk appetite framework, portfolio shaping, and transaction referrals for the specialty lines portfolio. Mr. Houston began his career at various insurance carriers in the late 1980s in London. He is an associate of Chartered Insurance Institute and has attended various training courses such as the ZFS EXED Training course at IBM in Lausanne and Converiums Executive management course in Vitznau and Washington D.C. and Henley Business School. Mr. Houston holds a BA.Hons degree in Business Studies from South Bank University.
Dee Pang. Mr. Pang became Group Chief Information Security Officer & Chief Technology Officer of Current Fidelis in January 2023. Prior to joining Current Fidelis, Mr. Pang was the Chief Information Security Officer of Slaughter and May from January 2018, where he headed their Information Security and Privacy department. Before that, Mr. Pang managed Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringers global cyber security function from February 2015. Mr. Pang has worked in information technology for more than 20 years and has extensive experience in building and operating information technology and information security programmes. In more recent years his focus has been on information and cyber security, and he has implemented and operated cutting-edge cyber security technologies, managed vulnerability and penetration testing programmes, and implemented and maintained information security management systems that have been certified against industry standard security frameworks. Mr. Pang holds a Bachelor of Science Honours degree in Marine and Freshwater Biology from Queen Mary, University of London, and is a Certified Information Systems Security Professional (CISSP).
Michael Pearson. Mr. Pearson became Group Chief Risk Officer of Current Fidelis on January 3, 2023 upon consummation of the Separation Transactions. Prior to this, Mr. Pearson was a consultant to FUL from May 2022, a senior independent non-executive director of FUL from October 2015 to December 2020 and chairman of the FUL board from January 2021 until January 2023. He has over 35 years of experience in the insurance industry and was the Chief Risk Officer at Lancashire from March 2010 until February 2013. Mr. Pearson has
184
held roles as Head of Internal Audit in both the Lloyds and company markets and Chief Risk Officer roles in the UK and Bermuda. He is a chartered accountant and a fellow of the Chartered Insurance Institute.
David Smith. Mr. Smith was Chief Investment Officer of Previous Fidelis from February 2019 until January 2023, and became Group Chief Investment Officer of Current Fidelis on January 3, 2023 upon consummation of the Separation Transactions. Previously, Mr. Smith served as Head of Investments and Treasury at Chaucer Syndicates Limited from June 2013, before being promoted to the position of Head of Risk and Investments in January 2017. Between January 2007 and May 2010, Mr. Smith worked for Harbor Point Re Limited in Bermuda, where he was Vice President of Investments and Treasury. When Harbor Point Re Limited merged with Max Capital in May 2010, Mr. Smith moved to the UK to work as Assistant Director of Investments for Alterra at Lloyds. Between June 2005 and June 2006, Mr. Smith was an International Financial Reporting Standards Project Accountant at the Bank of Ireland. Mr. Smith started his career in June 2001 at KPMG, where he worked as an accountant in both Bermuda and Ireland. Mr. Smith is a member of The Chartered Professional Accountants of Bermuda and is a Chartered Financial Analyst charter holder. He holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from the University of Reading in Accounting and Economics.
Jonathan Strickle. Mr. Strickle held the role of Group Actuary of Previous Fidelis from October 2021 until January 2023, and became Group Chief Actuarial Officer of Current Fidelis on January 3, 2023 upon consummation of the Separation Transactions. Mr. Strickle also held the roles of UK Chief Actuary and Group Head of Reserving over the course of his career at Previous Fidelis, which he joined in March 2020. He joined Previous Fidelis after having spent 3 years as Head of Reserving for China Res Lloyds syndicate, from January 2017. Between September 2009 and January 2017, Mr. Strickle worked as a consultant at EY on a number of actuarial projects. Mr. Strickle is a Fellow of the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries, and holds both a Bachelors and a Masters degree from the University of Warwick.
Janice Weidenborner. Ms. Weidenborner became Group Chief Legal Officer of Current Fidelis on January 23, 2023. Previously, Ms. Weidenborner was Chief Operating Officer and General Counsel at Weston Insurance Management LLC from December 2021 to December 2022. Ms. Weidenborner was Executive Vice President, Group General Counsel and Secretary at Third Point Reinsurance Ltd. between January 2016 and March 2021, adding the role of Head of Human Resources in 2019. Ms. Weidenborner continued on as Executive Vice President overseeing Human Resources at SiriusPoint from March 2021 to July 2021 during a planned integration period following its merger with Third Point Re. From January 2013 to December 2015, Ms. Weidenborner served as General Counsel of Ariel Reinsurance Ltd. Prior to Ariel Re, Ms. Weidenborner served in a number of senior legal roles at the ACE Group of Companies (now Chubb), including Senior Vice President and General Counsel, ACE Financial Solutions International Ltd., Senior Vice President and Associate General Counsel, ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd and ACE Tempest Re, and Associate General Counsel, ACE USA. Ms. Weidenborner has a Bachelor of Science from Embry-Riddle Aeronautical University, a Master of Business Administration in Finance from Fordham University and a Juris Doctor from Rutgers University School of Law.
Director Independence
As foreign private issuer, under the listing requirements and rules of NYSE we are not required to have independent directors on our board of directors, except to the extent that our audit committee is required to consist fully of independent directors, subject to certain phase-in schedules. The listing standards of NYSE require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed companys audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent, following a phase-in period. In addition, the listing standards of NYSE require that audit committee members satisfy independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and that compensation committee members satisfy independence criteria set forth in the NYSE Listed Company Manual. Nevertheless, the listing standards further provide that a director will only qualify as an independent director if, in the opinion of that companys board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.
185
The Board has affirmatively determined that each of Charles Collis, Cathy Iberg, Daniel Brand, Daniel Kilpatrick, Dana LaForge and Helena Morrissey meet the definition of independent director under the applicable rules of the NYSE Listed Company Manual. In making this determination, the Board considered the relationships that each such non-employee director has with FIHL and all other facts and circumstances that the Board deemed relevant in determining such directors independence, including beneficial ownership of Common Shares. As a result, in accordance with listing standards of NYSE, a majority of our directors are independent.
Family Relationships
There is no family relationship between any director or executive officer and any other director or executive officer or any person nominated to become a director or executive officer.
Board Composition
FIHLs business and affairs are managed under the direction of the Board.
Upon the listing of our Common Shares on NYSE, the Amended and Restated Bye-Laws provide that the Board will be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III, as nearly equal in number as possible, with the directors in each class serving staggered three-year terms, and one class being elected each year. Our current directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:
| the Class I Directors will be Charles Collis, Cathy Iberg and Hinal Patel, and their initial terms will expire at the first annual general meeting to be held after the consummation of this offering; |
| the Class II Directors will be Allan Decleir, Daniel Brand and Daniel Kilpatrick, and their initial terms will expire at the second annual general meeting to be held after the consummation of this offering; and |
| the Class III Directors will be Daniel Burrows, Dana LaForge and Helena Morrissey, and their initial terms will expire at the third annual general meeting to be held after the consummation of this offering. |
See Description of Share CapitalCertain Provisions of the Amended and Restated Bye-LawsClassified Board.
When considering whether directors and nominees have the experience, qualifications, attributes or skills, taken as a whole, to enable the Board to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of our business and structure, the Board focused primarily on each persons background and experience as reflected in the information discussed in each of the directors individual biographies set forth in Biographical Information above. We believe that our directors provide an appropriate mix of experience and skills relevant to the size and nature of our business.
Role of the Board in Risk Oversight
The Board is responsible for overseeing our risk management process. The Board focuses on our general risk management strategy and the most significant risks facing us, as well as oversees the implementation of risk mitigation strategies by management. Our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers regularly report to our non-executive directors and the audit committee to ensure effective and efficient oversight of our activities and to assist in proper risk management and the ongoing evaluation of management controls.
Foreign Private Issuer Exemption
As a foreign private issuer, as defined by the SEC, FIHL is permitted to follow, and does follow, home country corporate governance practices instead of certain corporate governance practices required for U.S. domestic issuers, provided that FIHL discloses which requirements it is not following and the equivalent requirement in Bermuda (i.e., its home country). FIHL intends to maintain compliance as a foreign private issuer
186
under the applicable corporate governance requirements of the Sarbanes- Oxley Act of 2002, the rules adopted by the SEC, and the NYSE corporate governance rules and listing standards.
FIHL relies on the foreign private issuer exemption to certain of NYSEs corporate governance standards with respect to matters related to its compensation committee requirements, independent director oversight of executive compensation, proxy solicitation, quorum and shareholder approval. FIHL may decide to rely upon the foreign private issuer exemption for purposes of opting out of some or all of the corporate governance rules applicable from time to time to U.S. domestic companies.
Because FIHL is a foreign private issuer, its directors and senior management will not be subject to short-swing profit and insider trading reporting obligations under Section 16 of the Exchange Act. All shareholders, however, will be subject to the obligations to report changes in share ownership under Section 13 of the Exchange Act and related SEC rules.
Committees of the Board
Upon the listing of our Common Shares on NYSE, the Board will have an audit committee, compensation committee, investment committee, risk committee, and nominating and corporate governance committee. The Board may have such other committees as it shall determine from time to time. Each of the standing committees of the Board has the composition and responsibilities described below. Upon the listing of the Common Shares, copies of each committees charter will be posted on our website, www.fidelisinsurance.com/investors. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this prospectus.
Audit Committee
Upon the listing of our Common Shares on NYSE, our audit committee will consist of Dana LaForge, Helena Morrissey and Cathy Iberg. Dana LaForge will serve as the chairperson of our audit committee. The Board has determined that each of Dana LaForge, Helena Morrissey and Cathy Iberg satisfy the criteria for independence under Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the applicable listing standards established by NYSE. Pursuant to its written charter, our audit committee is responsible for, among other things, preparing the audit committee report and assisting the Board in the oversight of: (i) the audits and integrity of our financial statements; (ii) the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting; (iii) our independent auditors qualifications, performance and independence; (iv) the performance of our internal audit function and related compliance; (v) the performance of our compliance function; (vi) the evaluation of related party transactions; (vii) pre-approving audit and non-audit services and fees; and (viii) establishment and maintenance procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls, auditing matters, or federal and state rules and regulations, and the confidential, anonymous submission by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters. Our internal audit team reports functionally and administratively to our Chief Financial Officer and directly to the audit committee.
The Board has determined that Dana LaForge qualifies as an audit committee financial expert in accordance with the NYSE listing rules.
Compensation Committee
Upon the listing of our Common Shares on NYSE, the compensation committee, which will consist of Helena Morrissey, Daniel Brand, Daniel Kilpatrick, Dana LaForge and Charles Collis. Helena Morrissey will serve as the chairperson of our compensation committee. The Board has determined that each of Helena Morrissey, Daniel Brand, Daniel Kilpatrick, Dana LaForge and Charles Collis satisfy the criteria for independence under the applicable listing standards established by NYSE. Pursuant to its written charter, our compensation committee, among other things, assists the Board with its responsibility with respect to the
187
oversight of: (i) setting the compensation of our principal executive officers; (ii) reviewing and making recommendations to the Board regarding compensation of our directors, including equity-based and certain incentive compensation plans; (iii) preparing the compensation committee report; (iv) appointing and overseeing any compensation consultants; and (v) performing such other duties and responsibilities as may be consistent with the provisions of its charter.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Upon the listing of our Common Shares on NYSE, the Board will establish a nominating and corporate governance committee, which will consist of Helena Morrissey, Daniel Brand, Daniel Kilpatrick and Charles Collis. Helena Morrissey will serve as the chairperson of our nominating and corporate governance committee. The Board has determined that each of Helena Morrissey, Daniel Brand, Daniel Kilpatrick and Charles Collis satisfy the criteria for independence under the applicable listing standards established by NYSE. Pursuant to its written charter, the nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for, among other things: (i) identifying individuals qualified to become members of the Board and recommending candidates for election to the Board; (ii) reviewing the composition of the Board and its committees; (iii) developing and recommending to the Board corporate governance guidelines that are applicable to us; and (iv) leading the Board in its annual review of performance.
Investment Committee
Upon the listing of our Common Shares on NYSE, the Board will establish an investment committee, which will consist of Daniel Brand, Dana LaForge, Cathy Iberg, Hinal Patel, Charles Collis, Daniel Burrows and Allan Decleir. Cathy Iberg will serve as the chairperson of our investment committee. Pursuant to its written charter, the investment committee will be responsible for, among other things: (i) recommending investment strategy, investment risk appetite and investment risk limits to the FIHL Board; (ii) reviewing and approving new material changes to the investment policy or investment managers; (iii) overseeing investment policies, guidelines and benchmarks; (iv) delegation of investment related authorities and responsibilities to sub-committees and management; and (v) monitoring investment risk, compliance, portfolio composition, investment performance and activity.
Risk Committee
Upon the listing of our Common Shares on NYSE, the Board will establish a risk committee, which will consist of Daniel Kilpatrick, Hinal Patel, Daniel Burrows and Allan Decleir. Daniel Kilpatrick will serve as the chairperson of our risk committee. Pursuant to its written charter, the risk committee will be responsible for, among other things: (i) evaluating FIHLs risk appetite and tolerances; (ii) overseeing risk management and related policies and guidelines; (iii) establishing risk policies and guidelines; and (iv) overseeing the Boards responsibilities related to risk management exposure.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the board or compensation committee of another entity that has one or more executive officers serving on the Board or our compensation committee.
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
Upon the listing of our Common Shares on NYSE, the Board will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics applicable to our employees, directors and officers, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other executive and senior officers, in accordance with applicable U.S. federal securities laws and the corporate governance rules of NYSE. This code will be a code of ethics, as defined in Item 406(b) of
188
Regulation S-K under the Securities Act. Upon consummation of this offering, our code of ethics will be available on our website, www.fidelisinsurance.com/investors/. We will make any legally required disclosures regarding amendments to, or waivers of, provisions of our code of ethics on our website. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this prospectus.
189
The following disclosure describes the material elements of the compensation framework for Current Fidelis and the general principles to be followed by Current Fidelis in the administration of its compensation framework, including a long-term incentive plan, and is presented based on the scaled disclosure rules applicable to foreign private issuers under the rules of the SEC. The discussion in this section contains forward-looking statements that are based on current considerations and expectations relating to executive compensation programs and philosophy. As business needs evolve, the compensation programs that we adopt may differ materially from current or planned programs as summarized in this section.
Summary of Compensation
Non-Executive Directors
The non-executive directors of Previous Fidelis, who received compensation from Previous Fidelis, received an annual cash fee for their services as director of $200,000. In the case of directors appointed by shareholders who enjoyed director appointment rights (including the Founders), all compensation is paid directly to such relevant shareholder. Fees related to Mr. Colliss prior service as a director were paid to the account of Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited, of which Mr. Collis is a partner. The aggregate compensation paid to the non-executive directors of Previous Fidelis in the year ended December 31, 2022 was $1.3 million, in addition to reimbursements for all reasonable and properly documented expenses.
Senior Management
The aggregate compensation, consisting of salaries, annual cash bonuses and equity awards, paid by Previous Fidelis to its executive officers in the year ended December 31, 2022, was $12.9 million. The total amounts set aside or accrued to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits by Previous Fidelis to its executive officers in the year ended December 31, 2022 was $0.5 million. For any executive officer who was also a director of Previous Fidelis in the year ended December 31, 2022, no additional compensation was paid for their service as director.
Legacy Share Compensation
The Board previously approved the following legacy plans: (i) the 2015 Non-Qualified Share Option Plan on February 17, 2016, pursuant to which up to 2% of the diluted Common Share capital of FIHL was reserved for awards thereunder, and (ii) the 2018 Non-Qualified Share Option Plan on November 8, 2018, pursuant to which up to 3% of the diluted Common Share capital of FIHL was reserved for awards thereunder. Under the 2015 Non-Qualified Share Option Plan and the 2018 Non-Qualified Share Option Plan, respectively, FIHL granted options to purchase Common Shares with a nil cost exercise price of $0.01 per Common Share, which were exercisable on a cashless basis and with a 10-year expiration date from the date of issuance. For tax purposes, any such awards granted to U.S. taxpayers were automatically and immediately exercisable upon vesting. Although awards granted under the 2015 Non-Qualified Share Option Plan and the 2018 Non-Qualified Share Option Plan, respectively, were granted as options to purchase Common Shares with a nil cost exercise price, such awards are referred to as RSUs for purposes of this disclosure as they were economically similar to RSUs.
The RSUs granted under the 2015 Non-Qualified Share Option Plan and the 2018 Non-Qualified Share Option Plan, respectively, vested subject to both service and performance conditions. The RSUs subject to service-vesting cliff vest after a three-year period and the remaining portion of RSUs were subject to the satisfaction of certain performance conditions over a three-year performance period based on achievement of pre-established targets for absolute return on equity of Previous Fidelis as well as a relative performance metric compared to certain peer companies.
190
In connection with the Separation Transactions, the compensation committee of the Board exercised its discretion to accelerate the vesting at target of all the outstanding RSUs subject to 2021 and 2022 performance conditions and all outstanding RSUs subject to service conditions, in each case, immediately prior to and conditional upon the consummation of the Separation Transactions. Accordingly, all such vested RSUs were exercised on a cashless basis immediately prior to the consummation of the Separation Transactions.
Post-Offering Compensation Program Overview
Non-Executive Directors
A compensation program will be adopted for the non-executive directors of FIHL upon or following the consummation of this offering to ensure strategic alignment with its shareholders. This will be achieved by progressively moving the mix of compensation between cash fees and equity grants to a position commensurate with our peers and the market more broadly through a market review. In addition to an annual retainer, non-executive directors will also be reimbursed for reasonable and properly documented expenses incurred in relation to the performance of their duties as directors, including travel expenses incurred in connection with their attendance at Board and committee meetings. We also expect to adopt share ownership guidelines for our non-executive directors (other than any non-executive director who is on the Board as a result of the shareholdings of any institution to which they are affiliated and who do not personally receive equity interests as compensation for their service on the Board).
We expect that in the case of directors appointed by the Founders and MGU HoldCo, all compensation will be paid directly to the relevant Founder or MGU HoldCo. The director fees related to service by Mr. Collis will be paid for the account of Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited, of which Mr. Collis is a partner.
Directors who are also executive officers of FIHL upon the consummation of the Separation Transactions and this offering will not receive additional compensation for their service as directors.
Senior Management
We adopted a compensation program for the executive officers of FIHL in anticipation of this offering. Our policies with respect to the compensation of our executive officers will be administered by the compensation committee under delegation from the Board. See Committees of the BoardCompensation Committee. The compensation policies that we plan to follow are intended to provide for compensation that is sufficient to attract, motivate and retain executives of outstanding caliber while also striking an appropriate balance between competitive executive compensation and long-term shareholder value creation.
To help establish compensation levels and to advise on annual and long-term incentive plan design, the existing compensation committee of FIHL has retained the services of Korn Ferry as its independent compensation consultant to adapt the compensation framework for Current Fidelis as described herein.
Philosophy
When establishing and reviewing our compensation philosophy and programs, we design our program to promote strong financial performance both annually and on a Long-Term basis through a combination of base salaries, annual cash bonus awards, and awards granted pursuant to the Long-Term Incentive Plan (the LTIP Awards). We consider whether such programs align the interests of our directors and officers with those of our shareholders and whether such programs encourage unnecessary or excessive risk taking. Base salaries will be fixed in amount and, consequently, we do not see them as encouraging risk taking. Executive officers of FIHL will also be eligible to receive a portion of their total compensation in the form of annual cash bonus awards. While the annual cash bonus awards focus on achievement of annual goals and could encourage the taking of short-term risks at the expense of long-term results, our annual cash bonus awards represent only a portion of each eligible executive officers total compensation, and are tied to both corporate performance measures and the
191
executive officers individual performance, and are at the discretion of the compensation committee. We believe that the annual cash bonus awards will appropriately align the interests of our executive officers with our interests and those of our shareholders, and will encourage eligible executive officers to focus on specific goals important to our success while not encouraging unnecessary or excessive risk-taking.
In the normal course of business, the Chief Executive Officer of FIHL will be tasked with proposing the base salary, the annual cash bonus and the LTIP Awards subject to the Long-Term Incentive Plan for the executive officers, excluding himself. Once proposed, the compensation committee will discuss such proposal and arrive at a conclusion. The compensation committee will also make the decision regarding the Chief Executive Officers compensation, but will ensure that full and proper dialogue with the Chief Executive Officer has taken place before arriving at its conclusion. The compensation committee will also determine the maximum amount of cash bonuses and LTIP Awards that can be paid in any year. All decisions of the compensation committee will be final and binding.
Compensation Components
The following section provides a discussion of the components of the compensation program for Current Fidelis to be administered by the compensation committee under delegation from the Board. See Management and Corporate GovernanceCommittees of the BoardCompensation Committee.
The primary elements of the total compensation package anticipated for our executive officers upon consummation of the Separation Transactions and this offering include base salary, annual cash bonus awards, and LTIP Awards.
Base Salary
We anticipate setting base salary and fixed pay for our executive officers in line with the market median of our major competitors to fairly and competitively compensate executives for their positions and the scope of their responsibilities.
Annual Cash Bonus
The purpose of our annual cash bonus program is to reward executive officers and employees for achievement against key financial and non-financial operational goals that will help drive long-term business strategy and are predicates of shareholder value. The compensation committee will approve the annual bonus payments for the Chief Executive Officer and based upon input from the Chief Executive Officer, for each of the eligible executive officers.
Bonuses will be based on a formulaic calculation, though are entirely discretionary, so that executive officers can be confident that an even-handed approach will be taken, and executive officers will be able to readily understand the effect of financial and personal performance on their bonuses. Two core elements will be assessed by the compensation committee when determining the bonuses: (i) Current Fidelis financial performance (Financial Performance) and (ii) the executive officers and employees strategic and personal performance (Personal Performance). The weighting of each element will be based on pre-determined percentage allocations. For purposes of the annual cash bonus pool calculation, Financial Performance will be based on achievement by Current Fidelis of the business plan then in force (e.g., achieving predetermined RoE targets). Personal Performance will be based upon individual achievement of clearly articulated objectives created and agreed to at the beginning of each financial year. The annual cash bonus is designed to operate in such a way that the Personal Performance element of the bonus will be funded if the predetermined threshold RoE target is met for the Financial Performance element of the annual cash bonus.
The Chief Executive Officer will agree to key goals for each of the eligible executive officers, including himself, which should include specific objectives relating to each executive officers division in respect of the
192
business plan then in force. An overall performance rating will be determined based on achievement of these key objectives and based on the relevant executive officers demonstrated commitment to the Groups culture, and their effectiveness as a manager and leader.
The annual cash bonuses will be proposed by the Chief Executive Officer and approved by the compensation committee towards the beginning of each year when the information necessary to compute the bonuses has been obtained. Once approved, the bonuses will be paid within the first quarter of each year following the relevant fiscal year. In order to receive an annual cash bonus, an executive officer must be employed and not under notice on the day of payment, unless such executive officer has officially retired or been made redundant after the end of the fiscal year but before the payment date for the bonuses. Executive officers who are deemed to be partially meeting requirements or less will not be eligible for any annual cash bonus payment regardless of Current Fidelis financial performance. If the Financial Performance is below the minimum payout level then payment of all annual cash bonuses to any executive officer will be discretionary.
Long-Term Incentive Plan
Based on the unanimous recommendation of the compensation committee, the Long-Term Incentive Plan, was approved by the Board and approved by our shareholders. The number of Common Shares available for LTIP Awards under the Long-Term Incentive Plan is equal to (i) 5,016,848 Common Shares (i.e., 4% of the Common Shares expected to be outstanding prior to the consummation of this offering), plus (ii) an additional number of Common Shares equal to 4%, on a fully diluted basis, of the Common Shares sold by us from this offering). Unless sooner terminated, the Long-Term Incentive Plan will terminate on the day before the 10th anniversary of the date our shareholders approved the Long-Term Incentive Plan. Each current and prospective employee, officer, non-executive director or other individual service provider of Current Fidelis or its affiliates is eligible to participate in the Long-Term Incentive Plan; provided, that any prospective employee may not receive any payment or exercise any right relating to an award thereunder until such person has commenced employment or service with Current Fidelis or its affiliates. The Long-Term Incentive Plan will be administered by the Board, the compensation committee or such other individual or committee of individuals designated to exercise authority under the Long-Term Incentive Plan.
Our Long-Term Incentive Plan seeks to create a strong and long-term alignment between our management team and our shareholders. The size of the LTIP Awards will be determined based upon an individuals prior year performance and will also be based on the individuals role and seniority. LTIP Awards will be determined by the compensation committee and may be delivered in the form of any of: restricted share units, restricted Common Shares, share options, share appreciation rights and other awards which may be denominated in Common Shares or cash. LTIP Awards are anticipated to be split between time- and performance-vesting, dependent on the level of seniority, with the highest proportion of performance-based awards to be awarded to the Chief Executive Officer and the most senior executive officers. All LTIP Awards will be governed by the Long-Term Incentive Plan.
The LTIP Awards relate to our Common Shares and are generally expected to vest over a three-year period. There will be time-based LTIP Awards that are subject to time-based vesting and performance-based LTIP Awards that are subject to performance-based vesting. The initial time-based vesting LTIP Awards vest three years from the effective date of the Separation Transactions, and the initial performance-based vesting LTIP Awards are expected to vest based on Current Fidelis average operating RoE over three years and will have the potential to vest up to a maximum above the target for exceptional performance. In the event of a good leaver termination (i.e., a termination by the Company without cause or as a result of the participants death or disability), and subject to the participants execution, delivery and non-revocation of a general release of claims in a form satisfactory to us, the LTIP Awards will vest pro-rata with respect to time-based vesting LTIP Awards and based on actual performance measured through the fiscal quarter ending immediately prior to such termination with respect to performance-based vesting LTIP Awards.
193
In the event of a change in control (as defined in the Long-Term Incentive Plan), and provided that the LTIP Awards are expressly assumed, substituted or replaced in connection with such change in control, (i) the time-based vesting LTIP Awards will continue to vest in accordance with its terms, provided that the vesting of such LTIP Awards will immediately accelerate on the earliest to occur of (x) a good leaver termination (which in the change in control context, for our executive leadership team, also includes a resignation for good reason), subject to the participants execution, delivery and non-revocation of a general release of claims in a form satisfactory to us, (y) the first anniversary of the change in control, and (z) the date on which such LTIP Awards would have otherwise vested in accordance with their terms; and (ii) the level of attainment with respect to the performance-based vesting LTIP Awards will be measured at the time of a change in control as the greater of actual performance measured through the fiscal quarter ending immediately prior to such change in control and target performance, with the LTIP Awards, based on such level of attainment, vesting on the earliest to occur of (x) a good leaver termination (which in the change in control context, for our executive leadership team, includes a resignation for good reason), subject to the participants execution, delivery and non-revocation of a general release of claims in a form satisfactory to us, (y) the first anniversary of the change in control, and (z) the last day of the original performance period. In the event that the LTIP Awards are not expressly assumed, substituted or replaced in connection with a change in control, our Board or compensation committee will have the discretion, subject to the terms of the Long-Term Incentive Plan, to determine the treatment of such LTIP Awards in connection with the change in control.
Our compensation committee approved the initial grant of LTIP Awards in accordance with the terms described above, covering an aggregate of 509,816 Common Shares, including 365,542 Common Shares with respect to members of our executive leadership team, each of which is subject to both time- and performance-based vesting criteria.
In contemplation of this offering and the retention program described under Retention Program below, equity eligible employees received a one-time grant of retention LTIP Awards with a value equal to one times annual base salary (the Retention RSUs). The Retention RSUs approved by our compensation committee cover an aggregate of 562,868 Common Shares, including 224,433 Common Shares with respect to members of our executive leadership team. The Retention RSUs will vest on the first anniversary of the vesting start date, without limiting any other applicable transfer restrictions, and will be subject to transfer restrictions through the 18 month anniversary of the vesting start date. The Retention RSUs will be subject to similar accelerated vesting provisions as apply to the time-based vesting LTIP Awards described above.
Our compensation philosophy is that total compensation including base salary, annual cash bonus awards and LTIP Awards, should have the potential to deliver above-market levels of reward for outstanding performance.
Share Ownership Guidelines
We expect to adopt share ownership guidelines that will be effective on the consummation of the offering with a minimum ownership requirement equal to (i) 6x annual base salary for our Chief Executive Officer, (ii) 3x annual base salary for members of our executive leadership team other than our Chief Executive Officer, and (iii) 1x annual base salary for other senior leaders. Compliance with the guidelines will be measured annually and individuals subject to the guidelines will have five years to achieve his or her minimum ownership requirement after first becoming subject to the guidelines and one year to achieve any heightened minimum ownership requirements that result from an increase in annual base salary. Our compensation committee may consider, in its discretion, whether any actions should be taken in the event that an individual does not achieve (or fails to maintain) his or her minimum ownership requirement, including the payment of a portion of such individuals base salary or bonus in Common Shares.
Retention Program
In connection with the Separation Transactions and this offering, our compensation committee approved a retention program pursuant to which equity eligible employees received the Retention RSUs described
194
under Long-Term Incentive Plan above, and all other employees of Current Fidelis received cash retention awards equal to one times annual base salary, which retention awards are payable 50% in April 2024 and 50% in September 2024, subject to continued employment through the applicable payment date.
We have entered into employment agreements with each of our executive officers. The employment agreements set forth each executive officers initial base salary and eligibility for the annual cash bonus and may include, among other terms and conditions, certain customary severance and change of control arrangements, including as described under Severance below.
The employment agreements also contain limitations on outside activities, confidentiality obligations, and covenants restricting the solicitation of employees and customers, as well as certain non-compete restrictions following termination of employment.
Severance
Based on the recommendation of our compensation committee, the Board has approved amendments to the existing employment agreements with certain members of our executive leadership team to provide for market-competitive severance protections, which severance would be subject to the employees execution, delivery and non-revocation of a general release of claims in a form satisfactory to us, and would be in addition to any mandatory notice and/or severance required by the laws of the relevant jurisdiction.
In the event of a termination of employment by us without cause or by the employee for good reason, not in connection with or within 12 months following a change in control, or due to the employees death or disability, members of our executive leadership team would be entitled to the following severance protections:
| one month of severance for each month of completed service with us, up to a maximum of 12 months of severance, in the form of salary continuation in accordance with normal payroll practices; and |
| a pro-rated bonus for the year in which such termination occurs, based on actual performance and paid at the same time as bonuses are paid to similarly situated employees. |
In the event of a termination of employment by us without cause, or by the employee for good reason, in connection with or within 12 months following a change in control members of our executive leadership team would be entitled to the following severance protections:
| one month of base salary for each month of completed service with us, up to a maximum of 24 months of base salary, in the form of salary continuation in accordance with normal payroll practices; and |
| a lump sum payment equal to one times target bonus for the year in which such termination occurs, paid at the same time as bonuses are paid to similarly situated employees. |
The treatment of LTIP Awards in connection with a termination of employment will be as specified in the individual LTIP Award agreements and as described under Long-Term Incentive Plan above.
Retirement Plans
We offer eligible staff the choice of making contributions into the relevant retirement plans, subject to applicable pension rules. To the extent permitted by the applicable rules in the relevant jurisdiction in which Current Fidelis has participating employees, eligible participants are able to contribute a percentage of their salary and such contributions will be capable of being matched by the relevant operating subsidiary of Current Fidelis, subject to the limitations of the laws of the relevant jurisdiction.
195
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of Common Shares at , 2023 by (i) each person who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5.0% of the Common Shares or is expected by us to beneficially own more than 5.0% of the Common Shares after this offering; (ii) each of our directors; (iii) all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and (iv) the Selling Shareholders (as defined below).
Beneficial ownership for the purposes of the following table is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. These rules generally provide that a person is the beneficial owner of securities if such person has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting of such securities, or to dispose or direct the disposition of such securities, or has the right to acquire such securities or such powers within 60 days.
To our knowledge, except as disclosed in the footnotes to the following table and subject to applicable community property laws, we believe that each beneficial owner identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment power over all Common Shares shown as beneficially owned by such beneficial owner.
For purposes of the table below, the percentage ownership calculations for beneficial ownership are based on Common Shares outstanding at , 2023. Such beneficial ownership information is presented on the following basis:
| prior to the consummation of this offering; and |
| following the consummation of this offering. |
The information in the table and the footnotes below with respect to each Selling Shareholder has been obtained from that Selling Shareholder. When we refer to the Selling Shareholders in this prospectus, we mean the individuals and entities listed in the table below as offering Common Shares as well as the pledgees, donees, assignees, transferees, successors and others who may hold any of the Selling Shareholders interest.
Unless otherwise indicated in the table or footnotes below, the address for each beneficial owner listed under Certain Executive Officers and Directors is Waterloo House, 100 Pitts Bay Road, Pembroke HM08, Bermuda.
Shares Prior to this Offering |
Shares After this Offering |
Shares After this Offering Including Full Option Exercise |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Number | % | Number | % | Number | % | |||||||||||||||||||
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner 5.0% Shareholders |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Crestview Funds(1) |
20,137,912 | 16.725 | * | |||||||||||||||||||||
CVC Falcon Holdings Limited(2) |
21,903,697 | 18.192 | * | |||||||||||||||||||||
Entities affiliated with Goldman Sachs(3) |
17,987,364 | 14.939 | * | |||||||||||||||||||||
Pine Brook Feal Intermediate L.P.(4) |
10,006,365 | 8.311 | * | |||||||||||||||||||||
Platinum Ivy B 2018 RSC Limited(5) |
16,415,233 | 13.633 | * | |||||||||||||||||||||
SPFM Holdings LLC(6) |
9,995,863 | 8.302 | * | |||||||||||||||||||||
MGU HoldCo(7) |
11,920,028 | 9.900 | * | |||||||||||||||||||||
Certain Executive Officers and Directors |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Daniel Burrows(8) |
209,010 | * | * | * | ||||||||||||||||||||
Hinal Patel(8) |
244,663 | * | * | * | ||||||||||||||||||||
Directors and executive officers as a group (11 individuals)(8) |
196
Shares Prior to this Offering |
Shares After this Offering |
Shares After this Offering Including Full Option Exercise |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Number | % | Number | % | Number | % | |||||||||||||||||||
Other Selling Shareholders |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Alfa Entities(9) |
1,951,233 | 1.621 | * | * | ||||||||||||||||||||
Capital Z(10) |
4,765,960 | 3.958 | * | * | ||||||||||||||||||||
UDI Partners LLC Series A1(11) |
501,680 | * | * | * | ||||||||||||||||||||
Paxton Holdings LLC(12) |
239,803 | * | * | * | ||||||||||||||||||||
The Fidelis Foundation |
72,006 | * | * | * | ||||||||||||||||||||
Brindle, Richard(8) |
2,059,171 | 1.710 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Coulson, Richard |
208,101 | * | * | * | ||||||||||||||||||||
Holden, Richard |
338,839 | * | * | * | ||||||||||||||||||||
Mathias, Charles |
110,773 | * | * | * | ||||||||||||||||||||
Vandoninck, Philip |
381,373 | * | * | * | ||||||||||||||||||||
Other Selling Shareholders(13) |
955,276 | * | * | * |
(*) | Less than 1%. |
(1) | Represents 13,604,000 Common Shares held by Crestview FIHL Holdings, L.P. and Crestview FIHL TE Holdings, Ltd. (together, Crestview Fund III) and 6,533,912 Common Shares held by Crestview IV FIHL Holdings, L.P. and Crestview IV FIHL TE Holdings, LLC (together, Crestview Fund IV and, together with Crestview Fund III, the Crestview Funds). Crestview Fund III is owned by investment funds, the general partner of which is Crestview Partners III GP, L.P. (Crestview III GP), each of which may be deemed beneficial owners of the shares held by Crestview Fund III. Crestview Fund IV is owned by investment funds, the general partner of which is Crestview Partners IV GP, L.P. (Crestview IV GP), each of which may be deemed beneficial owners of the shares held by Crestview Fund IV. Crestview III GP has voting and investment control over shares held by Crestview Fund III, and Crestview IV GP has voting and investment control over shares held by Crestview Fund IV. Decisions by each of Crestview III GP and Crestview IV GP to vote or dispose of such shares require the approval of a majority of members of its respective investment committee and the chairman of such investment committee, each of which is composed of the following individuals: Barry S. Volpert (chairman), Thomas S. Murphy, Jr., Robert V. Delaney, Jr., Brian P. Cassidy, Alexander M. Rose, Adam J. Klein and Daniel G. Kilpatrick. None of the foregoing persons has the power individually to vote or dispose of such shares. Each of the foregoing individuals disclaims beneficial ownership of all such shares. The address of each of the foregoing is c/o Crestview, 590 Madison Avenue, 42nd Floor, New York, NY 10022. |
(2) | CVC is wholly owned by CVC Capital Partners VI (A) L.P, CVC Capital Partners VI (B) L.P, CVC Capital Partners VI (C) L.P, CVC Capital Partners VI (D) S.L.P, CVC Capital Partners VI Associates L.P and CVC Capital Partners Investment Europe VI L.P (collectively, CVC Fund VI). CVC Capital Partners VI Limited is the sole general partner of each of the limited partnerships comprising CVC Fund VI. As a result, each of the foregoing entities may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the securities held by CVC. The board of directors of CVC exercises voting and investment authority with respect to the Common Shares. CVC Capital Partners VI Limited is managed by a three member board of directors. Each of the foregoing individuals disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities beneficially owned by CVC. The registered address of CVC is at 1 Waverley Place, Union Street, St Helier, Jersey JE1 1SG. |
(3) | Consists of 11,877,257 Common Shares held by Fidelis Investors LP and 6,110,107 Common Shares held by Fidelis Investors Offshore LP (collectively, the Goldman Sachs Entities). FIHL Access Advisors, Ltd. is the general partner of the Goldman Sachs Entities. There are three directors of FIHL Access Advisors, Ltd. There are six members of the applicable investment committee of the Asset Management Division of Goldman Sachs (the GS Investment Committee), none of which are directors of FIHL Access Advisors, Ltd. The directors of FIHL Access Advisors, Ltd. and the GS Investment Committee share the power to invest, but do not hold the power to vote, the Common Shares held by the Goldman Sachs Entities. The mailing address of the Goldman Sachs Entities is c/o Intertrust Corporate Services (Cayman) Limited, One Nexus Way, Camana Bay, Grand Cayman KY1-9005, Cayman Islands. |
(4) | The general partner of Pine Brook Feal Intermediate, L.P. is PBRA (Cayman) Company. PBRA (Cayman) Company may be deemed to have voting or dispositive power over the shares owned by Pine Brook Feal Intermediate, L.P. PBRA (Cayman) Company disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of any indirect pecuniary interest therein. The registered address for Pine Brook Feal Intermediate, L.P. is PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104 Cayman Islands. |
(5) | Represents 16,415,233 Common Shares owned by Platinum Ivy B 2018 RSC Limited (Platinum Ivy), which is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Abu Dhabi Investment Authority (ADIA). By reason of its ownership of Platinum Ivy and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC, ADIA may be deemed to share investment and voting power over and, therefore, beneficial ownership of, the Common Shares held directly by Platinum Ivy. ADIA is an independent public investment institution owned by the Emirate of Abu Dhabi, founded in 1976, that manages a diversified global investment portfolio across more than two dozen asset classes and sub-categories, including quoted equities, fixed income, real estate, private equity, alternatives and infrastructure. The mailing address for ADIA is 211 Corniche Street, P.O. Box 3600, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates. The mailing address of Platinum Ivy is Level 26, Al Khatem Tower, Abu Dhabi Global Market Square, Al Maryah Island, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates. |
197
(6) | SPFM Holdings, LLC is a Delaware limited liability company, which is governed by a board of directors that has the authority to dispose of and vote the shares held by SPFM Holdings, LLC. The mailing address of SPFM Holdings LLC is One Tower Square, Hartford, CT 06183. |
(7) | MGU HoldCo will not sell any of its Common Shares in this offering. |
(8) | Represents Common Shares held by Richard Brindle, Common Shares held by Charles Mathias, Common Shares held by Daniel Burrows, and Common Shares held by Hinal Patel, respectively. |
(9) | Represents 1,951,233 Common Shares held by Alfa General Insurance Corp., Alfa Life Insurance Corp., Alfa Mutual Fire Insurance Co., Alfa Mutual General Insurance Co., Alfa Mutual Insurance Co., Trexis Insurance Corp. and Trexis ONE Insurance Corp. (collectively, the Alfa Entities). Investment and voting decisions with respect to the Common Shares held by the Alfa Entities are made by Alfas Chief Investment Officer. The Alfa Entities are a group within the meaning of Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act. The mailing address of the Alfa Entities is 2108 E. South Blvd, Montgomery, AL 36117. |
(10) | The general partner of Capital Z Partners (Fidelis) LP (Capital Z) is Capital Z Partners (Cayman) GP, LP. Its general partner is Capital Z Partners III GP, Ltd. The general partner has appointed Capital Z Partners Management, LLC as the investment manager (the Investment Manager) of Capital Z Partners (Fidelis), LP with effective control under the investment management agreement. Each member of the Investment Manager disclaims ownership of the Common Shares held by Capital Z Partners (Fidelis) LP, except to the extent that such member has a pecuniary interest therein through an investment in the general partner. The mailing address of Capital Z Partners (Fidelis) LP is 4851 Tamiami Trail N, Suite 200, Naples, FL 34103. |
(11) | UDI Partners LLC Series A1 is a Delaware limited liability company, which is governed by a board of managers that has the authority to invest and vote for the shares held by UDI Partners LLC Series A1. Signatory and voting authority have been delegated to . Decisions regarding the liquidation of investment positions have been delegated by the board of managers to . The mailing address of UDI Partners LLC Series A1 is 1 Rockefeller Plaza, 20th Floor, New York NY 10020. |
(12) | Paxton Holdings LLC is a Florida limited liability company, which is governed by a board of managers that has the authority to invest and vote for the shares held by Paxton Holdings LLC. Signatory and voting authority have been delegated to . Decisions regarding the liquidation of investment positions have been delegated by the board of managers to . The mailing address of Paxton Holdings LLC is 767 Fifth Avenue, 17th Floor, New York, NY 10153. |
(13) | Consists of Selling Shareholders not otherwise listed in this table who collectively beneficially own less than 1% of our Common Shares prior to this offering. |
198
MATERIAL CONTRACTS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
References to Previous Fidelis refer to FIHL and its consolidated subsidiaries prior to the consummation of the Separation Transactions and this offering. References to the Current Fidelis refer to FIHL and its consolidated subsidiaries following the consummation of the Separation Transaction. Unless otherwise indicated, or the context otherwise requires, references herein to Fidelis, Group, we, our, us, and other similar references refer (i) prior to the consummation of the Separation Transactions and this offering to Previous Fidelis and (ii) following the consummation of the Separation Transactions to Current Fidelis.
Cooperation Agreement
On July 23, 2022 FIHL, MGU HoldCo and certain third-party investors in MGU TopCo, including the Alfa Entities, SPFM and Capital Z as Existing Shareholders and entities affiliated with Capital Z, Further Global Capital, Barings LLC, Oak Hill Advisors and Blackstone, entered into the Cooperation Agreement, which provides that the parties thereto will cooperate regarding certain matters related to this offering and the Separation Transactions including, for the avoidance of doubt, the execution and effectiveness of the Framework Agreement, the Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements and the Inter-Group Services Agreement (each as defined below). See The Separation Transactions for a more detailed description of the steps taken to implement the Separation Transactions.
Framework Agreement
The Framework Agreement establishes the overarching parameters of the outsourced underwriting relationship between Current Fidelis and Fidelis MGU, which is more specifically governed on a jurisdictional basis by a series of delegated underwriting authority agreements (the Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements). See Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements. FIHL and MGU HoldCo also entered into the Inter-Group Services Agreement, which covers the outsourcing of certain non-underwriting services to be provided by Fidelis MGU to FIHL and FIHL (UK) Services, each of which became effective on January 3, 2023.
Joint Referral Forum
FIHL and MGU HoldCo have agreed to create and maintain a flexible forum that will be used by Current Fidelis and Fidelis MGU to discuss and resolve any issues arising under either the Framework Agreement or under any Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreement (the Joint Referral Forum). The individuals taking part in any such discussions will differ depending upon the nature of the issue and the parties involved.
FIHL and MGU HoldCo must notify the Joint Referral Forum (the JRF Notification) in writing as soon as reasonably practicable if it becomes aware of particular extraordinary events, such as material breach of the Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreement, any event (including actions taken by a regulatory authority) that could materially impact the ability of a subsidiary to perform its obligations under a Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreement, or any insolvency, fraud or a change of license, or voluntary run-off, among other events, of any operating subsidiary that may have an adverse impact on the corresponding Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreement (the Prior Consent Obligation).
Following a JRF Notification, the Joint Referral Forum will, for a period of 30 days (the JRF Deadline), use best endeavors to agree (as applicable): (a) whether it is reasonably practicable to continue a Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreement following an insolvency event;
(b) upon a course of conduct to remedy any material breaches, acts of fraud, or other occurrences that could impact upon a partys performance of the Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreement; or (c) whether FIHLs failure to adhere to its Prior Consent Obligation would materially impact the applicable Fidelis MGU if the applicable Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreement were to continue.
199
If the Joint Referral Forum fails to reach any such agreement by the JRF Deadline, one or more of the parties to the affected Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements will have termination rights. See Termination.
Term
The Framework Agreement (and each Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreement) has a rolling initial term of 10 years. Years one to three will roll automatically (each year resetting for a new 10-year period). From year four onwards, the Framework Agreement will roll solely at the written election of FIHL, such election to be delivered at least 90 days prior to the commencement of the subsequent contract year, with each year resetting for a new 10-year period. Any decision by FIHL to elect not to roll the Framework Agreement at or after year four will mean that the remainder of the 10-year term then in effect will continue in place (i.e., the Framework Agreement will have a further nine years to run in the first year following the election by FIHL not to roll the Framework Agreement), subject to the termination rights described below.
Termination
The Framework Agreement (and each Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreement) is subject to termination upon the occurrence of certain events, including (i) by either party: (a) immediately after the JRF Deadline, as a result of a material act of fraud on the part of the other party; (b) immediately after the JRF Deadline, if the other party is subject to an insolvency event and the Joint Referral Forum fails to unanimously agree that it is reasonably practicable to continue the affected Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreement; or (c) with 10 business days notice after the JRF Deadline, if the Joint Referral Forum, using best endeavors, fails to agree upon a course of conduct to remedy any material breaches or non-material acts of fraud (and to mitigate the likelihood of future breaches or frauds occurring), or to mitigate the impact of any occurrence that could impact upon a partys performance of the Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreement; and (ii) by Fidelis MGU: (a) after the expiry of six months for a ratings downgrade to below A- by A.M. Best or S&P on the part of FIHL; or (b) within 10 business days notice after the JRF Deadline, if the Joint Referral Forum, using best endeavors, fails to reach an agreement upon a course of action in respect of FIHLs breach of the Prior Consent Obligation.
Group Annual Plan and Group Underwriting Strategy
The parties to the Framework Agreement will agree the following documents on an annual basis: (i) a Group Annual Plan, which will establish Current Fidelis underwriting parameters and risk tolerances in respect of its three-pillar underwriting strategy on a gross and net basis for each annual period; and (ii) a group-level underwriting strategy (the Group Underwriting Strategy), which will establish how Fidelis MGU and Current Fidelis will coordinate the manner in which insurance and reinsurance risks are underwritten pursuant to the Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements in each annual period.
The parties to each Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreement will have due regard to the latest Group Annual Plan and the Group Underwriting Strategy when preparing their own Subsidiary Annual Plans in respect of each annual period.
Run-Off Services
Upon termination of the Framework Agreement or any Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreement, Fidelis MGU will remain obligated to provide run-off services in respect of live risks at the date of termination (the Run-Off Services), and Current Fidelis will continue to pay fees under the Framework Agreement in exchange for the performance by Fidelis MGU of any Run-Off Services. Following the Separation Transactions, such determination of live risks in run-off will be performed by Fidelis MGU with oversight from Current Fidelis, in accordance with current claims handling and risk management practices and policies which are
200
expected to be substantially retained. The provision of Run-Off Services will be subject to a 24-month review, whereby Current Fidelis will be permitted to give at least six (6) months prior written notice to Fidelis MGU of its intention to rely upon an alternative run-off services provider. No separate termination fee will be payable by the relevant insurance operating subsidiary of Current Fidelis if it elects not to roll the minimum term of the applicable Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreement into another year.
Fidelis MGU will be required to maintain an exit plan for transitioning the Run-Off Services to an alternative run-off services provider, substantially in the form provided for in the Framework Agreement (the Exit Plan). The Exit Plan will contain the following key features governing the provision of Run-Off Services:
| a process for orderly transfer, at Current Fidelis sole discretion, of the business subject to, and requiring the provision of, the Run-Off Services in whole or in part to an alternative provider(s) or to one or more insurance operating subsidiaries of Current Fidelis, subject always to the then-applicable regulatory requirements (the Run-Off Transfer); |
| certain rights, to be exercised at Current Fidelis sole discretion, aimed at ensuring the continuity of the provision of the Run-Off Services during the period required, including the right for any insurance operating subsidiary of Current Fidelis to hire staff from Fidelis MGU (in certain specific circumstances and subject to applicable employment laws) and a right of each insurance operating subsidiary of Current Fidelis to take steps to procure or provide funding to Fidelis MGU; |
| a number of rights and obligations aimed at facilitating (i) the provision of Run-Off Services and the implementation of the Exit Plan, such as obligations on each party to cooperate with the other party and any designated transferee service provider in the event of a Run-Off Transfer and (ii) the alteration of the scope of Run-Off Services, including allowing for an immediate cessation of a specified service (provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the remainder of services not ceased shall remain in place); and |
| a process for a requisite periodic review and testing of the Exit Plan aimed at ensuring the continuity of the provision of the Run-Off Services subject always to the then-applicable regulatory requirements. |
Run-In Services
Fidelis MGU also performs certain run-in services in respect of business which continue to be live risks following the consummation of the Separation Transactions.
Delegation
The Framework Agreement and the Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements provide for, on a jurisdictional basis, the delegation of underwriting authority from each of the relevant insurance operating subsidiaries of Current Fidelis to the relevant subsidiaries of Fidelis MGU. Fidelis MGU may not sub-delegate to any third party any of its responsibilities under a Delegate Underwriting Authority Agreement without the prior written consent of Current Fidelis. The Framework Agreement provides a closed initial list of pre-approved managing general underwriters, in respect of which Fidelis MGU will not require Current Fidelis consent prior to sub-delegating responsibilities to them. Otherwise, the relevant operating subsidiary of Fidelis MGU may not sub-delegate to a third party any of its responsibilities under the applicable Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreement without the prior written consent of the corresponding insurance operating subsidiary of Current Fidelis.
Fidelis MGU has full delegation and authority with respect to policy language and will be permitted to sub-delegate underwriting authority to a closed initial list of managing general underwriters.
Subsidiary Annual Plans
Each Subsidiary Annual Plan will be prepared by the parties to each relevant Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreement, who must consider the Group Underwriting Strategy and Group Annual Plan in finalizing
201
this document. Alternatively, FIHL and MGU HoldCo may negotiate any Subsidiary Annual Plan for and on behalf of their respective subsidiaries, provided that the governing bodies of the applicable subsidiaries ultimately approve such Subsidiary Annual Plan.
Each Subsidiary Annual Plan may be subjected to a mid-year review at any point during the year (the Mid-Year Change Procedure) by either party to the applicable Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreement. Initially, any material proposed amendments that are subject to the Mid-Year Change Procedure will be discussed by the Joint Referral Forum and, if accepted, will be formally agreed by the Joint Referral Forum for and on behalf of the relevant parties. If the amendments have not been agreed within the defined timeframe and resolution is not achieved by the Joint Referral Forum, such amendments may be referred to the Chief Executive Officers of the relevant subsidiaries for consideration within a defined timeframe. Following the expiry of such defined timeframe, the parties will consider whether to refer the matter to mediation or arbitration pursuant to the dispute resolution procedures set out below (see Dispute Resolution). Non-material changes to the Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements can be agreed through the Joint Referral Forum.
During the first annual period, Fidelis MGU will be authorized to write aviation, energy, marine, specialty other, property, credit and political risk, bespoke, property reinsurance, property D&F, retrocession and whole account lines of business, as set out in the Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements (the Permitted Lines), provided it remains within the risk appetite set by Current Fidelis and A.M. Bests Capital Adequacy Ratio (BCAR) and S&P scores for Current Fidelis. Current Fidelis risk appetite in respect of a specific Permitted Line will be determined by reference to certain pre-determined underwriting parameters that are determined based on various factors including: (i) the LOB premium limit set out in the Group Annual Plan and each Subsidiary Annual Plan; (ii) the aggregate underwriting limit set out in Group Annual Plan and each Subsidiary Annual Plan; (iii) the underwriting risk appetite as defined in the latest version of the applicable approved Risk, Capital & Solvency Appetite document for either Current Fidelis or the applicable operating subsidiary; (iv) FIHLs underwriting exposure management preferences, as defined in the approved Group Annual Plan, or any Subsidiary Annual Plan; and (v) the minimum economic capital headroom necessary to ensure that FIHL will be able to maintain its Minimum BCAR Score and Minimum S&P Surplus (the Underwriting Parameters). If Fidelis MGU wishes to write business in excess of the Underwriting Parameters in a given year, it will be required to submit such request for the corresponding operating subsidiarys consideration, with such approval being initially sought via the Joint Referral Forum.
Each Subsidiary Annual Plan shall be eligible for renewal for successive years in accordance with the same terms as the Subsidiary Annual Plan that the parties approved for the prior year, as adjusted for any changes arising from a Mid-Year Change Procedure relating to the relevant prior years Subsidiary Annual Plan. Unless required as a result of changes to the relevant statutory and regulatory regimes, any other amendments to the Subsidiary Annual Plans shall be subject to annual negotiation by the parties, with advance notice of material changes required to be delivered to the other party in a timely manner. If Fidelis MGU and Current Fidelis do not reach an agreement with respect to any Subsidiary Annual Plan or any portion of the Subsidiary Annual Plan in respect of any given year, such Subsidiary Annual Plan or portion of the Subsidiary Annual Plan from the previous year will be automatically renewed on the same terms as in the prior year. The Framework Agreement contains certain limitations in respect of the permissible amendments to the Subsidiary Annual Plans. For instance, Current Fidelis will be permitted to exit a particular Permitted Line if the specified metrics and underwriting ratios in the Subsidiary Annual Plans for each of the three previous years are triggered. However, if Current Fidelis reasonably considers that an underwriting ratio for any Permitted Line has materially deteriorated, Fidelis MGU must prepare a remediation plan that sets out how it will ensure that the Permitted Line will fall within the underwriting ratio in the subsequent year. Should a change to any Subsidiary Annual Plan be requested by either party and denied three years in a row, it will be referred to the non-calculations dispute resolution procedure to be resolved.
Under each Subsidiary Annual Plan, Current Fidelis will be responsible for ensuring that there is sufficient capital available throughout each annual period to meet such Subsidiary Annual Plan and all rating agency
202
requirements, and for retaining sufficient capital for both the current planned year and the forecasted subsequent year and for meeting all rating agency requirements for the target rating for those periods.
Each Fidelis MGU may, at the request of customers, move their business to third party capital providers if FIHL is placed on negative outlook to below A- by A.M. Best or S&P. Exclusivity provisions contained in the Framework Agreement are suspended for any period that the negative outlook subsists (or becomes a ratings downgrade to below A- by A.M. Best or S&P) after six months.
Fidelis MGU has delegated authority to place outwards reinsurance on Current Fidelis behalf within the parameters of the Subsidiary Annual Plans. Current Fidelis will retain decision-making authority for outwards reinsurance outside the scope of such parameters. The Subsidiary Annual Plans will also ensure that the outwards reinsurance purchased is in line with the Solvency II directive eligibility requirements for risk mitigation techniques. See BusinessReinsurance.
Exclusivity, Rights of First Offer and Rights of First Refusal
Under the terms of the Framework Agreement and the individual Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements, subject to: (i) certain rights of first offer (ROFO) on the part of Fidelis MGU and rights of first refusal (ROFR) on the part of Current Fidelis; and (ii) any arrangements that Current Fidelis has with third party managing general underwriters that pre-date the Framework Agreement (and which will remain in force) involving the provision of capital that the third party managing general underwriters may use to underwrite business on Current Fidelis behalf, Current Fidelis shall secure its business exclusively from Fidelis MGU and Fidelis MGU shall provide underwriting and support services exclusively to Current Fidelis.
If either Current Fidelis or Fidelis MGU rejects the other partys proposal pursuant to the ROFO process or ROFR process, respectively, the relevant party will not have the right to later request the opportunity to underwrite or provide capacity for (as applicable) the rejected business, which will stay with the relevant third-party insurer or managing general underwriters (as applicable), for so long as such party elects to take it up.
To the extent any ROFO or ROFR process results in Fidelis MGU being allocated increased or differently distributed capacity, such increase will be deemed included in that years relevant Subsidiary Annual Plan and will be included in setting the following years relevant Subsidiary Annual Plan.
Fidelis MGU Additional Capital ROFO
In the event that Current Fidelis identifies capital or risk appetite in excess of the parameters set forth in the relevant Subsidiary Annual Plan (the Excess Risk Opportunity), Fidelis MGU shall have a ROFO to underwrite such Excess Risk Opportunity for and on behalf of Current Fidelis (the Fidelis MGU Capital ROFO).
In order to exercise such Fidelis MGU Capital ROFO, Fidelis MGU will be required to present a detailed business plan to Current Fidelis setting out Fidelis MGUs plan for the underwriting of such Excess Risk Opportunity (the Fidelis MGU ERO Plan). Such Fidelis MGU ERO Plan will be expected to include, without limitation, expected profitability and return on capital on the Excess Risk Opportunity, expected investor reaction and expected capital consumption of the Excess Risk Opportunity, Current Fidelis capital level stress scenarios and how an analysis of any conflicting risks or unfavorable covariance with Fidelis MGUs originated portfolio would be managed (the Minimum Plan Specifics).
Where Current Fidelis (acting reasonably) declines Fidelis MGU Capital ROFO and for all business so sourced from any third parties other than Fidelis MGU, Current Fidelis shall:
| present a detailed business plan to Fidelis MGU containing the Minimum Plan Specifics (the Group ERO Plan); |
203
| consult in good faith with Fidelis MGU to refine the proposed Group ERO Plan to reduce any negative interactions with other business sourced by Fidelis MGU; and |
| agree with Fidelis MGU the format and frequency of reporting that Current Fidelis would be required to provide to Fidelis MGU in respect of such Group ERO Plan. |
Group Additional Capital ROFR
If Fidelis MGU identifies an opportunity to underwrite business that falls outside of Current Fidelis capital or risk appetite parameters set forth in the Subsidiary Annual Plan in force at the relevant time (the Additional Business), Fidelis MGU is contractually required to give Current Fidelis a ROFR on such Additional Business (the Group Capital ROFR).
Specifically, following notice from Fidelis MGU of such opportunity to underwrite Additional Business, if Current Fidelis can accommodate such Additional Business within its available capital, Current Fidelis has seven business days to communicate its desire to accept the terms of the ROFR, and a further 20 calendar days from this date to make a firm commitment of interest (although this period may be extended if a non-objection (or similar) must be obtained from a regulatory authority), at which point such Additional Business will be deemed bound.
If Current Fidelis cannot accommodate such Additional Business within its available capital, it will be allowed a mutually agreed, reasonable amount of time to raise or free up the requisite amount of additional capital. If Current Fidelis does not elect to underwrite the Additional Business pursuant to the Group Capital ROFR, Fidelis MGU will be permitted to do so with a third-party insurer that is not part of Current Fidelis. To the extent that Fidelis MGU is writing such Additional Business with a third-party insurer where there is a risk of adverse selection to Current Fidelis or disclosure or misuse of competitively sensitive information regarding Current Fidelis, Fidelis MGU will demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of Current Fidelis that it has taken steps to mitigate against any risk of adverse selection and/or disclosure or misuse of competitively sensitive information.
Fidelis MGU Line of Business ROFO
In the event that Current Fidelis has appetite for a line of business beyond the Permitted Lines (the New LOB), Fidelis MGU shall have a ROFO to originate such New LOB (the Fidelis MGU Line of Business ROFO).
In order to exercise such Fidelis MGU Line of Business ROFO, Fidelis MGU will be required to present a detailed business plan to Current Fidelis setting out Fidelis MGUs plan for how the New LOB capital will be utilized (the Fidelis MGU New LOB Plan). Such Fidelis MGU New LOB Plan must include the Minimum Plan Specifics, as appropriate for such New LOB. Having reviewed the Fidelis MGU New LOB Plan, Current Fidelis will have the option (acting reasonably) to accept Fidelis MGUs proposal or to source an alternative third-party origination for such New LOB.
Where Current Fidelis declines the Fidelis MGU New LOB Plan and for all business so sourced from any third parties other than Fidelis MGU, Current Fidelis shall:
| present a detailed business plan to Fidelis MGU containing the Minimum Plan Specifics (the Group New LOB Plan); |
| consult in good faith with Fidelis MGU to refine the proposed Group New LOB Plan to reduce any negative interactions with other business sourced by Fidelis MGU; and |
| agree with Fidelis MGU the format and frequency of reporting that Current Fidelis would be required to provide to Fidelis MGU in respect of such Group New LOB Plan. |
204
Group Line of Business ROFR
In the event that Fidelis MGU identifies a potential demand for a New LOB, Current Fidelis shall have a ROFR to provide capacity for such new LOB (the Group Line of Business ROFR).
As with the Group Capital ROFO outlined above, following notice from Fidelis MGU of such opportunity to underwrite the New LOB, if Current Fidelis can accommodate the New LOB, Current Fidelis has seven business days to communicate its desire to accept the terms of the Group Line of Business ROFR, and a further 20 days from this date to make a firm commitment of interest (although this period may be extended if a non-objection (or similar) must be obtained from a regulatory authority), at which point the New LOB will be deemed bound.
If Current Fidelis cannot accommodate such New LOB for licensing, available capital or other reasons, it will be allowed a mutually agreed, reasonable amount of time to obtain the necessary license or capital or make other arrangements in order to accommodate such New LOB. If Current Fidelis does not elect to provide capacity for the New LOB pursuant to the Group Line of Business ROFR, Fidelis MGU will be permitted to do so with a third-party insurer that is not part of Current Fidelis. To the extent that Fidelis MGU is writing the New LOB with a third-party insurer where there is a risk of adverse selection to Current Fidelis or disclosure or misuse of competitively sensitive information regarding Current Fidelis, Fidelis MGU will demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of Current Fidelis that it has taken steps to mitigate against any risk of adverse selection and/or disclosure or misuse of competitively sensitive information.
Fees and Commissions
The Framework Agreement sets out the calculations for various fees and commissions to be paid by Current Fidelis to Fidelis MGU.
Profit Commissions and Ceding Commissions
Ceding commissions payable to Fidelis MGU will be payable monthly in arrears and will be charged for underwriting, claims and actuarial pricing services. Such ceding commissions will be calculated based on net premiums written (gross of acquisition costs) to facilitate alignment on reinsurance purchasing. To avoid fee duplication, ceding commissions payable for open market business sourced by Fidelis MGU are set at 11.5% and ceding commissions payable for business sourced by Fidelis MGU via third-party managing general agents to whom underwriting authority has been sub-delegated by Fidelis MGU pursuant to newly established third-party managing general agency relationships are set at 3.0%. Business that continues to be sourced by cells of Pine Walk Capital continues to follow the fees and commissions set under those agreements, which fees and commissions are in line with normal market ranges, but without any additional fee levied by Fidelis MGU. For the avoidance of doubt, any premium on such sub-delegated business will be recognized on a look-through basis, i.e., recognizing premium when a particular risk is underwritten by the relevant managing general underwriter not at the inception of the relevant binding authority agreement. There will be no additional fees payable (with the exception of the Fidelis MGU- level portfolio management fee described below).
The sum of 20% of the Operating Profit of FIHL (as defined in the Framework Agreement) above an annual Binder Operating RoE hurdle of 5% hurdle rate will be payable at the end of each fiscal year to ensure alignment with portfolio management value proposition. The profit commission will be payable above a predetermined annual hurdle linked to Operating RoE, calculated on an aggregate basis for Current Fidelis and subsequently allocated proportionally for each of the insurance operating subsidiaries of Current Fidelis for payment to the respective operating subsidiaries of Fidelis MGU. The calculation of such profit commission will include a deficit carry-forward mechanism for a maximum of three years in which the applicable insurance operating subsidiary suffers a loss under the applicable Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreement. Such loss will be carried forward for a maximum of three years. There will be no claw back mechanism applicable.
205
Other Fees and Commissions
A 3.0% portfolio management fee, to be calculated based on net premiums written, will be payable to Fidelis MGU. The portfolio management fee will reflect the value-added services provided by Fidelis MGU when compared with a traditional managing general underwriter model (i.e., Current Fidelis is expected to benefit from Fidelis MGUs expertise in the management of its outwards program, in portfolio optimization matters, in managing the underwriting cycle, and from Fidelis MGUs view of risk and overall portfolio allocation).
Overriding commissions (both ceding commissions and profit commission) will be payable by Current Fidelis to Fidelis MGU on outwards reinsurance quota share arrangements for newly sourced business to cover the cost of origination and the ongoing management of such contracts. This approach is expected to reduce the level of renegotiation required by Current Fidelis with quota share partners. Current Fidelis will retain 1% of all premium ceded under the quota share contracts to cover its tail and credit risk and also retain all overriders paid by the reinsurers to cover acquisition costs in certain lines of business. Current Fidelis is expected to benefit from improved pricing on account of its resulting ability to write larger gross lines.
In addition, a fee will be payable to Fidelis MGU in respect of the Run-Off Services, which will be mutually agreed and/or determined at the time of termination with reference to the scope of ongoing Run-Off Services and percentage of reserves based on available benchmarks.
Underwriting expenses directly related to the placement of an individual (re)insurance contract, including counsel fees or fees relating to third-party diligence, will be recoverable by Fidelis MGU from Current Fidelis.
Reporting
Fidelis MGU will provide detailed reporting to Current Fidelis on a monthly and quarterly basis for business written and control activities, depending on the nature of the report. Such reports will include, among other things, (i) accounting information (i.e., premiums written and earned, fees and loss reserves); (ii) underwriting information (including all insurance business underwritten under the Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements); and (iii) claims handling information.
Claims Management
Current Fidelis will retain an oversight function over claims management activities, which is part of the services outsourced to Fidelis MGU. The Framework Agreement and the Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements delegate claims authority up to a maximum monetary threshold. Fidelis MGU will provide Current Fidelis with sufficient oversight of its handling of claims that exceed the delegation threshold, and claims subject to litigation will be collectively handled by Current Fidelis and Fidelis MGU in accordance with Current Fidelis claims management processes. See BusinessClaims.
Dispute Resolution
Claims not relating to technical calculations (e.g., claims related to negligent underwriting, defective portfolio composition or incorrect outwards reinsurance matching) will follow a tiered approach with varying degrees of escalation. Such claims will first be referred to the Joint Referral Forum; failing resolution by the Joint Referral Forum, such matters will be escalated first to mediation; and failing resolution at mediation, to binding arbitration. Claims relating to technical calculations will be referred to the CFO of each respective party and if a resolution cannot be reached, the claim will be escalated to a binding determination by a jointly appointed expert.
Reserving
Current Fidelis will be responsible for performing its own end-to-end reserving process, including its own reserve production and sign-off procedures. Fidelis MGU will provide data in furtherance of Current Fidelis
206
reserving process if required and will review aspects of Current Fidelis reserving process if Current Fidelis deems it appropriate.
Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements
Certain operating subsidiaries of MGU HoldCo have entered into Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements with the operating insurance subsidiaries of Current Fidelis on a jurisdictional basis.
Underwriting Services
Fidelis MGU operating subsidiaries perform certain underwriting services in exchange for the payment of the relevant fees and commissions by Current Fidelis including, among other services, advising on product strategy and development, including new products and policy language, and originating and placing policies within the parameters set forth in the Subsidiary Annual Plans, developing business relationships with licensed third-party wholesale insurance brokers, agents, producers and coverholders, selecting, performing diligence on, onboarding and managing brokers, agents, producers and coverholders, reviewing insurance applications and submissions from potential insureds for compliance with applicable letters of authority and soliciting, negotiating and executing placement of policies within risk appetites and rating agency scores by applying prices and rates as appropriate in accordance with rating plans, guidelines and models.
Actuarial Services
Fidelis MGU performs certain actuarial services pursuant to the Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements including, among other services, providing pricing support and advice to Current Fidelis, advising on pricing strategy and outwards pricing, developing and inputting on capital and pricing models, both internal and external, supporting the underwriting function in policy pricing, pricing live transactions and repricing annual transactions, maintaining a pricing metrics dashboard, performing ad hoc premium rate movement calculations and defining stochastic losses in FireAnt.
Claims Handling
Fidelis MGU performs certain claims handling services pursuant to the Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements, including, among other services, advising on claims management strategy and implementation, preparation of claims guidelines, reserving philosophy, authority limits and claims acceptance and rejection criteria, performing claims adjustment and payments, managing disputes, litigation, subrogation and recoveries, and managing broker, underwriter, client and third-party administrators.
Ancillary Services
Fidelis MGU performs certain ancillary services pursuant to the Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements including, among other services, advising on and negotiating contract terms for inwards and outwards contracts, developing and maintaining records of policy language and issuing and executing all of the necessary contractual documentation for new and renewal policies, related endorsements and cancellations.
Outwards Reinsurance Services
Fidelis MGU performs the following outwards reinsurance services pursuant to the Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements including, among other services, advising on the outwards reinsurance and retrocession (Outwards RI) strategy and preparing the annual Outwards RI purchasing program, advising on the structure of Outwards RI placements and terms, addressing the market and consulting in selecting Current Fidelis panel of reinsurers, undertaking due diligence on Outwards RI counterparties, developing broker and reinsurer relationships, negotiating and executing all treaty Outwards RI and providing sign-off on facultative Outwards RI placements, preparing submissions for treaty Outwards RI, negotiating commutations and non-standard deals and retaining and storing all relevant policy documentation.
207
Inter-Group Services Agreement
FIHL and MGU HoldCo have entered into an Inter-Group Services Agreement, pursuant to which MGU HoldCo is obligated to provide a range of non-underwriting services to Current Fidelis on an outsourced basis. These services will include, but will not be limited to, accounting, other finance and reporting services, IT infrastructure maintenance and system development services and facilities management services.
Recipients of the Inter-Group Services
MGU HoldCo provides all of the non-underwriting services to either: (i) FIHL and FIHL (UK) Services, which they will then pass on to Current Fidelis; or (ii) any subsidiary in Current Fidelis directly, in each case, as FIHL and MGU HoldCo may agree from time to time.
Cross Functional Working Group
The parties have agreed to establish a Cross Functional Working Group (CFWG), which will comprise function heads from each party, and which is intended to facilitate and oversee the execution of activities required to manage the Inter-Group Services Agreement. The CFWG is also intended to act as an escalation point for any issues that may arise under the Inter-Group Services Agreement.
FIHL and MGU HoldCo will be required to notify the CWFG (the CWFG Notification) in writing as soon as reasonably practicable particular extraordinary events, such as material breaches of the Inter-Group Services Agreement, or any insolvency or fraud of any operating subsidiary that may have an adverse impact on the Inter-Group Services Agreement.
Following a CWFG Notification, the CWFG will, for a period of 30 days (the CWFG Deadline), use best endeavors to agree, as applicable: (a) whether it is reasonably practicable to continue the Inter-Group Services Agreement following an insolvency event; or (b) upon a course of conduct to remedy any material breaches or acts of fraud, or to mitigate the impact of any occurrence that could impact upon a party to the Inter-Group Services Agreement.
If the Joint CWFG fails to reach any such agreement by the CWFG Deadline, the innocent party to the Inter- Group Services Agreement will have termination rights. See Termination below.
Fees
Fees under the Inter-Group Services Agreement will generally be charged by MGU HoldCo to FIHL on a costs plus 5% basis, and will be calculated quarterly. The parties will also share costs incurred from instructing third-party suppliers, with such costs being apportioned as a ratio based on each partys respective staff headcount (e.g., if one of the parties had 25 employees and the other 100 employees, such ratio would be 1:4.).
Term
The Inter-Group Services Agreement follows a similar term to the Framework Agreement, as it provides for a minimum ten-year rolling term that will be automatically rolled forward in the first three years. From the fourth year of the agreement, FIHL may unilaterally determine that the minimum term shall not roll into any further year by notifying MGU HoldCo at least 90 days before the next anniversary of the commencement date of the Inter-Group Services Agreement.
Termination
The Inter-Group Services Agreement will be subject to termination by either party upon the occurrence of certain events, including: (i) immediately after the CWFG Deadline, as a result of a material act of fraud on the
208
part of the other party; (ii) immediately after the CWFG Deadline, if the other party is subject to an insolvency event and the CWFG fails to unanimously agree that it is reasonably practicable to continue the Inter-Group Services Agreement; (iii) with 10 business days notice after the CWFG Deadline, if the CWFG, using best endeavors, fails to agree upon a course of conduct to remedy any material breaches or non-material acts of fraud (and to mitigate the likelihood of future breaches or frauds occurring), or to mitigate the impact of any occurrence that could impact upon a partys performance of the Inter-Group Services Agreement; (iv) immediately if the CWFG has agreed upon a course of conduct to remedy a material breach, and the defaulting party does not commence such course of action agreed by the CWFG within ten business days of such course of action being agreed by the CWFG, although this termination right will be automatically revoked if the defaulting party provides the terminating party with evidence to the terminating partys reasonable satisfaction that it has commenced the course of action within the 10 business day termination period and completes the course of action within a cure period agreed by the CWFG; or (v) save where (iv) applies (i.e., other than in the event of a material breach), with 30 business days notice if a defaulting party does not commence any course of action agreed by the CWFG within 20 business days of such course of action being agreed by the CWFG, provided that this termination right will be automatically revoked if the defaulting party provides the terminating party with evidence to the terminating partys reasonable satisfaction that it has commenced the course of action within the 30 business day termination period.
Following termination of the Inter-Group Services Agreement, the parties will comply with the terms of the exit plan, which is intended to ensure the seamless continuation of services by MGU HoldCo until FIHL is able to either bring these functions in-house or transfer them to an alternative provider. MGU HoldCo will receive a commensurate fee for the performance of these run-off services.
Service Standards and Service Credit
MGU HoldCo will be subject to various service standards in the provision of services under the Inter-Group Services Agreement. In addition to general requirements to carry out its obligations in accordance with good industry practice and all reasonable care and skill, the Inter-Group Services Agreement contains a number of prescribed service-level agreements and key performance indicators (KPIs), that apply to a range of services.
If MGU HoldCo fails to remedy breaches of the service-level agreements or KPIs within a reasonable period agreed with FIHL (a Service Shortfall), it shall be eligible for service credits, which will be identified and applied on a quarterly basis and represent a percentage of the fees that MGU HoldCo is entitled to receive under the agreement for the applicable quarter. The applicable percentage that represents the service credit will start from a deduction of 0.5% where five Service Shortfalls occur during the applicable reference period (i.e., day, week or month) and will rise incrementally based upon the number of service credits that occurred during the applicable period.
Material Outsourcing Provisions
As the Inter-Group Services Agreement will be regarded as a material outsourcing agreement under the relevant regulatory rules (see Certain Regulatory Considerations), it contains a number of provisions that are required by applicable law and regulation. In particular, MGU HoldCo will be required to put in place, and to regularly maintain, update and test, plans for operational resilience, business security, cyber security and disaster recovery. MGU HoldCo will also be required to maintain an exit plan (the first version of which will be appended to the Inter-Group Services Agreement), which will provide for a smooth run-off of the services contained within the Inter-Group Services Agreement following termination.
FIHL, as the outsourcing party, will have the right to audit MGU HoldCo in respect of these services, and to test the plans listed above that MGU HoldCo will be required to maintain and test. MGU HoldCo will also be required to provide similar access to regulatory authorities in order to perform audits of the services that it provides under the Inter-Group Services Agreement.
209
Other
Other Existing Outsourcing Arrangements
Current Fidelis has certain other outsourcing arrangements which will be categorized as critical from a regulatory perspective. These arrangements are in place and are either contracted directly by Current Fidelis or via Fidelis MGU, depending on the nature of the support provided. The most critical of these existing arrangements include custodian and administrative services provided by Clearwater Analytics LLC to FIHL in connection with Current Fidelis fixed maturity portfolio; underwriting system support services provided by Imaginera Limited to FML and which form part of the services to be provided by Fidelis MGU to Current Fidelis; claims processing, assessing and administrative services provided by Pro Insurance Solutions Limited to FML and which form part of the services to be provided by Fidelis MGU to Current Fidelis; actuarial modelling and other actuarial support services provided by Dynamo Analytics to FIHL; and cloud data hosting services provided by Oracle Corporation UK Limited to FML and which form part of the services to be provided by Fidelis MGU to Current Fidelis.
Leases
The two Bermuda leases are currently held by FIBL and it is expected that one of the leases will be transferred to Bermuda MGU with the provision of a rental guarantee, with FIBL retaining the other lease. The existing Pine Walk Capital lease will also remain as part of Fidelis MGU following the consummation of the Separation Transactions (see BusinessFacilities). FIID currently shares office space leased by FML, which is part of Fidelis MGU. During 2023, FIID employees will move to another location in Dublin which it leases and is currently being renovated (it is expected that this lease will be transferred by FIHL (UK) Services, Irish Branch).
Licensing Arrangements
As part of the Separation Transactions, existing technology platforms, including Tyche capital models, the Prequel Policy Administration system, the Jarvis Data Warehouse, and the FireAnt Analytics system, were transferred to Fidelis MGU. Fidelis MGU provides Current Fidelis with a license in respect of this technology, so that Current Fidelis can continue to benefit from the use of such technology, or the outputs of it (as applicable), as part of the services that it receives under the Framework Agreement and the Inter-Group Services Agreement. In particular, Current Fidelis has access to outputs from Fidelis MGUs use of the FireAnt Analytics system, a pricing, analytics and portfolio optimization tool, as part of the business modelling services that it receives from Fidelis MGU. Prequel will also continue to be a key supporting system used in Current Fidelis underwriting procedures. Data stored on Jarvis will continue to be used as part of the technical accounting services that Current Fidelis receives. Relevant third-party vendor owned tools and systems will be licensed to Current Fidelis either directly by the vendors or via Fidelis MGU and support will be provided by Fidelis MGU through the Inter-Group Services Agreement. The Fidelis name, certain trademarks in the U.K. and E.U., proprietary branding and other protectable signs are also subject to licensing by Fidelis MGU in favor of Current Fidelis.
Amended and Restated Common Shareholders Agreement
The Existing Shareholders will continue to be shareholders of FIHL, as part of Current Fidelis, following the consummation of this offering. The Existing Shareholders are currently party to the Existing Common Shareholders Agreement, which contains provisions that govern the rights and obligations of the Existing Shareholders, including, but not limited to, transfer restrictions and corporate governance matters. The Amended and Restated Common Shareholders Agreement, which will replace the Existing Common Shareholders Agreement, will be effective as of the pricing of this offering and will only be entered into between FIHL, the Founders and MGU HoldCo.
Under the Amended and Restated Common Shareholders Agreement, the Founders and MGU HoldCo will be entitled to nominate representative directors to the Board, so long as they each beneficially own a specified
210
minimum percentage of our Common Shares. See Description of Share CapitalCertain Provisions of the Amended and Restated Bye-LawsNumber of Directors.
Reserved Matters
Under the terms of the Amended and Restated Common Shareholders Agreement, the following are some matters that will require a simple majority approval of the Board: (i) sourcing business from any party other than Fidelis MGU; (ii) entering into any new lines of business not included in the Permitted Lines, save to the extent such new lines of business are sourced through Fidelis MGU following Current Fidelis exercise of the Line of Business ROFR (see Group Line of Business ROFR); and (iii) approval of business plans for any non-Fidelis MGU business.
Consent Rights and Minority Protections
For so long as MGU HoldCo beneficially owns at least 4.9% of the Common Shares, the consent of MGU HoldCo is required for FIHL to take any of the following actions: (i) to effect any change in the jurisdiction, incorporation or name of FIHL or any member of Current Fidelis; (ii) to make a material change to the nature or scope of the business underwritten by FIHL and any member of Current Fidelis; (iii) to effect any amendments to the Amended and Restated Bye-Laws or the Amended and Restated Common Shareholders Agreement that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on Fidelis MGU, taken as a whole; and (iv) to make any acquisition or disposition of any asset for consideration in excess of 5.0% of the assets of FIHL that is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on Fidelis MGU, taken as a whole.
If FIHL authorizes, designates or issues additional Common Shares following the consummation of this offering, FIHL will provide advance notice to MGU HoldCo and MGU HoldCo will have the right to elect to purchase up to its pro rata portion of the Common Shares at the same price as other subscribers and within a specific period, in accordance with the terms of the Amended and Restated Common Shareholders Agreement (the Allocation Right).
If, following the consummation of this offering, MGU HoldCo sells any of its Common Shares, other than in connection with any stock conversions, buybacks, repurchases, redemptions, or other changes resulting from any stock split, combination or similar recapitalization, or its beneficial ownership of the Common Shares otherwise falls below 4.9% as a consequence of a dilutive action taken by FIHL, MGU HoldCo will no longer be entitled to exercise the above mentioned consent rights. Any new class of common shares resulting from any of the foregoing will be similarly restricted.
For so long as the Founders, together with their Shareholder Affiliate Transferees, in the aggregate beneficially own at least 25% of the Common Shares, the Founders shall have the right, by unanimous decision by each Founder that beneficially owns at least 1% of the Common Shares, to restrict FIHL from taking the following actions, except to the extent such actions are required by applicable law: (i) adopt or propose to FIHLs shareholders any amendment, modification or restatement of or supplement to FIHLs organizational documents which have an adverse impact on the rights granted to the Founders, (ii) commence a voluntary case or proceeding under any applicable U.S. or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar law or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or admit in writing of its or their inability to pay its or their debts generally as they become due, or take any action in furtherance of any such action, (iii) change the size of the Board, (iv) engage in any transaction in which any person or group acquires more than 50% of the then outstanding Common Shares of FIHL or the power to elect a majority of the members of the Board or (v) terminate or hire the chief executive officer of FIHL or any successor or replacement serving in such role.
The Founders consent rights may also adversely affect the trading price for the Common Shares to the extent investors perceive disadvantages in owning shares of a company with a shareholder with an ability to exercise a degree of control and influence over such company. For example, Founders rights may delay, defer,
211
or prevent a change in control of FIHL or impede a merger, takeover or other business combination which may otherwise be favorable for the Group. These rights conferred on the Founders under the terms of the Existing Common Shareholders Agreement will be retained in the Amended and Restated Common Shareholders Agreement that will become effective as of the pricing of this offering.
Registration Rights Agreement
The Existing Shareholders are party to a Registration Rights Agreement dated June 9, 2015, as amended by the First Amendment to the Registration Rights Agreement dated November 25, 2019, the Second Amendment to the Registration Rights Agreement dated February 3, 2020 and the Third Amendment to the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of July 13, 2021 (collectively, the Registration Rights Agreement), which contains provisions that govern the rights and obligations of the Existing Shareholders with respect to any future registration of our Common Shares.
Piggyback Registration Rights
Following the consummation of this offering, if FIHL proposes to file any registration statement under the Securities Act for the purposes of a public offering of its equity securities (including our Common Shares) (the Piggyback Registration), it is obligated to give prompt written notice of the same to the Existing Shareholders, who will have 30 days following receipt of the same to request their Registrable Securities (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) be included in such Piggyback Registration (the Piggyback Request) and FIHL will use all commercially reasonable efforts to include the same. If necessary, the number of Registrable Securities subject to a Piggyback Request may be scaled down pro rata as more particularly set out in the Registration Rights Agreement.
FIHL has the right to abandon any Piggyback Registration at any time. Any Existing Shareholder may withdraw its Piggyback Request by giving written notice to FIHL at any time within five business days prior to the anticipated effectiveness of the registration statement in connection therewith. The rights to Piggyback Registration may be exercised on an unlimited number of occasions, provided that a period of 90 days has elapsed between the effective dates of each Piggyback Registration.
Priority Rights of Certain ShareholdersDemand Registration
Two or more Founders (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) have the right to request that FIHL effects a registration of all or part of their Registrable Securities under the Securities Act (a Demand Registration), provided, that such request is submitted following the expiration of the underwriter lock-up period and before FIHL has filed a Shelf Registration Statement (as defined below) and the anticipated aggregate offering price is at least $1,000,000. Following receipt of such request, FIHL will be required, not more than once each calendar quarter, to use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly effect the registration.
If the managing underwriter of the Demand Registration advises FIHL and the participating Founders that the total number of Common Shares requested to be registered by the Founders and other Existing Shareholders exceeds the Maximum Number of Securities (as defined below), the Common Shares will be included in the Demand Registration in the following order of priority:
(1) | first, the Common Shares of the Founders and any other Existing Shareholders up to the Maximum Number of Securities, and if the aggregate number of such Registrable Securities exceeds the Maximum Number of Securities, on a pro rata basis based on the amount of Registrable Securities beneficially owned by such Founders and Existing Shareholders; and |
(2) | second, to FIHL (if applicable). |
212
Priority Rights of Certain ShareholdersShelf Registration
Following the consummation of this offering, FIHL will be required to use reasonable commercial efforts to qualify and remain qualified to register the Common Shares under the Securities Act. Any Founder may request in writing that FIHL promptly files a shelf registration statement providing for the registration, and the sale on a continuous or delayed basis, of the Registrable Securities of such Founder(s) and the other Existing Shareholders (a Shelf Registration Statement). Following the filing of such Shelf Registration Statement, FIHL will be required to use commercially reasonable efforts to (i) cause the Shelf Registration Statement to become effective; (ii) maintain the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement; (iii) file a new Shelf Registration Statement upon its expiration; and (iv) amend or supplement the Shelf Registration Statement at the request of such Founder in connection with a shelf take-down, until all of the Registrable Securities have been sold or are no longer outstanding.
If a Shelf Registration Statement covering Registrable Securities is effective, a Founder (the Demanding Founder) may deliver a notice to FIHL (the Take-Down Notice) stating that it intends to effect an underwritten offering of all or part of its Registrable Securities included by it on the Shelf Registration Statement (a Shelf Underwritten Offering). Upon receipt of such Take-Down Notice, FIHL will be required to promptly deliver such Take-Down Notice to all other Existing Shareholders included on such Shelf Registration Statement and such Existing Shareholders, by giving notice within five business days of delivery of the Take-Down Notice, may include their Registrable Securities in the Shelf Underwritten Offering.
If the managing underwriter, as selected by the Demanding Founder, of the Shelf Underwritten Offering advises FIHL and the participating Founders in writing that the total number of Common Shares requested to be registered by the Founders exceeds the Maximum Number of Securities, the securities will be included in the Shelf Registration Statement in the following order of priority:
| first, (A) in the case of the first Shelf Underwritten Offering, the Common Shares of the Founders and any other Existing Shareholders up to the Maximum Number of Securities, and if the aggregate number of such Registrable Securities exceeds the Maximum Number of Securities, on a pro rata basis based on the amount of Registrable Securities beneficially owned by such Founders and Existing Shareholders, and (B) in the case of any subsequent Shelf Underwritten Offerings, the Common Shares of the Founders, Platinum Ivy and SPFM (as those terms are defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) up to the Maximum Number of Securities, and if the aggregate number of such Registrable Securities exceeds the Maximum Number of Securities, on a pro rata basis based on the amount of Registrable Securities beneficially owned by each Founder, Platinum Ivy and SPFM; |
| second, the Registrable Securities requested to be included by other Existing Shareholders up to the Remaining Number of Securities (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement), and if the aggregate number of such Registrable Securities exceeds the Remaining Number of Securities, on a pro rata share basis based on the amount of Registrable Securities beneficially owned by such Existing Shareholders; and |
| third, to FIHL (if applicable). |
Maximum Number of Securities means, with respect to any Shelf Underwritten Offering or underwritten Piggyback Registration, the maximum number of securities which can be sold in such offering without materially and adversely affecting the marketability of such offering.
Preference Securityholders Agreement
All of the current holders of our Series A Preference Securities are party to a preference securityholders agreement (the Preference Securityholders Agreement), which contains provisions that govern the rights and obligations of the Preference Securityholders as security holders, including, but not limited to, transfer restrictions and corporate governance and other matters as described below and set out in the Preference Securityholders Agreement. See Description of Share Capital for a summary of our Series A Preference Securities and rights attached to them in the Preference Securityholders Agreement.
213
Indemnification and Exculpation of Directors and Officers
Section 98 of the Companies Act provides generally that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability which by virtue of any rule of law would otherwise be imposed on them in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, except in cases where such liability arises from fraud or dishonesty of which such director, officer or auditor may be guilty in relation to that company. Section 98 further provides that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability incurred by them in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is awarded in their favor or in which they are acquitted or granted relief by the Supreme Court of Bermuda pursuant to section 281 of the Companies Act.
The Existing Bye-Laws will be amended and restated, conditional on this offering being consummated. The Amended and Restated Bye-Laws provide that we will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, our officers and directors in respect of their actions and omissions, except in respect of their fraud or dishonesty. The Amended and Restated Bye-Laws provide that holders of our Common Shares and the holders of Series A Preference Securities waive all claims or rights of action that they might have, individually or in right of FIHL, against any of our directors or officers for any act or failure to act in the performance of such directors or officers duties, except in respect of any fraud or dishonesty of such director or officer. Section 98A of the Companies Act permits us to purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any officer or Director in respect of any loss or liability attaching to such officer or director in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, whether or not we may otherwise indemnify such officer or director. We maintain a directors and officers liability policy for such a purpose.
In connection with the consummation of this offering, we intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers, which will contain customary terms for public companies. The form of the indemnification agreements has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and this description of the indemnification agreements is qualified in its entirety by reference thereto.
Side Letters with Certain Shareholders
We have agreed with two of our institutional shareholders, SPFM Holdings, LLC and Platinum Ivy B 2018 RSC Limited, that they may continue to appoint an observer who may attend Board and committee meetings following the consummation of this offering, subject to confidentiality and other customary provisions.
Loans to Management
In November 2019, Previous Fidelis provided interest-free loans to certain of its management in the aggregate amount of $4.5 million (the Management Loans), pursuant to the terms of certain loan agreements entered into between certain of FIHLs senior executives as borrowers and FIBL as lender (the Management Loan Agreements). The Management Loans were advanced in order to enable the borrowers to purchase and pay the subscription price for the Common Shares offered by FIHL as part of its rights offering and private placement in late 2019. The obligations of the borrowers under the Management Loan Agreements were secured by a pledge over the Common Shares purchased by each of the borrowers. The Management Loans were fully repaid in January 2023 as part of the Separation Transactions.
IPO Assistance and Lock-Up Agreement
Prior to the pricing of this offering, Richard Brindle, Richard Coulson, Hinal Patel and Charles Mathias (collectively, the MGU Executives and each, an MGU Executive) and Daniel Burrows, Allan Decleir, Denise Brown-Branch and Ian Houston (collectively, the Insurance Group Executives and each, an Insurance Group Executive) and FIHL entered into an initial public offering assistance and lock-up agreement (the IPO
214
Assistance and Lock-Up Agreement). The IPO Assistance and Lock-Up Agreement obligates each MGU Executive and each Insurance Group Executive, in so far as he or she is legally able to do so in his or her capacity as an employee of Current Fidelis or Fidelis MGU, as applicable, to use his or her reasonable efforts to assist FIHL in the consummation of this offering. Under the terms of the IPO Assistance and Lock-Up Agreement, (i) the MGU Executives and Daniel Burrows agree, subject to limited exceptions, not to offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, assign, encumber, pledge, hypothecate, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of their Common Shares for a period of 18 months after the pricing of this offering, except that 25% of such Common Shares relating to Retention RSUs are released from such lock-up within 180 days after such date of vesting and (ii) the Insurance Group Executives agree, subject to limited exceptions, not to offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, assign, encumber, pledge, hypothecate, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of the Common Shares that they receive following the vesting of their retention restricted stock units approved by FIHL on May 15, 2023 (the Retention RSUs) for a period of 18 months after the date of vesting of such Retention RSUs (such period end date being October 1, 2025), except that 25% of such Common Shares relating to Retention RSUs are released from such lock-up within 180 days after such date of vesting.
Policies and Procedures for Approval of Related Person Transactions
Upon the listing of our Common Shares on NYSE, we intend to adopt a related person transactions policy pursuant to which our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders, including their immediate family members, will not be permitted to enter into a related person transaction with us without the consent of our audit committee, another independent committee of our Board or the full Board. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, principal shareholder or any of such persons immediate family members, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000, will be required to be presented to our audit committee for review, consideration and approval. All of our directors, executive officers and employees will be required to report to our audit committee any such related person transaction. In approving or rejecting the proposed transaction, our audit committee will take into account, among other factors it deems appropriate, whether the proposed related person transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances, the extent of the related persons interest in the transaction and, if applicable, the impact on a directors independence. Under the related person transactions policy, if we should discover related person transactions that have not been approved, our audit committee will be notified and will determine the appropriate action, including ratification, rescission or amendment of the transaction.
215
The following description of FIHLs share capital summarizes certain provisions of the Amended and Restated Bye-Laws that will become effective as of the listing of our Common Shares on NYSE. Such summaries do not purport to be complete and are subject to, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to, all of the provisions of the Amended and Restated Bye-Laws, copies of which will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms apart, and applicable Bermuda law. Prospective investors are urged to read the exhibits for a complete understanding of the Amended and Restated Bye-Laws. The descriptions of our Common Shares reflect changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the listing of our Common Shares on NYSE.
General
FIHL is a Bermuda exempted company registered with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda under registration number 49414. We are incorporated under the name Fidelis Insurance Holdings Limited. Our registered office is at Waterloo House, 100 Pitts Bay Road, Pembroke, Bermuda HM08. Our agent for service of process in the United States in connection with this offering is Puglisi & Associates, 850 Library Avenue, Suite 204, Newark, Delaware 19711.
The objects for which we are formed and incorporated are unrestricted and we have the capacity, rights, powers and privileges of a natural person. We therefore are able to undertake activities without restriction on our capacity.
Share Capital
Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, our authorized share capital will consist of Common Shares, par value $0.01 per share and Series A Preference Securities, par value $0.01 per share, and there will be of our Common Shares outstanding and of our Series A Preference Securities outstanding.
Common Shares
Other than the MGU HoldCos Allocation Right, our Common Shares have no pre-emptive rights or other rights to subscribe for additional shares, and no rights of redemption, conversion or exchange. Under certain circumstances and subject to the provisions of the Amended and Restated Bye-Laws, FIHL may be required to make an offer to repurchase shares held by shareholders. All of our outstanding Common Shares, including the outstanding Common Shares covered by this prospectus, are fully paid and non-assessable. For additional information regarding certain provisions relating to our Common Shares under the Companies Act and our Amended and Restated Bye-Laws, compared to a Delaware corporation, see Comparison of Shareholder Rights.
Common Share Dividend and Distribution Rights
Under Bermuda law, a company may not declare or pay dividends or make a distribution out of contributed surplus if there are reasonable grounds for believing that: (i) it is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due; or (ii) the realizable value of its assets would thereafter be less than its liabilities. Under the Amended and Restated Bye-Laws, each Common Share is entitled to dividends, as and when dividends are declared by the Board, subject to any preference dividend right of the holders of any preference securities, including our Series A Preference Securities.
The boards of directors of the operating subsidiaries have absolute discretion, subject to statutory requirements, regulatory requirements and the terms of our existing indebtedness, to declare dividends at any
216
time. The Board will decide the appropriate use of any funds received by way of dividend from an operating subsidiary, including, possibly, declaration of dividends or share repurchases by FIHL.
See Dividend Policy for more information on our dividend policy.
Voting Rights
In general, and subject to the restrictions described below, holders of our Common Shares will have one vote for each Common Share held by them and will be entitled to vote, on a non-cumulative basis, at all meetings of the shareholders.
Each holder of our Common Shares that is a U.S. person will be limited to voting (directly, indirectly or constructively, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that number of Common Shares equal to 9.9% of the Total Voting Power (as defined in the Amended and Restated Bye-Laws) of all classes of shares entitled to vote at a general meeting of FIHL (as determined taking into account all such reductions in voting rights). In addition to the foregoing, in order to ensure that non-U.S. holders of our Common Shares are subject to similar voting limitations as apply to U.S. holders of our Common Shares, no holder of our Common Shares will be permitted to vote (directly, indirectly or constructively) more than that number of Common Shares equal to 9.9% of the Total Voting Power.
Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Bye-Laws, each holder of our Common Shares shall provide us with such information as we may reasonably request so that we and the Board may make determinations as to the ownership (direct or indirect or by attribution) of Common Shares to such shareholder or to any person to which Common Shares may be attributed as a result of the ownership of Common Shares by such shareholder.
Rights Upon Liquidation
In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of FIHL, the holders of our Common Shares will be entitled to share equally and ratably in our assets, if any, remaining after the payment of all of our debts and liabilities, subject to the liquidation preference on any issued and outstanding preference securities, including our Series A Preference Securities.
Variation of Rights
If at any time FIHL has more than one class of shares, the rights attaching to any class, unless otherwise provided for by the terms of issue of the relevant class, may be varied with the approval of the Board and with the consent in writing of the holders of a Qualified Majority (as defined in the Amended and Restated Bye-Laws) of that class or with the sanction of a resolution passed by a Qualified Majority at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of the class at which meeting the necessary quorum will be two persons at least holding or representing by proxy a simple majority. The Amended and Restated Bye-Laws specify that the creation or issuance of shares ranking pari passu or senior with existing shares will not, unless expressly provided by the terms of issue of existing shares, vary the rights attached to existing shares.
Series A Preference Securities
General
The Series A Preference Securities rank senior to our Common Shares and to any other series of preference securities of FIHL ranking junior in right of payment of dividends and distributions of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up to our Series A Preference Securities (such other shares being Junior Shares) and will rank pari passu with each other series of shares ranking on parity with our Series A Preference Securities with respect to the payment of dividends and distributions of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up.
217
The Series A Preference Securities rank after the claims of creditors with respect to amounts upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up. The Board may from time to time create and issue new Junior Shares without the approval of the holders of Series A Preference Securities and fix their relative rights, preferences and limitations.
We are generally able to pay dividends and distributions upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up only out of lawfully available funds for such payment (i.e., after satisfaction of indebtedness and other non-equity claims).
Our Series A Preference Securities are fully paid and non-assessable. Our Series A Preference Securities are not subject to any sinking fund, retirement fund, purchase fund or other similar provisions.
Dividends on Our Series A Preference Securities
Dividends on our Series A Preference Securities are cumulative from the date of original issuance. Consequently, if the Board does not authorize and declare a dividend for any dividend period, holders of our Series A Preference Securities will be entitled to receive a dividend for such period, and such undeclared dividend will accumulate and will be payable.
Dividends on our Series A Preference Securities are cumulative from the date of original issuance and will be payable in cash when, as and if declared by the Board, quarterly in arrears on the fifteenth day of March, June, September and December of each year (or, if such day is not a business day, the first business day thereafter), commencing September 15, 2015 (each, a Dividend Payment Date). The Board may resolve, for any reason and in its absolute discretion, not to declare or pay in full or in part any dividends on our Series A Preference Securities in respect of one or more dividend periods. Dividends will accumulate in each dividend period from and including the preceding Dividend Payment Date to but excluding the applicable Dividend Payment Date for such dividend period. No interest, or sum of money in lieu of interest, will be payable in respect of any dividend payments on our Series A Preference Securities which may be deferred or in arrears.
Dividends accrue (i) from (and including) September 1, 2015 to (but excluding) September 1, 2025 (the Fixed Rate Period) at 9.00% of the $10,000 per share liquidation preference per annum (equivalent to $900 per share per annum); and (ii) from (and including) September 1, 2025 (the Floating Rate Period), at a floating rate per annum equal to three-month U.S. dollar LIBOR (or such other replacement method) plus 9.773%.
If we have, in the six months prior to any Dividend Payment Date, (a) paid a dividend on our Common Shares or (b) repurchased, retired or otherwise redeemed any of our Common Shares, then the dividend on our Series A Preference Securities payable on such Dividend Payment Date (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any accrued but unpaid dividends) must be declared and paid if the Solvency Condition is met and we have assets legally available therefor (a Mandatory Dividend).
We, in consultation with the BMA or any successor group supervisory body, will not declare dividends, including Mandatory Dividends, on any Dividend Payment Date on which the Solvency Condition is not met. The Solvency Condition means that FIHL and its consolidated insurance regulatory group must have capital of 125% of the prescribed regulatory minimum on and after any payment. At December 31, 2022 FIHL has capital in excess of the Solvency Condition.
During the Fixed Rate Period, dividends payable on our Series A Preference Securities are computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. During the Floating Rate Period, dividends payable on our Series A Preference Securities will be computed on the basis of actual days elapsed over a year consisting of 365 days.
218
Liquidation Rights of Our Series A Preference Securities
Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of FIHL, holders of Series A Preference Securities are entitled to receive out of our assets legally available for distribution to shareholders, after satisfaction of indebtedness and other non-equity claims, if any, a liquidation preference in the amount of $10,000 per share, plus all accrued and unpaid dividends (whether or not earned or declared), if any, to the date fixed for distribution prior to and in preference to holders of our Common Shares and other class or series of our Junior Shares. Holders of our Series A Preference Securities will not be entitled to any other amounts after they have received their full liquidation preference.
In any such distribution, if the assets of FIHL are not sufficient to pay the liquidation preference in full to all holders of Series A Preference Securities, the amounts paid to the holders of Series A Preference Securities will be paid pro rata in accordance with the respective aggregate liquidation preferences of those holders. If the liquidation preference has been paid in full to all holders of Series A Preference Securities, the holders of any other class of share will be entitled to receive all of its remaining assets according to their respective rights and preferences.
Upon any winding up of FIHL or any of its subsidiaries, no amounts will be paid to the holders of Series A Preference Securities until all obligations of FIHL or the relevant subsidiary (as the case may be) to its policyholders and beneficiaries of policyholders have been met.
A consolidation, amalgamation, merger, arrangement or reconstruction involving FIHL or the sale or transfer of all or substantially all of its shares or the property or business of FIHL will not be deemed to constitute a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of FIHL.
Redemption of Series A Preference Securities
Under Bermuda law, the source of funds that may be used by a company to pay amounts to shareholders on the redemption of their shares in respect of the nominal or par value of their shares is limited to (i) the capital paid up on the shares being redeemed, (ii) funds of the company otherwise available for payment of dividends or distributions or (iii) the proceeds of a new issuance of shares made for purposes of the redemption, and, in respect of the premium over the nominal or par value of their shares, is limited to (A) funds otherwise available for dividends or distributions or (B) amounts paid out of the companys share premium account before the redemption date.
Under Bermuda law, no redemption may be made by FIHL if there are reasonable grounds for believing that FIHL is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due. In addition, if the redemption price is to be paid out of funds otherwise available for dividends or distributions, no redemption may be made if the realizable value of its assets would thereby be less than its liabilities.
Mandatory Redemption
On June 15, 2050, subject to the Solvency Condition being met and with the prior approval of the BMA (as applicable), we will redeem our Series A Preference Securities in whole at a redemption price equal to the stated liquidation preference of $10,000 per share, plus accrued and unpaid dividends, if any, as of such date.
Optional Redemption by FIHL
Any optional redemption by FIHL of our Series A Preference Securities is subject to the prior approval of the applicable regulatory authority (which as of the date of this prospectus would be the BMA) and the satisfaction of the Solvency Condition.
219
At any time prior to December 15, 2025, our Series A Preference Securities will be redeemable at the option of FIHL, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon prior written notice in accordance with the certificate of designations, at a redemption price equal to the Make Whole Amount (as defined below) plus accrued and unpaid dividends, if any, to, but excluding, the date of redemption. The Make Whole Amount for any redemption date will be equal to the greater of (i) the aggregate liquidation preference of our Series A Preference Securities to be redeemed and (ii) the sum of the present values of the aggregate liquidation preference of our Series A Preference Securities to be redeemed and the remaining scheduled payments of dividends on our Series A Preference Securities to be redeemed up to but excluding December 15, 2025 (not including any portion of such payments of dividends accrued to the date of redemption) discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at a rate equal to the treasury rate plus 0.5%.
On and after December 15, 2025, our Series A Preference Securities will be redeemable at the option of FIHL, in whole or in part, upon prior written notice in accordance with the certificate of designations, at a redemption price equal to $10,000 per share, plus accrued and unpaid dividends, if any, to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption.
Series A Preference Securities Director Appointment Rights
Observer Rights
If the Net Worth (as defined below) is less than 75% of the Total Capitalization (as defined below) (such 75% being the Observer Capitalization Threshold), the holders of Series A Preference Securities, acting as a separate class, will have the right to appoint one observer to the Board (the OCT Appointment Right). The term of office of such observer appointed pursuant to the OCT Appointment Right will terminate if (i) the Net Worth is equal to or greater than the Observer Capitalization Threshold or (ii) upon the appointment by the holders of Series A Preference Securities, acting as a separate class, of a director pursuant to the DCT Appointment Right (as defined below).
Net Worth means, as of the date of determination, the consolidated shareholders equity of FIHL as determined on a pro forma basis (as described below) by the Board, acting in good faith and based on the most recently prepared condensed, consolidated annual audited or unaudited quarterly financial statement prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards or U.S. GAAP (such statements being Annual or Quarterly Financial Statements).
Total Capitalization means, as of the date of determination, the sum of (i) the Net Worth and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding indebtedness of FIHL for borrowed money and the aggregate liquidation preference of all outstanding Series A Preference Securities as determined on a pro forma basis (as described below) by the Board, acting in good faith and based on the most recently prepared Annual or Quarterly Financial Statements.
If FIHL incurs, assumes, redeems, defeases, retires or extinguishes any indebtedness, or issues, redeems or repurchases any Series A Preference Securities or Common Shares subsequent to the date of the most recently prepared Annual or Quarterly Financial Statements for which the Net Worth and the Total Capitalization are being calculated, then the Net Worth and the Total Capitalization will be calculated to give effect to such incurrence, assumption, redemption, defeasance, retirement or extinguishment of indebtedness, or such issuance, redemption or repurchase of Series A Preference Securities or Common Shares, as if the same had occurred prior to such date.
220
Director Rights
The holders of our Series A Preference Securities may appoint their representative directors to the Board (the Additional Directors) in the following circumstances:
(1) | if the Net Worth is less than 71% of the Total Capitalization (such 71% being the Director Capitalization Threshold) and has not been increased to be equal to or greater than 71% within 90 days, the holders of our Series A Preference Securities, acting as a separate class, will have the right to appoint two directors to the Board (each, a DCT Additional Director) (the DCT Appointment Right). The term of office of each DCT Additional Director will terminate if the Net Worth is equal to or greater than the Director Capitalization Threshold and the number of directors constituting the Board will automatically be reduced accordingly. |
(2) | in the event that dividends on our Series A Preference Securities are not paid in full on four Dividend Payment Dates, whether or not declared and whether or not consecutive, the holders of our Series A Preference Securities, acting as a class with any other holders of our Series A Preference Securities that did not receive dividends for four dividend periods, ranking on a parity with our Series A Preference Securities with respect to dividends, liquidation and voting (the Parity Shares), will have the right to appoint two directors to the Board (each, a Nonpayment Additional Director). The terms of office of such Nonpayment Additional Director will terminate when FIHL has paid or set aside for payment full dividends in arrears for our Series A Preference Securities and such Parity Shares for the current dividend period, and the number of directors constituting the Board will automatically be reduced accordingly. |
Maximum Directors
Notwithstanding the rights of the holders of Series A Preference Securities to appoint two DTC Additional Directors and two Nonpayment Additional Directors, the maximum number of Additional Directors that the holders of Series A Preference Securities shall be entitled to appoint to the Board shall be two Additional Directors at any given time. The rights of the holders of Series A Preference Securities to appoint any director shall be subject to the prior approval of the applicable regulatory authority to the extent any such approval is required.
Rights in the Event of a Change of Control
Subject to prior approval of the applicable regulatory authority, in the event of a Change of Control (as defined below), unless FIHL has exercised its right to redeem our Series A Preference Securities, FIHL will be required to send a change of control notice and each holder of our Series A Preference Securities will have the right to convert immediately prior to the Change of Control (to the extent practicable) some or all of our Series A Preference Securities held by such holder into Common Shares (recognized as being at least equivalent regulatory capital and of equal status to our Series A Preference Securities) based on the conversion ratio prescribed in the certificate of designations in respect of our Series A Preference Securities.
Change of Control means:
(1) | any sale, lease, exclusive license, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of: |
(x) | FIHL; or |
(y) | FIHL and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, |
to any person (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), other than to FIHL, any of its subsidiaries or a permitted parent (Person); or
(2) | any transaction (including a sale of shares, merger or consolidation in which FIHL issues shares of its share capital) in which another Person becomes the beneficial owner of, and the holders of FIHLs |
221
outstanding share capital immediately before such transaction cease to beneficially own, shares representing more than 50% of the voting power (i.e., all classes of equity interests normally entitled to vote in the election of directors or all interests in FIHL with the ability to control the management or actions of FIHL) of FIHL (or the continuing or surviving entity of such transaction) as of immediately following the consummation of the transaction; |
provided, however, that an initial public offering or listing, including this offering, will not constitute a Change of Control for the purposes of this definition.
Other Series A Preference Securities Rights
Senior Capital Issuances
We may issue a class or series of shares or any other securities convertible or exchangeable into equity securities of FIHL ranking on a parity with or senior to our Series A Preference Securities in liquidation preference, voting or dividends, or any debt securities, whether senior or subordinated (New Securities); provided that (a) the issuances of such New Securities is part of a bona fide third-party financing and (b) the holders of more than 50% of the combined voting power of our Series A Preference Securities affirmatively consent to the issuance of any New Securities that (x) have a maturity on or prior to December 15, 2025, or an interest step-up or similar provision, which would incentivize FIHL to redeem, repurchase or otherwise repay the New Securities on or prior to December 15, 2025, or (y) would result in Common Shares and the Junior Shares representing in the aggregate less than 75% of the Total Capitalization. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing will prevent FIHL from raising Tier 1 capital (as prescribed by the applicable regulatory authority).
Series A Preference Securities Voting Rights
The holders of our Series A Preference Securities have no voting rights, except:
(1) | in respect of certain fundamental changes that will require the approval of the holders of a majority of our outstanding Series A Preference Securities, voting together as a class. Such fundamental changes include, without limitation: (i) any amendment of any provision of the memorandum of association of FIHL or the Amended and Restated Bye-Laws affecting a change in the rights, preferences or privileges of our Series A Preference Securities; or (ii) any interested party transaction, unless approved by a majority of the Board (including a majority of disinterested Directors); and |
(2) | on any matters on which holders of otherwise non-voting shares are entitled to vote pursuant to the Companies Act. |
Consent Right
For so long as any Series A Preference Securities are issued and outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent of shareholders required by law or by the Amended and Restated Bye-Laws, the sanction of a resolution passed by the holders of more than 50% of the combined voting power of the issued and outstanding Series A Preference Securities voting as a separate class, at which a quorum (consisting of the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of 50% of the Series A Preference Securities) is present will be necessary for effecting or validating any issuance of New Securities that (a) have a maturity on or prior to December 15, 2025, or an interest step-up or similar provision that would incentivize FIHL to redeem, repurchase or otherwise repay the New Securities on or prior to December 15, 2025, or (b) would result in the Net Worth being less than 75% of the Total Capitalization.
Liquidity Rights
Following the consummation of this offering, FIHL will be required to use its commercially reasonable efforts to (i) cause our Series A Preference Securities to become DTC-eligible, in book-entry only form, with
222
The Depository Trust Company, (ii) obtain an unrestricted CUSIP number for all Series A Preference Securities, and (iii) list our Series A Preference Securities on the same exchange on which our Common Shares are listed; provided that in the event the Board reasonably determines that our Series A Preference Securities do not or will not qualify for such listing requirements, FIHL will use its reasonable best efforts to cause our Series A Preference Securities, in the sole discretion of the Board, to be listed on an alternative market, as specified in the Preference Securityholders Agreement.
Certain Provisions of the Amended and Restated Bye-Laws
Certain provisions of the Amended and Restated Bye-Laws may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a shareholder might consider in its best interest, including an attempt that might result in such shareholders receipt of a premium over the market price for his or her Common Shares. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with the Board, which could result in an improvement of such persons terms. See Risk FactorsRisks Relating to the Common Shares and this OfferingThe current bye-laws of FIHL (the Existing Bye-Laws) will be amended and restated (the Amended and Restated Bye-Laws), conditional on this offering being consummated. The Amended and Restated Bye-Laws contain provisions that could impede an attempt to replace or remove the Board or delay or prevent the sale of FIHL, which could diminish the value of the Common Shares or prevent Shareholders from receiving premium prices for their Common Shares in an unsolicited takeover.
Number of Directors
The Amended and Restated Bye-Laws provide that the Board shall have not fewer than five directors and not more than fifteen directors with the exact number of directors to be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the Board. The Board currently consists of nine directors, with a vacancy of two seats to be filled if the Board approves two suitable candidates following the consummation of this offering as part of a general review underway to consider broadening the breadth of expertise at the board level.
The Amended and Restated Common Shareholders Agreement will entitle the Founders to nominate representative directors to the Board, so long as they each beneficially own a specified minimum percentage of our Common Shares. Each Founder will be entitled to nominate its representative director to the Board for so long such Founder, together with its Shareholder Affiliate Transferees (as defined below), beneficially owns at least 7.5% of the Common Shares. MGU HoldCo will also be entitled to nominate its representative director to the Board for so long as MGU HoldCo, together with its Shareholder Affiliate Transferees, beneficially owns at least 50% of the MGU HoldCo Initial Shares. See Management and Corporate GovernanceExecutive Officers and Directors for the details of each of the directors appointed by MGU HoldCo and each of the Founders.
Shareholder Affiliate Transferees means, with respect any Founder or MGU HoldCo, (i) its affiliates, including any person that has a common general partner, managing member, investment manager or governing body with any such Founder or MGU HoldCo or the funds which own such Founder or MGU HoldCo, and (ii) any general or limited partner or member of such Founder or MGU HoldCo or any of its affiliates and any corporation, partnership or other entity that is an affiliate of such general or limited partner or member, so long as such person remains an affiliate thereof; provided, that, CVCs Shareholder Affiliate Transferees do not include (a) any portfolio company of CVC or any of its affiliated investment funds or (b) CVC Credit Partners LP and any of its subsidiaries.
The holders of our Series A Preference Securities also have the right to elect directors to the Board under certain circumstances. See Preference SecuritiesSeries A Preference Securities Director Appointment RightsDirector Rights for further detail.
Upon the listing of our Common Shares on NYSE, in accordance with the terms of the Amended and Restated Bye-Laws, the Board will be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III, with
223
members of each class serving staggered three-year terms. Each director will serve for a term ending on the date of our third annual general meeting next following the annual general meeting at which such director was elected; provided that directors initially designated as Class I directors will serve for an initial term ending on the date of our first annual general meeting next following the annual general meeting at which such directors were elected, directors initially designated as Class II directors will serve for an initial term ending on our second annual general meeting next following the annual general meeting at which such directors were elected; and directors initially designated as Class III directors will serve for an initial term ending on our third annual general meeting next following the annual general meeting at which such directors were elected.
Our classified Board prevents shareholders from electing an entirely new board at an annual general meeting and could have the effect of delaying or discouraging an acquisition of FIHL or a change in management.
Removal of Directors
Shareholders representing 80% of the Total Voting Power may, at any general meeting convened and held for such purpose in accordance with the Amended and Restated Bye-Laws, remove a director for certain specified causes, including but not limited to indictment by a court and willful and material failure or refusal to perform his or her duties as a director.
Notice of any such meeting convened for the purpose of removing a director must contain a statement of the intention so to do and be served on such director not less than sixty days before the meeting and at such meeting such director will be entitled to be heard on the motion for such directors removal.
Shareholder Advance Notice Procedures
Notice of an annual general meeting and special general meeting must be given to shareholders at least five days before the date of such meeting, stating the date, place and time at which the meeting is to be held and business to be conducted at the meeting, including, for annual general meetings, the election of directors.
A general meeting may be called on shorter notice provided that (i) in the case of an annual general meeting, with the agreement of all of the shareholders entitled to attend and vote at such meeting and (ii) in the case of a special general meeting, with the agreement of a majority in number of the shareholders entitled to attend and vote at such meeting, together holding not less than 95% in nominal value of the shares entitled to be voted at such meeting.
Failure to provide notice of a general meeting to any person entitled to receive notice will invalidate the proceedings conducted at such meeting. The Amended and Restated Bye-Laws contain detailed provisions setting out the manner in which a notice of a general meeting must be served effectively on the shareholders.
Amendments to the Amended and Restated Bye-Laws
The Amended and Restated Bye-Laws provide that no Bye-Law may be rescinded, altered or amended and no new Bye-Law can be made, save in accordance with the Companies Act, unless a resolution is approved by a simple majority of the shareholders.
Meetings of Shareholders
Annual General Meetings
An annual general meeting will be held in each year at such time and place as the Board determines, unless FIHL elects to dispense with the holding of annual general meetings in accordance with the Companies Act.
224
Special General Meetings
The Board may convene a special general meeting whenever in its judgment such a meeting is necessary and in accordance with the advance notice provisions.
Requisitioned General Meetings
Shareholders holding not less than 10% of the paid-up share capital of FIHL carrying the right to vote at general meetings may requisition the Board to convene a special general meeting in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act and in accordance with the advance notice provisions set out in the Amended and Restated Bye-Laws.
Market Listing
We intend to apply to list our Common Shares on NYSE under the symbol FIHL.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
Following the listing of our Common Shares on NYSE, the transfer agent and registrar for our Common Shares will be Computershare, Inc.
225
COMPARISON OF SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS
Prospective investors should be aware that the Companies Act, which applies to us, differs in certain material respects from laws generally applicable to U.S. companies incorporated in the State of Delaware and their shareholders. The following is a summary of certain significant differences between the Companies Act (including modifications adopted pursuant to our Amended and Restated Bye-Laws) and Bermuda common law applicable to us and our shareholders, on the one hand, and the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law applicable to U.S. companies organized under the laws of Delaware and their shareholders, on the other hand.
Duties of Directors
The Companies Act authorizes the directors of a company, subject to its bye-laws, to exercise all powers of the company except those that are required by the Companies Act or the companys bye-laws to be exercised by the shareholders of the company. Our Amended and Restated Bye-Laws provide that our business is to be managed and conducted by the Board. In accordance with Bermuda common law, members of a board of directors owe a fiduciary duty to the company to act in good faith in their dealings with or on behalf of the company and exercise their powers and fulfill the duties of their office honestly. This duty includes the following essential elements:
(1) | a duty to act in good faith in the best interests of the company; |
(2) | a duty not to make a personal profit from opportunities that arise from the office of director; |
(3) | a duty to avoid situations in which there is an actual or potential conflict between a personal interest or the duties owed; and |
(4) | a duty to exercise powers for the purpose for which such powers were intended. |
The Companies Act imposes a duty on directors and officers of a Bermuda company:
(1) | to act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the company; and |
(2) | to exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. |
The Companies Act also imposes various duties on directors and officers of a company with respect to certain matters of management and administration of such company.
Under Bermuda law, directors and officers generally owe fiduciary duties to the company itself, not to the companys individual shareholders or members, creditors, or any class of shareholders, members or creditors. Our shareholders may not have a direct cause of action against our directors.
Under Delaware law, the business and affairs of a company are managed by or under the direction of its board of directors. In exercising their powers, directors are charged with a fiduciary duty of care to protect the interests of the company and a fiduciary duty of loyalty to act in the best interests of its shareholders. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of, and disclose to shareholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director act in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the company. He or she must not use his or her corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interests of the company and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders generally. In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the company. However, this presumption may be
226
rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, a director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction, and that the transaction was of fair value to the company.
Interested Directors
Bermuda law provides that a transaction entered into by us in which a director has an interest will not be voidable by us and such director will not be liable to us for any profit realized pursuant to such transaction as a result of such interest, provided that the nature of the interest is disclosed at the first opportunity, either at a meeting of directors or in writing to the directors. While we are not aware of any Bermuda case law on the meaning of first opportunity, a Bermuda court will likely employ a practical interpretation of those words.
Subject to the NYSE rules and applicable U.S. securities laws, our Amended and Restated Bye-Laws do not require directors to recuse themselves from any discussion or decision involving any contract or proposed contract or arrangement in which the director is directly or indirectly interested so long as the nature of the interest is disclosed, and such director may be counted in the quorum for such meeting, unless the Board by resolution of a simple majority of the Board (which vote shall exclude the interested director) requires the director to abstain from any vote on the conflicted matter.
Under Delaware law, such transaction would not be voidable if: (i) the material facts as to such interested directors relationship or interests are disclosed or are known to the board of directors and the board in good faith authorizes the transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors; (ii) such material facts are disclosed or are known to the shareholders entitled to vote on such transaction and the transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the majority of shares entitled to vote on the matter; or (iii) the transaction is fair as to the company as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified. Under Delaware law, such interested director could be held liable for a transaction in which such director derived an improper personal benefit.
Voting Rights and Quorum Requirements
Under Bermuda law, the voting rights of our shareholders are regulated by our Amended and Restated Bye-Laws and, in certain circumstances, the Companies Act. Generally, except as otherwise provided in the Amended and Restated Bye-Laws or the Companies Act, any action or resolution requiring approval of the shareholders may be passed by a simple majority of the shareholders. Any individual who is our shareholder and who is present at a meeting may vote in person, as may any corporate shareholder that is represented by a duly authorized representative at a meeting of shareholders. Our Amended and Restated Bye-Laws also permit attendance at general meetings by proxy, provided that the instrument appointing the proxy is in the form specified in the Amended and Restated Bye-Laws or such other form as the Board may determine. The specific voting rights of our Common Shares are set forth in detail under Description of Share CapitalCommon SharesVoting Rights.
Under Delaware law, unless otherwise provided in a companys certificate of incorporation, each shareholder is entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by the shareholder. Delaware law provides that unless otherwise provided in a companys certificate of incorporation or bylaws, a majority of the shares entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, constitutes a quorum at a meeting of shareholders. In matters other than the election of directors, with the exception of special voting requirements related to extraordinary transactions, and unless otherwise provided in a companys certificate of incorporation or bylaws, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at a meeting in which a quorum is present is required for shareholder action, and the affirmative vote of a plurality of shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting is required for the election of directors.
227
Amalgamations, Mergers and Similar Arrangements
The amalgamation or merger of a Bermuda company with another company or corporation (other than certain affiliated companies) requires the amalgamation or merger agreement to be approved by the companys board of directors and by its shareholders. Unless the companys bye-laws provide otherwise, the approval of 75% of the shareholders voting at such meeting is required to approve the amalgamation or merger agreement, and the quorum for such meeting must be two persons holding or representing more than one-third of the issued shares of the company.
Under Bermuda law, in the event of an amalgamation or merger of a Bermuda company with another company or corporation, a shareholder of the Bermuda company who did not vote in favor of the amalgamation or merger and is not satisfied that fair value has been offered for such shareholders shares may, within one month of notice of the shareholders meeting, apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda to appraise the fair value of those shares.
Under Delaware law, with certain exceptions, a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all the assets of a corporation must be approved by the board of directors and a majority of the issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote on such transaction. A shareholder of a company participating in certain merger and consolidation transactions may, under certain circumstances, be entitled to appraisal rights, such as having a court determine the fair value of the stock or requiring the company to pay such value in cash. However, such appraisal right is not available to shareholders if the stock received in such transaction is listed on a national securities exchange, including NYSE.
Acquisitions
Under Bermuda law, an acquiring party is generally able to acquire compulsorily the common shares of minority holders of a company in the following ways:
(1) | By a procedure under the Companies Act known as a scheme of arrangement. The Companies Act enables the Supreme Court of Bermuda to approve a scheme of arrangement between a company and its shareholders or any class of shareholders. If the requisite majority (being a majority in number of shareholders representing 75% in value) agrees to the acquisition of their shares pursuant to the terms of the scheme, and the Supreme Court sanctions the scheme, the remaining shares can be compulsorily acquired. Schemes may provide for the targets shares to be either transferred or cancelled, but unlike a transfer scheme, a cancellation scheme requires the company to pass a solvency test. In either case, dissenting shareholders do not have express statutory appraisal rights although shareholders have a right to appear at the hearing, and the Supreme Court will only sanction a scheme if the Supreme Court is satisfied that the scheme is fair. Shares owned by the acquirer can be voted to approve the scheme, but the Supreme Court will be concerned to see that the shareholders approving the scheme are fairly representative of the general body of shareholders. |
(2) | If the acquiring party is a company, by acquiring pursuant to a tender offer 90% of the shares or class of shares not already owned by, or by a nominee for, the acquiring party (the offeror), or any of its subsidiaries. If an offeror has, within four months after the making of an offer for all the shares or class of shares not owned by, or by a nominee for, the offeror, or any of its subsidiaries, obtained the approval of the holders of 90% or more of all the shares to which the offer relates, the offeror may, at any time within two months beginning with the date on which the approval was obtained, by notice compulsorily acquire the shares of any non-tendering shareholder on the same terms as the original offer unless the Supreme Court of Bermuda (on application made within a one-month period from the date of the offerors notice of its intention to acquire such shares) orders otherwise. |
(3) | Where the acquiring party or parties hold not less than 95% of the shares or a class of shares of the company, by acquiring, pursuant to a notice given to the remaining shareholders or class of shareholders, the shares of such remaining shareholders or class of shareholders. When this notice is |
228
given, the acquiring party is entitled and bound to acquire the shares of the remaining shareholders on the terms set out in the notice, unless a remaining shareholder, within one month of receiving such notice, applies to the Supreme Court of Bermuda for an appraisal of the value of their shares. This provision only applies where the acquiring party offers the same terms to all holders of shares whose shares are being acquired. |
Delaware law provides that a parent corporation, by resolution of its board of directors and without any shareholder vote, may merge with any subsidiary of which it owns at least 90% of each class of its capital stock. Upon any such merger, and in the event the parent corporation does not own all of the stock of the subsidiary, dissenting shareholders of the subsidiary are entitled to certain appraisal rights. Delaware law also provides, subject to certain exceptions, that if a person acquires 15% of voting stock of a company, the person is an interested shareholder and may not engage in business combinations with the company for a period of three years from the time the person acquired 15% or more of voting stock.
Dissenters Rights of Appraisal
Under Bermuda law, in the event of an amalgamation or merger of a Bermuda company with another company or corporation, a shareholder of the Bermuda company who did not vote in favor of the amalgamation or merger and who is not satisfied that fair value has been offered for such shareholders shares may, within one month of notice of the shareholders meeting, apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda to appraise the fair value of those shares. Under Bermuda law, each share of an amalgamating or merging company carries the right to vote in respect of an amalgamation or merger whether or not it otherwise carries the right to vote.
In addition, any minority shareholder receiving notice that the holders of 95% or more of a companys shares or class of shares intend to compulsorily acquire the minority shareholders shares may, within one month of receiving the notice, apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda to appraise the value of the shares.
Appraisal rights are available under Delaware law for any class or series of common shares of a corporation in a merger or consolidation, subject to limited exceptions, such as a merger or consolidation of corporations listed on a national securities exchange in which listed stock is the offered consideration.
Shareholders Suits
Class actions and derivative actions are generally not available to shareholders under Bermuda law. The Bermuda courts, however, would ordinarily be expected to permit a shareholder to commence an action in the name of a company to remedy a wrong to the company where the act complained of is alleged to be beyond the corporate power of the company or illegal, or would result in the violation of the companys memorandum of association or bye-laws.
Furthermore, consideration would be given by a Bermuda court to acts that are alleged to constitute a fraud against the minority shareholders or, for instance, where an act requires the approval of a greater percentage of the companys shareholders than that which actually approved it.
Class actions and derivative actions generally are available to shareholders under Delaware law for, among other things, breach of fiduciary duty, corporate waste and actions not taken in accordance with applicable law. In such actions, the court generally has discretion to permit the winning party to recover attorneys fees incurred in connection with such action.
Indemnification of Directors and Officers
Section 98 of the Companies Act provides generally that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability which by virtue of any rule of law would otherwise be imposed on them
229
in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, except in cases where such liability arises from fraud or dishonesty of which such director, officer or auditor may be guilty in relation to the company. Section 98 further provides that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability incurred by them in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is awarded in their favor or in which they are acquitted or granted relief by the Supreme Court of Bermuda pursuant to Section 281 of the Companies Act. Section 98 of the Companies Act further provides that a company may advance moneys to an officer or auditor for the costs, charges and expenses incurred by the officer or auditor in defending any civil or criminal proceedings against them, on condition that the officer or auditor shall repay the advance if any allegation of fraud or dishonesty is proved against them.
We have adopted provisions in our Amended and Restated Bye-Laws that provide that we shall indemnify our officers and directors in respect of their actions and omissions except in respect of fraud or dishonesty. Pursuant to our Amended and Restated Bye-Laws, our shareholders have agreed to waive any claim or right of action such shareholder may have, whether individually or by or in our right, against any director or officer on account of any action taken by such director or officer, or the failure of such director or officer to take any action in the performance of his or her duties with or for us or any of our subsidiaries, provided that such waiver does not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty in relation to us which may attach to such director or officer.
Under Delaware law, a corporation may include in its certificate of incorporation a provision that, subject to the limitations described below, eliminates or limits director liability to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breaches of their fiduciary duty of care. Under Delaware law, a directors liability cannot be eliminated or limited for: (i) breaches of the duty of loyalty; (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (iii) the payment of unlawful dividends or expenditure of funds for unlawful stock purchases or redemptions; or (iv) transactions from which such director derived an improper personal benefit.
Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation against any liability or expenses incurred in any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative proceeding if they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful, except that in any action brought by or in the right of the corporation, such indemnification may be made only for expenses (not judgments or amounts paid in settlement) and may not be made even for expenses if the officer, director or other person is adjudged liable to the corporation (unless otherwise determined by the court). In addition, under Delaware law, to the extent that a director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any proceeding referred to above, he or she must be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys fees) actually and reasonably incurred by that party. Furthermore, under Delaware law, a corporation is permitted to maintain directors and officers insurance.
Meeting of Shareholders
The Companies Act requires an annual meeting of shareholders unless waived by resolution of shareholders. Our Amended and Restated Bye-Laws provide that, subject to an election made by us in accordance with the Companies Act to dispense with the holding of annual general meetings, an annual general meeting will be held in each year at such time and place as the Board determines.
Under our Amended and Restated Bye-Laws, a special general meeting of shareholders may be held when the Board, in its judgment, decides such a meeting is necessary. In addition, the Board shall, on the requisition of shareholders holding at the date of the deposit of the requisition not less than 10% of our paid-up share capital, forthwith proceed to convene a special general meeting and the provisions of the Companies Act shall apply.
Delaware law permits the board of directors or any person who is authorized under a corporations certificate of incorporation or bylaws to call a special meeting of shareholders.
230
Notice of Shareholder Meetings
Bermuda law and our Amended and Restated Bye-Laws require that shareholders be given at least five days advance notice of any general meeting.
Under Delaware law, a company is generally required to give written notice of any meeting not less than ten days or more than sixty days before the date of the meeting to each shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting.
Dividends and Other Distributions
Under Bermuda law, a company may not declare or pay a dividend, or make a distribution out of contributed surplus, if there are reasonable grounds for believing that (i) it is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due; or (ii) the realizable value of its assets would thereafter be less than its liabilities. Contributed surplus is defined for purposes of Section 54 of the Companies Act to include the proceeds arising from donated shares, credits resulting from the redemption or conversion of shares at less than the amount set up as nominal capital, and donations of cash and other assets to the company.
Under Delaware law, subject to any restrictions contained in the companys certificate of incorporation, a company may pay dividends out of surplus or, if there is no surplus, out of net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and for the preceding fiscal year. Delaware law also provides that dividends may not be paid out of net profits if, after the payment of the dividend, capital is less than the capital represented by the outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets.
Inspection of Corporate Records
Members of the general public have the right to inspect our public documents available at the office of the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda. These documents include our memorandum of association and any charges on our assets. Our shareholders have the additional right to inspect our Amended and Restated Bye-Laws, minutes of general meetings and audited financial statements, all of which must be presented to the annual general meeting of shareholders.
The register of members of a company is also open to inspection by shareholders and members of the general public without charge. The register of members is required to be open for inspection for not less than two hours in any business day (subject to the ability of a company to close the register of members for not more than 30 days in a year). A company is required to maintain its share register in Bermuda but may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, establish a branch register outside of Bermuda. A company is required to keep at its registered office a register of directors and officers and a list of its directors must be filed with the Registrar of Companies where it will be available for public inspection. Bermuda law does not, however, provide a general right for shareholders to inspect or obtain copies of any other corporate records.
Delaware law requires that a company, within ten days before a meeting of shareholders, prepare and make available a complete list of shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting. This list must be open to the examination of any shareholder for any purpose relating to the meeting for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either on a reasonably accessible electronic network or during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the company. Delaware law also permits a shareholder to inspect the companys books and records if the shareholder can establish that he or she is a shareholder of the company, that the shareholder has complied with Delaware law with respect to the form and manner of making demand for inspection of corporate records, and that the inspection by the shareholder is for a proper purpose.
Shareholder Proposals
Under Bermuda law, upon the requisition in writing of such number of shareholders as is hereinafter specified and at their own expense (unless the company otherwise resolves), the company will be required to:
231
(i) give notice to all shareholders entitled to receive notice of the annual general meeting of any resolution which may properly be moved and is intended to be moved at the next annual general meeting; and/or (ii) circulate to all shareholders entitled to receive notice of any general meeting a statement of not more than one thousand words with respect to the matter referred to in any proposed resolution or any business to be conducted at such general meeting. The number of shareholders necessary for a requisition under the foregoing sentence is (x) either any number of shareholders representing not less than 1/20th of the total voting rights of all members having at the date of the requisition a right to vote at that meeting to which the requisition relates; or (y) not less than one hundred shareholders.
The specific procedures under our Amended and Restated Bye-Laws governing shareholder proposals in relation to our company are set forth under Description of Share CapitalCertain Bye-Law ProvisionsShareholder Advance Notice Procedures.
Delaware law does not include a provision restricting the manner in which nominations for directors may be made by shareholders or the manner in which business may be brought before a meeting, although restrictions may be included in a Delaware corporations certificate of incorporation or bylaws.
Amendment of Memorandum of Association/Certificate of Incorporation
Bermuda law provides that the memorandum of association of a company may be amended by a resolution passed at a general meeting of shareholders of which due notice has been given. Certain amendments to the memorandum of association may require approval of the Bermuda Minister of Finance, who may grant or withhold approval at his or her discretion.
Under Bermuda law, the holders of an aggregate of not less than 20% in par value of a companys issued share capital have the right to apply to the Bermuda courts for an annulment of any amendment of the memorandum of association adopted by shareholders at any general meeting, other than an amendment which alters or reduces a companys share capital as provided in the Companies Act. When such an application is made, the amendment becomes effective only to the extent that it is confirmed by the Bermuda court. An application for an annulment of an amendment of the memorandum of association must be made within 21 days after the date on which the resolution altering the companys memorandum of association is passed and may be made on behalf of persons entitled to make the application by one or more of their designees as such holders may appoint in writing for such purpose. No application may be made by the shareholders voting in favor of the amendment.
Under Delaware law, amendment of the certificate of incorporation, which is the equivalent of a memorandum of association, of a company must be made by a resolution of the board of directors setting forth the amendment, declaring its advisability, and either calling a special meeting of the shareholders entitled to vote or directing that the proposed amendment be considered at the next annual meeting of the shareholders. Delaware law requires that, unless a greater percentage is provided for in the certificate of incorporation, a majority of the outstanding voting power of the corporation is required to approve the amendment of the certificate of incorporation at the shareholders meeting. If the amendment would alter the number of authorized shares or par value or otherwise adversely affect the powers, preferences or special rights of any class of a companys stock, the holders of the issued and outstanding shares of such affected class, regardless of whether such holders are entitled to vote by the certificate of incorporation, are entitled to vote as a class upon the proposed amendment. However, the number of authorized shares of any class may be increased or decreased, to the extent not falling below the number of shares then outstanding, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock entitled to vote, if so provided in the companys original certificate of incorporation.
Amendment of Bye-Laws
Our Amended and Restated Bye-Laws provide that the Amended and Restated Bye-Laws may be amended only upon a resolution approved by a simple majority of the Board and by a resolution approved by a simple majority of the shareholders.
232
Under Delaware law, unless the certificate of incorporation or bylaws provide for a different vote, holders of a majority of the voting power of a corporation and, if so provided in the certificate of incorporation, the directors of the corporation have the power to adopt, amend and repeal the bylaws of a corporation.
Dissolution
Under Bermuda law, a solvent company may be wound up by way of a shareholders voluntary liquidation. Prior to the company entering liquidation, a majority of the directors are each required to make a statutory declaration, which states that the directors have made a full inquiry into the affairs of the company and have formed the opinion that the company will be able to pay its debts within a period of 12 months of the commencement of the winding-up and must file the statutory declaration with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda. The general meeting is required to be convened primarily for the purposes of passing a resolution that the company be wound up voluntarily and appointing a liquidator. The winding-up of the company is deemed to commence at the time of the passing of the resolution.
Under Delaware law, a corporation may voluntarily dissolve (i) if a majority of the board of directors adopts a resolution to that effect and the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon vote for such dissolution; or (ii) if all shareholders entitled to vote thereon consent in writing to such dissolution.
233
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
General
Prior to the listing of our Common Shares on NYSE, there has been no public market for our Common Shares and we cannot assure prospective investors that a significant public market for our Common Shares will develop or be sustained after the initial listing of our Common Shares on NYSE. Trading of our Common Shares on NYSE is expected to commence immediately upon the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that future sales of shares or the availability of shares for future sale will have on the market price of our Common Shares prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of our Common Shares in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our Common Shares.
Sales of Restricted Securities
Currently, of our Common Shares are outstanding. Of these, Common Shares sold in this offering (or Common Shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional Common Shares from the Selling Shareholders in full) will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, unless purchased by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining Common Shares (or Common Shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional Common Shares from the Selling Shareholders in full) that will be outstanding after this offering are restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration, including an exemption under Rule 144 or Rule 701, which are summarized below.
As further described below and subject to lock-up agreements, until we have been a reporting company for at least 90 days, only non-affiliates who have beneficially owned their Common Shares for a period of at least one year will be able to sell their Common Shares under Rule 144, which is expected to include approximately outstanding Common Shares immediately after the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
As defined in Rule 144, an affiliate of an issuer is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the issuer.
Lock-up Agreement
Upon the settlement of this offering, the Selling Shareholders, our executive officers, members of the Board and holders of at least % of our outstanding Common Shares (as applicable) have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Shares or such other securities for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions, without the prior written consent of the representatives on behalf of the underwriters. These agreements are described below under the section captioned Underwriting.
Registration Rights
The Existing Shareholders will have the right to require us to include their Registrable Securities in any registration statement filed for the purposes of a public offering of our equity securities. These Registrable Securities will represent % of our outstanding Common Shares after this offering. See Material Contracts and Related Party TransactionsRegistration Rights Agreement.
234
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, a person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any of our Common Shares that such person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, without regard to volume limitations and subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned shares considered to be restricted securities under Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.
Beginning 90 days after the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, an affiliate of ours who has beneficially owned our Common Shares for at least six months would be entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
| one percent (1%) of our Common Shares then issued and outstanding, which will equal approximately million shares immediately after this offering; or |
| the average weekly trading volume of our Common Shares on NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC. |
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling our Common Shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to any manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us. The sale of these Common Shares, or the perception that sales will be made, could adversely affect the price of our Common Shares after this offering because a great supply of Common Shares would be, or would be perceived to be, available-for-sale in the public market.
We are unable to estimate the number of Common Shares that will be sold under Rule 144 since this will depend on the market price for our Common Shares, the personal circumstances of the shareholder and other factors.
Rule 701
Any of our employees, officers or directors who acquired our Common Shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to sell them in reliance on Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 Common Shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell these Common Shares in reliance on Rule 144 without complying with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 Common Shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such Common Shares. However, our Common Shares issued under Rule 701 that are subject to lock-up agreements will become eligible for sale only when the 180-day lock-up agreements expire.
Regulation S
Regulation S under the Securities Act provides an exemption from registration requirements in the U.S. for offers and sales of securities that occur outside the U.S. Rule 903 of Regulation S provides the conditions to the exemption for a sale by an issuer, a distributor, their respective affiliates or anyone acting on their behalf, while Rule 904 of Regulation S provides the conditions to the exemption for a resale by persons other than those covered by Rule 903. In each case, any sale must be completed in an offshore transaction, as that term is defined in Regulation S, and no directed selling efforts, as that term is defined in Regulation S, may be made in the U.S.
We are a foreign issuer as defined in Regulation S. As a foreign issuer, securities that we sell outside the U.S. pursuant to Regulation S are not considered to be restricted securities under the Securities Act, and, subject
235
to the offering restrictions imposed by Rule 903, are freely tradable without registration or restrictions under the Securities Act, unless the securities are held by our affiliates. Generally, subject to certain limitations, a holder of our restricted securities who is not our affiliate or who is an affiliate by virtue of his status as an officer or director may, under Regulation S, resell his restricted securities in an offshore transaction if none of the seller or its affiliates or any person acting on their behalf engages in directed selling efforts in the U.S. and, in the case of a sale of our restricted securities by an officer or director who is an affiliate of ours solely by virtue of holding such position, no selling commission, fee or other remuneration is paid in connection with the offer or sale other than the usual and customary brokers commission that would be received by a person executing such transaction as agent. Additional restrictions are applicable to a holder of our restricted securities who will be an affiliate of FIHL other than by virtue of his or her status as an officer or director of FIHL.
Form S-8 Registration Statement
Following this offering, we intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering the Common Shares reserved for issuance under our Long-Term Incentive Plan. The registration statement is expected to be filed and become effective as soon as practicable after the completion of this offering. Accordingly, shares registered under the Form S-8 registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following the registration statements effective date, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations and the lock-up agreements described above, if applicable.
236
CERTAIN REGULATORY CONSIDERATIONS
Current Fidelis is subject to varying degrees of regulation and supervision in the jurisdictions in which it operates. In particular, the businesses of Current Fidelis three insurance operating subsidiaries, FIBL, FUL and FIID, are authorized by, and subject to insurance laws and regulations that are administered and enforced by, a number of different governmental and non-governmental self-regulatory authorities and associations in each of their respective jurisdictions and internationally. Each of the insurance operating subsidiaries has entered into a Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreement with the relevant Fidelis MGU operating subsidiary on a jurisdictional basis. In addition, FIHL has entered into the Inter-Group Services Agreement with MGU HoldCo for the provision of certain non-underwriting services. See Material Contracts and Related Party Transactions for further information relating to the contractual matrix forming this structure.
The following is a summary of the core aspects of the regulatory environment of Current Fidelis insurance operating subsidiaries, primarily in their respective jurisdictions of the U.K., Ireland and Bermuda, as well as the authorizations of Fidelis MGU. FIBL and FUL also conduct their business pursuant to the applicable U.S. excess and surplus lines and certified reinsurer authorizations.
The following summary relates predominantly to the insurance regulatory regimes in the U.K., Ireland and Bermuda insofar as they relate to the insurance operating subsidiaries as authorized insurers. However, the following summary also contains various references to the application of domestic insurance regulation to the operating subsidiaries of Fidelis MGU as authorized insurance intermediaries, given their symbiotic relationship with the insurance operating subsidiaries and their integration in the Subsidiary Annual Plans.
Bermuda Insurance Regulation
The following provides a more in-depth discussion of the applicable Bermuda regulation given the FIHLs and FIBLs incorporation in Bermuda and the BMA Group supervision.
General
The Bermuda Insurance Act and related rules and regulations, provides that no person shall carry on insurance business in or from within Bermuda unless registered as an insurer under the Insurance Act by the BMA.
FIBL, a wholly owned subsidiary of FIHL, is registered as a Class 4 Insurer pursuant to the Insurance Act. Certain significant aspects of the Bermuda insurance regulatory framework applicable to Class 4 insurers are set forth below.
Annual Financial Statements
As a Class 4 insurer, FIBL is required to prepare and submit, on an annual basis, audited financial statements which have been prepared under generally accepted accounting principles or international financial reporting standards (GAAP financial statements) and audited statutory financial statements.
The Insurance Act prescribes rules for the preparation and substance of statutory financial statements (which include, in statutory form, a balance sheet, an income statement, a statement of capital and surplus and notes thereto). The statutory financial statements include detailed information and analysis regarding premiums, claims, reinsurance and investments of the insurer.
The insurers annual GAAP financial statements and the auditors report thereon, and the statutory financial statements are required to be filed with the BMA within four months from the end of the relevant financial year (unless specifically extended with the approval of the BMA). The statutory financial statements do not form a part of the public records maintained by the BMA, but the GAAP financial statements are available for public inspection.
237
Annual Statutory Financial Return and Annual Capital and Solvency Return
As a Class 4 insurer, FIBL is required to file with the BMA a statutory financial return no later than four months after its financial year end (unless specifically extended with the approval of the BMA).
The statutory financial return of a Class 4 insurer shall consist of (i) an insurer information sheet, (ii) an auditors report, (iii) the statutory financial statements, and (iv) notes to the statutory financial statements.
In addition, each year the insurer is required to file with the BMA a capital and solvency return along with its annual statutory financial return. The prescribed form of capital and solvency return comprises the insurers BSCR model or an approved internal capital model in lieu thereof (more fully described below), together with such schedules as prescribed by the Insurance (Prudential Standards) (Class 4 and Class 3B Solvency Requirement) Rules 2008, as amended from time to time.
Neither the statutory financial return nor the capital and solvency return is available for public inspection.
Minimum Liquidity Ratio
The Insurance Act provides a minimum liquidity ratio for general business insurers. A Class 4 insurer engaged in general business is required to maintain the value of its relevant assets at not less than 75% of the amount of its relevant liabilities.
Minimum Solvency Margin and Enhanced Capital Requirements
The Insurance Act provides that the value of the statutory assets of an insurer must exceed the value of its statutory liabilities by an amount greater than its prescribed minimum solvency margin (MSM).
The MSM that must be maintained by a Class 4 insurer with respect to its general business is the greater of (i) $100 million, or (ii) 50% of net premiums written (with a credit for reinsurance ceded not exceeding 25% of GPW) or (iii) 15% of net losses and loss adjustment expenses provisions and other insurance reserves or (iv) 25% of the ECR (as defined below) as reported at the end of the relevant year.
Class 4 insurers are also required to maintain available statutory economic capital and surplus at a level equal to or in excess of its ECR which is established by reference to either the BSCR model or an approved internal capital model.
The BSCR model is a risk-based capital model which provides a method for determining an insurers capital requirements (statutory economic capital and surplus) by taking into account the risk characteristics of different aspects of the insurers business. The BSCR formula establishes capital requirements for ten categories of risk: fixed maturity investment risk, equity investment risk, interest rate/liquidity risk, currency risk, concentration risk, premium risk, reserve risk, credit risk, catastrophe risk, and operational risk. For each category, the capital requirement is determined by applying factors to asset, premium, reserve, creditor, probable maximum loss and operation items, with higher factors applied to items with greater underlying risk and lower factors for less risky items.
Eligible Capital
To enable the BMA to better assess the quality of the insurers capital resources, a Class 4 insurer is required to disclose the makeup of its capital in accordance with the recently introduced 3-tiered eligible capital system. Under this system, all of the insurers capital instruments will be classified as either basic or ancillary capital which in turn will be classified into one of three tiers based on their loss absorbency characteristics. Highest-quality capital will be classified as Tier 1 Capital, and lesser-quality capital will be classified as either Tier 2 Capital or Tier 3 Capital. Under this regime, up to certain specified percentages of Tier 1, Tier 2 and Tier 3 Capital may be used to support the Class 4 insurers MSM, ECR and target capital level.
238
The characteristics of the capital instruments that must be satisfied to qualify as Tier 1, Tier 2 and Tier 3 Capital are set out in the Insurance (Eligible Capital) Rules 2012, and amendments thereto. Under these rules, Tier 1, Tier 2 and Tier 3 Capital may, until January 1, 2026, include capital instruments that do not satisfy the requirement that the instrument is non-redeemable or settled only with the issuance of an instrument of equal or higher quality upon a breach, or if it would cause a breach, of the ECR.
Where the BMA has previously approved the use of certain instruments for capital purposes, the BMAs consent will need to be obtained if such instruments are to remain eligible for use in satisfying the MSM and the ECR.
Code of Conduct
The Insurance Code of Conduct (the Code of Conduct) prescribes the duties, standards, procedures, and sound business principles with which all insurers registered under the Insurance Act must comply, including any activities which are delegated or outsourced. With respect to outsourcing, the Code of Conduct provides that where the insurer outsources functions, the board of the insurer should ensure that there is oversight and clear accountability for all outsourced functions as if these functions were performed internally and subject to the insurers own standards on governance and internal controls. The board of the insurer must also ensure that the service agreement includes terms on compliance with jurisdictional laws and regulations, cooperation with the BMA, and access to data and records in a timely fashion. Where a function is outsourced or proposed to be outsourced, the board must assess the impact on the insurer and should not outsource a function which may adversely affect the insurers ability to operate in a prudent manner.
The BMA will assess an insurers compliance with the Code of Conduct in a proportional manner relative to the nature, scale and complexity of its business. Failure to comply with the requirements of the Code of Conduct will be taken into account by the BMA in determining whether an insurer is conducting its business in a sound and prudent manner as prescribed by the Insurance Act may result in the BMA exercising its powers of intervention and investigation (see below) and will be a factor in calculating the operational risk charge under the insurers BSCR or approved internal model.
Cyber Risk Code of Conduct
The BMA has recognized that cyber incidents can cause significant financial losses and/or reputational impacts across the insurance industry and has implemented the Insurance Sector Operational Cyber Risk Management Code of Conduct (the Cyber Risk Code) to ensure that those operating in the Bermuda insurance sector can mitigate such risks. The Cyber Risk Code prescribes the duties, requirements, standards, procedures and principles which all insurers, insurance managers and insurance intermediaries (agents, brokers and insurance marketplace providers) registered under the Insurance Act must comply. The Cyber Risk Code is designed to promote the stable and secure management of information technology systems of regulated entities and requires that all registrants implement their own technology risk programs, determine what their top risks are and develop an appropriate risk response. This requires all registrants to develop a cyber risk policy which is to be delivered pursuant to an operational cyber risk management program and appoint an appropriately qualified member of staff or outsourced resource to the role of Chief Information Security Officer. The role of the Chief Information Security Officer is to deliver the operational cyber risk management program.
Reduction of Capital
No Class 4 insurer may reduce its total statutory capital by 15% or more, as set out in its previous years financial statements unless it has received the prior approval of the BMA. Total statutory capital consists of the insurers paid-in share capital, its contributed surplus (sometimes called additional paid-in capital), and any other fixed capital designated by the BMA as statutory capital (such as letters of credit).
239
Notification by Registered Person of Change of Controllers and Officers
All registered insurers are required to give written notice to the BMA of the fact that a person has become, or ceased to be, a controller or officer of the registered insurer within 45 days of becoming aware of such fact. An officer in relation to a registered insurer means a director, chief executive or senior executive performing duties of underwriting, actuarial, risk management, compliance, internal audit, finance or investment matters.
Notification of Material Changes
All registered insurers are required to give notice to the BMA of their intention to effect a material change within the meaning of the Insurance Act. For the purposes of the Insurance Act, the following changes are material: (i) the transfer or acquisition of insurance business being part of a scheme falling under section 25 of the Insurance Act or section 99 of the Companies Act, (ii) the amalgamation with or acquisition of another firm, (iii) engaging in unrelated business that is retail business, (iv) the acquisition of a controlling interest in an undertaking that is engaged in non-insurance business which offers services and products to persons who are not affiliates of the insurer, (v) outsourcing all or substantially all of the companys actuarial, risk management, compliance or internal audit functions, (vi) outsourcing all or a material part of an insurers underwriting activity, (vii) the transfer, other than by way of reinsurance, of all or substantially all of a line of business, (viii) the expansion into a material new line of business, (ix) the sale of an insurer, and (x) outsourcing of an officer role.
No registered insurer shall take any steps to give effect to a material change unless it has first served notice on the BMA that it intends to effect such material change and before the end of 30 days, either the BMA has notified such company in writing that it has no objection to such change or that period has elapsed without the BMA having issued a notice of objection.
Before issuing a notice of objection, the BMA is required to serve upon the person concerned a preliminary written notice stating the BMAs intention to issue a formal notice of objection. Upon receipt of the preliminary written notice, the person served may, within 28 days, file written representations with the BMA which will be taken into account by the BMA in making its final determination.
The entry into a Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreement between FIBL and Bermuda MGU, which was approved, constituted a material change.
Group Supervision
The BMA may, in respect of an insurance group, determine whether it is appropriate for it to act as its group supervisor and has done so for FIHL. An insurance group is defined as a group of companies that conducts insurance business. The BMA may make such determination where it ascertains that (i) the group is headed by a specified insurer (that is to say, it is headed by either a Class 3A, Class 3B or Class 4 general business insurer or a Class C, Class D or Class E long-term insurer or another class of insurer designated by order of the BMA); or (ii) where the insurance group is not headed by a specified insurer, where it is headed by a parent company which is incorporated in Bermuda or (iii) where the parent company of the group is not a Bermuda company, in circumstances where the BMA is satisfied that the insurance group is directed and managed from Bermuda or the insurer with the largest balance sheet total is a specified insurer.
Where the BMA determines that it should act as the group supervisor, it shall designate a specified insurer that is a member of the insurance group to be the designated insurer (the Designated Insurer).
As group supervisor, the BMA will perform a number of supervisory functions including (i) coordinating the gathering and dissemination of relevant or essential information for going concerns and emergency situations, including the dissemination of information which is of importance for the supervisory task of other competent authorities; (ii) carrying out supervisory reviews and assessments of the insurance group; (iii) carrying out
240
assessments of the insurance groups compliance with the rules on solvency, risk concentration, intra-group transactions and good governance procedures; (iv) planning and coordinating through regular meetings held at least annually (or by other appropriate means) with other competent authorities, supervisory activities in respect of the insurance group, both as a going concern and in emergency situations; (v) coordinating enforcement actions that may need to be taken against the insurance group or any of its members; and (vi) planning and coordinating meetings of colleges of supervisors in order to facilitate the carrying out of the functions described above.
FIBL was designated by the BMA as a Designated Insurer on March 17, 2016 and as such is currently subject to group supervision. As a result, FIHL is required to maintain available statutory economic capital and surplus at a level equal to its Group Enhanced Capital Requirement, which is established by reference to the Group Bermuda Solvency and Capital Requirement model.
Restrictions on Dividends and Distributions
A Class 4 insurer is prohibited from declaring or paying a dividend if it is in breach of its MSM, ECR or minimum liquidity ratio or if the declaration or payment of such dividend would cause such a breach. Where an insurer fails to meet its MSM or minimum liquidity ratio on the last day of any financial year, it will be prohibited from declaring or paying any dividends during the next financial year without the approval of the BMA.
In addition, a Class 4 insurer is prohibited from declaring or paying in any financial year dividends of more than 25% of its total statutory capital and surplus (as shown on its previous financial years statutory balance sheet) unless it files (at least seven days before payment of such dividends) with the BMA an affidavit signed by at least two directors (one of whom must be a Bermuda resident director if any of the insurers directors are resident in Bermuda) and the principal representative stating that it will continue to meet its solvency margin and minimum liquidity ratio. Where such an affidavit is filed, it shall be available for public inspection at the offices of the BMA.
As FIHL is subject to Group Supervision by the BMA, it is prohibited from declaring or paying a dividend if it is in breach of its Group Enhanced Capital Requirement or the declaration or payment of a dividend would cause such a breach.
Bermuda Insurance Regulation of Intermediaries
General
The Insurance Act defines an insurance agent as a person that, with the authority of an insurer, acts on an insurers behalf in relation to any or all of the following matters: the initiation and receipt of proposals, the issue of policies and the collection of premiums, being proposals, policies and premiums relating to insurance business. The Insurance Act provides that no person may in or from within Bermuda carry on business as an insurance agent unless registered as an insurance agent under the Insurance Act by the BMA.
In October 2022, the Bermuda MGU received approval from the BMA to be registered as an insurance agent. Certain significant aspects of the Bermuda insurance regulatory framework applicable to insurance agents are set forth below.
The Insurance Brokers and Insurance Agents Code of Conduct
The Insurance Brokers and Insurance Agents Code of Conduct (the IBA Code) prescribes the duties, requirements, standards, procedures and practices with which all insurance agents registered under the Insurance Act must comply. The IBA Code provides that insurance agents must conduct their business in a sound and prudent manner. The BMA will assess an insurance agents compliance with the IBA Code in a proportional
241
manner relative to the nature, scale and complexity of its business. Failure to comply with the requirements of the IBA Code will be taken into account by the BMA in determining whether an insurance agent is conducting its business in a sound and prudent manner as prescribed by the Insurance Act and may result in the BMA exercising its powers of intervention and investigation.
Notification to the BMA
Every insurance agent is required to forthwith notify the BMA on it coming to the knowledge of the insurance agent, or where the insurance agent has reason to believe, that it has failed to comply with a condition imposed upon it by the BMA. Within 14 days of such notification, the insurance agent must also furnish the BMA with a written report setting out all of the particulars that are available to it.
United Kingdom Insurance Regulation
General
The financial services industry in the U.K. is currently dual-regulated by the FCA and the PRA (collectively, the U.K. Regulators). The PRA authorizes dual-regulated firms such as insurers (e.g., FUL) and performs the prudential regulation and supervision in respect of these entities. The FCA authorizes and performs the prudential regulation and supervision for all solo-regulated firms such as insurance intermediaries (e.g., Pine Walk Capital and FML) and is the conduct regulator for all regulated firms in the U.K.
The primary statutory objectives of the PRA in relation to its supervision of insurers are: (i) to promote their safety and soundness; and (ii) to contribute to the securing of an appropriate degree of protection for policyholders or those who may become policyholders. The PRA also has a secondary objective to facilitate effective competition in the markets for services provided by PRA-authorized firms. Further, the FCA has a general objective to secure an appropriate degree of protection for consumers, along with the further general objectives to protect and enhance the integrity of the U.K. financial system and to promote effective competition for the benefit of consumers.
The U.K. Regulators have extensive powers to intervene in the affairs of the insurance businesses and insurance mediation activities that they regulate and to monitor compliance with their objectives. Their enforcement tools include: amending (including by imposing restrictions on) or withdrawing a firms authorization, prohibiting, restricting or suspending firms or individuals from carrying on or undertaking regulated activities, and publicly censuring and warning, fining or requiring compensation from firms and individuals who break their rules.
U.K.-authorized insurers and insurance intermediaries must comply with the PRAs requirements (as set out in the PRA Rulebook) and the FCAs requirements (as set out in the FCA Handbook), which include the PRAs Fundamental Rules and the FCAs Principles. In particular, under both Fundamental Rule 7 and Principle 11, firms must deal with the U.K. Regulators in an open and cooperative way, and must disclose to the U.K. Regulators anything of which they would reasonably expect notice. Such notifications may include where the firm has reason to believe that it has materially failed to comply with any requirement or if a senior manager is involved in any prohibited activity.
U.K.-authorized insurers and insurance intermediaries must also adhere to a wide range of U.K. insurance legislation. The most notable of such legislation is the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (FSMA), which includes the requirements for becoming authorized to conduct regulated insurance activities, regulated and prohibited activities of an insurance company and insurance intermediary, the approval process for the acquisition or disposal of control of insurance companies and insurance intermediaries, rules on financial promotions, transfers of insurance portfolios, and market abuse provisions. This is complemented by a range of statutory instruments on certain subjects; for example, the authorization or exemption process. Legislation based
242
on Solvency II is also relevant (as described in more detail in the U.K. Prudential Regime for Insurers section below). In addition, U.K. companies carrying out insurance activities must comply with general legislation, such as the U.K. Companies Act 2006.
U.K. Authorized Firms in Current Fidelis and Fidelis MGU
Current Fidelis and Fidelis MGU contain several firms that are authorized to carry on regulated activities in the U.K. FUL is authorized by the PRA to effect and carry out contracts of insurance in respect of a number of classes of general (non-life) insurance business. Pine Walk Capital and FML are both authorized and regulated by the FCA as insurance intermediaries.
U.K. Prudential Regime for Insurers
FUL, as a U.K.-authorized insurer, is subject to the U.K.s domestic prudential regime, which derives from Solvency II and has largely been transposed into U.K. law by FSMA and The Solvency 2 Regulations 2015. Further, in order to ensure the continuing application of Solvency II regulatory framework in the U.K. following Brexit, pursuant to the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018, as amended, the U.K. has transposed all directly applicable E.U. legislation relating to Solvency II into U.K. law, including the European Commissions Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/35 (commonly known as the Delegated Acts). Secondary legislation, such as the Solvency II and Insurance (Amendments) (EU Exit) Regulations 2019, was passed by the U.K. Parliament in order to address any deficiencies in this retained E.U. law following Brexit.
Following Brexit, the U.K.s domestic prudential regime is likely to change in the near future. In particular, the U.K.s on November 17, 2022, HM Treasury published a finalized package of proposed reforms to its prudential regime, which covers a range of areas including the risk margin, matching adjustment requirements and regulatory reporting obligations. These reforms will be reflected in new U.K. legislation and regulation during the course of 2023 and 2024. HM Treasury has stated that these changes will ensure that the U.K.s domestic prudential regime will: (i) be better tailored to the needs of the U.K. insurance market; (ii) encourage effective competition in the U.K. insurance market; and (iii) provide the PRA with a greater degree of discretion when supervising U.K. firms. A number of these changes may be beneficial for FUL; for example, if they result in an overall decrease in FULs capital requirements and otherwise reduce FULs regulatory burden. However, these rule changes also present a potential risk to FUL, as the nature and extent of their impact to the U.K.s domestic prudential regime are not fully known at this stage.
Material Outsourcing Requirements
The Framework Agreement, Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreement between FUL and Pine Walk Capital (the U.K. Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreement) and the Inter-Group Services Agreement (in such context only, the U.K. Material Outsourcing Agreements) each constitute a material outsourcing arrangement under U.K. insurance regulation. Under U.K. insurance regulation, an outsourcing arrangement is material if it is of such importance that weakness, or failure, of the service provider would cast serious doubt upon the firms continuing satisfaction of the U.K. Regulators threshold conditions for authorization and their Fundamental Rules/Principles. The U.K. Regulators require insurers to apply adequate governance and controls in respect of material outsourcing agreements.
The most prominent material outsourcing rules that apply to FUL are set out in the PRAs recent supervisory statements, Outsourcing and third party risk management (SS2/21) and Operational resilience: Impact tolerances for important business services (SS1/21). FUL is also subject to a number of related rules that derive from Solvency II and the Delegated Acts.
Pursuant to these rules, certain rights pertaining to FUL must be included in the U.K. Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreement and the Inter-Group Services Agreement, including: (i) the right for FUL to
243
receive information from the service provider about the performance of the services; (ii) the right for FUL to instruct the service provider in respect of these functions; and (iii) the right for FUL, its external auditor and the U.K. Regulators to audit the service provider. FUL was also required to present the U.K. Material Outsourcing Agreements and will be required (on a go-forward basis) to present any material amendments to them, to the PRA and obtain its non-objection in relation to them before they can be executed or be materially amended by the parties.
FUL must ensure that its board of directors and senior management set appropriate risk management policies, systems and controls in respect of FULs outsourcing and third-party arrangements and must ensure that they are properly carried out. In particular, these individuals should receive clear, consistent, robust and timely management information relating to each service providers performance of the U.K. Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreement, which will enable them to effectively oversee these activities and provide challenge in relation to them. If a service provider does not adhere to predetermined performance standards, FUL must be able to implement effective remediation procedures or exit strategies. Similar requirements must also be applied under the terms of the Inter-Group Services Agreement.
FUL must also ensure that its systems and controls specifically identify and prioritize important business services, and consider and monitor whether it has dedicated appropriate resources to ensure that it has sufficient operational resilience in the event of any potential material disruption to the services provider (for example, by preparing and maintaining a business continuity or disaster recovery plan covering such circumstances).
In light of these new rules and supervisory statements, we expect that the U.K. Material Outsourcing Agreements will be subject to a significant degree of regular and periodic focus from the PRA. FUL is in the process of submitting the terms of the U.K. Material Outsourcing Agreements to the PRA for its review and consideration and ultimately to provide its non-objection in relation to them.
Capital Requirements under the U.K. Prudential Regime
Under the U.K.s domestic prudential regime, insurers are required to maintain a minimum margin of solvency equivalent to their Solvency Capital Requirement (SCR) at all times, the calculation of which depends on the type and amount of insurance business written as well as reserve, credit, market and operational risks. The financial resources that an insurer retains in support of the SCR must be adequate, both as to amount and quality, to ensure that there is no significant risk that an entitys liabilities cannot be met as they fall due. FUL calculates its SCR in accordance with a standard formula prescribed in accordance with Solvency II. If the PRA considers that FUL does not hold sufficient capital resources, it can impose additional requirements in relation to the amount and quality of the resources it considers necessary. Any failure to comply with such requirements introduced by the PRA can result in intervention by the PRA or imposition of sanctions, which could have an adverse effect on FULs results and financial position.
In addition, FUL is required to submit quarterly and annual filings with the PRA, including an annual Solvency and Financial Condition Report (SFCR), which must be posted on Current Fidelis website. FUL must also submit an annual Own Risk and Solvency Assessment (ORSA) to the PRA. The ORSA report is produced annually and provides a summary of all of the activity and processes during the preceding year to assess and report on risks and ensure that our overall solvency needs are met at all times, and which will include a forward-looking assessment. It also explains the linkages between business strategy, business planning and capital and risk management processes. Further, FUL may need to perform an additional ORSA, and submit the corresponding ORSA report to the PRA, following any significant change in its risk profile.
Restrictions on Dividend Payments by Insurers
The U.K. Companies Act 2006 prohibits U.K. companies, including FUL, from declaring dividends to their shareholders unless they have profits available for distribution. The determination of whether a company has
244
profits available for distribution is based on its accumulated realized profits and other distributable reserves less its accumulated realized losses. While the U.K. insurance regulatory rules impose no statutory restrictions on a general insurers ability to declare a dividend, the PRAs rules require each authorized insurer within its jurisdiction to maintain its solvency margin at all times. Accordingly, FUL may not pay a dividend if the payment of such dividend would result in its SCR coverage ratio falling below certain levels. In addition, any future changes regarding regulatory requirements, including those described above, may restrict the ability of FUL to pay dividends in the future. FUL would be required to notify the PRA if it intended to make any dividend payments to its shareholders.
Data Protection
FUL and Pine Walk Capital must also comply with generally applicable data privacy legislation, including the E.U. GDPR. This regulations goal is to impose increased individual rights and protections for all personal data located in or originating from the E.U. The Data Protection Act 2018 and the U.K. GDPR regulate data protection for all individuals within the U.K.
The GDPR and the Data Protection Act 2018 are extraterritorial in that they apply to all businesses in the E.U. and the U.K., respectively and any businesses outside the E.U. and the U.K. that process E.U. and/or U.K. personal data of individuals in the E.U. and/or the U.K. Moreover, there are significant fines associated with non-compliance. In particular, U.K. incorporated companies need to monitor compliance with all relevant member states laws and regulations, including any permitted derogations from the GDPR and the Data Protection Act 2018. The introduction of the GDPR and the Data Protection Act 2018, and any resultant changes in E.U. member states or U.K. national laws and regulations, has increased compliance obligations and has necessitated the review and implementation of policies and processes relating to collection and use of data, and has required change to business practices regarding these matters. See Risk FactorsRisks Relating to Regulation of the GroupData protection failures could disrupt the Groups business, damage its reputation and cause losses.
Ireland Insurance Regulation
General
The CBI has primary responsibility for the prudential supervision and regulation of insurance and reinsurance undertakings and insurance intermediaries authorized in Ireland, including FIID. The CBIs statutory objectives include (i) the stability of the financial system overall; (ii) the proper and effective regulation of financial service providers and markets, while ensuring that the best interests of consumers of financial services are protected; and (iii) the resolution of financial difficulties in credit institutions.
The CBI carries out its supervisory role through (i) processing applications for financial services authorizations in Ireland; (ii) monitoring compliance with prudential standards, primarily through examining prudential returns (weekly, monthly and annual), financial statements and annual reports, conducting regular review meetings and on-site inspections; (iii) developing systems and procedures to monitor activities and detect non-compliance by financial service providers; (iv) issuing guidance notes to enhance supervisory oversight due to continued growth and changes in financial markets; and (v) supporting the development of domestic legislation and implementing E.U. regulations and international standards.
The CBI has extensive powers to intervene in the affairs of insurance undertakings and insurance distribution activities that it regulates and to monitor compliance. In particular, the CBIs administrative sanctions regime provides it with the power to administer sanctions in relation to prescribed contraventions by regulated financial service providers and by persons presently or formerly concerned in their management who have participated in the prescribed contraventions. Sanctions under the administrative sanctions regime include (i) cautions or reprimands; (ii) directions to refund or withhold monies charged or paid; (iii) monetary penalties
245
up to 10,000,000 or 10% of turnover (or up to 1,000,000 for individuals); (iv) suspension or revocation of authorization; and (v) disqualification of individuals from being concerned in the management of a regulated financial service provider.
Insurance undertakings are primarily regulated under the European Union (Insurance and Reinsurance) Regulations 2015 (the 2015 Regulations), which transposes Solvency II into Irish law. The 2015 Regulations include the approval process for the acquisition or disposal of holdings in insurance undertakings, governance and reporting standards, capital and solvency requirements and rules regarding the procedure for the transfer of insurance portfolios. Insurance intermediaries are primarily regulated under the European Union (Insurance Distribution) Regulations 2018 (the 2018 Regulations), which transpose the Insurance Distribution Directive 2016/97 (IDD) into Irish law. In addition, Irish companies carrying out insurance activities must comply with general legislation in Ireland, such as the Irish Companies Act 2014.
Irish Authorized firms in Current Fidelis and Fidelis MGU
Current Fidelis Irish-authorized firm, FIID, is an insurance company incorporated under the laws of Ireland and duly authorized by the CBI as an insurance undertaking to carry on the following classes of non-life insurance business in accordance with the 2015 Regulations: 5 (Aircraft), 6 (Ships), 7 (Goods in Transit), 8 (Fire and Natural Forces), 9 (Other Damage to Property), 11 (Aircraft Liability), 12 (Liability for Ships), 13 (General Liability), 14 (Credit), 15 (Suretyship), and 16 (Miscellaneous Financial Loss).
Fidelis MGU includes Pine Walk Europe, which is incorporated in Belgium and is authorized by the Belgian Financial Services and Markets Authority to conduct insurance distribution activities. Pine Walk Europe carries on insurance distribution activities in Ireland through an Irish-registered branch pursuant to the passporting rights. Under the IDD, insurance intermediaries have passporting rights which permit them to use an insurance intermediary authorization in their home EEA member state to carry on insurance distribution activities in other EEA member states. An insurance intermediary exercises this right by notifying its home member state regulator of its intention to carry on business in another EEA member state and the home member state regulator in turn notifies the competent authority in the host member state. Pine Walk Europe received regulatory approval from the Belgian Financial Services and Markets Authority to perform regulated insurance distribution activities on October 5, 2022 and was able to commence trading in Ireland on a freedom of establishment basis via its Irish branch on January 1, 2023.
Where an insurance intermediary regulated in an EEA member state exercises its right to passport into Ireland, it remains prudentially regulated by the regulator in its home member state and will be regulated by the CBI for conduct-of-business rules. Therefore, Pine Walk Europe is primarily regulated by the Belgian Financial Services and Markets Authority.
Irish Regulation of Insurance Undertakings
As FIID is authorized in Ireland as an insurance undertaking, the Irish prudential insurance regulatory framework and requirements apply to it, including the following significant aspects:
Solvency Requirements
FIID is required to meet economic risk-based solvency requirements under Solvency II (as transposed into Irish law by the 2015 Regulations). Solvency II prescribes (i) the minimum amount of capital that FIID is required to have in order to cover the risks to which it is exposed and (ii) the principles that guide its overall risk management and regulatory reporting.
Under Solvency II, FIID is required to maintain a minimum margin of solvency equivalent to its SCR at all times, the calculation of which depends on the type and amount of insurance business written as well as reserve,
246
credit, market and operational risks. The financial resources that an insurer retains in support of the SCR must be adequate, both as to amount and quality, to ensure that there is no significant risk that its liabilities cannot be met as they fall due.
Under Solvency II, the SCR may be calculated by an approved internal capital model or by a standard formula prescribed by EIOPA in accordance with the terms of Solvency II. FIID calculates its SCR in accordance with a standard formula prescribed in accordance with Solvency II.
The CBI has a regulatory expectation that insurance undertakings will maintain an appropriate buffer above the SCR that is appropriate to the risk profile and type of business written and FIID duly maintains a level of capital which is above the SCR.
Reporting Requirements
FIID must file and submit annual audited financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards and related reports to the Irish Companies Registration Office (CRO) together with an annual return of certain core corporate information. Changes to core corporate information during the year must also be notified to the CRO. FIID must also file and submit annual certifications to the CBI, including certifications of compliance with:
| the applicable CBIs Corporate Governance Requirements for Insurance Undertakings 2015; |
| the Fitness & Probity Standards (Code issued under Section 50 of the Central Bank Reform Act 2010); and |
| Solvency II. |
In addition, FIID is required to submit quarterly and annual filings with the CBI, including Quantitative Reporting Templates, an annual SFCR and an annual ORSA. The SFCR must be made publicly available and will include information on FIIDs business performance, system of governance, risk profile, and capital management. The ORSA report provides a summary of all the activity and processes during the preceding year to assess and report on risks and ensure that FIIDs overall solvency needs are met on an ongoing basis, including a forward-looking assessment. The ORSA report also explains the linkages between business strategy, business planning and capital and risk management processes.
In addition, FIID must submit a Regular Supervisory Report every three years, as well as an annual summary report setting out material changes that have occurred over the given financial year.
Dividends and Distributions
Pursuant to Irish company law, FIID is only able to declare dividends out of profits available for distribution. Profits available for distribution are, broadly, a companys accumulated realized profits less its accumulated realized losses. Such profits may not include profits previously utilized.
Outsourcing of Critical or Important Operational Functions or Activities
The Framework Agreement, Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreement between FIID and Pine Walk Europe (the Irish Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreement) and the Inter-Group Services Agreement (in such context only, the Irish Material Outsourcing Agreements) each constitute an outsourcing of critical or important operational functions or activities under Irish insurance regulation. The 2015 Regulations, Solvency II and the Delegated Acts, along with EIOPA and CBI guidelines, set out the obligations which FIID must comply with in respect of the outsourcing of critical or important functions or activities. In general, a function is to be regarded as critical or important if failure or inadequate provision of the function would have an adverse impact on the operational continuity of the core business line or critical business function.
247
Pursuant to the relevant legislation and guidelines, certain rights pertaining to FIID must be included in the Irish Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreement and the Inter-Group Services Agreement, including: (i) the right for FIID to receive information from the applicable outsourced service provider about the outsourced functions; (ii) the right for FIID to instruct the applicable outsourced service provider in respect of these functions; and (iii) the right for FIID, its external auditor and the CBI to audit the applicable outsourced service provider. FIID must also notify (and obtain approval from) the CBI at least six weeks before entering into the Irish Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreement and the Inter-Group Services Agreement and regarding subsequent material developments with respect to the Irish Material Outsourcing Agreements.
FIID must ensure that its board of directors and senior management set appropriate risk management policies, systems and controls in respect of FIIDs outsourcing arrangements and must ensure that they are properly carried out. In particular, these individuals should receive clear, consistent, robust and timely management information relating to each service providers performance of the Irish Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreement and the Inter-Group Services Agreement, which will enable them to effectively oversee these activities and provide challenge in relation to them. If a service provider does not adhere to predetermined performance standards, FIID must be able to implement effective remediation procedures or exit strategies.
FIID must also ensure continuity of services through robust disaster recovery and business continuity management. In particular, FIID must document and implement business continuity plans in relation to its critical and important outsourced functions and ensure that these plans are tested and updated on a regular basis. FIID must also ensure that each service provider has and regularly tests a business continuity plan, which includes the resources required to fulfill FIIDs critical or important outsourcing arrangements. FIIDs board of directors and senior management must take remedial action to address any deficiencies identified in a service providers performance, either as part of coordinated testing of FIIDs business continuity measures, or via results of the service providers own business continuity plan testing.
FIID has submitted the terms of the Irish Material Outsourcing Agreements to the CBI for its review and consideration and, in late 2022, the CBI provided its approval.
Restrictions on Change of Business Plan
As part of the authorization process, insurance undertakings, such as FIID, must submit a detailed business plan to the CBI which describes the business they propose to conduct. The standard conditions of authorization typically issued by the CBI specify that any subsequent material change to the business plan requires the prior approval of the CBI.
Data Protection
FIID and Pine Walk Europe must comply with the GDPR, which took effect in May 2018. The Data Protection Act 2018 is the Irish legislation that gives effect to certain aspects of the data protection in Ireland. The GDPR regulates data protection for all individuals within the E.U., including foreign companies processing data of E.U. residents. The GDPR sets out individuals rights, and provides complex and far-reaching company obligations and significant penalties in the case of violation. The GDPR sets out a number of requirements that FIID must comply with when handling personal data, including: the obligation to appoint data protection officers in certain circumstances, the principle of accountability and the obligation to make public notification of significant data breaches.
The interpretation and application of data protection laws in Ireland, Europe and elsewhere are developing and remain uncertain and in flux in some respects. It is possible that these laws or cybersecurity regulations may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with existing data protection or security practices. If so, in addition to the possibility of fines, this will result in an order requiring that we change our data practices, which could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations. The introduction of the GDPR and
248
resultant changes in E.U. member states national laws and regulations, has increased our compliance obligations and has necessitated the review and implementation of policies and processes relating to our collection and use of data, and has required us to change our business practices regarding these matters.
United States Insurance Regulation
FIBLs and FULs U.S. Operations
As stated above, although the Group is not licensed to write insurance on an admitted basis in any state in the U.S., FIBL and FUL, due to their inclusion in the NAIC Quarterly Listing of Alien Insurers of the International Insurers Department (IID), are eligible to write surplus lines business as alien, non-admitted insurers in 50 U.S. states, the District of Columbia and other NAIC jurisdictions such as Puerto Rico in accordance with the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the Dodd-Frank Act). The laws of most states regulate or prohibit the sale of insurance and reinsurance within their jurisdictions by non-admitted insurers and reinsurers. We do not intend that FIBL or FUL maintain an office or solicit, advertise, settle claims or conduct other insurance activities in any jurisdiction other than their respective jurisdictions of incorporation where the conduct of such activities would require FIBL or FUL to be so admitted. Neither FIBL nor FUL maintains an office in the U.S. but each of FIBL and FUL writes excess and surplus lines business as an eligible, but non-admitted, alien surplus lines insurer. Each of FIBL and FUL accepts business only through U.S. licensed surplus lines brokers and does not market directly to the public. Although neither FIBL nor FUL underwrites or handles claims directly in the U.S., each of FIBL and FUL may grant limited underwriting authorities to U.S. licensed surplus lines brokers and retain third-party claims administrators, duly licensed, for the purpose of facilitating U.S. business.
Each of FIBL and FUL maintain a NAIC U.S. trust fund to support its surplus lines business, in accordance with the rules of the IID. The total market value of assets in each of the FIBL and FUL NAIC trusts were $5.6 million and $28.5 million, respectively, at March 31, 2023 and $5.5 million and $28.4 million, respectively, at December 31, 2022.
As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, only a ceding insurers state of domicile can dictate the credit for reinsurance requirements. Other NAIC jurisdictions in which a ceding insurer is licensed are no longer able to require additional collateral from non-admitted reinsurers or otherwise impose their own credit for reinsurance laws on ceding insurers domiciled in other states. In 2011, the NAIC adopted revisions to its Credit for Reinsurance Model Law and Model Regulation (together the Amended Credit for Reinsurance Model Act). Under the Amended Credit for Reinsurance Model Act, qualifying non-admitted reinsurers domiciled in qualified jurisdictions who meet certain minimum rating and capital requirements are, upon application to and approval by the state Insurance Departments, permitted to post less than the 100% collateral currently required with respect to a cedant domiciled in that state, insurers that have been granted approval to post reduced collateral are known as certified reinsures. The U.K. and Bermuda are among the approved qualified jurisdictions which allows U.S. states that have adopted the Amended Credit for Reinsurance Model Act to implement reduced collateral requirements with respect to reinsurers domiciled in Bermuda and the U.K., such as FIBL and FUL. FIBL and FUL have been approved by Florida as the lead state for treatment as a certified reinsurer to post reduced collateral i.e., 50% versus 100%), and have both passported into multiple other U.S. states. Each of FIBL and FUL obtains letters of credit for the benefit of its U.S. cedants so that the cedants are able to take full financial statement credit for reinsurance.
In addition, during 2022, FIBL and FUL have been approved by Colorado as the lead state for treatment as a reciprocal reinsurer, and each is in the process of passporting into other U.S. states. Reciprocal jurisdiction reinsurer status will allow cedants in such states to continue to obtain credit for reinsurance by FIBL and FUL, without either company being required to post any collateral so long as they continue to maintain such status.
249
Additional Regulation
FIBL and FUL write business outside of their respective jurisdiction of incorporation predominantly on a non-admitted basis. However, in respect of jurisdictions where FIBL and FUL are unable to rely on the relevant exemptions for non-admitted (re)insurers or a relevant license is requested by the underwriters, FIBL and FUL each hold a number of licenses. FIBL is licensed to write reinsurance in China, Argentina, Ecuador and Mexico. FUL is licensed to write reinsurance in Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Ecuador, Guatemala, Honduras, Mexico, Panama, Paraguay and Egypt and insurance in French Polynesia. We do not regard the effect of these licenses to be material to us at this time.
250
The following summary of the taxation of Current Fidelis and its shareholders is based upon current U.S. and Bermuda law and is for general information only. Legislative, judicial or administrative changes may be forthcoming that could affect this summary. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors with respect to their particular circumstances.
United States Taxation
Certain U.S. Tax Consequences
The following legal discussion (including and subject to the matters and qualifications set forth in such summary) is based upon the advice of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP. The advice of such firm does not include any factual or accounting matters, determinations or conclusions, including amounts and computations of RPII and amounts of components thereof or facts relating to Current Fidelis business or activities. The tax treatment of a holder of Common Shares, or of a person treated as a holder of Common Shares for U.S. federal income, state, local or non-U.S. tax purposes, may vary depending on the holders particular tax situation. Statements contained herein as to the beliefs, expectations and conditions of FIHL and its subsidiaries as to the application of such tax laws or facts represent the view of management as to the application of such laws and do not represent the opinions of counsel.
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OF OWNING COMMON SHARES.
U.S. Tax Reform
The 2017 Act was passed by the U.S. Congress and signed into law on December 22, 2017, with certain provisions intended to eliminate certain perceived tax advantages of companies (including insurance companies) that have legal domiciles outside the United States, but have certain U.S. connections, and U.S. Persons (as defined below) investing in such companies. Among other things, the 2017 Act revised the rules applicable to PFICs and CFCs in ways that could affect the timing or amount of U.S. federal income taxes imposed on certain investors that are U.S. Persons. Further, it is possible that other legislation could be introduced and enacted by the current Congress or future Congresses that could have an adverse impact on Current Fidelis, Current Fidelis operations or U.S. Holders. Additionally, tax laws and interpretations regarding whether a company is engaged in a U.S. trade or business or whether a company is a CFC or a PFIC or has RPII are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. The U.S. Treasury Department recently issued final and proposed regulations intended to clarify the application of the insurance income exception to the classification of a non-U.S. insurer as a PFIC and provide guidance on a range of issues relating to PFICs, and recently issued proposed regulations that would expand the scope of the RPII rules. New regulations or pronouncements interpreting or clarifying such rules may be forthcoming as well. FIHL cannot be certain if, when, or in what form such regulations or pronouncements may be provided and whether such guidance will have a retroactive effect.
Taxation of Current Fidelis
The following discussion is a summary of material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to Current Fidelis operations. A non-U.S. corporation that is engaged in the conduct of a U.S. trade or business will be subject to U.S. federal income tax as described below, unless entitled to the benefits of an applicable tax treaty. Whether a trade or business is being conducted in the U.S. is an inherently factual determination. Because the Code, regulations and court decisions fail to identify definitively activities that constitute being engaged in a trade or business in the U.S., FIHL cannot be certain that the IRS will not contend successfully that it or any of its non-U.S. subsidiaries are or will be engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. A non-U.S. corporation deemed
251
to be so engaged would be subject to U.S. income tax at regular corporate rates, as well as the branch profits tax, on its income which is treated as effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business unless the corporation is entitled to relief under the permanent establishment provision of an applicable tax treaty, as discussed below. Such income tax on effectively connected income, if imposed, would be computed in a manner generally analogous to that applied to the income of a U.S. corporation, except that a non-U.S. corporation is generally entitled to deductions and credits only if it timely files a U.S. federal income tax return. Each of FIHL, FIBL, FIID, FML, Fidelis European Holdings Limited and FUL files protective U.S. federal income tax returns on a timely basis in order to preserve the right to claim income tax deductions and credits if it is ever determined that it is subject to U.S. federal income tax. The highest marginal federal income tax rates currently are 21% for a corporations effectively connected income and 30% for the additional branch profits tax. In addition, certain corporations with effectively connected income may be subject to a corporate alternative minimum tax of 15 percent of the corporations adjusted financial statement income.
If FIBL is entitled to the benefits under the income tax treaty between Bermuda and the U.S. (the Bermuda Treaty), FIBL would not be subject to U.S. income tax on any income found to be effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business unless that trade or business is conducted through a permanent establishment in the U.S. Similarly, if FIHL or any U.K. subsidiary of FIHL is entitled to the benefits under the U.S. income tax treaty with the U.K. (the U.K. Treaty) (discussed below), it would not be subject to U.S. income tax on any income found to be effectively connected with U.S. trade or business unless that trade or business is conducted through a permanent establishment in the U.S. FIBL, FIHL and the U.K. subsidiaries of FIHL each currently intend to conduct their activities so that they do not have a permanent establishment in the U.S., although FIHL cannot be certain that this result will be achieved.
An insurance enterprise resident in Bermuda generally will be entitled to the benefits of the Bermuda Treaty if (i) more than 50% of its shares are owned beneficially, directly or indirectly, by individual residents of the U.S. or Bermuda or U.S. citizens; and (ii) its income is not used in substantial part, directly or indirectly, to make disproportionate distributions to, or to meet certain liabilities of, persons who are neither residents of either the U.S. or Bermuda nor U.S. citizens. No regulations interpreting the Bermuda Treaty have been issued. FIHL cannot be certain that FIBL will be eligible for Bermuda Treaty benefits because of factual and legal uncertainties regarding the residency and citizenship of the companys shareholders. Accordingly, FIBL intends to conduct substantially all of its operations outside the U.S. and to limit its U.S. contacts so that FIBL would not be treated as engaged in the conduct of a trade or business in the U.S.
Under the U.K. Treaty, a U.K. resident company is entitled to the benefits of the treaty only if certain requirements can be satisfied, for example where: (i) the principal class of its shares is listed or admitted to dealings on certain recognized stock exchanges and is regularly traded on one or more recognized stock exchanges, (ii) shares representing at least 50 percent of the aggregate voting power and value of such company are owned directly or indirectly by five or fewer companies entitled to the benefits of the U.K. Treaty, (iii) such company is owned more than 50 percent, by vote and by value, by qualified persons (broadly speaking, certain U.S. and U.K. tax residents) during a requisite portion of the relevant taxable period, or (iv) such company is engaged in the active conduct of a trade or business in the U.K. and the income, profit or gain derived from the United States is derived in connection with, or is incidental to, that trade or business, and the company satisfies certain other conditions. Provided that FIHL is successfully listed and regularly traded on NYSE and its U.K. subsidiaries successfully carry out their intended business plan, each such entity expects to qualify for benefits under the U.K. Treaty, although FIHL cannot be certain it will achieve this result. If each of FIHL and its U.K. subsidiaries qualifies for treaty benefits, each of FIHL and its U.K. subsidiaries should be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its income found to be effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business only if such income is attributable to the conduct of a trade or business carried on through a permanent establishment in the U.S. FIHL and its U.K. subsidiaries have conducted and intend to conduct their activities in a manner so that none of them should have a permanent establishment in the U.S., although FIHL cannot be certain that they will achieve this result.
252
Under the U.K. Treaty, the additional U.S. branch profits tax may be imposed at a rate of up to five percent (5%) absent an applicable exception to the extent a U.K. resident company has a permanent establishment in the U.S.
Non-U.S. insurance companies carrying on an insurance business within the U.S. have a certain minimum amount of effectively connected net investment income, determined in accordance with a formula that depends, in part, on the amount of U.S. risk insured or reinsured by such companies. If FIBL or FUL is considered to be engaged in the conduct of an insurance business in the U.S. and it is not entitled to the benefits of an income tax treaty with the U.S. in general, the Code could subject a significant portion of FIBL or FULs investment income to U.S. income tax. In addition, while the Bermuda Treaty clearly applies to premium income, it is uncertain whether the Bermuda Treaty applies to other income such as investment income. If FIBL is considered engaged in the conduct of an insurance business in the U.S. and is entitled to the benefits of the Bermuda Treaty in general, but the Bermuda Treaty is interpreted to not apply to investment income, a significant portion of FIBLs investment income could be subject to U.S. income tax.
Non-U.S. corporations not engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. are nonetheless subject to U.S. income tax imposed by withholding on certain fixed or determinable annual or periodic gains, profits and income derived from sources within the U.S. (such as dividends and certain interest on investments), subject to exemption under the Code or reduction by applicable treaties. Generally, under the U.K. Treaty the withholding rate is reduced (i) on dividends from less than ten percent (10%) owned corporations to 15%; (ii) on dividends from 10% or more owned corporations to five percent (5%) (and is eliminated in some cases); and (iii) on interest to zero percent (0%). The Bermuda Treaty does not reduce the U.S. withholding rate on U.S.-sourced investment income.
The U.S. also imposes FET on insurance premiums paid to non-U.S. insurers with respect to (i) risks of a U.S. entity or individual, located wholly or partly within the U.S. and (ii) risks of a non-U.S. entity or individual engaged in trade or business in the U.S., located within the U.S. (U.S. Situs Risks) and on reinsurance premiums for any reinsurance policy covering any such risks. The rates of FET applicable to premiums paid are four percent (4%) for direct property and casualty insurance premiums and one percent (1%) for reinsurance premiums or life insurance premiums, subject to elimination pursuant to a U.S. income tax treaty. The U.K. Treaty provides for the elimination of the FET on insurance or reinsurance premiums paid to U.K. residents, otherwise entitled to the benefits of the treaty, with respect to U.S. Situs Risks, provided that the U.K. resident does not cede the risks in a transaction characterized as part of a conduit arrangement for purposes of the U.K. Treaty. If FUL is entitled to the benefit of the FET exemption in the U.K. Treaty, but it cedes business with respect to U.S. Situs Risks in transactions that are characterized as conduit arrangements for purposes of the U.K. Treaty, it would not be entitled to the U.K. Treaty FET exemption with respect to these U.S. Situs Risks. The Bermuda Treaty does not eliminate the FET on premiums ceded to Bermuda residents with respect to U.S. Situs Risks.
Taxation of the Shareholders
The following summary sets forth the material U.S. federal income tax considerations related to the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Common Shares sold in this offering. Unless otherwise stated, this summary deals only with U.S. Holders who hold their Common Shares as capital assets within the meaning of section 1221 of the Code. The following discussion is only a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax matters as described herein and does not purport to address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a particular shareholder in light of such shareholders specific circumstances. In addition, the following summary does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to special classes of shareholders, such as financial institutions, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, dealers or traders in securities, tax exempt organizations, U.S. expatriates, individual retirement accounts or other tax-deferred accounts, persons liable for alternative minimum tax, investors in pass through entities, persons who are considered with respect to FIHL or its subsidiaries as United States
253
shareholders for purposes of the CFC rules of the Code (generally, a U.S. Person, as defined below, who owns or is deemed to own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of the companys or its subsidiaries shares entitled to vote, or 10% or more of the value of all classes of the companys or its subsidiaries shares (that is, 10% U.S. Shareholders)), U.S. accrual method taxpayers subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of any item of gross income with respect to the Common Shares being taken into account in an applicable financial statements (as described in Section 451(b) of the Code), persons subject to the alternative minimum tax or persons who hold their shares as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or as part of a short-sale or straddle or in currency other than the U.S. dollar, who may be subject to special rules or treatment under the Code. This discussion is based upon the Code, the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder and any relevant administrative rulings or pronouncements or judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date hereof and as currently interpreted, and does not take into account possible changes in such tax laws or interpretations thereof, which may apply retroactively. This discussion does not include any description of the tax laws of any state or local governments within the U.S. or of any non-U.S. government. Persons considering making an investment in the Common Shares should consult their own tax advisors concerning the application of the U.S. federal tax laws to their particular situations as well as any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or non-U.S. taxing jurisdiction, prior to making such investment.
If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds Common Shares, the tax treatment of the partners will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If a potential investor in Common Shares is such a partnership or a partner of such a partnership, it should consult its tax advisors.
For purposes of this discussion, the term U.S. Person means: (i) a citizen or resident of the U.S.; (ii) a partnership or corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the U.S., or organized under the laws of any political subdivision thereof; (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; (iv) a trust if either (a) a court within the U.S. is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more U.S. Persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of such trust or (b) the trust has a valid election in effect to be treated as a U.S. Person for U.S. federal income tax purposes or (v) any other person or entity that is treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as if it were one of the foregoing.
Taxation of Distributions
Subject to the discussion below regarding passive foreign investment companies, controlled foreign corporations and related person insurance income, cash distributions paid with respect to the Common Shares will constitute ordinary dividend income to the extent paid out of the companys current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined using U.S. federal income tax principles), and the U.S. Holders generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax upon its receipt of such dividends. If the holder is not a corporation or an entity treated as a corporation under U.S. federal income tax law, dividends paid to it will generally be taxable at the rate applicable for long-term capital gains (at a maximum rate of 20% currently) if: (1) the dividends constitute qualified dividend income, and (2) it holds the Common Shares for more than 60 days out of the 121-day period that begins 60 days before the ex-dividend date and meets other holding period requirements. Any dividends paid on the Common Shares generally will be qualified dividend income, provided that: (i) the Common Shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States in the year in which the shareholder receives the dividend, or FIHL is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States, and, in either case, (ii) FIHL is not considered to be a PFIC in either the year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year. Under current U.S. Treasury Department guidance, the Common Shares would be treated as readily tradeable on an established securities market if they are listed on NYSE, as we intend the Common Shares to be after this offering. However, there can be no assurance that our Common Shares will continue to be listed on NYSE or that FIHL will not be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year. Dividends paid on the Common Shares to a corporate shareholder generally will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction.
254
Classification of FIHL or its Non-U.S. Subsidiaries as Controlled Foreign Corporations
Each 10% U.S. Shareholder (as defined below) of a non-U.S. corporation that is a CFC at any time during a taxable year and that owns shares in the non-U.S. corporation, directly or indirectly through non-U.S. entities, on the last day of the non-U.S. corporations taxable year on which it is a CFC must include in its gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes its pro rata share of the CFCs subpart F income and global intangible low taxed income (GILTI), even if the subpart F income or GILTI is not distributed. Subpart F income of a non-U.S. insurance corporation typically includes foreign personal holding company income (such as interest, dividends and other types of passive income), as well as insurance and reinsurance income (including underwriting and investment income), and GILTI is generally business income of the CFC (other than Subpart F income and certain other categories of income) reduced by 10% of the adjusted tax basis of the CFCs depreciable tangible personal property (based on a computation that generally aggregates all of a 10% U.S. Shareholders GILTI from its investments in CFCs) that is potentially subject to further reductions depending on the nature of the applicable 10% U.S. Shareholder. The amount of any subpart F income inclusion would be limited by such 10% U.S. Shareholders share of the CFCs current-year earnings and profits as reduced by the 10% U.S. Shareholders share, if any, of certain prior-year deficits in earnings and profits, and a 10% U.S. Shareholder recognizing subpart F or GILTI income would increase the basis in its shares by the amount of subpart F or GILTI income included in income. Amounts distributed out of previously taxed subpart F or GILTI income would be excluded from the 10% U.S. Shareholders income, and the 10% U.S. Shareholders basis in the shares would be reduced by the amount so excluded. In addition, as discussed below, gain recognized by a 10% U.S. Shareholder on the sale of stock of a CFC will be re-characterized as a dividend and taxed as ordinary income rather than as capital gain to the extent of the 10% U.S. Shareholders share of the CFCs earnings and profits. Such dividend income would not be eligible for the reduced rate of tax on qualified dividends.
A non-U.S. corporation is considered a CFC if 10% U.S. Shareholders own (directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities or by attribution by application of the constructive ownership rules of section 958(b) of the Code (that is constructively)) more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of voting stock of such non-U.S. corporation, or more than 50% of the total value of all stock of such corporation. For purposes of taking into account insurance income, a CFC also includes a non-U.S. insurance company in which more than 25% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or more than 25% of the total value of all stock is owned by 10% U.S. Shareholders on any day of the taxable year of such corporation, if the gross amount of premiums or other consideration for the reinsurance or the issuing of insurance or annuity contracts (other than certain insurance or reinsurance related to same country risks written by certain insurance companies) exceeds 75% of the gross amount of all premiums or other consideration in respect of all risks. A 10% U.S. Shareholder is a U.S. Person who owns (directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities or constructively) at least 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote or 10% of the value of the non-U.S. corporation. The 2017 Act expanded the definition of 10% U.S. Shareholder to include ownership by value (rather than just vote), so provisions in the companys organizational documents that cut back voting power to potentially avoid 10% U.S. Shareholder status will no longer mitigate the risk of 10% U.S. Shareholder status.
FIHL believes that because of the anticipated dispersion of its share ownership, no U.S. Person who owns the Common Shares of FIHL directly or indirectly through one or more non-U.S. entities should be treated as owning (directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities, or constructively) 10% or more of the total voting power or value of all classes of shares of FIHL or any of its non-U.S. subsidiaries. However, the companys shares may not be as widely dispersed as Current Fidelis believes due to, for example, the application of certain ownership attribution rules, and no assurance may be given that a U.S. Person who owns the Companys shares will not be characterized as a 10% U.S. Shareholder.
The RPII CFC Provisions
The following discussion generally is applicable only if neither the 20% Gross Income Exception nor the 20% Ownership Exception (as such terms are defined below) is met for a taxable year. Although FIHL cannot be
255
certain, it believes that each of its non-U.S. insurance subsidiaries should meet either the 20% Ownership Exception or the 20% Gross Income Exception for each taxable year for the foreseeable future.
RPII is any insurance income (as defined below) attributable to policies of insurance or reinsurance with respect to which the person (directly or indirectly) insured is an RPII shareholder (as defined below) or a related person (as defined below) to such RPII shareholder. In general, and subject to certain limitations, insurance income is income (including premium and investment income) attributable to the issuing of any insurance or reinsurance contract which would be taxed under the portions of the Code relating to insurance companies if the income were the income of a U.S. insurance company. For purposes of inclusion of the RPII of a non-U.S. insurance subsidiary of FIHL in the income of RPII shareholders, unless an exception applies, the term RPII shareholder means any U.S. Person who owns (directly or indirectly through non-U.S. entities) any amount of the Companys shares. Generally, the term related person for this purpose means someone who controls or is controlled by the RPII shareholder or someone who is controlled by the same person or persons which control the RPII shareholder. Control is measured by either more than 50% in value or more than 50% in voting power of stock applying certain constructive ownership principles. A corporations pension plan is ordinarily not a related person with respect to the corporation unless the pension plan owns, directly or indirectly through the application of certain constructive ownership rules, more than 50% measured by vote or value, of the stock of the corporation. Each non-U.S. insurance subsidiary should be treated as a CFC under the RPII provisions if RPII shareholders are treated as owning (directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities or constructively) 25% or more of the shares of FIHL by vote or value.
RPII Exceptions
The special RPII rules do not apply to each non-U.S. insurance subsidiary of FIHL for a taxable year if (i) direct and indirect insureds and persons related to such insureds, whether or not U.S. Persons, are treated as owning (directly or indirectly through entities) less than 20% of the voting power and less than 20% of the value of the shares of FIHL at any time during the taxable year (the 20% Ownership Exception); (ii) the gross RPII of the non-U.S. subsidiary is less than 20% of its gross insurance income for the taxable year (the 20% Gross Income Exception); (iii) the non-U.S. insurance subsidiary elects to be taxed on its RPII as if the RPII were effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, and to waive all treaty benefits with respect to RPII and meet certain other requirements; or (iv) the non-U.S. insurance subsidiary elects to be treated as a U.S. corporation and waives all treaty benefits and meets certain other requirements. No non-U.S. insurance subsidiary of FIHL intends to make either of these elections. Where none of these exceptions applies to a non-U.S. insurance subsidiary, each U.S. Person owning (directly or indirectly through non-U.S. entities) any shares in FIHL (and therefore, indirectly, the non-U.S. insurance subsidiary) on the last day of such companys taxable year will be required to include in its gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes its share of the RPII of the non-U.S. insurance subsidiary for the portion of the taxable year during which the non-U.S. insurance subsidiary was a CFC under the RPII provisions, determined as if all such RPII were distributed proportionately only to such U.S. Persons at that date, but limited by each such U.S. Persons share of the companys current-year earnings and profits as reduced by the U.S. Persons share, if any, of certain prior-year deficits in earnings and profits. Each non-U.S. insurance subsidiary of FIHL intends to operate in a manner that is intended to ensure that it qualifies for the 20% Gross Income Exception or 20% Ownership Exception. However, it is possible that they will not be successful in qualifying under these exceptions because some of the factors which determine the extent of RPII may be beyond Current Fidelis control.
Computation of RPII
In order to determine how much RPII a non-U.S. insurance subsidiary of FIHL has earned in each taxable year, each non-U.S. insurance subsidiary may obtain and rely upon information from its insureds and reinsureds to determine whether any of the insureds, reinsureds or persons related thereto own (directly or indirectly through non-U.S. entities) shares of FIHL and are U.S. Persons. A non-U.S. insurance subsidiary of FIHL may not be able to determine whether any of their underlying direct or indirect insureds are shareholders or related persons
256
to such shareholders, and, consequently, may not be able to determine accurately the gross amount of RPII earned by it in a given taxable year. For any year in which the 20% Gross Income Exception and the 20% Ownership Exception do not apply, FIHL may also seek information from its shareholders as to whether beneficial owners of shares at the end of the year are U.S. Persons so that the RPII may be determined and apportioned among such persons; to the extent FIHL is unable to determine whether a beneficial owner of shares is a U.S. Person, FIHL may assume that such owner is not a U.S. Person, thereby increasing the per share RPII amount for all known RPII shareholders.
If, as expected, for each taxable year each non-U.S. insurance subsidiary of FIHL meets the 20% Gross Income Exception or 20% Ownership Exception, RPII shareholders will not be required to include RPII in their taxable income. The amount of RPII includable in the income of an RPII shareholder is based upon the net RPII income for the year after deducting related expenses such as losses, loss reserves and operating expenses.
Apportionment of RPII to U.S. Holders
Every RPII shareholder who owns shares on the last day of any taxable year of FIHL in which both the 20% Ownership Exception and the 20% Gross Income Exception do not apply to a non-U.S. insurance subsidiary of FIHL should expect that for such year it will be required to include in gross income its share of such subsidiarys RPII for the portion of the taxable year during which the non-U.S. insurance subsidiary was a CFC under the RPII provisions, whether or not distributed, even though such shareholder may not have owned the shares throughout such period. An RPII shareholder who owns shares during such taxable year but not on the last day of the taxable year is not required to include in gross income any part of the RPII of a non-U.S. insurance subsidiary of FIHL.
Basis Adjustments
An RPII shareholders tax basis in its shares will be increased by the amount of any RPII that such shareholder includes in income. The RPII shareholder may exclude from income the amount of any distributions by FIHL out of previously taxed RPII income. The RPII shareholders tax basis in its shares will be reduced by the amount of such distributions that are excluded from income.
Uncertainty as to Application of RPII
The RPII provisions have never been interpreted by the courts or the U.S. Treasury Department in final regulations, and regulations interpreting the RPII provisions of the Code exist only in proposed form. Accordingly, the meaning of the RPII provisions and the application thereof to a non-U.S. insurance subsidiary of FIHL is uncertain. In addition, FIHL cannot be certain that the amount of RPII or the amounts of the RPII inclusions for any particular RPII shareholder, if any, will not be subject to adjustment based upon subsequent IRS examination. Further, recently proposed regulations could, if finalized in their current form, substantially expand the definition of RPII to include insurance income of our non-U.S. subsidiaries with respect to certain affiliate reinsurance transactions. If these proposed regulations are finalized in their current form, it could limit Current Fidelis ability to execute affiliate reinsurance transactions that would otherwise be undertaken for non-tax business reasons in the future and could increase the risk that the 20% Gross Income Exception would not be met for one or more of FIHLs non-U.S. subsidiaries in a particular taxable year, which could result in such RPII being taxable to U.S. Persons that own or are treated as owning Common Shares directly or indirectly through non-U.S. entities. U.S. Persons owning or treated as owning Common Shares should consult their tax advisors as to the effect of these uncertainties.
Information Reporting
Under certain circumstances, U.S. Persons owning shares in a non-U.S. corporation are required to file IRS Form 5471 with their U.S. federal income tax returns. Generally, information reporting on IRS Form 5471 is
257
required by (i) a person who is treated as an RPII shareholder; (ii) a 10% U.S. Shareholder of a non-U.S. corporation that is a CFC at any time during any tax year of the non-U.S. corporation and who owned the stock on the last day of that year; and (iii) under certain circumstances, a U.S. Person who acquires stock in a non-U.S. corporation and as a result thereof owns 10% or more of the voting power or value of such non-U.S. corporation, whether or not such non-U.S. corporation is a CFC. FIHL will provide to all U.S. Persons registered as shareholders of its shares the relevant information necessary to complete IRS Form 5471 in the event FIHL determines this is necessary. Failure to file IRS Form 5471 may result in penalties.
U.S. Holders should consider their possible obligation to file FinCEN Form 114, Report of Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts, with respect to the Common Shares. Additionally, such U.S. Holders should consider their possible obligations to annually report certain information with respect to the Form with their U.S. federal income tax returns. Certain U.S. Holders who are individuals (and certain entities) that hold an interest in specified foreign financial assets (which may include the Common Shares) are required to report information (on IRS Form 8938) relating to such assets, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for Common Shares held in accounts maintained by certain financial institutions). U.S. Holders who fail to report the required information could be subject to substantial penalties, and, in such circumstances, the statute of limitations for assessment of tax could be suspended, in whole or part. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors with respect to these or any other reporting requirements which may apply with respect to their purchase, holding and sale of the Common Shares.
Certain shareholders may be required to file an IRS Form 926 (Return of a U.S. Transferor of Property to a Foreign Corporation) to report a transfer of property, including cash, to FIHL. Substantial penalties may be imposed on a shareholder that fails to comply with this reporting requirement. Each shareholder is urged to consult with its own tax advisors regarding this reporting obligation.
Tax-Exempt Shareholders
Tax-exempt entities will be required to treat certain subpart F insurance income, including RPII, that is includible in income by the tax-exempt entity as unrelated business taxable income. Prospective investors that are tax exempt entities are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the potential impact of the unrelated business taxable income provisions of the Code. A tax-exempt organization that is treated as a 10% U.S. Shareholder or an RPII Shareholder also must file IRS Form 5471 in the circumstances described above.
Dispositions of the Common Shares
Subject to the discussions below relating to the potential application of the Code section 1248 and PFIC rules, U.S. Holders generally should recognize capital gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the Common Shares in the same manner as on the sale, exchange or other disposition of any other shares held as capital assets. If the holding period for these shares exceeds one year, any gain will be subject to tax at a current maximum marginal tax rate of 20% for individuals and a rate of 21% for corporations. Moreover, gain, if any, generally will be U.S.-source gain and generally will constitute passive category income for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.
Code section 1248 provides that if a U.S. Person sells or exchanges stock in a non-U.S. corporation and such person owned, directly, indirectly through certain non-U.S. entities or constructively, 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation at any time during the five (5)-year period ending on the date of disposition when the corporation was a CFC, any gain from the sale or exchange of the shares will be treated as a dividend to the extent of the CFCs earnings and profits (determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) during the period that the shareholder held the shares and while the corporation was a CFC (with certain adjustments). FIHL believes that because of the anticipated dispersion of its share ownership, no U.S. Person that owns Common Shares directly or through non-U.S. entities in FIHL should be treated as owning (directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities or constructively) 10% or more of the total voting power of FIHL; to the extent this is the case,
258
the application of Code Section 1248 under the regular CFC rules should not apply to dispositions of the Common Shares. However, no assurance can be given in this regard.
A 10% U.S. Shareholder may in certain circumstances be required to report a disposition of shares of a CFC by attaching IRS Form 5471 to the U.S. federal income tax or information return that it would normally file for the taxable year in which the disposition occurs. In the event this is determined necessary, FIHL will, upon request, provide the relevant information necessary to complete IRS Form 5471.
Code Section 1248 in conjunction with the RPII rules also applies to the sale or exchange of shares in a non-U.S. corporation if the non-U.S. corporation would be treated as a CFC for RPII purposes regardless of whether the shareholder owns, directly, indirectly through certain non-U.S. entities or constructively, 10% or more of the voting power of such non-U.S. corporation or whether the 20% Gross Income Exception or the 20% Ownership Exception applies. Existing proposed regulations do not address whether Code Section 1248 would apply if a non-U.S. corporation is not a CFC but the non-U.S. corporation has a subsidiary that would be treated as a CFC for RPII purposes. FIHL believes, however, that this application of Code Section 1248 under the RPII rules should not apply to dispositions of Common Shares because FIHL will not be directly engaged in the insurance business. FIHL cannot be certain, however, that the IRS will not interpret the proposed regulations in a contrary manner or that the U.S. Treasury Department will not amend the proposed regulations to provide that these rules will apply to dispositions of the Common Shares. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the effects of these rules on a disposition of the Common Shares.
PFIC
In general, a non-U.S. corporation will be a PFIC during a given taxable year if (i) the 75% test is met for such taxable year; or (ii) the 50% test is met for such taxable year. Once characterized as a PFIC, the shares of the non-U.S. corporation will generally retain status as shares in a PFIC for future taxable years with respect to U.S. shareholders that held such shares in the taxable year of the initial PFIC characterization.
If FIHL were characterized as a PFIC during a given year, each U.S. Person holding the Common Shares would be subject to a penalty tax at the time of the taxable disposition at a gain of, or receipt of an excess distribution with respect to, their Common Shares, unless such person (i) is a 10% U.S. Shareholder and FIHL is a CFC or (ii) made a QEF or mark-to-market election. It is uncertain whether FIHL would be able to provide its shareholders with the information necessary for a U.S. Person to make the QEF election or whether a U.S. Person will be eligible to make a mark-to-market election with respect to the Common Shares, and a mark-to-market election likely will not be available for any shares of FIHLs non-U.S. subsidiaries. In addition, if FIHL were considered a PFIC, upon the death of any U.S. individual owning shares, such individuals heirs or estate would not be entitled to a step-up in the basis of their Common Shares that might otherwise be available under U.S. federal income tax laws. In general, a shareholder receives an excess distribution if the amount of the distribution is more than 125% of the average distribution with respect to the shares during the three (3) preceding taxable years (or shorter period during which the taxpayer held the Common Shares). In general, the penalty tax is equivalent to an interest charge on taxes that are deemed due during the period the shareholder owned the Common Shares, computed by assuming that the excess distribution or gain (in the case of a taxable disposition) with respect to the Common Shares was taken in equal portion at the highest applicable tax rate on ordinary income throughout the shareholders period of ownership. The interest charge is equal to the applicable rate imposed on underpayments of U.S. federal income tax for such period. In addition, a distribution paid by FIHL to U.S. shareholders that is characterized as a dividend and is not characterized as an excess distribution would not be eligible for reduced rates of tax as qualified dividend income if FIHL were considered a PFIC in the taxable year in which such dividend was paid or in the preceding taxable year. A U.S. Person that is a shareholder in a PFIC may also be subject to additional information reporting requirements, including the annual filing of IRS Form 8621.
For the above purposes, passive income generally includes interest, dividends, annuities and other investment income. The PFIC rules provide that income derived in the active conduct of an insurance business by
259
a qualifying insurance corporation, as amended by the 2017 Act, is not treated as passive income. The PFIC provisions also contain a look-through rule under which a non-U.S. corporation will be treated as if it received directly its proportionate share of the income and as if it held its proportionate share of the assets of any other corporation in which it owns at least 25% of the value of the stock (the look-through rule).
Under the look-through rule, FIHL should be deemed to own its proportionate share of the assets and to have received its proportionate share of the income of its non-U.S. insurance subsidiaries for purposes of the 75% test and the 50% test. However, the 2017 Act limits the insurance income exception to a non-U.S. insurance company that is a qualifying insurance corporation that would be taxable as an insurance company if it were a U.S. corporation and satisfies the Reserve Test by satisfying either the 25% Test or the 10% Test (each as defined above). Current Fidelis believes that FIBL has met this Reserve Test and will continue to do so in the foreseeable future, although no assurance may be given that FIBL will satisfy the Reserve Test in future years.
Further, the 2020 Regulations define insurance liabilities for purposes of the Reserve Test, tighten the Reserve Test as well as place a statutory cap on insurance liabilities, and provide guidance on the runoff-related and rating-related circumstances for purposes of the 10% Test. The 2020 Regulations, which set forth in proposed form certain requirements that must be met to satisfy the active conduct of an insurance business test, also propose that a non-U.S. insurer with no or a nominal number of employees that relies exclusively or almost exclusively upon independent contractors (other than related entities) to perform its core functions will not be treated as engaged in the active conduct of an insurance business. Further, for purposes of applying the 10% Test, the 2020 Regulations: (i) generally limit the rating-related circumstances exception to a non-U.S. corporation: (a) if more than half of such corporations net written premiums for the applicable period are derived from insuring catastrophic risk, or (b) providing certain other insurance coverage that Current Fidelis is not expected to engage in, and (ii) reduce a corporations insurance liabilities by the amount of any reinsurance recoverable relating to such liability. Current Fidelis believes that, based on the implementation of its business plan and the application of the look-through rule and the exceptions set out under Section 1297 of the Code, none of the income and assets of FIBL should be treated as passive pursuant to the 10% Test, and thus, FIHL should not be characterized as a PFIC under current law for its current taxable year and foreseeable future years to the extent a shareholder makes an election to apply the 10% Test with respect to each non-U.S. insurance subsidiary, but because of the legal uncertainties as well as factual uncertainties with respect to Current Fidelis planned operations, there is a risk that FIBL and therefore FIHL will be characterized as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In addition, because of the legal uncertainties relating to how the 2020 Regulations will be interpreted and the form in which the proposed 2020 Regulations may be finalized, no assurance can be given that FIHL will not qualify as a PFIC under final IRS guidance or any future regulatory proposal or interpretation that may be subsequently introduced and promulgated. If FIHL is considered a PFIC, it could have material adverse tax consequences for an investor that is subject to U.S. federal income taxation. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors as to the effects of the PFIC rules.
As noted above, the 10% Test will only apply if a U.S. Holder makes a valid election. A U.S. Holder seeking to elect the application of the 10% Test to FIBL may do so if Current Fidelis provides the holder- with, or otherwise makes publicly available, a statement or other disclosure that FIBL meets the requirements of the 10% Test (and contains certain other relevant information). Current Fidelis intends to either provide each U.S. Holder with such a statement or otherwise make such a statement publicly available. A U.S. Holder may generally make an election to apply the 10% Test by completing a Form 8621 and attaching it to its original or amended U.S. federal income tax return for the taxable year to which the election relates. Investors owning a de minimis amount of FIHL stock may be deemed to have made the election automatically. U.S. investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding electing to apply the 10% Test to FIHLs non-U.S. insurance subsidiaries.
U.S. investors are also urged to consult with their tax advisors and to consider making a protective QEF election with respect to FIHL and each of FIHLs non-U.S. subsidiaries to preserve the possibility of making a retroactive QEF election. If the Group determines that FIHL is a PFIC, the Group intends to use commercially reasonable efforts to provide the information necessary to make a QEF election for FIHL and each non-U.S.
260
subsidiary of FIHL that is a PFIC. A U.S. Person that makes a QEF election with respect to a PFIC is currently taxable on its pro rata share of the ordinary earnings and net capital gain of such company during the years it is a PFIC (at ordinary income and capital gain rates, respectively), regardless of whether or not distributions were received. In addition, any of the PFICs losses for a taxable year will not be available to U.S. Persons and may not be carried back or forward in computing the PFICs ordinary earnings and net capital gain in other taxable years. A U.S. Person generally increases the basis of its PFIC shares, and the basis of any other property of the U.S. Person by reason of which such U.S. Person is considered to indirectly own PFIC shares, by amounts included in such U.S. Persons gross income pursuant to the QEF election. Therefore, an electing shareholder will generally increase the basis of its Common Shares by amounts included in the shareholders gross income pursuant to the QEF election.
In lieu of making a QEF election, if FIHL is a PFIC for any taxable year and the Common Shares are treated as marketable stock in such year, then a U.S. Person may avoid the unfavorable rules described above by making a mark-to-market election with respect to such holders Common Shares. The Common Shares will be marketable if they are regularly traded on certain qualifying stock exchanges, including NYSE; however, there can be no assurance that trading in the Common Shares will be sufficiently regular for the shares to qualify as marketable stock, and a mark-to-market election likely would not be available for any subsidiary of FIHL also treated as a PFIC. In general, if a U.S. Holder were to make a timely and effective mark-to-market election, such holder would include as ordinary income each year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the holders Common Shares at the end of the taxable year over its adjusted basis in the Common Shares. Any gain recognized by such holder on the sale or other disposition of the Common Shares would be ordinary income, and any loss would be an ordinary loss to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the mark-to-market election and, thereafter, a capital loss. U.S. Holders considering a mark-to-market election for FIHL should consult with their tax advisors regarding making a QEF election for any non-U.S. subsidiary of FIHL treated as a PFIC.
A U.S. Holder will be required to file an IRS Form 8621 (which is a form that is required to be filed by holders of equity in a PFIC) for each tax year that it holds Common Shares and FIHL is characterized as a PFIC, regardless of whether such U.S. Person has a QEF election in effect or receives any excess distribution.
Medicare Contribution Tax
A U.S. Person that is an individual, estate or a trust that does not fall into a special class of trusts that is exempt from such tax will be subject to a 3.8% tax on the lesser of (i) the U.S. Persons net investment income (or undistributed net investment income in the case of estates and trusts) for the relevant taxable year and (ii) the excess of the U.S. Persons modified adjusted gross income for the taxable year over a certain threshold. A U.S. Holders net investment income will generally include its dividend income and its net gains from the disposition of Common Shares, unless such dividend income or net gains are derived in the ordinary course of the conduct of a trade or business (other than a trade or business that consists of certain passive or trading activities). Under certain proposed United States Treasury Regulations, an inclusion of subpart F income by a 10% U.S. Shareholder will not be treated as a dividend for purposes of calculating this 3.8% tax on net investment income. However, actual distributions with respect to such income, which as previously taxed income will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, and will be treated as dividends for purposes of calculating net investment income and this 3.8% tax.
Foreign Tax Credit
Dividends on Common Shares, and current income inclusions under the CFC, RPII and PFIC rules generally will constitute foreign source income for foreign tax credit limitation purposes, and generally will constitute passive category income. If U.S. Persons in the aggregate own a majority of the shares of FIHL, under certain circumstance only a portion of the current income inclusions, if any, under the CFC, RPII and PFIC rules and of dividends paid by FIHL (including any gain from the sale of the Common Shares that is treated as a dividend
261
under section 1248 of the Code) will be treated as foreign source income for purposes of computing a shareholders U.S. foreign tax credit limitations. FIHL will consider providing shareholders with information regarding the portion of such amounts constituting foreign source income to the extent such information is reasonably available. There are additional significant and complex limits on a U.S. Persons ability to claim foreign tax credits, and recently issued U.S. Treasury regulations that apply to foreign income taxes paid or accrued in taxable years beginning on or after December 28, 2021 further restrict the availability of any such credit based on the nature of the tax imposed by the foreign jurisdiction. Thus, it may not be possible for shareholders to utilize excess foreign tax credits to reduce U.S. tax on such income. The rules relating to the determination of the U.S. foreign tax credit are complex, and U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of a foreign tax credit in their particular circumstances and the possibility of claiming an itemized deduction (in lieu of the foreign tax credit) for any foreign taxes paid or withheld.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding on Distributions and Disposition Proceeds
Information returns may be filed with the IRS in connection with distributions on the Common Shares and the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of the Common Shares unless the holder of the Common Shares establishes an exemption from the information reporting rules. A holder of the Common Shares that does not establish such an exemption may be subject to U.S. backup withholding tax on these payments if the holder is not a corporation or fails to provide its taxpayer identification number or otherwise comply with the backup withholding rules. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against the U.S. Holders U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle the U.S. Holder to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.
Bermuda Taxation
Taxation of FIHL and FIBL
At the present time, there is no Bermuda income or profits tax, withholding tax, capital gains tax, capital transfer tax, estate duty or inheritance tax payable by FIHL or FIBL in respect of the Common Shares. FIHL has obtained an assurance from the Minister of Finance of Bermuda under the Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966 that, in the event that any legislation is enacted in Bermuda imposing any tax computed on profits or income, or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax, such tax will not, until March 31, 2035, be applicable to us or to any of our operations or to the Common Shares, debentures or other obligations except insofar as such tax applies to persons ordinarily resident in Bermuda or is payable by FIHL in respect of real property owned or leased by it in Bermuda. The same assurance has been obtained with respect to FIBL. Given the limited duration of any assurance by the Minister of Finance, neither FIHL nor FIBL can be certain that it will not be subject to any Bermuda taxes after March 31, 2035. Each of FIHL and FIBL pays an annual Bermuda Government fee and an insurance license fee, as applicable. In addition, all entities employing individuals in Bermuda are required to pay a payroll tax and there are other sundry taxes payable, directly or indirectly, to the Bermuda Government.
Pursuant to the Payroll Tax Act 1995 and the Payroll Tax Rates Act 1995 of Bermuda (together, the Payroll Tax Act), an employer is required to pay payroll tax on remuneration paid by it to each employee or deemed employee for services rendered by the employee or deemed employee during that tax period wholly or mainly in Bermuda (provided that any remuneration paid by the employer to the employee or deemed employee in excess of $900,000 per annum is disregarded) and may, within certain parameters, make deductions from remuneration paid to each employee and deemed employee in each tax period in respect of a certain portion of the payroll tax paid by the employer in respect of that employee or deemed employee in that tax period. For the purposes of the Payroll Tax Act, any gain obtained by the exercise, assignment or release of any option awarded under any of our option plans will constitute actual remuneration.
In addition, the OECD has published reports and launched a global dialogue among member and non-member countries on measures to limit harmful tax competition. These measures are largely directed at
262
counteracting the effects of tax havens and preferential tax regimes in countries around the world. According to the OECD, Bermuda is a jurisdiction that has substantially implemented the internationally agreed tax standard. However, neither FIHL nor FIBL is able to predict whether any changes will be made to this classification or whether any such changes will subject FIHL or FIBL to additional taxes.
Taxation of Shareholders
At the present time, there is no Bermuda income or profits tax, withholding tax, capital gains tax, capital transfer tax, estate duty or inheritance tax payable by our shareholders in respect of our Common Shares. FIHL has obtained an assurance from the Minister of Finance of Bermuda under the Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966 that, in the event that any legislation is enacted in Bermuda imposing any tax computed on profits or income, or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax, such tax will not, until March 31, 2035, be applicable to the Common Shares except insofar as such tax applies to persons ordinarily resident in Bermuda. The same assurance has been obtained with respect to FIBL. Given the limited duration of any assurance by the Minister of Finance, we cannot be certain that the shareholders will not be subject to any Bermuda taxes after March 31, 2035.
263
Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Jefferies LLC are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we and the Selling Shareholders have agreed to sell to them the number of shares indicated below:
Name |
Shares | |||
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC |
||||
Barclays Capital Inc. |
||||
Jefferies LLC |
||||
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. |
||||
BMO Capital Markets Corp. |
||||
Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. |
||||
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC |
||||
JMP Securities LLC |
||||
Dowling & Partners Securities, LLC |
||||
|
|
|||
Total: |
||||
|
|
The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the underwriters and the representatives, respectively. The underwriters are offering the Common Shares subject to their acceptance of the Common Shares from us and the Selling Shareholders and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the Common Shares offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the Common Shares offered by this prospectus if any such Common Shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the Common Shares covered by the underwriters over-allotment option described below.
The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the Common Shares directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $ per Common Share under the public offering price. After the initial offering of the Common Shares, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.
The Selling Shareholders have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to additional Common Shares at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the Common Shares offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional Common Shares as the number listed next to the underwriters name in the preceding table bears to the total number of Common Shares listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.
The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us and the Selling Shareholders. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters option to purchase up to an additional Common Shares from the Selling Shareholders.
264
Total | ||||||||||||
Per Common Share |
No Exercise |
Full Exercise |
||||||||||
Public offering price |
$ | $ | $ | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us |
$ | $ | $ | |||||||||
Proceeds, before expenses, to us |
$ | $ | $ | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Proceeds, before expenses, to the Selling Shareholders |
$ | $ | $ | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $ . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses relating to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority up to $ .
We intend to apply to have our Common Shares listed on NYSE under the trading symbol FIHL.
We and our directors and officers and substantially all of our other securityholders have agreed that, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Jefferies LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, and will not publicly disclose an intention to, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus (the restricted period):
| offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Shares; |
| file any registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the offering of any Common Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Shares; or |
| enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of Common Shares, |
whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of Common Shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agree that, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Jefferies LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any Common Shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Shares.
Each of the MGU Executives and the Insurance Group Executives have agreed with the company to abide by certain restrictions of sales of Common Shares for a period of time. See Material Contracts and Related Party TransactionsIPO Assistance and Lock-Up Agreement for more information.
In order to facilitate the offering of the Common Shares, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the Common Shares. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Common Shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, Common Shares in the open market to
265
stabilize the price of the Common Shares. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the Common Shares above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the Common Shares. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.
We, the Selling Shareholders and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify one and other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of Common Shares to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.
The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. In particular, affiliates of Barclays Capital Inc. and BMO Capital Markets Corp. provide letters of credit facilities to us.
In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.
Pricing of the Offering
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Common Shares. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.
Selling Restrictions
European Economic Area
In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area (each an EEA State), no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that EEA State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that EEA State or, where appropriate, approved in another EEA State and notified to the competent authority in that EEA State, all in accordance with the E.U. Prospectus Regulation, except that it may make an offer to the public in that EEA State of any shares at any time under the following exemptions under the E.U. Prospectus Regulation:
| to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the E.U. Prospectus Regulation; |
| to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the E.U. Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or |
266
| in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the E.U. Prospectus Regulation, provided that no such offer of the shares shall require us or any of our representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the E.U. Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the E.U. Prospectus Regulation. |
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an offer to the public in relation to the Common Shares offered by this prospectus in any EEA State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our Common Shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any of the Common Shares offered by this prospectus and the expression E.U. Prospectus Regulation means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.
United Kingdom
In relation to the United Kingdom, no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in the United Kingdom prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority in accordance with the U.K. Prospectus Regulation, except that it may make an offer to the public in the United Kingdom of any shares at any time under the following exemptions under the U.K. Prospectus Regulation:
| to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the U.K. Prospectus Regulation; |
| to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the U.K. Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or |
| in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the U.K. Prospectus Regulation, provided that no such offer of the shares shall require us or any of our representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the U.K. Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the U.K. Prospectus Regulation. |
In the United Kingdom, the offering is addressed only to, and is directed only at, qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(e) of the U.K. Prospectus Regulation, who are also (i) persons having professional experience in matters relating to investments who fall within the definition of investment professionals in Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the Order); (ii) high net worth bodies corporate, unincorporated associations and partnerships and trustees of high value trusts as described in Article 49(2) of the Order; or (iii) persons to whom it may otherwise lawfully be communicated (all such persons being referred to as relevant persons). This document must not be acted on or relied on by persons who are not relevant persons. Any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is available only to relevant persons and will be engaged in only with relevant persons.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an offer to the public in relation to the shares in the United Kingdom means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offering and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression U.K. Prospectus Regulation means the U.K. version of Regulation (EU) No 2017/1129 as amended by The Prospectus (Amendment etc.) (EU Exit) Regulations 2019, which is part of U.K. law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018.
Canada
The Common Shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the Common Shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.
267
Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchasers province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchasers province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.
Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.
Australia
No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement, or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission in relation to this offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement, or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the Corporations Act), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement, or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.
Any offer in Australia of our Common Shares may only be made to persons (Exempt Investors) who are sophisticated investors (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), professional investors (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act), or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer our Common Shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.
The Common Shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the twelve-month period after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring securities must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.
This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation, or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.
Switzerland
We have not and will not register with the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (the FINMA) as a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to Article 119 of the Federal Act on Collective Investment Scheme of 23 June 2006, as amended (CISA), and accordingly the securities being offered pursuant to this prospectus have not and will not be approved, and may not be licensable, with FINMA. Therefore, the securities have not been authorized for distribution by FINMA as a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to Article 119 CISA and the securities offered hereby may not be offered to the public (as this term is defined in Article 3 CISA) in or from Switzerland. The securities may solely be offered to qualified investors, as this term is defined in Article 10 CISA, and in the circumstances set out in Article 3 of the Ordinance on Collective Investment Scheme of 22 November 2006, as amended (the CISO), such that there is no public offer. Investors, however, do not benefit from protection under CISA or CISO or supervision by FINMA. This prospectus and any other materials relating to the securities are strictly personal and confidential to each offeree
268
and do not constitute an offer to any other person. This prospectus may only be used by those qualified investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offer described herein and may neither directly nor indirectly be distributed or made available to any person or entity other than its recipients. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and will in particular not be copied or distributed to the public in Switzerland or from Switzerland. This prospectus does not constitute an issue prospectus as that term is understood pursuant to Article 652a or 1156 of the Swiss Federal Code of Obligations. We have not applied for a listing of the securities on the SIX Swiss Exchange or any other regulated securities market in Switzerland, and consequently, the information presented in this prospectus does not necessarily comply with the information standards set out in the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange.
Japan
No registration pursuant to Article 4, paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended, the FIEL) has been made or will be made with respect to the solicitation of the application for the acquisition of the Common Shares.
Accordingly, the Common Shares have not been, directly or indirectly, offered or sold and will not be, directly or indirectly, offered or sold in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for re-offering or re-sale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEL and the other applicable laws and regulations of Japan.
Qualified Institutional Investors (QII):
Please note that the solicitation for newly issued or secondary securities (each as described in Paragraph 2, Article 4 of the FIEL) in relation to the Common Shares constitutes either a QII only private placement or a QII only secondary distribution (each as described in Paragraph 1, Article 23-13 of the FIEL). Disclosure regarding any such solicitation, as is otherwise prescribed in Paragraph 1, Article 4 of the FIEL, has not been made in relation to the Common Shares. The Common Shares may only be transferred to QIIs.
Non-QII Investors:
Please note that the solicitation for newly issued or secondary securities (each as described in Paragraph 2, Article 4 of the FIEL) in relation to the Common Shares constitutes either a small number private placement or a small number private secondary distribution (each as is described in Paragraph 4, Article 23-13 of the FIEL). Disclosure regarding any such solicitation, as is otherwise prescribed in Paragraph 1, Article 4 of the FIEL, has not been made in relation to the Common Shares. The Common Shares may only be transferred en bloc without subdivision to a single investor.
Dubai International Finance Centre
This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (the DFSA). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The Common Shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid or subject to restrictions on its resale. Prospective purchasers of the Common Shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the Common Shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus, you should consult an authorized financial advisor.
269
Hong Kong
Shares of our Common Shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), (ii) to professional investors within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a prospectus within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation, or document relating to shares of our Common Shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares of our Common Shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to professional investors within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.
Singapore
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or materials in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of shares of our Common Shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares of our Common Shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the Singapore SFA), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the Singapore SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the Singapore SFA.
Where shares of our Common Shares are subscribed to or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (i) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (ii) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries rights and interest in that trust will not be transferable for six (6) months after that corporation or that trust has acquired shares of our Common Shares under Section 275 except: (x) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Singapore SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the Singapore SFA; (y) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (z) by operation of law.
Brazil
No securities may be offered or sold in Brazil, except in circumstances that do not constitute a public offering or unauthorized distribution under Brazilian laws and regulations. The securities have not been, and will not be, registered with the Comissão de Valores Mobiliários.
China
This prospectus does not constitute a public offer of shares, whether by sale or subscription, in the Peoples Republic of China (the PRC). The shares are not being offered or sold directly or indirectly in the PRC to or for the benefit of legal or natural persons of the PRC.
Further, no legal or natural persons of the PRC may directly or indirectly purchase any of the Common Shares offered by this prospectus or any beneficial interest therein without obtaining all prior PRC governmental approvals that are required, whether statutorily or otherwise. Persons who come into possession of this document are required by the issuer and its representatives to observe these restrictions.
270
France
Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the shares described in this prospectus has been submitted to the clearance procedures of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers or of the competent authority of another member state of the European Economic Area and notified to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers. The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the shares has been or will be (1) released, issued, distributed or caused to be released, issued or distributed to the public in France; or (2) used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the shares to the public in France.
Such offers, sales and distributions will be made in France only:
| to qualified investors (investisseurs estraint) and/or to a restricted circle of investors (cercle estraint dinvestisseurs), in each case investing for their own account, all as defined in, and in accordance with, articles L.411-2, D.411-1, D.411-2, D.734-1, D.744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Code monétaire et financier; |
| to investment services providers authorized to engage in portfolio management on behalf of third parties; or |
| in a transaction that, in accordance with article L.411-2-II-1° -or-2° -or 3° of the French Code monétaire et financier and article 211-2 of the General Regulations (Réglement Général) of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers, does not constitute a public offer (appel public á lépargne). |
The shares may be resold, directly or indirectly, only in compliance with articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L412-1 and L.621-8 through L.621-8-3 of the French Code monétaire et financier.
Kuwait
Unless all necessary approvals from the Kuwait Capital Markets Authority pursuant to Law No. 7/2010, its Executive Regulations, and the various Resolutions and Announcements issued pursuant thereto or in connection therewith have been given in relation to the marketing of and sale of the shares described in this prospectus, the shares may not be offered for sale, nor sold, in Kuwait. Neither this prospectus nor any of the information contained herein is intended to lead to the conclusion of any contract of whatsoever nature within Kuwait. With regard to the contents of this document, we recommend that you consult a licensee pursuant to applicable law and specialized in giving advice about the purchase of shares and other securities before making the subscription decision.
Qatar
The shares described in this prospectus have not been, and will not be, offered, sold or delivered, at any time, directly or indirectly, in the State of Qatar (including the Qatar Financial Centre) in a manner that would constitute a public offering. This prospectus has not been, and will not be, registered with or approved by the Qatar Financial Markets Authority, the Qatar Central Bank, the Qatar Financial Centre Regulatory Authority or any other relevant Qatar governmental body or securities exchange, and may not be publicly distributed. This prospectus is intended for the original recipient only and must not be provided to any other person. It is not for general circulation in the State of Qatar and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose.
Saudi Arabia
This document may not be distributed in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia except to such persons as are permitted under the Offers of Securities Regulations as issued by the board of the Saudi Arabian Capital Market Authority (the CMA) pursuant to resolution number 2-11-2004 dated 4 October 2004 as amended by resolution number 1-28-2008, as amended. The CMA does not make any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this document and expressly disclaims any liability whatsoever for any loss arising from, or incurred in reliance upon, any part of this document. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered hereby should conduct their own due diligence on the accuracy of the information relating to the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document, you should consult an authorized financial advisor.
271
Our principal legal advisors in the United States and United Kingdom are Willkie Farr & Gallagher (UK) LLP, located at CityPoint, 1 Ropemaker Street, EC2Y 9AW London, United Kingdom. Our principal legal advisors in Bermuda are Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited (Conyers), located at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda. Certain Bermuda legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon by Conyers. Charles Collis is a partner and director at Conyers, as well as a director of the Company. Certain legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, located at 1271 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10020.
272
The consolidated financial statements of Fidelis Insurance Holdings Limited as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2022 have been included in this prospectus in reliance upon the report of KPMG Audit Limited, an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
273
WHERE PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1, including exhibits, schedules and amendments thereto, of which this prospectus is a part, under the Securities Act with respect to our Common Shares covered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. For further information with respect to our company and the Common Shares covered by this prospectus, reference is made to the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to in this prospectus are not necessarily complete and, where that contract or other document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement in this prospectus is qualified in all respects by the exhibit to which the reference relates. Our SEC filings, including our registration statement, are also available to prospective investors, free of charge, on the SECs website, www.sec.gov.
Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to foreign private issuers including audited annual financial statements. These periodic reports and other information will be available on the website of the SEC referred to above.
We maintain a website at https://www.fidelisinsurance.com/. Following the initial listing of our Common Shares on NYSE, we will make the information filed with or furnished to the SEC available free of charge through our website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. Information contained on, or accessible through our website is not incorporated by reference into and does not constitute a part of this prospectus or any other report or documents we file with or furnish to the SEC.
274
2015 Non-Qualified Share Option Plan |
the FIHL Non-Qualified Share Option Plan, adopted as of June 9, 2015, as amended |
2018 Non-Qualified Share Option Plan |
the FIHL Non-Qualified Share Option Plan, adopted as of November 8, 2018, as amended |
Amended and Restated Common Shareholders Agreement |
the Existing Common Shareholders Agreement that will be amended and restated effective as of the consummation of this offering |
Bermuda MGU |
Shelf Opco Bermuda Limited |
Bespoke pillar |
a portion of the Groups business which focuses on bespoke (re)insurance underwriting for tailored coverage |
BMA |
the Bermuda Monetary Authority |
Board |
the board of directors of FIHL |
CBI |
the Central Bank of Ireland |
Code |
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended |
Common Shareholders |
holders of C ommon Shares |
Common Shareholders Equity |
ratio, in percent, of net income to opening equity of the Common Shares |
Companies Act |
Bermuda Companies Act 1981 |
Cooperation Agreement |
the Cooperation Agreement, dated as of July 23, 2022 among FIHL, MGU HoldCo and certain third-party investors in MGU TopCo |
Crestview Funds |
Crestview FIHL Holdings LP, Crestview FIHL TE Holdings Ltd, Crestview IV FIHL Holdings LP and Crestview IV FIHL TE Holdings LLC |
Current Fidelis |
FIHL and its consolidated subsidiaries following the consummation of the Separation Transactions |
CVC |
CVC Falcon Holdings Limited |
EEA |
European Economic Area |
EEA State |
each member state of the European Economic Area |
EIOPA |
European Insurance and Operational Pensions Authority |
ESG |
environmental, social and governance |
Exchange Act |
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended |
275
Existing Bye-Laws |
the current bye-laws of FIHL, to be replaced by the Amended and Restated Bye-Laws in connection with this offering |
Existing Common Shareholders Agreement |
the current common shareholders agreement of FIHL entered into by the Existing Shareholders, to be replaced by the Amended and Restated Common Shareholders Agreement effective as of the consummation of this offering |
Existing Shareholders |
all of the shareholders who currently own shares in FIHL prior to the consummation of this offering |
FCA |
Financial Conduct Authority |
FIBL |
Fidelis Insurance Bermuda Limited |
Fidelis MGU |
the managing general underwriting platform for which MGU HoldCo is the parent company |
Fidelis U.S. |
Fidelis U.S. Holdings, Inc. |
FIHL |
Fidelis Insurance Holdings Limited |
FIHL (UK) Services |
FIHL (UK) Services Limited |
FIID |
Fidelis Insurance Ireland DAC |
FML |
Fidelis Marketing Limited |
Founder(s) |
each of the Crestview Funds, CVC and Pine Brook |
Framework Agreement |
the 10-year framework agreement entered into between FIHL and MGU HoldCo on December 20, 2022 relating to delegation of underwriting activities |
FUL |
Fidelis Underwriting Limited |
GPW |
gross premiums written |
Group Annual Plan |
the group-level annual plan |
Group Underwriting Strategy |
Group-level underwriting strategy |
HMRC |
His Majestys Revenue and Customs |
IBNR |
incurred but not reported |
Inter-Group Services Agreement |
a separate services agreement between FIHL and MGU HoldCo relating to the outsourcing of certain non-underwriting services to be provided by Fidelis MGU to FIHL and FIHL (UK) Services, dated January 3, 2023 |
Irish Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreement |
the Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreement between FIID and Pine Walk Europe |
276
IRS |
Internal Revenue Service |
Lancashire |
Lancashire Holdings Limited |
Lloyds |
Lloyds of London |
Long-Term Incentive Plan |
FIHLs long-term incentive plan, to be adopted on or immediately following the consummation of the Separation Transactions |
loss ratio |
is a financial performance measure that represents the ratio of losses and loss adjustment expenses to NPE. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsPerformance Measures and Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measures for a description as to how loss ratio is calculated |
LTIP Awards |
the awards granted pursuant to the Long-Term Incentive Plan |
MGU HoldCo |
Shelf Holdco II Limited |
New LOB |
any line of business beyond the Permitted Lines for which Current Fidelis has appetite |
Notes |
the Subordinated Notes and the Senior Notes, collectively |
NPE |
net premiums earned |
NPW |
net premiums written |
Operating RoE |
is a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure that represents a meaningful comparison between periods of our financial performance expressed as a percentage and is calculated as operating net income divided by opening Common Shareholders Equity in a given period. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsPerformance Measures and Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measures for a description as to how Operating RoE is calculated |
Outwards Reinsurance Strategy |
purchasing outwards reinsurance cover for Current Fidelis on an annual basis |
Outwards RI |
outwards reinsurance services pursuant to the Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreements including, among other services, advising on the outwards reinsurance and retrocession |
Person |
any person (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), other than to FIHL, any of its subsidiaries or a permitted parent |
Pine Brook |
Pine Brook Feal Intermediate, L.P. |
Pine Walk Capital |
Pine Walk Capital Limited |
Pine Walk Europe |
Pine Walk Europe SRL |
277
Platinum Ivy |
Platinum Ivy B 2018 RSC Limited |
PRA |
Prudential Regulation Authority |
Previous Fidelis |
FIHL and its consolidated subsidiaries prior to the consummation of the Separation Transactions and this offering |
RoE |
return on equity |
RSUs |
restricted stock units |
SCR |
Solvency Capital Requirement |
SEC |
United States Securities and Exchange Commission |
Securities Act |
Securities Act of 1933, as amended |
Senior Notes |
$330.0 million aggregate principal amount of 4.875% Senior Notes due 2030 |
Senior Notes Indenture |
the Indenture (the Base Senior Notes Indenture), dated as of June 18, 2020, between FIHL, as Issuer, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, Registrar, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent, as supplemented by the Supplemental Indenture No. 1 (the Supplemental Senior Notes Indenture), dated as of July 2, 2020, between FIHL, as Issuer, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, Registrar, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent, collectively constituting the Senior Notes |
Separation Transactions |
the completion of a number of separation and reorganization transactions in order to create two distinct holding companies and businesses: FIHL and MGU HoldCo. MGU HoldCo and its subsidiaries will not be consolidated with FIHL and its subsidiaries |
Series A Preference Securities |
FIHLs 9.00% non-convertible and cumulative preference securities, par value $0.01 per share |
Solvency II |
Directive 2009/138/EC |
Specialty pillar |
a portion of the Groups business which focuses on traditional specialty business lines such as aviation, energy, space, marine, contingency and property D&F |
Subordinated Notes |
$125.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6.625% Fixed-Rate Reset Junior Subordinated Notes due 2041 |
Subordinated Notes Indenture |
the Indenture (the Base Subordinated Notes Indenture), dated as of October 16, 2020, between FIHL, as Issuer, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, Registrar, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent, as supplemented by the Supplemental Indenture No. 1 (the Supplemental Subordinated Notes Indenture), dated as of October 20, 2020, between FIHL, as Issuer, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, Registrar, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent, collectively constituting the Subordinated Notes |
278
Subsidiary Annual Plan |
subsidiary-level annual plans prepared pursuant to each Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreement |
U.K. Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreement |
the Delegated Underwriting Authority Agreement between FUL and Pine Walk Capital |
U.K. Regulators |
the FCA and the PRA |
U.S. Holder |
a U.S. Person, other than a partnership, who beneficially owns Common Shares |
Ukraine Conflict |
the escalation of geopolitical tensions and the ongoing invasion of Ukraine by Russia |
UMCC |
Underwriting and Marketing Conference Calls |
UPR |
unearned premium |
279
INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Page | ||||
Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements of Fidelis Insurance Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries: |
||||
Unaudited Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 |
F-3 | |||
F-4 | ||||
F-5 | ||||
Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2023 and 2022 |
F-6 | |||
F-7 | ||||
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of Fidelis Insurance Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries: |
||||
F-33 | ||||
F-34 | ||||
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 |
F-36 | |||
F-37 | ||||
F-38 | ||||
F-39 | ||||
F-41 | ||||
Schedules: |
||||
Schedule ISummary of InvestmentsOther Than Investments in Related Parties |
F-95 | |||
F-96 | ||||
F-99 | ||||
F-100 | ||||
Schedule VISupplementary Information for Property and Casualty Insurance Underwriters |
F-101 |
Schedules other than those listed above are omitted for the reason that they are not applicable
F-1
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2023 and 2022
F-2
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED (FIHL)
At March 31, 2023 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2022
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
March 31, 2023 |
December 31, 2022 |
|||||||
Assets |
||||||||
Fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale (amortized cost: $2,593.1, 2022: $2,160.8) (net of allowance for credit losses of $2.5, 2022: $1.1) |
$ | 2,507.6 | $ | 2,050.9 | ||||
Short-term investments, available-for-sale (amortized cost: $286.9, 2022: $257.0) (net of allowance for credit losses of $nil, 2022: $nil) |
286.9 | 257.0 | ||||||
Other investments, at fair value (amortized cost: $51.1, 2022: $126.3) |
46.1 | 117.1 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total investments |
2,840.6 | 2,425.0 | ||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
430.7 | 1,222.0 | ||||||
Restricted cash and cash equivalents |
280.7 | 185.9 | ||||||
Accrued investment income |
13.3 | 10.9 | ||||||
Premiums and other receivables (net of allowance for credit losses of $9.7, 2022: $8.8) |
2,387.5 | 1,862.7 | ||||||
Amounts due from Fidelis MGU (net of allowance for credit losses of $nil, 2022: $nil) |
181.0 | | ||||||
Deferred reinsurance premiums |
1,191.7 | 823.7 | ||||||
Reinsurance balances recoverable on paid losses (net of allowances for credit losses of $nil, 2022: $nil) |
96.5 | 159.4 | ||||||
Reinsurance balances recoverable on reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses (net of allowance for credit losses of $1.0, 2022: $1.0) |
1,032.8 | 976.1 | ||||||
Deferred policy acquisition costs (includes deferred Fidelis MGU commissions $67.4, 2022: $nil) |
733.8 | 515.8 | ||||||
Other assets |
193.6 | 131.0 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total assets |
$ | 9,382.2 | $ | 8,312.5 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Liabilities and shareholders equity |
||||||||
Liabilities |
||||||||
Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses |
$ | 2,215.0 | $ | 2,045.2 | ||||
Unearned premiums |
3,260.3 | 2,618.6 | ||||||
Reinsurance balances payable |
1,221.5 | 1,057.0 | ||||||
Amounts due to Fidelis MGU |
216.9 | | ||||||
Long term debt |
447.7 | 447.5 | ||||||
Preference securities |
58.4 | 58.4 | ||||||
Other liabilities |
57.9 | 98.7 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total liabilities |
7,477.7 | 6,325.4 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Commitments and contingencies |
||||||||
Shareholders equity |
||||||||
Common shares ($0.01 par, issued and outstanding: 120,404,350; 2022 211,462,359) |
1.2 | 2.1 | ||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
1,943.4 | 2,075.0 | ||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
(76.8 | ) | (100.8 | ) | ||||
Retained earnings |
36.7 | 0.5 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total shareholders equity attributable to common shareholders |
1,904.5 | 1,976.8 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Non-controlling interests |
| 10.3 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total shareholders equity including non-controlling interests |
1,904.5 | 1,987.1 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total liabilities, non-controlling interests and shareholders equity |
$ | 9,382.2 | $ | 8,312.5 | ||||
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to the financial statements
F-3
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income (Unaudited)
For the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars except for per share data)
March 31, 2023 | March 31, 2022 | |||||||
Revenues |
||||||||
Gross premiums written |
$ | 1,245.3 | $ | 970.7 | ||||
Reinsurance premiums ceded |
(585.6 | ) | (485.4 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net premiums written |
659.7 | 485.3 | ||||||
Change in net unearned premiums |
(273.7 | ) | (163.5 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net premiums earned |
386.0 | 321.8 | ||||||
Net investment gains/(losses) |
2.8 | (10.2 | ) | |||||
Net investment income |
20.4 | 5.1 | ||||||
Other income |
3.5 | 1.0 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total revenues before net gain on distribution of Fidelis MGU |
412.7 | 317.7 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net gain on distribution of Fidelis MGU |
1,639.1 | | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total revenues |
2,051.8 | 317.7 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Expenses |
||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses |
159.6 | 178.4 | ||||||
Policy acquisition expenses (includes Fidelis MGU commissions $24.2, 2022: $nil) |
129.2 | 67.7 | ||||||
General and administrative expenses |
16.6 | 35.5 | ||||||
Corporate and other expenses |
1.5 | 1.9 | ||||||
Net foreign exchange losses |
1.5 | 0.9 | ||||||
Financing costs |
8.6 | 8.8 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total expenses |
317.0 | 293.2 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Income before income taxes |
1,734.8 | 24.5 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Income tax expense |
(2.2 | ) | (4.7 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net income |
1,732.6 | 19.8 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net income attributable to non-controlling interests |
| (2.8 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net income available to common shareholders |
$ | 1,732.6 | $ | 17.0 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Other comprehensive income/(loss) |
||||||||
Unrealized gains/(losses) on available-for-sale investments |
$ | 24.9 | $ | (61.2 | ) | |||
Income tax (expense)/benefit, all of which relates to unrealized gains/(losses) on available-for-sale investments |
(2.0 | ) | 4.1 | |||||
Currency translation adjustments |
| (0.2 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total other comprehensive income/(loss) |
22.9 | (57.3 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to common shareholders |
$ | 1,755.5 | $ | (40.3 | ) | |||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Per share data |
||||||||
Earnings per common share: |
||||||||
Earnings per common share |
$ | 14.39 | $ | 0.08 | ||||
Earnings per diluted common share |
$ | 14.39 | $ | 0.08 | ||||
Weighted average common shares outstanding |
120,404,350 | 210,985,073 | ||||||
Weighted average diluted common shares outstanding |
120,404,350 | 216,003,962 |
See accompanying notes to the financial statements
F-4
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders Equity (Unaudited)
For the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
March 31, 2023 | March 31, 2022 | |||||||
Common shares |
||||||||
Balancebeginning of period |
$ | 2.1 | $ | 2.1 | ||||
Issue of common shares |
0.1 | | ||||||
Shares cancelled upon distribution of Fidelis MGU |
(1.0 | ) | | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Balanceend of period |
1.2 | 2.1 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Additional paid-in capital |
||||||||
Balancebeginning of period |
2,075.0 | 2,075.2 | ||||||
Share compensation expense |
21.0 | 3.3 | ||||||
Shares withheld for employee taxes on restricted stock vesting |
(50.6 | ) | | |||||
Cumulative dividends on warrants |
(34.1 | ) | | |||||
Distribution of Fidelis MGU net assets to shareholders |
(67.9 | ) | | |||||
Purchase of non-controlling interest |
| (10.7 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Balanceend of period |
1,943.4 | 2,067.8 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax |
||||||||
Unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities, net of tax |
||||||||
Balancebeginning of period |
(99.7 | ) | (11.3 | ) | ||||
Unrealized gains/(losses) arising during the period |
22.9 | (57.1 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Balanceend of period |
(76.8 | ) | (68.4 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Currency translation reserve |
||||||||
Balancebeginning of period |
(1.1 | ) | | |||||
Movement during the period |
1.1 | (0.2 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Balanceend of period |
| (0.2 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Balanceend of period |
(76.8 | ) | (68.6 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Retained earnings/(accumulated deficit) |
||||||||
Balancebeginning of period |
0.5 | (52.1 | ) | |||||
Net income available to common shareholders |
1,732.6 | 17.0 | ||||||
Net fair value of Fidelis MGU distributed to shareholders |
(1,696.4 | ) | | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Balanceend of period |
36.7 | (35.1 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total shareholders equity attributable to common shareholders |
1,904.5 | 1,966.2 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Non-controlling interests |
||||||||
Balancebeginning of the period |
10.3 | 5.2 | ||||||
Distribution of Fidelis MGU |
(10.3 | ) | | |||||
Net profit attributable to non-controlling interests |
| 2.8 | ||||||
Dividends paid to non-controlling interest |
| (3.0 | ) | |||||
Non-controlling interest arising from acquisition of a subsidiary |
| (0.4 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Balanceend of period |
| 4.6 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total shareholders equity including non-controlling interests |
$ | 1,904.5 | $ | 1,970.8 | ||||
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to the financial statements
F-5
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)
For the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
March 31, 2023 | March 31, 2022 | |||||||
Operating activities |
||||||||
Net income |
$ | 1,732.6 | $ | 19.8 | ||||
Adjustments to reconcile net profit after tax to net cash provided by operating activities: |
||||||||
Revaluation of Fidelis MGU |
(1,707.1 | ) | | |||||
Share compensation expense |
21.0 | 3.3 | ||||||
Depreciation |
0.1 | 0.6 | ||||||
Net unrealized loss on investments and derivatives |
7.9 | 29.1 | ||||||
Net realized gain on investments and derivatives |
(1.0 | ) | (17.3 | ) | ||||
Net changes in assets and liabilities: |
||||||||
Accrued investment income |
(2.4 | ) | 1.5 | |||||
Premiums and other receivables |
(507.1 | ) | (473.5 | ) | ||||
Amounts due from Fidelis MGU |
(183.4 | ) | | |||||
Deferred reinsurance premiums |
(368.0 | ) | (294.5 | ) | ||||
Reinsurance balances recoverable on paid claims |
63.6 | (21.9 | ) | |||||
Reinsurance balances recoverable on unpaid claims |
(54.3 | ) | (2.8 | ) | ||||
Deferred policy acquisition costs |
(217.8 | ) | 19.8 | |||||
Other assets |
(73.3 | ) | (4.0 | ) | ||||
Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses |
162.5 | 141.9 | ||||||
Unearned premiums |
641.7 | 458.0 | ||||||
Reinsurance balances payable |
159.6 | 186.1 | ||||||
Amounts due to Fidelis MGU |
216.9 | | ||||||
Other liabilities |
6.8 | 39.4 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities |
(101.7 | ) | 85.5 | |||||
Investing activities |
||||||||
Proceeds from the sale of investments, trading |
| 3.3 | ||||||
Purchase of available-for-sale securities |
(798.3 | ) | (124.0 | ) | ||||
Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale securities |
324.8 | 229.1 | ||||||
Purchase of other investments |
| (100.0 | ) | |||||
Proceeds from sale of other investments |
75.2 | 203.0 | ||||||
Purchase of fixed assets |
(0.9 | ) | (5.4 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net cash (used in)/provided by investing activities |
(399.2 | ) | 206.0 | |||||
Financing activities |
||||||||
Non-controlling interest share transactions |
(6.1 | ) | (14.1 | ) | ||||
Net cash used in disposal of subsidiary |
(105.5 | ) | | |||||
Cumulative dividends on warrants |
(34.1 | ) | | |||||
Taxes paid on withholding shares |
(50.6 | ) | | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net cash used in financing activities |
(196.3 | ) | (14.1 | ) | ||||
Effect of exchange rate changes on foreign currency cash |
0.7 | (1.3 | ) | |||||
Net (decrease)/increase in cash, restricted cash, and cash equivalents |
(696.5 | ) | 276.1 | |||||
Cash, restricted cash, and cash equivalents, beginning of period |
1,407.9 | 476.0 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Cash, restricted cash, and cash equivalents, end of period |
$ | 711.4 | $ | 752.1 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Cash, restricted cash, and cash equivalents comprise the following: |
||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 430.7 | $ | 522.9 | ||||
Restricted cash and cash equivalents |
280.7 | 229.2 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Cash, restricted cash, and cash equivalents |
$ | 711.4 | $ | 752.1 | ||||
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to the financial statements
F-6
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
1. | Nature of Operations |
Fidelis Insurance Holdings Limited (Fidelis and together with its subsidiaries, the Group) is a holding company which was incorporated under the laws of Bermuda on August 22, 2014. The Group provides Bespoke, Specialty and Property insurance and reinsurance. Fidelis principal operating subsidiaries are:
| Fidelis Insurance Bermuda Limited (FIBL), is a Class 4 Bermuda domiciled company which writes most of the Groups Reinsurance business, as well as writing Specialty and Bespoke lines. FIBL is regulated by the Bermuda Monetary Authority. |
| Fidelis Underwriting Limited (FUL), is a UK domiciled company which principally writes Specialty and Bespoke insurance, as well as Reinsurance. FUL is regulated by the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA). |
| Fidelis Insurance Ireland DAC (FIID), is a Republic of Ireland domiciled company that writes Specialty and Bespoke insurance and reinsurance within the European Economic Area. FIID is regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland. |
| FIHL (UK) Services Limited (FIHL (UK) Services), a UK service company that also has a branch in Ireland. |
On January 3, 2023, the Group completed a series of transactions pursuant to which (i) it distributed its investment in Fidelis Marketing Limited (FML) and Pine Walk Capital Limited (Pine Walk) to shareholders to form a new managing general underwriter business (Fidelis MGU) and (ii) Fidelis MGU was acquired by a consortium of investors (together known as the Separation Transactions). FML was previously the service company for the UK and Ireland operations of the Group and is now the service company for Fidelis MGU. Pine Walk held the Groups investments in eight managing general agents (MGAs).
The financial statements of Pine Walk, the eight MGAs and FML have been deconsolidated from January 3, 2023.
Through various long-term contractual agreements, effective from January 1, 2023 Fidelis MGU manages origination, underwriting, underwriting administration and claims handling under delegated authority agreements with the Group. Other services provided by Fidelis MGU to the Group include sourcing and administering outwards reinsurance, and support with business planning, capital management, insurance contract accounting and information technology.
Further information can be found at Note 3, Separation Transactions and Note 14, Related Party Transactions.
2. | Significant Accounting Policies |
Basis of presentation
The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (U.S. GAAP) for interim financial information and Article 10 of Regulation S-X and include the results of Fidelis Insurance Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and notes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. These financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes for the year ended December 31, 2022 included within this prospectus.
F-7
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated on consolidation. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates and assumptions. In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited interim consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments (consisting of normally recurring accruals) necessary for a fair statement of results on an interim basis. The results of any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results for a full year or any future periods. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis.
Reporting currency
The financial information is reported in United States dollars (U.S. dollars or $), expressed in millions, except for share and per share amounts.
Reclassification
In the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, commissions on ceded business of $16.2 million and $12.2 million, respectively, have been presented within policy acquisition expenses. Commissions on ceded business are paid by a reinsurer to a cedant on proportional contracts to offset the underwriting and administrative expenses of the underlying business. In the current period, we have netted the cost of such commissions against policy acquisition expenses and reclassified the prior year commissions on ceded business from general and administrative expenses to conform to the current period presentation.
To facilitate comparison of information across periods, certain other reclassifications have been made to prior period amounts to conform to the current periods presentation.
Significant Accounting Policies
There were no notable changes to the Groups significant accounting policies subsequent to December 31, 2022.
3. | Separation Transactions |
On January 3, 2023, the Group completed a transaction pursuant to which (i) Pine Walk and its investments in the MGAs, together with FML, were distributed to shareholders to form a new managing general underwriting business, Fidelis MGU and (ii) Fidelis MGU was acquired by a consortium of investors. Following the consummation of the Separation Transactions, Fidelis MGU acquired 9.9% of the common shares in the Group.
The Separation Transactions resulted in certain shareholders receiving cash in lieu of their interest in Fidelis MGU. As a result, the distribution of Fidelis MGU was recorded at its fair value of $1,775.0 million. The fair value was determined in accordance with the requirements of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 820 Fair Value Measurements (ASC 820). We have obtained the services of a third-party independent valuation expert in arriving at that determination of fair value. ASC 820 explains the concept of fair value for financial reporting. Under ASC 820, fair value is a market-based measurement, not an entity specific measurement. The objective of ASC 820 is to estimate the price at which an orderly transaction to sell the asset would take place between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions (that is, an exit price at the measurement date from the perspective of a market participant).
F-8
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
When a price for an identical asset is not observable, a reporting entity measures fair value using another valuation technique that maximizes the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs. Fair value is measured using the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about risk.
For purposes of our valuation of Fidelis MGU, we have used an income approach using a discounted cash flow methodology, and a market approach using comparable listed trading and precedent transaction multiples. These approaches generated a range of values for Fidelis MGU of $1.7 billion to $1.9 billion. Our determined fair value for Fidelis MGU of $1,775.0 million was based on the price of the most recent transactions in Fidelis MGU shares, and close to the mid-point of the valuation range. On January 3, 2023, following the distribution of Fidelis MGU to shareholders of the Group, certain shareholders sold their shares, and certain third parties purchased shares, in Fidelis MGU at a price per share determined using a fair value of $1,775.0 million.
Immediately prior to the consummation of the Separation Transactions, the Group accelerated the vesting of all unvested Restricted Stock Units (RSUs). This resulted in the acceleration of compensation expense of $21.0 million and an employer payroll tax expense of $17.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2023. The RSUs and warrants (refer to Note 17, Share Compensation for additional detail) were exercised on the date of the Separation Transactions, resulting in the issuance of 14,732,262 common shares. The RSUs were net settled, resulting in a $50.6 million reduction of additional paid-in capital for the employees tax obligations with respect to these awards. The exercise of the warrants triggered the payment of cumulative dividends of $34.1 million.
The distribution of Fidelis MGU to shareholders of the Group resulted in the deconsolidation of net assets of $67.9 million, and the cancellation of 105,790,271 common shares in the Group. Following the Separation Transactions there were 120,404,350 common shares issued and outstanding. The distribution resulted in the elimination of our non-controlling interests, all of which related to the subsidiaries of Pine Walk.
In connection with the successful consummation of the Separation Transactions, the Group incurred professional fees of $28.6 million during the three months ended March 31, 2023.
The net gain on distribution of Fidelis MGU of $1,639.1 million has been calculated as the fair value of Fidelis MGU of $1,775.0 million, less the net assets of Fidelis MGU of $67.9 million and less the direct costs of the Separation Transactions of $68.0 million. Direct costs primarily related to professional fees of $28.6 million, acceleration of compensation expense of $21.0 million and an employer payroll tax expense of $17.3 million. Within operating activities on the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, the revaluation of Fidelis MGU of $1,707.1 million, being the fair value of Fidelis MGU of $1,775.0 million less the net assets of $67.9 million, is shown as a non-cash adjustment to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities.
On January 3, 2023, the financial statements of Pine Walk, the eight MGAs and FML have been deconsolidated and the non-controlling interests were disposed upon consummation of the Separation Transactions.
4. | Segments |
The chief operating decision maker (CODM) reviews the Groups ongoing underwriting operations across three operating segments: Bespoke, Specialty, and Reinsurance. In determining how to allocate resources and assess the performance of the Groups underwriting results, management considers many factors including the nature of the insurance product offered, the risks that are covered and the nature of the client.
F-9
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
The Bespoke segment is highly specialized in nature providing customized risk solutions for clients which includes Credit & Political Risk and other specific risk transfer opportunities.
The Specialty segment comprises a specialized portfolio of niche risks that includes Aviation and Aerospace, Energy, Marine, Property Direct & Facultative (D&F) business and other specialty risks.
The Reinsurance segment comprises a property catastrophe book which includes Property Reinsurance, Retrocession and Whole Account reinsurance.
Assets are not allocated to segments, nor are general and administrative expenses allocated between segments as employees, including underwriters, may work across different segments. Fidelis MGU commissions are not allocated to segments as they are not included in the measure of segment profit reviewed by the CODM, nor is a segment analysis of such expenses provided in other information reviewed by the CODM.
F-10
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
The following tables summarize the Groups segment disclosures
Three months ended March 31, 2023 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Bespoke | Specialty | Reinsurance | Other | Total | ||||||||||||||||
Gross premiums written |
$ | 150.8 | $ | 834.1 | $ | 260.4 | | $ | 1,245.3 | |||||||||||
Net premiums written |
81.7 | 493.0 | 85.0 | | 659.7 | |||||||||||||||
Net premiums earned |
91.2 | 266.2 | 28.6 | | 386.0 | |||||||||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses |
(13.1 | ) | (140.7 | ) | (5.8 | ) | | (159.6 | ) | |||||||||||
Policy acquisition expenses |
(33.3 | ) | (66.3 | ) | (5.4 | ) | (24.2 | ) | (129.2 | ) | ||||||||||
General and administrative expenses |
| | | (16.6 | ) | (16.6 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Underwriting income/(loss) |
44.8 | 59.2 | 17.4 | (40.8 | ) | 80.6 | ||||||||||||||
Net investment gains |
2.8 | |||||||||||||||||||
Net investment income |
20.4 | |||||||||||||||||||
Other income |
3.5 | |||||||||||||||||||
Net gain on distribution of Fidelis MGU |
1,639.1 | |||||||||||||||||||
Corporate and other expenses |
(1.5 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Net foreign exchange losses |
(1.5 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Financing costs |
(8.6 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Income before income taxes |
1,734.8 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Income tax expense |
(2.2 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
1,732.6 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Net income attributable to non-controlling interests |
| |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Net income available to common shareholders |
$ | 1,732.6 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurredcurrent year |
(21.9 | ) | (110.2 | ) | (29.6 | ) | $ | (161.7 | ) | |||||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurredprior accident years |
8.8 | (30.5 | ) | 23.8 | 2.1 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurredtotal |
$ | (13.1 | ) | $ | (140.7 | ) | $ | (5.8 | ) | $ | (159.6 | ) | ||||||||
Loss ratiocurrent year |
24.0 | % | 41.4 | % | 103.5 | % | 41.8 | % | ||||||||||||
Loss ratioprior accident years |
(9.6 | %) | 11.5 | % | (83.2 | %) | (0.5 | %) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Loss ratiototal(1) |
14.4 | % | 52.9 | % | 20.3 | % | 41.3 | % | ||||||||||||
Policy acquisition expense ratio(2) |
36.5 | % | 24.9 | % | 18.9 | % | 27.2 | % | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Underwriting ratio(3) |
50.9 | % | 77.8 | % | 39.2 | % | 68.5 | % | ||||||||||||
Fidelis MGU commissions ratio(4) |
6.3 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
General & administrative expense ratio(5) |
4.3 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Combined ratio(6) |
79.1 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
(1) | Loss ratio: is calculated by dividing losses and loss adjustment expenses by net premiums earned. Current year loss ratio includes losses incurred in the current accident year, whilst prior accident years loss ratio considers how losses incurred in prior years have developed. |
(2) | Policy acquisition expense ratio: is calculated by dividing policy acquisition expenses from third parties by net premiums earned. |
(3) | Underwriting ratio: is calculated by dividing losses and loss adjustment expenses and policy acquisition expenses by net premiums earned, or equivalently, by adding the loss ratio and policy acquisition expense ratio. |
(4) | Fidelis MGU commissions ratio: is calculated by dividing Fidelis MGU commissions by net premiums earned. |
(5) | General and administrative expense ratio: is calculated by dividing general and administrative expenses by net premiums earned. |
(6) | Combined ratio: is calculated by dividing losses and loss adjustment expenses, policy acquisition expenses from third parties, Fidelis MGU commissions and general and administrative expenses by net premiums earned, or equivalently, by adding the loss ratio, policy acquisition expense ratio, Fidelis MGU commissions ratio and general and administrative expense ratio. |
F-11
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
Three months ended March 31, 2022 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Bespoke | Specialty | Reinsurance | Other | Total | ||||||||||||||||
Gross premiums written |
$ | 135.0 | $ | 543.8 | $ | 291.9 | $ | | $ | 970.7 | ||||||||||
Net premiums written |
91.5 | 310.7 | 83.1 | | 485.3 | |||||||||||||||
Net premiums earned |
87.2 | 180.5 | 54.1 | | 321.8 | |||||||||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses |
(43.5 | ) | (93.4 | ) | (41.5 | ) | | (178.4 | ) | |||||||||||
Policy acquisition expenses |
(23.6 | ) | (35.3 | ) | (8.8 | ) | | (67.7 | ) | |||||||||||
General and administrative expenses |
| | | (35.5 | ) | (35.5 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Underwriting income/(loss) |
20.1 | 51.8 | 3.8 | (35.5 | ) | 40.2 | ||||||||||||||
Net investment losses |
(10.2 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Net investment income |
5.1 | |||||||||||||||||||
Other income |
1.0 | |||||||||||||||||||
Corporate and other expenses |
(1.9 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Net foreign exchange losses |
(0.9 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Financing costs |
(8.8 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Income before income taxes |
24.5 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Income tax expense |
(4.7 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
19.8 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Net income attributable to non-controlling interests |
(2.8 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Net income available to common shareholders |
$ | 17.0 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurredcurrent year |
(44.0 | ) | (98.8 | ) | (40.2 | ) | $ | (183.0 | ) | |||||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurredprior accident years |
0.5 | 5.4 | (1.3 | ) | 4.6 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurredtotal |
$ | (43.5 | ) | $ | (93.4 | ) | $ | (41.5 | ) | $ | (178.4 | ) | ||||||||
Loss ratiocurrent year |
50.5 | % | 54.7 | % | 74.3 | % | 56.8 | % | ||||||||||||
Loss ratioprior accident years |
(0.6 | %) | (3.0 | %) | 2.4 | % | (1.4 | %) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Loss ratiototal(1) |
49.9 | % | 51.7 | % | 76.7 | % | 55.4 | % | ||||||||||||
Policy acquisition expense ratio(2) |
27.1 | % | 19.6 | % | 16.3 | % | 21.0 | % | ||||||||||||
Underwriting ratio(3) |
77.0 | % | 71.3 | % | 93.0 | % | 76.4 | % | ||||||||||||
General & administrative expense ratio(4) |
11.0 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Combined ratio(5) |
87.4 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
(1) | Loss ratio: is calculated by dividing losses and loss adjustment expenses by net premiums earned. Current year loss ratio includes losses incurred in the current accident year, whilst prior accident years loss ratio considers how losses incurred in prior years have developed. |
(2) | Policy acquisition expense ratio: is calculated by dividing policy acquisition expenses by net premiums earned. |
(3) | Underwriting ratio: is calculated by dividing losses and loss adjustment expenses and policy acquisition expenses by net premiums earned, or equivalently, by adding the loss ratio and policy acquisition expense ratio. |
(4) | General and administrative expense ratio: is calculated by dividing general and administrative expenses by net premiums earned. |
(5) | Combined ratio: is calculated by dividing losses and loss adjustment expenses, policy acquisition expenses, and general and administrative expenses by net premiums earned, or equivalently, by adding the loss ratio, policy acquisition expense ratio, and general and administrative expense ratio. |
F-12
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
5. | Investments |
At March 31, 2023, the Groups investments are substantially all managed by external investment managers through individual investment management agreements. The Group monitors activity and performance of the external managers on an ongoing basis.
a. | Fixed maturity securities |
The following table summarizes the fair value of fixed maturity investments managed by external investment managers:
March 31, 2023 | ||||||||||||||||
Amortized Cost |
Unrealized gains |
Unrealized losses |
Fair value |
|||||||||||||
Available-for-sale |
||||||||||||||||
US. Treasuries |
$ | 644.7 | $ | 0.4 | $ | (20.6 | ) | $ | 624.5 | |||||||
Agencies |
9.5 | | (0.3 | ) | 9.2 | |||||||||||
Non-U.S. government |
92.7 | 0.1 | (3.2 | ) | 89.6 | |||||||||||
Corporate bonds |
1,377.0 | 3.4 | (50.1 | ) | 1,330.3 | |||||||||||
Residential mortgage-backed |
134.2 | 0.2 | (8.0 | ) | 126.4 | |||||||||||
Commercial mortgage-backed |
15.4 | | (1.1 | ) | 14.3 | |||||||||||
Other asset backed securities |
319.6 | 0.9 | (7.2 | ) | 313.3 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale |
$ | 2,593.1 | $ | 5.0 | $ | (90.5 | ) | $ | 2,507.6 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2022 | ||||||||||||||||
Amortized Cost |
Unrealized gains |
Unrealized losses |
Fair value |
|||||||||||||
Available-for-sale |
||||||||||||||||
US. Treasuries |
$ | 643.1 | | (27.3 | ) | 615.8 | ||||||||||
Agencies |
17.5 | | (0.4 | ) | 17.1 | |||||||||||
Non-U.S. government |
115.2 | | (4.3 | ) | 110.9 | |||||||||||
Corporate bonds |
1,078.9 | | (58.6 | ) | 1,020.3 | |||||||||||
Residential mortgage-backed |
88.6 | | (8.9 | ) | 79.7 | |||||||||||
Commercial mortgage-backed |
8.0 | | (1.2 | ) | 6.8 | |||||||||||
Other asset backed securities |
209.5 | | (9.2 | ) | 200.3 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale |
$ | 2,160.8 | $ | | $ | (109.9 | ) | $ | 2,050.9 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-13
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
Review of the fixed maturity securities is performed on a regular basis to consider concentration, credit quality and compliance with established guidelines. For individual fixed maturity securities, nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (NRSROs) are used and the lower of two or middle of three ratings is taken. The composition of the fair values of fixed maturity securities by credit rating is as follows:
March 31, 2023 | December 31, 2022 | |||||||||||||||
Available-for-sale | Fair Value | % | Fair Value | % | ||||||||||||
AAA |
$ | 990.4 | 40 | % | $ | 915.1 | 45 | % | ||||||||
AA |
171.2 | 7 | % | 150.2 | 7 | % | ||||||||||
A |
962.1 | 38 | % | 703.1 | 34 | % | ||||||||||
BBB |
383.9 | 15 | % | 282.5 | 14 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale |
$ | 2,507.6 | 100 | % | $ | 2,050.9 | 100 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The contractual maturities for fixed maturity securities are listed in the following table:
March 31, 2023 | December 31, 2022 | |||||||||||||||
Available-for-sale | Amortized Cost |
Fair Value |
Amortized Cost |
Fair Value |
||||||||||||
Due in one year or less |
$ | 677.6 | $ | 665.3 | $ | 701.7 | $ | 688.1 | ||||||||
Due after one year through five years |
1,560.5 | 1,499.4 | 1,237.6 | 1,156.9 | ||||||||||||
Due after five years through ten years |
162.7 | 160.4 | 94.8 | 90.6 | ||||||||||||
Due after ten years |
192.3 | 182.5 | 126.7 | 115.3 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale |
$ | 2,593.1 | $ | 2,507.6 | $ | 2,160.8 | $ | 2,050.9 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities as borrowers may have the right to call or repay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Additionally, lenders may have the right to put the securities back to the borrower.
b. | Short-term investments |
The following investments were included in short-term investments managed by external investment managers and are classified as available-for-sale:
March 31, 2023 | ||||||||||||||||
Available-for-sale | Amortized Cost |
Unrealized gains |
Unrealized losses |
Fair value |
||||||||||||
U.S. Treasuries |
$ | 101.0 | $ | | $ | | $ | 101.0 | ||||||||
Non-U.S. government |
11.5 | | | 11.5 | ||||||||||||
Corporate bonds |
174.4 | | | 174.4 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total short-term investments |
$ | 286.9 | $ | | $ | | $ | 286.9 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2022 | ||||||||||||||||
Available-for-sale | Amortized Cost |
Unrealized gains |
Unrealized losses |
Fair value |
||||||||||||
U.S. Treasuries |
$ | 228.4 | $ | 0.1 | $ | | $ | 228.5 | ||||||||
Non-U.S. government |
23.2 | | (0.1 | ) | 23.1 | |||||||||||
Corporate bonds |
5.4 | | | 5.4 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total short-term investments |
$ | 257.0 | $ | 0.1 | $ | (0.1 | ) | $ | 257.0 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-14
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
The composition of the fair values of short-term investments by credit rating is as follows:
March 31, 2023 | December 31, 2022 | |||||||||||||||
Available-for-sale | Fair Value | % | Fair Value | % | ||||||||||||
AAA |
$ | 241.9 | 84 | % | $ | 251.6 | 98 | % | ||||||||
AA |
| | % | 4.4 | 2 | % | ||||||||||
A |
45.0 | 16 | % | 1.0 | | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total short-term fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale |
$ | 286.9 | 100 | % | $ | 257.0 | 100 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c. | Allowance for Expected Credit LossesAvailable-for-sale |
The following table provides a roll forward of the allowance for expected credit losses of the Groups securities classified as available-for-sale:
Book Value |
Unrealized Gain |
Unrealized Loss |
Market Value |
Loss allowance |
||||||||||||||||
Three months ended March 31, 2023 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at beginning of period |
$ | 2,417.8 | $ | 0.1 | $ | (110.0 | ) | $ | 2,307.9 | $ | (1.1 | ) | ||||||||
Change in period |
462.2 | 4.9 | 19.5 | 486.6 | (1.4 | ) | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Balance at March 31, 2023 |
$ | 2,880.0 | $ | 5.0 | $ | (90.5 | ) | $ | 2,794.5 | $ | (2.5 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Book Value |
Unrealized Gain |
Unrealized Loss |
Market Value |
Loss allowance |
||||||||||||||||
Three months ended March 31, 2022 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at beginning of period |
$ | 2,517.1 | $ | 6.3 | $ | (20.8 | ) | $ | 2,502.6 | $ | (2.2 | ) | ||||||||
Change in period |
(86.5 | ) | (4.9 | ) | (58.5 | ) | (149.9 | ) | | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Balance at March 31, 2022 |
$ | 2,430.6 | $ | 1.4 | $ | (79.3 | ) | $ | 2,352.7 | $ | (2.2 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Group assesses each quarter whether the decline in the fair value of an available-for-sale investment below its amortized cost is the result of a credit loss. All available-for-sale securities with unrealized losses are reviewed. The Group considers many factors to determine whether a credit loss exists, including the extent to which fair value is below cost, the implied yield to maturity, rating downgrades of the security and whether or not the issuer has failed to make scheduled principal or interest payments. The Group also takes into consideration information about the financial condition of the issuer and industry factors that could negatively impact the capital markets.
If the decline in fair value of an available-for-sale security below its amortized cost is considered to be the result of a credit loss, the Group compares the estimated present value of the cash flows expected to be collected to the amortized cost of the security. The extent to which the estimated present value of the cash flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost of the security represents the expected credit loss, which is recorded as an allowance and recognized in net income. The allowance is limited to the difference between the fair value and the amortized cost of the security. The Group recognized a $1.4 million increase to credit related impairments in the three months ended March 31, 2023 (2022: $nil).
F-15
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
d. | Other investments, at fair value |
At March 31, 2023, other investments consisted of a credit hedge fund managed by York Capital Management (York) and an opportunistic fixed income UCITS fund managed by Wellington Investment Management (Wellington).
March 31, 2023 | December 31, 2022 | |||||||||||||||
Other investments | Fair Value | % | Fair Value | % | ||||||||||||
York Funds |
$ | 0.9 | 2 | % | $ | 0.9 | 1 | % | ||||||||
Equity structured notes |
| | % | 72.8 | 62 | % | ||||||||||
Wellington Funds |
45.2 | 98 | % | 43.4 | 37 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total other investments at fair value |
$ | 46.1 | 100 | % | $ | 117.1 | 100 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At the end of 2019 York suspended redemptions in its credit hedge fund while the underlying assets of the fund are liquidated and proceeds distributed to investors. The fair value of the residual investment in York at March 31, 2023 was $0.9 million (cost: $1.1 million) (December 31, 2022$0.9 million (cost: $1.3 million)). The Group has recorded its investment in the York Fund at reported net asset value. There are currently no outstanding commitments to the York Fund.
At December 31, 2022 the fair value of the equity market linked structured note was $72.8 million (cost $75.0 million). The equity market linked note matured in February 2023 at par value of $75.0 million. The Group had recorded these investment at fair value using the income valuation approach.
In 2021 the Group invested $50.0 million in Wellington. The fair value of the investment in the UCITS fund at March 31, 2023 was $45.2 million (December 31, 2022$43.4 million).
e. | Net Investment Income and Net Realized Gains |
The components of net investment return are as follows:
Three months ended | ||||||||
March 31, 2023 | March 31, 2022 | |||||||
Net interest and dividend income |
$ | 21.3 | $ | 5.8 | ||||
Investment expenses |
(0.9 | ) | (0.7 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net investment income |
20.4 | 5.1 | ||||||
Net realized losses on fixed maturity securities, available for sale |
| (1.3 | ) | |||||
Net realized gains on other investments |
2.2 | 27.7 | ||||||
Change in net unrealized gains/(losses) on other investments |
2.0 | (31.5 | ) | |||||
Provision for expected credit losses |
(1.4 | ) | | |||||
Net realized losses on interest rate contracts |
| (3.3 | ) | |||||
Change in net unrealized losses on fixed maturity securities, trading |
| (0.3 | ) | |||||
Change in net unrealized losses on interest rate contracts |
| (1.5 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net investment gains/(losses) |
2.8 | (10.2 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net investment return |
$ | 23.2 | $ | (5.1 | ) | |||
|
|
|
|
F-16
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
6. | Fair Value Measurements |
FASB ASC 820-10, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, defines fair value, establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value and requires disclosures about fair value measurements. The standard requires the Group to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.
Fair value hierarchy
FASB ASC 820-10 specifies a hierarchy of inputs based on whether the inputs are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs are developed using market data and reflect market participant assumptions, while unobservable inputs reflect the Groups market assumptions. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:
| Level 1: Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities traded in active markets. The fair value is determined by multiplying the quoted price by the quantity held by the Group. |
| Level 2: Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices (e.g. interest rates, yield curves, prepayment spreads, default rate, etc.) for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability or can be corroborated by observable market data. |
| Level 3: Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable for the asset or liability and are significant to the fair value measurement. Significant management assumptions can be used to establish managements best estimate of the assumptions used by other market participants in determining the fair value of the asset or liability. |
As required under the fair value hierarchy, the Group considers relevant and observable market inputs in its valuations where possible. The frequency of transactions, the size of the bid-ask spread and the amount of adjustment necessary when comparing similar transactions are all factors in determining the liquidity of markets and the relevance of observable prices in those markets.
The Groups policy with respect to transfer between levels of the fair value hierarchy is to recognize transfers into and out of each level as of the end of the reporting period.
Determination of fair value
The following section describes the valuation methodologies used by the Group to measure assets and liabilities at fair value, including an indication of the level within the fair value hierarchy in which each asset or liability is generally classified.
Fixed maturity securities
Fair values for all securities in the fixed income investment portfolio are independently provided by the investment administrator, investment custodians, and investment managers, each of which utilize internationally recognized independent pricing services. Refinitiv Limited (Refinitiv) is the main pricing service utilized to estimate the fair value measurements for the Groups fixed maturity securities for asset backed fixed maturity securities, and corporate and government bonds.
For determining the fair value of securities that are not actively traded, in general, pricing services use matrix pricing in which the independent pricing service uses observable market inputs including, but not
F-17
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
limited to, reported trades, benchmark yields, broker-dealer quotes, interest rates, prepayment spreads, default rates and such other inputs as are available from market sources to determine a reasonable fair value.
The following describes the techniques generally used to determine the fair value of the Groups fixed maturity securities by asset class.
| U.S. Treasuries are bonds issued by the U.S. government. The significant inputs used to determine the fair value of these securities are based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and are therefore classified within Level 1. |
| Agency securities consists of securities issued by U.S. and non-U.S. government sponsored agencies such as the Federal National Mortgage Association, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, government development banks and other agencies which are not mortgage pass-through. The fair values of these securities are classified as Level 2. |
| Non-U.S. government securities consist of bonds issued by non-U.S. governments and supranationals. The significant inputs used to determine the fair value of these securities include the spread above the risk-free yield curve, reported trades and broker-dealer quotes. These are considered to be observable market inputs and, therefore, the fair values of these securities are classified within Level 2. |
| Corporate bonds consist primarily of investment-grade debt of a wide variety of corporate issuers and industries. When available, significant inputs are used to determine the fair value of these securities and are based on quoted prices in active markets for similar assets. When not available, the fair values of these securities are determined using the spread above the risk-free yield curve, reported trades, broker-dealer quotes, benchmark yields, and industry and market indicators. The fair values of these securities are classified as Level 2. |
| Residential mortgage-backed securities includes agency mortgage-backed securities and agency collateralised mortgage obligations. These are individually evaluated using option adjusted spreads (OAS) and nominal spreads. The OAS valuations use a third-party prepayment model and OAS. Spreads are based upon tranche type and average life volatility. These spreads are gathered from dealer quotes, trade prices, and the new issue market. The fair values of these securities are classified as Level 2. |
| Commercial mortgage-backed securities consist of investment grade bonds backed by pools of loans with underlying collateral. Securities held in this sector are primarily priced by pricing services. Inputs to the valuation process include broker-dealer quotes and other available trade information, prepayment speeds, current price data, the swap curve as well as cash settlement. The fair values of these securities are classified as Level 2. |
| Other asset-backed securities consist of investment grade bonds backed by pools of loans with underlying collateral. The underlying collateral for asset-backed securities consists mainly of student loans, automobile loans and credit card receivables. These securities are primarily priced by index providers and pricing vendors. Inputs to the valuation process include broker-dealer quotes and other available trade information, prepayment speeds, tranche type, interest rate data and credit spreads. The Company classifies these securities within Level 2. |
Short-term investments
The Groups short-term investments consist of commercial paper and bonds with maturities of 90 days or greater but less than one year at the time of purchase. The significant inputs used to determine the fair value of these securities include the spread above the risk-free yield curve, reported trades and broker-dealer quotes. These are considered to be observable market inputs and, therefore, the fair values of these securities are classified within Level 1 and Level 2.
F-18
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
Derivative assets and liabilities
Exchange-traded derivatives, measured at fair value using quoted prices in active markets, where available are classified as Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.
Derivatives without quoted prices in an active market and derivatives executed over the counter are valued using internal valuations techniques that consider the time value of money, volatility, the current market and contractual prices of underlying financial instruments. These derivative instruments are classified as either Level 2 or Level 3 depending upon the observability of the significant inputs to the model. The valuation techniques and key inputs depend on the type of derivative and the nature of the underlying instrument.
Other investments
The Group values its investment in the York fund at fair value, which is estimated based on the Groups share of the net asset value (NAV) as provided by the investment manager of the underlying investment fund. The Group has elected to use the practical expedient method to record the fair value of the investment at net asset value and has therefore not assigned levels to these investments in the fair value hierarchy.
The fair value of UCITS is based on unadjusted quoted market prices in active markets, therefore, the fair value of this security is classified as Level 1.
The following table presents the financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis at March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022:
March 31, 2023 | ||||||||||||||||
Assets | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | ||||||||||||
Cash equivalents |
$ | 236.9 | $ | | $ | | $ | 236.9 | ||||||||
Investment pending settlement |
1.1 | | | 1.1 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Fixed maturity securities |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. Treasuries |
624.5 | | | 624.5 | ||||||||||||
Agencies |
| 9.2 | | 9.2 | ||||||||||||
Non-U.S. government |
| 89.6 | | 89.6 | ||||||||||||
Corporate bonds |
| 1,330.3 | | 1,330.3 | ||||||||||||
Residential mortgage-backed |
| 126.4 | | 126.4 | ||||||||||||
Commercial mortgage-backed |
| 14.3 | | 14.3 | ||||||||||||
Other asset backed securities |
| 313.3 | | 313.3 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fixed maturity securities |
624.5 | 1,883.1 | | 2,507.6 | ||||||||||||
Short-term investments |
||||||||||||||||
Corporate bonds |
| 174.4 | | 174.4 | ||||||||||||
Non-U.S. government |
| 11.5 | | 11.5 | ||||||||||||
U.S. Treasuries |
101.0 | | | 101.0 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total short-term investments |
101.0 | 185.9 | | 286.9 | ||||||||||||
Other investments* |
45.2 | | | 45.2 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total Assets |
$ | 1,008.7 | $ | 2,069.0 | $ | | $ | 3,077.7 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* | excludes investments in the York Funds |
F-19
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
March 31, 2023 | ||||||||||||||||
Liabilities | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | ||||||||||||
Derivative liabilities |
$ | | $ | (3.6 | ) | $ | | $ | (3.6 | ) | ||||||
Investments pending settlement |
(6.2 | ) | | | (6.2 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total Liabilities |
$ | (6.2 | ) | $ | (3.6 | ) | $ | | $ | (9.8 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There were no transfers into or out of Level 1 and Level 2 during the three months ended March 31, 2023.
December 31, 2022 | ||||||||||||||||
Assets | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | ||||||||||||
Cash equivalents |
$ | 685.2 | $ | | $ | | $ | 685.2 | ||||||||
Investment pending settlement |
2.0 | | | 2.0 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Fixed maturity securities |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. Treasuries |
615.8 | | | 615.8 | ||||||||||||
Agencies |
| 17.1 | | 17.1 | ||||||||||||
Non-U.S. government |
| 110.9 | | 110.9 | ||||||||||||
Corporate bonds |
| 1,020.3 | | 1,020.3 | ||||||||||||
Residential mortgage-backed |
| 79.7 | | 79.7 | ||||||||||||
Commercial mortgage-backed |
| 6.8 | | 6.8 | ||||||||||||
Other asset backed securities |
| 200.3 | | 200.3 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fixed maturity securities |
615.8 | 1,435.1 | | 2,050.9 | ||||||||||||
Short-term investments |
||||||||||||||||
Corporate bonds |
| 5.4 | | 5.4 | ||||||||||||
Non-U.S. government |
| 23.1 | | 23.1 | ||||||||||||
U.S. Treasuries |
228.5 | | | 228.5 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total short-term investments |
228.5 | 28.5 | | 257.0 | ||||||||||||
Other investments* |
43.4 | 72.8 | | 116.2 | ||||||||||||
Derivative assets |
| 6.3 | | 6.3 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total Assets |
$ | 1,574.9 | $ | 1,542.7 | $ | | $ | 3,117.6 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* | excludes investments in the York Funds |
There were no transfers into or out of Level 1 and Level 2 during the three months ended March 31, 2022.
7. | Total cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and restricted investments |
The Group is required to maintain certain levels of cash in segregated accounts with prime brokers and derivative counterparties. The amount of restricted cash held by derivative counterparties is cash collateral to support the current value of any amounts that may be due to the counterparty based on the value of the underlying financial instrument.
The Group also has cash in trust funds which support the insurance business written on certain lines of business with reinsurers and insurers.
The Group has investments in segregated portfolios primarily to provide collateral for letters of credit, which support its (re)insurance business.
F-20
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
The following table provides a summary of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and restricted investments at March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022:
March 31, 2023 |
December 31, 2022 |
|||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 430.7 | $ | 1,222.0 | ||||
Restricted cash securing letter of credit facilities |
13.5 | 21.2 | ||||||
Restricted cash securing reinsurance contracts |
267.2 | 164.7 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash |
711.4 | 1,407.9 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Restricted investments securing reinsurance contracts and letter of credit facilities |
1,079.7 | 989.4 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and restricted investments |
$ | 1,791.1 | $ | 2,397.3 | ||||
|
|
|
|
8. | Derivative Financial Instruments |
The Group enters into derivative instruments such as futures and forward contracts primarily for duration, interest rate and foreign currency exposure management. The Groups derivative instruments are generally traded under International Swaps and Derivatives Association master agreements, which establish the terms of the transactions entered into with the Groups derivative counterparties. In the event one party becomes insolvent or otherwise defaults on its obligations, a master agreement generally permits the non-defaulting party to accelerate and terminate all outstanding transactions and net the transactions marked-to-market values so that a single sum in a single currency will be owed by, or owed to, the non-defaulting party. Effectively, this contractual close-out netting reduces credit exposure from gross to net exposure.
The following tables identify the listing currency, fair value and notional amounts of derivative instruments included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, categorized by primary underlying risk.:
March 31, 2023 | ||||||||||||
Listing currency(1) | Notional amounts(2) |
Fair value | ||||||||||
Derivative liabilities by primary underlying risk |
||||||||||||
Forwards(3) |
AUD/CAD/EUR/GBP/JPY | $ | 30.0 | $ | (3.6 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total derivatives liabilities |
$ | 30.0 | $ | (3.6 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
(1) | AUD = Australian Dollar, CAD = Canadian Dollar, EUR = Euro, GBP = British pound and JPY = Japanese Yen. |
(2) | The absolute notional exposure represents the Groups derivative activity at March 31, 2023, which is representative of the volume of derivatives held during the year. |
(3) | Contracts used to manage foreign currency risks in underwriting and non-investment operations. |
F-21
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
December 31, 2022 | ||||||||||||
Listing currency(1) | Notional amounts(2) |
Fair value | ||||||||||
Derivative assets by primary underlying risk |
||||||||||||
Forwards(3) |
AUD/CAD/EUR/GBP/JPY | $ | (44.0 | ) | $ | 6.3 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total derivatives assets |
$ | (44.0 | ) | $ | 6.3 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
(1) | AUD = Australian Dollar, CAD = Canadian Dollar, EUR = Euro, GBP = British pound and JPY = Japanese Yen. |
(2) | The absolute notional exposure represents the Groups derivative activity at December 31, 2022, which is representative of the volume of derivatives held during the year. |
(3) | Contracts used to manage foreign currency risks in underwriting and non-investment operations. |
The following table presents derivative instruments by major risk type, the Groups net realized gains/(losses) and change in net unrealized gains/(losses) relating to derivative trading activities for the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022. Net realized gains/(losses) and net unrealized gains/(losses) related to derivatives are included in net investment return and net foreign exchange gains and losses in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
March 31, 2023 | March 31, 2022 | |||||||||||||||
Derivatives | Net realized gains/(losses) |
Change in net unrealized gains/(losses) |
Net realized gains/(losses) |
Change in net unrealized gains/(losses) |
||||||||||||
Interest rate contracts |
||||||||||||||||
Futures(1) |
$ | | $ | | $ | (3.3 | ) | $ | (1.5 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total interest rate contracts |
| | (3.3 | ) | (1.5 | ) | ||||||||||
Foreign exchange contracts |
||||||||||||||||
Forwards(2) |
6.4 | (9.9 | ) | 0.2 | 0.9 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total foreign exchange contracts |
6.4 | (9.9 | ) | 0.2 | 0.9 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | 6.4 | $ | (9.9 | ) | $ | (3.1 | ) | $ | (0.6 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Contracts used to manage interest rate risks in investments operations. |
(2) | Contracts used to manage foreign currency risks in underwriting and non-investment operations. |
The Group obtains/provides collateral from/to counterparties for OTC derivative financial instruments in accordance with bilateral credit facilities.
The Group does not offset its derivative instruments and presents all amounts in the Consolidated Balance Sheets on a gross basis. Unrealized gains are included within other assets and unrealized losses are included within other liabilities. The Group has pledged cash collateral to counterparties to support the current value of amounts due to the counterparties based on the value of the underlying security.
F-22
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
9. | Reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses |
The following table presents a reconciliation of unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022:
March 31, 2023 | March 31, 2022 | |||||||
Gross unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, beginning of period |
$ | 2,045.2 | $ | 1,386.5 | ||||
Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses |
(976.1 | ) | (795.2 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, beginning of period |
1,069.1 | 591.3 | ||||||
Net losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred in respect of losses occurring in: |
||||||||
Current year |
161.7 | 183.0 | ||||||
Prior years |
(2.1 | ) | (4.6 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total incurred |
159.6 | 178.4 | ||||||
Net losses and loss adjustment expenses paid in respect of losses occurring in: |
||||||||
Current year |
(2.2 | ) | (0.6 | ) | ||||
Prior years |
(48.6 | ) | (57.1 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total Paid |
(50.8 | ) | (57.7 | ) | ||||
Foreign exchange |
4.3 | 11.7 | ||||||
Net unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, end of period |
1,182.2 | 723.7 | ||||||
Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses |
1,032.8 | 794.0 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Gross unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, end of period |
$ | 2,215.0 | $ | 1,517.7 | ||||
|
|
|
|
As a result of the changes in estimates of insured events in prior years, the reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses net of reinsurance recoveries decreased by $2.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2023 (2022: $4.6 million).
Net favorable development for the three months ended March 31, 2023 resulted from better than expected loss development in the Reinsurance and Bespoke segments, partially offset by net adverse development in the Specialty segment.
The favorable development in the Reinsurance segment related to better than expected loss emergence. The favorable development in the Bespoke segment was primarily driven by the Credit & Political Risk line of business as a result of better than expected loss emergence. The adverse development in the Specialty segment related primarily to increased estimates on two contracts in the Energy line of business.
Net favorable development for the three months ended March 31, 2022 resulted from better than expected loss experience on the Specialty and Bespoke segments, partially offset by slight deterioration on the Reinsurance segment.
The favorable development on the Specialty and Bespoke segments was driven by the Credit & Political Risk and Marine lines of business. The adverse development on the Reinsurance segment was driven by an increase in reserves for 2021 European floods.
F-23
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
10. | Reinsurance and Retrocessional Reinsurance |
The Group is exposed to the credit risk of the reinsurer, or the risk that one of its reinsurers becomes insolvent or otherwise unable or unwilling to pay policyholder claims. This credit risk is generally mitigated by either selecting well capitalized, highly rated authorized capacity providers or requiring that the capacity provider post substantial collateral to secure the reinsured risks, which, in some instances, exceeds the related reinsurance recoverable. Allowances are established for amounts deemed uncollectible.
The Group evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers on a regular basis and monitors concentrations of credit risk with reinsurers. At March 31, 2023, the reinsurance balance recoverable on reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses was $1,032.8 million (December 31, 2022: $976.1 million) and the reinsurance balance recoverable on paid losses was $96.5 million (December 31, 2022: $159.4 million). All reinsurance premiums ceded and reinsurance recoverables are either fully collateralized or placed with reinsurers that are rated A- or greater by A.M. Best or S&P, other than four reinsurers which are rated B++. Where an insurer does not have a credit rating, the Group has received collateral, including letters of credit and trust accounts. Collateral related to these reinsurance agreements is available, without restriction, when the Group pays losses covered by the reinsurance agreements.
Although the Group has not experienced any credit losses to date, an inability of its reinsurers or retrocessionaires to meet their obligations to it over the relevant exposure periods for any reason could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition and results of operations.
The following table provides a roll forward of the allowance for expected credit losses of the Groups reinsurance recoverables due from third parties on unpaid claims.
Three months ended March 31, 2023 | Three months ended March 31, 2022 | |||||||||||||||
Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid claims |
Allowance for expected credit losses |
Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid claims |
Allowance for expected credit losses |
|||||||||||||
Balance at the beginning of period |
$ | 976.1 | $ | 1.0 | $ | 795.2 | $ | 0.5 | ||||||||
Change during the period |
56.7 | | (1.2 | ) | | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Balance at the end of period |
$ | 1,032.8 | $ | 1.0 | $ | 794.0 | $ | 0.5 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table provides a roll forward of the allowance for expected credit losses of the Groups reinsurance recoverables due from third parties on paid claims.
Three months ended March 31, 2023 | Three months ended March 31, 2022 | |||||||||||||||
Reinsurance recoverable on paid claims |
Allowance for expected credit losses |
Reinsurance recoverable on paid claims |
Allowance for expected credit losses |
|||||||||||||
Balance at the beginning of period |
$ | 159.4 | $ | | $ | 256.6 | $ | | ||||||||
Change during the period |
(62.9 | ) | | 19.5 | | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Balance at the end of period |
$ | 96.5 | $ | | $ | 276.1 | $ | | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11. | Long term debt |
On June 18, 2020, the Group issued $300.0 million and on July 2, 2020 the Group issued a further $30.0 million of its 4.875% Senior Notes due June 30, 2030 (collectively, the Senior Notes), with interest
F-24
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
payable on June 30 and December 30 of each year, commencing on December 30, 2020. The Senior Notes are redeemable at the applicable redemption price, subject to the terms described in the indenture for the Senior Notes. However, the Senior Notes may not be redeemed prior to December 31, 2023 without approval from the Bermuda Monetary Authority (the BMA) and may not be redeemed at any time prior to their maturity if enhanced capital requirements, as established by the BMA, would be breached immediately before or after giving effect to the redemption of such notes, unless, in each case, the Group replaces the capital represented by the Senior Notes to be redeemed with capital having equal or better capital treatment as the notes under applicable BMA rules. The Senior Notes contain covenants, including limitations on liens on the stock of certain designated subsidiaries, limitations on consolidations, mergers, amalgamations and sales of substantially all assets and certain reporting obligations.
On October 16, 2020, the Group issued $105.0 million, and on October 20, 2020, the Group issued a further $20.0 million of its 6.625% Fixed-Rate Reset Junior Subordinated Notes due April 1, 2041 (collectively, the Junior Notes) with interest payable on April 1 and October 1 of each year, commencing on April 1, 2021. The interest rate is reset on April 1, 2026 at the US five-year treasury rate on the reset interest determination date plus 6.323%, and every five years thereafter. The Junior Notes are redeemable at par value for six months after each interest rate reset date. The Junior Notes contain covenants, including limitations on liens on the stock of certain designated subsidiaries, limitations on consolidations, mergers, amalgamations and sales of substantially all assets and certain reporting obligations.
The following table sets forth the principal amount of the debt issued as well as the unamortized discount and debt issuance costs at March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022:
March 31, 2023 | December 31, 2022 | |||||||||||||||
Principal | Unamortized discount and debt issuance costs |
Principal | Unamortized discount and debt issuance costs |
|||||||||||||
4.875% Senior notes due 2030 |
$ | 330.0 | $ | (5.5 | ) | $ | 330.0 | $ | (5.6 | ) | ||||||
6.625% Fixed Rate Reset Junior Subordinated notes due 2041 |
125.0 | (1.8 | ) | 125.0 | (1.9 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | 455.0 | $ | (7.3 | ) | $ | 455.0 | $ | (7.5 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preference Securities
In 2015, the Group issued 30,400 shares of cumulative 9% preference securities with a redemption price equal to $10,000 per share, plus all declared and unpaid dividends (the preference securities). Holders of preference securities are entitled to receive dividend payments only when, and if, declared by the Groups Board of Directors. To the extent declared, these dividends will accumulate, with respect to each dividend period, in the amount per share equal to 9% of the $10,000 liquidation preference per annum. Currently the holders of all preference securities do not have any voting rights.
During the three months ended March 31, 2023, the Group paid quarterly preference dividends totaling $1.3 million (2022: $1.3 million) to holders of the Groups preference securities. At March 31, 2023, dividends
F-25
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
payable of $0.2 million (December 31, 2022: $0.2 million) are included in other liabilities. No other outstanding amounts are payable to holders of the Preference Securities.
March 31, 2023 |
December 31, 2022 |
|||||||
Preference securities, par value $0.01 per share |
||||||||
Authorized |
1,000,000 | 1,000,000 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Issued and outstanding: |
||||||||
9% cumulative preference shares |
5,800 | 5,800 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
12. | Variable Interest Entities |
Upon consummation of the Separation Transactions on January 3, 2023, the Group deconsolidated its investment in Pine Walk and its eight MGA subsidiaries. Previously, Pine Walk, Oakside Surety Limited, Perigon Product Recall Limited, Navium Marine Limited, OPEnergy Limited and Pernix Specialty Limited were deemed to be variable interest entities as their equity was deemed insufficient to finance operations without additional subordinated support in the form of a loan. At December 31, 2022, the loan balance to each entity was $nil, $nil, $0.4 million, $1.2 million, $0.8 million, and $1.2 million, respectively. Due to a de facto agent relationship with each entity, the Group was considered the primary beneficiary and consolidated the entities up to January 3, 2023.
Pine Walk Europe S.R.L. (Pine Walk Europe) was also deemed to be a variable interest entity as certain entities had a right to a share of its profits but no voting rights. The Group was deemed to be the primary beneficiary due to it either controlling or being the primary beneficiary of the entities with an interest in Pine Walk Europe. The Group deconsolidated Pine Walk Europe on January 3, 2023 as a result of the Separation Transactions.
13. | Commitments and Contingencies |
a. | Letter of credit facilities |
At March 31, 2023, the Group had the following letter of credit facilities:
| A Standby Letter of Credit Facility Agreement with Lloyds Bank plc (Lloyds), under which Lloyds committed to make available to the Group a letter of credit facility in the amount of $175.0 million was renewed on September 21, 2021 for a 24 month term. The renewal was amended to reduce the unsecured tranche to $25.0 million and retain the secured tranche of $150.0 million. An additional secured accordion of $25.0 million was triggered prior to December 31, 2021. Letters of credit can be issued under the facility for the purposes of 1) the provision of Funds at Lloyds and 2) supporting insurance and reinsurance obligations. At March 31, 2023, there were letters of credit outstanding under this facility totaling $97.6 million (December 31, 2022: $101.2 million), secured by collateral in the amount of $93.9 million (December 31, 2022: $92.4 million). |
| A Master Agreement for the Issuance of Payment Instruments with Citibank NA London Branch (Citibank), under which Citibank committed to make available a letter of credit facility in the amount of $250.0 million, was amended on December 13, 2022, effective December 31, 2022. The letter of credit facility was reduced to $100.0 million, with the provision that the Group can request, from time to time, additional increments in $50.0 million, not to exceed $150.0 million. The facility is available until December 31, 2024. An additional uncommitted facility was also agreed on October 6, 2021, for |
F-26
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
$200.0 million. At March 31, 2023, there were letters of credit outstanding under this facility totaling $84.6 million (December 31, 2022: $100.1 million), secured by collateral in the amount of $105.7 million (December 31, 2022: $104.4 million). |
| On September 17, 2021, the Letter of Credit Facility with Barclays Bank plc was renewed until September 15, 2023. The secured facility was amended to $60 million a the unsecured tranche amended to $60.0 million. The borrowers of the facility continue to be Fidelis Insurance Bermuda Limited and Fidelis Underwriting Limited, with the guarantor continuing to be Fidelis Insurance Holdings Limited. A secured accordion of $100.0 million was triggered prior to December 31, 2021. At March 31, 2023 there were letters of credit outstanding under this facility totaling $87.9 million (December 31, 2022: $88.2 million), secured by collateral in the amount of $46.4 million (December 31, 2022: $45.7 million). |
| On September 17, 2021 the letter of credit facility with Bank of Montreal was renewed as a $120.0 million facility, with a $60.0 million secured tranche and a $60.0 million unsecured tranche ending September 17, 2023. Fidelis Insurance Bermuda Limited is the borrower and Fidelis Insurance Holdings Limited is the guarantor. A secured accordion of $80.0 million was triggered prior to December 31, 2021. At March 31, 2023, there were letters of credit outstanding under this facility totaling $85.2 million (December 31, 2022: $77.4 million), secured by collateral in the amount of $8.3 million (December 31, 2022: $10.8 million). |
| A $50.0 million Standby Letter of Credit Facility Agreement with Lloyds, dated December 10, 2021 was made available to Fidelis Insurance Holdings Limited as parent, account party and guarantor, to provide regulated capital in respect of Ancillary Own Funds (AOF). The facility was amended and restated on March 14, 2023 increasing the size of the facility to $75.0 million. The amended facility is for the benefit of Fidelis Underwriting Limited and for a four-year period. This new letter of credit entirely replaces the $50.0 million letter of credit issued under the previous facility. |
b. | Legal proceedings |
From time to time in the normal course of business, the Group may be involved in formal and informal dispute resolution procedures, which may include arbitration or litigation, the outcomes of which determine the rights and obligations of the Group under the Groups (re)insurance contracts, and other contractual agreements, or other matters as the case may be. In some disputes, the Group may seek to enforce its rights under an agreement or to collect funds owing to it. In other matters, the Group may resist attempts by others to collect funds or enforce alleged rights. While the final outcome of legal disputes that may arise cannot be predicted with certainty, the Group does not believe that the eventual outcome of any specific litigation, arbitration or alternative dispute resolution proceedings to which the Group is currently a party will have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of the Groups business as a whole.
c. | Concentration of credit risk |
Credit risk arises out of the failure of a counterparty to perform according to the terms of the contract. The Group underwrites all of its (re)insurance business through brokers and as a result credit risk exists should any of these brokers be unable to fulfil their contractual obligations with respect to the payments of premium or failure to pass on claims, if there is risk transfer, to the Group.
The Group has policies and standards in place to manage and monitor the credit risk of intermediaries with a focus on day-to-day monitoring of the largest positions. Note 10, Reinsurance and Retrocessional Reinsurance describes the credit risk related to the Groups reinsurance recoverables.
F-27
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
14. | Related Party Transactions |
On January 3, 2023, Fidelis MGU acquired 9.9% of the common shares of the Group. Certain directors, executive officers and management of Fidelis MGU also own common shares of the Group.
On December 20, 2022, the Group and Fidelis MGU entered into a rolling 10-year framework agreement (the Framework Agreement), effective January 1, 2023, that governs the ongoing relationship between the two groups. Years one to three will roll automatically, whereas from year four onwards, the Framework Agreement will roll at the sole written election of the Group, with such election to be delivered at least 90 days prior to the commencement of the subsequent contract year. Any decision by FIHL to elect not to roll the Framework Agreement will mean that the remainder of the 10-year terms then in effect will continue in place.
The underwriting activities of FIBL, FUL and FIID have been outsourced to the corresponding operating subsidiaries of Fidelis MGU on a jurisdictional basis. Each of FIBL, FUL and FIID have delegated underwriting authority to source and bind contracts to Shelf Opco Bermuda Limited, Pine Walk and Pine Walk Europe, respectively. Fidelis MGU manages origination, underwriting, underwriting administration and claims handling under delegated authority agreements with the Group. Other services provided by Fidelis MGU to the Group include sourcing and administering the outwards reinsurance program, and support with business planning, capital management, insurance contract accounting and information technology. The Framework Agreement provides for the payment of the following fees with effect from January 1, 2023:
a. | Ceding commissions: (i) a ceding commission of 11.5% of net premiums written of open market business procured by Fidelis MGU on or after January 1, 2023; (ii) a ceding commission of 3% of net premiums written of business sourced by Fidelis MGU via third-party managing general underwriters on or after January 1, 2023; and (iii) a portfolio management fee of 3.0% of net premiums written of the business sourced by Fidelis MGU. |
b. | Profit commission: a profit commission of 20.0% of the aggregate operating profit generated on the sourced business, subject to a hurdle rate of return of 5.0% of underwriting return on equity. |
For insurance contracts that were sourced by Pine Walk MGAs for FUL, FIBL or FIID on or prior to December 31, 2022, the fees and commissions will continue to follow the arrangements set under the pre-existing agreements, and will not attract additional commissions under the terms of the Framework Agreement.
The following table summarizes Fidelis MGU commissions, which are included in policy acquisition expenses in the consolidated statements of income:
For the three months ended | ||||||||
March 31, 2023 | March 31, 2022 | |||||||
Ceding commission expense |
$ | 12.1 | $ | | ||||
Profit commission expense |
12.1 | | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total Fidelis MGU commissions |
$ | 24.2 | $ | | ||||
|
|
|
|
Amounts receivable from Fidelis MGU at March 31, 2023 of $181.0 million consist primarily of amounts collected by Fidelis MGU on behalf of the Group that were not remitted prior to the end of the quarter and prepaid portfolio management fees. Amounts payable to Fidelis MGU at March 31, 2023 of $216.9 million consist primarily of amounts payable to Fidelis MGU for ceding and profit commissions and claims paid by Fidelis MGU on the Groups behalf.
F-28
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
The Framework Agreement provides that from January 1, 2023, in respect of commissions on ceded quota share business the Group shall retain 1.0% of reinsurance premiums ceded and the remainder is to be paid to Fidelis MGU. Commissions on ceded business for the three months ended March 31, 2023 were $16.2 million, of which $2.8 million were paid to Fidelis MGU.
Certain of the insurance contracts sourced by Pine Walk on or prior to December 31, 2022 contain profit commissions based on the results of each individual contract. The expense for the three months ended March 31, 2023 was $8.9 million and is included within policy acquisition expenses.
Fidelis MGU also provides the Group with certain support services on a cost-plus basis, such as insurance contract accounting, other finance and reporting services, IT infrastructure, maintenance and developments services and facilities management pursuant to a services agreement. Included within general and administrative expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2023 is a charge of $1.0 million from Fidelis MGU for such services.
Fidelis MGU sub-leases office space in London and Dublin to FUL and FIID for which it charged $0.4 million in the three months ended March 31, 2023. FIBL sub-leases office space in Bermuda to Fidelis MGU for which it charged $0.5 million in the three months ended March 31, 2023. These amounts are included within general and administrative expenses.
During 2019, the Group made interest free loans to management of $4.5 million which were recorded within other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. At March 31, 2023 there was no outstanding balance (December 31, 2022: $4.5 million) as these loans were fully repaid in January 2023 as part of the Separation Transactions.
15. | Earnings Per Share |
March 31, 2023 | March 31, 2022 | |||||||
Earnings per common share |
||||||||
Net profit available to Fidelis Insurance Holdings Limited common shareholders |
$ | 1,732.6 | $ | 17.0 | ||||
Weighted average common shares outstanding |
120,404,350 | 210,985,073 | ||||||
Earnings per common share |
$ | 14.39 | $ | 0.08 | ||||
Earnings per diluted common share |
||||||||
Net profit available to Fidelis Insurance Holdings Limited common shareholders |
$ | 1,732.6 | $ | 17.0 | ||||
Weighted average common shares outstanding |
120,404,350 | 210,985,073 | ||||||
Share-based compensation plans |
| 5,018,890 | ||||||
Weighted average diluted common shares outstanding |
120,404,350 | 216,003,962 | ||||||
Earnings per diluted common share |
$ | 14.39 | $ | 0.08 |
F-29
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
16. | Share Capital Authorized and Issued |
The following sets out the number and par value of shares authorized, issued and outstanding:
March 31, 2023 | December 31, 2022 | |||||||
Common shares, par value $0.01 per share |
||||||||
Authorized |
600,000,000 | 600,000,000 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Issued and outstanding |
||||||||
Common shares |
120,404,350 | 211,462,359 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
Common shares
On January 3, 2023, consummation of the Separation Transactions resulted in the issuance of 14,732,262 common shares upon exercise of outstanding warrants and accelerated vesting of restricted stock units.
The distribution of Fidelis MGU to shareholders on January 3, 2023 resulted in the cancellation of 105,790,271 common shares in the Group.
No cash dividends were declared in the three months ended March 31, 2023 or 2022.
The consummation of the Separation Transactions triggered the payment of cumulative dividends on warrants of $34.1 million. These dividends related to declarations made in 2019 and prior years. The warrant dividends, together with the net assets distributed to shareholders discussed in note 3, Separation Transactions, were recorded in additional paid-in capital as our retained earnings on January 3, 2023 was $0.5 million.
On January 3, 2023 the excess fair value of the net assets distributed to shareholders of $1,696.4 million was recorded in retained earnings as the gain on revaluation of Fidelis MGU was recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Income as a component of the net gain on distribution of Fidelis MGU. The excess fair value is calculated as the fair value of Fidelis MGU of $1,775 million less the book value of the Fidelis MGU net assets and less the non-controlling interest share of Pine Walk.
17. | Share Compensation |
Warrants
In 2015, the Group reserved for issuance of warrants to purchase common shares, in the aggregate, up to 16.5% of the diluted shares: Founders warrants, Basic warrants, and Ratchet warrants.
At December 31, 2022, the Group had outstanding 23,075,076 Founders warrants, 17,478,678 Basic warrants and 1,815,739 Ratchet warrants.
Upon consummation of the Separation Transactions, the warrants were exercised on a cashless basis resulting in the issuance of 12,167,570 ordinary shares. The exercise of the warrants triggered the payment of cumulative dividends of $34.1 million.
At March 31, 2023, there were no outstanding warrants.
F-30
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
Restricted stock units
On February 17, 2016, the 2015 Non-Qualified Share Option Plan was approved by the Board of Directors. The Group reserved up to 2% of the diluted shares to the issuance of RSUs to purchase common shares. The RSUs were granted with a $0.01 exercise price and expired 10 years from the date of issuance.
On November 8, 2018, the 2018 Non-Qualified Share Option Plan was approved by the Board of Directors. The Group reserved up to 3% of the diluted shares to the issuance of RSUs to purchase common shares. The RSUs were granted with a $0.01 exercise price and expired 10 years from the date of issuance.
At December 31, 2022 the Group had 4,680,054 outstanding RSUs. Upon consummation of the Separation Transactions on January 3, 2023, the RSUs were exercised resulting in the issuance of 2,564,692 ordinary shares. This resulted in the acceleration of compensation expense of $21.0 million and an employer payroll tax expense of $17.3 million. The awards were net settled, resulting in a $50.6 million reduction of additional paid-in capital for the employees tax obligations with respect to these awards.
The Group has authorized the 2023 Share Incentive Plan, with a grant date in May 2023 (refer to note 20, Subsequent Events for further information). There are no outstanding RSUs at March 31, 2023.
For the three months ended March 31, 2023, total compensation expense of $21.0 million relating to the RSUs was included in net gain on distribution of Fidelis MGU in the Consolidated Statements of Income. For the three months ended March 31, 2022, total compensation of $3.7 million was included in general and administrative expenses. An income tax benefit of $2.7 million (2022: $0.4 million) was recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income. At March 31, 2022, there was a remaining unamortized balance of $nil (2022: $21.0 million), which will be recognized over the remaining service period.
18. | Income Taxes |
The Groups income tax expense for the three months ended March 31, 2023 resulted in an effective tax rate of 0.1% (2022: 19.2%). The income tax expense for the three months ended March 31, 2023 of $2.2 million (2022: $4.7 million) was net of discrete income tax benefits of $6.2 million (2022: $nil). The discrete tax items in the three months ended March 31, 2023 primarily related to the tax allowable costs of the Separation Transactions of $38.3 million. Additionally, the gross gain on distribution of Fidelis MGU (before deduction of the direct transaction costs) is exempt from taxation under the substantial shareholding exemption in Schedule 7AC to the U.K. Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992.
The Groups income tax expense may fluctuate from period to period based on the relative mix of income or loss reported by jurisdiction and the varying tax rates in each jurisdiction.
19. | Ukraine Conflict |
On February 24, 2022, the Russian Federation invaded Ukraine resulting in armed conflict in Ukraine and the Black Sea (Ukraine Conflict). Subsequently a number of countries, including the United States of America, the United Kingdom, and those in the European Union, placed significant sanctions on Russian institutions and persons which resulted in a devaluation of the Ruble and a fall in the value of Russian fixed income and equity assets, and the prompt withdrawal of companies from Russia without securing their assets. Fidelis has minimal direct exposure to Russian equities and minimal exposure to fixed income assets impacted by sanctions. It had now been over a year since the commencement of the Ukraine Conflict. Fidelis has potential exposure to losses
F-31
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
associated with the conflict in Ukraine and the Black Sea through certain lines in the Bespoke and Specialty segments. Fidelis, in common with the rest of the London Aviation Insurance Market, is the subject of various litigation proceedings brought by Aircraft Lessors in the United States of America, the United Kingdom, and those in the European Union. Notwithstanding this, Fidelis continues to believe the impact of the Ukraine Conflict will not adversely affect the Groups ability to operate as a going concern.
20. | Subsequent Events |
Subsequent events have been evaluated up to the issuance of these unaudited consolidated financial statements.
On May 15, 2023, shareholders approved the establishment of the 2023 Share Incentive Plan (the 2023 Plan). The 2023 Plan authorizes the issuance of options, restricted shares, restricted share units, share appreciation rights or other share-based awards to the Groups employees and directors. The total number of shares available under the Plan is 5,016,848 (plus an additional number of Common Shares equal to 4%, on a fully diluted basis, of the Common Shares sold by the Group in connection with an IPO). The following awards were granted in May 2023:
a. | Time-vested awardsshare settled |
The Company granted 531,535 restricted share units that cliff vest on March 31, 2024 and 195,469 restricted share units that cliff vest on December 31, 2025.
b. | Performance-vested awardsshare settled |
The Company granted 309,947 restricted share units that cliff vest on December 31, 2025, subject to the achievement of established performance criteria and continued service during the applicable performance period.
F-32
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Shareholders and Board of Directors
Fidelis Insurance Holdings Limited:
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Fidelis Insurance Holdings Limited and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, changes in shareholders equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2022, and the related notes and financial statement schedules I to VI (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2022, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.
Estimate of reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses
As discussed in notes 2 and 12 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company records reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses (reserves) calculated on a best estimate basis and are estimated using various actuarial methods as well as the Companys own loss experience, historical insurance industry loss experience, estimates of pricing adequacy trends and expert professional judgment. As of December 31, 2022, the Company recorded $2,045.2 million of reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses.
F-34
We identified the evaluation of the estimates of reserves as a critical audit matter. Specifically, subjective and complex auditor judgement, including specialized skills and knowledge, was involved in evaluating the methods and actuarial assumptions used in estimating reserves. Assumptions included the weighting of actuarial methods, loss development factors and initial expected loss ratios.
The following are the primary procedures we performed to address the critical audit matter. We involved actuarial professionals with specialized skills and knowledge who assisted in:
a. | assessing the Companys actuarial methodologies used in estimating reserves by comparing to generally accepted actuarial practices and evaluating the Companys actuarial assumptions for the weighting of actuarial methods, loss development factors and initial expected loss ratios |
b. | developing an independent range of estimated reserves and comparing to the Companys estimate of reserves for selected lines of business. |
/s/ KPMG Audit Limited
We have served as the Companys auditor since 2015.
Hamilton, Bermuda
April 6, 2023
F-35
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED (FIHL)
Consolidated Balance Sheets
At December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
2022 | 2021 | |||||||
Assets |
||||||||
Fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale at fair value (amortized cost: $2,160.8, 2021: $2,505.6) (net of allowances for credit losses of $1.1, 2021: $2.2) |
$ | 2,050.9 | $ | 2,491.1 | ||||
Fixed maturity securities, trading at fair value (amortized cost: $nil, 2021: $26.7) |
| 26.9 | ||||||
Short-term investments, available-for-sale at fair value (amortized cost: $257.0, 2021: $11.5) |
257.0 | 11.5 | ||||||
Other investments, at fair value (amortized cost: $126.3, 2021: $226.5) |
117.1 | 253.1 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total investments |
$ | 2,425.0 | $ | 2,782.6 | ||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
1,222.0 | 325.1 | ||||||
Restricted cash and cash equivalents |
185.9 | 150.9 | ||||||
Derivative assets, at fair value |
6.3 | 1.0 | ||||||
Accrued investment income |
10.9 | 12.1 | ||||||
Investments pending settlement |
2.0 | 0.5 | ||||||
Premiums and other receivables (net of allowances for credit losses of $8.8, 2021: $4.8) |
1,862.7 | 1,555.2 | ||||||
Deferred reinsurance premiums |
823.7 | 676.7 | ||||||
Reinsurance balances recoverable on paid losses (net of allowances for credit losses of $nil, 2021: $nil) |
159.4 | 256.6 | ||||||
Reinsurance balances recoverable on reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses (net of allowances for credit losses of $1.0, 2021: $0.5) |
976.1 | 795.2 | ||||||
Deferred policy acquisition costs |
515.8 | 403.3 | ||||||
Deferred tax asset |
58.5 | 40.3 | ||||||
Operating right of use assets |
26.8 | 29.9 | ||||||
Other assets |
37.4 | 23.6 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total assets |
$ | 8,312.5 | $ | 7,053.0 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Liabilities, and shareholders equity |
||||||||
Liabilities |
||||||||
Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses |
2,045.2 | 1,386.5 | ||||||
Unearned premiums |
2,618.6 | 2,113.7 | ||||||
Reinsurance balances payable |
1,057.0 | 947.8 | ||||||
Long term debt |
447.5 | 446.9 | ||||||
Preference securities |
58.4 | 58.4 | ||||||
Other liabilities |
70.2 | 48.4 | ||||||
Operating lease liabilities |
28.5 | 31.4 | ||||||
Derivative liabilities, at fair value |
| 0.8 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total liabilities |
$ | 6,325.4 | $ | 5,033.9 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Commitments and contingencies |
||||||||
Shareholders equity |
||||||||
211,462,359 ordinary shares of par value $0.01 each (December 31, 2021 - 210,895,001 ordinary shares) |
2.1 | 2.1 | ||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
2,075.0 | 2,075.2 | ||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
(100.8 | ) | (11.3 | ) | ||||
Retained earnings/(accumulated deficit) |
0.5 | (52.1 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total shareholders equity attributable to common shareholders |
$ | 1,976.8 | $ | 2,013.9 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Non-controlling interests |
10.3 | 5.2 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total shareholders equity including non-controlling interests |
$ | 1,987.1 | $ | 2,019.1 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total liabilities and shareholders equity |
$ | 8,312.5 | $ | 7,053.0 | ||||
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to the financial statements
F-36
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars except for per share data)
2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||
Revenues |
||||||||||||
Gross premiums written |
$ | 3,000.1 | $ | 2,787.7 | $ | 1,576.5 | ||||||
Reinsurance premiums ceded |
(1,137.5 | ) | (1,186.6 | ) | (670.9 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net premiums written |
1,862.6 | 1,601.1 | 905.6 | |||||||||
Change in net unearned premiums |
(357.9 | ) | (446.9 | ) | (177.0 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net premiums earned |
1,504.7 | 1,154.2 | 728.6 | |||||||||
Net investment (losses)/gains |
(33.7 | ) | 13.5 | 17.9 | ||||||||
Net investment income |
40.7 | 20.6 | 26.2 | |||||||||
Net foreign exchange gains |
6.8 | | 1.2 | |||||||||
Other income |
1.9 | 1.0 | 8.7 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total revenues |
$ | 1,520.4 | $ | 1,189.3 | $ | 782.6 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Expenses |
||||||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses |
830.2 | 696.8 | 324.5 | |||||||||
Policy acquisition expenses |
447.7 | 299.9 | 179.2 | |||||||||
General and administrative expenses |
106.4 | 75.4 | 83.5 | |||||||||
Corporate and other expenses |
20.5 | 2.7 | 18.7 | |||||||||
Net foreign exchange losses |
| 0.4 | | |||||||||
Financing costs |
35.5 | 35.4 | 27.9 | |||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of preference securities |
| | 25.3 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total expenses |
$ | 1,440.3 | $ | 1,110.6 | $ | 659.1 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Income before income taxes |
$ | 80.1 | $ | 78.7 | $ | 123.5 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Income tax (expense)/benefit |
(17.8 | ) | (0.4 | ) | 3.1 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net income |
$ | 62.3 | $ | 78.3 | $ | 126.6 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net income attributable to non-controlling interests |
(9.7 | ) | (10.0 | ) | (0.1 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net income available to common shareholders |
$ | 52.6 | $ | 68.3 | $ | 126.5 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Other comprehensive (loss)/income |
||||||||||||
Unrealized (losses)/gain on AFS financial assets |
(96.5 | ) | (36.1 | ) | 12.1 | |||||||
Income tax benefit/(expense), all of which relates to unrealized (loss)/gain on AFS financial assets |
8.1 | 2.4 | (0.7 | ) | ||||||||
Currency translation adjustments |
(1.1 | ) | (0.2 | ) | | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total other comprehensive (loss)/income |
$ |
(89.5 |
) |
$ | (33.9 | ) | $ | 11.4 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Comprehensive (loss)/income attributable to common shareholders |
$ | (36.9 | ) | $ | 34.4 | $ | 137.9 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Per share data |
||||||||||||
Earnings per common share: |
||||||||||||
Earnings per common share |
$ | 0.25 | $ | 0.32 | $ | 0.70 | ||||||
Earnings per diluted common share |
$ | 0.24 | $ | 0.31 | $ | 0.68 | ||||||
Weighted average common shares outstanding |
211.2 | 212.5 | 181.4 | |||||||||
Weighted average diluted common shares outstanding |
216.7 | 217.8 | 186.7 |
See accompanying notes to the financial statements
F-37
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders Equity
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||
Common shares |
||||||||||||
Balance - beginning of year |
$ | 2.1 | $ | 2.1 | $ | 1.4 | ||||||
Common stock repurchased |
| (0.2 | ) | | ||||||||
Issue of common shares |
| 0.2 | 0.7 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Balance - end of year |
$ | 2.1 | $ | 2.1 | $ | 2.1 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
||||||||||||
Balance - beginning of year |
$ | 2,075.2 | $ | 2,071.9 | $ | 1,348.3 | ||||||
Repurchase of shares |
| (320.7 | ) | (0.8 | ) | |||||||
Share compensation expense |
10.8 | 9.8 | 32.6 | |||||||||
Purchase of non-controlling interest |
(11.0 | ) | (3.8 | ) | | |||||||
Issue of common shares, net of issuance costs |
| 318.0 | 691.8 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Balance - end of year |
$ | 2,075.0 | $ | 2,075.2 | $ | 2,071.9 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss)/income, net of tax |
||||||||||||
Unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities held at fair value, net of tax |
||||||||||||
Balance - beginning of year |
$ | (11.3 | ) | $ | 22.4 | $ | 11.0 | |||||
Unrealized (losses)/income arising during the year |
(88.4 | ) | (33.7 | ) | 11.4 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Balance - end of year |
$ | (99.7 | ) | $ | (11.3 | ) | $ | 22.4 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Currency translation reserve |
||||||||||||
Balance - beginning of year |
| 0.2 | 0.2 | |||||||||
Movement during the year |
(1.1 | ) | (0.2 | ) | | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Balance - end of year |
$ | (1.1 | ) | $ | | $ | 0.2 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Balance - end of year |
$ | (100.8 | ) | $ | (11.3 | ) | $ | 22.6 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Retained earnings/(accumulated deficit) |
||||||||||||
Balance - beginning of year |
$ | (52.1 | ) | $ | (120.4 | ) | $ | (242.8 | ) | |||
Net income available to common shareholders |
52.6 | 68.3 | 126.5 | |||||||||
Common dividend |
| | (4.1 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Balance - end of year |
$ | 0.5 | $ | (52.1 | ) | $ | (120.4 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total shareholders equity attributable to common shareholders |
$ | 1,976.8 | $ | 2,013.9 | $ | 1,976.2 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Non-controlling interests |
||||||||||||
Balance - beginning of the year |
$ | 5.2 | $ | | $ | 0.5 | ||||||
Net profit attributable to non-controlling interests |
9.7 | 10.0 | 0.1 | |||||||||
Investment in subsidiaries by non-controlling interests |
| | 0.2 | |||||||||
Dividends paid to non-controlling interest |
(3.9 | ) | (2.6 | ) | (0.8 | ) | ||||||
Sale of subsidiary |
| (2.2 | ) | | ||||||||
Non-controlling interest arising from acquisition of a subsidiary |
(0.7 | ) | | | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Balance - end of year |
$ | 10.3 | $ | 5.2 | $ | | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total shareholders equity including non-controlling interests |
$ | 1,987.1 | $ | 2,019.1 | $ | 1,976.2 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to the financial statements
F-38
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||
Operating activities |
||||||||||||
Net income |
$ | 62.3 | $ | 78.3 | $ | 126.6 | ||||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: |
||||||||||||
Share compensation expense |
10.8 | 9.8 | 32.6 | |||||||||
Depreciation |
3.9 | 4.5 | 2.6 | |||||||||
Net unrealized loss/(gain) on investments and derivatives |
11.8 | (17.5 | ) | (7.4 | ) | |||||||
Net realized loss on investments and derivatives |
8.5 | 24.1 | (3.4 | ) | ||||||||
Deferred tax benefit |
(10.4 | ) | (26.4 | ) | (6.0 | ) | ||||||
Net changes in assets and liabilities: |
||||||||||||
Accrued investment income |
1.2 | (3.0 | ) | (1.7 | ) | |||||||
Premiums and other receivables |
(342.0 | ) | (479.1 | ) | (412.7 | ) | ||||||
Deferred reinsurance premiums |
(147.0 | ) | (261.3 | ) | (273.9 | ) | ||||||
Reinsurance balances recoverable on paid claims |
89.5 | (156.4 | ) | 26.1 | ||||||||
Reinsurance balances recoverable on unpaid claims |
(195.5 | ) | (421.9 | ) | 65.0 | |||||||
Deferred policy acquisition costs |
(112.5 | ) | (126.8 | ) | (75.3 | ) | ||||||
Operating right of use assets |
3.1 | (20.1 | ) | 0.2 | ||||||||
Other assets |
0.7 | 19.6 | 2.0 | |||||||||
Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses |
695.3 | 592.3 | 72.2 | |||||||||
Unearned premiums |
504.9 | 708.2 | 450.9 | |||||||||
Reinsurance balances payable |
134.3 | 453.7 | 287.1 | |||||||||
Operating lease liabilities |
(0.9 | ) | 20.9 | (0.5 | ) | |||||||
Other liabilities |
24.9 | (31.2 | ) | 31.7 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash provided by operating activities |
$ | 742.9 | $ | 367.7 | $ | 316.1 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Investing activities |
||||||||||||
Purchase of investments, trading |
| | (0.1 | ) | ||||||||
Proceeds from the sale of investments, trading |
27.8 | 56.1 | 116.7 | |||||||||
Purchase of available-for-sale securities |
(1,595.8 | ) | (2,122.2 | ) | (1,161.9 | ) | ||||||
Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale securities |
1,678.8 | 1,111.6 | 631.6 | |||||||||
Purchase of other investments |
(100.0 | ) | (125.2 | ) | (100.0 | ) | ||||||
Purchase of investments to cover short sales |
| | (3.7 | ) | ||||||||
Proceeds for sale of other investments |
223.9 | 1.3 | 1.4 | |||||||||
Change in investments pending settlement - assets |
(1.5 | ) | | 24.7 | ||||||||
Change in investments pending settlement - liabilities |
| (21.9 | ) | 12.0 | ||||||||
Net cash from disposal of subsidiary |
| (7.1 | ) | | ||||||||
Purchase of fixed assets |
(18.8 | ) | (7.1 | ) | (2.0 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities |
$ | 214.4 | $ | (1,114.5 | ) | $ | (481.3 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Financing activities |
||||||||||||
Proceeds from issuance of debt, net of issuance of costs |
| | 445.7 | |||||||||
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs |
| 318.2 | 691.8 | |||||||||
Non-controlling interest share transactions |
(15.7 | ) | (6.3 | ) | (0.6 | ) | ||||||
Repurchase of common shares |
| (320.9 | ) | |
F-39
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||
Dividends on common shares |
(0.5 | ) | (2.1 | ) | (5.1 | ) | ||||||
Repurchase of preference securities |
| | (183.8 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities |
$ | (16.2 | ) | $ | (11.1 | ) | $ | 948.0 | ||||
Effect of exchange rate changes on foreign currency cash |
$ | (9.2 | ) | $ | (4.6 | ) | $ | 4.8 | ||||
Net increase/(decrease) in cash, restricted cash, and cash equivalents |
931.9 | (762.5 | ) | 787.6 | ||||||||
Cash, restricted cash, and cash equivalents, beginning of year |
476.0 | 1,238.5 | 450.9 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Cash, restricted cash, and cash equivalents, end of year |
$ | 1,407.9 | $ | 476.0 | $ | 1,238.5 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Cash and cash equivalents comprise the following: |
||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at bank |
1,222.0 | 325.1 | 967.2 | |||||||||
Restricted cash and cash equivalents |
185.9 | 150.9 | 271.3 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Cash, restricted cash, and cash equivalents |
$ | 1,407.9 | $ | 476.0 | $ | 1,238.5 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: |
||||||||||||
Net cash paid during the year for income taxes |
11.9 | 24.1 | | |||||||||
Cash paid during the year for interest |
24.4 | 29.3 | 22.3 |
F-40
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
1. | Nature of Operations |
Fidelis Insurance Holdings Limited (Fidelis and together with its subsidiaries, the Group) is a holding company which was incorporated under the laws of Bermuda on August 22, 2014. The Group provides Property, Specialty and Bespoke insurance and reinsurance. Fidelis principal operating subsidiaries are:
| Fidelis Insurance Bermuda Limited (FIBL), is a Class 4 Bermuda domiciled company which writes most of the Groups Reinsurance business, as well as writing Specialty and Bespoke lines. FIBL is regulated by the Bermuda Monetary Authority. |
| Fidelis Underwriting Limited (FUL), is a UK domiciled company which principally writes Specialty and Bespoke insurance, as well as Reinsurance. FUL is regulated by the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA). |
| Fidelis Insurance Ireland DAC (FIID), is a Republic of Ireland domiciled company that writes Specialty and Bespoke insurance and reinsurance within the European Economic Area. FIID is regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland. |
| Fidelis Marketing Limited (FML), a management company which acts as an insurance intermediary to provide marketing services and is authorized by the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA). |
Fidelis has invested in a number of Managing General Agents (MGAs) through Pine Walk Capital Limited (Pine Walk) which holds the investment in the MGAs and provides them with administrative support. There are 8 MGAs:
| Radius Specialty Limited (Radius) which focuses on niche specialty treaty reinsurance business. |
| Oakside Surety Limited (Oakside) which focuses on surety bonds and guarantees. |
| Kersey Specialty Limited (Kersey) which focuses on upstream energy business. |
| Perigon Product Recall Limited (Perigon) which focuses on product recall and product contamination. |
| Navium Marine Limited (Navium) which focuses on marine business. |
| OPEnergy Limited (OPEnergy) which focuses on energy liabilities. |
| Pine Walk Europe S.R.L. which is licensed to write insurance business in the European Economic Area (EEA). |
| Pernix Specialty Limited (Pernix) which focuses on credit and political risk business. Pernix was incorporated on December 7, 2021. |
The financial statements of Pine Walk and the 8 MGAs have been included in the consolidated financial statements of the Group. During 2022, the Group purchased additional shares in Pine Walk Capital Limited.
Further information can be found at Note 15, Variable Interest Entities and Note 16, Non-Controlling Interests. Note 25, Subsequent Events provides details of changes to the Group structure that occurred in January 2023.
2. | Significant Accounting Policies |
Basis of presentation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (U.S. GAAP) and include the results of Fidelis Insurance Holdings
F-41
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
Limited and its subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated on consolidation. The consolidated financial statements have been compiled on a going concern basis.
Certain 2021 and 2020 amounts have been reclassified in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows to conform with the 2022 presentation.
Reporting currency
The financial information is reported in United States dollars (U.S. dollars or $), expressed in millions, except for share and per share amounts.
Use of estimates, risks and uncertainties
The preparation of these financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported and disclosed amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
The most significant estimates reflected in the financial statements include, but are not limited to, gross and net reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses and estimates of written and earned premiums.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash held in banks, money market funds and other short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturity dates of 90 days or less.
Restricted cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash and cash equivalents consist of cash held in segregated or trust accounts, which is unavailable for immediate use by the Group, primarily to provide collateral for letters of credit and to support the current value of any amounts that may be due to counterparties based on the value of underlying financial instruments
Investments
Our accounting policy classifies all fixed maturity securities acquired prior to January 1, 2018 as trading, whilst fixed maturity securities acquired from January 1, 2018 are classified as available for-sale which reflects the Groups intention to hold the vast majority of these assets to maturity. At December 31, 2022, all securities classified as trading have matured.
Our fixed-income securities portfolio comprises securities issued by governments and government agencies, corporate bonds, and asset-backed securities. Investments in fixed-income securities are reported at estimated fair value in our audited consolidated financial statements.
Our other investments (Risk Assets) consist of a residual investment in a hedge fund, investments in structured notes as described above (refer to Note 4 for further details) and the Wellington Opportunistic Fixed-Income UCITS Fund. These are carried at fair value and realized and unrealized gains or losses included in net investment gains and losses on the Consolidated Statement of Income. For the valuation methodologies refer to Note 5.
F-42
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
Investments with a maturity from three months up to one year from date of purchase are classified as short-term investments and recorded at fair value.
For all fixed maturity securities and other investments, any realized and unrealized gains or losses are determined on the basis of the first-in, first-out method. For all fixed maturity securities classified as available for sale, realized gains and losses in the audited consolidated financial statements include allowances for expected credit losses related to its Available for Sale (AFS) debt securities. This allowance represents the difference between the securitys amortized cost and the amount expected to be collected over the securitys lifetime. Unrealized gains and losses represent the difference between the cost, or the cost as adjusted by amortization of any difference between its cost and its redemption value (amortized cost), of the security and its fair value at the reporting date and are included within other comprehensive income for securities classified as available for sale. For securities classified as trading realized and unrealized gains or losses are included in the audited consolidated financial statements within net investment gains and losses.
Net investment income
Net investment income includes amounts received and accrued in respect of periodic interest (coupons) payable to the Group by the issuer of fixed income securities and interest credited on cash and cash equivalents. It also includes amortization of premium and accretion of discount in respect of fixed income securities. Investment management, custody, and investment administration fees are charged against net investment income reported in the Consolidated Statement of Income. Investment transactions are recorded on a trade date basis.
Derivative assets and liabilities
All derivatives are recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value on a gross basis and not offset against any collateral pledged or received. Unrealized gains and losses resulting from changes in fair value are included in net investment gains and losses or net foreign exchange gains and losses in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The Groups derivative financial instrument assets are included in derivative assets and derivative financial instrument liabilities are included in derivative liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. None of the Groups derivatives are designated as accounting hedges for financial reporting purposes. Pursuant to the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) master agreements and other derivative agreements, the Group and its counterparties typically have the ability to settle on a net basis. In addition, in the event a party to one of the ISDA master agreements or other derivative agreements defaults, or a transaction is otherwise subject to termination, the non-defaulting party generally has the right to set off against payments owed to the defaulting party or collateral held by the defaulting party.
The Group enters into derivative transactions to manage duration risk, foreign currency exchange risk, or other exposure risks. The Group also sometimes enters catastrophe swap derivatives to manage its exposure to catastrophe events. Derivative transactions typically include futures, options, swaps and forwards. Derivative assets represent financial contracts whereby, based upon the contracts current fair value, the Group will be entitled to receive payments upon settlement. Derivative liabilities represent financial contracts whereby, based upon the contracts current fair value, the Group will be obligated to make payments upon settlement.
The Group looks to manage foreign currency exposure by substantively balancing assets with liabilities for certain major non-U.S. dollar currencies, or by entering into currency forward contracts. However, there is no guarantee that this will effectively mitigate exposure to foreign exchange gains and losses.
F-43
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
Where a contract includes an embedded derivative, the embedded derivative is recognized separately only if the contract is not recognized at fair value, or the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative are not clearly and closely related to those of the host contract.
Investments pending settlement
Investments pending settlement include receivables and payables from unsettled trades with brokers. Receivables and payables from unsettled trades are carried at fair value based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or derived based on inputs that are observable.
Premiums and acquisition costs
Premiums written are recorded on inception of the policy. Premiums written include estimates based on information received from insureds, brokers and cedants, and any subsequent differences arising on such estimates are recorded as premiums written in the period they are determined. Premiums written are earned on a basis consistent with risks covered over the period the coverage is provided. The portion of the premiums written applicable to the unexpired terms of the underlying contracts and policies is recorded as unearned premium.
Reinstatement premiums are recognized as written and earned after the occurrence of a loss and are recorded in accordance with the contract terms based upon managements estimate of losses and loss adjustment expenses.
Policy acquisition expenses are directly related to the acquisition of insurance premiums and are deferred and amortized over the related policy period in line with earned premium. The Group only defers acquisition costs incurred that are directly related to the successful acquisition of new or renewal insurance contracts, including commissions to agents, brokers and premium taxes. All other acquisition related expenses including indirect costs are expensed as incurred. To the extent that future policy revenues on existing policies are not adequate to cover related costs and expenses, deferred policy acquisition costs are charged to earnings.
The Group evaluates premium deficiency and the recoverability of deferred acquisition costs by determining if the sum of future earned premiums and anticipated investment return is greater than expected future losses and loss adjustment expenses and policy acquisition expenses.
Reinsurance and retrocession
The Group seeks to reduce the risk of net losses on business written by reinsuring certain risks and exposures with other reinsurers. Ceded reinsurance contracts do not relieve the Group of its primary obligation to insureds. Ceded premiums are recognized when the coverage period incepts and are expensed over the contract period in proportion to the coverage period or, when the coverage period does not align to the risk exposure, in proportion to the underlying risk exposure. Premiums relating to the unexpired portion of reinsurance ceded are recorded as deferred reinsurance premiums.
Commissions on ceded business are deferred and amortized over the period in which the related ceded premium is recognized. The deferred balance is recorded within deferred policy acquisition costs on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and the amortization is recognized within general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Income.
F-44
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
The liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses includes reserves for unpaid reported losses and for losses incurred but not reported (IBNR). These estimates are reported net of amounts estimated to be recoverable from salvage and subrogation. The reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses is established by management based on reports from insureds, brokers, and ceding companies and the application of generally accepted actuarial techniques and represents the estimated ultimate cost of events or conditions that have been reported to or specifically identified by the Group as incurred.
The Group estimates ultimate losses using various actuarial methods as well as the Groups own growing loss experience, historical insurance industry loss experience, estimates of pricing adequacy trends and managements professional judgement. The estimated cost of claims includes expenses to be incurred in settling claims and a deduction for the expected value of salvage, subrogation and other recoveries. Ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses may differ significantly from the amount recorded in the financial statements. These estimates are reviewed regularly and as experience develops and new information becomes known, the reserves are adjusted as necessary. Such adjustments, if any, are recorded in losses and loss adjustment expenses in the periods in which they are determined.
The principal actuarial methods, and associated key assumptions including the weighting of actuarial methods, loss development factors and initial expected loss ratios, used to perform the Groups loss reserve analysis include:
Initial expected loss ratio
To estimate ultimate losses, the Group multiplies earned premiums by an expected loss ratio. The expected loss ratio is determined using a combination of benchmark data, the business plan, and expert judgement.
Paid and incurred chain ladder
This method estimates ultimate losses by calculating past paid and incurred loss development factors and applying them to exposure periods with further expected paid loss development. The main underlying assumption of this method is that historical loss development patterns are indicative of future loss development patterns.
Paid and incurred Bornhuetter-Ferguson (BF)
This method combines features of the chain ladder and initial expected loss ratio method by using both reported and paid losses as well as an a priori expected loss ratio to arrive at an ultimate loss estimate. The weighting between these two methods depends on the maturity of the business. This means that for more recent years a greater weight is placed on the initial expected loss ratio, while for more mature years a greater weight is placed on the loss development patterns.
Benktander: Credible claims reserves
The Benktander method is similar to the Bornhuetter-Ferguson but replaces the initial loss ratio used within the BF method with the loss estimate from the BF method. The credibility factor is increased as claims develop. It gives more weight to:
| Emerged losses than the BF; and |
| Initial expected loss ratio rather than the chain ladder. |
F-45
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
Case-by case
Given the nature of the business written, some of the lines of business may consist of a small number of policies. Where appropriate, the loss reserves will be calculated explicitly for a particular contract using expert judgement and documented appropriately. Salvage is recorded based on estimated realizable value and is deducted from the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses. It is the responsibility of the actuarial function to apply the relevant actuarial methodologies and judgements to the calculation of loss reserves. The Group Actuary presents the recommendations of the actuarial review of the reserves to the Reserving Committee for review, challenge and recommendation, the results of which are included in the Group Actuarys Reserving Report for approval by the Audit Committee.
Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses represent our best estimate of the ultimate cost of settling reported and unreported claims and related expenses. As discussed previously, the estimation of losses and loss adjustment expense reserves is based on various complex and subjective judgments. Actual losses and settlement expenses which are ultimately required to be paid may deviate, perhaps substantially, from the reserve estimates reflected in our financial statements. Similarly, the timing for payment of our estimated losses is not fixed and is not determinable on an individual or aggregate basis. The assumptions used in estimating the payments due by period are based on industry and peer-group claims payment experience. Due to the uncertainty inherent in the process of estimating the timing of such payments, there is a risk that the amounts paid in any period can be significantly different than the amounts discussed above.
Premiums receivable
Premiums receivable includes amounts receivable from insureds, net of brokerage costs, which represent premiums that are both currently due and amounts not yet due on insurance and reinsurance policies. Premiums for insurance policies are generally due at inception. Premiums for reinsurance policies generally become due over the period of coverage based on the policy terms. Contract periods can be several years in length with premiums received in annual or quarterly installments.
The Group monitors the credit risk associated with premiums receivable, taking into consideration the fact that in certain instances credit risk may be reduced by the Groups right to offset loss obligations against premiums receivable. The Group establishes an allowance for credit losses based upon the life of the receivables which is charged to net income. Changes in the estimate of (re)insurance premiums written will also result in an adjustment to premiums receivable in the period they are determined.
The following table provides the allowance for expected credit losses of the Groups premium receivables due from third parties on unpaid claims that is due greater than 180+ days.
$ millions | ||||||||
Year ended December 31, 2022 |
Premium receivable due greater than 180+ days |
Allowance for Expected Credit Losses |
||||||
Balance at the end of year |
35.2 | 8.8 |
$ millions | ||||||||
Year ended December 31, 2021 |
Premium receivable due greater than 180+ days |
Allowance for Expected Credit Losses |
||||||
Balance at the end of year |
19.2 | 4.8 |
F-46
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
Reinsurance balances recoverable
Amounts recoverable from reinsurers are estimated based on the terms and conditions of the reinsurance contracts in a manner consistent with the underlying liability reinsured. The Group evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers and monitors concentration of credit risk to minimize its exposure to significant losses from individual reinsurers. The ceding of insurance does not legally discharge the Group from its primary liability for the full amount of the policies, and the Group will be required to pay the loss and bear collection risk if the reinsurer fails to meet its obligations under the reinsurance or retrocessional agreement. To further reduce credit exposure on reinsurance recoverables, the Group has received collateral, including letters of credit and trust accounts, from certain reinsurers. Collateral related to these reinsurance agreements is available, without restriction, when the Group pays losses covered by the reinsurance agreements.
An allowance is established for credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the reinsurance recoverable, which is recorded net of this allowance. The allowance is charged to net income in the period the recoverable is recorded and revised in subsequent periods to reflect changes in the Groups estimate of expected credit losses. Further details are set out at Note 13, Reinsurance and Retrocessional Insurance.
Long term debt
Debt is initially measured at fair value less issuance costs incurred and subsequently held at amortized cost. Interest expense is recognized over the term of the notes using the effective interest method.
Leases
The Group assesses whether a contract contains a lease at the inception of the contract, determining at that point whether any leases identified are operating leases or finance leases. The Group does not currently have any finance leases.
For operating leases with a lease term in excess of 12 months, a lease liability and corresponding operating right-of-use asset is recognized. The lease liability takes into account any renewal options that are deemed to be reasonably certain and is discounted using the Groups incremental borrowing rate, where the rate implicit in the lease is not available.
The unwind of the discount is recognized in general and administrative expenses. The operating right-of-use asset is amortized straight line over the term of the lease and recognized in general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Income and Comprehensive income.
Corporate and other expenses
Corporate and other expenses include reorganization expenses, warrant expenses and other one-off expenses. Corporate and other expenses have been separated from general and administrative costs to separately show these costs from the administrative costs associated with running the day-to-day activities of the Group.
Income taxes
Income taxes have been provided for those operations that are subject to income taxes based on tax laws and rates enacted in those jurisdictions. Current and deferred taxes are charged or credited to income tax expense.
F-47
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
Deferred tax assets and liabilities result from temporary differences between the amounts recorded in the consolidated financial statements and the tax basis of the Groups assets and liabilities. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income tax expense in the Consolidated Statement of Income in the period that includes the enactment date.
A valuation allowance is provided to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount management deem more likely than not to be be realized.
The Group recognizes the benefit from a tax position taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. Tax positions that meet the more likely than not threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement. The Group recognizes interest and penalties related to income taxes in income tax expense.
Share compensation
The Group has issued warrants to purchase common shares. The warrants expire 10 years from the date of grant and consist of Founders warrants that were issued to the initial investors, and Basic and Ratchet warrants that have been issued to Fidelis Management (the management warrants).
Warrants are valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and the fair value of these warrants is recorded in equity as additional paid-in capital when performance conditions are met.
Founder warrants require certain performance conditions to be met. Basic warrants are subject to a service condition only and the Ratchet warrants subject to a service and performance condition.
The portion of the warrants that is considered probable of vesting is recognized in corporate and other expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Income and Comprehensive Income.
Share compensation for management warrants considered probable of vesting is expensed over the vesting period on a graded vesting basis. The probability of the management warrants vesting is evaluated at each reporting period. When the management warrants are considered probable of vesting, the Group records an adjustment to the share compensation expense from the grant date (service inception date) to the current reporting period end based on the fair value of the warrant contracts at grant date.
Restricted stock units (RSUs) granted contain both a service and performance condition and are recognized as share compensation expense only for the portion considered likely to vest. The fair value of the RSUs is estimated at the latest price at which the Group raised capital. Where no recent capital transaction has occurred, the fair value is determined by the Board. Share compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, adjusted for the impact of any performance vesting conditions. At each balance sheet date, the Group revises the share compensation expense based on its estimate of the number of RSUs that are expected to vest. It recognizes the impact of the revision of original estimates, if any, in the Consolidated Statement of Income and Comprehensive Income and a corresponding adjustment is made to additional paid-in capital in shareholders equity on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Group recognizes forfeitures when they occur. For further information, see Note 22, Share Compensation.
F-48
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
Share issuance costs
Issuance costs incurred in connection with the capital raise, which included financial advisors fees, legal and accounting fees, printing and other fees are deducted from the gross proceeds of the offering. The proceeds from the issuance of shares, net of offering costs, is included in additional paid-in capital in shareholders equity.
Foreign exchange
The Group has entities with U.S. Dollar, U.K. Sterling and Euro functional currencies. The functional and reporting currency is U.S. Dollar. Transactions in foreign currencies are translated in U.S. dollars at the exchange rate in effect on the transaction date. Monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are re-measured at the exchange rates in effect at the reporting date. Foreign exchange gains and losses are included in the Consolidated Statement of Income and Comprehensive Income. Non-monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured to the functional currency at historic exchange rates.
In translating the financial results of those entities whose functional currency is other than the U.S. Dollar reporting currency, assets and liabilities are converted into U.S. Dollars using the rates of exchange in effect at the reporting date, and revenues and expenses are converted using the average foreign exchange rates for the period. The effect of translation adjustments are reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders Equity as a foreign currency translation adjustment, a separate component of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.
Variable interest entities
Variable Interest Entities (VIE) are entities that have either a total equity investment that is insufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support, or whose equity investors lack the characteristic of a controlling financial interest.
The Group is deemed to have a controlling financial interest and be the primary beneficiary if it has both of the following characteristics:
| power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entitys economic performance; and |
| an obligation to absorb losses of the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE, or a right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE. |
The determination of whether an entity is a VIE requires judgment and depends on facts and circumstances specific to that entity.
VIEs for which the Group is deemed to have a controlling financial interest and be the primary beneficiary are consolidated and all significant inter-company transactions are eliminated.
If the Group is not deemed to have a controlling financial interest or be the primary beneficiary, then the investment is not consolidated and is recognized according to the facts and circumstances of the relationship. For further information see Note 15, Variable Interest Entities.
The Group determines on an ongoing basis whether an entity is a VIE or if the Group is the primary beneficiary based on an analysis of the Groups level of involvement in the VIE, the contractual terms, the overall structure of the VIE and funding requirements.
F-49
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
Non-controlling interests
Non-controlling shareholders interests are presented separately in the Groups Consolidated Balance Sheets and Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders Equity. The net income attributable to non-controlling interests is presented separately in the Groups Consolidated Statement of Income.
Comprehensive income
Comprehensive income represents all changes in equity that result from recognized transactions and other economic events during the period. Other comprehensive income refers to revenues, expenses, gains and losses that under U.S. GAAP are included in comprehensive income but excluded from net income, such as unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale investments and foreign currency translation adjustments.
Recent accounting pronouncements
Accounting Standards recently adopted
Effective January 1, 2020, the Group adopted ASC 326, Financial InstrumentsCredit Losses. This new standard replaced the incurred loss model used to measure impairment losses for financial assets measured at amortized cost with a current expected credit loss (CECL) model and also made changes to the impairment model for available-for-sale investments. Under the CECL model, allowances are established for expected credit losses to be recognized over the life of financial assets. Application of the CECL model impacted certain of the Groups financial assets, including investments, reinsurance recoverables and receivables. The CECL model did not impact the Groups investment portfolio, which is measured at fair value. However, ASC 326 replaced the OTTI model with an impairment allowance model, subject to reversal, for available-for-sale investments.
As a result of adopting ASC 326, the Group established allowances for credit losses related to its available-for-sale investments of $1.1 million and $2.2 million in 2022 and 2021 respectively. See note 4, Investments for further information.
In addition, the Group established allowances for credit losses related to unpaid reinsurance recoverables of $1.0 million in 2022 and $0.5 million in 2021. See note 13, Reinsurance and Retrocessional Reinsurance for further information.
In March 2020 ASU 2020-04, Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting, was issued. This ASU provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying GAAP to investments, derivatives, or other transactions that reference the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) or another reference rate expected to be discontinued because of reference rate reform. Along with the optional expedients, the amendments include a general principle that permits an entity to consider contract modifications due to reference reform to be an event that does not require contract re-measurement at the modification date or reassessment of a previous accounting determination. This standard was effective immediately and may be elected over time through December 31, 2024 as reference rate reform activities occur. The guidance did not have a material effect on the Groups consolidated financial statements.
Accounting Standards not yet adopted
In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU No. 2021-08, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers, which becomes effective for the Group
F-50
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
during the first quarter of 2023. ASU No. 2021-08 requires contract assets and liabilities accounted for under FASB ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, to be recorded at the acquisition date as if the acquirer entered into those contracts itself on the contract inception dates, rather than at fair value. At adoption, ASU No. 2021-08 will not impact the Groups financial position, results of operations or cash flows, but prospectively, this ASU may impact amounts recorded by the Group for assets acquired and liabilities assumed under certain acquisitions.
3. | Segments |
The chief operating decision maker reviews the Groups ongoing underwriting operations across three operating segments: Specialty, Bespoke, and Reinsurance. In determining how to allocate resources and assess the performance of the Groups underwriting results, management considers many factors including the nature of the insurance product offered, the risks that are covered and the nature of the client.
Each operating segment has a dedicated Chief Underwriting Officer that is responsible for managing the portfolio of risks within their own segment.
Bespoke business is highly specialized in nature providing customized risk solutions for clients which includes Credit & Political Risk and other specific risk transfer opportunities. Bespoke business includes the majority of Fidelis delegated business with third party MGAs.
The Specialty segment comprises a specialized portfolio of niche risks that includes Aviation and Aerospace, Energy, Marine, Property Direct & Facultative (D&F) business and other specialty risks
The Reinsurance segment comprises a highly focused property catastrophe book which includes Property Reinsurance, Retrocession and Whole Account reinsurance. The Reinsurance segment relies on broker relationships for distribution which is typical for this business.
Loss reserves and loss developments triangles are identified and disclosed by Segment and are set out in note 12, Reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses. Assets are not allocated to segments, nor are general and administrative expenses allocated between segments as employees, including underwriters, may work across different segments.
F-51
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
a) The following tables summarize the Groups segment disclosures
Year ended December 31, 2022 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Bespoke | Specialty | Reinsurance | Other | Total | ||||||||||||||||
Gross premium written |
$ | 783.2 | 1,610.7 | 606.2 | | 3,000.1 | ||||||||||||||
Net premium written |
561.7 | 1,060.8 | 240.1 | | 1,862.6 | |||||||||||||||
Net premium earned |
379.4 | 852.8 | 272.5 | | 1,504.7 | |||||||||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses |
(118.9 | ) | (508.7 | ) | (202.6 | ) | | (830.2 | ) | |||||||||||
Policy acquisition expenses |
(141.2 | ) | (219.5 | ) | (87.0 | ) | | (447.7 | ) | |||||||||||
General and administrative expenses |
| | | (106.4 | ) | (106.4 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Underwriting income/(loss) |
$ | 119.3 | 124.6 | (17.1 | ) | (106.4 | ) | 120.4 | ||||||||||||
Net investment income |
40.7 | |||||||||||||||||||
Net investment losses |
(33.7 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Other income |
1.9 | |||||||||||||||||||
Corporate and other expenses |
(20.5 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Net foreign exchange gains |
6.8 | |||||||||||||||||||
Financing costs |
(35.5 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Net income before taxes |
80.1 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Income tax expense |
(17.8 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
62.3 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Net income attributable to non-controlling interests |
(9.7 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Net income available to common shareholders |
52.6 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred - current year |
$ | (147.8 | ) | (519.7 | ) | (184.8 | ) | (852.3 | ) | |||||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred - prior accident years |
$ | 28.9 | 11.0 | (17.8 | ) | 22.1 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred - total |
$ | (118.9 | ) | (508.7 | ) | (202.6 | ) | (830.2 | ) | |||||||||||
Loss ratio - current year |
38.9 | % | 61.0 | % | 67.8 | % | 56.7 | % | ||||||||||||
Loss ratio - prior accident years |
(7.6 | %) | (1.3 | %) | 6.5 | % | (1.5 | %) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Loss ratio - total(1) |
31.3 | % | 59.7 | % | 74.3 | % | 55.2 | % | ||||||||||||
Policy acquisition expense ratio(2) |
37.2 | % | 25.7 | % | 31.9 | % | 29.8 | % | ||||||||||||
Underwriting ratio(3) |
68.5 | % | 85.4 | % | 106.2 | % | 85.0 | % | ||||||||||||
General & administrative expense ratio(4) |
7.1 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Combined ratio(5) |
92.1 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
(1) | Loss ratio: is a measure of the losses that have been incurred by the business compared to the premiums that have been recorded to cover those losses and is expressed as a percentage of the losses and loss adjustment expenses divided by earned premiums, net of reinsurance. Current year loss ratio includes losses incurred in the current accident year, whilst prior accident years loss ratio considers how losses incurred in prior years have developed |
(2) | Policy acquisition expense ratio: is a measure of the extent of the commissions that are paid to brokers and delegated underwriters that source the business on the Groups behalf and is expressed as a percentage of these commissions divided by earned premiums all net of reinsurance |
(3) | Underwriting ratio: is a measure of the underwriting performance and is expressed as a percentage of the losses and loss adjustment expenses plus the commissions that are paid to brokers and delegated underwriters that source the business on our behalf divided by earned premiums, net of reinsurance |
F-52
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
(4) | General and administrative expense ratio: is a measure of the extent of the general and administrative expenses that are incurred to run the business and is expressed as a percentage of these expenses divided by earned premiums net of reinsurance. Commission income earned on business ceded to third party reinsurers is recorded within general and administrative expenses. |
(5) | Combined ratio: is a measure of our underwriting profitability and is expressed as the sum of the loss ratio, policy acquisition expense ratio and the general and administrative expense ratio |
Year ended December 31, 2021 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Bespoke | Specialty | Reinsurance | Other | Total | ||||||||||||||||
Gross premium written |
$ | 588.0 | 1,115.2 | 1,084.5 | | 2,787.7 | ||||||||||||||
Net premium written |
434.6 | 758.2 | 408.3 | | 1,601.1 | |||||||||||||||
Net premium earned |
251.9 | 535.3 | 367.0 | | 1,154.2 | |||||||||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses |
(71.4 | ) | (206.2 | ) | (419.2 | ) | | (696.8 | ) | |||||||||||
Policy acquisition expenses |
(84.6 | ) | (127.3 | ) | (88.0 | ) | | (299.9 | ) | |||||||||||
General and administrative expenses |
| | | (75.4 | ) | (75.4 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Underwriting income/(loss) |
$ | 95.9 | 201.8 | (140.2 | ) | (75.4 | ) | 82.1 | ||||||||||||
Net investment income |
20.6 | |||||||||||||||||||
Net investment gains |
13.5 | |||||||||||||||||||
Other income |
1.0 | |||||||||||||||||||
Corporate and other expenses |
(2.7 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Net foreign exchange losses |
(0.4 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Financing costs |
(35.4 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Net income before taxes |
78.7 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Income tax expense |
(0.4 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
78.3 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Net income attributable to non-controlling interests |
(10.0 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Net income available to common shareholders |
68.3 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred - current year |
$ | (92.6 | ) | (224.2 | ) | (389.6 | ) | (706.4 | ) | |||||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred - prior accident years |
21.2 | 18.0 | (29.6 | ) | 9.6 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred - total |
$ | (71.4 | ) | (206.2 | ) | (419.2 | ) | (696.8 | ) | |||||||||||
Loss ratio - current year |
36.7 | % | 41.9 | % | 106.1 | % | 61.2 | % | ||||||||||||
Loss ratio - prior accident years |
(8.4 | %) | (3.4 | %) | 8.1 | % | (0.8 | %) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Loss ratio - total(1) |
28.3 | % | 38.5 | % | 114.2 | % | 60.4 | % | ||||||||||||
Policy acquisition expense ratio(2) |
33.6 | % | 23.8 | % | 24.0 | % | 26.0 | % | ||||||||||||
Underwriting ratio(3) |
61.9 | % | 62.3 | % | 138.2 | % | 86.4 | % | ||||||||||||
General & administrative expense ratio(4) |
6.5 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Combined ratio(5) |
92.9 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
(1) | Loss ratio: is a measure of the losses that have been incurred by the business compared to the premiums that have been recorded to cover those losses and is expressed as a percentage of the losses and loss adjustment expenses divided by earned premiums, net of reinsurance. Current year loss ratio includes losses incurred in the current accident year, whilst prior accident years loss ratio considers how losses incurred in prior years have developed |
F-53
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
(2) | Policy acquisition expense ratio: is a measure of the extent of the commissions that are paid to brokers and delegated underwriters that source the business on the Groups behalf and is expressed as a percentage of these commissions divided by earned premiums, net of reinsurance |
(3) | Underwriting ratio: is a measure of the underwriting performance and is expressed as a percentage of the losses and loss adjustment expenses plus the commissions that are paid to brokers and delegated underwriters that source the business on our behalf divided by earned premiums, net of reinsurance |
(4) | General and administrative expense ratio: is a measure of the extent of the general and administrative expenses that are incurred to run the business and is expressed as a percentage of these expenses divided by earned premiums net of reinsurance. Commission income earned on business ceded to third party reinsurers is recorded within general and administrative expenses. |
(5) | Combined ratio: is a measure of our underwriting profitability and is expressed as the sum of the loss ratio, policy acquisition expense ratio and the general and administrative expense ratio |
Year ended December 31, 2020 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Bespoke | Specialty | Reinsurance | Other | Total | ||||||||||||||||
Gross premium written |
$ | 339.1 | 577.9 | 659.5 | | 1,576.5 | ||||||||||||||
Net premium written |
251.2 | 403.1 | 251.3 | | 905.6 | |||||||||||||||
Net premium earned |
212.5 | 171.7 | 344.4 | | 728.6 | |||||||||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses |
(70.5 | ) | (64.8 | ) | (189.2 | ) | | (324.5 | ) | |||||||||||
Policy acquisition expenses |
(66.8 | ) | (36.5 | ) | (75.9 | ) | | (179.2 | ) | |||||||||||
General and administrative expenses |
| | | (83.5 | ) | (83.5 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Underwriting income/(loss) |
$ | 75.2 | 70.4 | 79.3 | (83.5 | ) | 141.4 | |||||||||||||
Net investment income |
26.2 | |||||||||||||||||||
Net investment losses |
17.9 | |||||||||||||||||||
Other income |
8.7 | |||||||||||||||||||
Corporate and other expenses |
(18.7 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Net foreign exchange gains |
1.2 | |||||||||||||||||||
Financing costs |
(27.9 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of preference securities |
(25.3 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Net income before taxes |
123.5 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Income tax benefit |
3.1 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
126.6 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Net income attributable to non-controlling interests |
(0.1 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Net income available to common shareholders |
126.5 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred - current year |
$ | (90.5 | ) | (73.4 | ) | (199.0 | ) | (362.9 | ) | |||||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred - prior accident years |
$ | 20.0 | 8.6 | 9.8 | 38.4 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred - total |
$ | (70.5 | ) | (64.8 | ) | (189.2 | ) | (324.5 | ) | |||||||||||
Loss ratio - current year |
42.6 | % | 42.7 | % | 57.7 | % | 49.8 | % | ||||||||||||
Loss ratio - prior accident years |
(9.4 | %) | (5.0 | %) | (2.8 | %) | (5.3 | %) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Loss ratio - total(1) |
33.2 | % | 37.7 | % | 54.9 | % | 44.5 | % | ||||||||||||
Policy acquisition expense ratio(2) |
31.4 | % | 21.3 | % | 22.0 | % | 24.6 | % | ||||||||||||
Underwriting ratio(3) |
64.6 | % | 59.0 | % | 76.9 | % | 69.1 | % | ||||||||||||
General & administrative expense ratio(4) |
11.5 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Combined ratio(5) |
80.6 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
F-54
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
(1) | Loss ratio: is a measure of the losses that have been incurred by the business compared to the premiums that have been recorded to cover those losses and is expressed as a percentage of the losses and loss adjustment expenses divided by earned premiums, net of reinsurance. Current year loss ratio includes losses incurred in the current accident year, whilst prior accident years loss ratio considers how losses incurred in prior years have developed |
(2) | Policy acquisition expense ratio: is a measure of the extent of the commissions that are paid to brokers and delegated underwriters that source the business on the Groups behalf and is expressed as a percentage of these commissions divided by earned premiums, net of reinsurance |
(3) | Underwriting ratio: is a measure of the underwriting performance and is expressed as a percentage of the losses and loss adjustment expenses plus the commissions that are paid to brokers and delegated underwriters that source the business on our behalf divided by earned premiums, net of reinsurance |
(4) | General and administrative expense ratio: is a measure of the extent of the general and administrative expenses that are incurred to run the business and is expressed as a percentage of these expenses divided by earned premiums net of reinsurance. Commission income earned on business ceded to third party reinsurers is recorded within general and administrative expenses. |
(5) | Combined ratio: is a measure of our underwriting profitability and is expressed as the sum of the loss ratio, policy acquisition expense ratio and the general and administrative expense ratio |
b) The following table summarizes net earned premiums by major product grouping within each underwriting segment.
For the year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||
Bespoke |
||||||||||||
Credit & Political Risk |
$ | 137.8 | 103.0 | 98.0 | ||||||||
Bespoke Other |
241.6 | 148.9 | 114.5 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total Bespoke |
$ | 379.4 | $ | 251.9 | $ | 212.5 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Specialty |
||||||||||||
Aviation and Aerospace |
$ | 155.6 | 108.5 | 45.7 | ||||||||
Energy |
38.4 | 24.4 | 15.3 | |||||||||
Marine |
284.4 | 99.8 | 34.3 | |||||||||
Property |
11.6 | 13.8 | 11.0 | |||||||||
Property D&F |
352.8 | 278.9 | 62.8 | |||||||||
Specialty Other |
10.0 | 9.9 | 2.6 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total Specialty |
$ | 852.8 | $ | 535.3 | $ | 171.7 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Reinsurance |
||||||||||||
Property Reinsurance |
$ | 246.0 | 330.8 | 311.6 | ||||||||
Retrocession |
17.5 | 27.3 | 28.4 | |||||||||
Whole Account |
9.0 | 8.9 | 4.4 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total Reinsurance |
$ | 272.5 | $ | 367.0 | $ | 344.4 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
c) The following table presents gross premiums written by the geographical location of the Groups subsidiaries
For the year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||
Bermuda |
$ | 707.6 | $ | 1,147.5 | $ | 662.4 | ||||||
United Kingdom |
1,745.7 | 1,288.4 | 729.4 | |||||||||
Republic of Ireland |
546.8 | 351.8 | 184.7 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
$ | 3,000.1 | $ | 2,787.7 | $ | 1,576.5 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-55
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
The information presented above is after allocation of consolidation adjustments. Amounts relating to intergroup reinsurance are not included in the above table.
4. | Investments |
At December 31, 2022, the Groups investments are managed by external investment managers through individual investment management agreements. The Group monitors activity and performance of the external managers on an ongoing basis.
a. | Fixed maturity securities |
The following table summarizes the fair value of fixed maturity investments managed by external investment managers:
At December 31, 2022 | ||||||||||||||||
Amortized Cost | Unrealized gains |
Unrealized losses |
Fair value |
|||||||||||||
Available-for-sale |
||||||||||||||||
US. Treasuries |
$ | 643.1 | $ | | $ | (27.3 | ) | $ | 615.8 | |||||||
Agencies |
17.5 | | (0.4 | ) | 17.1 | |||||||||||
Non-U.S. government |
115.2 | | (4.3 | ) | 110.9 | |||||||||||
Corporate bonds |
1,078.9 | | (58.6 | ) | 1,020.3 | |||||||||||
Residential mortgage-backed |
88.6 | | (8.9 | ) | 79.7 | |||||||||||
Commercial mortgage-backed |
8.0 | | (1.2 | ) | 6.8 | |||||||||||
Other asset backed securities |
209.5 | | (9.2 | ) | 200.3 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale |
$ | 2,160.8 | $ | | $ | (109.9 | ) | $ | 2,050.9 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fixed maturity securities |
$ | 2,160.8 | $ | | $ | (109.9 | ) | $ | 2,050.9 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2021 | ||||||||||||||||
Amortized Cost | Unrealized gains |
Unrealized losses |
Fair value |
|||||||||||||
Trading |
||||||||||||||||
Corporate bonds |
$ | 13.6 | $ | 0.1 | $ | | $ | 13.7 | ||||||||
Residential mortgage-backed |
4.8 | 0.1 | | 4.9 | ||||||||||||
Other asset backed securities |
8.3 | | | 8.3 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fixed maturity securities, trading |
$ | 26.7 | $ | 0.2 | $ | | $ | 26.9 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Available-for-sale |
||||||||||||||||
US. Treasuries |
$ | 732.8 | 2.5 | (4.5 | ) | 730.8 | ||||||||||
Agencies |
28.0 | | (0.1 | ) | 27.9 | |||||||||||
Non-U.S. government |
140.3 | 0.6 | (0.8 | ) | 140.1 | |||||||||||
Corporate bonds |
1,276.8 | 2.8 | (12.2 | ) | 1,267.4 | |||||||||||
Residential mortgage-backed |
56.3 | 0.2 | (1.4 | ) | 55.1 | |||||||||||
Commercial mortgage-backed |
57.3 | | (0.8 | ) | 56.5 | |||||||||||
Other asset backed securities |
214.1 | 0.2 | (1.0 | ) | 213.3 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale |
$ | 2,505.6 | $ | 6.3 | $ | (20.8 | ) | $ | 2,491.1 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fixed maturity securities |
$ | 2,532.3 | $ | 6.5 | $ | (20.8 | ) | $ | 2,518.0 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-56
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
Review of the fixed maturity securities is performed on a regular basis to consider concentration, credit quality and compliance with established guidelines. For individual fixed income securities, nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (NRSROs) are used and the lower of two or middle of three ratings is taken. The composition of the fair values of fixed income securities by credit rating is as follows:
2022 | 2021 | |||||||||||||||
Trading | Fair Value | % | Fair Value | % | ||||||||||||
AAA |
$ | | | % | $ | 14.4 | 54 | % | ||||||||
AA |
| | % | 1.6 | 6 | % | ||||||||||
A |
| | % | 8.4 | 31 | % | ||||||||||
BBB |
| | % | 2.5 | 9 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fixed maturity securities, trading |
$ | | | % | $ | 26.9 | 100 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2022 | 2021 | |||||||||||||||
Available-for-sale | Fair Value | % | Fair Value | % | ||||||||||||
AAA |
$ | 915.1 | 45 | % | $ | 1,100.2 | 44 | % | ||||||||
AA |
150.2 | 7 | % | 184.3 | 7 | % | ||||||||||
A |
703.1 | 34 | % | 858.9 | 35 | % | ||||||||||
BBB |
282.5 | 14 | % | 346.7 | 14 | % | ||||||||||
BB |
| | % | 1.0 | | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale |
$ | 2,050.9 | 100 | % | $ | 2,491.1 | 100 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The contractual maturities for fixed maturity securities are listed in the following table:
2022 | 2021 | |||||||||||||||
Trading | Amortized Cost | Fair Value | Amortized Cost | Fair Value | ||||||||||||
Due in one year or less |
$ | | $ | | $ | 20.2 | $ | 20.3 | ||||||||
Due after one year through five years |
| | 0.1 | 0.1 | ||||||||||||
Due after five years through ten years |
| | | | ||||||||||||
Due after ten years |
| | 6.4 | 6.5 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fixed maturity securities, trading |
$ | | $ | | $ | 26.7 | $ | 26.9 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2022 | 2021 | |||||||||||||||
Available-for-sale | Amortized Cost | Fair Value | Amortized Cost | Fair Value | ||||||||||||
Due in one year or less |
$ | 701.7 | $ | 688.1 | $ | 191.3 | $ | 192.0 | ||||||||
Due after one year through five years |
1,236.8 | 1,156.9 | 2,067.6 | 2,055.0 | ||||||||||||
Due after five years through ten years |
94.8 | 90.6 | 102.5 | 102.3 | ||||||||||||
Due after ten years |
126.7 | 115.3 | 144.1 | 141.8 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale |
$ | 2,160.0 | $ | 2,050.9 | $ | 2,505.5 | $ | 2,491.1 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities as borrowers may have the right to call or repay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Additionally, lenders may have the right to put the securities back to the borrower.
F-57
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
b. | Short-term investments |
The following investments were included in short-term investments managed by external investment managers and are classified as available-for-sale:
At December 31, 2022 | ||||||||||||||||
Available-for-sale | Amortized Cost | Unrealized gains |
Unrealized losses |
Fair value |
||||||||||||
U.S. Treasuries |
$ | 228.4 | $ | 0.1 | $ | | $ | 228.5 | ||||||||
Non-U.S. government |
23.2 | | (0.1 | ) | 23.1 | |||||||||||
Corporate bonds |
5.4 | | | 5.4 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total short-term investments |
$ | 257.0 | $ | 0.1 | $ | (0.1 | ) | $ | 257.0 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2021 | ||||||||||||||||
Available-for-sale | Amortized Cost | Unrealized gains |
Unrealized losses |
Fair value |
||||||||||||
U.S. Treasuries |
$ | 8.9 | $ | | $ | | $ | 8.9 | ||||||||
Corporate bonds |
2.6 | | | 2.6 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total short-term investments |
$ | 11.5 | $ | | $ | | $ | 11.5 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The composition of the fair values of short-term investments by credit rating is as follows:
2022 | 2021 | |||||||||||||||
Available-for-sale | Fair Value | % | Fair Value | % | ||||||||||||
AAA |
$ | 251.6 | 98 | % | $ | 8.9 | 77 | % | ||||||||
AA |
4.4 | 2 | % | | | % | ||||||||||
A |
1.0 | | % | | | % | ||||||||||
BBB |
| | % | 2.6 | 23 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total short-term fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale |
$ | 257.0 | 100 | % | $ | 11.5 | 100 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-58
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
c. | Allowances for Expected Credit LossesAvailable-for-sale |
The following table provides a roll forward of the allowance for expected credit losses of the Groups securities classified as available-for-sale:
Book Value | Unrealized Gain |
Unrealized Loss |
Market Value | Loss allowance |
||||||||||||||||
Year ended December 31, 2022 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at beginning of year |
$ | 2,517.1 | $ | 6.3 | $ | (20.8 | ) | $ | 2,502.6 | $ | (2.2 | ) | ||||||||
Change in year |
(99.3 | ) | (6.2 | ) | (89.2 | ) | (194.7 | ) | 1.1 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Balance at end of year |
$ | 2,417.8 | $ | 0.1 | $ | (110.0 | ) | $ | 2,307.9 | $ | (1.1 | ) |
Book Value | Unrealized Gain |
Unrealized Loss |
Market Value | Loss allowance |
||||||||||||||||
Year ended December 31, 2021 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at beginning of year |
$ | 1,530.1 | $ | 23.9 | $ | (0.5 | ) | $ | 1,553.5 | $ | (0.4 | ) | ||||||||
Change in year |
987.0 | (17.6 | ) | (20.3 | ) | 949.1 | (1.8 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Balance at end of year |
$ | 2,517.1 | $ | 6.3 | $ | (20.8 | ) | $ | 2,502.6 | $ | (2.2 | ) |
The Group assesses each quarter whether the decline in the fair value of an available-for-sale investment below its amortized cost is the result of a credit loss. All available-for-sale securities with unrealized losses are reviewed. The Group considers many factors to determine whether a credit loss exists, including the extent to which fair value is below cost, the implied yield to maturity, rating downgrades of the security and whether or not the issuer has failed to make scheduled principal or interest payments. The Group also takes into consideration information about the financial condition of the issuer and industry factors that could negatively impact the capital markets.
If the decline in fair value of an available-for-sale security below its amortized cost is considered to be the result of a credit loss, the Group compares the estimated present value of the cash flows expected to be collected to the amortized cost of the security. The extent to which the estimated present value of the cash flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost of the security represents the expected credit loss, which is recorded as an allowance and recognized in net income. The allowance is limited to the difference between the fair value and the amortized cost of the security. The Group recognized a $1.1 million reduction to credit related impairments in 2022 (2021: $1.8 million increase).
d. | Other investments, at fair value |
At December 31, 2022, other investments consisted of a residual balance invested in a credit hedge fund managed by York Capital Management (York), equity and commodity linked structured notes, and an opportunistic fixed income UCITS fund managed by Wellington Investment Management (Wellington).
2022 | 2021 | |||||||||||||||
Other investments | Fair Value | % | Fair Value | % | ||||||||||||
York Funds |
$ | 0.9 | 1 | % | $ | 0.9 | | % | ||||||||
Equity and Commodity structured notes |
72.8 | 62 | % | 85.2 | 34 | % | ||||||||||
Equity Index structured notes |
| | % | 118.0 | 47 | % | ||||||||||
Wellington Funds |
43.4 | 37 | % | 49.0 | 19 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total other investments at fair value |
$ | 117.1 | 100 | % | $ | 253.1 | 100 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-59
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
At the end of 2019 York suspended redemptions in its credit hedge fund while the underlying assets of the fund are liquidated and proceeds distributed to investors. The fair value of the residual investment in York at December 31, 2022 was $0.9 million (cost: $1.3 million) compared to a prior year fair value of $0.9 million (cost: $1.3 million) at December 31, 2021. The Group has recorded its investment in the York Fund at reported net asset value. There are currently no outstanding commitments to the York Fund. During 2022, the Group received $0.2 million (2021: $1.3 million) of distributions from York.
In 2020 the Group invested $100.0 million in two tranches of a two-year, S&P500 index linked structured note (S&P500 note). During 2022 both tranches of the S&P500 note redeemed at the maximum potential redemption value of $118.0 million. The fair value of the S&P500 note at December 31, 2021 was $118.0 million.
In 2021 the Group invested $75.2 million into a blended equity market linked structured note and four commodity linked structured notes (equity and commodity notes). All five structured notes were initially invested for a two-year term. At December 31, 2021 the equity and commodity notes had a fair market value of $85.2 million.
In 2022 the Group increased the total funds invested in the equity and commodity notes to $100.0 million and the notes were restructured. The blended equity market linked note (performance is based on the weighted performance of the S&P500, Eurostoxx600, Topix and Infrastructure equities) was restructured to include a hard buffer (negative protection) of 10.0% while the potential upside return was capped at 10.5%. The four commodity linked structured notes (linked to the spot price of industrial metals) were combined into one note and the note was also restructured to include a hard buffer (negative protection) of 10.0% while the potential upside return was capped at 22.0%. The remaining term for both notes after restructure was one year as the ultimate redemption date was kept consistent with the redemption date of the original equity and commodity notes. In October 2022, the Group exited the commodity linked note for proceeds of $20.8 million (cost $25.0 million). At December 31, 2022 the fair value of the equity market linked structured note was $72.8 million (cost $75.0 million). The equity market linked note will redeem in February 2023. The Group has recorded these investment at fair value using the income valuation approach.
In 2021 the Group invested $50.0 million in Wellington. The fair value of the investment at December 31, 2022 was $43.4 million compared to the prior year fair value of $49.0 million at December 31, 2021. The Group has recorded this investment at reported net asset value.
F-60
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
e. | Net Investment Income and Net Realized Gains |
The components of net investment return are as follows:
2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||
Net interest and dividend income |
$ | 44.0 | $ | 24.0 | $ | 28.1 | ||||||
Investment expenses |
(3.3 | ) | (3.4 | ) | (1.9 | ) | ||||||
Net investment Income |
40.7 | 20.6 | 26.2 | |||||||||
Net realized gains on fixed maturity securities, trading |
| 0.9 | 0.1 | |||||||||
Net realized (losses)/gains on fixed maturity securities, available for sale |
(2.5 | ) | 1.2 | 3.6 | ||||||||
Net realized (losses)/gains on other investments |
27.6 | (1.5 | ) | (0.2 | ) | |||||||
Net realized (losses)/gains on derivatives |
(20.3 | ) | 1.0 | 2.3 | ||||||||
Change in net unrealized (losses)/gains on fixed maturity securities, trading |
(0.5 | ) | (1.1 | ) | 1.0 | |||||||
Change in net unrealized (losses)/gains on other investments |
(39.8 | ) | 15.7 | 11.3 | ||||||||
Change in net unrealized (losses)/gains on derivatives |
0.7 | (0.9 | ) | 0.2 | ||||||||
Provision for expected credit losses |
1.1 | (1.8 | ) | (0.4 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net investment (losses)/gains |
(33.7 | ) | 13.5 | 17.9 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net investment return |
$ | 7.0 | $ | 34.1 | $ | 44.1 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
5. | Fair Value Measurements |
FASB ASC 820-10, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, defines fair value, establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value and requires disclosures about fair value measurements. The standard requires the Group to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.
Fair value hierarchy
FASB ASC 820-10 specifies a hierarchy of inputs based on whether the inputs are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs are developed using market data and reflect market participant assumptions, while unobservable inputs reflect the Groups market assumptions. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:
| Level 1: Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities traded in active markets. The fair value is determined by multiplying the quoted price by the quantity held by the Group. |
| Level 2: Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices (e.g. interest rates, yield curves, prepayment spreads, default rate, etc.) for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability or can be corroborated by observable market data. |
| Level 3: Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable for the asset or liability and are significant to the fair value measurement. Significant management assumptions can be used to establish managements best estimate of the assumptions used by other market participants in determining the fair value of the asset or liability. |
As required under the fair value hierarchy, the Group considers relevant and observable market inputs in its valuations where possible. The frequency of transactions, the size of the bid-ask spread and the amount of
F-61
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
adjustment necessary when comparing similar transactions are all factors in determining the liquidity of markets and the relevance of observable prices in those markets.
The Groups policy with respect to transfer between levels of the fair value hierarchy is to recognize transfers into and out of each level as of the end of the reporting period.
Determination of fair value
The following section describes the valuation methodologies used by the Group to measure assets and liabilities at fair value, including an indication of the level within the fair value hierarchy in which each asset or liability is generally classified.
Fixed maturity securities
The Groups fixed maturity income securities portfolio is managed by external investment managers with oversight from the Groups Chief Investment Officer, the Groups Chief Financial Officer, and the Groups Board of Directors. Fair values for all securities in the fixed income investments portfolio are independently provided by the investment administrator, investment custodians, and investment managers, each of which utilize internationally recognized independent pricing services. Refinitiv Limited (Refinitiv) is the main pricing service utilized to estimate the fair value measurements for the Groups fixed income securities for asset backed fixed income securities, and corporate and government bonds.
For determining the fair value of securities that are not actively traded, in general, pricing services use matrix pricing in which the independent pricing service uses observable market inputs including, but not limited to, reported trades, benchmark yields, broker-dealer quotes, interest rates, prepayment spreads, default rates and such other inputs as are available from market sources to determine a reasonable fair value.
The following describes the techniques generally used to determine the fair value of the Groups fixed maturity securities by asset class.
| U.S. Treasuries are bonds issued by the U.S. government. The significant inputs used to determine the fair value of these securities are based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and are therefore classified within Level 1. |
| Agency securities consists of securities issued by U.S. and non-U.S. government sponsored agencies such as the Federal National Mortgage Association, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, government development banks and other agencies which are not mortgage pass-through. The fair values of these securities are classified as Level 2. |
| Non-U.S. government securities consist of bonds issued by non-U.S. governments and supranationals. The significant inputs used to determine the fair value of these securities include the spread above the risk-free yield curve, reported trades and broker-dealer quotes. These are considered to be observable market inputs and, therefore, the fair values of these securities are classified within Level 2. |
| Corporate bonds consist primarily of investment-grade debt of a wide variety of corporate issuers and industries. When available, significant inputs are used to determine the fair value of these securities and are based on quoted prices in active markets for similar assets. When not available, the fair values of these securities are determined using the spread above the risk-free yield curve, reported trades, broker-dealer quotes, benchmark yields, and industry and market indicators. The fair values of these securities are classified as Level 2. |
F-62
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
| Residential mortgage-backed securities includes agency mortgage-backed securities and agency collateralised mortgage obligations. These are individually evaluated using option adjusted spreads OAS and nominal spreads. The OAS valuations use a third-party prepayment model and OAS. Spreads are based upon tranche type and average life volatility. These spreads are gathered from dealer quotes, trade prices, and the new issue market. The fair values of these securities are classified as Level 2. |
| Commercial mortgage-backed securities consist of investment grade bonds backed by pools of loans with underlying collateral. Securities held in this sector are primarily priced by pricing services. Inputs to the valuation process include broker-dealer quotes and other available trade information, prepayment speeds, current price data, the swap curve as well as cash settlement. The fair values of these securities are classified as Level 2. |
| Other asset-backed securities consist of investment grade bonds backed by pools of loans with underlying collateral. The underlying collateral for asset-backed securities consists mainly of student loans, automobile loans and credit card receivables. These securities are primarily priced by index providers and pricing vendors. Inputs to the valuation process include broker-dealer quotes and other available trade information, prepayment speeds, tranche type, interest rate data and credit spreads. The Company classifies these securities within Level 2. |
Short-term investments
The Groups short-term investments consist of commercial paper and bonds with maturities of 90 days or greater but less than one year at the time of purchase. The significant inputs used to determine the fair value of these securities include the spread above the risk-free yield curve, reported trades and broker-dealer quotes. These are considered to be observable market inputs and, therefore, the fair values of these securities are classified within Level 1 and Level 2.
Derivative assets and liabilities
Exchange-traded derivatives, measured at fair value using quoted prices in active markets, where available are classified as Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.
Derivatives without quoted prices in an active market and derivatives executed over the counter are valued using internal valuations techniques that consider the time value of money, volatility, the current market and contractual prices of underlying financial instruments. These derivative instruments are classified as either Level 2 or Level 3 depending upon the observability of the significant inputs to the model. The valuation techniques and key inputs depend on the type of derivative and the nature of the underlying instrument.
Other investments
The Group values its investment in the residual hedge fund at fair value, which is estimated based on the Groups share of the net asset value (NAV) as provided by the investment manager of the underlying investment fund. The Group has elected to use the practical expedient method to record the fair value of the investment at net asset value and has therefore not assigned levels to these investments in the fair value hierarchy.
The Group measures the fair value of its structured notes investments using a market valuation approach which is based entirely on observable inputs. The structured notes are comprised of a package of embedded derivatives (call and put options) which will determine the notes redemption value at maturity, and a zero-coupon bond (the
F-63
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
host contract) which will mature at par. The Group has elected to account for the entire contract at fair value which is based upon a quoted price from J.P.Morgan Securities Ltd. This price is deemed to be an accurate indication of the fair market value of the structured notes for the following factors.
| J.P.Morgan Securities Ltds pricing methodology is used to make markets in similar products on an active basis |
| All inputs are observable |
| J.P.Morgans pricing is provided daily to Bloomberg to provide a an active price which is observable on a daily basis. |
The fair value of UCITS is based on unadjusted quoted market prices in active markets, therefore, the fair value of this security is classified as Level 1.
The following table presents the financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2022 and 2021:
At December 31,2022 | ||||||||||||||||
Assets | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | ||||||||||||
Cash equivalents |
$ | 685.2 | $ | | $ | | $ | 685.2 | ||||||||
Investment pending settlement |
2.0 | | | 2.0 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Fixed income securities |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. Treasuries |
615.8 | | | 615.8 | ||||||||||||
Agencies |
| 17.1 | | 17.1 | ||||||||||||
Non-U.S.government |
| 110.9 | | 110.9 | ||||||||||||
Corporate bonds |
| 1,020.3 | | 1,020.3 | ||||||||||||
Residential mortgage-backed |
| 79.7 | | 79.7 | ||||||||||||
Commercial mortgage-backed |
| 6.8 | | 6.8 | ||||||||||||
Other asset backed securities |
| 200.3 | | 200.3 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fixed income securities |
$ | 615.8 | 1,435.1 | | 2,050.9 | |||||||||||
Short-term investments |
||||||||||||||||
Corporate bonds |
| 5.4 | | 5.4 | ||||||||||||
Non-U.S.government |
| 23.1 | | 23.1 | ||||||||||||
U.S. Treasuries |
228.5 | | | 228.5 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total short-term investments |
$ | 228.5 | 28.5 | | 257.0 | |||||||||||
Other investments* |
43.4 | 72.8 | | 116.2 | ||||||||||||
Derivative assets |
| 6.3 | | 6.3 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total Assets |
$ | 1,574.9 | $ | 1,542.7 | $ | | $ | 3,117.6 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* | excludes investments in the York Funds |
F-64
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
There were no transfers into or out of Level 1 and Level 2 during 2022.
At December 31,2021 | ||||||||||||||||
Assets | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | ||||||||||||
Cash equivalents |
$ | 154.8 | $ | | $ | | $ | 154.8 | ||||||||
Investment pending settlement |
0.5 | | | 0.5 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Fixed income securities |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. Treasuries |
730.8 | | | 730.8 | ||||||||||||
Agencies |
| 27.9 | | 27.9 | ||||||||||||
Non-U.S.government |
| 140.1 | | 140.1 | ||||||||||||
Corporate bonds |
| 1,281.1 | | 1,281.1 | ||||||||||||
Residential mortgage-backed |
| 60.0 | | 60.0 | ||||||||||||
Commercial mortgage-backed |
| 56.5 | | 56.5 | ||||||||||||
Other asset backed securities |
| 221.6 | | 221.6 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fixed income securities |
730.8 | 1,787.2 | | 2,518.0 | ||||||||||||
Short-term investments |
||||||||||||||||
Corporate bonds |
| 2.6 | | 2.6 | ||||||||||||
U.S. Treasuries |
8.9 | | | 8.9 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total short-term investments |
8.9 | 2.6 | | 11.5 | ||||||||||||
Other investments* |
49.1 | 203.1 | | 252.2 | ||||||||||||
Derivative assets |
0.1 | 0.9 | | 1.0 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total Assets |
$ | 944.2 | $ | 1,993.8 | $ | | $ | 2,938.0 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* | excludes investments in the York Funds |
At December 31,2021 | ||||||||||||||||
Liabilities | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | ||||||||||||
Derivative liabilities |
(0.8 | ) | | | (0.8 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total Liabilities |
$ | (0.8 | ) | $ | | $ | | $ | (0.8 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There were no transfers into or out of Level 1 and Level 2 during 2021.
6. | Investments Pending Settlement |
The Group has receivables and payables from financials instruments sold and purchased from prime brokers and external managers which arise in the ordinary course of business. The Group is exposed to risk of loss from the inability of brokers to pay for purchases or to deliver the financial instruments pending transfer, in which case the Group would have to sell or purchase the financial instruments at prevailing market prices. Credit risk is reduced to the extent that an exchange or clearing organization acts as a counterparty to the transaction and replaces the prime broker. At December 31, 2022, the Group recognized a receivable of $2.0 million (2021: $0.5 million).
F-65
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
7. | Cash and Cash Equivalents |
2022 | 2021 | |||||||
Cash at bank |
$ | 384.8 | $ | 258.8 | ||||
Cash held with brokers/custodians |
337.9 | 62.4 | ||||||
Cash held in money market funds |
685.2 | 154.8 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 1,407.9 | $ | 476.0 | ||||
|
|
|
|
8. | Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents |
The Group is required to maintain certain levels of cash in segregated accounts with prime brokers and derivative counterparties. The amount of restricted cash held by derivative counterparties is cash collateral to support the current value of any amounts that may be due to the counterparty based on the value of the underlying financial instrument.
The Group also has cash in trust funds which support the insurance business written on certain lines of business with reinsurers and insurers.
The Group is also required to hold cash as collateral for credit card limits which support general business activities.
The following table presents the restricted cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2022 and 2021:
2022 | 2021 | |||||||
Restricted cash |
$ | 0.1 | $ | 2.0 | ||||
Letters of Credit collateral |
21.2 | 27.9 | ||||||
Cash in trust funds |
164.6 | 120.9 | ||||||
Credit card collateral |
| 0.1 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total restricted cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 185.9 | $ | 150.9 | ||||
|
|
|
|
9. | Pledged Investments |
The Group has investments in segregated portfolios primarily to provide collateral for Letters of Credit, which support its (re)insurance business.
At December 31, 2022, $nil (2021: $11.4 million) of trading fixed maturity securities and $989.4 million (2021: $806.2 million) of available-for-sale fixed income securities were on deposit with a custodian in respect of the Groups letter of credit facilities and trust accounts.
10. | Derivative Financial Instruments |
The Group enters into derivative instruments such as futures and forward contracts primarily for duration, interest rate and foreign currency exposure management. The Groups derivative instruments are generally traded under International Swaps and Derivatives Association master agreements, which establish the terms of the transactions entered into with the Groups derivative counterparties. In the event one party becomes insolvent or otherwise defaults on its obligations, a master agreement generally permits the non-defaulting party to accelerate and terminate all outstanding transactions and net the transactions marked-to-market values so that a single sum in a single currency will be owed by, or owed to, the non-defaulting party. Effectively, this contractual close-out netting reduces credit exposure from gross to net exposure.
F-66
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
The following tables identify the listing currency, fair value and notional amounts of derivative instruments included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, categorized by primary underlying risk. Balances are presented on a gross basis:
At December 31, 2022 |
||||||||||
Listing currency(1) |
Notional amount of underlying instruments(2) |
Fair Value of net assets on derivatives |
||||||||
Derivative assets by primary underlying risk |
||||||||||
Foreign exchange contracts |
||||||||||
Forwards(3) |
AUD/CAD/EUR/GBP/JPY | $ | (44.0 | ) | $ | 6.3 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total derivatives assets |
$ | (44.0 | ) | $ | 6.3 | |||||
|
|
|
|
(1) | AUD = Australian Dollar, CAD = Canadian Dollar, EUR = Euro, GBP = British pound, JPY = Japanese Yen and USD = US Dollar. |
(2) | The absolute notional exposure represents the Groups derivative activity at December 31, 2022, which is representative of the volume of derivatives held during the year. |
(3) | Contracts used to manage foreign currency risks in underwriting and non-investment operations. |
At December 31, 2021 |
||||||||||
Listing currency(1) |
Notional amount of underlying instruments(2) |
Fair Value of net assets on derivatives |
||||||||
Derivative assets by primary underlying risk |
||||||||||
Interest rate contracts |
||||||||||
Futures |
USD | $ | 1.3 | $ | 0.1 | |||||
Foreign exchange contracts |
||||||||||
Forwards(3) |
AUD/CAD/EUR/GBP/JPY | 3.5 | 0.9 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total derivatives assets |
$ | 4.8 | $ | 1.0 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2021 |
||||||||||
Listing currency(1) |
Notional amount of underlying instruments(2) |
Fair Value of net assets on liabilities |
||||||||
Derivative liabilities by primary underlying risk |
||||||||||
Interest rate contracts |
||||||||||
Futures |
USD | $ | 206.5 | $ | (0.7 | ) | ||||
Foreign exchange contracts |
||||||||||
Forwards(3) |
AUD/CAD/EUR/GBP/JPY | (7.0 | ) | (0.1 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total derivatives liabilities |
$ | 199.5 | $ | (0.8 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
(1) | AUD = Australian Dollar, CAD = Canadian Dollar, EUR = Euro, GBP = British pound, JPY = Japanese Yen and USD = US Dollar. |
(2) | The absolute notional exposure represents the Groups derivative activity at December 31, 2021, which is representative of the volume of derivatives held during the year. |
(3) | Contracts used to manage foreign currency risks in underwriting and non-investment operations. |
F-67
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
The following table presents derivative instruments by major risk type, the Groups net realized gains/(losses) and change in net unrealized gains/(losses) relating to derivative trading activities for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020. Net realized gains/(losses) and net unrealized gains/(losses) related to derivatives are included in net investment return and net foreign exchange gains and losses in the Consolidated Statement of Income.
2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivatives | Net realized gains/(losses) |
Change in net unrealized gains/(losses) |
Net realized gains/(losses) |
Change in net unrealized gains/(losses) |
Net realized gains/(losses) |
Change in net unrealized gains/(losses) |
||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate contracts |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Futures(1) |
$ | (20.3 | ) | $ | 0.7 | $ | 1.0 | $ | (0.9 | ) | $ | 2.3 | $ | 0.2 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total interest rate contracts |
(20.3 | ) | 0.7 | 1.0 | (0.9 | ) | 2.3 | 0.2 | ||||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange contracts |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Forwards(2) |
3.5 | 5.3 | (2.9 | ) | 6.3 | (1.5 | ) | (4.8 | ) | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total foreign exchange contracts |
3.5 | 5.3 | (2.9 | ) | 6.3 | (1.5 | ) | (4.8 | ) | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total |
$ | (16.8 | ) | $ | 6.0 | $ | (1.9 | ) | $ | 5.4 | $ | 0.8 | $ | (4.6 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Contracts used to manage interest rate risks in investments operations. |
(2) | Contracts used to manage foreign currency risks in underwriting and non-investment operations. |
The Group obtains/provides collateral from/to counterparties for OTC derivative financial instruments in accordance with bilateral credit facilities.
The Group does not offset its derivative instruments and presents all amounts in the Consolidated Balance Sheets on a gross basis. The Group has pledged cash collateral to counterparties to support the current value of amounts due to the counterparties based on the value of the underlying security.
11. | Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs |
The following table represents a reconciliation of beginning and ending deferred policy acquisition costs for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021:
For the year ended December 31, | ||||||||
2022 | 2021 | |||||||
Balance at the beginning of the period |
$ | 403.3 | $ | 276.5 | ||||
Acquisition costs deferred |
577.2 | 446.2 | ||||||
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs |
(447.7 | ) | (299.9 | ) | ||||
Other movements |
(17.0 | ) | (19.5 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Balance at the end of the period |
$ | 515.8 | $ | 403.3 | ||||
|
|
|
|
12. | Reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses |
The reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses include an amount determined from reported claims and estimates based on historical loss experience and industry statistics for losses incurred but not reported using a variety of actuarial methods.
F-68
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
The unpaid reported reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses are established by management based on reports from brokers, ceding companies and insureds and represents the estimated ultimate cost of events or conditions that have been reported to, or specifically identified by the Group.
The reserves for IBNR losses and loss adjustment expenses are established by management based on actuarially determined estimates of ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses. Inherent in the estimate of ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses are expected trends in claim severity and frequency and other factors which may vary significantly as claims are settled. Accordingly, ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses may differ materially from the amounts recorded in the consolidated financial statements.
These estimates are reviewed regularly and, as experience develops and new information becomes known, the reserves are adjusted as necessary. Such adjustments, if any, will be recorded in losses and loss adjustment expenses in the period in which they become known. IBNR reserves are calculated on a best estimate basis and are estimated by management using various actuarial methods as well as the Groups own growing loss experience, historical insurance industry loss experience, estimates of pricing adequacy trends and managements professional judgement. Due to the limited historical data available, reliance is placed upon industry data and a review of individual policies. Estimates are calculated at the lowest level line of business, separately for gross and ceded, and for attritional, extreme and catastrophic claims.
The reserve estimates contain an inherent level of uncertainty and actual results may vary, potentially significantly, from the estimates the Group has made. Reserves are reviewed on a quarterly basis and estimates are adjusted to reflect emerging claims experience.
The Group estimates reserves for unallocated claims adjustment expenses (ULAE) based on a percentage of loss reserves as determined by management. However, this may be overridden in exceptional circumstances where this approach is not deemed appropriate. There were no material changes made to the Groups methodology for calculating reserves for unallocated claims adjustment expenses for the year ended December 31, 2022.
F-69
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
The following table presents a reconciliation of unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020:
2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||
Gross unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, beginning of year |
$ | 1,386.5 | $ | 818.0 | $ | 730.7 | ||||||
Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses |
(795.2 | ) | (382.2 | ) | (442.7 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, beginning of year |
591.3 | 435.8 | 288.0 | |||||||||
Net losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred in respect of losses occurring in: |
||||||||||||
Current year |
852.3 | 706.4 | 362.9 | |||||||||
Prior years |
(22.1 | ) | (9.6 | ) | (38.4 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total incurred |
830.2 | 696.8 | 324.5 | |||||||||
Net losses and loss adjustment expenses paid in respect of losses occurring in: |
||||||||||||
Current year |
(82.5 | ) | (216.7 | ) | (80.6 | ) | ||||||
Prior years |
(242.2 | ) | (311.9 | ) | (104.5 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total Paid |
(324.7 | ) | (528.6 | ) | (185.1 | ) | ||||||
Foreign exchange |
(27.7 | ) | (12.7 | ) | 8.0 | |||||||
Net unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, end of year |
1,069.1 | 591.3 | 435.4 | |||||||||
Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses |
976.1 | 795.2 | 382.6 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Gross unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, end of year |
$ | 2,045.2 | $ | 1,386.5 | $ | 818.0 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
As a result of the changes in estimates of insured events in prior years, the 2022 reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses net of reinsurance recoveries decreased by $22.1 million (2021: $9.6 million, 2020: $38.4 million).
Reserve releases in 2022 have resulted from better than expected loss experience in the Bespoke and Specialty segments. Reserves for the Reinsurance segment were strengthened in 2022 due to deterioration on Hurricane Laura and the 2021 European Floods.
Reserve releases in 2021 have resulted from better than expected loss experience across the Bespoke and Specialty pillars, offset by deterioration on Hurricane Laura and the Mid-West Derecho in the Reinsurance segment.
Reserve releases in 2020 have resulted from changes in reserving estimates following better than expected loss experience across the Bespoke, Specialty and Reinsurance segments.
a. | Incurred and paid loss development tables by accident year |
The Groups loss reserve analysis is based primarily on underwriting year data. The preparation of the below accident year development tables required an allocation of underwriting year data to the corresponding accident year.
Allocations are performed using accident year loss payment and reporting patterns, which are derived from Group specific loss data. Ultimate reserves are allocated based on reserve movement splits between prior and current year and reflects the movement in earned premium by underwriting year.
F-70
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
The following tables present the Groups total losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred, net of reinsurance and paid losses and loss adjustment expenses by accident year, net of reinsurance. The information has been provided separately for the bespoke, specialty and reinsurance segments.
The reporting of cumulative claims frequency has been measured by counting the number of unique, individual claims where a claims reference has been established. For certain policies, claims are managed by MGAs and these have been included based upon information provided by the MGA and allocated to the year of loss based upon the best available information.
Incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses net of reinsurance
Bespoke
For the year ended December 31, 2022 |
At December 31, 2022 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Accident year | 2015 | 2016 | 2017 | 2018 | 2019 | 2020 | 2021 | 2022 | Total of plus expected |
Cumulative number of reported losses |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | (Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2015 |
0.4 | 0.4 | 0.2 | 0.1 | 0.1 | 0.1 | 0.1 | | | 20 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2016 |
9.3 | 5.8 | 5.1 | 8.0 | 9.5 | 2.4 | 2.1 | | 41 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2017 |
18.5 | 12.2 | 10.2 | 9.6 | 9.2 | 8.0 | 0.8 | 85 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2018 |
35.4 | 21.7 | 14.3 | 19.9 | 19.5 | 3.7 | 431 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2019 |
39.9 | 26.4 | 34.5 | 24.4 | 5.6 | 2,189 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2020 |
90.0 | 62.6 | 67.5 | (137.3 | ) | 2,023 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2021 |
93.7 | 72.0 | 49.1 | 481 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2022 |
146.1 | 134.9 | 2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
339.6 | 56.80 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
F-71
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
Cumulative paid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance
For the year ended December 31, 2022 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Accident year | 2015 | 2016 | 2017 | 2018 | 2019 | 2020 | 2021 | 2022 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | (Unaudited) |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
2015 |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2016 |
| 1.3 | 2.6 | 2.8 | 2.6 | 2.2 | 2.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
2017 |
1.7 | 2.0 | 3.5 | 4.8 | 6.1 | 6.1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2018 |
0.3 | 2.5 | 3.0 | 12.6 | 14.9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2019 |
1.9 | 6.5 | 12.4 | 15.6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2020 |
18.7 | 185.5 | 189.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2021 |
12.5 | 19.9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2022 |
7.2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
255.6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reserve FX |
6.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ULAE |
1.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Liabilities for losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance |
|
92.4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
(1) | The total of IBNR plus expected development on reported losses for the 2020 accident year in the Bespoke segment includes amounts for salvage totaling $144.2 million for which the Group has paid gross losses to the insured and expects to recover amounts paid via the sale of the repossessed property. |
Specialty
For the year ended December 31, 2022 |
At December 31, 2022 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Accident year | 2015 | 2016 | 2017 | 2018 | 2019 | 2020 | 2021 | 2022 | Total of plus expected |
Cumulative number of reported losses |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | (Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2015 |
2.2 | 1.0 | 0.2 | | | | | | | 2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2016 |
10.2 | 4.6 | 3.5 | 3.3 | 2.1 | 2.2 | 1.8 | 0.1 | 110 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2017 |
8.8 | 5.7 | 2.3 | 2.1 | 1.1 | 1.8 | | 506 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2018 |
10.2 | 13.8 | 11.6 | 13.0 | 11.9 | (0.9 | ) | 557 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2019 |
28.8 | 23.8 | 26.1 | 41.0 | (1.5 | ) | 360 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2020 |
72.9 | 52.1 | 47.3 | 5.8 | 685 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2021 |
222.4 | 202.1 | 9.8 | 706 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2022 |
514.4 | 313.6 | 249 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
820.3 | 326.9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
F-72
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
Cumulative paid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance
For the year ended December 31, 2022 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Accident year | 2015 | 2016 | 2017 | 2018 | 2019 | 2020 | 2021 | 2022 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | (Unaudited) |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
2015 |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2016 |
| 0.1 | 1.7 | 1.8 | 1.9 | 2.1 | 1.7 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
2017 |
| 0.4 | 0.6 | 1.5 | 2.2 | 1.6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2018 |
| 3.1 | 10.0 | 11.3 | 9.9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2019 |
5.2 | 17.1 | 16.0 | 24.0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2020 |
7.2 | 32.0 | 30.9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2021 |
36.7 | 98.9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2022 |
52.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
219.8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reserve FX |
(17.7 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ULAE |
8.7 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Liabilities for losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance |
|
591.5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
Reinsurance
For the year ended December 31, 2022 |
At December 31, 2022 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Accident year | 2015 | 2016 | 2017 | 2018 | 2019 | 2020 | 2021 | 2022 | Total of IBNR plus expected development on reported losses |
Cumulative number of reported losses |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | (Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2015 |
9.0 | 7.3 | 6.4 | 4.3 | 4.2 | 4.2 | 4.2 | 2.8 | (0.1 | ) | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2016 |
74.0 | 60.8 | 52.8 | 49.9 | 46.7 | 42.9 | 40.3 | 16.9 | 33 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2017 |
86.8 | 59.0 | 56.2 | 59.9 | 64.6 | 55.1 | 14.0 | 43 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2018 |
95.4 | 103.9 | 101.0 | 100.6 | 92.3 | 4.7 | 74 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2019 |
71.5 | 64.1 | 62.9 | 53.7 | 4.4 | 424 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2020 |
198.2 | 228.5 | 248.8 | 39.7 | 1,943 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2021 |
384.5 | 413.0 | 4.5 | 3,561 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2022 |
185.3 | 138.4 | 4,151 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
1,091.3 | 222.5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
F-73
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
Cumulative paid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance
For the year ended December 31, 2022 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Accident year | 2015 | 2016 | 2017 | 2018 | 2019 | 2020 | 2021 | 2022 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | (Unaudited) |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
2015 |
| 0.5 | 2.7 | 2.8 | 2.8 | 2.7 | 2.8 | 2.9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2016 |
2.4 | 11.9 | 20.0 | 21.4 | 21.4 | 22.6 | 22.9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
2017 |
26.5 | 45.2 | 47.5 | 51.4 | 53.7 | 35.8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2018 |
25.1 | 37.4 | 66.1 | 74.4 | 78.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2019 |
3.0 | 49.0 | 51.7 | 43.6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2020 |
54.7 | 142.9 | 179.9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2021 |
167.5 | 310.5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2022 |
22.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
696.5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reserve FX |
(19.7 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ULAE |
10.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Liabilities for losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance |
|
385.2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
b. | Reconciliation of loss development information to the reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses |
The table below reconciles the loss development information to the Groups reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses at December 31, 2022 and 2021:
2022 | 2021 | |||||||
Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance |
||||||||
Bespoke |
$ | 90.8 | $ | (7.7 | ) | |||
Specialty |
582.8 | 216.0 | ||||||
Reinsurance |
375.1 | 369.1 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance |
1,048.7 | 577.4 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses |
||||||||
Bespoke |
65.3 | 12.6 | ||||||
Specialty |
278.5 | 111.9 | ||||||
Reinsurance |
632.3 | 670.7 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance |
976.1 | 795.2 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Unallocated loss adjustment expenses |
20.4 | 13.9 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total gross liability for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses |
$ | 2,045.2 | $ | 1,386.5 | ||||
|
|
|
|
c. | Historical loss duration |
The following table presents the Groups historical average annual percentage payout of losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred, net of reinsurance by age at December 31, 2022.
F-74
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
The Group was incorporated on August 22, 2014 and commenced underwriting in 2015. As a result, the Group has limited historical data and is unable to present a full cycle of loss payments beyond year four as movements beyond this time horizon are not meaningful and may be misleading to the users of the financial statements.
December 31, 2022 (Unaudited) |
||||||||||||||||
Years |
1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | ||||||||||||
Bespoke |
12 | % | 46 | % | 11 | % | 26 | % | ||||||||
Specialty |
12 | % | 20 | % | 6 | % | 18 | % | ||||||||
Reinsurance |
28 | % | 29 | % | 16 | % | 2 | % |
13. | Reinsurance and Retrocessional Reinsurance |
The Group uses reinsurance and retrocessional reinsurance from time to time to manage its net retention on individual risks as well as overall exposure to losses while providing it with the ability to offer policies with sufficient limits to meet policyholder needs. In a reinsurance transaction, an insurance company transfers, or cedes, all or part of its exposure in return for a portion of the premium. In a retrocessional reinsurance transaction, a reinsurance company transfers, or cedes, all or part of its exposure in return for a portion of the premium. The ceding of insurance does not legally discharge the Group from its primary liability for the full amount of the policies, and the Group will be required to pay the loss and bear collection risk if the reinsurer fails to meet its obligations under the reinsurance or retrocessional agreement.
The following tables summarize the effect of reinsurance and retrocessional reinsurance on premiums written and earned and on losses and loss adjustment expenses for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020.:
2022 | ||||||||||||
Premiums | Premiums earned |
Losses and loss adjustment expenses |
||||||||||
Direct |
$ | 2,069.1 | $ | 1,482.9 | $ | 732.6 | ||||||
Assumed |
931.0 | 1,012.3 | 619.0 | |||||||||
Ceded |
(1,137.5 | ) | (990.5 | ) | (521.4 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net |
$ | 1,862.6 | $ | 1,504.7 | $ | 830.2 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
2021 | ||||||||||||
Premiums | Premiums earned |
Losses and loss adjustment expenses |
||||||||||
Direct |
$ | 1,498.7 | $ | 851.7 | $ | 338.6 | ||||||
Assumed |
1,289.0 | 1,227.8 | 1,140.5 | |||||||||
Ceded |
(1,186.6 | ) | (925.3 | ) | (782.3 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net |
$ | 1,601.1 | $ | 1,154.2 | $ | 696.8 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-75
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
2020 | ||||||||||||
Premiums | Premiums earned |
Losses and loss adjustment expenses |
||||||||||
Direct |
$ | 721.5 | $ | 372.8 | $ | 106.4 | ||||||
Assumed |
855.0 | 752.7 | 385.0 | |||||||||
Ceded |
(670.9 | ) | (396.9 | ) | (166.9 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net |
$ | 905.6 | $ | 728.6 | $ | 324.5 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Group is exposed to the credit risk of the reinsurer, or the risk that one of its reinsurers becomes insolvent or otherwise unable or unwilling to pay policyholder claims. This credit risk is generally mitigated by either selecting well capitalized, highly rated authorized capacity providers or requiring that the capacity provider post substantial collateral to secure the reinsured risks, which, in some instances, exceeds the related reinsurance recoverable. Allowances are established for amounts deemed uncollectible.
The Group evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers on a regular basis and monitors concentrations of credit risk with reinsurers. At December 31, 2022, the reinsurance balance recoverable on reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses was $976.1 million (2021: $795.2 million) and the reinsurance balance recoverable on paid losses was $159.4 million (2021: $256.6 million). All reinsurance premiums ceded and reinsurance recoverables are either fully collateralized or placed with reinsurers that are rated A- or greater by A.M. Best or S&P, other than four reinsurers which are rated B++. Where an insurer does not have a credit rating, the Group has received collateral, including letters of credit and trust accounts. Collateral related to these reinsurance agreements is available, without restriction, when the Group pays losses covered by the reinsurance agreements.
At December 31, 2022 the three largest balances by reinsurer accounted for 25.3%, 6.0% and 5.0% (2021: 17.4%, 6.8% and 6.3%) of the total balance recoverable from reinsurers on paid and unpaid losses.
Although the Group has not experienced any credit losses to date, an inability of its reinsurers or retrocessionaires to meet their obligations to it over the relevant exposure periods for any reason could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition and results of operations.
The following table provides a roll forward of the allowance for expected credit losses of the Groups reinsurance recoverables due from third parties on unpaid claims.
Year ended December 31, 2022 | ||||||||
Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid claims |
Allowance for Expected Credit Losses |
|||||||
Balance at the beginning of year |
$ | 795.2 | $ | 0.5 | ||||
Change during the year |
180.9 | 0.5 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Balance at the end of year |
$ | 976.1 | $ | 1.0 | ||||
|
|
|
|
F-76
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
Year ended December 31, 2021 | ||||||||
Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid claims |
Allowance for Expected Credit Losses |
|||||||
Balance at the beginning of year |
$ | 382.6 | $ | | ||||
Change during the year |
412.6 | 0.5 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Balance at the end of year |
$ | 795.2 | $ | 0.5 | ||||
|
|
|
|
The following table provides a roll forward of the allowance for expected credit losses of the Groups reinsurance recoverables due from third parties on paid claims.
Year ended December 31, 2022 | ||||||||
Reinsurance recoverable on paid claims |
Allowance for Expected Credit Losses |
|||||||
Balance at the beginning of year |
$ | 256.6 | $ | | ||||
Change during the year |
(97.2 | ) | | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Balance at the end of year |
$ | 159.4 | $ | | ||||
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2021 | ||||||||
Reinsurance recoverable on paid claims |
Allowance for Expected Credit Losses |
|||||||
Balance at the beginning of year |
$ | 105.7 | $ | 0.3 | ||||
Change during the year |
150.9 | (0.3 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Balance at the end of year |
$ | 256.6 | $ | | ||||
|
|
|
|
Intercompany Retrocessional Reinsurance Arrangements
The Group has entered into various internal quota share retrocession agreements between its insurance carriers through which Fidelis Underwriting Limited (FUL) and Fidelis Insurance Bermuda Limited (FIBL) cedes some of its business to Fidelis Insurance Bermuda Limited (FIBL) each year on a risk attaching basis.
14. | Long term debt |
On June 18, 2020, the Group issued $300.0 million and on July 2, 2020 the Group issued a further $30.0 million of its 4.875% Senior Notes due June 30, 2030 (collectively, the Senior Notes), with interest payable on June 30 and December 30 of each year, commencing on December 30, 2020. The Senior Notes are redeemable at the applicable redemption price, subject to the terms described in the indenture for the Senior Notes. However, the Senior Notes may not be redeemed prior to December 31, 2023 without approval from the Bermuda Monetary Authority (the BMA) and may not be redeemed at any time prior to their maturity if enhanced capital requirements, as established by the BMA, would be breached immediately before or after giving effect to the redemption of such notes, unless, in each case, the Group replaces the capital represented by the Senior Notes to be redeemed with capital having equal or better capital treatment as the notes under applicable BMA rules. The Senior Notes contain covenants, including limitations on liens on the stock of certain designated subsidiaries, limitations on consolidations, mergers, amalgamations and sales of substantially all assets and certain reporting obligations.
F-77
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
On October 16, 2020, the Group issued $105.0 million, and on October 20, 2020, the Group issued a further $20.0 million of its 6.625% Fixed-Rate Reset Junior Subordinated Notes due April 1, 2041 (collectively, the Junior Notes) with interest payable on April 1 and October 1 of each year, commencing on April 1, 2021. The interest rate is reset on April 1, 2026 at the US five-year treasury rate on the reset interest determination date plus 6.323%, and every five years thereafter. The Junior Notes are redeemable at par value for six months after each interest rate reset date. The Junior Notes contain covenants, including limitations on liens on the stock of certain designated subsidiaries, limitations on consolidations, mergers, amalgamations and sales of substantially all assets and certain reporting obligations.
The following table sets forth the principal amount of the debt issued as well as the unamortized discount and debt issuance costs at December 31, 2022 and 2021:
March 31, 2022 | December 31, 2022 | |||||||||||||||
Principal | Unamortized discount and debt issuance costs |
Principal | Unamortized discount and debt issuance costs |
|||||||||||||
4.875% Senior notes due 2030 |
330.0 | (5.5 | ) | 330.0 | (5.6 | ) | ||||||||||
6.625% Fixed Rate Reset Junior Subordinated notes due 2041 |
125.0 | (1.8 | ) | 125.0 | (1.9 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
455.0 | (7.3 | ) | 455.0 | (7.5 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preference Securities
In 2015, the Group issued 30,400 shares of cumulative 9% preference securities with a redemption price equal to $10,000 per share, plus all declared and unpaid dividends (the preference securities). Holders of preference securities are entitled to receive dividend payments only when, and if, declared by the Groups Board of Directors. To the extent declared, these dividends will accumulate, with respect to each dividend period, in the amount per share equal to 9% of the $10,000 liquidation preference per annum. Currently the holders of all preference securities do not have any voting rights.
During the year, the Group paid quarterly preference dividends totaling $5.3 million (2021: $5.3 million, 2020: $14.4 million) to holders of the Groups preference securities. At December 31, 2022, dividends payable of $0.2 million (2021: $0.2 million) are included in other liabilities. No other outstanding amounts are payable to holders of the Preference Securities.
During 2020, the Group repurchased 18,388 preference securities for a total of $209.1 million.
At December 31, | ||||||||
2022 | 2021 | |||||||
Preference securities, par value $0.01 per share |
||||||||
Authorized (thousands) |
1,000 | 1,000 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Issued and outstanding: |
||||||||
9% cumulative preference shares (thousands) |
5.8 | 5.8 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
15. | Variable Interest Entities |
At times, the Group has utilized VIEs both indirectly and directly in the ordinary course of the Groups business.
F-78
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
During 2017, the Group, along with another investor, formed Pine Walk to provide administrative support to managing general agents. Pine Walk is deemed to be a variable interest entity as the equity is insufficient to finance operations without additional subordinated support in the form of a loan. At December 31, 2022, the current balance of the loan is $nil (2021: $1.2 million). Fidelis holds a majority interest in Pine Walk and has a majority of the board of director seats. Accordingly, the financial statements of Pine Walk have been included in the consolidated financial statements of the Group. Refer to Note 16, Non Controlling Interests for a summary of the non-controlling interests held in Pine Walk and other subsidiaries.
During 2017, Pine Walk, along with another investor, formed Firestone Surety Limited, which was renamed Oakside Surety Limited during 2018 (Oakside), a managing general agent that writes (re)insurance for FUL and FIID, focusing on surety bonds predominantly in the United Kingdom. Oakside is deemed to be a variable interest entity as the equity is insufficient to finance operations without additional subordinated support in the form of a loan. As of December 31, 2022, the current balance of the loan is $nil (2021: $0.4 million). Fidelis holds a minority interest in Oakside through Pine Walk. However, due to a de facto agent relationship the Group is considered to be the primary beneficiary, and the financial statements of Oakside have been consolidated in our consolidated financial statements.
During May 2018, Socium Re Limited (Socium), a Bermuda domiciled special purpose insurer, was formed to provide additional collateralized capacity to support the Groups business through retrocession agreements. Socium is regulated as a segregated cell structure by the BMA with its capital substantially provided by third party capital providers. The Group is not the primary beneficiary of the segregated account of Socium and therefore records its investment within other assets on the Groups Consolidated Balance Sheets. At December 31, 2022 the carrying value of the Groups investment in Socium was $0.7 million, compared to the carrying value of $0.8 million at December 31, 2021, which is the maximum loss exposure to the Group.
During 2019, Pine Walk, along with another investor, formed Perigon Product Recall Limited (Perigon), a managing general agent that writes (re)insurance for FUL and FIID focusing on product recall and product contamination. Perigon is deemed to be a variable interest entity as the equity is insufficient to finance operations without additional subordinated support in the form of a loan. At December 31, 2022, the current balance of the loan is $0.4 million (2021: $0.6 million). Due to a de facto agent relationship with Perigon, Fidelis is considered to be the primary beneficiary and as such the financial statements of Perigon have been consolidated in our consolidated financial statements.
During 2020, Pine Walk formed Pine Walk Europe S.R.L. (PWE), a managing general agent that writes EEA business on behalf of Kersey, Oakside, Perigon and Navium . Through Pine Walk, Fidelis has a majority interest in PWE and can appoint the Directors. PWE meets the definition of a VIE as the companies that it writes business on behalf of have a right to profits from the entity but have no voting rights. As Fidelis either controls or is the primary beneficiary of the entities that have an interest in PWE, Fidelis is deemed to be the primary beneficiary of PWE and as such the financial statements of PWE have been consolidated in our consolidated financial statements.
During 2021, Pine Walk, along with another investor, formed Navium Marine Limited (Navium), a managing general agent that writes on FIID and FULs balance sheets focusing on Marine insurance. Navium is deemed to be a variable interest entity as the equity is insufficient to finance operations without additional subordinated support in the form of a loan. At December 31, 2022, the current balance of the loan is $1.2 million (2021: $1.3 million). Due to a de facto agent relationship with Navium, Fidelis is considered to be the primary beneficiary and as such the financial statements of Navium have been consolidated in our consolidated financial statements.
F-79
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
During 2021, Pine Walk, along with another investor, formed OPEnergy Limited (OPEnergy), a managing general agent that writes insurance for FUL focusing on Energy Liability insurance. OPEnergy is deemed to be a variable interest entity as the equity is insufficient to finance operations without additional subordinated support in the form of a loan. At December 31, 2022, the current balance of the loan is $0.8 million (2021: $0.7 million). Due to a de facto agent relationship with OPEnergy, the Group is considered to be the primary beneficiary and as such the financial statements of OPEnergy have been consolidated in our consolidated financial statements.
During 2021, Pine Walk, along with another investor, formed Pernix Specialty (Pernix), a managing general agent that writes insurance for FUL focusing on credit and political risk business. Pernix is deemed to be a variable interest entity as the equity is insufficient to finance operations without additional subordinated support in the form of a loan. At December 31, 2022, the current balance of the loan is $1.2 million (2021: $nil). Due to a de facto agent relationship with Pernix, the Group is considered to be the primary beneficiary and as such the financial statements of Pernix have been consolidated in our consolidated financial statements.
16. | Non-controlling Interests |
A summary of the Groups non-controlling interests, and the impact upon its Consolidated Balance Sheets and Consolidated Statement of Income is summarized below:
Non-Controlling Interest (%) |
Balance Sheet ($ million) |
Income Statement ($ million) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2022 | 2021 | 2022 | 2021 | 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Pine Walk Capital Limited |
6 | % | 13 | % | $ | 1.2 | $ | 0.5 | $ | 1.2 | $ | 1.1 | $ | 0.1 | ||||||||||||||
Radius Specialty Limited |
30 | % | 31 | % | 1.6 | 1.3 | 1.4 | 4.8 | (0.6 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Oakside Surety Limited |
62 | % | 65 | % | 0.8 | 0.5 | 0.6 | 0.8 | 0.2 | |||||||||||||||||||
Kersey Specialty Limited |
30 | % | 35 | % | 0.9 | 0.9 | 0.7 | 1.3 | | |||||||||||||||||||
Perigon Product Recall Limited |
30 | % | 35 | % | 0.3 | 0.3 | 0.2 | 0.3 | 0.1 | |||||||||||||||||||
Pine Walk Europe S.R.L. |
6 | % | 13 | % | 0.2 | | 0.3 | | | |||||||||||||||||||
Navium Marine Limited |
34 | % | 39 | % | 4.3 | 1.7 | 4.1 | 1.7 | | |||||||||||||||||||
OPEnergy Limited |
30 | % | 35 | % | 0.5 | | 0.6 | | | |||||||||||||||||||
Pernix Specialty Limited |
30 | % | 30 | % | 0.5 | | 0.6 | | | |||||||||||||||||||
Omega National Title Agency Ventures LLC |
| % | | % | | | | | 0.3 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Total non-controlling interest |
$ | 10.3 | $ | 5.2 | $ | 9.7 | $ | 10.0 | $ | 0.1 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During 2022, the Group purchased an additional 7% share in Pine Walk Capital Limited for a total consideration of $11.7 million.
17. | Commitments and Contingencies |
a. | Lease commitments |
The Groups leases primarily consist of operating leases for its offices in the U.K., Ireland and Bermuda. During 2022, the Group entered into new leases in the UK and Ireland, and extended its lease in Bermuda.
Total expected lease payments are based on the lease payments specified in the contract and the stated term, including any options to extend or terminate.
The Groups operating leases have remaining lease terms of up to 12 years, some of which include options to extend the lease term. The Group considers these options when determining the lease term and measuring its
F-80
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
lease liability and right-of-use asset. In addition, the Groups lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants. Short-term operating leases with an initial term of twelve months or less were excluded from the Groups Consolidated Balance Sheet and represent an inconsequential amount of operating lease expense. These were entered into for the use of various office fixtures such as photocopiers and other IT equipment.
As most leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the lease commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments.
The following table presents the Groups operating lease right-of-use assets and lease liabilities:
At December 31, | ||||||||
2022 | 2021 | |||||||
Operating leases right-of-use assets |
$ | 26.8 | $ | 29.9 | ||||
Operating lease liabilities |
28.5 | 31.4 | ||||||
Operating lease weighted-average remaining lease term |
9.1 | 9.6 | ||||||
Operating lease weight-average discount rate |
7.8 | % | 7.7 | % |
The following table presents the Groups operating lease expenses and cash flows:
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||
Operating lease costs |
$ | 4.3 | $ | 2.7 | $ | 1.7 | ||||||
Variable lease costs |
| | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total lease expense |
4.3 | 2.7 | 1.7 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Operating cash outflows from operating leases |
$ | 2.6 | $ | 1.8 | $ | 2.2 |
The following table presents the Groups future minimum annual lease commitments under various non-cancellable operating leases for the Groups facilities:
Years Ending December 31, | ||||
2023 |
$ | 2.5 | ||
2024 |
5.3 | |||
2025 |
4.7 | |||
2026 |
4.6 | |||
2027 |
4.6 | |||
Later years |
18.5 | |||
Less present value discount |
(11.7 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Total |
$ | 28.5 | ||
|
|
b. | Letter of credit facilities |
At December 31, 2022, the Group had the following letter of credit facilities:
| A Standby Letter of Credit Facility Agreement with Lloyds Bank plc (Lloyds), under which Lloyds committed to make available to the Group a letter of credit facility in the amount of $175.0 million was |
F-81
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
renewed on September 21, 2021 for a 24 month term. The renewal was amended to reduce the unsecured tranche to $25.0 million and retain the secured tranche of $150.0 million. An additional secured accordion of $25.0 million was triggered prior to December 31, 2021. Letters of credit can be issued under the letter of credit facility with Lloyds for the purposes of 1) the provision of funds at Lloyds and 2) supporting insurance and reinsurance obligations. At December 31, 2022, there were letters of credit outstanding under the letter of credit facility with Lloyds totaling $101.2 million (2021: $162.7 million), secured by collateral in the amount of $92.4 million (2021: $157.3 million). |
| A Master Agreement for the Issuance of Payment Instruments with Citibank N.A., London Branch (Citibank), under which Citibank committed to make available a letter of credit facility in the amount of $250.0 million, was amended on December 13, 2022, effective December 31, 2022. The letter of credit facility with Citibank was reduced to $100.0 million, with the provision that the Group can request, from time to time, additional increments of $50.0 million, not to exceed $150.0 million. The letter of credit facility with Citibank is available until December 31, 2024. An additional uncommitted letter of credit facility was also agreed to with Citibank on October 6, 2021, for $200.0 million. At December 31, 2022, there were letters of credit outstanding under this letter of credit facility with Citibank totaling $100.1 million (2021: $208.9 million), with $7.1 million of non-renewed letters of credit expiring December 31, 2022, secured by collateral in the amount of $104.4 million (2021: $236.4 million). |
| On September 17, 2021, the letter of credit facility with Barclays Bank plc (Barclays) was renewed until September 15, 2023. The secured letter of credit facility with Barclays was amended to $60.0 million as was the unsecured tranche amended to $60.0 million. The borrowers of the letter of credit facility with Barclays continue to be Fidelis Insurance Bermuda Limited and Fidelis Underwriting Limited, with the guarantor continuing to be Fidelis Insurance Holdings Limited. A secured accordion under the letter of credit facility with Barclays of $100.0 million was triggered prior to December 31, 2021. At December 31, 2022 there were letters of credit outstanding under this letter of credit facility with Barclays totaling $88.2 million (2021: $23.4 million), secured by collateral in the amount of $45.7 million (2021: $nil). |
| On September 17, 2021 the letter of credit facility with Bank of Montreal (BMO) was renewed at $120.0 million, with a $60.0 million secured tranche and a $60.0 million unsecured tranche ending September 17, 2023. Fidelis Insurance Bermuda Limited is the borrower and Fidelis Insurance Holdings Limited is the guarantor. A secured accordion under the letter of credit facility with BMO of $80.0 million was triggered prior to December 31, 2021. At December 31, 2022 there were letters of credit outstanding under this letter of credit facility with BMO totaling $77.4 million (2021: $45.0 million), secured by collateral in the amount of $10.8 million (2021: $16.0 million). |
| A $50.0 million Standby Letter of Credit Facility Agreement with Lloyds, dated December 10, 2021 was made available to Fidelis Insurance Holdings Limited as parent, account party and guarantor, for a four-year period to provide regulated capital in respect of Ancillary Own Funds (AOF). |
c. | Legal proceedings |
From time to time in the normal course of business, the Group may be involved in formal and informal dispute resolution procedures, which may include arbitration or litigation, the outcomes of which determine the rights and obligations of the Group under the Groups (re)insurance contracts, and other contractual agreements, or other matters as the case may be. In some disputes, the Group may seek to enforce its rights under an agreement or to collect funds owing to it. In other matters, the Group may resist attempts by others to collect funds or
F-82
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
enforce alleged rights. While the final outcome of legal disputes that may arise cannot be predicted with certainty, the Group do not believe that the eventual outcome of any specific litigation, arbitration or alternative dispute resolution proceedings to which the Group are currently a party will have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of the Groups business as a whole.
d. | Concentration of credit risk |
Credit risk arises out of the failure of a counterparty to perform according to the terms of the contract. The Group underwrites all of its (re)insurance business through brokers and as a result credit risk exists should any of these brokers be unable to fulfil their contractual obligations with respect to the payments of premium or failure to pass on claims, if there is risk transfer, to the Group. During the years ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, gross premiums written generated from or placed by the below companies collectively accounted for more than 10% of the Groups combined gross premiums written, as follows:
2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||
Aon plc |
15 | % | 22 | % | 31 | % | ||||||
Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc |
20 | % | 24 | % | 19 | % | ||||||
Others |
65 | % | 54 | % | 50 | % |
The Group has policies and standards in place to manage and monitor the credit risk of intermediaries with a focus on day-to-day monitoring of the largest positions. Note 13, Reinsurance and Retrocessional Reinsurance describes the credit risk related to the Groups reinsurance recoverables.
e. | Intragroup guarantees |
The Group has unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed all of the financial obligations of FUL and FIID. The Group has guaranteed Fidelis Marketing Limiteds lease obligations.
18. | Related Party Transactions |
For the year ended December 31, 2022, the Group ceded reinsurance premiums of $0.1 million (2021: $0.2 million, 2020: $2.8 million), of which $0.1 million was earned in the year (2021: $0.7 million, 2020: $7.4 million) and ceded losses of minus $3.4 million (2021: minus $0.4 million, 2020: $7.7 million) to Socium. At December 31, 2022, the amount of reinsurance recoverable on unpaid and paid losses from Socium was $5.8 million (2021: $10.5 million) and the amount of ceded reinsurance payable included in insurance and reinsurance balances payable to Socium was $2.6 million (2021: $0.6 million) in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
During 2019, the Group made interest free loans to management of $4.5 million and is recorded within other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. At December 31, 2022, the outstanding balance is $4.5 million (2021: $4.5 million).
19. | Statutory Requirements and Dividend Restrictions |
The Groups ability to pay dividends is subject to certain regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends by its subsidiaries. The payment of such dividends is limited by applicable laws and statutory requirements of the jurisdictions in which the Group and its subsidiaries operate, detailed further below. The minimum required statutory capital and surplus is the amount of statutory capital and surplus necessary to satisfy regulatory requirements based on the Groups current operations.
F-83
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
The estimated statutory capital and surplus and minimum required statutory capital and surplus for the Groups regulatory jurisdictions is as follows:
December 31, 2022 | ||||||||||||
Bermuda(1) | United Kingdom(2) |
Republic of Ireland(2) |
||||||||||
Minimum statutory capital and surplus |
$ | 620.0 | $ | 550.0 | $ | 80.0 | ||||||
Statutory capital and surplus |
1,495.0 | 860.0 | 150.0 | |||||||||
Available capital for distribution |
875.0 | 295.0 | 65.0 |
December 31, 2021 | ||||||||||||
Bermuda(1) | United Kingdom(2) |
Republic of Ireland(2) |
||||||||||
Minimum statutory capital and surplus |
662.4 | 500.3 | 68.3 | |||||||||
Statutory capital and surplus |
1,765.0 | 750.0 | 115.0 | |||||||||
Available capital for distribution |
1,102.6 | 249.7 | 46.7 |
(1) | Required statutory capital and surplus represents the Enhanced Capital Requirement (ECR). |
(2) | Required statutory capital and surplus represents the Solvency II Solvency Capital Requirement (SCR). |
Bermuda operations
The BMA acts as group supervisor of the Group and has designated FIBL as the designated insurer of the Group. In accordance with the Group supervision and insurance group solvency rules, the Group is required to prepare and submit audited Group GAAP financial statements, a Group statutory financial return (SFR), a Group capital and solvency return (CSR) and a Group Quarterly Financial Return (QFR).
Under the Insurance Act 1978, amendments thereto and Related Regulations of Bermuda (the Insurance Act), FIBL is required to prepare and submit annual audited GAAP financial statements and statutory financial statements and to file with the BMA an SFR, CSR and audited GAAP financial statements.
As a Class 4 (re)insurer, FIBL is required to maintain available statutory economic capital and surplus at a level equal to or greater than the ECR. The ECR is the higher of the prescribed minimum solvency margin (MSM) or the required capital calculated by reference to the Bermuda Solvency Capital Requirement (BSCR) model. The BSCR model is a risk-based capital model that provides a method for determining a (re)insurers capital requirements (statutory capital and surplus) by taking into account the risk characteristics of different aspects of the (re)insurers business. In addition, the Group is required to maintain available statutory economic capital and surplus at a level equal to or in excess of the group ECR which is established by reference to the Group BSCR model.
Under the Insurance Act, FIBL is prohibited from declaring or paying a dividend if it is in breach of its minimum solvency margin, ECR or minimum liquidity ratio or if the declaration or payment of such dividend would cause such a breach. In addition, FIBL is prohibited from declaring or paying in any financial year dividends of more than 25% of its total statutory capital and surplus (as shown on its previous financial years statutory balance sheet) unless it files with the BMA an affidavit stating that it will continue to meet the relevant solvency and liquidity margins. Without the approval of the BMA, FIBL is prohibited from reducing by 15% or more its total statutory capital as set out in its previous years financial statements and any application for such approval must include an affidavit stating that it will continue to meet the required solvency and liquidity margins. In addition,
F-84
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
under the Companies Act 1981, FIBL would be prohibited from making a distribution out of contributed surplus if there are reasonable grounds for believing that (a) FIBL is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due or (b) the realizable value of FIBLs assets would thereby be less than its liabilities.
United Kingdom Operations
FUL is regulated by the PRA and therefore is subject to the Solvency II regime which has been effective from 1 January 2016 and established a new set of EU-wide capital requirements, risk management and disclosure standards. The Company is required to meet a SCR which is calibrated to seek to ensure a 99.5% confidence of the ability to meet obligations over a 12-month time horizon. The Company calculates its SCR in accordance with the standard formula prescribed in the Solvency II regulations as the assumptions underlying the standard formula are not inappropriate for FULs risk profile.
The PRA regulatory requirements impose no explicit restrictions on the U.K. subsidiaries ability to pay a dividend, but FUL would have to notify the PRA 28 days prior to any proposed dividend payment. In addition, the Groups U.K. subsidiaries must comply with the United Kingdom Companies Act of 2006, which provides that dividends may only be paid out of profits available for that purpose.
Ireland operations
FIID is regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland (CBI) and therefore is subject to the Solvency II regime which has been effective from 1 January 2016 and established a set of EU-wide capital requirements, risk management and disclosure standards. The Company is required to meet its SCR which, as for FUL, is calibrated to seek to ensure a 99.5% confidence of the ability to meet obligations over a 12-month time horizon. The Company calculates its SCR in accordance with the standard formula prescribed in the Solvency II regulations as the assumptions underlying the standard formula are not inappropriate for FIIDs risk profile.
The regulatory requirements impose no explicit restrictions on FIIDs ability to pay a dividend, but FIID would have to notify the CBI prior to any proposed dividend payment. Under Irish Company law dividends may only be distributed from profits available for distribution, which consist of accumulated realized profits less accumulated realized losses.
20. | Earnings Per Share |
2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||
Earnings per common share |
||||||||||||
Net profit available to Fidelis Insurance Holdings Limited common shareholders |
52.6 | 68.3 | 126.5 | |||||||||
Weighted average common shares outstanding (in millions) |
211.2 | 212.5 | 181.4 | |||||||||
Earnings per common share |
0.25 | 0.32 | 0.70 | |||||||||
Earnings per diluted common share |
||||||||||||
Net profit available to Fidelis Insurance Holdings Limited common shareholders |
52.6 | 68.3 | 126.5 | |||||||||
Weighted average common shares outstanding (in millions) |
211.2 | 212.5 | 181.4 | |||||||||
Share-based compensation plans |
5.5 | 5.3 | 5.3 | |||||||||
Weighted average diluted common shares outstanding |
216.7 | 217.8 | 186.7 | |||||||||
Earnings per diluted common share |
0.24 | 0.31 | 0.68 |
F-85
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
21. | Share Capital Authorized and Issued |
The following sets out the number and par value of shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2022 and 2021:
2022 | 2021 | |||||||
Common shares, par value $0.01 per share |
||||||||
Authorized (thousands) |
600,000.0 | 600,000.0 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Issued and outstanding |
||||||||
Common shares (thousands) |
211,462.4 | 210,895.0 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
Common shares
On July 15, 2021, the Group issued 21,602,305 shares for $318.2 million, net of issuance costs. On August 26, 2021, the Group repurchased 21,593,391 shares for $318.5 million, including costs of $4.4 million.
On February 10, 2020 the Group issued 15,115,722 common shares for a total of $142.3 million, net of issuance costs. On June 10, 2020, the Group issued 37,536,911 common shares for a total of $355.0 million, net of issuance costs. On July 23, 2020 the Group issued 14,764,344 common shares for a total of $139.0 million. On December 1, 2020 the Group issued 4,517,750 common shares for a total of $60.6 million, net of issuance costs.
No dividends were declared in 2022, 2021 or 2020.
22. | Share Compensation |
Warrants
In 2015, the Group reserved for issuance of warrants to purchase common shares, in the aggregate, up to 16.5% of the diluted shares: Founders warrants, Basic warrants, and Ratchet warrants. Warrants expire ten years from date of grant.
Warrants are valued using the Black Scholes option-pricing model. Share price volatility estimates of 17.1% and 17.8% were used based on ten-year volatility look-back of a peer group of (re)insurers as the Group has only been in operation for seven years, therefore it was not practicable to estimate the Groups share price volatility. The other assumptions used in the Black Scholes option-pricing model were as follows: risk free rates ranging from 0.59% - 1.56%, expected life of 10 years, and a 0.0% dividend yield.
Warrant exercises are satisfied through the issue of new shares.
Founders warrants
The Founders warrants require certain performance conditions and at December 31, 2022, these conditions were not met. Since the initial grant in 2015, additional grants have occurred due to the anti-dilution clauses contained in the warrant agreements. Founder warrants have an exercise price of $10.
F-86
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
The Founders warrant activity for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 was as follows:
Number of warrants | Weighted average grant date fair value |
Weighted average remaining contractual term |
||||||||||
Outstanding at December 31, 2020 |
22,647,952 | $ | 2.83 | 5.9 years | ||||||||
Granted |
265,528 | 5.61 | ||||||||||
Outstanding at December 31, 2021 |
22,913,480 | $ | 2.86 | 5.0 years | ||||||||
Granted |
161,596 | 6.90 | ||||||||||
Outstanding at December 31, 2022 |
23,075,076 | $ | 2.89 | 4.0 years |
Basic warrants
Management were issued basic warrants subject to a service condition only. The service condition is met with a portion vesting and becoming exercisable immediately, on grant, and the remainder vesting and becoming exercisable on each of the first five anniversary dates following the original grant date of the warrants. The vesting percentages range from 12.5% to 25.0% annually. All basic warrants have now vested.
For the year ended December 31, 2022, total compensation expense of $1.9 million (2021: $2.5 million, 2020: $18.0 million) related to basic warrants was included in general and administrative expenses. At December 31, 2022, the Group had $nil (2021: $nil, 2020: $nil) of unamortized share compensation expense related to the basic warrants.
The associated tax benefit recorded to income tax expense in the Consolidated Statement of Operations in respect of basic warrants was $0.3 million, $0.5 million and $3.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 respectively.
The basic warrant activity for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 were as follows:
Number of warrants | Weighted average grant date fair value |
Weighted average remaining contractual term |
||||||||||
Outstanding at December 31, 2020 |
17,606,873 | $ | 1.83 | 8.0 years | ||||||||
Granted |
568,141 | 4.40 | ||||||||||
Exercised |
(307,277 | ) | 2.61 | |||||||||
Forfeited |
(364,180 | ) | 1.72 | |||||||||
Outstanding at December 31, 2021 |
17,503,557 | $ | 1.83 | 7.1 years | ||||||||
Exercisable at December 31, 2021 |
17,503,557 | $ | 1.83 | 7.1 years | ||||||||
Granted |
352,453 | 5.55 | ||||||||||
Exercised |
(315,575 | ) | 4.53 | |||||||||
Forfeited |
(61,757 | ) | 4.03 | |||||||||
Outstanding at December 31, 2022 |
17,478,678 | $ | 1.92 | 6.1 years | ||||||||
Exercisable at December 31, 2022 |
17,478,678 | $ | 1.92 | 6.1 years |
Ratchet warrants
Management were issued ratchet warrants subject to a service and performance condition. No ratchet warrants were exercisable at December 31, 2022 (2021: $nil, 2020: $nil).
F-87
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
The performance condition will be met with respect to ratchet warrants upon meeting Group performance goals, including achieving specific target internal rate of return thresholds. Upon meeting all required performance conditions, the ratchet warrants will vest on the fifth anniversary following the grant date. For the year ended December 31, 2022, total compensation expense of $nil (2021: $nil, 2020: $nil) related to ratchet warrants was included in general and administrative expenses. At December 31, 2022, the Group had $nil (2021: $nil, 2020: $nil) of unamortized share compensation expense related to the ratchet warrants.
Ratchet warrant activity for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 was as follows:
Number of warrants | Weighted average grant date fair value |
Weighted average remaining contractual term |
||||||||||
Outstanding at December 31, 2020 |
2,110,165 | $ | 3.00 | 6.5 years | ||||||||
Granted |
37,309 | 6.58 | ||||||||||
Forfeited |
(355,135 | ) | 3.00 | |||||||||
Outstanding at December 31, 2021 |
1,792,339 | $ | 3.07 | 5.6 years | ||||||||
Granted |
23,400 | 7.88 | ||||||||||
Forfeited |
||||||||||||
Outstanding at December 31, 2022 |
1,815,739 | $ | 3.07 | 4.7 years |
Restricted stock units
On February 17, 2016, the 2015 Non-Qualified Share Option Plan (the 2015 Plan) was approved by the Board of Directors. The Group reserved up to 2% of the diluted shares to the issuance of RSUs to purchase common shares. The RSUs are granted with a $0.01 exercise price and expire 10 years from the date of issuance.
On November 8, 2018, the 2018 Non-Qualified Share Option Plan (the 2018 Plan) was approved by the Board of Directors. The Group reserved up to 3% of the diluted shares to the issuance of RSUs to purchase common shares. The RSUs are granted with a $0.01 exercise price and expire 10 years from the date of issuance. RSU exercises are satisfied through the issue of new shares.
The RSUs contain both service and performance conditions. The RSUs vest after a three-year period and a portion are subject to the satisfaction of certain performance conditions based on achievement of pre-established targets for return on equity for the Group as well as a relative performance metric compared to peers. The fair value of the RSUs is estimated at the latest price at which the Group raised capital. Where no recent capital transaction has occurred, the fair value is determined by the Board.
F-88
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
The following table provides RSU activity for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021:
Number of warrants |
Weighted average grant date fair value |
Weighted average remaining contractual term |
||||||||||
Outstanding at December 31, 2020 |
3,906,432 | $ | 8.73 | 1.3 years | ||||||||
Exercisable at December 31, 2020 |
111,610 | 8.35 | ||||||||||
Granted |
1,767,032 | 13.10 | ||||||||||
Exercised |
(1,113,625 | ) | 8.38 | |||||||||
Forfeited |
(107,720 | ) | 10.49 | |||||||||
Outstanding at December 31, 2021 |
4,452,119 | $ | 10.45 | 1.2 years | ||||||||
Exercisable at December 31, 2021 |
194,535 | 8.38 | ||||||||||
Granted |
1,318,287 | 16.13 | ||||||||||
Exercised |
(869,760 | ) | 9.27 | |||||||||
Forfeited |
(220,592 | ) | 11.00 | |||||||||
Outstanding at December 31, 2022 |
4,680,054 | $ | 7.66 | 1.1 years | ||||||||
Exercisable at December 31, 2022 |
287,218 | 8.10 |
The number of RSUs included in the above table are based upon target vesting of 100%, but actual vesting will differ. Within the granted line for 2022 is a reduction of 271,426 RSUs granted as a result of the performance targets for the 2019 RSU grant not being met. Within the granted line for 2021 are 110,575 RSUs that relate to additional RSUs granted as a result of the performance targets for the 2018 RSU grant being exceeded.
At December 31, 2022, total compensation expense of $13.9 million (2021: $7.3 million, 2020: $14.6 million) relating to the RSUs was included in general and administrative expenses. An income tax benefit of $1.6 million (2021: $1.4 million; 2020: $2.8 million) was recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income. At December 31, 2022, there was a remaining unamortized balance of $21.0 million (2021: $18.3 million, 2020: $20.1 million), which will be recognized over the remaining service period.
23. | Income Taxes |
Net income before tax is split between the Groups operating jurisdictions based on the jurisdiction of tax residence as per below:
For the year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||
United Kingdom |
72.6 | 33.4 | (32.7 | ) | ||||||||
Bermuda |
(0.3 | ) | 40.0 | 159.0 | ||||||||
Republic of Ireland |
3.9 | 5.5 | (3.4 | ) | ||||||||
US |
| (0.2 | ) | 0.6 | ||||||||
Belgium |
3.9 | | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
80.1 | 78.7 | 123.5 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
United Kingdom
FIHL, Pine Walk, FUL and FML are tax resident in the United Kingdom and are subject to relevant taxes in that jurisdiction. The U.K. Government made a number of tax law changes during 2021. These include confirming
F-89
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
that the rate of corporation tax will increase to 25% from April 1, 2023. This new law was enacted on June 10, 2021. Deferred taxes at the December 31, 2022 and 2021 balance sheet dates have been measured using these enacted tax rates. This means that the 25% main rate of corporation tax will be relevant for any temporary differences expected to reverse on or after April 1, 2023. Corporation tax receivable/payable has not been relieved at full value and losses will be carried forward and the deferred tax asset at December 31, 2022 has been measured at 25% (2021: 25%).
2021 to 2022 are open tax years in the United Kingdom.
Bermuda
Under current Bermuda law, the Groups Bermudian subsidiary, FIBL, is not required to pay any taxes in Bermuda on its income or capital gains. The subsidiary has received undertakings from the Minister of Finance in Bermuda that, in the event of any taxes being imposed, they will be exempt from taxation in Bermuda until March 2035 under the Tax Assurance Certificates issued to such entities pursuant to the Bermuda Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act of 1966, as amended. The impact of this is included within income/losses not subject to income taxes in Impact of differences in tax rates as set out in the reconciliation of the difference between the charge for income taxes and the expected tax expense below.
Republic of Ireland
FIID is tax resident in the Republic of Ireland (ROI). In addition, FML has elected for its Irish branch to not be subject to UK income taxes. As such both FIID and the Irish branch of FML are subject to Irish corporation tax, and not UK corporation tax, on their trading profits at a rate of 12.5%.
2018 to 2021 are open tax years in the ROI.
United States
Fidelis US Holdings Inc, (FUSH), an immaterial subsidiary of the Group is tax resident in the United States and is subject to relevant taxes in that jurisdiction.
The statute of limitations on corporate tax returns is three years after such that 2019 to 2022 are considered open tax years in the US with the US tax authorities.
The Group continues to believe that it has made adequate provision for the liabilities likely to arise from periods open to examination. The ultimate liability for such matters may vary from the amounts provided and is dependent upon the outcome of agreements with relevant taxing authorities. Fidelis has developed its process to review and measure tax positions using internal expertise, experience and judgment, together with assistance and opinions from professional advisors. Original estimates are always refined as additional information becomes available.
F-90
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
The Group income tax (expense)/benefit for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020 is as follows:
2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||
Current tax expense |
$ | (28.2 | ) | $ | (26.8 | ) | $ | (2.9 | ) | |||
Deferred tax benefit (excluding rate change) |
10.4 | 17.8 | 4.7 | |||||||||
Rate change on deferred tax |
| 8.6 | 1.3 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Income tax (expense)/benefit |
$ | (17.8 | ) | $ | (0.4 | ) | $ | 3.1 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||
Income tax (expense)/benefit allocated to net income |
$ | (17.8 | ) | $ | (0.4 | ) | $ | 3.1 | ||||
Income tax (expense)/benefit allocated to comprehensive income |
8.1 | 2.4 | (0.7 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total income tax (expense)/benefit allocated to comprehensive income |
$ | (9.7 | ) | $ | 2.0 | $ | 2.4 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2022 | ||||||||||||||||
Income/(loss) before tax |
Current tax benefit/(expense) |
Deferred tax benefit/(expense) |
Total income tax benefit/(expense) |
|||||||||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||||||||||
United Kingdom |
$ | 72.6 | $ | (25.4 | ) | $ | 10.6 | $ | (14.8 | ) | ||||||
Bermuda |
(0.3 | ) | | | | |||||||||||
US |
| | | | ||||||||||||
Republic of Ireland |
3.9 | (0.4 | ) | (0.2 | ) | (0.6 | ) | |||||||||
Belgium |
3.9 | (2.4 | ) | | (2.4 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | 80.1 | $ | (28.2 | ) | $ | 10.4 | $ | (17.8 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2021 | ||||||||||||||||
Income/(loss) before tax |
Current tax benefit/(expense) |
Deferred tax benefit/(expense) |
Total income tax benefit/(expense) |
|||||||||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||||||||||
United Kingdom |
$ | 33.4 | $ | (26.3 | ) | $ | 26.9 | $ | 0.6 | |||||||
Bermuda |
40.0 | | | | ||||||||||||
US |
(0.2 | ) | | | | |||||||||||
Republic of Ireland |
5.5 | (0.5 | ) | (0.5 | ) | (1.0 | ) | |||||||||
Belgium |
| | | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | 78.7 | $ | (26.8 | ) | $ | 26.4 | $ | (0.4 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2020 | ||||||||||||||||
Income/(loss) before tax |
Current tax benefit/(expense) |
Deferred tax benefit/(expense) |
Total income tax benefit/(expense) |
|||||||||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||||||||||
United Kingdom |
$ | (32.7 | ) | $ | (2.7 | ) | $ | 5.6 | $ | 2.9 | ||||||
Bermuda |
159.0 | | | | ||||||||||||
US |
0.6 | | | | ||||||||||||
Republic of Ireland |
(3.4 | ) | (0.2 | ) | 0.4 | 0.2 | ||||||||||
Belgium |
| | | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | 123.5 | $ | (2.9 | ) | $ | 6.0 | $ | 3.1 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-91
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
The effective tax rate for the Group is 23.1% (2021: 0.5%, 2020: negative 2.5%).
A reconciliation of the difference between reported income tax (expense)/benefit and the expected income tax expense at the average UK statutory income tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 is provided below. The expected income tax expense has been calculated using income before income taxes multiplied by the UK statutory income tax rate, the income tax rate in Fideliss country of tax residence.
2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||
Expected income tax expense at the UK income tax rate of 19% |
$ | (14.6 | ) | $ | (14.9 | ) | $ | (23.5 | ) | |||
Reconciling items |
||||||||||||
Disallowable expenses |
(7.1 | ) | (2.7 | ) | (7.7 | ) | ||||||
Income not subject to income taxes |
0.3 | 0.1 | 0.3 | |||||||||
Adjustments in respect of prior year |
0.1 | 0.1 | 2.9 | |||||||||
Effects of changes to UK tax rates |
| 8.6 | 1.3 | |||||||||
Impact of differences in tax rates |
2.8 | 8.1 | 30.0 | |||||||||
Change in valuation allowance |
| (0.5 | ) | (0.1 | ) | |||||||
Foreign currency transactions |
0.7 | 0.8 | (0.1 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Income tax (expense)/benefit |
$ | (17.8 | ) | $ | (0.4 | ) | $ | 3.1 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The components of the Groups net non-current deferred tax asset at December 31, 2022 and 2021 are as follows:
2022 | 2021 | |||||||
Deferred tax assets: |
||||||||
Net operating loss carryforwards |
$ | 43.0 | $ | 31.2 | ||||
Other temporary differences |
0.5 | 0.8 | ||||||
Fixed assets |
| 0.7 | ||||||
Available-for-sale investments |
9.1 | 1.1 | ||||||
Share based payments |
8.3 | 8.7 | ||||||
Corporate interest restriction carryforwards |
1.5 | | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total deferred tax assets |
62.4 | 42.5 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Deferred tax liabilities: |
||||||||
Fixed assets |
(1.7 | ) | | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total deferred tax liabilities |
(1.7 | ) | | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Valuation allowance |
(2.2 | ) | (2.2 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net deferred tax asset |
$ | 58.5 | $ | 40.3 | ||||
|
|
|
|
The net operating loss carryforwards on which the deferred tax asset has been provided consist of $175.8 million (2021: $125.0 million) arising in the UK and $nil (2021: $2.2 million) arising in the ROI. There is no expiry date for the losses. In addition to the operating loss carryforwards, there is a corporate interest rate restriction carryforward of $5.9 million in the UK (2021: nil). There is no expiry date for the losses or the interest rate restriction carryforward. A valuation allowance of $2.2 million (2021: $2.2 million) has been made against certain loss carryforwards in the UK as the Group considers that it is more likely than not that these will not be recovered against future income.
The Group paid and accrued interest payments to the UK taxing authority, His Majestys Revenue and Customs (HMRC), totaling $nil for the year ended December 31, 2022 (2021: $0.2 million, 2020: $nil).
F-92
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
At December 31, 2022, $15.4 million was owed in total to taxing authorities in jurisdictions where the Group operates (2021: $4.3 million). This amount is included within Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
At December 31, 2022, the Group did not have any material unrecognized tax benefits. The Group does not anticipate any changes in unrecognized tax benefits during 2023 that would have a material impact on the Groups income tax expense.
During 2021, the OECD published a framework for the introduction of a global minimum tax rate of 15%, applicable to large multinational groups. In July 2022, HM Treasury released draft legislation to implement these rules for accounting periods starting on or after December 31, 2023. The Group is reviewing and monitoring these draft rules, which have not been enacted, to understand any potential impacts.
24. Ukraine Conflict
On February 24, 2022, the Russian Federation invaded Ukraine resulting in armed conflict in Ukraine and the Black Sea (Ukraine Conflict). Subsequently a number of countries, including the United States of America, the United Kingdom, and those in the European Union, placed significant sanctions on Russian institutions and persons which resulted in a devaluation of the Ruble and a fall in the value of Russian fixed income and equity assets, and the prompt withdrawal of companies from Russia without securing their assets. Fidelis has minimal direct exposure to Russian equities and minimal exposure to fixed income assets impacted by sanctions. It had now been over a year since the commencement of the Ukraine Conflict. Fidelis has potential exposure to losses associated with the conflict in Ukraine and the Black Sea through certain lines in the Bespoke and Specialty segments. Fidelis, in common with the rest of the London Aviation Insurance Market, is the subject of various litigation proceedings brought by Aircraft Lessors in the United States of America, the United Kingdom, and those in the European Union. Notwithstanding this, Fidelis continues to believe the impact of the Ukraine Conflict will not adversely affect the Groups ability to operate as a going concern.
25. Subsequent Events
Subsequent events have been evaluated up to the issuance of these consolidated financial statements.
On January 3, 2023, the Group completed a transaction pursuant to which (i) Pine Walk and its investments in the MGAs, together with FML, were distributed to shareholders to form a new managing general underwriting business (Fidelis MGU) and (ii) Fidelis MGU was acquired by a consortium of investors (together known as the Separation Transactions). Following the consummation of the Separation Agreement, Fidelis MGU acquired approximately 9.9% of the common shares in the Group.
Immediately prior to the consummation of the Separation Transactions, the Group accelerated the vesting of all unvested RSUs. This resulted in the acceleration of compensation expense of $21.0 million and an employer tax expense of $17.3 million in the three months ending March 31, 2023. The RSUs and warrants were exercised on the date of the Separation Transactions, resulting in the issuance of 14,732,262 common shares. The awards were net settled, resulting in a $50.6 million reduction of additional paid-in capital for the employees tax obligations with respect to these awards. The exercise of the warrants triggered the payment of cumulative dividends of $34.1 million.
The Separation Transactions resulted in certain shareholders receiving cash in lieu of their interest in Fidelis MGU. As a result, the distribution of Fidelis MGU will be recorded at its fair value estimated to be between $1.7
F-93
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)
billion and $1.9 billion. The distribution of Fidelis MGU to shareholders of the Group will result in the deconsolidation of net assets of $68.8 million, and the cancellation of 105,790,271 common shares in the Group. Following the Separation Transactions there are 120,404,350 common shares issued and outstanding.
Fidelis MGU will manage underwriting, origination, outwards reinsurance, actuarial and claims services with review and oversight from the Group. Each of FIBL, FUL and FIID has entered a delegated underwriting authority agreement with a relevant entity within the Fidelis MGU group, in each case with effect from January 1, 2023. The agreements have a rolling 10-year term and provide for the payment of the following fees to Fidelis MGU:
a. | A ceding commission of 11.5% of net premiums written of open market business. |
b. | A ceding commission of 3% of net premiums written of business sourced via third-party managing general underwriters. |
c. | A profit commission of 20% of the operating profit generated on the sourced business, subject to a hurdle rate of return of 5% of underwriting return on equity. |
d. | A portfolio management fee of 3% of net premiums written of the business sourced by Fidelis MGU. |
In connection with the successful consummation of the Separation Transactions, the Group incurred professional fees of $28.6 million during the three months ending March 31, 2023.
F-94
SCHEDULE IIFIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Condensed Financial Information of Registrant
Condensed Balance SheetParent company only
(expressed in millions of US Dollars)
December 31, 2022 | December 31 2021 | |||||||
Assets |
||||||||
Investments in subsidiaries |
$ | 2,302.8 | $ | 2,489.7 | ||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
127.6 | 15.1 | ||||||
Amounts due from affiliates |
27.8 | 21.4 | ||||||
Deferred tax assets |
38.8 | 24.6 | ||||||
Other assets |
8.9 | 4.7 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total assets |
$ | 2,505.9 | $ | 2,555.5 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Liabilities and shareholders equity |
||||||||
Liabilities |
||||||||
Amounts due to affiliates |
$ | 23.2 | $ | 31.7 | ||||
Loan notes |
447.5 | 446.9 | ||||||
Preference securities |
58.4 | 58.4 | ||||||
Other liabilities |
| 4.6 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total liabilities |
$ | 529.1 | $ | 541.6 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Shareholders equity |
||||||||
211,462,359 ordinary shares of par value $0.01 each (December 31, 2021 - 210,895,001 ordinary shares) |
$ | 2.1 | $ | 2.1 | ||||
Additional paid-in capital |
2,075.0 | 2,075.2 | ||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
(100.8 | ) | (11.3 | ) | ||||
Retained earnings/(accumulated deficit) |
0.5 | (52.1 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total shareholders equity |
$ | 1,976.8 | $ | 2,013.9 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total liabilities and shareholders equity |
$ | 2,505.9 | $ | 2,555.5 | ||||
|
|
|
|
F-96
SCHEDULE IIFIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Condensed Financial Information of Registrant
Condensed Statement of Income (Loss)Parent company only
(expressed in millions of US Dollars)
For the year ended | ||||||||||||
December 31, 2022 | December 31, 2021 | December 31, 2020 | ||||||||||
Revenues |
||||||||||||
Net investment income |
$ | 0.4 | $ | | $ | 0.3 | ||||||
Dividend from subsidiaries |
220.9 | 83.0 | 50.5 | |||||||||
Net foreign exchange gains |
0.3 | | | |||||||||
Other income |
| | 2.8 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total revenues |
$ | 221.6 | $ | 83.0 | $ | 53.6 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Expenses |
||||||||||||
General and administrative expenses |
47.2 | 24.8 | 26.9 | |||||||||
Financing costs |
30.3 | 30.9 | 24.2 | |||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of preference securities |
| | 25.3 | |||||||||
Net foreign exchange losses |
| (0.3 | ) | (0.1 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total expenses |
$ | 77.5 | $ | 55.4 | $ | 76.3 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Income/(loss) before income taxes |
$ | 144.1 | $ | 27.6 | $ | (22.7 | ) | |||||
Income tax benefit |
14.2 | 15.3 | 7.1 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net income/(loss) before equity in net income of subsidiaries |
$ | 158.3 | $ | 42.9 | $ | (15.6 | ) | |||||
Equity income/(loss) net income of subsidiaries |
(105.7 | ) | 25.4 | 142.1 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net income available to common shareholders |
$ | 52.6 | $ | 68.3 | $ | 126.5 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Other Comprehensive income/(loss) |
||||||||||||
Unrealized (loss)/gains on AFS financial assets |
$ | (96.5 | ) | $ | (36.1 | ) | $ | 12.1 | ||||
Income tax benefit/(expense), all of which relates to unrealized (loss)/gain on AFS financial assets |
8.1 | 2.4 | (0.7 | ) | ||||||||
Currency translation adjustments |
(1.1 | ) | (0.2 | ) | | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total other comprehensive income/(loss) available to common shareholders |
$ | (89.5 | ) | $ | (33.9 | ) | $ | 11.4 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Comprehensive income/(loss) available to common shareholders |
$ | (36.9 | ) | $ | 34.4 | $ | 137.9 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-97
SCHEDULE IIFIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
Condensed Financial Information of Registrant
Condensed Statement of Cash flowsParent company only
(expressed in millions of US Dollars)
For the year ended | ||||||||||||
December 31, 2022 | December 31, 2021 | December 31, 2020 | ||||||||||
Operating activities |
||||||||||||
Net income |
$ | 52.6 | $ | 68.3 | $ | 126.5 | ||||||
Less: Equity in net income of subsidiaries |
105.7 | (25.4 | ) | (142.1 | ) | |||||||
Share based compensation expense |
10.8 | 9.8 | 32.6 | |||||||||
Income tax benefit |
(14.2 | ) | (21.3 | ) | (0.4 | ) | ||||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities |
||||||||||||
Changes in assets and liabilities: |
||||||||||||
Due to from subsidiaries |
(14.9 | ) | 21.3 | (3.1 | ) | |||||||
Other assets |
(4.2 | ) | (0.4 | ) | 5.5 | |||||||
Other liabilities |
(4.6 | ) | (1.5 | ) | 1.1 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash provided by operating activities |
$ | 131.2 | $ | 50.8 | $ | 20.1 | ||||||
Investing activities: |
||||||||||||
Contributed capital to subsidiaries |
| (75.0 | ) | (936.5 | ) | |||||||
Purchase of non-controlling interest |
(18.2 | ) | | | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash used in investing activities |
$ | (18.2 | ) | $ | (75.0 | ) | $ | (936.5 | ) | |||
Financing activities: |
||||||||||||
Proceeds from issuance of loan notes, net of issuance costs |
| | 445.7 | |||||||||
Proceeds from issuance of common shares, net of issuance costs |
| 318.2 | 691.8 | |||||||||
Repurchase of common shares |
| (320.9 | ) | | ||||||||
Dividends on common shares |
(0.5 | ) | (2.1 | ) | (5.1 | ) | ||||||
Repurchase of preference securities |
| | (183.8 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activity |
$ | (0.5 | ) | $ | (4.8 | ) | $ | 948.6 | ||||
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
112.5 | (29.0 | ) | 32.2 | ||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period |
15.1 | 44.1 | 11.9 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period |
$ | 127.6 | $ | 15.1 | $ | 44.1 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-98
SCHEDULE IIIFIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
Supplementary Insurance Information
(expressed in millions of US Dollars)
Deferred policy acquisition costs |
Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses |
Unearned Premiums |
Net Premiums Earned |
Net Investment Income* |
Net Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses incurred |
Amortization of Deferred policy acquisition costs |
General and administrative expenses |
Net Premiums Written |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31, 2022 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Bespoke |
$ | 338.7 | 157.6 | 1,394.6 | 379.4 | | 118.9 | 141.2 | | 561.7 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Specialty |
156.2 | 870.0 | 1,055.4 | 852.8 | | 508.7 | 219.5 | | 1,060.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reinsurance |
20.9 | 1,017.6 | 168.6 | 272.5 | | 202.6 | 87.0 | | 240.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
| | | | 40.7 | | | (106.4 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 515.8 | 2,045.2 | 2,618.6 | 1,504.7 | 40.7 | 830.2 | 447.7 | (106.4 | ) | 1,862.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
December 31, 2021 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Bespoke |
274.7 | 5.1 | 1,100.6 | 251.9 | | 71.4 | 84.6 | | 434.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Specialty |
101.4 | 329.9 | 742.9 | 535.3 | | 206.2 | 127.3 | | 758.2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reinsurance |
27.2 | 1,051.5 | 270.2 | 367.0 | | 419.2 | 88.0 | | 408.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
| | | | 20.6 | | | (75.4 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 403.3 | 1,386.5 | 2,113.7 | 1,154.2 | 20.6 | 696.8 | 299.9 | (75.4 | ) | 1,601.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
December 31, 2020 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Bespoke |
214.2 | 130.0 | 816.9 | 212.5 | | 70.5 | 66.8 | | 251.2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Specialty |
48.0 | 144.0 | 429.4 | 171.7 | | 64.8 | 36.5 | | 403.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reinsurance |
14.3 | 544.0 | 159.2 | 344.4 | | 189.2 | 75.9 | | 251.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
| | | | 26.2 | | | (83.5 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 276.5 | 818.0 | 1,405.5 | 728.6 | 26.2 | 324.5 | 179.2 | (83.5 | ) | 905.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* The Company does not manage its assets by segment and accordingly net investment income is not allocated to each underwriting segment. In addition, operating expenses are not allocated to segment (as employees and their associated costs) work across segments.
F-99
SCHEDULE IVFIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
Reinsurance
(expressed in millions of US Dollars)
Gross Amount |
Ceded to Other Companies |
Assumed from Other Companies |
Net Amount |
Percentage of Amount Assumed to Net |
||||||||||||||||
Year Ended December 31, 2022 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Premiums Written: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Bespoke |
724.5 | (221.5 | ) | 58.7 | 561.7 | 10 | % | |||||||||||||
Specialty |
1,344.6 | (549.9 | ) | 266.1 | 1,060.8 | 25 | % | |||||||||||||
Reinsurance |
| (366.1 | ) | 606.2 | 240.1 | 252 | % | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total |
2,069.1 | (1,137.5 | ) | 931.0 | 1,862.6 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Year Ended December 31, 2021 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Premiums Written: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Bespoke |
592.7 | (153.4 | ) | (4.7 | ) | 434.6 | (1 | %) | ||||||||||||
Specialty |
906.0 | (357.0 | ) | 209.2 | 758.2 | 28 | % | |||||||||||||
Reinsurance |
| (676.2 | ) | 1,084.5 | 408.3 | 266 | % | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total |
1,498.7 | (1,186.6 | ) | 1,289.0 | 1,601.1 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Year Ended December 31, 2020 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Premiums Written: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Bespoke |
326.5 | (87.9 | ) | 12.6 | 251.2 | 5 | % | |||||||||||||
Specialty |
394.2 | (174.8 | ) | 183.7 | 403.1 | 46 | % | |||||||||||||
Reinsurance |
0.8 | (408.2 | ) | 658.7 | 251.3 | 262 | % | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total |
721.5 | (670.9 | ) | 855.0 | 905.6 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-100
SCHEDULE VIFIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR PROPERTY AND CASUALTY INSURANCE UNDERWRITERS
(expressed in millions U.S. dollars)
Column A | Column B | Column C | Column D | Column E | Column F | Column G | Column H | Column I | Column I | Column J | Column K | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses Incurred Related to |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Affiliation with |
Deferred policy acquisition costs |
Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses |
Discount, if any, deducted in Column C |
Unearned Premiums |
Net Premium Earned |
Net Investment Income |
(a) Current Year |
(b) Prior Year |
Amortization of Deferred policy acquisition costs |
Net Paid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses |
Net Premiums Written |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Consolidated Subsidiaries |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2022 |
515.8 | 2,045.2 | | 2,618.6 | 1,504.7 | 40.7 | (852.3 | ) | 22.1 | 447.7 | 324.7 | 1,862.6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
2021 |
403.3 | 1,386.5 | | 2,113.7 | 1,154.2 | 20.6 | (706.4 | ) | 9.6 | 299.9 | 528.6 | 1,601.1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
2020 |
276.5 | 818.0 | | 1,405.5 | 728.6 | 26.2 | (362.9 | ) | 38.4 | 179.2 | 185.1 | 905.6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-101
Common Shares
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
, 2023
J.P. Morgan | Barclays | Jefferies |
|
BMO Capital Markets | Citigroup | Credit Suisse |
|
Dowling & Partners Securities, LLC |
Through and including , 2023 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in the our Common Shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers obligations to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
PART II
INFORMATION NOT
REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers
To the extent permitted by the Companies Act, we are empowered to indemnify our directors against any liability they incur by reason of their directorship. We maintain directors and officers insurance to insure such persons against certain liabilities.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is theretofore unenforceable.
ITEM 7. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
During the past three years, we issued securities that were not registered under the Securities Act as set forth below. We believe that each of such issuances of the securities described below were exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and/or Regulation S under the Securities Act as offshore transactions to non-U.S. Persons.
| Common Shares |
○ | On February 10, 2020 we issued 15,115,722 Common Shares for total proceeds of $142.3 million, net of issuance costs in reliance on the exemption from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder; |
○ | On June 10, 2020, we issued 37,536,911 Common Shares for total proceeds of $355.0 million, net of issuance costs in reliance on the exemption from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder; |
○ | On July 23, 2020 we issued 14,764,344 Common Shares for total proceeds of $139.0 million, net of issuance costs in reliance on the exemption from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder; |
○ | On December 1, 2020 we issued 4,517,750 Common Shares for total proceeds of $60.6 million, net of issuance costs in reliance on the exemption from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder; and |
○ | On July 15, 2021, we issued 21,602,305 Common Shares for total proceeds of $318.2 million, net of issuance costs in reliance on the exemption from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder. |
| Debt Securities |
○ | On June 18, 2020, we issued $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of 4.875% Senior Notes due 2030 and on July 2, 2020, we issued a further $30.0 million aggregate principal amount of 4.875% Senior Notes due 2030, in each case in reliance on the exemption from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder; and |
II-1
○ | On October 16, 2020 we issued $105.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6.625% Fixed-Rate Reset Junior Subordinated Notes due 2041 and on October 20, 2020 we issued a further $20.0 million 6.625% aggregate principal amount of Fixed-Rate Reset Junior Subordinated Notes due 2041, in each case in reliance on the exemption from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder. |
| Other Securities |
○ | Since January 1, 2020 we have granted 18,626,454 warrants, consisting of 12,046,745 warrants at an average exercise price of $10 per warrant, 3,289,875 warrants at an average exercise price of $16 per warrant and 3,289,835 warrants at an average exercise price of $20 per warrant. 12,167,570 Common Shares were issued in connection with the completion of the Separation Transactions upon the exercise of our in the money warrants, exercised on a cashless basis at their respective exercise price and net settled for employee taxes. Of these, 4,969 Common Shares were issued as a result of the exercise of leaver warrants. No Common Shares were issued for our out of the money or unvested warrants, which were forfeited as part of the completion of the Separation Transactions. Since January 1, 2020 we granted 4,909,582 RSUs at a weighted average price of $0.01 to certain employees and directors pursuant to the 2015 Non-Qualified Share Option Plan and the 2018 Non-Qualified Share Option Plan (collectively, the Prior Incentive Plans). In connection with the completion of the Separation Transactions. 2,564,692 Common Shares were issued upon the exercise, on a cashless basis at a $0.01 exercise price and net settled for employee taxes, of vested RSUs outstanding under our Prior Incentive Plans. All of the in the money warrants and RSUs issued since January 1, 2020 under the Prior Incentive Plans vested and exercised for Common Shares, or were forfeited, as part of the Separation Transactions. |
○ | On May 15, 2023, we granted LTIP Awards, in the form of time- and performance-based restricted share units, with respect to 1,072,684 Common Shares pursuant to the Long-Term Incentive Plan (see Executive CompensationCompensation ComponentsLong-Term Incentive Plan for additional information). |
ITEM 8. EXHIBITS
| The Exhibit Index is hereby incorporated herein by reference. |
| Financial Statement Schedules. |
All schedules have been omitted because they are not required, are not applicable or the information is otherwise set forth in the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes thereto.
ITEM 9. UNDERTAKINGS
(a) | The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser. |
(b) | Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction, the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue. |
II-2
(c) | The undersigned registrant hereby further undertakes that: |
(1) | For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective. |
(2) | For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. |
II-3
EXHIBIT INDEX
# | Filed previously |
* | To be filed by amendment. |
** | The schedules and exhibits to this agreement have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K. A copy of any omitted schedule and/or exhibit will be furnished to the SEC upon request. Additionally, portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(10)(iv) of Regulation S-K on the basis that the Registrant customarily and actually treats that information as private or confidential and the omitted information is not material. |
| Identifies management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement |
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Hamilton, Bermuda, on this 9th day of June, 2023.
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED | ||
By: | /s/ Daniel Burrows | |
Name: Daniel Burrows | ||
Title: Group Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons on June 9, 2023 in the capacities indicated.
/s/ Daniel Burrows |
Name: Daniel Burrows |
Title: Group Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director |
/s/ Allan Decleir |
Name: Allan Decleir |
Title: Group Chief Financial Officer and Executive Director |
* |
Name: Helena Morrissey |
Title: Director |
* |
Name: Daniel Brand |
Title: Director |
* |
Name: Cathy Iberg |
Title: Director |
* |
Name: Daniel Kilpatrick |
Title: Director |
* |
Name: Dana LaForge |
Title: Director |
* |
Name: Hinal Patel |
Title: Director |
* /s/ Daniel Burrows |
Daniel Burrows |
Attorney-in-Fact |
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned constitutes and appoints each of Allan Decleir, Daniel Burrows and Janice Weidenborner, each acting alone, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for such person and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement on Form F-1, or other appropriate form, and all amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments, of Fidelis Insurance Holdings Limited, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other document in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming that any such attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
/s/ Charles Collis | ||
Name: | Charles Collis | |
Title: | Director | |
Date: | June 9, 2023 |
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
Pursuant to the requirement of the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned, the duly undersigned representative in the United States of Fidelis Insurance Holdings Limited, has signed this registration statement in the City of Newark, State of Delaware, on June 9, 2023.
By: | /s/ Donald J. Puglisi | |
Name: Donald J. Puglisi | ||
Title: Authorized Representative |
Exhibit 3.1
FORM NO. 2
BERMUDA
THE COMPANIES ACT 1981
MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION OF
COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES
(Section 7(1) and (2))
MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION
OF
Fidelis Insurance Holdings Limited
(hereinafter referred to as the Company)
1. | The liability of the members of the Company is limited to the amount (if any) for the time being unpaid on the shares respectively held by them. |
2. | We, the undersigned, namely, |
NAME |
ADDRESS | BERMUDIAN STATUS (Yes/No) |
NATIONALITY | NUMBER OF SHARES SUBSCRIBED | ||||
David J. Doyle |
Clarendon House |
Yes | British | One | ||||
David W.P. Cooke |
| Yes | British | One | ||||
Emily Costa |
| No | British | One |
do hereby respectively agree to take such number of shares of the Company as may be allotted to us respectively by the provisional directors of the Company, not exceeding the number of shares for which we have respectively subscribed, and to satisfy such calls as may be made by the directors, provisional directors or promoters of the Company in respect of the shares allotted to us respectively.
3. | The Company is to be an exempted company as defined by the Companies Act 1981 (the Act). |
4. | The Company, with the consent of the Minister of Finance, has power to hold land situate in Bermuda not exceeding in all, including the following parcels:- N/A |
5. | The authorised share capital of the Company is US$10,000.00 divided into shares of US$1.00 each. |
6. | The objects for which the Company is formed and incorporated are unrestricted. |
7. | The following are provisions regarding the powers of the Company |
Subject to paragraph 4, the Company may do all such things as are incidental or conducive to the attainment of its objects and shall have the capacity, rights, powers and privileges of a natural person, and
(i) | pursuant to Section 42 of the Act, the Company shall have the power to issue preference shares which are, at the option of the holder, liable to be redeemed; |
(ii) | pursuant to Section 42A of the Act, the Company shall have the power to purchase its own shares for cancellation; and |
(iii) | pursuant to Section 42B of the Act, the Company shall have the power to acquire its own shares to be held as treasury shares. |
FORM NO. 7a | Registration No. 49414 |
BERMUDA
CERTIFICATE OF DEPOSIT OF
MEMORANDUM OF INCREASE OF SHARE CAPITAL
THIS IS TO CERTIFY that a Memorandum of Increase of Share Capital
of
Fidelis Insurance Holdings Limited
was delivered to the Registrar of Companies on the 1st day of June 2015 in accordance with section 45(3) of the Companies Act 1981 (the Act).
|
Given under my hand and Seal of the REGISTRAR OF COMPANIES this 8th day of June 2015
Jeremie M. Hayward for Registrar of Companies |
Capital prior to increase: US$ 10,000.00
Amount of increase: US$ 6,000,000.00
Present Capital: US$ 6,010,000.00
Contents
Clause | Page | |||||
1. |
Definitions and Interpretation | 1 | ||||
2. |
Term of this Agreement and of each Binder Agreement | 11 | ||||
3. |
Procurement Obligations | 12 | ||||
4. |
Services | 13 | ||||
5. |
Joint Referral Forum and Relationship Management | 13 | ||||
6. |
Reporting | 16 | ||||
7. |
Group Annual Plan and Group Underwriting Strategy | 16 | ||||
8. |
Annual Plan for the First Underwriting Year | 16 | ||||
9. |
Negotiation and Agreement of Subsequent Annual Plans | 16 | ||||
10. |
Mid-Year Change Procedure | 19 | ||||
11. |
Authorisation by Regulatory Authorities | 20 | ||||
12. |
Maintenance of Capital and Credit Ratings | 20 | ||||
13. |
Exclusivity and Rights of First Offer / Rights of First Refusal | 23 | ||||
14. |
Product Guides | 29 | ||||
15. |
Product Wordings | 29 | ||||
16. |
Commission and Payments | 29 | ||||
17. |
Dispute Resolution | 31 | ||||
18. |
Outwards Reinsurance | 32 | ||||
19. |
Transformer Deals | 33 | ||||
20. |
Sub-Delegation | 34 | ||||
21. |
Confidentiality | 35 | ||||
22. |
Intellectual Property | 35 | ||||
23. |
Limitation of Liability | 37 | ||||
24. |
Termination | 37 | ||||
25. |
Effect of Termination | 38 | ||||
26. |
Notices | 40 | ||||
27. |
General | 41 | ||||
Schedule 1 Services |
46 | |||||
Schedule 2 Joint Referral Forum |
71 | |||||
Schedule 3 Group Annual Plan |
72 | |||||
Schedule 4 Group Underwriting Strategy |
79 | |||||
Schedule 5 |
82 |
- i -
Schedule 6 Pre-Approved Sub-Delegates Schedule 7 Lines of Business Schedule 8 Product Guides Schedule 9 Existing Third Party MGU Arrangements Schedule 10 Dispute Resolution Procedures Schedule 11 Commission and Expenses - ii -
THIS AGREEMENT is made on 20 December 2022 BETWEEN FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED, a Bermuda exempted company with limited liability, whose
registered address is Waterloo House, 100 Pitts Bay Road, Pembroke, Bermuda HM 08 (FIHL); and SHELF HOLDCO II LIMITED, a Bermuda exempted company with registration number 202201143, whose
registered address is at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM 11, Bermuda (MGU Holdco). INTRODUCTION
The board of directors of FIHL has determined that it is in the best interests of FIHLs members as a
whole to effect a reorganisation of FIHLs business pursuant to which its business will be reorganised into: (i) a balance sheet business, which will comprise FIHLs regulated (re)insurance carriers (each carrier being an
Insurance Company and together the Insurance Companies); and (ii) a managing general agent business, which will include the MGU DUA Companies (collectively, the Reorganisation).
In accordance with the Reorganisation, it is intended that an Insurance Company will continue to be
authorised and regulated to conduct insurance business in each of the United Kingdom, the European Economic Area and Bermuda and a corresponding MGU DUA Company shall be established and regulated to write business in each of these jurisdictions.
Once the Reorganisation has been effected, the Parties intend that each Insurance Company shall delegate
authority to the MGU DUA Company that is established and regulated in the same or a relevant jurisdiction in respect of various activities relating to its business, and that such MGU DUA Company shall perform the Services for and on behalf of the
applicable Insurance Company, pursuant to the term of a delegated underwriting authority agreement (each agreement being a Binder Agreement and collectively the Binder Agreements). The Parties now wish to enter into this framework agreement that will set out an overarching framework for
the operation of each of the Binder Agreements entered into by their respective subsidiaries, and which will enable them to coordinate how their respective subsidiaries will exercise respective rights and obligations under the Binder Agreements.
THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows: AGREEMENT Definitions and Interpretation Definitions 1
In this Agreement, unless the context requires otherwise, the capitalised terms set out below have the
following meanings: Agreement means this framework agreement, including the
Introduction and the Schedules, as amended or restated from time to time; Annual Plan Change Request
has the meaning given to it in Clause 9.12; Annual Plan Default Position has the meaning given to it
in Clause 9.7; Annual Plan means the annual plan agreed between the parties to each Binder Agreement
prior to each Underwriting Year that sets out the terms upon which a MGU DUA Company may perform the Services for and on behalf of the corresponding Insurance Company; Annual Review shall have the meaning given to it in the Inter-Group Services Agreement; Applicable Law means all laws, regulations, directives, statutes, subordinate legislation, common law and
civil codes of any jurisdiction, orders, notices, instructions, decisions and awards of any court or competent authority or tribunal exercising statutory or delegated powers and codes of practice having force of law, statutory guidance and policy
notes, in each case to the extent applicable to the Parties and / or their subsidiaries (as applicable); Binder
Agreements has the meaning given to it in Recital (C); Binder Agreement Commencement Date
means the commencement date of the applicable Binder Agreement; BMA means the Bermuda Monetary
Authority; Broker Facility Business has the meaning given to it in Clause 20.5; Business Day means any day that is not a Saturday or Sunday or a public holiday in England, Ireland,
Belgium, New York or Bermuda; Calculations Dispute Resolution Procedure means the dispute resolution
procedure set out in paragraph 2 of Schedule 10 (Dispute Resolution Procedures); CBI means the
Central Bank of Ireland; Centralised Dispute has the meaning given to it in Clause 17.2; Chief Executives has the meaning given to it in Clause 10.1(d); Chief Executive Referral Date has the meaning given to it in Clause 10.1(d); Commencement Date means 1 January 2023; Commission and Expenses means the commission and expenses set out in paragraphs 1 to 7 (inc.) of Schedule
11 (Commission and Expenses); 2
Confidential Information has the meaning given to it in
Clause 21.1; Control has the meaning given to it in Section 1124 of the Corporation Tax Act 2010;
Current Annual Plan has the meaning given to it in Clause 9.7; Deadline means either the Monthly Payment Deadline or the True-Up
Payment Deadline; Deadlock has the meaning given to it in Clause 9.12; Defaulting Party has the meaning given to it in Clause 24.1; Dispute Resolution Procedures means the dispute resolution procedures set out in Schedule 10 (Dispute
Resolution Procedures); Exit Plan has the meaning given to it Clause 25.3; FCA means the UK Financial Conduct Authority; Fee Profits has the meaning given to it in the Inter-Group Services Agreement; FIBL means Fidelis Insurance Bermuda Limited, a Bermuda exempted company with limited liability (registered
number 50047), whose registered address is Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, Bermuda HM 11; FIHL
Procured Outwards Reinsurance has the meaning given to it in Clause 18.318.4; Final Period
has the meaning given to it in Clause 2.5(b)(iii); First Annual Plan has the meaning given to it
Clause 8 (Annual Plan for the First Underwriting Year); Forecast Projections has the
meaning given to it Clause 12.2; Grandfathered Products means any insurance, reinsurance or risk
transfer product listed as underwritten on the relevant underwriting systems of record by any of the Insurance Companies or any related ISPV from their establishment until the Commencement Date inclusive; Gross / Net Basis has the meaning given to it in Clause 18.1; Gross Limit means the aggregate underwriting limit set out in each Annual Plan, with the gross limit in
respect of the first Annual Plan set out in the final row of the table contained in Schedule 7 (Lines of Business); Group Annual Plan means the group annual plan and capital management strategy agreed between the Parties on
annual basis, with the group annual plan and capital management strategy for the First Underwriting Year contained in Schedule 3 (Group Annual Plan); 3
Group Underwriting Strategy means the group underwriting
strategy agreed between the Parties on an annual basis that sets out how the MGU Group will coordinate the manner in which it underwrites insurance and reinsurance risks for and on behalf of the Insurance Group under the Binder Agreements, with the
group annual strategy for the First Underwriting Year contained in Schedule 4 (Group Underwriting Strategy); Initial Negative Outlook Period has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.7; Initial Period has the meaning given to it in Clause 2.5(b)(i); Innocent Party has the meaning given to it in Clause 23.2; Insolvency Event means where a party to a Binder Agreement experiences any of the following events:
(i) it is, or is deemed for the purposes of any Applicable Law to be unable to pay its debts as they fall due or insolvent; (ii) it admits its inability to pay its debts as they fall due; (iii) the value of its assets is less than its
liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities); (iv) it suspends making payments on any of its debts or announces an intention to do so; (v) by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, it commences
negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness; or (vi) a moratorium is declared in respect of any of its indebtedness; Insurance Companies have the meanings to it in Recital (A); Insurance Group means FIHL and all of the Insurance Companies, taken as a whole; Insurance Group Intra-Group Services Agreement means the intra-group services agreement entered into
by entities in the Insurance Group on or around the date of this Agreement, pursuant to which: (i) FIHL and UK ServeCo shall provide the services that they receive from the MGU Group under the Inter-Group Services Agreement; and (ii) FIHL,
FIBL and UK ServeCo shall provide certain internal services, in each case to other entities in the Insurance Group; Inter-Group Services Agreement means the inter-group services agreement entered into between the Parties on
or around the date of this Agreement; Interim Period has the meaning given to it in Clause
2.5(b)(ii); IPR has the meaning given to it in Clause 22.1; IPT means Insurance Premium Tax; ISPV means Socium and any other special purpose insurer that assumes an insurance risk underwritten by a
Joint Referral Forum means the Joint Referral Forum created and maintained in accordance with Schedule 2
(Joint Referral Forum); Joint Referral Forum Referral has the meaning given to it Clause
10.1(b); 4
JRF Deadline has the meaning given to it in Clause 5.6;
JRF Notification has the meaning given to it in Clause 5.3; Liable Party has the meaning given to it in Clause 23.2; LOB means each line of business set out in the first column of the table contained in Schedule 7 (Lines
of Business); LOB Premium Limit means the LOB premium limit set out in each Annual Plan, with the
LOB premium limit in respect of the first Annual Plan set out in the second column of the table contained in Schedule 7 (Lines of Business); LOB Risk Preference means the Insurance Groups, or each individual Insurance Companys,
underwriting exposure management preferences, as defined in the approved Group Annual Plan, or each individual Insurance Companys individual Annual Plan (as applicable); LOB Risk Tolerance means the underwriting risk appetite as defined in the latest version of the Insurance
Groups or each individual Insurance Companys approved Risk, Capital & Solvency Appetite document; Material Breach means either: (i) a failure by a MGU DUA Company to obtain the prior written consent
from the corresponding Insurance Company to sub-contract or delegate the performance of any Services to a third party that is not a Pre-Approved Sub-Delegate under Clause 20.1(a); or (ii) as otherwise described in Clause 5.5; MGU means a managing general underwriter; MGU DUA Companies means any subsidiary of MGU Holdco that has entered into a Binder Agreement with an
Insurance Company, each being a MGU DUA Company; MGU Group means MGU Holdco
and all of the MGU DUA Companies, taken as a whole; Mid-Year
Change means any changes to the Annual Plan (including any Mid-Year Re-Allocations) agreed between the parties to a Binder Agreement pursuant to Clause 10;
Mid-Year Change Procedure has the meaning given to it
in Clause 10.1; Mid-Year
Re-Allocation means any changes to the LOB Premium Limits contained within a Current Annual Plan; Minimum BCAR Score means the minimum AM Best rating agency economic capital headroom requirement as defined
in the latest version of the Insurance Group approved Risk, Capital & Solvency Appetite document, the relevant sections of which shall be incorporated into each Group Annual Plan and each Annual Plan (as applicable); 5
Minimum S&P Surplus means the minimum S&P
rating agency economic capital headroom requirement as defined in the latest version of the risk, capital & solvency appetite document the relevant sections of which shall be incorporated into each Group Annual Plan and each Annual Plan (as
applicable); Monthly Calculations Presentation Date has the meaning given to it in Clause 16.4; Monthly Estimated Amount has the meaning given to it in Clause 16.4; Monthly Payment Deadline has the meaning given to it in Clause 16.5; Monthly Reference Period has the meaning given to it in Clause 16.3; MYA Request has the meaning given to it in Clause 10.1(a); MYA Request Notice has the meaning given to it in Clause 10.1(a); Negative Outlook has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.5; Non-Calculations Dispute Resolution Procedure means the dispute
resolution procedure set out in paragraph 3 of Schedule 10 (Dispute Resolution Procedures); Non-material Breach means any non-material breach of a Binder Agreement that does not fall within the scenarios described in Clauses 5.3(a), 5.3(c) or 5.3(d); Normal Business Hours has the meaning given to it in Clause 26.3; Outwards Reinsurance Strategy has the meaning given to it in Clause 18.1; Paying Party has the meaning given to it in Clause 16.12; PRA means the UK Prudential Regulation Authority; Pre-Approved Sub-Delegate
means an entity listed in Schedule 6 (Pre-Approved Sub-Delegate); Pre-Contractual Statement has the meaning given to it in Clause
27.7(b); Product Guides means the Product Guides set out in Schedule 8 (Product Guides); Quarter means each three (3) month period occurring during an Underwriting Year, with the first
(1) of these periods commencing upon the Binder Agreement Commencement Date (and on each subsequent anniversary), save that the final period shall commence immediately after the end of the last full three (3) month period and shall run
until the end of the applicable Underwriting Year; Rating Agency Requirements means a minimum
financial strength rating for the operating companies of A- from AM Best and S&P; Ratings Downgrade has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.412.5; Ratings Downgrade Notification has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.412.5; 6
Ratings Downgrade Remediation Deadline has the meaning
given to it in Clause 12.5(a); Receiving Party has the meaning given to it in Clause 21.1; Referred Non-material Breach means a
Non-material Breach that is subject to a JRF Notification that complies with the provisions of Clause 5.4(a); Referring Party has the meaning given to it in Clause 13.6; Regulatory Authorities means the PRA, the FCA, the BMA, the CBI, the Belgian Financial Services and Markets
Authority (Autoriteit voor Financiele Diensten en Markten/Autorite des Services et Marches Financiers), a Taxation Authority and such other governmental or regulatory authorities that have responsibility for regulating the Insurance Group and
the MGU Group; Regulatory Restriction Event means where a party to a Binder Agreement: (i) ceases
to be authorised to carry on business; (ii) has its authorisation suspended in one or more of the jurisdictions in which it is authorised; (iii) is ordered by any applicable Regulatory Authority, or by any government or legal entity to
cease carrying on business; or (iv) has requirements imposed upon it which materially restrict its business, in each case, such that it cannot perform as contemplated under the applicable Binder Agreement; Rejected Business has the meaning given to it in Clause 13.2; Rejecting Party has the meaning given to it in Clause 13.2; Rejection has the meaning given to it in Clause 13.2; Reorganisation has the meaning given to it in Recital (A); Requesting Customers has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.7(a); Requested Party has the meaning given to it in Clause 9.1210.110.1(a); Requesting Party has the meaning given to it in Clause 10.1(a); Resolution Failure means as set out in ether Clauses 5.6(c) or 5.7; ROFO has the meaning given to it in Clause 13.1; ROFR has the meaning given to it in Clause 13.1; Run-Off Fees means the fees described in paragraph 8 of Schedule 11
(Commission and Expenses); Service Credits has the meaning given to it in Appendix 9
(Remediation and Consequences from KPIS and SLA Shortfalls) of the Inter-Group Services Agreement; Services means the services set out in Schedule 1 (Services); 7
Socium means Socium Re Limited, a Bermuda exempted
company registered as a special purpose insurer under the Bermuda Insurance Act 1978, as amended, and registered as a segregated accounts company under the Bermuda Segregated Accounts Companies Act 2000; Subsequent Annual Plan has the meaning given to it in Clause 9.1; Subsequent Underwriting Year means the second Underwriting Year under each Binder Agreement, and each
subsequent Underwriting Year thereafter; Supplier has the meaning given to it in Clause 16.14; Tax or Taxation means any form of tax (including IPT and VAT), levy, import, duty,
charge, employer social security contribution or other governmental charge (national or local) of whatever nature, whenever and wherever imposed, which is collected or assessed by, or payable to, a Taxation Authority or any other person as a result
of any enactment relating to tax, together with all related fines, penalties, interest, costs, charges and surcharges, and in each case, whether payable directly or imposed by way of a withholding or deduction and in respect of any person whether
their liability for the same is a primary or secondary liability; Taxation Authority means any taxing
or other authority competent to impose any liability in respect of Taxation or responsible for the administration and/or collection of Taxation or enforcement of any law in relation to Taxation; Technical Ratio means claims incurred, net of reinsurance recoveries, plus acquisitions costs, excluding
commission payable to each MGU DUA Company, divided by net earned premium; Terminating Party has the
meaning given to it in Clause 24.1; True-Up Amount has the
meaning given to it in Clause 16.7; True-Up Date has the
meaning given to it in Clause 16.7; True-Up Payment Deadline
has the meaning given to it in Clause 16.8; UK ServeCo means FIHL (UK) Services Limited, a limited
liability company incorporated in England and Wales (Companies House number 14112953), whose registered office is at 42nd Floor, 22 Bishopsgate, London, United Kingdom, EC2N 4BQ; Underwriting Guidelines means the underwriting guidelines set out in each Binder Agreement, or as otherwise
agreed between the parties to the applicable Binder Agreement; Underwriting Parameters has the meaning
given to it in Clause 8 (Annual Plan for the First Underwriting Year); Underwriting Year means
unless otherwise agreed between the parties to a Binder Agreement, a twelve (12) month period commencing from the applicable Binder Agreement Commencement Date and each subsequent anniversary thereafter; and 8
VAT means, in relation to the UK, value added tax imposed
by the Value Added Tax Act 1994 or any legislation superseding it, within the European Union, such taxation as may be levied in accordance with (but subject to derogation from) Council Directive 2006/112/EC of 28 November 2006 on the common
system of value added tax, and outside the UK and European Union, any Taxation levied by reference to added value or sales. References to the Parties are to the parties to this Agreement, and each is a
Party. References to Clauses are to the clauses of this Agreement. References to the Introduction and the Schedules are to the
introduction and schedules to this Agreement, which form part of this Agreement and have the same force and effect as if set out in the body of this Agreement. Interpretation The table of contents and headings to Clauses and Schedules are included for ease of reference only, and are
not to affect the interpretation of this Agreement. In this Agreement, unless expressly stated otherwise: the words include or including (or any similar term) are not to be construed as
implying any limitation; general words shall not be given a restrictive meaning by reason of the fact that they are preceded or
followed by words indicating a particular class of acts, matters or things; words indicating gender shall be treated as referring to the masculine, feminine or neuter as appropriate;
a reference to a statute, statutory provision or subordinate legislation (legislation)
refers to such legislation as amended and in force from time to time and to any legislation that (either with or without modification) re-enacts, consolidates or enacts in rewritten form any such legislation;
any reference to any document other than this Agreement is a reference to that other document as amended,
varied, supplemented, or novated (in each case, other than in breach of the provisions of this Agreement) at any time; references to the time of day are to London time; a reference to something being in writing or written includes any mode of
representing or reproducing words in visible form that is capable of reproduction in hard copy form, including words transmitted by email but excluding any other form of electronic or digital communication; any reference to a person includes any individual, body corporate, trust, partnership, joint
venture, unincorporated association or governmental, quasi-governmental, judicial or regulatory entity (or any department, agency or 9
political sub-division of any such entity), in each case whether or not having a separate legal personality, and any reference to a company
includes any company, corporation or other body corporate, and any limited partnership or limited liability partnership wherever and however incorporated or established; any reference to a holding company or a subsidiary means a holding
company or subsidiary as defined in section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006, save that a company shall be treated for the purposes of the membership requirement contained in sections 1159(1)(b) and (c) as a member of another
company even if its shares in that other company are registered in the name of (i) its nominee or (ii) another person (or its nominee) by way of security or in connection with the taking of security. Any reference to an undertaking
shall be construed in accordance with section 1161 of the Companies Act 2006 and any reference to a parent undertaking or a subsidiary undertaking means respectively a parent undertaking or subsidiary
undertaking as defined in sections 1162 and 1173(1) of the Companies Act 2006, save that an undertaking shall be treated for the purposes of the membership requirement in sections 1162(2)(b) and (d) and section 1162(3)(a) as a member of
another undertaking even if its shares in that other undertaking are registered in the name of (i) its nominee or (ii) another person (or its nominee) by way of security or in connection with the taking of security. Such references to an
undertaking, a subsidiary undertaking or a parent undertaking shall be amended, where appropriate, by the Limited Liability Partnerships (Accounts and Audit) (Application of Companies Act 2006) Regulations 2008;
any reference to to the extent that shall mean to the extent that and not solely
if, and similar expressions shall be construed in the same way; any obligation to procure a certain outcome when used in relation to any party shall mean an
obligation for that party to exercise, lawfully and in a manner that does not otherwise put such party in breach of any fiduciary duty, any voting rights and use any and all powers vested in it from time to time as a holder of securities,
shareholder, director, officer and/or employee and attorney, or through any contractual arrangements, to ensure compliance with that obligation so far as it is reasonably able to do so, whether acting alone or (to the extent that he or it is
lawfully able to contribute to ensuring such compliance collectively) acting with others; any reference to any English legal term for any action, remedy, method of judicial proceeding, legal
document, legal status, court, official or any legal concept or thing shall, in respect of any jurisdiction other than England, be deemed to include what most nearly approximates in that jurisdiction to the English legal term; in respect of any Insurance Company, any reference to a corresponding MGU DUA Company shall be a
reference to the MGU DUA Company that is established and regulated in the same jurisdiction as the Insurance Company (with such jurisdiction being any of the United Kingdom, the European Economic Area or Bermuda) and with which the Insurance Company
has entered into a Binder Agreement; and 10
in respect of any MGU DUA Company, any reference to a corresponding Insurance Company shall be a
reference to the Insurance Company that is established and regulated in the same or a relevant jurisdiction as the MGU DUA Company (with such jurisdiction being any of the United Kingdom, the European Economic Area or Bermuda) and with which the MGU
DUA Company has entered into a Binder Agreement. Term of this Agreement and of each Binder Agreement Term of this Agreement This Agreement shall start on the Commencement Date and shall continue to be in force to the extent that any
of the Insurance Companies or the MGU DUA Companies have any actual or reasonably foreseeable rights or obligations under, arising out of, or in relation to any Binder Agreement (as further described in Clause 25.1 below), following which point this
Agreement shall terminate automatically and with immediate effect without either Party being required to notify the other of such termination. Term of each Binder Agreement Each Binder Agreement shall, unless otherwise terminated in accordance with the terms of the applicable
Binder Agreement following referral and determination at the Joint Referral Forum in accordance with Clause 5 (Joint Referral Forum and Relationship Management), be subject to a rolling minimum term of ten (10) Underwriting Years
commencing from the applicable Binder Agreement Commencement Date, which the Parties intend to be the same date in respect of each Binder Agreement. The minimum term of the Agreement is rolled on the basis set out in Clause 2.3, unless the parties
to the applicable Binder Agreement otherwise agree in writing. The minimum term of each Binder Agreement is subject to the following rolling mechanism:
in the first three (3) Underwriting Years following the Commencement Date, notice to roll the minimum
term into the Subsequent Underwriting Year shall be deemed to be given automatically; and from the fourth (4) Underwriting Year of each Binder Agreement onwards, the minimum term of the Binder
Agreement shall not roll automatically, and shall only roll at the election of the applicable Insurance Company by providing written notice to the corresponding MGU DUA Company at least ninety (90) calendar days prior to the commencement of the
Subsequent Underwriting Year. FIHL shall obtain prior written consent from MGU Holdco prior to initiating a bankruptcy, dissolution,
restructuring, change of licence, or voluntary run-off of any Insurance Company, where such act is reasonably likely to have an adverse impact on the corresponding Binder Agreement. 11
If a Binder Agreement does not roll into a Subsequent Underwriting Year pursuant to Clause 2.3(b), the
parties to the applicable Binder Agreement shall be subject to the following provisions: the applicable Binder Agreement shall, subject to implementation of the Exit Plan, remain in force for a
period of nine (9) Underwriting Years from the end of the then current Underwriting Year and that Binder Agreement shall remain in force during this period; the respective rights and obligations of the parties to the applicable Binder Agreement set out in Clause 13
(Exclusivity and Rights of First Offer / Rights of First Refusal) shall amended as follows for the remainder of the term: in the three (3) Underwriting Years immediately following the then current Underwriting Year (the
Initial Period), there shall be no change to the parties respective rights and obligations set out in Clause 13 (Exclusivity and Rights of First Offer / Rights of First Refusal); in the three (3) Underwriting Years immediately following the Initial Period (the Interim
Period), the Insurance ROFR set out in Clauses 13.4(b) and 13.5(b) shall cease to have effect, and each Insurance Company shall have a ROFO in respect of any additional capital, or a new LOB, proposed by the corresponding MGU
DUA Company on the same terms as the MGU ROFO set out in Clauses 13.4(a) and 13.5(a), which shall apply mutatis mutandis to the applicable Insurance Company, and Clause 13.6 shall be amended accordingly; and in the three (3) Underwriting Years immediately following the Interim Period (the Final
Period), either Party may notify the other Party that any of its subsidiaries intends to enter into a new arrangement with a third party in respect of any business that would otherwise be subject to Clause 13 (Exclusivity and Rights of
First Offer / Rights of First Refusal), following which the obligations in Clause 13 (Exclusivity and Rights of First Offer / Rights of First Refusal) shall cease to apply to such business; and the Parties shall refer the matter to the Joint Referral Forum, which shall use best endeavours to agree how
to facilitate the transfer of renewals of the insurance business that the applicable MGU DUA Company has underwritten away from the corresponding Insurance Company to a third party capital provider in an orderly manner at the expiry of the remaining
term and in line with Applicable Law. Each Binder Agreement will automatically expire at the end of the minimum term. Procurement Obligations The Parties acknowledge and agree that any references in this Agreement to the obligations of either the Insurance Companies
or the MGU DUA Companies 12
(including any references to the parties to the applicable Binder Agreement) shall constitute an obligation on the applicable Party to procure that their respective subsidiaries shall
perform such obligations in accordance with the provisions of the relevant Clause or paragraph to a Schedule and otherwise in accordance with the terms of the applicable Binder Agreement, which shall include, but shall not be limited to, the Parties
procuring that: their respective subsidiaries shall participate fully in and appoint and, where applicable, replace their
representatives to the Joint Referral Forum in accordance with Schedule 2 (Joint Referral Forum); and their respective subsidiaries shall participate in the formulation of the Group Underwriting Strategy and
Group Annual Plan such that when either of these two documents are implemented at a subsidiary level the presumption shall be that each Insurance Company will have due regard to the agreed Group Underwriting Strategy and Group Annual Plan and shall
support and endeavour to implement the elements of each document that apply to the Insurance Company as part of each Annual Plan that is agreed and negotiated under the applicable Binder Agreement. Services Each MGU DUA Company shall provide the Services to the corresponding Insurance Company and in doing so shall
use best endeavours to ensure that any data and information provided is accurate and complete in all material respects and provided in a timely manner in accordance with any agreed timelines and reporting frequencies. The Parties hereby agree to submit to the Service Credit regime set out at Appendix 9 (Remediation and
Consequences from KPIS and SLA Shortfalls) of the Inter-Group Services Agreement in respect of the Services as provided under this Agreement. The Parties further agree that Service Credits in respect of the Services under this Agreement shall be
offset solely against Fee Profits and there shall be no Service Credit deduction against Commissions and Expenses. The Parties hereby agree to submit to the Annual Review regime set out at Section 26 (Annual Review
Group Process) of the Inter-Group Services Agreement. Joint Referral Forum and Relationship Management The Parties shall create and maintain at all times the Joint Referral Forum, which shall have the power to
act on behalf of, and bind their respective appointing entities in either the Insurance Group or the MGU Group, in accordance with the provisions of Schedule 2 (Joint Referral Forum), and which shall work together to manage the provision of
the Services, the provision of the underwriting capacity and the performance of any transition or Exit Plan (and any related run-off services) by each MGU DUA Company and / or Insurance Group Company in
accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and of each Binder Agreement. The Parties shall ensure that the Joint Referral Forum is kept fully informed of all relevant information,
and is at all times involved to a high degree, in relation to the 13
performance of each Partys obligations under this Agreement, and their respective subsidiaries performance of their obligations under the applicable Binder Agreements.
Save where Clause 12.4 applies, each Party shall ensure that its respective representatives in the Joint
Referral Forum notify the other Partys representatives in the Joint Referral Forum (a JRF Notification) in writing as soon as reasonably practicable if it becomes aware of the occurrence of any of the following
events: any of its subsidiaries that is a party to a Binder Agreement has experienced an Insolvency Event;
any of its subsidiaries has committed a Material Breach of any of its obligations under a Binder Agreement;
any of its subsidiaries has committed an act of fraud under a Binder Agreement; any Regulatory Restriction Event or any other issue, incident, activity, communication, complaint, happening
or omission has occurred, or is likely to occur, which could materially impact upon the ability of any of its subsidiaries to perform its obligations under a Binder Agreement; or FIHL is in breach of its obligation to obtain prior written consent from MGU Holdco under Clause 2.4.
Either Party may procure that its representatives in the Joint Referral Forum provide the other Partys
representatives in the Joint Referral Forum with a JRF Notification if it becomes aware that: any subsidiary of the other Party has committed a Non-material
Breach of the applicable Binder Agreement, provided that: such notification may only be given within thirty (30) calendar days from the date upon which the
reporting Party, acting reasonably, could first have become aware of such Non-material Breach; the Non-Material Breach is not already in the course of being
remedied pursuant to a remediation plan that has been agreed between the parties to the applicable Binder Agreement; and a single notification may only be provided in respect of each Referred
Non-material Breach, and each notification must be provided at least ten (10) calendar days after the date on which the previous Referred Non-material Breach was
provided to the other Party; or any event listed in Clause 5.3(a) to 5.3(e) (inc.) either has occurred, or is likely to occur (in respect of
any event listed in Clause 5.3(d)), in relation to any of the subsidiaries of the other Party. If a party to a Binder Agreement commits the same (or materially the same)
Non-material Breach on at least four (4) separate occasions during any six (6) month 14
period during the term of the applicable Binder Agreement, the Parties shall treat the final breach as a material breach of that Binder Agreement for the purposes of Clause 5.3(b), provided that
each Non-material Breach subject to the applicable JRF Notification is already a Referred Non-material Breach. If a JRF Notification is issued by the representatives of either Party, for a period of thirty
(30) calendar days from the date when such JRF Notification was issued (the JRF Deadline), the Parties shall procure that the Joint Referral Forum shall discuss, and shall use best endeavours to agree: where Clause 5.3(a) applies, whether it is reasonably practicable to continue the applicable Binder
Agreement; where Clause 5.3(b) applies, upon a course of action to: (i) remedy such breach, if such breach is
reasonably capable of remedy; and (ii) irrespective of whether such breach is reasonably capable of remedy, take action to mitigate the likelihood of the occurrence of similar Material Breaches by the applicable subsidiary in the future;
where Clause 5.3(c) applies, upon a course of action to mitigate the likelihood of the occurrence of similar
acts of fraud by the applicable subsidiary in the future, save that the Joint Referral Forum shall not be required to agree upon any such course of action in respect of any material act of fraud, and this matter may be treated instead as a
Resolution Failure following the JRF Deadline; or where Clause 5.3(d) applies: if the applicable subsidiarys ability to perform its obligations under the applicable Binder Agreement
has not yet been materially impacted, upon a course of action designed to ensure that, to the extent that it is reasonably practicable to do so, the applicable subsidiary can continue to perform its obligations under the applicable Binder Agreement
as originally contemplated; or if the applicable subsidiarys ability to perform its obligations under the applicable Binder Agreement
has already been materially impacted, corresponding amendments or modifications to the applicable subsidiarys obligations under that Binder Agreement to mitigate the extent of such impact on the other party, where Clause 5.3(e) applies, whether the relevant member of the MGU Group would suffer a material impact if
the applicable Binder Agreement were to continue. A Resolution Failure shall occur for the purposes of Clause 24.1(c) if, by the JRF Deadline, the Joint
Referral Forum uses best endeavours to: reach an agreement under Clause 5.6(a), but does not determine that it is reasonably practicable to continue
the applicable Binder Agreement; 15
agree upon a course of action under any of Clauses 5.6(b), 5.6(c) or 5.6(d) but fails to reach an agreement;
or agree upon a course of action under Clause 5.6(e), but fails to reach an agreement. Reporting MGU Holdco shall report to FIHL as set out and according to the timings set out in Schedule 1 (Services) to this
Agreement. Group Annual Plan and Group Underwriting Strategy The Parties shall agree a Group Annual Plan and a Group Underwriting Strategy at least two (2) months
prior to the first commencement date of the corresponding Underwriting Year under the Binder Agreements. The Parties shall, within five (5) Business Days of agreeing the Group Annual Plan and the Group
Underwriting Strategy for each Subsequent Underwriting Year, provide such documents, or the relevant parts of such documents, to each party to a Binder Agreement, so that they can be reflected in each Subsequent Annual Plan in accordance with Clause
9 (Negotiation and Agreement of Subsequent Annual Plans). Annual Plan for the First Underwriting Year Once the Parties have agreed the Group Annual Plan and the Group Underwriting Strategy in respect of the first Underwriting
Year of each Binder Agreement, and have provided these documents to the parties to each Binder Agreement, the parties to each Binder Agreement shall agree the Annual Plan in respect of the first Underwriting Year of each Binder Agreement (the
First Annual Plan), which shall be attached as a schedule to each Binder Agreement and which shall include, at a minimum: LOB Premium Limits; the Gross Limit; LOB Risk Tolerances; LOB Risk Preferences; and the minimum economic capital headroom as defined in their economic capital risk appetite at individual
Insurance Company level which shall when consolidated with the other Insurance Companies ensure that the Insurance Group will be able to maintain its Minimum BCAR Score and Minimum S&P Surplus, collectively, the Underwriting Parameters. Negotiation and Agreement of Subsequent Annual Plans Subject to Clause 9.3, the Annual Plan in respect of each Subsequent Underwriting Year (each Annual Plan
being a Subsequent Annual Plan) shall be negotiated and 16
agreed by the applicable Insurance Company and the corresponding MGU DUA Company at all times in good faith and in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 9 (Negotiation and Agreement of
Subsequent Annual Plans). The parties to a Binder Agreement shall have due regard to the agreed Group Underwriting Strategy and Group
Annual Plan relating to the applicable Underwriting Year and shall support and endeavour to implement the elements of each document that apply to the parties as part of negotiating and agreeing each Annual Plan under the applicable Binder Agreement.
The parties acknowledge that the intention is that renegotiation of the Annual Plan shall not result in the reduction of any available capital in the Insurance Group. Any Subsequent Annual Plan may be negotiated by the Parties for and on behalf of the parties to the
applicable Binder Agreement (and references to the parties to that Binder Agreement in this Clause 9 (Negotiation and Agreement of Subsequent Annual Plans) shall be interpreted accordingly), provided that the Subsequent Annual Plan shall only
come into force if it is reviewed and, if thought fit, actually approved by the corresponding parties to the applicable Binder Agreement at their sole discretion. If the Parties negotiate a Subsequent Annual Plan for and on behalf of the parties to any Binder Agreement
in accordance in Clause 9.3, and the terms of the Subsequent Annual Plan are rejected by such parties, either wholly or in part, the Parties shall use best endeavours to resolve the issues that the applicable parties to that Binder Agreement have in
respect of the Subsequent Annual Plan as soon as reasonably practicable (with such endeavours to include specifying in writing which parts of the proposed Subsequent Annual plan are objectionable, the reasons for such objections, and notifying areas
of disagreement to the Joint Referral Forum for potential resolution), so that an updated Subsequent Annual Plan may be agreed and approved by the parties to the applicable Binder Agreement prior to the commencement of the Subsequent Underwriting
Year. Unless the parties to a Binder Agreement agree otherwise, each MGU DUA Company shall be authorized to
underwrite: (i) all Grandfathered Products; and (ii) any new insurance products falling within the LOBs, provided that, in each case, the MGU DUA Company remains within all of the Underwriting Parameters set out in the applicable Annual
Plan or otherwise obtains approval in writing from the corresponding Insurance Company to underwrite any business in excess of the Underwriting Parameters pursuant to Clause 9.6. Each MGU DUA Company shall be required to obtain approval in writing from the corresponding Insurance
Company to underwrite any business in excess of the Underwriting Parameters in any Underwriting Year, with such approval to be initially sought via the Joint Referral Forum. As a default position (the Annual Plan Default Position), the parties to each Binder
Agreement shall renew the Subsequent Annual Plan on the same terms as the Annual Plan for the then current Underwriting Year (the Current Annual Plan), which shall also reflect any Mid-Year
Changes that the parties to the applicable Binder Agreement may agree during the course of the then current Underwriting Year. 17
Changes from the Annual Plan Default Position in respect of each Subsequent Underwriting Year shall require
the written approval of both the applicable Insurance Company and the corresponding MGU DUA Company. If either the Insurance Company or the corresponding MGU DUA Company intends to propose a material change to
a Subsequent Annual Plan, such party shall where practicable provide the other party with written notice of such proposed material change at least one hundred and twenty (120) calendar days prior to the end of the then current Underwriting
Year. An Insurance Company shall only be permitted to request that a LOB be removed from a Subsequent Annual Plan
if the technical ratios in respect of such LOB in each of the three (3) Underwriting Years immediately prior to the then current Underwriting Year are all above the applicable Technical Ratio plus 10% as set out in the applicable Annual Plan
for each of the corresponding Underwriting Years. If, during any Underwriting Year, an Insurance Company reasonably considers that the Technical Ratio for any
LOB has materially deteriorated, then it may notify the MGU DUA Company in writing of such material deterioration and, within ten (10) Business Days from the receipt of such notification, the corresponding MGU DUA Company shall:
(1) provide a detailed plan to the Insurance Company, which sets out in sufficient detail to enable the Insurance Company to reasonably understand how the MGU DUA Company shall ensure that the performance of the LOB will fall within the
Technical Ratio in the Subsequent Underwriting Year; and (2) have due regard to any representations made by the Insurance Company in respect of such LOB when underwriting that LOB in the Subsequent Underwriting Year. If, in three (3) consecutive Underwriting Years, either an Insurance Company or a MGU DUA Company
requests the same change (or materially the same change) to the Subsequent Annual Plan (an Annual Plan Change Request) as part of the parties annual negotiations, and the other party rejects the Annual Plan Change Request in
each of these Underwriting Years (the third of such rejections being a Deadlock), the parties shall refer the Deadlock to the Non-Calculations Dispute Resolution Procedure in order to
determine whether such change shall be reflected in the Subsequent Annual Plan. The Subsequent Annual Plan shall be amended immediately if the matter has been referred to the Non-Calculations Dispute Resolution Procedure in Clause 9.12 and it has been determined pursuant to the Non-Calculations Dispute Resolution Procedure that such change shall be
reflected in the Subsequent Annual Plan. Each Annual Plan will be prepared on a Gross / Net Basis and shall be consistent with the Outwards
Reinsurance Strategy (which will also be set out in each Annual Plan). Each Insurance Company may unilaterally make changes to either the First Annual Plan, or to a Subsequent
Annual Plan without requiring the consent of the corresponding MGU DUA Company (provided however that the MGU DUA Company shall be notified, and given the opportunity to discuss and comment on such change, as soon as possible in advance) if, and to
the extent that, any such changes are reasonably necessary to ensure that the applicable Annual Plan complies with Applicable Law and changes in Rating Agency methodologies. 18
If there is any inconsistency between any agreed changes to a Subsequent Annual Plan and any unchanged parts
of the Annual Plan relating to the prior Underwriting Year, the agreed changes to the Subsequent Annual Plan that relate to the following Underwriting Year shall take precedence over any parts of the Annual Plan that are unchanged from the prior
Underwriting Year to the extent of such inconsistency. Mid-Year Change Procedure The parties to each Binder Agreement shall be subject to the following procedure in respect of any material
change or Mid-Year Re-Allocation to the Annual Plan that is intended to be made outside of the procedure set out in Clause 9 (Negotiation and Agreement of Subsequent
Annual Plans) above (the Mid-Year Change Procedure): if either party to the applicable Binder Agreement (a Requesting Party) wishes to request
a material change or Mid-Year Re-Allocation (a MYA Request) to the Annual Plan, the Requesting Party shall send a written notice (a
MYA Request Notice) to the other party (the Requested Party) as soon as reasonably practicable. The MYA Request Notice shall set out in reasonable detail a description of the requested material change or Mid-Year Re-Allocation and an explanation of such changes. The parties acknowledge that the intention is that renegotiation of the Annual Plan shall not result in the
reduction of any available capital in the Insurance Group. Initial Discussions Within ten (10) Business Days of the Requested Party receiving the MYA Request Notice, the parties
shall refer the MYA Request in writing to the Joint Referral Forum (Joint Referral Forum Referral) along with a copy of the MYA Request Notice. The Joint Referral Forum shall attempt in good faith to agree such MYA Request by negotiation and
consultation between themselves for and on behalf of the parties. If the Joint Referral Forum reaches an agreement that such MYA Request shall be accepted, the Joint Referral Forum may bind the parties in respect of the MYA Request, such that the
Annual Plan shall be amended accordingly with immediate effect from the date that the parties are notified of the Joint Referral Forums decision. If the Joint Referral Forum has not reached an agreement as to whether the MYA Request should be implemented
into the Annual Plan within thirty (30) Business Days of receiving the Joint Referral Forum Referral, the matter shall be referred to the Chief Executive Officers (Chief Executives) of each of the parties that are the subject
of this MYA Request (the date of such referral being communicated shall be referred to as the Chief Executive Referral Date). Referral to Chief Executives The relevant Chief Executives shall meet within ten (10) Business Days of the Chief Executive Referral
Date at a mutually acceptable time and place (or via 19
teleconference) to attempt to agree as to whether the MYA Request should be implemented into the Annual Plan (assuming that such request has not been resolved earlier). If the relevant Chief Executives reach an agreement that such MYA Request shall be accepted, the Chief
Executives may bind the parties in respect of the MYA Request, such that the Annual Plan shall be amended accordingly with immediate effect from the date of such agreement. The negotiations between the Chief Executives set out in Clause 10.1(d) shall be treated as being without
prejudice. Referral to Non-Calculations Dispute Resolution
Procedure If the Chief Executives are not able to reach an agreement as to whether the MYA Request should be
implemented into the Annual Plan within twenty (20) Business Days of the commencement of such negotiations, either Party may refer the matter to mediation (and subsequently arbitration) pursuant to the
Non-Calculations Dispute Resolution Procedure. Either party to a Binder Agreement may refer a proposed non-material
change to the Binder Agreement (including a non-material Mid-Year Re-Allocation) to the Joint Referral Forum to be discussed and,
if thought fit, agreed between the appropriate representatives of the Joint Referral Forum. Any decision reached by the Joint Referral Forum shall be binding on the parties to that Binder Agreement, such that the Annual Plan shall be amended
accordingly with immediate effect from the date that the parties are notified of the Joint Referral Forums decision. Authorisation by Regulatory Authorities MGU Holdco shall, and shall procure that each MGU DUA Company shall, ensure that, at all times, it is
sufficiently authorised by the relevant Regulatory Authorities to carry out all of its obligations set out, or envisaged, in this Agreement or the applicable Binder Agreement (provided that each Party shall only be required to use reasonable
endeavours to effect requested changes to an Annual Plan). FIHL shall, and shall procure that each Insurance Company shall, ensure that, at all times, it is
sufficiently authorised by the relevant Regulatory Authorities to carry out all of its obligations set out, or envisaged, in this Agreement or the applicable Binder Agreement. Maintenance of Capital and Credit Ratings MGU Holdco shall calculate the minimum economic capital required to be held by the Insurance Group to allow
the Insurance Group to adhere to Rating Agency Requirements. FIHL shall, and shall procure that each Insurance Company shall, prepare and provide to the corresponding
MGU DUA Company, as soon as reasonably practicable following the date upon which any Subsequent Annual Plan is agreed, forecast projections incorporating where relevant the Annual Plan that set out the level of capital that the corresponding
Insurance Company is required to maintain in order to 20
both meet its obligations under such Subsequent Annual Plan, and to ensure that the Insurance Group can adhere to all Rating Agency Requirements (the Forecast Projections) for
both the corresponding Subsequent Underwriting Year and for the two following Subsequent Underwriting Years (on the basis that the Subsequent Annual Plan remains the same in such Subsequent Underwriting Years). FIHL shall, and shall procure that each Insurance Company shall, take all necessary steps to ensure that, at
all times during the term of the applicable Binder Agreement, it maintains sufficient capital (including a sufficient capital buffer) to both meet its obligations under the Current Annual Plan, and to ensure that it adheres to all Rating Agency
Requirements (where applicable, in accordance with the figures pertaining to the applicable Underwriting Year set out in the Forecast Projections) and regulatory capital projections. FIHL shall, and shall procure that each Insurance Company shall,
ensure that their respective adherence to the obligations contained in this Clause 12 (Maintenance of Capital and Credit Ratings) shall take precedence over any dividend policy that it may have in place. The Parties acknowledge that, as at the Commencement Date, FIHL has been placed on Negative Outlook by
S&P as a result of the proposed Reorganisation. Accordingly, the Parties agree that Clauses 12.5 to 12.12 (inc.) shall not apply in relation to S&P for the duration of this current rating Negative Outlook, and shall only apply in relation to
S&P to any further Negative Outlooks by S&P that may separately occur at any point during the term of this Agreement. Either Party shall notify the other Party as soon as it becomes aware that FIHL either has ceased, or there
is a material risk of FIHL ceasing, to continue to adhere to the Rating Agency Requirements (the notification being a Ratings Downgrade Notification, a potential downgrade being a Negative Outlook and an actual
downgrade being a Ratings Downgrade). In the event of a Ratings Downgrade Notification, the Parties shall perform the following acts: the Parties shall refer the matter to the Joint Referral Forum within two (2) Business Days from the
date of the Ratings Downgrade Notification. The Joint Referral Forum shall, within five (5) Business Days of being notified of the Ratings Downgrade or Negative Outlook (the Ratings Downgrade Remediation Deadline), produce a
written remediation plan that sets out how FIHL will, with reasonable assistance from the MGU Group (such assistance not extending to capital or other financial support), implement such plan to: (1) mitigate the risk of, or reverse, the Ratings
Downgrade or Negative Outlook; and (2) raise additional capital, or reallocate capital between LOBs and Insurance Companies; and the Parties shall meet regularly to address FIHLs implementation of the remediation plan and shall act
reasonably in managing the impact of the remediation plan on both the Insurance Group and the MGU Group. If the Joint Referral Forum, using best endeavours, fails to reach an agreement under Clause 12.5(a) by the
Ratings Downgrade Remediation Deadline, as soon as reasonably practicable following such failure, the Parties shall refer the matter to mediation (and subsequently arbitration) pursuant to the Non-Calculations
Dispute Resolution Procedure. 21
Subject to Clause 12.8, if a Ratings Downgrade Notification relates to a Negative Outlook, in the six
(6) calendar months immediately following the date of the Ratings Downgrade Notification (the Initial Negative Outlook Period), the following provisions shall apply: MGU Holdco shall promptly notify FIHL if a customer (or broker on its behalf) either: (i) wishes to
withdraw its existing business from the relevant member of the Insurance Group during the applicable term; or (ii) is unwilling to place new (re)insurance business with the relevant member of the Insurance Group, in each case due to the
Negative Outlook, and which has requested that a MGU DUA Company places its business with a third party capital provider (a Requesting Customer). In such circumstances, the applicable MGU DUA Company may place such business with
one or more third party capital providers (provided the Negative Outlook has not been reversed before that time); and Clause 13 (Exclusivity and Rights of First Offer / Rights of First Refusal) shall be suspended in
respect of any existing or new business that the MGU DUA Company has been requested to place with a third party capital provider by a Requesting Customer under Clause 12.7(a). Clause 12.7 shall cease to apply upon the first of any of the following events to occur:
FIHL reverses the Negative Outlook; the Initial Negative Outlook Period expires, at which point Clause 12.9 shall apply; or
FIHL undergoes a Ratings Downgrade, at which point Clause 12.11 shall apply. Subject to Clause 12.10, if a Ratings Downgrade Notification relates to a Negative Outlook, and such
Negative Outlook subsists beyond the expiry of the Initial Negative Outlook Period, the following provisions shall apply: MGU Holdco shall continue to promptly notify FIHL of any Requesting Customers, and each applicable MGU DUA
Company may place such existing or new business with one or more third party capital providers (provided the Negative Outlook has not been reversed by that time); and Clause 13 (Exclusivity and Rights of First Offer / Rights of First Refusal) shall be suspended in
respect of any such existing or new business. Clause 12.9 shall cease to apply upon the first of any of the following events to occur:
FIHL reverses the Negative Outlook; or FIHL undergoes a Ratings Downgrade, at which point Clause 12.11 shall apply. 22
Subject to Clause 12.12, in the event of a Ratings Downgrade, the following provisions shall apply:
the MGU Group may immediately: (i) subject to prior written notice to FIHL, withdraw any existing
business from the relevant member of the Insurance Group (irrespective of whether such business is transferred during the term of the applicable product or at renewal) with one or more third party capital providers and (ii) place any new
business with one or more third party capital providers; and Clause 13 (Exclusivity and Rights of First Offer / Rights of First Refusal) shall be suspended in
respect of any such existing or new business. Clause 12.11 shall cease to apply if FIHL reverses the Ratings Downgrade. Exclusivity and Rights of First Offer / Rights of First Refusal During the term of the applicable Binder Agreement, each Insurance Company shall, with the exception of the
current capital arrangements that they have with the third party MGUs listed at Schedule 9 (Existing Third Party MGU Arrangements), and subject to Clause 12 (Maintenance of Capital and Credit Ratings), secure its respective business
exclusively from the corresponding MGU DUA Company, and each MGU DUA Company shall perform the Services exclusively for the corresponding Insurance Company, save where one of the Right of First Offer (ROFO) or
Right of First Refusal (ROFR) processes set out in this Clause 13 (Exclusivity and Rights of First Offer / Rights of First Refusal) applies. If either the Insurance Company or the corresponding MGU DUA Company (the Rejecting
Party) rejects the other partys proposal (the Rejection and the Rejected Business) made pursuant to either a ROFO or ROFR process set out in this Clause 13 (Exclusivity and Rights of First
Offer / Rights of First Refusal), the Rejecting Party shall not have the right to later request the opportunity to underwrite or provide capacity for (as applicable) the Rejected Business whilst the Rejected Business is continuing to be
underwritten by, or continues to have capacity provided by (as applicable), the third party insurer or intermediary that agreed to accept the Rejected Business most immediately following the Rejection and for the avoidance of doubt this provision
applies to an MGU DUA Company directly originating business to a third party insurer and does not apply to any outwards reinsurance placement to a third party reinsurer pursuant to Clause 18 (Outwards Reinsurance) below.
Either party to a Binder Agreement that initiates a ROFO or ROFR process set out in this Clause 13
(Exclusivity and Rights of First Offer / Rights of First Refusal) shall notify the other party of its ROFO or ROFR (as applicable) in a way that is sufficiently clear to enable the other party to reasonably understand its terms.
Additional Capital MGU ROFO If an Insurance Company has capital beyond the business that is intended to be procured by the corresponding
MGU DUA Company 23
under the Current Annual Plan (including any excess capital that results from removal of a LOB pursuant to Clause 9.10 or from an adjustment to the Annual Plan pursuant to Clauses 9
(Negotiation and Agreement of Subsequent Annual Plans) or 10 (Mid-Year Change Procedure)), the Insurance Company shall notify the MGU DUA Company of its ROFO in respect of such additional
capital (to the extent the additional capital has not been, or is not intended to be, returned to shareholders) and the parties shall adhere to the following ROFO process: within 30 calendar days of being notified of its ROFO, the MGU DUA Company shall prepare and provide to the
Insurance Company a business plan setting out how it would use the additional capital. Upon receipt of the business plan, the Insurance Company shall have the option (acting reasonably) either (i) to accept the corresponding MGU DUA
Companys proposal; or (ii) to decline such proposal and determine whether to invite offers from third party MGUs in respect of such capital; where the Insurance Company has declined the MGU DUA Companys proposal under Clause 13.4(a)(i)(A), and
has invited offers from third party MGUs in respect of the additional capital, within thirty (30) calendar days of accepting any such offer from a third party MGU, the Insurance Company shall: (1) present a business plan to the
corresponding MGU DUA Company containing sufficient detail to enable the MGU DUA Company to reasonably understand the third party MGUs business proposal; (2) engage in good faith with the MGU DUA Company to reduce or eliminate any
conflicts of interest or other negative consequences on the business that the MGU DUA Company procures for the Insurance Company; and (3) use best endeavours to agree the format and frequency of any reports in respect of such business that the
Insurance Company shall provide to the MGU DUA Company acknowledging that any reporting will be subject to third party confidentiality obligations and shall be kept to the minimum level to allow necessary coordination between the Insurance Group and
the MGU Group. Insurance ROFR A MGU DUA Company shall not effect, or perform any task in relation to, an agreement with any third party
capital provider described in Clause 13.4(b)(ii) unless: (1) it has notified the Insurance Company of its ROFR; (2) the parties have followed the ROFR process set out in this Clause 13.4(b); and (3) the Insurance Company has not
accepted, or has been deemed not to have accepted, the terms of such ROFR pursuant to the process set out in this Clause 13.4(b). 24
Subject to Clause 13.4(b)(i), if a MGU DUA Company reasonably believes that it can source additional
business beyond the business that it procures for the corresponding Insurance Company under the Current Annual Plan, such MGU DUA Company may immediately begin to source capital from third party capital providers. The ROFR process corresponding to this Clause 13.4(b) shall be as follows: if the corresponding Insurance Company has sufficient capital to accept the terms of the ROFR, within seven
(7) Business Days of receiving the ROFR notification from the MGU DUA Company, it shall provide the MGU DUA Company with notice clearly indicating its desire to accept the terms of the ROFR, and shall provide confirmation of its acceptance
within twenty (20) calendar days thereafter. Such acceptance shall be binding on the parties with immediate effect. If the Insurance Company fails to communicate its desire to accept the terms of the ROFR within the seven (7) Business Day
period, or fails provide confirmation of its acceptance within twenty (20) calendar days thereafter, it shall be deemed to have rejected the terms of the ROFR; or if the corresponding Insurance Company reasonably considers that it does not have sufficient capital to
accept the terms of the ROFR, within five (5) Business Days of receiving the ROFR notification from the corresponding MGU DUA Company, it shall provide the MGU DUA Company with notice clearly indicating its desire to accept the terms of the
ROFR and requesting additional time to raise or make available the requisite additional capital. Upon the MGU DUA Companys receipt of such notice, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to agree a reasonable amount of time (taking into
account the ability of the MGU DUA Company to source such additional business) in which the Insurance Company may raise or make available the requisite additional capital. If the Insurance Company is able to raise or make available the requisite additional capital within the
agreed deadline agreed in Clause 13.4(iii)(B), it shall notify the corresponding MGU DUA Company that it is able to accept the terms of the ROFR and such terms shall become binding upon the parties with immediate effect. If the Insurance Company is
not able to raise or make available the requisite additional capital within such deadline, it shall be deemed to have rejected the terms of the ROFR from the expiry of the deadline. If the Insurance Company is not able to raise or make available the requisite additional capital within the
agreed deadline agreed in Clause 13.4(iii)(B), the applicable MGU DUA Company may source capital from third party capital providers. 25
New Line of Business MGU ROFO If Insurance Company has business appetite for a new LOB that is not currently procured by the corresponding
MGU DUA Company under the Current Annual Plan, the Insurance Company shall notify the MGU DUA Company of its ROFO in respect of such new LOB. Subject to Clause 13.6, within thirty (30) calendar days of being notified of its ROFO, the MGU DUA
Company shall prepare and provide to the Insurance Company a business plan setting out how it intends to procure business in respect of this additional LOB. Upon receipt of the business plan, the Insurance Company shall have the option (acting
reasonably) to either accept the corresponding MGU DUA Companys proposal, or to decline such proposal and determine, in its sole discretion, whether to invite offers from third party MGUs in respect of such LOB. Where the Insurance Company has declined the MGU DUA Companys proposal under Clause 13.5(a)(ii), and
has invited offers from third party MGUs in respect of the additional LOB, within thirty (30) calendar days of accepting any such offer from a third party MGU, the Insurance Company shall: (1) present a business plan to the corresponding
MGU DUA Company containing sufficient detail to enable the MGU DUA Company to reasonably understand the third party MGUs business proposal; (2) engage in good faith with the MGU DUA Company to reduce or eliminate any conflicts of interest
or other negative consequences on the business that the MGU DUA Company procures for the Insurance Company; and (3) use best endeavours to agree the format and frequency of any reports in respect of such business that the Insurance Company
shall provide to the MGU DUA Company acknowledging that any reporting will be subject to third party confidentiality obligations and shall be kept to the minimum level to allow necessary coordination between the Insurance Group and the MGU Group.
Insurance ROFR A MGU DUA Company shall not effect, or perform any task in relation to, an agreement with any third capital
provider described in Clause 13.5(b)(ii) unless: (1) it has notified the Insurance Company of its ROFR, with such notification setting out such additional LOBs and the manner in which the LOBs can be accommodated in the Current Annual Plan;
(2) the parties have followed the ROFR process set out in this Clause 13.5(b); and (3) the Insurance Company has not accepted, or has been deemed not to have accepted, the terms of such ROFR pursuant to the process set out in this Clause
13.5(b). Subject to Clause 13.5(b)(i), if a MGU DUA Company has appetite to procure business in respect of additional
LOBs that are not currently 26
included in the Current Annual Plan, such MGU DUA Company may immediately begin to source capital from third party capital providers in respect of such additional LOBs. The ROFR process corresponding to this Clause 13.5(b) shall be as follows: subject to Clause 13.6, if the corresponding Insurance Company is able to immediately provide capital in
respect of the additional LOBs set out in the ROFR notification, within seven (7) Business Days of receiving the ROFR notification from the MGU DUA Company, it shall provide the MGU DUA Company with notice clearly indicating its desire to
accept the terms of the ROFR, and shall provide confirmation of its acceptance within twenty (20) calendar days thereafter. Such acceptance shall be binding on the parties with immediate effect. If the Insurance Company fails to communicate its
desire to accept the terms of the ROFR within the seven (7) Business Day period, or fails provide confirmation of its acceptance within twenty (20) calendar days thereafter, it shall be deemed to have rejected the terms of the ROFR; or
if the corresponding Insurance Company reasonably considers that it is not able to accommodate the new LOBs
set out in the ROFR notification (under Applicable Law or for any other reason), within five (5) Business Days of receiving the ROFR notification from the corresponding MGU DUA Company, it shall provide the MGU DUA Company with notice clearly
indicating its desire to accept the terms of the ROFR and requesting additional time to ensure that it is able to accommodate the additional LOBs set out in the ROFR notification. Upon the MGU DUA Companys receipt of such notice, the parties
shall negotiate in good faith to agree a reasonable amount of time (taking into account the ability of the MGU DUA Company to source such additional business) to extend beyond the five (5) Business Days period in which the Insurance Company may
effect any actions necessary to enable it to accommodate the new LOBs requested in the ROFR notification. If the Insurance Company is able to accommodate the new LOBs within the agreed deadline agreed in Clause
13.5(b)(iii)(B), it shall notify the corresponding MGU DUA Company that it is able to accept the terms of the ROFR and such terms shall become binding upon the parties with immediate effect. If the Insurance Company is not able to accommodate the
new LOBs within such deadline, it shall be deemed to have rejected the terms of the ROFR from the expiry of the deadline. If the Insurance Company is not able to raise or make available the requisite additional capital within the
agreed deadline agreed in Clause 27
13.5(b)(iii)(B), the applicable MGU DUA Company may source capital from third party capital providers. If an Insurance Company or a MGU DUA Company (a Referring Party) receives a ROFR or a
ROFO (as applicable) in respect of an additional LOB under Clause 13.5, and: the MGU DUA Company intends to prepare and provide to the corresponding Insurance Company a business plan
setting out how it will procure business in respect of the additional LOB under Clause 13.5(a)(ii); or the Insurance Company intends to provide the corresponding MGU DUA Company with confirmation of its
acceptance of the terms of the ROFR under Clause 13.5(b)(iii)(A); the timeframes contained within the
applicable Clause shall be extended for any additional period that the Referring Party reasonably requires to obtain a non-objection from any relevant Regulatory Authority in respect of the terms of the
proposed ROFO or ROFR, provided that: at all times, the Referring Party acts expeditiously in: (i) notifying the other party in writing that
a non-objection is required from the Regulatory Authority; (ii) referring the matter to the Regulatory Authority; and (iii) assisting the Regulatory Authority with any queries that it may have prior
to issuing the non-objection; and the timeframe shall not be extended for any period longer than ninety (90) calendar days under any
circumstances, following which date, if either the MGU DUA Company or the Insurance Company (as applicable) has not yet performed the applicable act set out in Clause 13.6 (i) or (ii), such entity shall be taken to have rejected the terms of the
ROFO or ROFR (as applicable). To the extent that any ROFR or ROFO process set out in this Clause 13 (Exclusivity and Rights of First
Offer / Rights of First Refusal) culminates in a MGU DUA Company being allocated increased or differently distributed capacity, this increase shall be deemed included in the Current Annual Plan, which shall form the revised baseline in setting
the Annual Plan baseline for negotiations in Subsequent Underwriting Years in accordance with Clause 9 (Negotiation and Agreement of Subsequent Annual Plans). To the extent that a MGU DUA Company procures business for and on behalf of third party capital providers,
and accordingly there is a potential for conflicts of interest or other negative consequences on the business of the corresponding Insurance Company, the MGU DUA Company shall demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of the Insurance Company that
it has taken steps to reduce or eliminate the potential for such conflicts of interest or other negative consequences to occur. 28
Product Guides The Product Guides in force as at each Binder Agreement Commencement Date shall be as set out in Schedule 8 (Product
Guides). Where the Parties agree to update or amend the Product Guides, such updates or amendments shall be reflected in a new version of Schedule 8 (Product Guides), which shall replace the current version of Schedule 8 (Product
Guides) attached to this Agreement. Product Wordings Each Insurance Company shall delegate authority to the corresponding MGU DUA Company to prepare the wordings for any products
sold under the Binder Agreements, and any other documentation relating to such products, provided that: (i) such authority delegated to the corresponding MGU DUA Company shall be consistent with the terms of the Current Annual Plan and the
terms of the applicable Binder Agreement; (ii) such products shall contain any applicable mandatory exclusions, as may be revised from time to time in the relevant Binder Agreements; and (iii) the corresponding Insurance Company is
otherwise able to adhere to its obligations under Applicable Law. Commission and Payments Each Insurance Company shall pay (which may be effected by way of deduction) Commission and Expenses to the
corresponding MGU DUA Company in exchange for the corresponding MGU DUA Companys performance of the Services. Each Insurance Company shall pay all Commission and Expenses to the corresponding MGU DUA Company in the
underlying original currency of the relevant commission. Each MGU DUA Company shall calculate an estimate of the Commission and Expenses that have accrued under its
respective Binder Agreement during the applicable Underwriting Year on a monthly basis (each a Monthly Reference Period), with the first Monthly Reference Period during each Underwriting Year commencing upon the Binder Agreement
Commencement Date (and on each subsequent anniversary). Each MGU DUA Company shall inform the corresponding Insurance Company of the estimated Commission and
Expenses that have accrued during the applicable Monthly Reference Period (the Monthly Estimated Amount) within ten (10) Business Days of the end of the Monthly Reference Period (the Monthly Calculations Presentation
Date), along with its calculations set out in sufficient detail to enable the Insurance Company to understand the basis for such calculations and, if applicable, to dispute all or part of the Monthly Estimated Amount.
If an Insurance Company does not dispute the Monthly Estimated Amount calculated by the corresponding MGU
DUA Company (or any part of it), the Insurance Company shall pay (which may be effected by way of deduction) the undisputed amount of the Commission and Expenses to the MGU DUA Company within thirty (30) calendar days of the Monthly
Calculations Presentation Date (each date a Monthly Payment Deadline). 29
If an Insurance Company disputes all or any part of the Monthly Estimated Amount provided by the
corresponding MGU DUA Company, the Insurance Company shall notify the corresponding MGU DUA Company within ten (10) Business Days of being informed of the Monthly Estimated Amount, following which date, if it has not disputed such sums, it
shall be taken to have accepted the Monthly Estimated Amount in full. In the event of a dispute, the parties to the applicable Binder Agreement shall refer the matter to the Calculations Dispute Resolution Procedure as soon as reasonably
practicable. If it is determined from the Calculations Dispute Resolution Procedure that the Insurance Company owes any Commission or Expenses to the corresponding MGU DUA Company, the Monthly Payment Deadline shall be taken to be thirty
(30) calendar days from the culmination of the Calculations Dispute Resolution Procedure. Within thirty (30) calendar days from the end of each Quarter, (the True-Up Date), each MGU DUA Company shall calculate the actual amount of the Commission and Expenses (the True-Up Amount) that has accrued during
the corresponding Quarter, and shall inform the corresponding Insurance Company of the True-Up Amount, along with its calculations set out in sufficient detail to enable the Insurance Company to understand the
basis for such calculations and, if applicable, to dispute all or part of the True-Up Amount. If an Insurance Company does not challenge the True-Up Amount
calculated by the corresponding MGU DUA Company (or any part of such calculations), either the Insurance Company or the MGU DUA Company (as applicable) shall make a payment to the other party within thirty (30) calendar days of the True-Up Date (the True-Up Payment Deadline) in accordance with the following provisions: if the True-Up Amount is less than the aggregate amount of the
Commission and Expenses that the Insurance Company has paid during the course of the applicable Quarter, the MGU DUA Company shall reimburse the corresponding Insurance Company for the amount of such excess by the
True-Up Payment Deadline; or if the True-Up Amount is more than the aggregate amount of the
Commission and Expenses that the Insurance Company has paid during the course of the applicable Quarter, the Insurance Company shall pay the corresponding MGU DUA Company an additional amount of Commission and Expenses corresponding to the deficit
by the True-Up Payment Deadline. If an Insurance Company disputes the True-Up Amount provided by the
corresponding MGU DUA Company (or any part of it), the Insurance Company shall notify the corresponding MGU DUA Company within ten (10) Business Days of being informed of the True-Up Amount, following
which date, if it has not disputed such sums, it shall be taken to have accepted the True-Up Amount in full. In the event of a dispute, the parties to the applicable Binder Agreement shall refer the matter to
the Calculations Dispute Resolution Procedure as soon as reasonably practicable. If it is determined from the Calculations Dispute Resolution Procedure that the Insurance Company owes any Commission or Expenses to the corresponding MGU DUA Company
(or vice versa), the True-Up Payment Deadline shall be taken to be thirty (30) calendar days from the culmination of the Calculations Dispute Resolution Procedure. 30
All accounts that the MGU DUA Companies prepare under the Binder Agreements shall be in accordance with
US GAAP or local GAAP as agreed between the Parties in writing. All amounts due under either this Agreement, or under a Binder Agreement, from one Party (or one of its
subsidiaries) to another Party (or one of its subsidiaries) shall be paid in full without any set-off, counterclaim, deduction or withholding (other than any deduction or withholding of Taxation as required by
Applicable Law). If either party to a Binder Agreement (the Paying Party) fails to make any payment by the
applicable Deadline then, without limiting the other partys remedies under the applicable Binder Agreement the Paying Party shall pay interest (at a rate of 4% a year above the Bank of England base rate from time to time) on the overdue sum
from the Deadline until payment of the overdue sum, whether before or after judgment. The Commission and Expenses payable by each Insurance Company under the applicable Binder Agreement shall be
exclusive of VAT unless expressly agreed otherwise If any party to a Binder Agreement (the Supplier) is deemed to make a taxable supply for
the purposes of VAT and is required to account to a Taxation Authority for any VAT chargeable thereon, the other party to the Binder Agreement shall pay the Supplier an amount equal to such VAT in addition to, and at the same time as, the relevant
sum to which it relates, subject to receipt of a valid VAT invoice addressed to the other party. Dispute Resolution The Parties, and their respective subsidiaries, shall resolve all disputes relating to, or arising out, of
either this Agreement, or the Binder Agreements (as applicable), in accordance with the Dispute Resolution Procedures. If any dispute arises between a MGU DUA Company and an Insurance Company under a Binder Agreement that
either does, or may, affect one or more other Binder Agreements, the Parties may agree in writing that they shall determine the dispute, in whole or in part, for and on behalf of all of their respective subsidiaries pursuant to the applicable
Dispute Resolution Procedure (a Centralised Dispute). The Parties shall keep all of their subsidiaries who may be affected by a Centralised Dispute fully informed
of the progress of such Centralised Dispute and shall ensure that their respective subsidiaries are bound by, and act consistently with, the outcome of the Centralised Dispute. Any disputes, or aspects of a dispute, between any MGU DUA Company and a corresponding Insurance Company
that are not Centralised Disputes for the purposes of Clause 17.3 may be determined by the applicable MGU DUA Company and Insurance Company in accordance with the applicable Dispute Resolution Procedure. 31
Outwards Reinsurance In respect of each Underwriting Year, the Parties shall use best endeavours to agree a strategy (the
Outwards Reinsurance Strategy) that sets out in detail how the Insurance Group will cede insurance and reinsurance risks underwritten by the MGU Group to one or more third party reinsurers, which shall include a plan for Insurance
Group underwriting exposure both gross and net of outwards reinsurance (a Gross / Net Basis). This calculation shall exclude any outwards reinsurance in respect of any insurance and reinsurance risks that have not been
underwritten by the MGU Group Companies. Subject to Clause 18.6, and provided that: (i) the Annual Plan is within
pre-agreed parameters; and (ii) the reinsurance that MGU Holdco is proposing to obtain for and on behalf of the applicable Insurance Company is consistent with the Outwards Reinsurance Strategy, FIHL
delegates authority, and shall procure that each Insurance Company delegates authority, to the MGU DUA Companies to effect the Outwards Reinsurance Strategy in respect of each Underwriting Year by contracting with one or more third party reinsurers
for and on behalf of FIHL to cede all or part of any risks that may be insured by the Insurance Group under the Binder Agreements. MGU Holdco and, as relevant, the MGU DUA Companies, shall use all reasonable endeavours to procure third
party reinsurance cover in respect of each Underwriting Year for and on behalf of the Insurance Group in accordance with the Outwards Reinsurance Strategy. The Insurance Companies (or FIHL on behalf of any Insurance Company) shall retain the ability to
independently procure any outwards reinsurance: (i) in all circumstances in respect of any other insurance and reinsurance risks that either they have underwritten, or that have been underwritten on their behalf by third parties not connected
to the Binder Agreements; or (ii) in respect of any insurance and reinsurance risks underwritten by the corresponding MGU DUA Company, provided that, in the case of either (i) or (ii), on 10 Business Days prior notice the
corresponding MGU DUA Company consents to the purchase of the additional outwards reinsurance, in which case the third party reinsurance shall be treated as having been procured by the corresponding MGU DUA Company. In the alternative, if the
corresponding MGU DUA Company does not consent, then the cost and associated financial effects of the purchase shall be excluded from any commission calculations (ceding commission, profit commission or otherwise) calculated pursuant to Schedule 11
(Commission and Expenses) (FIHL Procured Outwards Reinsurance). As part of the Annual Plan negotiations between the parties to each applicable Binder Agreement, the
Insurance Company and the corresponding MGU DUA Company shall consider and, if applicable, shall agree whether, in addition to any outwards reinsurance that either may be, or has been, obtained by the MGU Group pursuant to the Outwards Reinsurance
Strategy, any further outwards reinsurance should be obtained specifically in respect of the risks that parties intend to underwrite in the following Underwriting Year. If the parties to the applicable Binder Agreement reasonably consider that it
is, or may be, necessary to obtain such additional outwards reinsurance, the parties shall agree the parameters of such additional outwards 32
reinsurance, which shall be included in the Annual Plan for the forthcoming Underwriting Year. The authority that each MGU DUA Company has to procure third party reinsurance cover pursuant to this Clause
18 (Outwards Reinsurance) shall be subject to the requirement that the applicable MGU DUA Company obtains prior approval from the Chief Underwriting Officer of the corresponding Insurance Company (which shall not be unreasonably
withheld). Each Insurance Company shall procure that its Chief Underwriting Officer shall respond and, if thought fit,
approve the third party reinsurance cover proposed by the corresponding MGU DUA Company as soon as reasonably practicable following a reasonable review of the proposed third party reinsurance cover, and shall respond within two (2) Business
Days of receiving the proposal from the corresponding MGU DUA Company where the proposed third party reinsurance cover is consistent with the Outwards Reinsurance Strategy. The Parties agree: within thirty (30) calendar days of the expiry of the sixth calendar month of the then current
Underwriting Year (or on any other interval the Parties shall agree between them), to review and, if necessary, amend the Outwards Reinsurance Strategy; and that it may be beneficial to the Insurance Group to obtain any opportunistic reinsurance treaties and / or
facultative reinsurance treaties for and on behalf of the Insurance Group that are outside of the parameters of the Outwards Reinsurance Strategy. In such circumstances, the Parties shall discuss the merits of obtaining such additional reinsurance
cover and, if FIHL reasonably considers that it would be in the best interests of the Insurance Group to obtain such additional reinsurance cover, it shall delegate authority to MGU Holdco to obtain such additional reinsurance cover on behalf of the
Insurance Group. Transformer Deals Each Insurance Company shall delegate authority to the corresponding MGU DUA Company to act on its behalf in respect of any
existing or new reinsurance arrangements with an ISPV. Such delegated authority shall include, but shall not be limited to: (i) renewing existing reinsurance agreements, or entering into new reinsurance agreements, and any necessary derivative
agreements, with an ISPV for and on behalf of the Insurance Company (including the performance of any ancillary acts such as instructing outside counsel); (ii) effecting any variations to existing reinsurance arrangements between the applicable
Insurance Company and an ISPV that the MGU DUA Company reasonably considers to be necessary for the effective performance of such reinsurance arrangements; and (iii) performing any of the Insurance Companys obligations in respect of such
reinsurance arrangements with an ISPV. 33
Sub-Delegation Subject to Clause 20.2, the MGU DUA Companies may not sub-contract
or delegate the performance of any Services to any third party unless: the corresponding Insurance Company has given prior written consent to the applicable MGU DUA Company in
respect of such sub-contracting or delegation; the MGU DUA Company enters into, or has entered into, a written agreement with a third party on terms that
enable the MGU DUA Company to procure that the corresponding Insurance Company or any Regulatory Authority are able to exercise the same audit rights in respect of the third party as those contained in the applicable Binder Agreement; and
the MGU DUA Company is able to provide the corresponding Insurance Company with any information that it
requests in relation to the performance of the Services by the third party. Each MGU DUA Company may sub-contract or delegate the performance of
any of the Services to any Pre-Approved Sub-Delegate without requiring the prior permission of the corresponding Insurance Company. Each MGU DUA Company shall remain fully responsible to the corresponding Insurance Company for the
performance of any Services that it sub-contracts or delegates to any third party. Each Insurance Company shall provide such assistance to the corresponding MGU DUA Company as may be
reasonably necessary to enable the corresponding MGU DUA Company to renew any agreement that the corresponding MGU DUA Company has with any sub-delegate in respect of whom the Insurance Company has provided
consent under Clause 20.1, or in respect of any Pre-Approved Sub-Delegate, in each case provided that the proposed terms of such renewed agreement are materially similar
to the then current terms. This Clause 20 (Sub-Delegation) shall not affect the MGU DUA
Companies ability to procure business for and on behalf of the Insurance Companies on the basis of prior submit lineslips that are produced by third parties who do not have delegated authority to bind the Insurance Companies
(Broker Facility Business). Each MGU DUA Company is entitled to procure such business without requiring the prior consent from the corresponding Insurance Company pursuant to this Clause 20
(Sub-Delegation). Premiums obtained by the Insurance Companies originating from
sub-delegated binding authority agreements that the MGU DUA Companies have entered into with third parties shall be recognised on a look-through basis, and shall be treated as having been obtained
when each individual risk attaches to the applicable binding authority agreement, as opposed to the inception of the applicable binding authority agreement. 34
Confidentiality Each Party (a Receiving Party) undertakes that it shall not at any time disclose to any
person and shall treat as confidential all information of a confidential nature received or obtained directly or indirectly as a result of entering into or performing the Agreement except as expressly permitted in writing by the other Party or by
Clause 21.2. Confidential information shall include (but not be limited to) information of a confidential nature relating to policies and policyholders and the business affairs, strategies, commercial and technical knowledge of the Parties or their
respective subsidiaries (Confidential Information). Subject to Applicable Law, the Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information: to its employees, officers, external auditors, professional advisers, consultants, or third party service
providers (and, where applicable, its professional indemnity insurers) who need to know such information for the purposes of enabling the Receiving Party to carry out its obligations under the Agreement. The Receiving Party shall use all reasonable
endeavours to ensure that its employees, officers, external auditors, professional advisers or consultants to whom it discloses Confidential Information comply with this Clause 21 (Confidentiality); where required by Applicable Law, court order or any governmental or Regulatory Authority provided that,
subject to any legal or regulatory obligations that apply to the Receiving Party, the Receiving Party shall give notice to the other Party that it proposes to disclose the Confidential Information; where the Confidential Information is now in or comes into the public domain otherwise than as a result of a
breach of this Clause 21 (Confidentiality); and where the Confidential Information is already known by the Receiving Party in circumstances when it was not
bound by any form of confidentiality obligation. In the event of a breach or a suspected breach of its obligations under this Clause 21
(Confidentiality), the Receiving Party must notify the other Party promptly and use all reasonable endeavours, at their own cost, to remedy or mitigate the effects of such a breach. Intellectual Property In this Agreement, IPR means all present and future rights (whether registered or
unregistered, and including all applications for, and renewals or extensions of, such rights for their full term) in any jurisdiction or geographic area in or to intellectual property including copyrights, design rights, database rights, patents,
rights to sue for passing off or for unfair competition, moral rights and related rights, domain names, rights in information (including know-how and trade secrets), confidential information (which includes
actuarial data sets), inventions, discoveries, secret processes, concepts, ideas, formulas, work product, written works, symbols, trade 35
marks, service marks, logos, brands, trade and business names, slogans (and all associated goodwill in any of the foregoing), models, methodologies, proprietary models (and similar) (including
methodologies to calculate the internal models and formulas as well as pricing methodologies), source code for proprietary software and systems, and images used for business, and all other similar or equivalent rights. Except as expressly set out in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement will function to transfer any of
either Partys IPR to the other Party. Each Party will retain exclusive interest in and ownership of all relevant IPR developed outside the scope
of this Agreement. MGU Holdco grants to FIHL a world-wide, royalty-free, non-exclusive,
non-transferable, sub-licensable (solely to or for the benefit of the members of the Insurance Group, for so long as they remain members) licence to use and otherwise
exploit all necessary or relevant IPR owned by MGU Holdco (whether developed or acquired before or after the Commencement Date) in the conduct of the business of FIHL and the Insurance Group until the last to expire or terminate of this Agreement,
any Binder Agreement and the Inter-Group Services Agreement, including any Exit Plan requirements arising under any of the foregoing agreements. For the avoidance of doubt, FIHL shall not (and shall procure that no member of the Insurance Group
shall) provide or make available any IPR to any third party, without the prior written consent of MGU Holdco. FIHL hereby irrevocably assigns and transfers to MGU HoldCo, for no additional consideration, all right,
title and interest in and to any IPR that it owns (whether developed or acquired before or after the Commencement Date) arising from or relating to the provision or receipt of the Services until the last to expire or terminate of this Agreement, any
Binder Agreement and the Inter-Group Services Agreement, including any Exit Plan requirements arising under any of the foregoing agreements, and such IPR is and shall be subject to Clause 22.4. For the avoidance of doubt, IPR owned by FIHL that is
not arising from or related to the Services shall be retained by FIHL. Each Party shall undertake such further actions as are reasonable or necessary to effectuate the assignment or transfer of such IPR. MGU Holdco will own Confidential Information and personal data relating to the policies in force on the
Commencement Date and those policies written pursuant to this Agreement and any Binder Agreement. MGU Holdco hereby grants to FIHL a world-wide, royalty-free, non-exclusive,
non-transferable, sub-licensable (solely to or for the benefit of the members of the Insurance Group, for so long as they remain members) right and licence to access and
use all necessary and relevant Confidential Information and personal data, including any: (i) renewal data, (ii) product or technical data and (iii) any other data related directly to the sourcing, pricing, underwriting and analysis
of any business written under any of the Binder Agreements, for the purposes of providing or receiving the Services during the term of this Agreement and any Binder Agreement, subject always to Applicable Law, provided that for the avoidance of
doubt, all such Confidential Information and personal data shall be deleted or destroyed, and not retained in any form, by FIHL (and FIHL shall procure that each member of the Insurance Group shall do likewise) immediately upon expiration or
termination of such licence with respect to such 36
entity, with such deletion and/or destruction certified in writing to MGU Holdco upon written request. Limitation of Liability References to liability in this Clause 2223 (Limitation of Liability) include every kind of
liability under, arising from or in relation to either this Agreement, or any Binder Agreement, including but not limited to liability in contract, tort (including negligence), misrepresentation, restitution or otherwise. Neither party to this Agreement or a Binder Agreement (each a Liable Party) shall have
any liability to the other party thereto (Innocent Party) in respect of any losses that the Innocent Party may incur in connection with any matter to which this Agreement or that Binder Agreement relates, including, but not
limited to, underwriting losses, except those losses resulting from: (i) the Liable Partys gross negligence or intentional misconduct; or (ii) where a MGU DUA Company is the Liable Party, any material intentional breach of the
Underwriting Guidelines, which breach is not cured within 90 calendar days of the earlier of: (1) the date on which the Liable Party become aware of such breach; and (2) the date on which the Liable Party receives a notice of such breach
from the Innocent Party. This Clause 23 (Limitation of Liability) shall not limit or exclude any liability that cannot be
limited or excluded by Applicable Law, including for losses arising from: (i) death or personal injury caused by negligence; or (ii) fraud or fraudulent misrepresentation. Termination with immediate effect following a Resolution Failure under Clause 5.6(c); with immediate effect following a Resolution Failure under Clause 5.7(a); with ten (10) Business Days notice following a Resolution Failure under Clauses 5.7(b) or 5.7(c);
or with thirty (30) Business Days notice, if the Defaulting Party does not commence any course of
action agreed by the Joint Referral Forum under Clause 5.6, within twenty (20) Business Days of such course of action being agreed by the Joint Referral Forum, provided that such termination right shall be automatically revoked if the
Defaulting Party provides the Terminating Party with evidence to the Terminating Partys reasonable satisfaction that it has commenced, and has continued to use reasonable efforts to perform, the agreed course of action during the thirty
(30) Business Day termination notice period 37
in each case where the Defaulting Party has committed the relevant act (or
undergone the relevant event) listed in Clause 5.3. Any MGU DUA Company may terminate the applicable Binder Agreement upon the provision of notice in writing to
the corresponding Insurance Company in accordance with the following provisions: with thirty (30) Business Days notice, if FIHL does not take any action to implement a written
remediation plan that sets out how FIHL will reverse a Ratings Downgrade within twenty (20) Business Days of such remediation plan being agreed by the Joint Referral Forum pursuant to Clause 12.5(a), provided that such termination right shall
be automatically revoked if FIHL provides MGU Holdco with evidence to MGU Holdcos reasonable satisfaction that it has commenced the implementation of, and has continued to use reasonable efforts to implement, the written remediation plan
during the thirty (30) Business Day termination notice period; or with immediate effect, if FIHL fails to reverse a Ratings Downgrade within six (6) calendar months of
the Ratings Downgrade occurring save that this termination right will not be triggered by a downgrade to a rating equal to or above the Rating Agency Requirements. For the avoidance of doubt, a change in Control in the ownership of the MGU Group or the Insurance Group
shall not give rise to any right to terminate a Binder Agreement under either this Clause 24 (Termination) or otherwise within this Agreement. The Parties shall act in good faith and use best efforts to avoid or mitigate any circumstances in which a
Binder Agreement may be terminated under this Clause 24 (Termination) or otherwise within this Agreement. Termination of one Binder Agreement shall not imply or trigger termination of another Binder Agreement or
this Agreement. Effect of Termination Upon the termination of any Binder Agreement: (i) this Agreement shall terminate with regard to the
business conducted under that Binder Agreement; and (ii) the corresponding MGU DUA Company shall continue to perform its obligations in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable Binder Agreement until every insurance bound has
expired or has otherwise been cancelled or terminated and, in respect of claims arising under such insurances, until all such claims have been paid or otherwise resolved unless otherwise instructed in writing by Insurance Company. The corresponding
MGU DUA Company shall co-operate with any instructions from the Insurance Company during this run-off period, including any instruction to transfer the servicing of the
Binder Agreement to the Insurance Company or to such third party service provider as the Insurance Company may appoint under Clause 25.2. During the run-off period, the Insurance Company shall pay the Run-Off Fees to the corresponding MGU DUA Company in exchange for the corresponding MGU DUA 38
Companys performance of the run-off services, with such fees being paid in accordance with the procedure for the payment of Commission and Expenses
set out in Clause 16 (Commission and Payments). The provision of the run-off services by the MGU DUA Company shall be reviewed by the Insurance Company after a period of twenty-four (24) months
from the termination of the applicable Binder Agreement, from which date the Insurance Company shall be permitted to give at least six (6) months written notice to the corresponding MGU DUA Company of its intention to rely upon an
alternate third party services provider. Each MGU DUA Company shall be obliged to maintain an exit plan (an Exit Plan) (the
initial draft of which shall be appended to the applicable Binder Agreement and which shall be a common document covering services provided under this Agreement, the applicable Binder Agreement and the Inter-Group Services Agreement), which shall
incorporate the following features that shall apply in a run-off scenario: the parties will agree to adopt a spirit of cooperation in running off the business pursuant to the Exit
Plan, which will include the applicable Insurance Company performing the following activities: (i) using reasonable endeavours to assist the MGU Group in its discussions with replacement capacity providers; (ii) discussing with the
corresponding MGU DUA Company any decision to hire existing MGU DUA Company staff, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Insurance Company makes such decision; and (iii) where reasonably practicable, initiating discussions with the
corresponding MGU DUA Company prior to initiating any step-in rights provided under the Exit Plan, or transferring functions to a third party provider; a process for orderly transfer of the business to an alternative third party service provider(s) or to one
or more Insurance Company (wholly or in part) at Insurance Companys option and in line with Applicable Law; reasonable endeavours of the Insurance Group to assist the MGU Group in its discussions with any replacement
capacity provider (including with regard to information around reserving and ratings requirements on its current book); the rights of the Insurance Company to hire certain staff from the corresponding MGU DUA Company (subject to
applicable employment laws) as may be reasonably necessary in a range of stressed and non-stressed exits, and the right of the applicable Insurance Company to take steps to procure or provide funding to the
corresponding MGU DUA Company, in each case to ensure continuity of Services during the run-off period; the facility for a partial exit, in which certain Services cease whilst the corresponding MGU DUA Company
continues to perform other Services on a run-off basis; and the requirement by the corresponding MGU DUA Company to perform periodic reviews and testing of the Exit
Plan to ensure continuity of Services in accordance with Applicable Law following termination. 39
Notices Service of notices Any notice to be given under this Agreement must be in English and in writing, and may be served by hand, by
first class post or airmail (pre-paid and signed for in each case) or by email to the address or email address (as applicable) given below, or to such other address or email address as may have been notified
by either Party to the other Party for this purpose (which shall supersede the previous address or email address (as applicable) from the date on which notice of the new address is deemed to be served under this Clause 26 (Notices)).
FIHL: For the attention of: Daniel Burrows, Chief Executive Officer Address: Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM 11, Bermuda Email addresses: dan.burrows@fidelisinsurance.com MGU Holdco: For the attention of: Michael Cottell Address: Waterloo House 100 Pitts Bay Road Pembroke, Bermuda HM 08 Email address: michael.cottell@fidelisinsurance.com Any notice served in accordance with Clause 26.1 shall be deemed to have been received:
if delivered by hand, at the time of delivery; if sent by first class post, at 9.30 a.m. on the second calendar day after (and excluding) the date of
posting; if sent by airmail, at 9.30 a.m. on the fifth calendar day after (and excluding) the date of posting; or
40
if sent by email, at the time of transmission by the sender, provided that if a notice would otherwise be deemed to have been received outside Normal Business Hours, it shall instead be
deemed to have been received at the recommencement of such Normal Business Hours. For the purposes of Clause 26.2, Normal Business Hours means 9.00 a.m. to 5.30 p.m. local
time in the place of receipt on any day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in that location. In the case of service on either Party by email, the place of receipt shall be deemed to be the address specified for service on that Party
by post. In proving receipt of any notice served in accordance with Clause 26.1, it shall be sufficient to show that
the envelope containing the notice was properly addressed and either delivered to the relevant address by hand or posted as a pre-paid, signed-for first class or airmail
letter, or that the email was sent to the correct email address. This Clause 26 (Notices) shall not apply to the service of any proceedings or other documents in any
legal action. General Further assurances On request by either Party, each Party shall, as soon as reasonably practicable at the requesting
Partys cost and insofar as it is reasonably able, do or procure the doing of all such acts and execute or procure the execution of all such documents (in a form reasonably satisfactory to the requesting Party) as the requesting Party may
reasonably consider necessary or appropriate to carry this Agreement into effect and to give the requesting Party the full benefit of it. Assignment No Party may assign, grant any security interest over, hold on trust or otherwise transfer the benefit of,
or its rights under, the whole or any part of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Any purported assignment, declaration of trust, transfer,
sub-contracting, delegation, charging or dealing in contravention of Clause 27.2 is ineffective. Variation No variation of this Agreement shall be valid unless it is in writing and signed by or on behalf of each
Party. Rights of third parties A person who is not a Party to the Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act
1999 or other equivalent legislation to enforce any term of the Agreement but this does not affect any right or remedy of a third party which exists or is available apart from that Act. 41
Entire agreement This Agreement shall constitute the whole agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matter
contained within it to the exclusion of any terms implied in law that may be excluded by contract. They supersede and extinguish any and all prior discussions, correspondence, negotiations, drafts, arrangements, understandings or agreements relating
to this Agreement. Each Party agrees and acknowledges that: it is entering into this Agreement in reliance solely on the statements made or incorporated in them;
it is not relying on any other statement, representation, warranty, assurance or undertaking made or given
by any person, in writing or otherwise, at any time prior to the date of this Agreement (Pre-Contractual Statement); it is not entering into this Agreement in consequence of or in reliance on any unlawful communication as
defined in section 30(1) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 made by any other Party or any Partys professional advisers; except as expressly provided in this Agreement, it is entering into this Agreement solely in reliance on its
own commercial assessment and investigation and advice from its own professional advisers; and the other Party is entering into this Agreement in reliance on the acknowledgements given in this Clause
27.7. No Party shall have any liability whatsoever for any Pre-Contractual
Statement, whether in contract, in tort, under the Misrepresentation Act 1967 or otherwise. It is agreed that the only liability of each Party in respect of those statements, representations,
warranties, assurances and undertakings made or given by it and set out or incorporated in this Agreement shall be for breach of contract. This entire agreement Clause does not limit or exclude any liability for fraud. Inconsistencies between the Schedules and an Annual Plan In the event of any inconsistency between any provision contained in a Schedule and an Annual Plan, the
applicable parts of the Annual Plan shall take priority to the extent of such inconsistency. Inconsistency If there is any inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and those of any Binder Agreement,
the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail. Remedies 42
The rights and remedies conferred on any Party by, or pursuant to, this Agreement are cumulative and, except
as expressly provided in this Agreement are in addition to, and without prejudice, to all other rights and remedies otherwise available to such Party at law or in equity. Waiver Any waiver of any term or condition of this Agreement, waiver of any breach of any term or condition of this
Agreement, or waiver of, or election whether or not to enforce, any right or remedy arising under this Agreement or at law, must be in writing and signed by or on behalf of the person granting the waiver, and no waiver or election shall be inferred
from a Partys conduct. Any waiver of a breach of any term or condition of this Agreement shall not be, or be deemed to be, a waiver
of any subsequent breach. Failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement at any time or for any period shall not waive that or any
other provision or the right subsequently to enforce all provisions of this Agreement. Failure to exercise, or delay in exercising, any right or remedy shall not operate as a waiver or be treated
as an election not to exercise such right or remedy, and single or partial exercise or waiver of any right or remedy shall not preclude its further exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. Invalidity In the event any portion of the Agreement is found to be invalid or unenforceable under any Applicable Law,
that portion of the Agreement shall be disapplied to the extent necessary to comply with such Applicable Law, and the remainder of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. Counterparts This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by the Parties to it on separate
counterparts, but shall not be effective until each Party has executed at least one counterpart. Each counterpart constitutes an original, and all the counterparts together constitute one and the same
agreement. Jurisdiction and Governing law The Agreement and any non-contractual dispute or obligation arising
out of or in connection with it shall be subject to the law of England and Wales and to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of England and Wales. This Agreement is entered into by the Parties on the Commencement Date. 43
SIGNATURES SIGNED by ) ) Signed: /s/ Charles Mathias Name: Charles Mathias Signature pages to the Framework Agreement
SIGNED by ) ) Signed: /s/ Dan Burrows Name: Dan Burrows Signature pages to the Framework Agreement
Schedule 1 Services Definitions For the purposes of this Schedule 1 (Services) the capitalised terms set out below have the following
meanings: KPI has the meaning given to it in paragraph 2.3; Service Provider means each MGU DUA Company in relation to its respective Binder Agreement; Service Recipient means each Insurance Company in relation to its respective Binder Agreement; and SLA has the meaning given to it in paragraph 2.3. Underwriting Scope of Services The Service Provider will provide the following services: Product strategy and product development Policy origination, placement and post-bind administration for open market and delegated underwriting,
including endorsements Complete administrative activities for Delegated Underwriting Authorities The parties will agree an Underwriting Manual document to govern the practical processes involved in the delivery of the above services. Service Deliverables Product strategy & development The Service Provider will deliver the following outputs and outcomes: Product strategy documentation Market and competitor research Product development proposals in the format prescribed by the Service Recipient Control attestations confirming that all activities have been performed and reported in accordance with the
Service Providers control framework Policy origination, placement, and post-bind administration 46
The Service Provider will deliver the following outputs and outcomes: Complete all underwriting activities as detailed in the Underwriting Manual Record all policies underwritten in the Policy Administration System of Record Monthly and quarterly reporting on business written and control activities, scope to be determined by the
Service Recipient Control attestations confirming that all activities have been performed and reported in accordance with the
Service Providers control framework Delegated Authorities Management The Service Provider will deliver the following outputs and outcomes: Quarterly reporting on DUA administration activities, scope to be determined by the Service Recipient
Control attestations confirming that all activities have been performed and reported in accordance with the
Service Providers control framework Service Level Agreements and Key Performance Indicators The following are the Service Level Agreements (SLAs) and Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) governing
the services described above. # Type Metric Name Commitment Threshold Timing Frequency of Reporting 47
# Type Metric Name Commitment Threshold Timing Frequency of Reporting 48
Claims Scope of Services The Service Provider will provide the following services: Consulting services to develop claims management strategy and guidelines Claims adjustment Instruct payment of claims Management of claim disputes and litigation, including internal or external legal counsel
Claims subrogation & recoveries Claims delegation management (including TPAs) Other miscellaneous services to support the above activities, or to support any additional regulatory or
legal requirement identified The parties will agree a Claims Guidelines document to govern the practical processes
involved in the delivery of the above services. Service Deliverables The Service Provider will deliver the following outputs and outcomes: Claims Guidelines document Referral to the Service Recipient for approval of any changes to the Claims Guidelines in a format
prescribed by the Service Recipient Processing of (a) Bureau and (b) Manual claims, in line with the Claims Guidelines
Maintaining a live record of claims activities, reserves, fees, and payments in the Claims System of Record
End-to-end oversight and
management of claims disputes and litigation until the claim is resolved & closed Monthly Claims reporting of scope to be agreed between the parties Control attestations as required confirming that all activities have been performed and reported in
accordance with the Service Providers control framework Responses to queries raised by the Service Recipient on an ad-hoc
basis 49
Service Level Agreements and Key Performance Indicators The following are the SLAs and KPIs governing the services described above. # Type Metric Name Commitment Threshold Timing Frequency of Reporting 50
# Type Metric Name Commitment Threshold Timing Frequency of Reporting 51
Finance Scope of Services The Service Provider will provide the following services: Credit control Cash handling services to manage premium receipts from the London Xchanging system or directly from brokers
Monitor aged debt Manage bad debt provision where aged debt is not expected to be recoverable Annual plan preparation Prepare the Annual plan on an annual basis Prepare the annual plan reforecast, updating for any additional information available since the annual plan
was created Service Deliverables Credit control The following
deliverables are to be provided by the Service Provider to the Service Recipient (in a format and frequency as agreed with the Service Recipient) Maintaining a live record of premium amount received directly from brokers in the system of record
Reconcile matched and allocated premium receipts to the settlement amount paid to the Service Recipient
Perform administration of IPT activities as agreed between the Service Provider and Service Recipient
Review aged debt summary and provide reporting to be agreed between the parties Manage the bad debt provision in line with the bad debt policy Monthly and quarterly Credit Control reporting of scope to be agreed between the parties
Respond in a timely manner to queries raised by the Service Recipient Control attestations confirming that all activities have been performed and reported in accordance with the
Service Providers control framework 53
Annual plan preparation The Service Provider will deliver the following outputs and outcomes: Annual plan, in a format to be agreed with the Service Recipient, including supporting schedules and
analysis Reforecast annual plan, including updated supporting schedules and analysis Documentation to support a change request for material variations to the approved Annual plan
Reporting of scope to be agreed between the Parties Respond in a timely manner to queries raised by the Service Recipient Control attestations confirming that all activities have been performed and reported in accordance with the
Service Providers control framework Service Level Agreements and Key Performance Indicators The following are the SLAs and KPIs governing the services described above. # Type Metric Name Commitment Threshold Timing Frequency of Reporting 54
# Type Metric Name Commitment Threshold Timing Frequency of Reporting 55
Treasury Scope of Services The Service Provider will provide the following services: Technical payments processing Process claim payments Provide payment requests to the Service Recipient, including sufficient and appropriate support
Monitor claims payment activity and identify and resolve where payments have been rejected
Short-term cashflow forecasting (Planning) Preparation of short-term cash flow forecast on a timely basis as agreed with the Service Recipient
Notify the Service Recipient Treasury team of significant and very large upcoming cash flow activity via
agreed process Notify the Service Recipient Treasury team of material variations to the approved short-term cash flow
forecast Outwards RI collateral management Determining the amount of collateral required from each reinsurer for each contract Coordinate the establishment of trust accounts between the reinsurer and the Service Recipient
Ensure there is sufficient collateral held in the trust account at all times Determining whether collateral should be released back to the reinsurance counterparty
Service Deliverables The Service Provider will deliver the following outputs and outcomes: Technical Payments Processing Manage the technical payments administration process Provide sufficient and appropriate documentation to enable the Service Recipient to review payments that
need to be processed Monitor the system of record to ensure payments are approved by the Service Recipient 56
Monthly and quarterly technical payments reporting of scope to be agreed between the parties
Respond in a timely manner to queries raised by the Service Recipient Control attestations confirming that all activities have been performed and reported in accordance with the
Service Providers control framework Short-term cashflow forecasting (Planning) Prepare the short-term cashflow forecast in line with information requirements and frequency agreed with the
Service Recipient Notify the Service Recipient of material cash flow variances to the approved cashflow forecast
Monthly and quarterly short-term cash flow reporting of scope to be agreed between the parties
Respond in a timely manner to queries raised by the Service Recipient Control attestations confirming that all activities have been performed and reported in accordance with the
Service Providers control framework Outwards RI collateral management: Manage the RI collateral and trust accounts administration process Monitor collateral balances against required level and communicate shortfalls to the Service Recipient
Monthly and quarterly reporting of scope to be agreed between the parties Respond in a timely manner to queries raised by the Service Recipient Control attestations confirming that all activities have been performed and reported in accordance with the
Service Providers control framework Service Level Agreements and Key Performance Indicators The following are the SLAs and KPIs governing the services described above. Frequency of Reporting 57
Frequency of Reporting 58
Frequency of Reporting Definitions Payments and Cash flows that meet the criteria for the Key Performance Indicators above will be classified with reference to the below matrix.
Where the payment is non-USD, the payment threshold will be converted at the daily USD spot rate as per the day it is notified as due for payment to the Service Recipient: 59
Actuarial Scope of Services The Service Provider will provide the following services: Provide inputs to the Service Recipients actuarial reserving process Provide inputs to the Service Recipients capital management processes, including solvency reporting
Support the Service Providers internal underwriting operations with actuarial pricing services, under
methodology to be agreed with the Service Recipient in a Pricing Framework document Respond to queries from the Service Recipient with respect to data review, validation, or above activities
conducted by the Service Provider The parties will agree a Reserving & Capital Manual document and Pricing
Framework to govern the practical processes involved in the delivery of the above services. Service Deliverables The Service Provider will deliver the following outputs and outcomes: Reporting to support reserving activities of the Service Recipient, scope to be determined by the Service
Recipient Pricing Framework documentation Various inputs to support the capital management and reporting activities of the Service Recipient, scope to
be determined by the Service Recipient Documentation of data and methodology within the Scope of Services, made available on request
Control attestations as required confirming that all activities have been performed and reported in accordance
with the Service Providers control framework 61
Service Level Agreements and Key Performance Indicators The following are the SLAs and KPIs governing the services described above. Metric Name Frequency of Reporting 62
Exposure Management Scope of Services The service provider will provide the following services: Prepare standardised reporting with respect to the underwriting exposures and potential risk accumulations
deriving from the Agreement Prepare standardised reporting to support the financial and regulatory reporting process in-line with the financial Reporting Timetable Perform catastrophe modelling services for regulatory reporting, rating agency reporting, planning,
monitoring, board reporting, event response and outwards reinsurance placement Model ad-hoc Realistic Disaster Scenarios as instructed by the Service
Recipient Model Probable Maximum Losses as instructed by the Service Recipient Service Deliverables The Service Provider will deliver the following outputs and outcomes: Standardised reporting packages per the Schedule on Exposure Management reporting, scope to be determined by
the Service Recipient Ad-hoc reporting as requested by the Service Recipient
Annual methodology reporting Control attestations as required confirming that all activities have been performed and reported in accordance
with the Service Providers control framework Service Level Agreements and Key Performance Indicators The following are the SLAs and KPIs governing the services described above. Metric Name Frequency of Reporting 63
Metric Name Frequency of Reporting 64
Outwards Reinsurance Scope of Services The Service Provider will provide the following services: Place facultative, treaty, or other reinsurance as agreed and approved by the Service Recipient Provider
Place facultative, treaty, or other reinsurance as instructed by the Service Recipient, subject to separate
fee agreement and excluded from profit commission calculations under the terms of the Agreement Perform administrative activities to support the placement process Perform reporting activities to meet the reporting requirements of the Service Recipient, scope to be
determined by the Service Recipient Discharge all obligations under ORI policies placed on behalf of the Service Recipient The parties will agree an ORI Manual document to govern the practical processes involved in the delivery of the above services. Service Deliverables The Service Provider will deliver the following outputs and outcomes: Completed ORI placement control card for each placement Electronic policy records, entered into Prequel and automatically transmitted to the Service Recipient upon
policy binding Monthly and quarterly reporting, scope to be determined by the Service Recipient Production of RI administration documentation as frequently as contractually required under the terms of each
ORI policy ORI schematics Control attestations as required confirming that ORI contracts have been processed and reported in accordance
with the Service Providers control framework Service Level Agreements and Key Performance Indicators The following are the SLAs and KPIs governing the services described above. 65
Frequency of Reporting 66
Frequency of Reporting 67
Operations - Technical Services Scope of Services The Service Provider will provide the following services: Premium management and processing activities Binding administration activities Service Deliverables The Service Provider will deliver the following outputs and outcomes: Monthly reporting, scope of reporting to be determined by the Service Recipient. Control attestations confirming that all activities have been performed and reported in accordance with the
Service Providers control framework Service Level Agreements and Key Performance Indicators The following are the SLAs and KPIs governing the services described above. Frequency of Reporting Bordereaux processing Applicable to delegated authority business only Bordereaux processing Applicable to delegated authority business only 68
Frequency of Reporting 69
Frequency of Reporting 70
Schedule 2 Joint Referral Forum The Joint Referral Forum shall not constitute a formal management committee of any of the Parties, or any of
the parties to a Binder Agreement. The Joint Referral Forum shall instead provide the forum by which relevant management executives of the
Insurance Group and the MGU Group notify and if possible, resolve and agree issues concerning the management of any of the matters referred to in the Framework Agreement and any Binder Agreement. These issues may be specific to certain entities
within the Insurance Group or MGU Group, or they may be group-wide (in which case they will be handled by the members of the Joint Referral Forum appointed by the Parties). They would therefore need the agreement of different constituent groups of
executives as appropriate. Subject to the provisions of this Schedule 2 (Joint Referral Forum), the Joint Referral Forum has the
power to determine whether it should be subject to any constitutional rules or principles governing its operations. The Joint Referral Forum has authority to make decisions for and on behalf of its appointing entities in any
way that it sees fit, and is not required to make such decisions by way of a formal majority vote. The Joint Referral Forum shall comprise both: (i) the Chief Operating Officers of each Insurance Group
entity and each MGU Group entity; and (ii) one or more other appropriately senior executives selected by each Insurance Group entity and each MGU Group entity. The initial members of the Joint Referral Forum shall be as set out in paragraph 8.
If any Insurance Group entity or MGU Group entity replaces any of their representatives to the Joint
Referral Forum, the applicable Party shall notify the other Party of such replacement as soon as practicable, and such notification shall be accompanied by an updated version of table set out in paragraph 8 containing the details of the replacement
member of the Joint Referral Forum. Once a matter has been notified to the Joint Referral Forum, it shall be resolved and agreed using the
following procedure: in the first instance, the matter shall be discussed by the relevant executives of each Insurance Group
entity and each MGU Group; if executives are not able to resolve the matter within twenty (20) Business Days of it being referred
to them, the matter shall be escalated to relevant Chief Executives; and if the Chief Executives are not able to resolve the matter within twenty (20) Business Days of it being
referred to them, the matter shall be referred to the applicable Dispute Resolution Procedure, save that any Initial Discussions forming part of the applicable Dispute Resolution Procedure shall not be performed for the purposes of
resolving the matter. The initial membership of the Joint Referral Forum shall be agreed by the Parties twenty (20) Business
Days prior to the Commencement Date. 71
Schedule 10 Dispute Resolution Procedures Interpretation In addition to (or, where applicable, instead of) the definitions set out in Clause 1 of this Agreement, the
capitalised terms set out below have the following meanings: Calculating Party has
the meaning given to it in paragraph 2.1(b) of this Schedule 10 (Dispute Resolution Procedures); Calculations Dispute has the meaning given to it in paragraph 2.1(b) of this Schedule 10 (Dispute
Resolution Procedures); Calculations Dispute Notice has the meaning given to it in paragraph
2.1(b) of this Schedule 10 (Dispute Resolution Procedures); Disputing Party has the meaning
given to it paragraph 2.1(b) of this Schedule 10 (Dispute Resolution Procedures); Escalation
Referral has the meaning given to it in paragraph 2.1(c) of this Schedule 10 (Dispute Resolution Procedures); Escalation to Arbitration Date has the meaning given to it in paragraph 3.2(b) of this Schedule 10
(Dispute Resolution Procedures); Escalation to Mediation Date has the meaning given to it in
paragraph 3.1(d) of this Schedule 10 (Dispute Resolution Procedures); Expert means a person
who: (i) is independent of either Party; (ii) is generally recognised as an expert on the matters relating to the Calculations Dispute; (iii) is a member of, or is employed by, one of the recognized leading actuarial or accountancy
consultancy firms (as applicable, depending upon the nature of the Calculations Dispute); and (iv) has at least 10 years of experience in the general insurance industry, or is otherwise selected pursuant to paragraph 2.2 of this Schedule 10
(Dispute Resolution Procedures); Expert Referral Notification has the meaning given to it in
paragraph 2.2(a) of this Schedule 10 (Dispute Resolution Procedures); Joint Referral Forum
Referral has the meaning given to it in paragraph 3.1(c) of this Schedule 10 (Dispute Resolution Procedures); LCIA has the meaning given to it in paragraph 2.1(b)2.2(b) of this Schedule 10 (Dispute Resolution
Procedures); Non-Calculations Dispute means any dispute
between the Parties under or in relation to this Agreement that is not a Calculations Dispute or a mid-year adjustment that is subject to the Mid-Year Change Procedure;
Non-Calculations Dispute Notice has the meaning given to it in
paragraph 3.1(b) of this Schedule 10 (Dispute Resolution Procedures); and - 125 -
Notified Party has the meaning given to it in paragraph
3.1(b) of this Schedule 10 (Dispute Resolution Procedures). For the purposes of this Schedule 10 (Dispute Resolution Procedures) only, references to
Parties shall mean either (as applicable) the Parties to this Agreement or the parties to a Binder Agreement, and references to this Agreement shall mean either (as applicable) this Agreement or the applicable Binder
Agreement. Calculations Dispute Resolution Procedure Initial Discussions The Parties shall resolve all Calculations Disputes in accordance with the process set out in this paragraph
2. If either Party (the Disputing Party) reasonably disputes any calculation (a
Calculations Dispute) made by the other Party (the Calculating Party) pursuant to this Agreement, the Disputing Party shall provide the Calculating Party with a Calculations Dispute notice (a
Calculations Dispute Notice) as soon as reasonably practicable. The Calculations Dispute Notice shall set out in reasonable detail an explanation as to why the Disputing Party disagrees with the calculations performed by the
Calculating Party, including, where applicable, the Disputing Partys good faith calculation of the sums that are subject to the Calculations Dispute. The Parties shall refer the Calculations Dispute in writing to their respective Chief Financial Officer (the
Escalation Referral) within ten (10) Business Days from the date of the Calculating Party receiving the Calculations Dispute Notice, along with a copy of the Calculations Dispute Notice. Following the Escalation Referral, the Chief Financial Officers will use best endeavours to settle such
Calculations Dispute in good faith. Expert Determination If the Calculations Dispute has not been agreed or settled within twenty (20) Business Days of the
Escalation Referral, either Party may notify the other that it intends to refer the matter to an Expert (an Expert Referral Notification). The Parties shall use best endeavours to agree upon an Expert within ten (10) Business Days of the
Expert Referral Notification. If the Parties are unable to agree upon an Expert within such period, then the Expert shall be appointed: (i) by either (as applicable, depending upon the nature of the Calculations Dispute) the then-President (or
a person in an equivalent position) of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales or the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries; or (ii) if such President fails to do so, in accordance with the London Court of International
Arbitration (LCIA) Arbitration Rules. The process for resolution of the Calculations Dispute shall be determined by the Expert, who shall act as
an expert and not as an arbitrator. The Expert may, in turn, appoint or hire other experts at his discretion. - 126 -
The Parties shall have the right to make representations to the Expert within the process for resolution of
the Calculations Dispute determined by such Expert. The decision of the Expert shall, in the absence of manifest error, be binding and final on the Parties.
All costs incurred by the relevant Expert (and, if any, all other experts appointed or hired by the Expert)
shall be borne by the Parties in equal shares unless the Expert determines otherwise. Each Party shall, upon any request by the Expert, provide the Expert with such information that is within
its possession or control and which has been reasonably required by the Expert, to the extent that such provision is within such Partys power (without contravention of any law or rule, regulation or direction of any governmental or regulatory
authority or any binding agreement). The Parties shall use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that the Expert will give his decision within
thirty (30) Business Days from the date when the Expert is first appointed. Non-Calculations Dispute Resolution Procedure
Initial Discussions The Parties shall resolve all Non-Calculations Disputes in
accordance with the process set out in this paragraph 3. The Disputing Party may send written notice to the other Party (the Notified Party) of
any Non-Calculations Dispute (a Non-Calculations Dispute Notice). The Non-Calculations Dispute Notice shall
set out in reasonable detail the nature of the dispute raised by the Disputing Party, and the rationale for such dispute. Within ten (10) Business Days of the Notified Party receiving the
Non-Calculations Dispute Notice, the Parties shall refer the Non-Calculations Dispute in writing to the Joint Referral Forum (Joint Referral Forum
Referral) along with a copy of the Non-Calculations Dispute Notice. The Joint Referral Forum shall attempt in good faith to resolve such Non-Calculations
Dispute by negotiation and consultation between themselves. If the Joint Referral Forum is not able to resolve the
Non-Calculations Dispute within twenty (20) Business Days of receiving the Joint Referral Forum Referral, either Party may communicate to the other Party that it intends to initiate mediation under
paragraph 2 (the date of such communication being the Escalation to Mediation Date). Mediation At any time after the Escalation to Mediation Date, either Party may submit the Non-Calculations Dispute to mediation in accordance with the LCIA - 127 -
Mediation Rules, which Rules are deemed to be incorporated by reference into this paragraph 3.2(a). If the Parties do not resolve the Non-Calculations Dispute within
twenty (20) Business Days from the commencement of the mediation process, either Party may communicate to the other Party that it intends to initiate arbitration proceedings under paragraph 3.3 (the date of such communication being the
Escalation to Arbitration Date). Arbitration At any time after the Escalation to Arbitration Date, either Party may refer the Non-Calculations Dispute to be finally settled by arbitration under the LCIA Arbitration Rules, which Rules are deemed to be incorporated by reference into this paragraph 3.3 (a). The tribunal shall consist of three (3) arbitrators, all of which shall be persons (including those who
have retired) with not less than ten (10) years experience of insurance or reinsurance in the general insurance industry or as lawyers or other professional advisors serving the general insurance industry. Each Party shall nominate one
arbitrator, and the two arbitrators nominated by the Parties shall within fifteen (15) Business Days of the appointment of the second arbitrator agree upon a third arbitrator, who shall act as Chairman of the tribunal. If no agreement is
reached within fifteen (15) Business Days, the LCIA shall nominate and appoint a third arbitrator to act as Chairman of the tribunal. Each Party expressly agrees and consents to this procedure for nominating and appointing the tribunal.
The language of the arbitration shall be English. All documents submitted in connection with the proceedings
shall be in the English language or, if in another language, accompanied by a certified English translation. The seat and place of arbitration shall be London, England and English law shall be applicable to this
arbitration agreement. The Parties agree to exclude section 69 of the Arbitration Act 1996 from applying to this arbitration
agreement. - 128 -
Schedule 11 Commission and Expenses Schedule Definitions In addition to the definitions set out in Clause 1 of this Agreement, the capitalised terms set out below
have the following meanings: Administrative Expenses Allowance means a sum equating
to 2.3% of NWP; Binder ROE means FIHLs consolidated net underwriting margin (disregarding any
business not underwritten by the MGU Group following the Commencement Date and the effect of any FIHL Procured Outwards Reinsurance) plus all overriders retained by the Insurance Group (disregarding the effect of any FIHL Procured Outwards
Reinsurance) minus an Administrative Expenses Allowance minus the MGU Groups Designated Allocation of FIHLs costs of financing its debt and preference shares that are included in the Total Capital minus the total
accumulated Ceding Commission payable to the MGU Group minus Portfolio Management Fees relating to such business, divided by the MGU Groups Designated Allocation of FIHLs Opening Common Shareholders Equity; Ceding Commission means the ceding commission payable by each Insurance Company to the corresponding MGU
DUA Company under the applicable Binder Agreement, in each case as calculated in accordance with paragraph 2 of this Schedule; Estimated Portfolio Management Fees Payment Period has the meaning given to it in paragraph 4.2 of this
Schedule; Estimated Portfolio Management Fees Payments has the meaning given to it in paragraph 4.2 of
this Schedule; Estimated Portfolio Management Fees True-Up
Amount has the meaning given to it in paragraph 4.4 of this Schedule; Estimated Portfolio Management
Fees True-Up Payment Deadline has the meaning given to it in paragraph 4.5 of this Schedule; MGU Groups Designated Allocation means the percentage of Total Capital of FIHL that is deemed
allocated to the MGU Group; NWP means gross written premiums obtained by the Insurance Company in
respect of any business underwritten in relation to a Binder Agreement minus any premiums payable by the Insurance Company in respect of any outwards reinsurance to cover any business underwritten in relation to a Binder Agreement (except
any premium or expenses incurred in respect of FIHL Procured Outwards Reinsurance); Opening Common
Shareholders Equity means FIHLs open common shareholders equity adjusted for dividend and equity raises as set out in FIHLs consolidated audited accounts corresponding to the applicable Underwriting Year; - 129 -
Original Business means business that has been directly
procured by a MGU DUA Company that incepts on or after 1 January 2023; Pine Walk Cell means each
of: Navium Marine Limited, a private limited company established in England and Wales (company no. 13297194);
Radius Specialty Limited, a private limited company established in England and Wales (company no. 10877650);
Perigon Product Recall Limited, a private limited company established in England and Wales (company no.
12067625); Oakside Surety Limited, a private limited company established in England and Wales (company no. 11061884);
Kersey Specialty Limited, a private limited company established in England and Wales (company no. 11197968);
Openergy Limited, a private limited company established in England and Wales (company no. 13631866); and
Pernix Speciality Limited, a private limited company established in England and Wales (company no.
13787856). Portfolio Management Fee shall have the meaning assigned to it in
paragraph 4.1 of this Schedule; Total Capital means Opening Common Shareholders Equity (adjusted for
dividends and equity raises) plus debt and preference share capital that qualifies as capital available for underwriting (for the avoidance of doubt, the current debt and preference shares issued by FIHL as at the Commencement Date are
included within this definition of Total Capital); and Third Party MGU Business means business that
has been indirectly procured by a MGU DUA Company through a third party MGU where the individual policy of insurance or reinsurance incepts on or after 1 January 2023. Ceding Commission Each Insurance Company shall pay the following ceding commission to the corresponding MGU DUA Company: The sum of 11.5% on NWP (but gross of any acquisition costs that the Insurance Company is required to pay in
respect of such business) on Original Business, which shall include Broker Facility Business. The sum of 3% on NWP (but gross of any acquisition costs that the Insurance Company is required to pay in
respect of such business) on Third Party MGU Business. - 130 -
The Insurance Companies are not required to pay any commission to the MGU DUA Companies in respect of any
business sourced by Pine Walk Cells, and any commission that the Insurance Companies are required to pay to the Pine Walk Cells shall remain payable in accordance with the existing terms that the Insurance Companies have in place with the Pine Walk
Cells prior to the Commencement Date. However, for the avoidance of doubt, the Portfolio Management Fee that each Insurance Company shall pay to the corresponding Pine Walk Cell shall include such the NWP relating to this business.
Profit Commission Each Insurance Company shall pay its allocation of the following profit commission to the corresponding MGU DUA Company: The sum of 20% of the operating profit of FIHL above an annual Binder ROE hurdle of 5%, which
shall be calculated in accordance with this paragraph 3. An example of these calculations is set out in the Annex to this Schedule 11 (Commission and Expenses). Profit commission shall be calculated on an Insurance Group-level basis then allocated proportionally to
each Insurance Company to pay to its corresponding MGU DUA Company. If, in respect of any Underwriting Year, FIHL suffers an overall loss in respect of the Binder Agreements,
such loss shall be carried forward into the immediately Subsequent Underwriting Year and shall be set against the corresponding profit that FIHL makes in such underwriting year by being added to the Binder ROE hurdle pertaining to such Subsequent
Underwriting Year. If any loss that is carried forward from a previous Underwriting Year is not set against any profit obtained
by FIHL in the immediately Subsequent Underwriting Year, such excess loss may be carried forward for a maximum of two (2) further Underwriting Years, until such loss is either: (i) set against the profit of FIHL in such Underwriting Year
by increasing the level of the applicable Binder ROE hurdle; or (ii) is no longer eligible to be set against any profit of FIHL as it has been carried forward into three (3) Underwriting Years. Neither FIHL nor the Insurance Companies shall have any right to claw back any profit commission that they
have paid to the MGU DUA Companies in respect of previous Underwriting Years. Within forty-five (45) Business Days after the end of the third (3) Underwriting Year immediately
following the applicable Binder Agreement Commencement Date, and by the corresponding date following each subsequent three (3) Underwriting Year period thereafter, the Parties shall review the Administrative Expenses Allowance and shall use
best endeavours to agree an appropriate Administrative Expenses Allowance that shall be applied in respect of future Underwriting Years. Portfolio Management Fee Level of Portfolio Management Fee - 131 -
Each Insurance Company shall pay to the corresponding MGU Group company an annual portfolio management fee
of 3% of NWP (the Portfolio Management Fee), which shall include the business sourced by the Pine Walk Cells. Payment of Estimated Portfolio Management Fees Solely in respect of the first two (2) Underwriting Years immediately following each Binder Agreement
Commencement Date (the Estimated Portfolio Management Fees Payment Period), each Insurance Company shall pay estimated Portfolio Management Fees based on the Annual Plan to the corresponding MGU DUA Company on the following terms:
within seven (7) Business Days of the commencement of the First Annual Plan, each Insurance Company
shall pay to the corresponding MGU DUA Company a sum equating to the estimated Portfolio Management Fee in respect of the corresponding Underwriting Year; and within seven (7) Business Days from the date upon which the applicable parties agree the second Annual
Plan, each Insurance Company shall pay a sum equating to the estimated Portfolio Management fee in respect of the corresponding Underwriting Year, the sums set out in paragraphs 4.2(a) and (b) above being the Estimated Portfolio Management Fees
Payments. Each Insurance Company shall calculate the Estimated Portfolio Management Fees Payments based upon the
estimated total NWP to be written during the applicable Underwriting Year, as set out in the Annual Plan corresponding to the applicable Estimated Portfolio Management Fee Payment. Each MGU DUA Company shall, prior to the first (1) calendar day in March in the calendar year most
immediately following the Estimated Portfolio Management Fees Payment Period, calculate the total actual amount of the Portfolio Management Fees payable by the corresponding Insurance Company during the Estimated Portfolio Management Fees Payment
Period (the Estimated Portfolio Management Fees True-Up Amount), and shall inform the corresponding Insurance Company of the Estimated Portfolio Management Fees True-Up Amount, along with its calculations set out in sufficient detail to enable the Insurance Company to understand the basis for such calculations and, if applicable, to dispute all or part of the Estimated
Portfolio Management Fees True-Up Amount. If an Insurance Company does not challenge the Estimated Portfolio Management Fees True-Up Amount calculated by the corresponding MGU DUA Company (or any part of such calculations), either the Insurance Company or the MGU DUA Company (as applicable) shall make a payment to the other party within
thirty (30) calendar days of the True-Up Date (the Estimated Portfolio Management Fees True-Up Payment Deadline) in accordance with the following
provisions: if the Estimated Portfolio Management Fees True-Up Amount is less
than the aggregate amount of the estimated Portfolio Management Fees that the Insurance Company has paid during the course of the Estimated Portfolio - 132 -
Management Fees Payment Period, the MGU DUA Company shall reimburse the corresponding Insurance Company for the amount of such excess by the Estimated Portfolio Management Fees True-Up Payment Deadline; or if the Estimated Portfolio Management Fees True-Up Amount is more
than the aggregate amount of the Estimated Portfolio Management Fees that the Insurance Company has paid during the course of the Estimated Portfolio Management Fees Payment Period, the Insurance Company shall pay the corresponding MGU DUA Company
an additional amount representing the Portfolio Management Fees corresponding to the deficit by the Estimated Portfolio Management Fees True-Up Payment Deadline. If an Insurance Company disputes the Estimated Portfolio Management Fees
True-Up Amount provided by the corresponding MGU DUA Company (or any part of it), the Insurance Company shall notify the corresponding MGU DUA Company within ten (10) Business Days of being informed of
the Estimated Portfolio Management Fees True-Up Amount, following which date, if it has not disputed such sums, it shall be taken to have accepted the Estimated Portfolio Management Fees True-Up Amount in full. In the event of a dispute, the parties to the applicable Binder Agreement shall refer the matter to the Calculations Dispute Resolution Procedure as soon as reasonably practicable. If it is
determined from the Calculations Dispute Resolution Procedure that the Insurance Company owes any additional Portfolio Management Fees to the corresponding MGU DUA Company (or vice versa), the Estimated Portfolio Management Fees True-Up Payment Deadline shall be taken to be thirty (30) calendar days from the culmination of the Calculations Dispute Resolution Procedure. Each Insurance Company shall pay Portfolio Management Fees in respect of any period beyond the Estimated
Portfolio Management Fees Payment Period in accordance with Clause 16 (Commission and Payments). Outwards Reinsurance Quota Share Any overriders that the Insurance Group has in place with reinsurers under quota share reinsurance
agreements (both in the form of ceding commission and profit commission) either: (i) before the applicable Binder Agreement Commencement Date; or (ii) that constitute FIHL Procured Outwards Reinsurance, shall be unaffected by either this
Agreement, or by any Binder Agreement. All overriders relating to quota share reinsurance agreements entered into by the MGU Group for and on
behalf of the Insurance Group shall pass through entirely from the Insurance Companies to the MGU DUA Companies subject to paragraph 5.3 below. The Insurance Companies shall retain the following amounts in respect of the overriders entered into by the
MGU Group for and on behalf of the Insurance Group: (i) 1% of all premium ceded under the quota share contracts; and (ii) all overriders paid by the reinsurers to cover acquisition costs where the cession is on a gross of acquisition costs
basis, such as the current quota share agreement covering business written by Kersey Specialty Limited. - 133 -
Underwriting Expenses Each MGU DUA Company may recover any expenses from the corresponding Insurance Company that it incurs directly in relation to
any individual insurance, reinsurance or retrocession that it places under the terms of the Binder Agreements (e.g., expenses incurred in instructing counsel on specific deals, or in performing due diligence on third parties). Acquisition Costs Each MGU Group company may recover any costs from the Insurance Company, or retain any sums due to the Insurance Company, in
respect of any costs that it incurs in acquiring business from third parties, such as from brokers (including lineslip brokers) or MGUs, and these costs may be taken into account in the True-up Amount under
Clause 16 (Commission and Payments). Run-Off Fees Any run-off fees that shall be paid by an Insurance Company to the corresponding MGU
DUA Company shall be based on a percentage of reserves to be agreed at the time of run-off based on available benchmarks and Fidelis MGUs bona fide expectation of the resource required to service such run off.
- 134 -
Annex Worked example of profit commission calculations: Profit commission calculation
illustration Comments A Net premiums earned As reported B Net losses As reported C Net acquisition expenses As reported A+B+C Net underwriting margin Disregarding any business not underwritten by the MGU Group following the Commencement Date and the effect of any FIHL
Procured Outwards Reinsurance D Overriders retained by the Insurance Group As reported, disregarding the effect of any FIHL Procured Outwards Reinsurance E Financing costs The MGU Groups Designated Allocation of FIHLs costs of financing its debt and preference shares that are
included in Total Capital F Administrative Expenses Allowance Administrative Expenses Allowance G Ceding Commission and Portfolio Management Fees As reported H=A+B+C+D+E+F+G Binder Profit available for profit commission - 135 -
I Opening Common Shareholders Equity The MGU Groups Designated Allocation of FIHLs Opening Common Shareholders Equity adjusted for dividend and
equity raises as set out in FIHLs consolidated audited accounts J=H/I Binder ROE for profit commission Profit available for profit commission divided by opening common shareholders equity K=J-5% Binder ROE for profit commission over hurdle To clarify this hurdle excludes the contribution of investment return to the Insurance Cos
ROE L=K*I Operating Profit available for profit commission over hurdle M=L*20% Share of profit commission 20% of ROE for profit commission over hurdle - 136 -
83
91
92
121
125
129
(1)
(2)
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
1.
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
2.
2.1
2.2
2.3
(a)
(b)
2.4
2.5
(a)
(b)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(c)
2.6
3.
(a)
(b)
4.
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
5.
5.1
5.2
5.3
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
5.4
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(b)
5.5
5.6
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(i)
(ii)
(e)
5.7
(a)
(b)
(c)
6.
7.
7.1
7.2
8.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
9.
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
9.6
9.7
9.8
9.9
9.10
9.11
9.12
9.13
9.14
9.15
9.16
10.
10.1
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
10.2
11.
11.1
11.2
12.
12.1
12.2
12.3
12.4
12.5
(a)
(b)
12.6
12.7
(a)
(b)
12.8
(a)
(b)
(c)
12.9
(a)
(b)
12.10
(a)
(b)
12.11
(a)
(b)
12.12
13.
13.1
13.2
13.3
13.4
(a)
(i)
(A)
(B)
(b)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(A)
(B)
(iv)
(v)
13.5
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(b)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(A)
(B)
(iv)
(v)
13.6
(i)
(ii)
(1)
(2)
13.7
13.8
14.
15.
16.
16.1
16.2
16.3
16.4
16.5
16.6
16.7
16.8
(a)
(b)
16.9
16.10
16.11
16.12
16.13
16.14
17.
17.1
17.2
17.3
17.4
18.
18.1
18.2
18.3
18.4
18.5
18.6
18.7
18.8
(a)
(b)
19.
20.
20.1
(a)
(b)
(c)
20.2
20.3
20.4
20.5
20.6
21.
21.1
21.2
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
21.3
22.
22.1
22.2
22.3
22.4
22.5
22.6
23.
23.1
23.2
23.3
24.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
24.2
(a)
(b)
24.3
24.4
24.5
25.
25.1
25.2
25.3
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
26.
26.1
26.2
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
26.3
26.4
26.5
27.
27.1
27.2
27.3
27.4
27.5
27.6
27.7
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
27.8
27.9
27.10
27.11
27.12
27.13
27.14
27.15
27.16
27.17
27.18
27.19
27.20
27.21
SHELF HOLDCO II LIMITED
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
1.
1.1
2.
2.1
●
●
●
2.2
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(i)
(ii)
2.3
1
SLA
Premium & Claims Bordereaux
Provision of monthly bordereaux.
95%
Within 4 weeks of month close
Monthly
2
SLA
Carrier licence adherence
Policies will be written in compliance with the scope of each Service Recipients Delegated Authority
97.5%
Per policy
Monthly.
3
SLA
Authority limits
Policies will be written within an individuals authority limits, applicable risk appetites, and within
100%
Per policy
Monthly
the scope of Binder terms.
4
SLA
Delegated Authority Data Updates and Additions
Processing of changes and additions to the DUA management tool
95%
Within 5 working days of receipt
Monthly
5
SLA
High priority deliverable timeliness
High-priority deliverables per the Reporting Timetable are delivered on-time
95%
Per Reporting Timetable
Monthly
6
SLA
Normal priority deliverable timeliness
Normal-priority deliverables per the Reporting Timetable are delivered
90%
Within 5 days of the due date in the Reporting Timetable
Monthly
7
KPI
Recording of UMCC outcomes
UMCC outcomes will be recorded on Prequel
95%
Within 3 working Days of meeting
Monthly
8
KPI
New Sub- Coverholder Onboarding
New DUA setup will be completed within the DUA management tool
95%
Within 45 working days of receipt of all required setup information
Monthly
9
KPI
Normal priority deliverable timeliness
Normal-priority deliverables per the Reporting Timetable are delivered on-time
90%
Per Reporting Timetable
Monthly
3.
3.1
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
3.2
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
3.3
1
SLA
Bureau claims response time
Response provided to Bureau claims assigned in a Market Claims System
95%
On average within 5 days of receipt
Monthly
2
SLA
Bureau claims response time
Response provided to Bureau claims assigned in Market Claims System
100%
On average within 30 days of receipt
Monthly
3
SLA
Manual claims response
Average period of time between date notified and date opened
95%
7 working days of receipt
Monthly
4
SLA
Manual claims response
Average period of time between date notified and date opened
100%
30 working days
Monthly
5
SLA
Bureau payments
Payment requests with supporting documentation submitted to the Service Recipient for onwards processing following request
95%
Within 5 days of submission of payment authorisation
Monthly
6
SLA
Manual payments
Payment requests with supporting documentation submitted to the Service Recipient for onwards processing following request
95%
Within 5 days of submission of payment authorisation
Monthly
7
SLA
Adherence to claims authorities
Claims payments & reserve movements made within individual authority limits
100%
Per instance of payment or movement
Monthly
8
KPI
Closed Claim review
Percentage of claims files closed in within a calendar month to be peer reviewed
10%
Within 10 working days
Monthly
9
KPI
Closed Claim review
Percentage of closed claims files scoring 85% or better on its relevant closed claim review checklist
95%
Per month
Monthly
10
KPI
Peer Review
Number of open claims per claims handler to be peer reviewed based on a random selection of claims files
5 Claims
Per quarterly sampling period
Quarterly
11
KPI
Peer Review
Percentage of completed peer review checklists with a score of 85% or better
95%
Per quarterly sampling period
Quarterly
12
KPI
Overdue diary items
Percentage of overdue diary items in the claims system reviewed and updated
100%
Within 30 calendar days of becoming overdue
Monthly
13
KPI
Overdue static claims review
Percentage of static claims in the claims system reviewed and updated
100%
Within 30 calendar days of becoming overdue
Monthly
14
KPI
Overdue static claims
Open claims portfolio overdue by volume
<=5%
Final working day of each month
Monthly
15
KPI
Overdue static claims
Open claims portfolio overdue by outstanding reserve amount
<=5%
Final working day of each month
Monthly
16
KPI
Complaints
Valid complaints received as a
<=1%
Last working day of each
Monthly
4.
4.1
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
4.2
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
4.3
1
SLA
Matched premium reconciliation
Reconcile matched and allocated premium receipts in Prequel to the settlement amount paid to the Service Recipient
100%
Within 5 working days of the final working day of the month
Monthly
2
SLA
Provision of data
Data deliverables to be provided in line with the agreed timings
100%
Per Reporting Timetable
Monthly / Quarterly
3
SLA
Aged debt collection
Aged debt balance > 90 days within target agreed by entity CFOs
95%
Within 5 working days of the final working day of the month
Monthly
4
SLA
Unallocated cash monitoring
Unmatched cash within target agreed by entity CFOs
95%
Within 5 working days of the final
Monthly
working day of the month
5
SLA
Provision of the annual plan
Annual Plan provided in line with the agreed timings
100%
Per Reporting Timetable
Quarterly
6
KPI
Resolution of unreconciled items for matched premium reconciliation
Resolve unreconciled items, exceeding materiality threshold as agreed between the Service Recipient and the Service Provider
100%
Within 7 working days of the final working day of the month
Monthly
7
KPI
Timing of provision of quarterly management information
Submit Management information as agreed between the two parties
100%
Per Reporting Timetable
Quarterly
5.
5.1
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
5.2
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
5.3
#
Type
Metric Name
Commitment
Threshold
Timing
#
Type
Metric Name
Commitment
Threshold
Timing
1
SLA
Attendance at weekly cash flow forecast meeting
To attend weekly cash flow forecast meetings
100%
As agreed between both parties
Weekly
2
SLA
Notification of significant cash flow activity
Significant cash flow activity, as defined in section 4.4, notified to the Service Recipient
95%
At least 5 working days before cash inflow / outflow
Monthly
3
SLA
Notification of very large cash flow activity
Very large cash flow activity, as defined in section 4.4, notified to the Service Recipient
95%
At least 10 working days before cash inflow / outflow
Monthly
4
SLA
Collateral shortfalls response time
Identify and communicate Collateral shortfalls, including expected remediation plan of the shortfall
100%
On day shortfall identified
Monthly
7
KPI
Claim payment request form review
Claim payment requests (received from Service Provider claims team) reviewed per their criticality as agreed with Service Recipient
95%
Per Reporting Timetable
Monthly
8
KPI
Notification of significant one-off payments response time
Significant one-off payments, as defined in section 4.4, notified to Service Recipient Treasury
team
95%
At least 5 working days before the payment is due
Monthly
9
KPI
Notification of very large one-off payments response time
Very large one-off payments, as defined in section 4.4, notified to Service Recipient Treasury
team
95%
At least 10 working days before the payment is due
Monthly
#
Type
Metric Name
Commitment
Threshold
Timing
10
KPI
Notification of payments to be released
Notification of all payments requiring release
95%
Provided daily
Monthly
11
KPI
Volume of rejected payments due to insufficient / inaccurate support or lack of evidence of approval
Rejected payments due to insufficient / inaccurate support or lack of evidence of approval
<5%
Per rejected payments on monthly basis
Monthly
12
KPI
Resolution of rejected payments
Resolution of rejected payments due to insufficient / inaccurate support or lack of evidence of approval
100%
Within 2 working days of the rejected payment
Monthly
13
KPI
New collateral arrangements response time
Details of new collateral arrangements to be recorded
95%
Within 15 working days of sign-off of the arrangement
Monthly
14
KPI
Provision of data
Data deliverables to be provided in line with the agreed timings
100%
Per Reporting Timetable
Monthly
5.4
Entity
FIBL
FUL
FIID
Significant Payment
USD > $5M
USD > $5M
USD > $2.5M
Threshold
Non-USD > $2M
Non-USD > $2M
Non-USD >
$1M
6.
6.1
●
●
●
●
6.2
●
●
●
●
●
6.3
#
Type
Commitment
Threshold
Timing
1
SLA
High priority deliverable timeliness
Delivery of high-priority deliverables per the Reporting Timetable
95%
On or before the due date per Reporting Timetable
Monthly
2
SLA
Normal priority deliverable timeliness
Delivery of normal-priority deliverables per the Reporting Timetable
90%
Within 5 days of due date per Reporting Timetable
Monthly
3
SLA
Pricing framework adherence
Deals bound will be made in compliance with the Pricing Framework
90%
Of policies bound in a monthly period
Monthly
4
KPI
Normal priority deliverable timeliness
Normal-priority deliverables per the Reporting Timetable are delivered on-time
90%
Per Reporting Timetable
Monthly
5
KPI
Model changes
Supporting documents for model changes provided to Service Recipient
99%
5 days after change implementation
Monthly
7.
7.1
●
●
●
●
●
7.2
●
●
●
●
7.3
#
Type
Commitment
Threshold
Timing
1
SLA
High priority deliverable timeliness
Delivery of high-priority deliverables per the Reporting Timetable
95%
On or before the due date per Reporting Timetable
Monthly
2
SLA
Normal priority
Delivery of normal-priority deliverables
90%
Within 5 days of due date per
Monthly
#
Type
Commitment
Threshold
Timing
deliverable timeliness
per the Reporting Timetable
Reporting Timetable
3
KPI
Normal priority deliverable timeliness
Normal-priority deliverables per the Reporting Timetable are delivered on-time
90%
Per Reporting Timetable
Monthly
4
KPI
Model changes
Supporting documents for model changes provided to Service Recipient
99%
Within 5 days of change implementation
Monthly
8.
8.1
●
●
●
●
●
8.2
●
●
●
●
●
●
8.3
#
Type
Metric Name
Commitment
Threshold
Timing
1
SLA
Outwards RI policy data completeness
Purchased Facultative RI policies (including certificates) will be Bound Written on Prequel
100%
Within 10 days of inception
Monthly
2
SLA
Outwards RI policy data completeness
Purchased Treaty RI policies (including certificates) will be Bound Written on Prequel
100%
Within 10 days of inception
Monthly
3
SLA
Outwards RI - Data quality / accuracy
Outwards RI policies bound will be quality checked for accuracy and compliance with minimum contract standards
100%
10% random monthly sample
Monthly
4
SLA
Outwards RI - Resolution of errors
Correction of identified system errors
95%
Within 5 working days of detection
Monthly
5
KPI
Outwards RI placement checklist
Treaty RI placement control cards are completed at inception of the Treaty RI policy
95%
Per dates specified on the control card
Monthly
6
SLA
Outwards RI counterparties
Outwards RI placements will be placed with approved third-party reinsurance counterparties
100%
Per placement
Monthly
7
SLA
Outwards RI purchasing limits
Facultative RI policies will be written within authority limits
100%
Per placement
Monthly
8
SLA
Outwards RI monitoring
Notify Service Recipient if exposures exceed
100%
Within 1 working day
Monthly
#
Type
Metric Name
Commitment
Threshold
Timing
agreed Service Recipient counterparty exposure limits
9
SLA
Outwards RI recoveries
Billing of recoveries in line with the contractual requirements of Outwards RI policies
95%
Within 30 days of quarter close
Quarterly
10
SLA
Outwards RI payments
Reporting of contracts in line with the contractual requirements of Outwards RI policies
85%
Per policy contractual requirements
Monthly
11
KPI
Outwards RI placement checklist
Facultative RI placement control cards are completed at inception of the Facultative RI policy
95%
Per dates specified on the control card
Monthly
12
KPI
Outwards RI reporting
Monthly Outwards RI data inputs to financial reporting processes to be updated in Prequel
100%
Per Reporting Timetable
Monthly
13
KPI
Outwards RI monitoring
Provision of counterparty exposure monitoring of all on-risk reinsurers
100%
Within 10 working days of quarter close
Quarterly
14
KPI
Aged Outwards RI debt
Total balance of debtor balances aged beyond 90 days without an explanation
<5%
Of reinsurance recoverable on paid claims
Monthly
15
KPI
Aged Outwards RI debt
Total balance of debtor balances aged beyond 180 days
<5%
Of reinsurance recoverable on paid claims
Monthly
9.
9.1
●
●
9.2
●
●
9.3
#
Type
Metric Name
Commitment
Threshold
Timing
1
SLA
Bordereaux data, received 5 working days or more prior to month close, will be loaded onto the bordereaux
processing tool
95%
By month close
Monthly
2
SLA
Bordereaux data, received less than 5 working days prior to month close, will be loaded onto the bordereaux
processing tool
95%
Within 10 working days of month close
Monthly
3
SLA
Policy binding administration
Policies, received by Technical Services at least 5 working days prior to quarter close, will be processed
95%
By quarter close
Quarterly
#
Type
Metric Name
Commitment
Threshold
Timing
4
SLA
Policy binding administration
Policies, received by Technical Services less than 5 working days prior to quarter close, will be processed
95%
Within 10 working days of quarter close
Quarterly
5
SLA
Policy endorsement administration
Endorsements, received by Technical Services at least 5 working days prior to quarter close, will be processed
80%
By quarter close
Quarterly
6
SLA
Policy endorsement administration
Endorsements, received by Technical Services less than 5 working days prior to quarter close, will be processed
80%
Within 10 working days of quarter close
Quarterly
7
SLA
Premium management
Premium adjustments will be actioned (e.g. reinstatement premium, premium messaging etc.)
70%
To timeline agreed
Monthly
8
SLA
High priority deliverable timeliness
Delivery of high-priority deliverables per the Reporting Timetable
90%
On or before the due date per Reporting Timetable
Monthly
9
SLA
Normal priority deliverable timeliness
Delivery of normal-priority deliverables per the Reporting Timetable
80%
Within 5 days of due date per Reporting Timetable
Monthly
10
KPI
Policy binding administration
Policies, received by Technical Services at least 5 working days prior to month close, will be processed
95%
By month close
Monthly
#
Type
Metric Name
Commitment
Threshold
Timing
11
KPI
Policy binding administration
Policies, received by Technical Services less than 5 working days prior to month close, will be processed
95%
Within 10 working days of month close
Monthly
12
KPI
Policy endorsement administration
Endorsements, received by Technical Services at least 5 working days prior to month close, will be processed
95%
By month close
Monthly
13
KPI
Policy endorsement administration
Endorsements received by Technical Services less than 5 working days prior to month close
95%
Within 10 working days of month close
Monthly
14
KPI
Normal priority deliverable timeliness
Normal-priority deliverables per the Reporting Timetable are delivered on-time
90%
Per Reporting Timetable
Monthly
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
7.1
7.2
7.3
8.
1.
1.1
1.2
2.
2.1
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
2.2
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
3.
3.1
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
3.2
(a)
(b)
3.3
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
1.
1.1
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
2.
2.1
2.2
2.3
3.
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
4.
4.1
4.2
(a)
(b)
4.3
4.4
4.5
(a)
(b)
4.6
4.7
5.
5.1
5.2
5.3
6.
7.
8.
Exhibit 10.6
DATED 20 December 2022
FIDELIS INSURANCE BERMUDA
LIMITED
and
SHELF OPCO BERMUDA LIMITED
BINDER AGREEMENT
relating to
PROJECT COOPER
Contents
Clause | Page | |||||
1. |
Definitions and interpretation | 1 | ||||
2. |
Period | 3 | ||||
3. |
Authorised Individuals | 3 | ||||
4. |
Grant of authority | 3 | ||||
5. |
Joint Referral Forum | 4 | ||||
6. |
FIHL and MGU Holdco | 5 | ||||
7. |
Sub-delegation of authority | 5 | ||||
8. |
Underwriting and Marketing Conference Call | 5 | ||||
9. |
Group Annual Plan and Group Underwriting Strategy | 6 | ||||
10. |
Annual Plan | 6 | ||||
11. |
Mid-Year Change Procedure | 6 | ||||
12. |
Maintenance of Capital | 6 | ||||
13. |
Exclusivity and Rights of First Offer / Rights of First Refusal | 8 | ||||
14. |
LOBs and coverages | 8 | ||||
15. |
Excluded class(es) of business and coverage(s) | 8 | ||||
16. |
Territorial limitations | 8 | ||||
17. |
Maximum limits of liability or sums insured | 8 | ||||
18. |
Premiums for Products bound | 9 | ||||
19. |
Gross premium income limit | 9 | ||||
20. |
Period of Products bound | 9 | ||||
21. |
Automatic or tacit renewal of Products bound | 9 | ||||
22. |
Outwards Reinsurance | 10 | ||||
23. |
Transformer Deals | 11 | ||||
24. |
Commission and Expenses | 11 | ||||
25. |
Refund of unearned commission(s) | 11 | ||||
26. |
Product documentation | 11 | ||||
27. |
Dispute Resolution | 13 | ||||
28. |
Procedure for the handling and settlement of claims and pursuit of recoveries | 13 | ||||
29. |
Complaints or proceedings | 14 | ||||
30. |
Risks written bordereau(x)/reporting and aggregate exposures | 15 | ||||
31. |
Accounting bordereau(x)/reporting and settlements | 15 | ||||
32. |
Records, statistical information and audit/inspection | 16 |
- i -
33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. Schedule 1 Operation of this Agreement Schedule 2 Authorised Individuals List Schedule 3 First Annual Plan Schedule 4 Exit Plan Schedule 5 Business Continuity Plan - ii -
THIS AGREEMENT is made on 20 December 2022 BETWEEN FIDELIS INSURANCE BERMUDA LIMITED, a limited liability company incorporated in Bermuda (registered
number 50047), whose registered office is at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda (Underwriter); and SHELF OPCO BERMUDA LIMITED, a Bermuda exempted company incorporated in Bermuda (registered number
202201144), whose registered office is at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda (Coverholder). INTRODUCTION The board of directors of FIHL has determined that it is in the best interests of FIHLs members as a
whole to effect the Reorganisation. In accordance with the Reorganisation, FIHLs (re)insurance carriers (including the Underwriter) will
continue to be authorised and regulated to conduct insurance business in each of the United Kingdom, the European Economic Area and Bermuda. MGU Holdco has established a MGU (including the Coverholder) in each of these jurisdictions, and each MGU
has obtained authorisation from the applicable Regulatory Authority to underwrite business on behalf of the corresponding (re)insurance carrier pursuant to the terms of the Binder Agreements. The Binder Agreements are subject to the terms of a Framework Agreement (the Framework
Agreement) entered into between FIHL and MGU Holdco, which sets out an overarching framework for the operation of the Binder Agreements, and will enable them to coordinate how their respective subsidiaries will exercise their respective
rights and obligations under the Binder Agreements. The Underwriter is an insurer that is established in Bermuda and is authorised and regulated by the BMA. The
Coverholder is a MGU that is established in Bermuda and is authorised and regulated by the BMA. The Parties have agreed that the Underwriter shall delegate authority to the Coverholder in respect of
various activities relating to its business, and that the Coverholder shall perform the Services for and on behalf of the Underwriter, pursuant to the term of this Binder Agreement (this Agreement) and the Framework Agreement.
AGREEMENT Definitions and interpretation Definitions Capitalised terms that are not defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning given to them in the
Framework Agreement. In this Agreement, unless the context requires otherwise, the capitalised terms set out below have the
following meanings: 1
Agreement has the meaning given to it in Recital (E);
Authorised Individual means any individual listed in Schedule 2 (Authorised Individuals List)
or in the latest version of any Updated Authorised Individuals List in respect of their respective area of authority or responsibility; Bank has the meaning given to it in Clause 34.1(c); Claim Limit the sum of USD 10,000,000; Commencement Date means 1 January 2023; Confidential Information has the meaning given to it in Clause 39.1; Framework Agreement has the meaning given to it in Recital (C); Normal Business Hours has the meaning given to it in Clause 43.3; OPC means the Office of the Privacy Commissioner for Bermuda; Products means the products that the Coverholder underwrites for and on behalf of the Underwriter under
this Agreement; Regulatory Authority means the BMA, the OPC and any governmental, regulatory authority
or other competent authority that regulates and / or supervises a Party from time to time in respect of its activities; Receiving Party has the meaning given to it in Clause 39.1; Risk Transfer Basis means that, where the Coverholder holds: (i) any premiums from Product holders
that are due to be paid to the Underwriter, such premiums shall be treated as having been paid over to the Underwriter when they are received by the Coverholder; and (ii) any return premiums or claims payment, such sums shall only be treated as
having been paid to the applicable Product holders or other beneficiaries under a Product when they are actually paid to such persons; UMCC means the Fidelis Underwriting and Marketing Conference Call, which will be attended by
representatives of the MGU Group, and in which all new underwriting risks and renewals that may be effected pursuant to the Binder Agreements are presented and discussed; and Updated Authorised Individuals List has the meaning given to it in Clause 3.3. Interpretation References to the Parties are to the parties to this Agreement, and each is a
Party. Clauses 1.3 to 1.6 (inc.) of the Framework Agreement shall apply mutatis mutandis to the extent that
they are applicable to this Agreement. 2
COVERHOLDER AUTHORITY Period This Agreement shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall, unless otherwise terminated in accordance with Clause 45,
remain in force in accordance with the Term of each Binder Agreement provisions contained in clauses 2.2 to 2.6 (inc.) of the Framework Agreement, which shall be incorporated by reference into this Agreement. Authorised Individuals Subject to Clause 3.2, the Coverholder shall ensure that only Authorised Individuals perform any acts in
relation to this Agreement, and that each Authorised Individual shall only act within their respective area of authority or responsibility. Each Authorised Individual may delegate all or part of the performance of their respective area of authority
or responsibility to another employee within the Coverholder, provided that: (i) such employee is: (a) in the reasonable opinion of the delegating Authorised Individual, fit and proper to perform the role, and (b) appropriately
monitored at all times by the delegating Authorised Individual; and (ii) the delegating Authorised Individual remains responsible at all times for their respective area of authority or responsibility. The Coverholder shall procure that its Chief Executive Officer shall provide the Underwriter with an updated
version of Schedule 2 (Authorised Individuals List), which has been signed by the Chief Executive Officer (the Updated Authorised Individuals List), as soon as practicable after it becomes apparent that any Authorised
Individual has ceased, or shall cease, to undertake their respective duties, or any other details contained within Schedule 2 (Authorised Individuals List) have either temporarily or permanently changed. The Coverholders obligation
under this Clause 3.3 shall also apply in respect of occurrences of leave, holiday or sickness, where such leave, holiday or sickness is likely to materially impair the Coverholders performance of its duties under this Agreement unless an
alternative person is appointed to perform the relevant duties (in which case, such alternative person shall be listed as an Authorised Individual in the Updated Authorised Individuals List). Grant of authority The Underwriter hereby authorises the Coverholder to perform the Services for and on behalf of the
Underwriter in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The Coverholder may bind any Products and any amendments to them using an automated electronic online
system, where the use of such system has been agreed in writing by the Underwriter. The Coverholder shall comply with any direction, condition or requirement, including any valid direction to
terminate given in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, given by the Underwriter or by any Regulatory Authority with jurisdiction over the Underwriter or the Coverholder. 3
The Coverholder shall only bind Products under this Agreement in accordance with the Product Guides, as set
out in schedule 8 (Product Guides) of the Framework Agreement, as may be replaced by FIHL and MGU Holdco from time to time. In respect of every Product bound under this Agreement, the Coverholder shall: issue contract documentation, endorsements or such other documents evidencing cover as set out in more
detail in this Agreement; collect and process premiums and return premiums on the Underwriters behalf promptly or where
applicable in accordance with such terms as agreed with the Underwriter; and as set out in paragraph 1 of Schedule 1 (Operation of this Agreement), handle claims and/or settle
claims in accordance with this Agreement. It shall be the responsibility of the Coverholder to notify a prospective holder of, or a beneficiary under,
a Product, or their agent, of any capacity in which it acts as agent for the Underwriter. Nothing in this Agreement shall grant the Coverholder authority beyond that specifically granted by this
Agreement nor shall the Coverholder act as or hold itself out as having authority on behalf of the Underwriter where such authority does not arise or no longer arises under this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as creating the relationship of employer and employee between
the Underwriter and the Coverholder. The Coverholder shall not take any step(s) or undertake any act(s) or omit to do anything in relation to the
Services, including failing to act fairly to holders of, or beneficiaries under, a Product, which is likely to be detrimental to the reputation of the Underwriter. AGENCY AND REVIEW PROVISIONS Joint Referral Forum The Parties acknowledge and agree that their respective appointees to the Joint Referral Forum shall be as
set out in paragraph 2 of Schedule 1 (Operation of this Agreement) and, if necessary, each Party shall replace any appointee as soon as reasonably practicable. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Joint Referral Forum can act on their behalf and, where
applicable bind the Parties, in the following circumstances: if the minimum term of this Agreement does not roll into a Subsequent Underwriting Year, in determining how
the Parties will facilitate the transfer of renewals of the business that the Coverholder has underwritten away from the Underwriter to a third party capital provider in an orderly manner at the expiry of the remaining term and in line with
Applicable Law pursuant to clause 2.5 of the Framework Agreement; 4
in respect of any discussions relating to certain courses of action that either Party should take in the
event of a JRF Notification under clause 5.6 of the Framework Agreement, including being bound by the outcome of such discussions; providing the Coverholder with approval in writing for and on behalf of the Underwriter to underwrite any
business in excess of the Underwriting Parameters in any Underwriting Year pursuant to clause 9.6 of the Framework Agreement; producing a written remediation plan that sets out how FIHL will, with reasonable assistance from the MGU
Group (such assistance not extending to capital or other financial support): (1) mitigate the risk of, or reverse, the Ratings Downgrade or Negative Outlook; and (2) raise additional capital, or reallocate capital between LOBs and its insurance
subsidiaries in the event of a Negative Outlook or a Ratings Downgrade; and in accordance with the Mid-Year Change Procedure or a Dispute
Resolution Procedure. FIHL and MGU Holdco The Parties acknowledge and agree that FIHL and MGU Holdco may negotiate the terms of any Subsequent Annual Plan for and on
their behalf under clause 9.3 of the Framework Agreement, save that such Subsequent Annual Plan shall only come into force if it is actually approved by the Parties at their sole discretion. Sub-delegation of authority The Parties agree that the provisions of clause 20 (Sub-Delegation) of the Framework
Agreement shall be incorporated by reference into this Agreement. Underwriting and Marketing Conference Call The Coverholder shall, prior to entering into or renewing any potential underwriting risks or sub-contracting or sub-delegation arrangements with third party MGUs, present such proposed arrangements to the UMCC. The Parties shall use reasonable endeavours to procure that the UMCC is at all times properly staffed by an
appropriate range of suitably skilled and experienced senior executives. If the Coverholder becomes aware at any point that the UMCC is not, or there is a reasonable prospect that
the UMCC will not be, properly staffed by an appropriate range of suitably skilled and experienced senior executives from the MGU Group as described in Clause 8.2, it shall use reasonable efforts to ensure that the UMCC becomes properly staffed, and
shall periodically inform the Underwriter of its progress. ANNUAL PLAN AND MID-YEAR CHANGE
PROCEDURE 5
Group Annual Plan and Group Underwriting Strategy The Parties shall, where required by either FIHL or MGU Holdco, participate in the formulation of the Group Underwriting
Strategy and Group Annual Plan in respect of each Underwriting Year. Annual Plan The Annual Plan in respect of the first Underwriting Year of this Agreement shall be as set out in Schedule
3 (First Annual Plan). Save where Clause 6 applies, the Parties shall negotiate and agree the terms of any Subsequent Annual Plan
pursuant to the provisions of clause 9 (Negotiation and Agreement of Subsequent Annual Plans) of the Framework Agreement, which shall be incorporated by reference into this Agreement. The Underwriter may notify the Coverholder in writing of any material deterioration in the Technical Ratio
for any LOB in relation to the detailed plan for ensuring that the performance of the LOB will fall within the Technical Ratio in the Subsequent Underwriting Year in accordance with clause 9.11 of the Framework Agreement, which shall be incorporated
by reference into this Agreement. Mid-Year Change Procedure The Parties shall follow the mid-year change procedures set out in clause 10 (Mid-Year Change Procedure) of the Framework Agreement in respect of any material or non-material change to the Annual Plan (including any
Mid-Year Re-Allocation) that is intended to be made outside of the procedure set out in clause 9 (Negotiation and Agreement of Subsequent Annual Plans) of the Framework
Agreement, and clause 10 (Mid-Year Change Procedure) of the Framework Agreement shall be incorporated by reference into this Agreement. Maintenance of Capital The Underwriter shall prepare and provide to the Coverholder, as soon as reasonably practicable following
the date upon which any Subsequent Annual Plan is agreed, Forecast Projections for both the corresponding Subsequent Underwriting Year and for the two following Subsequent Underwriting Years (on the basis that the Subsequent Annual Plan remains the
same in such Subsequent Underwriting Years). The Underwriter shall take all necessary steps to ensure that, at all times during the term of this
Agreement, it maintains sufficient capital (including a sufficient capital buffer) to both meet its obligations under the Current Annual Plan, and to ensure that it adheres to all Rating Agency Requirements (where applicable, in accordance with the
figures pertaining to the applicable Underwriting Year set out in the Forecast Projections). The Underwriter shall ensure that its adherence to the obligations contained in this Clause 12.2 shall take precedence over any dividend policy that
it may have in place. The Parties acknowledge that, as at the Commencement Date, FIHL has been placed on Negative Outlook by
S&P as a result of the proposed Reorganisation. Accordingly, the Parties Agree that Clauses 12.4 to 12.9 (inc.) shall not apply in relation to S&P for the duration of this current rating Negative Outlook, and shall only apply in relation to
6
S&P to any further Negative Outlooks by S&P that may separately occur at any point during the term of this Agreement. Subject to Clause 12.5, the following provisions shall apply during an Initial Negative Outlook Period:
if a Requesting Customer either: (i) wishes to withdraw its existing business from the Underwriter
during the applicable term; or (ii) is unwilling to place new (re)insurance business with the Underwriter, in each case due to the Negative Outlook, subject to MGU Holdco promptly notifying FIHL of such Requesting Customers, the Coverholder may
place such business with one or more third party capital providers (provided the Negative Outlook has not been reversed before that time) pursuant to clause 12.7(a) of the Framework Agreement; and clause 13 (Exclusivity and Rights of First Offer / Rights of First Refusal) of the Framework Agreement shall
be suspended in respect of any existing or new business that the Coverholder has been requested to place with a third party capital provider by a Requesting Customer under Clause 12.4(a). Clause 12.3 shall cease to apply upon the first day of any of the following events to occur: (i) FIHL
reverses the Negative Outlook; (ii) the Initial Negative Outlook Period expires, at which point Clause 12.6 shall apply; or (iii) FIHL undergoes a Ratings Downgrade, at which point Clause 12.8 shall apply. Subject to Clause 12.8, if a Ratings Downgrade Notification relates to a Negative Outlook, and such Negative
Outlook subsists beyond the expiry of the Initial Negative Outlook Period, the following provisions shall apply: subject to MGU Holdco promptly notifying FIHL of any Requesting Customers, the Coverholder may continue to
place existing or new business relating to such Requesting Customers with one or more third party capital providers (provided the Negative Outlook has not been reversed by that time) pursuant to clause 12.9(a) of the Framework Agreement; and
clause 13 (Exclusivity and Rights of First Offer / Rights of First Refusal) of the Framework Agreement shall
be suspended in respect of any such existing or new business. Clause 12.6 shall cease to apply upon the first of any of the following events to occur: (i) FIHL
reverses the Negative Outlook; or (ii) FIHL undergoes a Ratings Downgrade, at which point Clause 12.8 shall apply. Subject to Clause 12.9, in the event of a Ratings Downgrade, the following provisions shall apply:
the Coverholder may immediately: (i) subject to MGU Holdco providing prior written notice to FIHL,
withdraw any existing business from the Underwriter (irrespective of whether such business is transferred during the term of the applicable product or at renewal) and place such business with one or more third
7
party capital providers; and (ii) place any new business with one or more third party capital providers; and clause 13 (Exclusivity and Rights of First Offer / Rights of First Refusal) of the Framework Agreement shall
be suspended in respect of any such existing or new business. Clause 12.8 shall cease to apply if FIHL reverses the Ratings Downgrade. EXCLUSIVITY AND ROFO / ROFR Exclusivity and Rights of First Offer / Rights of First Refusal The Parties acknowledge and agree that the provisions of clause 13 (Exclusivity and Rights of First Offer / Rights of First
Refusal) of the Framework Agreement shall be incorporated by reference into this Agreement. SCOPE OF AUTHORITY LOBs and coverages The Coverholder is only authorised to underwrite business for and on behalf of the Underwriter that is consistent with the
LOBs and the coverages set out in the Current Annual Plan, including any mid-term adjustments or alterations that are made to the Current Annual Plan at any point during the Underwriting Year. Excluded class(es) of business and coverage(s) The Coverholder shall not underwrite business for and on behalf of the Underwriter in respect of any class(es) of business and
coverage(s) stated in paragraph 3 of Schedule 1 (Operation of this Agreement). Territorial limitations The Coverholder is authorised to bind insurances only for risks located in the territory(ies) in which the
Underwriter has the appropriate licences as stated in paragraph 4 of Schedule 1 (Operation of this Agreement) to be updated by the Underwriter following any changes. The Coverholder is only authorised to underwrite business for and on behalf of the Underwriter in respect of
Product holders established in the territory(ies) stated in paragraph 5 of Schedule 1 (Operation of this Agreement). Subject to Applicable Law, the business that the Coverholder underwrites for and on behalf of the
Underwriter is not subject to any territorial limits. Maximum limits of liability or sums insured The Coverholder is only authorised to underwrite business for and on behalf of the Underwriter up to the limits of liability
or sums insured set out in the Current Annual Plan. 8
Premiums for Products bound All gross premiums for Products that the Coverholder has underwritten for and on behalf of the Underwriter shall be calculated
as stated in accordance with paragraph 6 of Schedule 1 (Operation of this Agreement). Gross premium income limit The Coverholder shall not underwrite any business for and on behalf of the Coverholder that is in excess of
the applicable Underwriting Parameters. The Coverholder shall monitor the total gross premium income bound and shall promptly notify the Underwriter
if it becomes apparent that the total gross premium income is likely to exceed eighty-five (85) per cent of either the LOB Premium Limit or the Gross Limit, or if the Coverholder becomes aware that it is likely to exceed any other Underwriting
Parameter. For the purposes of this Clause 19, gross premium income shall be defined as all premiums and additional
premiums, less return premiums (before deductions of any commission and excluding any Tax or policy or other charges). Period of Products bound Every Product bound shall incept during the period of this Agreement. Each Product bound shall run to its contractual expiry date, unless cancelled or terminated in accordance
with the Products cancellation or termination provisions. In the event of cancellation or termination of any Product bound, the Coverholder shall comply with any
Applicable Law relating to the cancellation or termination of such Product and to the return of premium, commission, fees, charges and Taxes. Automatic or tacit renewal of Products bound No Product shall be bound that is subject to or is capable of automatic or tacit renewal, unless otherwise
agreed in writing by the Underwriter or where mandatory by reason of Applicable Law. Where automatic or tacit renewal has been specifically authorised or is mandatory the following provisions shall apply: the Coverholder shall maintain adequate records to identify and monitor, such that it is able to comply with
any applicable time frames, all Products bound which provide for or by reason of Applicable Law are subject to automatic or tacit renewal or extension of the period; the Coverholder shall review each Product bound prior to its individual renewal date in order to offer
renewal terms or to decline the renewal. This process shall be carried out in compliance with any Applicable Law relating to automatic or tacit renewals; the Coverholder is responsible for and shall issue in a timely fashion the necessary and proper notice of non-renewal for individual Products bound to prevent their automatic or tacit renewal; and 9
in the event of non-renewal or termination of this Agreement, the
Coverholder shall provide the Underwriter with an initial report containing details of the following as soon as possible: all Products in force at the end of the period of this Agreement or the effective date of termination of
this Agreement, which are or may be subject to automatic or tacit renewal; all Products for which terms have been offered prior to the end of the period of this Agreement or the
effective date of termination of this Agreement, which could be bound and may be subject to automatic or tacit renewal; and all Products where an automatic or tacit renewal cannot be or has not been prevented; and the Coverholder
shall thereafter provide monthly reports updating the information provided in the initial report until such time as the Underwriter confirms that no further monthly reports are required. Outwards Reinsurance Subject to Clause 22.3, and provided that: (i) the Current Annual Plan is within pre-agreed parameters; and (ii) the reinsurance that the Coverholder is proposing to obtain for and on behalf of the Underwriter is consistent with the Outwards Reinsurance Strategy, the Underwriter delegates
authority to the Coverholder to effect the Outwards Reinsurance Strategy in respect of each Underwriting Year by contracting with one or more third party reinsurers for and on behalf of the Underwriter to cede all or part of any risks that may be
insured or guaranteed by the Underwriter under this Agreement. The Parties acknowledge and agree that clauses 18.3 to 18.5 (inc.) of the Framework Agreement shall be
incorporated mutatis mutandis by reference into this Agreement. The authority that the Coverholder has to procure third party reinsurance cover pursuant to this Clause 22
shall be subject to the requirement that the Coverholder obtains prior approval from the Chief Underwriting Officer of the Underwriter (which shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Underwriter shall procure that its Chief Underwriting Officer shall respond and, if thought fit, approve
the third party reinsurance cover proposed by the Coverholder as soon as reasonably practicable following a reasonable review of the proposed third party reinsurance cover, and shall respond within two (2) Business Days of receiving the
proposal from the Coverholder where the proposed third party reinsurance cover is consistent with the Outwards Reinsurance Strategy. The Coverholder shall use reasonable endeavours to sweep and pay premium to the Underwriter as soon as
practicable and in advance of any scheduled premium date under the terms of this Agreement, in relation to such premium that it holds for the Underwriter that equates to the amount that the Underwriter (or FIHL for and on behalf of the Underwriter)
is required to pay to third party outwards reinsurers in respect of 10
non-proportional outwards reinsurance where such outwards reinsurance has been procured by any member of the MGU Group. Transformer Deals The Parties acknowledge and agree that clause 19 (Transformer Deals) of the Framework Agreement shall be incorporated by
reference into this Agreement. COVERHOLDER COMMISSIONS AND EXPENSES Commission and Expenses The Underwriter shall pay Commission and Expenses to the Coverholder in accordance with clause 16 (Commission and Payments) in
the Framework Agreement, and all of the terms of clause 16 (Commission and Payments) in the Framework Agreement be incorporated by reference into this Agreement. Refund of unearned commission(s) The Coverholder shall refund to the Underwriter commission(s) on all cancelled or terminated Products and return premiums, at
the same rates at which such commission(s) was(were) originally allowed to the Coverholder. DOCUMENTATION FOR PRODUCTS BOUND Product documentation Wordings, Conditions, Clauses, Endorsements, Warranties and Exclusions Applicable to Products Bound The Underwriter delegates authority to the Coverholder to prepare the wordings for any Products sold under
this Agreement, and any other documentation relating to such Products, in accordance with the terms of clause 15 (Product Wordings) of the Framework Agreement, which shall be incorporated by reference into this Agreement. Requirement to Issue Product Documentation In respect of every Product bound, the Coverholder shall immediately issue to the holder of the Product or
their agent either: appropriate confirmation of cover which makes reference to the agreed terms of the Product; or, where
practical contract documentation (howsoever called, including certificate, combined
certificate or policy). Where the Coverholder has not already issued contract documentation pursuant to Clause 26.2(b), the
Coverholder shall issue contract documentation to the holder of the Product or their agent no later than thirty (30) calendar days from the inception date of the contract, or the date on which the Product is bound (if such date is after
inception), or within such shorter period as may be required by any Applicable Law. 11
In respect of every change made to each Product bound, the Coverholder shall issue an endorsement within
thirty (30) calendar days or such shorter period as may be required by any Applicable Law. Format and Content of Product
Documentation All Product documentation (and any endorsements issued) shall comply with all Applicable Law, contain all
the agreed terms of the Product (or the endorsement) between the Product holder and the Underwriter and shall contain: the full name and address of the Coverholder; a unique contract number stated in the schedule. (Endorsements shall include the same unique contract number
as for the contract to which it relates and shall be uniquely and consecutively numbered for the contract concerned); the full text of each wording, condition, clause, endorsement, warranty, exclusion and any other document(s)
forming part of the individual contract; the law and jurisdiction applicable to the Product; the term of the Product; the limits of liability or sums insured; the deductible(s) or excess(es) if applicable; the amount of the premium; a Several Liability Notice/Clause in a reasonably satisfactory form; a statement to the effect that in the event of a claim the Product holder should send their notification to
the Coverholder using the address claims@fidelisinsurance.com, or any replacement email address as may be agreed between the Parties from time to time; a suitable complaints notice as agreed with the Underwriter; a statement to the effect that all enquiries (other than claims) should be addressed to the Coverholder;
a statement to the effect that the Coverholder acts as agent for the Underwriter in performing its duties
under this Agreement; and the signature, whether electronic or otherwise, of one or more of the applicable Authorised Individuals
identified in Schedule 2 (Authorised Individuals List) or, where applicable, the latest version of any Updated Authorised Individuals List. 12
Retention, security and provision of documents Subject to Clause 42.5, the Coverholder shall retain a copy of all documents issued and provide copies to
the Underwriter upon request. All stocks of contract documentation, endorsements and other documents evidencing cover and any electronic
method of storing and/or producing documentation shall be kept secure at all times. If requested by the Underwriter, the Coverholder shall promptly return or destroy all unused documents relating to this Agreement and ensure that any electronic
storage and/or production of such documents by the Coverholder thereafter ceases. DISPUTE RESOLUTION Dispute Resolution The Parties acknowledge and agree that all disputes under this Agreement shall be settled in accordance with
clause 17.1 of the Framework Agreement, which shall be incorporated by reference into this Agreement. The Parties agree that, if any actual or potential dispute under this Agreement becomes a Centralised
Dispute, the Parties shall not determine such dispute themselves (or, as applicable, shall immediately cease any Dispute Resolution Procedure that they have commenced in respect of such dispute) and agree to be bound by, and act consistently with,
the outcome of any Dispute Resolution Procedure undertaken by FIHL and MGU Holdco to determine such Centralised Dispute. CLAIMS AND
COMPLAINTS Procedure for the handling and settlement of claims and pursuit of recoveries The Underwriter agrees to grant the Coverholder authority to handle and/or settle any claims that may arise
in respect of a Product, and to pursue recoveries on its behalf in accordance with the following procedures, which shall apply unless replaced, amended or supplemented by the Underwriter in accordance with Clause 28.3: the Coverholder shall have authority to adjust, agree and settle claims where the total value of the claim
does not exceed the Claim Limit and shall review claims estimates for these claims; the Coverholder shall have no authority to agree or settle any claim or part thereof on an ex
gratia or without prejudice basis or any similar basis; the Coverholder shall promptly notify the Underwriter for instructions on all claims which exceed or are
likely to exceed the Claim Limit; the Coverholder shall refer to the Underwriter any claim that the Coverholder considers should be denied, or
which manifestly falls outside the terms of the Product, or if the Coverholder is in any doubt as to whether the claim is recoverable under the terms of the Product; 13
the Coverholder shall notify the Underwriter promptly of any claim or recovery which gives rise to or is
likely to give rise to any litigation; the Coverholder may instruct adjusters, surveyors, lawyers or any other third parties to assist in the
handling of any claim, including in the pursuit of recovery, provided that if any one claim is likely to result in an aggregate cost of at least USD 600,000, the Coverholder shall refer the matter to the Underwriter and shall only issue any such
instructions in relation to the claim if it has received prior written consent to do so from the Underwriter; and the Coverholder shall comply with such service levels and standards as may be required by the Underwriter in
handling and/or settling claims and/or pursuing recoveries. The Underwriter may at any time withdraw or vary the Coverholders authority in respect of any
particular claim. In such circumstances, the Underwriter shall be entitled to make any decisions or take any action with regard to the claim that the Underwriter considers to be appropriate. The Underwriter may at any time give sixty (60) calendar days written notice, or any shorter
period of time where the Underwriter reasonably believes that such changes are required under Applicable Law, to the Coverholder to vary, suspend or withdraw the Coverholders authority to handle and/or settle claims and pursue recoveries and
the Coverholder agrees to comply with any instructions from the Underwriter with regard to claims handling. The Coverholders authority to handle and/or settle claims and pursue recoveries shall cease or be varied in accordance with the terms
of the written notice. In such circumstances the Underwriter shall be entitled to make any decisions or take any action with regard to the claims which the Underwriter considers appropriate. Nothing in this Clause 28 (or in any procedures as stated in paragraph 1 of Schedule 1 (Operation of this
Agreement)) shall in any way supersede, amend or replace any requirements under Applicable Law that apply to the Coverholder when it handles and/or settles claims. Complaints or proceedings The Coverholder shall promptly notify the Underwriter in writing of all complaints made in relation to
Products bound under this Agreement. The Coverholder shall implement and maintain such procedures as may be required by the Underwriter to ensure
that complaints can be dealt with in a prompt and reasonable way in compliance with Applicable Law. In all cases, the Coverholder shall promptly notify the Underwriter in writing upon becoming aware of any
matter arising out of the operation of or in connection with this Agreement which: is likely to adversely affect the reputation of the Underwriter; may affect any legal or regulatory authorisations or any authorisations which the Underwriter has to conduct
insurance business; 14
may result in litigation or other legal or regulatory proceedings or action being commenced against the
Underwriter or the Coverholder; or may have a material impact on its ability to carry out its obligations under this Agreement effectively and
in compliance with Applicable Laws, including for the avoidance of doubt financial difficulty, catastrophic events and significant incidents. Where the Coverholder is aware of any legal or regulatory proceedings or actions commenced against the
Underwriter or the Coverholder arising out of the operation of or in connection with this Agreement, the Coverholder shall provide the Underwriter with full details of the same. REPORTING, RECORDS AND AGGREGATE EXPOSURES Risks written bordereau(x)/reporting and aggregate exposures The Coverholder shall: record all details of Products bound under this Agreement; and send or make available to the Underwriter in a manner or format agreed by them the risks written details and
any adjustments thereto within thirty (30) calendar days of the end of each calendar quarter falling within the term of this Agreement. If there is no activity during a particular reporting interval the Coverholder shall provide a statement to
that effect. The Coverholder shall: record and monitor the aggregate exposures as defined in paragraph 7 of Schedule 1 (Operation of this
Agreement); and send or make available to the Underwriter details of the aggregate exposures, within thirty (30) calendar days of the end of each calendar quarter falling within the term of this Agreement. The Coverholder shall prepare statistical information as stated in paragraph 8 of Schedule 1 (Operation
of this Agreement) in respect of each calendar quarter falling within the term of this Agreement until every Product bound has expired or has otherwise been cancelled or terminated and where applicable until all claims have been paid or
otherwise resolved. The Coverholder shall send or make available to the Underwriter such information within thirty (30) calendar days of the end of each calendar quarter falling within the term of this Agreement. Accounting bordereau(x)/reporting and settlements All premiums, paid claims, outstanding claims and expenses relating to Products bound under this Agreement
shall be allocated and declared to this Agreement. The Coverholder shall report all earned and unearned paid premiums to the Underwriter by:
15
preparing premium bordereaux in a manner or format(s) agreed by the Underwriter; or making the accounting information available to the Underwriter in an alternative manner agreed in advance by
the Underwriter. The Coverholder shall report the accounting information on a monthly basis by the
applicable Monthly Calculations Presentation Date until every Product bound under this Agreement has expired or has otherwise been cancelled or terminated. The Coverholder shall report paid claims, outstanding claims and loss reserves to the Underwriter by:
preparing claims and loss reserves bordereaux in a manner or format(s) agreed by the Underwriter; or
making the claims and loss reserves information available to Underwriter in an alternative manner agreed in
advance by the Underwriter. Subject to Clause 31.4, the claims and loss reserves information shall be
reported within thirty (30) calendar days of the end of each calendar quarter falling within the term of this Agreement until every Product bound has expired or has otherwise been cancelled or terminated and all such claims have been paid or
otherwise resolved. The Coverholder shall promptly provide the Underwriter with any material updates in respect of any claims
made under any Product that may exceed the Claims Limit. Settlements shall be remitted to the Underwriter within the maximum number of days of the end of each
interval as stated in paragraph 9 of Schedule 1 (Operation of this Agreement). Records, statistical information and audit/inspection The Coverholder shall establish and maintain complete records relating to all Products bound, claims handled
and recoveries pursued under this Agreement. Such records shall be and shall remain the property of the Underwriter. The Underwriter, external auditors or other representatives appointed by the Underwriter shall have the
right at any time during Normal Business Hours, without any restriction or limitation, to have access to any of the Coverholders business premises where the Coverholder carries on business that is the subject of this Agreement to inspect and
audit any records, statistical information, systems and processes (including electronic systems and processes) of the Coverholder relating to Products bound and to the operation of this Agreement (including in relation to claims and recoveries) and
shall have the right to make copies or extracts of any such records. The Coverholder undertakes to deal openly and co-operatively with
any Regulatory Authority in relation to the operation of this Agreement. The Coverholder shall permit any Regulatory Authority without any restriction or limitation, to have access to any of its business premises where the Coverholder carries
on business that is the subject of this Agreement to inspect and audit the records, statistical information, accounts and business processes relating to the operation of this Agreement. The Coverholder shall,
16
unless prohibited by Applicable Law, inform the Underwriter promptly in the event that any Regulatory Authority exercises or seeks to exercise any right to inspect or audit the records held by
the Coverholder in relation to this Agreement. Subject to Clause 42.5, the Coverholder shall retain all records, including electronic, relating to all
Products bound, claims handled and recoveries pursued for a minimum period of seven (7) years or for such longer period as may be required by Applicable Law. The Coverholder shall provide to the Underwriter any information as the Underwriter may reasonably require
from time to time relating to Products bound, claims arising and the operation of this Agreement. ADVERTISING Advertising and promotional material The Coverholder must agree with the Underwriter any specific marketing or promotional material to be used in relation to the
Products to be bound under this Agreement, including on any internet website, portal or similar online system. BANK ACCOUNTS Separate bank accounts All monies received by the Coverholder from or on behalf of the Underwriter shall be received by the
Coverholder in a fiduciary capacity and on a Risk Transfer Basis and: shall be received by the Coverholder as assets of the Underwriter; shall on receipt be deposited immediately by the Coverholder into a premium monies account with assets
standing to the credit of that account being held in a fiduciary capacity solely on behalf of the Underwriter for the purpose of the onwards transmission of those monies (for the purposes set out at Clause 34.1(d)(ii)) and the monies shall not be
otherwise held or retained; the premium monies account referred at Clause 34.1(b) shall be held at a bank (or other institution
regulated for taking deposits as may be agreed by the Underwriter) (the Bank) which is: regulated, supervised and examined by the applicable Regulatory Authority; and subject, where applicable, to any national deposit insurance scheme; the premium monies account shall be operated in accordance with any Applicable Law and:
shall be clearly identified to the Bank as a premium monies account; may not be used by the Coverholder for any purpose other than for the purpose of settling accounts with the
Underwriter or the payment of 17
commissions, premium refunds or claims to clients as envisaged in this Agreement, or any other transactions where expressly authorised by the Underwriter or in accordance with Clause 34.2. For
the avoidance of doubt, and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Coverholder may not invest these monies in any way without the prior written consent of Underwriter; and the assets held in the premium monies account may not be commingled with assets in respect of the
Coverholders general or operating account, or assets relating to other insurers; shall be identified in the Coverholders book of account, separately from other funds similarly held by
the Coverholder for other insurers and/or the Underwriter, such book of account to be reconciled on a regular basis, not less than monthly, with records being retained for inspection by the Underwriter or its representatives, who shall have the
right at any time, without restriction or limitation to inspect and audit such records, and to make copies or extracts of any such records; and the Coverholder shall take all reasonable steps as may be requested by the Underwriter to put the Bank on
notice as to the nature of the premium monies account and that the Bank is not to be entitled to any charge, encumbrance or lien, or right of set-off, combination, compensation or retention against monies
standing to the credit of the premium monies account. Where required by Applicable Law, this Clause 34 shall also provide authority from the Underwriter for the
Coverholder to retain for its own use and benefit any interest which shall accrue, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, to the account described in Clause 34.1(c). COMPLIANCE, REGULATORY AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Licences and taxes It is the responsibility of the Coverholder in respect of performing its duties under this Agreement:
to ensure that it (and where relevant its directors, officers, partners or other individuals named in this
Agreement) maintains all necessary licences, authorisations, registrations and qualifications in order to perform its duties under this Agreement and where necessary to ensure that all Products bound are accepted through a properly licensed
intermediary; to ensure the collection and forwarding to the Underwriter of any Tax(es) due from Product holders and
disbursement of any refunds of such Tax(es) due to Product holders; and where required by Applicable Law, to collect Tax(es) due from Product holders and pay Tax(es) to the
appropriate Taxation Authority and to make any necessary returns and to ensure any disbursements of refunds of such Taxes are made to Product holders. 18
All applicable Tax(es) shall be shown separately on the documentation issued to the Product holder and not
concealed from the Product holder or the Underwriter. The Coverholder shall promptly notify the Underwriter of any Tax inspection or audit in relation to this
Agreement or any Product bound under this Agreement and of the results of such inspection or audit. The Coverholder shall use reasonable endeavours to ensure that internal audit actions associated with the
provision of Services to the Underwriter are notified to the Coverholder on the agreed basis and completed within agreed timescales and/or extensions. Commission, fees and charges Any commission, fees and charges applied by the Coverholder shall not breach any Applicable Law(s). All such commission, fees
and charges shall be shown separately on the documentation issued to the Product holder and not concealed from the Product holder or the Underwriter. Indemnity insurance The Coverholder shall maintain, for the duration of this Agreement, indemnity insurance with at least a
total limit of indemnity of not less than USD 60,000,000 applying to each claim and in aggregate USD 60,000,000 per year for all claims in connection with the operation of this Agreement or such other minimum amount as may be specified under
Applicable Law from time to time, for any liability arising out of negligent acts, errors or omissions by the Coverholder including any past or present director, officer, partner or employee of the Coverholder. The Coverholder shall provide the Underwriter or its representatives with evidence acceptable to the
Underwriter confirming such insurance if requested. The Coverholder shall inform the Underwriter of any changes to the indemnity insurance providing coverage in
connection with the operation of this Agreement. Business continuity The Coverholder shall maintain and implement an adequate business continuity and disaster recovery plan an
initial copy of which is set out at Schedule 5 (Business Continuity Plan). The plan shall ensure the Coverholders ability to continue to perform its obligations under this Agreement. The Coverholder shall carry out regular testing and
updating of the plan. The Coverholder shall notify the Underwriter of: any material deficiencies identified in the plan; or any significant changes the Coverholder makes to the plan that may have a serious impact on the Coverholders ability to perform its duties under this Agreement. 19
Confidentiality Each Party (a Receiving Party) undertakes that it shall not at any time disclose to any
person and shall treat as confidential all information of a confidential nature received or obtained directly or indirectly as a result of entering into or performing this Agreement except as expressly permitted in writing by the other Party or by
Clause 39.2. Confidential information shall include (but not be limited to) information of a confidential nature relating to policies and policyholders and the business affairs, strategies, commercial and technical knowledge of the Parties or their
respective subsidiaries (Confidential Information). Subject to Clause 42.5, the Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information: to its affiliates, employees, officers, external auditors, professional advisers, consultants or third party
service providers (and, where applicable, its professional indemnity insurers) who need to know such information for the purposes of enabling the Receiving Party to carry out its obligations under this Agreement. The Receiving Party shall use all
reasonable endeavours to ensure that its employees, officers, external auditors, professional advisers, consultants or third party service providers to whom it discloses Confidential Information comply with this Clause 39. where required by Applicable Law, court order or any governmental or Regulatory Authority provided that,
subject to any legal or regulatory obligations that apply to the Receiving Party, the Receiving Party shall give notice to the other Party that it proposes to disclose the Confidential Information; where the Confidential Information is now in or comes into the public domain otherwise than as a result of a
breach of this Clause 39; and where the Confidential Information is already known by the Receiving Party in circumstances when it was not
bound by any form of confidentiality obligation. In the event of a breach or a suspected breach of its obligations under this Clause 39, the Receiving Party
must notify the other Party promptly and use all reasonable endeavours, at their own cost, to remedy or mitigate the effects of such a breach. Conflicts of interest The Coverholder must act in what it believes to be the interests of the Underwriter and ensure that it has
no actual or potential conflicts of interests with the Underwriter which may impair the Coverholders performance of its duties under this Agreement. The Coverholder shall not be treated as contravening Clause 40.1 because of the existence of a conflicting
interest if the existence, nature and extent of that interest has been fully disclosed to the Underwriter and such interest has been duly entered into in accordance with any relevant terms of this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement overrides the Coverholders duty to place the interests of its client before
all other considerations nor shall this Agreement override requirements in 20
Applicable Law that may apply to the Coverholder, the Underwriter or the placing of any insurance business. Notwithstanding Clause 40.1, the Underwriter agrees that the Coverholder is under no obligation to place
business under this Agreement. Compliance with the law and financial crime Without prejudice to any of the rights or obligations otherwise specified in this Agreement, the Coverholder
shall comply with all Applicable Law for the legal and proper solicitation and handling of all Products bound or intended to be bound, and shall use its best endeavours to ensure that any other parties with whom it deals in carrying out its duties
under this Agreement comply with such Applicable Law where applicable. The Coverholder shall not undertake any activity which facilitates the evasion of Taxes anywhere in the
world or which would constitute a criminal act in the jurisdiction in which it is located or doing business, or which would expose the Underwriter to any criminal sanction. The Coverholder shall conduct its business in accordance with all relevant financial crime and international
economic, financial or trade sanctions laws and regulations. In addition, the Coverholder shall not act contrary to any additional requirements concerning: (i) international economic, financial or trade sanctions; (ii) the prevention of
the facilitation of tax evasion; or (iii) financial crime set by the Underwriter other than where compliance with those requirements would be contrary to Applicable Law. The Coverholder, on behalf of the Underwriter, shall not provide cover or pay any claim or provide benefit
hereafter to the extent that the provision of such cover, payment of such claim or provision of such benefit would expose the Coverholder and/or the Underwriter to any sanction, prohibition or restriction under any applicable international economic,
financial or trade sanctions laws or regulations. The Coverholder shall not accept, offer or facilitate payment, consideration, or any other benefit, which
constitutes an illegal or corrupt practice contrary to any applicable anti-bribery law. The Coverholder shall maintain on an ongoing basis appropriate systems, procedures and controls designed to
prevent any breach of this Clause 41. Data protection The Coverholder and the Underwriter acknowledge and agree that where the Coverholder or the Underwriter
processes personal data under or in connection with this Agreement it alone determines the purposes and means of processing as a controller. In respect of the personal data that the Coverholder or the Underwriter processes under or in connection
with this Agreement, it: shall comply at all times with its obligations under the data protection law; 21
shall notify the other Party without undue delay after, and in any event within 24 hours of, becoming aware
of a personal data breach; and shall assist and co-operate fully with the other Party to enable it
to comply with its obligations under the data protection law, including but not limited to in respect of keeping personal data secure, dealing with personal data breaches, complying with the rights of data subjects, carrying out data protection
impact assessments and carrying out any related consultations with any supervisory authority. In respect of the personal data that the Coverholder processes under or in connection with this Agreement,
the Coverholder shall only process such personal data for the purposes of: (a) providing Products to Product holders and prospective Product holders; and (b) handling claims to the extent allowed in this Agreement. The Coverholder and the Underwriter shall work together to ensure that each of them is able to process that
the personal data it processes under or in connection with this Agreement for the purposes contemplated by this Agreement lawfully, fairly and in a transparent manner and in compliance with the data protection law. This shall include but not be
limited to entering into such other written agreements as may be required from time to time to enable the Coverholder and/or the Underwriter to comply with the data protection law. The activities of the Coverholder under or in connection with this Agreement in respect of which the
Coverholder processes personal data as a processor on behalf of the Underwriter, together with the data protection particulars for such processing, are stated in paragraph 10 of Schedule 1 (Operation of this Agreement). In addition to Clauses
42.2, 42.2(c) and 42.4, where, under or in connection with this Agreement, the Coverholder processes personal data as a processor on behalf of the Underwriter, the Coverholder shall: subject to Clause 42.5(b), only carry out such processing on the Underwriters instructions from time
to time, including with regard to transfers of personal data to a third country. The Coverholder shall immediately inform the Underwriter if, in its opinion, an instruction infringes any relevant data protection law; where it is required by applicable law to carry out processing otherwise than in accordance with Clause
42.5(a), inform the Underwriter of the legal requirement before carrying out such processing (unless prohibited from doing so by Applicable Law); not disclose the personal data to any person except as required or permitted by this Agreement or with the
Underwriters prior written consent; without prejudice to Clause 39, ensure that all persons authorised to process the personal data are under an
appropriate contractual or other legal obligation to keep the personal data confidential; taking account of the nature of the processing, implement appropriate technical and organisational measures:
(a) in a manner that ensures the processing meets 22
the requirements of the data protection law and the protection of the rights of data subjects; (b) to keep the personal data secure and to protect against the risk of personal data breaches;
(c) to assist the Underwriter in ensuring compliance with its obligation to notify data breaches to the supervisory authority and data subjects where necessary; and (d) to assist the Underwriter to comply with its obligations under the
data protection law to respond to requests for exercising the rights of data subjects; not process the personal data, or disclose the personal data to any party who carries on business, outside
of the United Kingdom and the European Economic Area except with the Underwriters prior written consent and, where such consent is given, the Coverholder shall take such actions and enter into such agreements as the Underwriter may require to
ensure that such processing or disclosure complies with all relevant data protection law; not enter into an arrangement with any sub-contractor to process the
personal data directly or indirectly on behalf of the Underwriter without the prior written consent of the Underwriter and, where such consent is given, the Coverholder shall enter into a written agreement with the
sub-contractor that includes, as a minimum, provisions in favour of the Underwriter which are equivalent to those in this Clause 42. The Coverholder shall remain fully liable to the Underwriter for any sub-contractors processing personal data; and at the Underwriters option, delete or return to the Underwriter all the personal data on termination
of this Agreement and delete any existing copies of the personal data except to the extent that the Coverholder is required to retain such personal data by Applicable Law. The Coverholder shall make available to the Underwriter all information necessary to demonstrate its
compliance with its obligations under this Clause 42 and the Underwriter reserves the right to audit the Coverholders compliance with its obligations under this Clause 42 in accordance with Clause 32. The Coverholders obligations under this Clause 42 shall continue throughout this Agreement and for a
period of seven (7) years thereafter or such other period as the Underwriter may require or as may be required pursuant to Applicable Law. For the purposes of this Clause 41 and Schedule 1 (Operation of this Agreement):
controller means the person which, alone or jointly with others, determines the
purposes and means of the processing of personal data; data protection law means all applicable data
protection and privacy legislation in force from time to time in Bermuda; data protection particulars
means, in relation to any processing of personal data by the Coverholder under or in connection with this Agreement as a processor on behalf of the Underwriter: (a) the subject matter and duration of the processing; (b) the nature and
purpose of the processing; (c) the type of personal data being processed; and (d) the categories of data subjects; 23
data subject means the identified or identifiable natural
living person to whom the personal data relates; personal data means any information relating to the
data subject; personal data breach means a breach of security leading to the accidental or unlawful
destruction, loss, alteration, unauthorised disclosure of, or access to, personal data transmitted, stored or otherwise processed; processor means the person which processes personal data on behalf of the controller; and supervisory authority means an independent public authority with authority under the data protection laws
over the processing of personal data. NOTICES Notices Service of notices Any notice to be given under this Agreement must be in English and in writing, and may be served by hand, by
first class post or airmail (pre-paid and signed for in each case) or by email to the address or email address (as applicable) given below, or to such other address or email address as may have been notified
by either Party to the other Party for this purpose (which shall supersede the previous address or email address (as applicable) from the date on which notice of the new address is deemed to be served under this Clause 43). Allan Decleir and / or Daniel Burrows The registered office of the Underwriter from time to time. allan.decleir@fidelisinsurance.com and / or dan.burrows@fidelisinsurance.com Philip Vandoninck and / or Philip Murfet 24
The registered office of the Coverholder from time to time. philip.vandoninck@fidelisinsurance.com and / or philip.murfet@fidelisinsurance.com Any notice served in accordance with Clause 43.1 shall be deemed to have been received:
if delivered by hand, at the time of delivery; if sent by first class post, at 9.30 a.m. on the second calendar day after (and excluding) the date of
posting; if sent by airmail, at 9.30 a.m. on the fifth calendar day after (and excluding) the date of posting; or
if sent by email, at the time of transmission by the sender, provided that if a notice would otherwise be deemed to have been received outside Normal Business Hours, it shall instead be
deemed to have been received at the recommencement of such Normal Business Hours. For the purposes of Clause 43.2, Normal Business Hours means 9.00 a.m. to 5.30 p.m. local
time in the place of receipt on any day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in that location. In the case of service on either Party by email, the place of receipt shall be deemed to be the address specified for service on that Party
by post. In proving receipt of any notice served in accordance with Clause 43.1, it shall be sufficient to show that
the envelope containing the notice was properly addressed and either delivered to the relevant address by hand or posted as a pre-paid, signed-for first class or airmail
letter, or that the email was sent to the correct email address. This Clause 43 shall not apply to the service of any proceedings or other documents in any legal action.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY Limitation of Liability The Parties acknowledge and agree that their respective liability to each other shall be as set out in clause 23 (Limitation
of Liability) of the Framework Agreement, which shall be incorporated by reference into this Agreement. TERMINATION AND
NON-RENEWAL Termination Either Party may terminate this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of clause 24 (Termination) of the Framework
Agreement, which shall be incorporated by reference into this Agreement. 25
Effect of termination or non-renewal The Parties agree that clause 25 (Effect of Termination) of the Framework Agreement shall be incorporated by
reference into this Agreement, and the Exit Plan referred to in clause 25.3 of the Framework Agreement shall be the document contained in Schedule 4 (Exit Plan) of this Agreement. Once this Agreement has terminated (in accordance with Clause 45 or by reason of non-renewal of this Agreement) the Coverholder: except as stated in Clause 46.4 shall have no authority to offer terms, bind Products, renew, cancel,
extend, amend or alter in any way Products already bound without the prior written consent of the Underwriter. Such written consent shall only be effective where it is not in contravention of Applicable Law; and shall ensure that any electronic production of contract documentation and other documents evidencing cover
ceases, and if such documents or other unused materials are provided as paper stocks by the Underwriter, the Coverholder shall deliver all such documents it possesses in connection with this Agreement to the Underwriter or its appointed
representative. The Underwriters rights to receive monies due in respect of Products bound shall not be impaired by
any of the provisions of this Clause 46 and the Coverholder agrees not to challenge these rights provided always that, if the Underwriter at its written option collects monies from brokers or other intermediaries, Product holders or others from whom
monies may be due in respect of Products bound, the Underwriter shall give the Coverholder credit for such sums in account. In the event of non-renewal of this Agreement, the Coverholder shall
retain the authority under this Agreement to cancel, amend or alter (but not extend the period of or renew) Product already bound and in respect of claims arising under such Products for the duration of any
run-off period. MISCELLANEOUS Further assurances On request by either Party, each Party shall, as soon as reasonably practicable at the requesting Partys cost and
insofar as it is reasonably able, do or procure the doing of all such acts and execute or procure the execution of all such documents (in a form reasonably satisfactory to the requesting Party) as the requesting Party may reasonably consider
necessary or appropriate to carry this Agreement into effect and to give the requesting Party the full benefit of it. Variation and assignment Save where Clause 3.3 applies, no variation of this Agreement shall be valid unless it is in writing and
signed by or on behalf of each Party. No Party may assign, grant any security interest over, hold on trust or otherwise transfer the benefit of,
or its rights under, the whole or any part of this Agreement without the 26
prior written consent of the other Party (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Any purported assignment, declaration of trust, transfer,
sub-contracting, delegation, charging or dealing in contravention of Clause 48.2 is ineffective. Entire agreement This Agreement shall constitute the whole agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matter
contained within it to the exclusion of any terms implied in law that may be excluded by contract. They supersede and extinguish any and all prior discussions, correspondence, negotiations, drafts, arrangements, understandings or agreements relating
to this Agreement. Each Party agrees and acknowledges that: it is entering into this Agreement in reliance solely on the statements made or incorporated in them;
it is not relying on any Pre-Contractual Statement;
it is not entering into this Agreement in consequence of or in reliance on any unlawful communication made
by any other Party or any Partys professional advisers; except as expressly provided in this Agreement, it is entering into this Agreement solely in reliance on its
own commercial assessment and investigation and advice from its own professional advisers; and the other Party is entering into this Agreement in reliance on the acknowledgements given in this Clause
49.2. No Party shall have any liability whatsoever for any Pre-Contractual
Statement under Applicable Law. It is agreed that the only liability of each Party in respect of those statements, representations,
warranties, assurances and undertakings made or given by it and set out or incorporated in this Agreement shall be for breach of contract. This entire agreement Clause does not limit or exclude any liability for fraud. Remedies The rights and remedies conferred on any Party by, or pursuant to, this Agreement are cumulative and, except as expressly
provided in this Agreement are in addition to, and without prejudice, to all other rights and remedies otherwise available to such Party at law or in equity. Inconsistency If there is any inconsistency between any provisions of this Agreement and those of the Framework Agreement, the provisions of
the Framework Agreement shall prevail. 27
Waiver Any waiver of any term or condition of this Agreement, waiver of any breach of any term or condition of this
Agreement, or waiver of, or election whether or not to enforce, any right or remedy arising under this Agreement or at law, must be in writing and signed by or on behalf of the person granting the waiver, and no waiver or election shall be inferred
from a Partys conduct. Any waiver of a breach of any term or condition of this Agreement shall not be, or be deemed to be, a waiver
of any subsequent breach. Failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement at any time or for any period shall not waive that or any
other provision or the right subsequently to enforce all provisions of this Agreement. Failure to exercise, or delay in exercising, any right or remedy shall not operate as a waiver or be treated
as an election not to exercise such right or remedy, and single or partial exercise or waiver of any right or remedy shall not preclude its further exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. Counterparts This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by the Parties to it on separate
counterparts, but shall not be effective until each Party has executed at least one counterpart. Each counterpart constitutes an original, and all the counterparts together constitute one and the same
agreement. Enforceability clause In the event that any portion of this Agreement is found to be invalid or unenforceable under any Applicable Law, that portion
of this Agreement shall be disapplied to the extent necessary to comply with such Applicable Law, and the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. Rights of third parties A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under Applicable Law to enforce any term of this Agreement but this
does not affect any right or remedy of a third party which exists or is available apart from that Act. Jurisdiction and governing law This Agreement and any non-contractual dispute or obligation arising out of or in
connection with it shall be subject to the law of England and Wales and to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of England and Wales. This Agreement is entered into by the Parties on the Commencement Date. 28
SIGNATURES SIGNED by ) ) Signed: /s/ Philip Vandoninck Name: Philip Vandoninck [Signature pages to the Bermuda Binder Agreement]
SIGNED by ) ) Signed: /s/ Bennet Gibson Name: Bennet Gibson [Signature pages to the Bermuda Binder Agreement]
Schedule 4 Exit Plan Introduction This Exit Plan sets out the rights and responsibilities of the Parties to ensure that there is an orderly run-off in respect of any business that the Coverholder has underwritten for and on behalf of the Underwriter pursuant to the Binder Agreement. The Parties recognise the priority of the obligation of the Underwriter under Applicable Law to maintain a
sufficient degree of operational resilience in the performance of this Exit Plan. Subject to this obligation, the Parties will adopt a spirit of cooperation in running off the insurance business. In particular, the Underwriter will:
use reasonable endeavours to assist the MGU Group in its discussions with any replacement capacity provider
(including with regard to information around reserving and ratings requirements in its current book); where the Underwriter decides to bring all or part of any functions
in-house, as soon as reasonably practicable after making such determination, where reasonably practicable, initiate discussions with the Coverholder regarding: (i) the existing Coverholder staff that it
intends to hire; and (ii) how the TUPE (or equivalent) procedure will apply to the transfer of Coverholder staff in such circumstances. The Parties will use reasonable endeavours to reach an agreement with the Coverholder regarding the transfer
of staff as part of these discussions; and where reasonably practicable, initiate prior discussions with the Coverholder prior to exercising any step-in rights, or transferring functions to a third party provider, and the provisions of this Exit Plan shall be read consistently with this paragraph 1. Underwriting Product Strategy and Development Non-stressed exit principles The Underwriter will, prior to the service end date, undertake a strategic assessment as to the future operating model of the
business. The Underwriter will then negotiate a new MGU or delegated underwriting authority arrangement (DUA), or hire in-house underwriting staff, such that there is no break in
underwriting activity. The Coverholder will provide reasonable exit assistance to the Underwriter, including provision
of all data and reporting required in order to facilitate the exit. Stressed exit contingency plan principles The Underwriter will temporarily cease sourcing new business from the Coverholder and assess future plans for the business.
Management will either negotiate a new MGU (or other delegated underwriting relationship) or bring underwriting resources in-house and commence directly underwriting, with
in-house staff responsible for annual planning activity. Resources responsible for implementing the contingency plan The Underwriter Group CUO is responsible for the development of a standalone underwriting functional strategy and the
contingency plan, to be supported by the Underwriter Group COO to operationalise the plan. 45
Critical data to be handed over to the Underwriter All commercially sensitive actuarial data, including: Premium and claims experience data (gross and RI) Aggregation data Standard Formula data Data required to calculate regulatory capital requirements for the purpose of developing and using an internal
model BSCR data Rating agency data Alternative systems In the event an exit requires the Underwriter to move off the Prequel platform, alternative vendor package policy
administration/underwriting systems are available and could be procured in the medium-term. Alternative third-party support An alternative MGU or a number of DUAs are appropriate substitute for the service in the short and medium term. Policy origination, placement, and post-bind administration Non-stressed exit principles The Underwriter will, prior to the service end date, undertake a strategic assessment as to the future operating model of the
business. The Underwriter will then negotiate a new MGU or DUA, or hire in-house underwriting staff, such that there is no break in underwriting activity. The Coverholder will provide reasonable exit
assistance to the Underwriter, including provision of all data and reporting required in order to facilitate the exit. Stressed exit contingency plan principles In the event of an exit, review of endorsements will be conducted by an appropriate member of the Underwriting team, with
ultimate responsibility retained by the Chief Underwriting Officer of the carrier within the Underwriter group on-risk for the policy to determine acceptability and will be processed through the Technical
Services function or the service-specific exit strategy for that service, until an alternative arrangement can be finalised. Resources responsible for implementing the contingency plan The Underwriters Group CUO is responsible for the development of a standalone underwriting functional strategy and the
contingency plan, to be supported by the Underwriters Group COO to operationalise the plan. Critical data to be handed over to the Underwriter All commercially sensitive actuarial data, including: Premium and claims experience data (gross and RI) 46
Aggregation data Standard Formula data Data required to calculate regulatory capital requirements for the purpose of developing and using an internal
model BSCR data Broker, MGU and client listings Alternative systems In the event an exit requires the Underwriter to move off the Prequel platform, alternative vendor package policy
administration/underwriting systems are available and could be procured in the medium-term. Alternative third-party support An alternative MGU or a number of DUA are appropriate substitutes for the service provided by the Coverholder and could be
procured in the medium term. Delegated Authorities management Non-stressed exit principles The Coverholder will, prior to the service end date, undertake an assessment of the future target operating model for the
function, and determine whether to bring Delegated Authorities Management in-house or outsource to an alternative provider (another MGU or third-party processor) such that there is no break in processing
activity. If the function is brought in-house, the Coverholder will exercise its right to hire existing Coverholder staff under the TUPE (or equivalent) procedure in the first instance. The Coverholder will
provide reasonable exit assistance to the Underwriter. This includes facilitating access to the Prequel platform (if not exited as part of service termination) and provision of all data and reporting required to facilitate the exit. Stressed exit contingency plan principles The Underwriter may either: Bring in-house the existing operations by exercising the
Underwriters step-in rights with respect to the sub-outsourcing arrangement and right to hire the Coverholders staff Engage an alternative outsourcing provider All monies that are held by the Coverholder that are due to the Underwriter will be transferred immediately,
unless a legal or regulatory constraint restricts the flow of the funds to the Underwriter Resources responsible for implementing the contingency plan The COO is responsible for the contingency plan. Critical data to be handed over to the Underwriter Database of sub-delegated DUA relationships 47
Outstanding/unprocessed BDX Alternative systems Alternative DUA management platforms are commercially available and could be implemented in the medium-term. A spreadsheet
register may also be appropriate in the short-term. Alternative third-party support DUA management roles are moderately skilled data processing roles; roles may be replaced by an outsourced Coverholder, FTCs,
or FTEs with a readily available skillset. Claims Claims Management, Strategy & Adjustment Non-stressed exit principles The Underwriter will, in line with the timelines detailed in the non-stressed exit
plans, undertake an assessment as to the claims treatment for the legacy portfolio business. The Underwriter will either: Transfer responsibility for claims servicing to a run-off provider or
reinsurer Bring claims management capability in-house such that there is no
break in claims adjustment activity. The Coverholder will provide reasonable exit assistance to the
Underwriter, including provision of all data and reporting to facilitate the exit. Stressed exit contingency plan principles The Underwriter will step-in to existing Coverholder relationships to continue claims
activity in the short-term. The Underwriter will then either: Transfer responsibility for claims servicing to a run-off provider or
reinsurer Bring claims management capability in-house. Resources responsible for implementing the contingency plan The Underwriter COO, in consultation with the Underwriter Head of Claims (if not dual-hatted) is responsible for the
contingency plan. Critical data to be handed over to the Underwriter All data necessary to claims adjustment, being: Live policy data Claims files for open claims, including any paper copy or off-system
claims files Alternative systems In the event an exit requires the Underwriter to move off the Prequel platform, alternative vendor package claims systems are
available and could be procured in the medium-term. 48
Market systems such as ECF2 and TRAX contain the majority of the
Underwriters claims files and can be interfaced with directly to continue claims adjusting. Manual claims which are not contained within ECF2 or TRAX will need to be dealt with separately. Alternative third-party support In the event of the exit of the Binder, the Underwriter may step into existing relationships (e.g. ProGlobal, loss adjusters)
to ensure continuity of the service. An alternative third-party claims manager may also be appointed. Finance Credit control Non-stressed exit principles The Underwriter will, prior to the service end date, undertake an assessment of the future target operating model for the
Credit Control function, and determine whether to bring credit control in-house or outsource to an alternative provider (another MGU, DUA, or third-party processor) such that there is no break in credit
control activity. If credit control is brought in-house, the Underwriter will exercise its right to hire existing Coverholder staff under the TUPE (or equivalent) procedure in the first instance. The Coverholder will provide reasonable exit assistance to the Underwriter. This includes facilitating access to the Prequel
credit control platform (if not exited as part of service termination) and provision of all data, documentation and reporting required to facilitate the exit. Stressed exit contingency plan principles The Underwriter will exercise its right to hire existing Coverholder credit control staff under the TUPE (or equivalent)
procedure and bring credit control systems, documentation and data in-house. Resources responsible for implementing the contingency plan The Underwriter CFO is responsible for the contingency plan, with involvement of other specialised resource within the
finance function as required. Critical data to be handed over to the Underwriter Outstanding account balances and unreconciled cash reports will be provided by the Coverholder to facilitate monthly
reconciliations. Alternative systems In the event an exit requires the Underwriter to move off the Prequel platform, alternative vendor package policy
administration systems with similar Credit Control functionality are available and could be procured in the medium-term. Alternatively, the Coverholder may decide to implement the Oracle Credit Management module within Oracle Fusion Cloud GL. Alternative third-party support Credit control roles are moderately skilled; roles may be replaced by an outsourced Coverholder, FTCs, or FTEs with a readily
available skillset. Annual plan preparation 49
Non-stressed exit principles The Underwriter will, prior to the service end date, undertake an assessment of the future target operating model of the
function. With sufficient time before the service end date, the Underwriter will exercise its right to hire existing Coverholder staff under the TUPE (or equivalent) procedure. If the resource level from staff transferred under TUPE (or equivalent)
is insufficient, the Underwriter will conduct recruitment activities for FTEs and FTCs, such that the function is fully staffed prior to the end date and no break in activity occurs. The Coverholder will provide reasonable exit assistance to the Underwriter, including facilitation of the transfer of
employees, and provision of all data and reporting to facilitate the exit. Stressed exit contingency plan principles The Underwriter will exercise its right to hire existing Coverholder FP&A staff under the TUPE (or equivalent) procedure
and bring annual planning in-house. Resources responsible for implementing the contingency plan The Underwriter CFO is responsible for the contingency plan, with involvement of CUO as required. Critical data to be handed over to the Underwriter All commercially sensitive actuarial data, including: Premium and claims experience data (gross and RI) Aggregation data Standard Formula data BSCR data All planning artefacts in use, such as: Templates Models Forecasting tools. Alternative systems Anaplan is a readily available vendor package; in the event of an exit, the Underwriter will be able to implement its own
instance of Anaplan in the medium-term, modelled on the same configuration that is used by the Underwriter. Spreadsheet-based business planning would be a suitable alternative in the short-term if necessary. Alternative third-party support FP&A roles are a commodity high-skill role; roles may be replaced with FTCs or FTEs with a readily available skillset.
Technical payments processing 50
Non-stressed exit principles The Underwriter will, prior to the service end date, undertake an assessment of the future target operating model of the
function. With sufficient time before the service end date, the Underwriter will exercise its right to hire existing Coverholder staff under the TUPE (or equivalent) procedure. If the resource level from staff transferred under TUPE is insufficient,
the Underwriter will conduct recruitment activities for FTEs and FTCs, such that the function is fully staffed prior to the end date and no break in activity occurs. The Coverholder will provide reasonable exit assistance to the Underwriter,
including facilitation of the transfer of employees, and provision of all data and reporting to facilitate the exit. Stressed exit contingency plan principles The Underwriter will bring the technical payments processing activity in-house, to be
undertaken by the Underwriters Treasury function. The Underwriter may exercise its right to hire Coverholder staff to support delivery of the service under the TUPE (or equivalent) regulation. Resources responsible for implementing the contingency plan The Underwriter CFO, supported by the CIO and Head of Treasury, is responsible for the contingency plan. Critical data to be handed over to the Underwriter Access to outstanding technical payments processing backlog/mailbox Alternative systems n/a - Underwriter has dedicated treasury system. Alternative third-party support Technical payments processing roles are moderately skilled; roles may be replaced by an outsourced Coverholder, FTCs, or FTEs
with a readily available skillset. Short-term cashflow forecasting Non-stressed exit principles The Underwriter will, prior to the service end date, undertake an assessment of the future target operating model of the
function. With sufficient time before the service end date, the Underwriter will exercise its right to hire existing Coverholder staff under the TUPE (or equivalent) procedure. If the resource level from staff transferred under TUPE is insufficient,
the Underwriter will conduct recruitment activities for FTEs and FTCs, such that the function is fully staffed prior to the end date and no break in activity occurs. The Coverholder will provide reasonable exit assistance to the Underwriter,
including facilitation of the transfer of employees, and provision of all data and reporting to facilitate the exit. Stressed exit contingency plan principles The Underwriter will bring the short-term cashflow forecasting activity in-house, to
be undertaken by the Underwriters Treasury function. The Underwriter may exercise its right to hire Coverholder staff to support delivery of the service under the TUPE (or equivalent) regulation. Resources responsible for implementing the contingency plan 51
The Underwriter CFO, supported by the CIO and Head of Treasury, is
responsible for the contingency plan. Critical data to be handed over to the Underwriter Access to long-term cash forecast, most recent short-term cash flow forecast, and written premium information. Alternative systems The Underwriters treasury system, GTreasury, offers a cash flow forecasting module that may be implemented in the
short-term. Spreadsheet-based cash-flow forecasting would be a suitable alternative in the short-term if necessary. Alternative third-party support Treasury roles are a commodity high-skill role; roles may be replaced with FTCs or FTEs with a readily available skillset.
Outwards RI Outwards RI collateral management Non-stressed exit principles The Underwriter will, prior to the service end date, undertake an assessment of the future target operating model of the
function. With sufficient time before the service end date, the Underwriter will exercise its right to hire existing Coverholder staff under the TUPE (or equivalent) procedure. If the resource level from staff transferred under TUPE is insufficient,
the Underwriter will conduct recruitment activities for FTEs and FTCs, such that the function is fully staffed prior to the end date and no break in activity occurs. The Coverholder will provide reasonable exit assistance to the Underwriter,
including facilitation of the transfer of employees, and provision of all data and reporting to facilitate the exit. Stressed exit contingency plan principles The Underwriter will bring the RI collateral management activity in-house, to be
undertaken by the Underwriters Treasury function. The Underwriter may exercise its right to hire Coverholder staff to support delivery of the service under the TUPE (or equivalent) regulation. Resources responsible for implementing the contingency plan The Underwriter CFO, supported by the CIO and Head of Treasury, is responsible for the contingency plan. Critical data to be handed over to the Underwriter n/a - Critical data is stored in Underwriters system. Alternative systems n/a - Underwriter has dedicated ORI system. Alternative third-party support Collateral management roles are a commodity high-skill role; roles may be replaced with FTCs or FTEs with a readily available
skillset. 52
Technical Services Premium management and binding operations Non-stressed exit principles The Underwriter will, prior to the service end date, undertake an assessment of the future target operating model for the
function, and determine whether to bring Premium Management and Binding Operations in-house or outsource to an alternative provider (another MGU or third-party processor) such that there is no break in
processing activity. If the function is brought in-house, the Underwriter will exercise its right to hire existing Coverholder staff under the TUPE (or equivalent) procedure in the first instance. The
Coverholder will provide reasonable exit assistance to the Underwriter. This includes facilitating access to the Prequel platform (if not exited as part of service termination) and provision of all data and reporting required to facilitate the exit.
Stressed exit contingency plan principles The Underwriter may either: Bring in-house the existing operations by exercising the
Underwriters step-in rights with respect to the sub-outsourcing arrangement and right to hire the Coverholders staff Engage an alternative outsourcing provider. Resources responsible for implementing the contingency plan The COO is responsible for the contingency plan. Critical data to be handed over to the Underwriter Access to outstanding processing Technical Services backlog/mailbox. Alternative systems In the event a non-stressed exit requires the Underwriter to move off the Prequel
platform, alternative vendor package policy administration/underwriting systems are available and could be procured in the medium-term. Alternative third-party support Technical services roles are moderately skilled data processing roles; roles may be replaced by an outsourced Coverholder,
FTCs, or FTEs with a readily available skillset. 53
Schedule 5 Business Continuity Plan Underwriting Product Strategy and Development Tolerance Levels As this service relates to the provision of advice that is strategic in nature and
non-time sensitive, there is significant tolerance to disruptions or delays (up to 1 month). Non-performance of the service would result in the strategic stagnation of
the Underwriters offerings in the market over the longer term. System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. Prequel, the Coverholder will temporarily cease activities insofar as data is
required. If system outages persist and outputs from the service are required, activities may be performed from the most recent backup of data, or previous year product strategy documents can be used, whichever is deemed to provide a more accurate
view by the Underwriter. Staffing Shortages If the service is unable to be performed due to shortage of underwriting staff (e.g. caused by staff attrition), the
Coverholder will use the previous years underwriting product strategy documents until current year documentation can be produced. The Coverholder will make commercially reasonable efforts to recruit additional underwriting staff to perform the
service if shortages persist for longer than one month. Policy origination, placement, and post-bind administration Tolerance Levels As this service relates to the front-office origination of new business, there is minimal tolerance to disruptions or delays
(up to 24 hours). Non-performance of the service would result in the Coverholder being placed into involuntary run-off and revenue being foregone. System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. Prequel, the Coverholder will continue to underwrite business insofar as is
possible without system support, using templates maintained in EUC solutions. The Coverholder will enter data maintained off-system during the outage into the relevant system within one month of the service
being restored. Staffing Shortages If the service is unable to be performed due to shortage of underwriting staff caused by staff attrition that persists longer
than one month, the Coverholder will make commercially reasonable efforts to recruit additional underwriting staff to perform the service. Delegated Authorities management Tolerance Levels 54
As this service relates to ongoing processing activities, there is moderate
tolerance to disruptions or delays (up to one week). Non-performance of the service would result in a backlog of processing activity accumulating. System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. the DUA tool, the Coverholder will temporarily cease activities insofar as
access to these systems required. The Coverholder will continue to operate other aspects of the service on a best-efforts basis, using EUC solutions. The Coverholder will enter the data maintained off-system
during the outage into the relevant system within one month of the system outage event occurring. Staffing Shortages If the service is disrupted due to a shortage of staff, the Underwriter will make commercially reasonable efforts to return
the service to normal service levels within one week. If the disruption persists beyond one week, the Coverholder will: Redeploy staff from elsewhere within the Coverholder organisation to undertake processing activities
Begin recruitment for FTCs Approach a third-party outsource firm The Coverholder will eliminate any backlog developing as a result of
staffing shortages within one month of the staffing shortage event occurring Claims Claims Management, Strategy & Adjustment Tolerance Levels As this service relates to the adjustment of claims, considering the profile of the Underwriter and Coverholders joint
policyholders, the service has moderate tolerance to disruptions or delays (up to one week). Non-performance of the service over the short term may result in policyholder complaints, and over the longer term
expose the Underwriter to reputational damage, regulatory and legal risks. System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. Prequel, DXC Xchanging (ECF2), Charles Taylor (TRAX), the Coverholder will
continue to service claims by utilising each systems disaster recovery solution wherever possible. If this is not a viable option, the service will continue without system support and manually record the key information. The Coverholder will
enter the data maintained off-system during the outage into the relevant system within one month of the service being restored. Staffing Shortages If the service is disrupted due to a shortage of staff, the Coverholder will make commercially reasonable efforts to return
the service to normal service levels within one week. If the disruption persists beyond one week, the Coverholder will: 55
Approach the third-party claims processor (ProGlobal) to request additional staff Begin recruitment for FTCs Redeploy staff elsewhere within the Coverholder organisation who have been suitably trained to work on claims
activities Finance Credit control Tolerance Levels As the service relates to the management of client account balances and cash, the service has moderate tolerance to
disruptions or delays (up to one week). Non-performance of the service over the short term will extend the timelines for collection of cash and matching to client accounts, resulting in inaccurate records.
Service interruptions may also elevate risks of CASS breaches. System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. Prequel, Oracle, the Coverholder will continue to match cash balances using
templates maintained in EUC solutions and bank records. The Coverholder will enter the data maintained off-system during the outage into the relevant system within one month of the service being restored. Staffing Shortages If the service is disrupted due to a shortage of staff, the Underwriter will make commercially reasonable efforts to return
the service to normal service levels within one week. If the disruption persists beyond one week, the Coverholder will: Redeploy staff from elsewhere within the Coverholder organisation, primarily Finance services, to work on
credit control activities Begin recruitment for FTCs Approach a third-party accounting consulting firm Annual plan preparation Tolerance Levels As this service relates to an annual process that is iterative in nature and non-time
sensitive, there is significant tolerance to disruptions or delays (up to 3 months). Non-performance of the service would result in the business falling back on the most recent annual plan System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. Oracle, Anaplan, the Coverholder will temporarily cease activities insofar as
data from these systems is required. The Coverholder will continue to operate other aspects of the annual planning process on a best-efforts basis. If system outages persist and outputs from the service are required, the Underwriter may instruct the
Coverholder to either: Prepare an annual plan using Excel 56
Operate using the prior-years annual plan, adjusted for known events Prepare an updated plan on the basis of the most recently available
back-up data, adjusted for known events Staffing Shortages If the service is disrupted due to a shortage of staff, the Underwriter will make commercially reasonable efforts to return
the service to normal service levels within one month. If the disruption persists beyond month week, the Coverholder will: Redeploy staff from elsewhere within the Coverholder organisation, primarily Finance services, to work on
planning activities Begin recruitment for FTCs Approach a third-party accounting or consultancy outsource firm Technical payments processing Tolerance Levels As this service relates to ongoing accounting processes, there is moderate tolerance to disruptions or delays (up to one
week) for BAU payments, however there is minimal tolerance for critical payments (up to 24 hours, as defined by the Underwriter). Non-performance of the service would result in a backlog of processing activity
accumulating for BAU payments, and potential breach of contractual obligations for critical payments. System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. Oracle, GTreasury, the Coverholder will temporarily cease BAU payment
activities insofar as data from these systems is required. The Coverholder will continue to operate critical payments manually via a working paper process, which the Coverholder will pay directly from online banking systems. If system outages
persist beyond one week, the Coverholder will make commercially reasonable efforts to resume processing via a working paper process. The Coverholder will subsequently enter transactions processed manually during the down-time into the system once
service is restored, within one week of the system outage event occurring. Staffing Shortages If the service is disrupted due to a shortage of staff, the Underwriter will make commercially reasonable efforts to return
the service to normal service levels within one week and will prioritise payments designated as critical. If the disruption persists beyond one week, the Coverholder will: Redeploy staff from elsewhere within the Coverholder organisation, primarily Finance services, to work on
reporting activities Begin recruitment for FTCs Approach a third-party accounting outsource firm The Coverholder will eliminate any backlog developing as a result of staffing shortages within one month of the staffing
shortage event occurring. 57
Short-term cashflow forecasting Tolerance Levels As this service relates to ongoing accounting processes, there is moderate tolerance to disruptions or delays (up to one
week). Non-performance of the service would result in poor visibility of sources and uses of cash, requiring the Underwriter to hold higher cash balances, or longer payment times in order to obtain sufficient
cash to make payments as arising. System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. Oracle, Anaplan, Prequel, the Coverholder will use best efforts and
alternative data sources (such as back-ups or an alternative system than is typically used) to produce a cash flow forecast using a working paper process occurring. Staffing Shortages If the service is disrupted due to a shortage of staff, the Underwriter will make commercially reasonable efforts to return
the service to normal service levels within one week. If the disruption persists beyond one week, the Coverholder will: Redeploy staff from elsewhere within the Coverholder organisation, primarily Finance services, to work on
reporting activities Begin recruitment for FTCs Approach a third-party accounting outsource firm Outwards RI Outwards RI collateral management Tolerance Levels As this service relates to ongoing collateral management processes, there is minimal tolerance to disruptions or delays (up
to 24 hours). Non-performance of the service may result in improper collateral management, resulting in the Underwriter breaching its obligations under the policies it has written. System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. Oracle, Anaplan, Prequel, the Coverholder will use best efforts and
alternative data sources (such as back-ups or an alternative system than is typically used) to produce collateral management reporting using a working paper process. The Coverholder will enter the data
maintained off-system during the outage into the relevant system within one week of the system outage event occurring. Staffing Shortages If the service is disrupted due to a shortage of staff, the Underwriter will make commercially reasonable efforts to return
the service to normal service levels within 24 hours. If the disruption persists beyond 24 hours, the Coverholder will redeploy staff from elsewhere within the Coverholder organisation or recruit FTCs with immediate availability. Technical Services Premium management and binding operations 58
Tolerance Levels As this service relates to ongoing collateral management processes, there is minimal tolerance to disruptions or delays (up
to 24 hours). Non-performance of the service may result in improper collateral management, resulting in the Underwriter breaching its obligations under the policies it has written. System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. Oracle, Anaplan, Prequel, the Coverholder will use best efforts and
alternative data sources (such as back-ups or an alternative system than is typically used) to produce collateral management reporting using a working paper process. The Coverholder will enter the data
maintained off-system during the outage into the relevant system within one week of the system outage event occurring. Staffing Shortages If the service is disrupted due to a shortage of staff, the Underwriter will make commercially reasonable efforts to return
the service to normal service levels within 24 hours. If the disruption persists beyond 24 hours, the Coverholder will redeploy staff from elsewhere within the Coverholder organisation or recruit appropriately trained FTCs with immediate
availability. Outwards RI, Actuarial, Exposure Management Outwards RI placement, analysis, administration, and reporting Tolerance Levels As the service relates to the management of client account balances and cash, the service has moderate tolerance to
disruptions or delays (up to one week). Non-performance of the service over the short term will extend the timelines for collection of cash and matching to client accounts, resulting in inaccurate records.
System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. Prequel, Oracle, the Coverholder will continue to match cash balances using
templates maintained in EUC solutions and bank records. The Coverholder will enter the data maintained off-system during the outage into the relevant system within one month of the service being restored. Staffing Shortages If the service is disrupted due to a shortage of staff, the Underwriter will make commercially reasonable efforts to return
the service to normal service levels within one week. If the disruption persists beyond one week, the Coverholder will: Redeploy staff from elsewhere within the Coverholder organisation, primarily Finance services, to work on
credit control activities Begin recruitment for FTCs Approach a third-party accounting outsource consultancy firm Pricing framework and actuarial reporting Tolerance Levels 59
Pricing Pricing activities relate to relates to the front-office origination of new business, there is minimal tolerance to
disruptions or delays (up to 24 hours). Non-performance of the service would result in the Coverholder being placed into involuntary run-off and revenue being foregone.
Capital management and reserving Capital management and reserving activities relate to a reporting process that operates quarterly, there is moderate
tolerance to disruptions or delays (up to one week). Non-performance of the service would result in the Underwriter unable to complete these activities, which would result in a breach of external reporting
obligations. System Outages Pricing In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. FireAnt, the Coverholder will continue to underwrite business insofar as is
possible without system support using manual processes. Capital management and reserving In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. FireAnt, Tyche, the Coverholder will temporarily cease activities insofar as
data from these systems is required. The Coverholder will continue to operate other aspects of these processes on a best-efforts basis, using EUC solutions. If system outages persist and outputs from the service are expected to be required before
the service is restored (e.g. past quarter close), the Coverholder will produce the required actuarial information at the most recently available reporting date, and begin work to meet the existing deadline as soon as practical. The Underwriter will
then perform an assumption-based roll-forward exercise to the reporting date. Staffing Shortages Pricing If the service is unable to be performed due to shortage of actuarial staff that persists longer than two working weeks and
is not transitory, the Coverholder will make commercially reasonable efforts to recruit additional actuarial staff with appropriate skills, experience, and qualifications to perform the service or approach a suitably qualified professional services
firm where significant lead time is expected to hire FTEs. Capital management and reserving If the service is disrupted due to a shortage of staff, the Underwriter will make commercially reasonable efforts to return
the service to normal service levels within one week. If the disruption persists beyond one week, the Coverholder will: Redeploy staff with appropriate skills, experience and qualifications from elsewhere within the Coverholder
organisation, Begin recruitment for FTCs 60
Approach a third-party firm with requisite experience to perform the role Risk aggregation and catastrophe management Tolerance Levels As this service relates to a reporting process that operates quarterly, there is moderate tolerance to disruptions or delays
(up to one week). Non-performance of the service would result in the Underwriter being unable to meet external reporting obligations. System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. FireAnt, the Coverholder will temporarily cease activities insofar as data
from these systems is required. The Coverholder will continue to operate other aspects of the management reporting process on a best-efforts basis, using EUC solutions. If system outages persist and outputs from the service are required (e.g. past
quarter close), the Coverholder will make commercially reasonable efforts to produce required information, using the most recent backed-up data rolled forward to the reporting date. Staffing Shortages If the service is disrupted due to a shortage of staff, the Underwriter will make commercially reasonable efforts to return
the service to normal service levels within one week. If the disruption persists beyond one week, the Coverholder will: Redeploy staff with appropriate skills, experience and qualifications from elsewhere within the Coverholder
organisation to work on reporting activities Begin recruitment for FTCs Approach a third-party firm with requisite experience to perform the role The Coverholder will make reasonable efforts to minimise key person dependency, in particular with respect to FireAnt, by
cross-training staff in the operation of the systems key functions. 61
Advertising and promotional material
17
Separate bank accounts
17
Licences and taxes
18
Commission, fees and charges
19
Indemnity insurance
19
Business continuity
19
Confidentiality
20
Conflicts of interest
20
Compliance with the law and financial crime
21
Data protection
21
Notices
24
Limitation of Liability
25
Termination
25
Effect of termination or non-renewal
26
Further assurances
26
Variation and assignment
26
Entire agreement
27
Remedies
27
Inconsistency
27
Waiver
28
Counterparts
28
Enforceability clause
28
Rights of third parties
28
Jurisdiction and governing law
28
31
34
35
45
54
(1)
(2)
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
1.
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
2.
3.
3.1
3.2
3.3
4.
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
(a)
(b)
(c)
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
5.
5.1
5.2
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
6.
7.
8.
8.1
8.2
8.3
9.
10.
10.1
10.2
10.3
11.
12.
12.1
12.2
12.3
12.4
(a)
(b)
12.5
12.6
(a)
(b)
12.7
12.8
(a)
(b)
12.9
13.
14.
15.
16.
16.1
16.2
16.3
17.
18.
19.
19.1
19.2
19.3
20.
20.1
20.2
20.3
21.
21.1
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
22.
22.1
22.2
22.3
22.4
22.5
23.
24.
25.
26.
26.1
26.2
(a)
(b)
26.3
26.4
26.5
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
26.6
26.7
27.
27.1
27.2
28.
28.1
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
28.2
28.3
28.4
29.
29.1
29.2
29.3
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
29.4
30.
30.1
(a)
(b)
30.2
(a)
(b)
30.3
31.
31.1
31.2
(a)
(b)
31.3
(a)
(b)
31.4
31.5
32.
32.1
32.2
32.3
32.4
32.5
33.
34.
34.1
(a)
(b)
(c)
(i)
(ii)
(d)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(e)
(f)
34.2
35.
35.1
(a)
(b)
(c)
35.2
35.3
35.4
36.
37.
37.1
37.2
37.3
38.
38.1
38.2
(a)
(b)
39.
39.1
39.2
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
39.3
40.
40.1
40.2
40.3
40.4
41.
41.1
41.2
41.3
41.4
41.5
41.6
42.
42.1
42.2
(a)
(b)
(c)
42.3
42.4
42.5
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
42.6
42.7
42.8
43.
43.1
Underwriter:
For the attention of:
Address:
Email addresses:
Coverholder:
For the attention of:
Address:
Email address:
43.2
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
43.3
43.4
43.5
44.
45.
46.
46.1
46.2
(a)
(b)
46.3
46.4
47.
48.
48.1
48.2
48.3
49.
49.1
49.2
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
49.3
49.4
49.5
50.
51.
52.
52.1
52.2
52.3
52.4
53.
53.1
53.2
54.
55.
56.
SHELF OPCO BERMUDA LIMITED
FIDELIS INSURANCE BERMUDA LIMITED
1.
1.1
1.2
●
●
●
●
2.
2.1
2.1.1
2.1.2
2.1.3
2.1.4
●
●
●
●
●
●
2.1.5
2.1.6
2.2
2.2.1
2.2.2
2.2.3
2.2.4
●
●
●
●
●
●
2.2.5
2.2.6
2.3
2.3.1
2.3.2
●
●
●
2.3.3
2.3.4
●
●
2.3.5
2.3.6
3.
3.1
3.1.1
●
●
3.1.2
●
●
3.1.3
3.1.4
●
●
3.1.5
3.1.6
4.
4.1
4.1.1
4.1.2
4.1.3
4.1.4
4.1.5
4.1.6
4.2
4.2.1
4.2.2
4.2.3
4.2.4
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
4.2.5
4.2.6
4.3
4.3.1
4.3.2
4.3.3
4.3.4
4.3.5
4.3.6
4.4
4.4.1
4.4.2
4.4.3
4.4.4
4.4.5
4.4.6
5.
5.1
5.1.1
5.1.2
5.1.3
5.1.4
5.1.5
5.1.6
6.
6.1
6.1.1
6.1.2
●
●
6.1.3
6.1.4
6.1.5
6.1.6
1.
1.1
1.1.1
1.1.2
1.1.3
1.2
1.2.1
1.2.2
1.2.3
1.3
1.3.1
1.3.2
1.3.3
●
●
●
2.
2.1
2.1.1
2.1.2
2.1.3
●
●
●
3.
3.1
3.1.1
3.1.2
3.1.3
●
●
●
3.2
3.2.1
3.2.2
●
●
●
3.2.3
●
●
●
3.3
3.3.1
3.3.2
3.3.3
●
●
●
3.4
3.4.1
3.4.2
3.4.3
●
●
●
4.
4.1
4.1.1
4.1.2
4.1.3
5.
5.1
5.1.1
5.1.2
5.1.3
6.
6.1
6.1.1
6.1.2
6.1.3
●
●
●
6.2
6.2.1
(a)
(b)
6.2.2
(a)
(b)
6.2.3
(a)
(b)
●
●
●
6.3
6.3.1
6.3.2
6.3.3
●
●
●
Exhibit 10.7
DATED 20 December 2022
FIDELIS UNDERWRITING LIMITED
and
PINE WALK CAPITAL LIMITED
BINDER AGREEMENT
relating to
PROJECT COOPER
Contents
Clause | Page | |||||
1. |
Definitions and interpretation |
1 | ||||
2. |
Period |
3 | ||||
3. |
Authorised Individuals |
3 | ||||
4. |
Grant of authority |
3 | ||||
5. |
Joint Referral Forum |
4 | ||||
6. |
FIHL and MGU Holdco |
5 | ||||
7. |
Sub-delegation of authority |
5 | ||||
8. |
Underwriting and Marketing Conference Call |
5 | ||||
9. |
Group Annual Plan and Group Underwriting Strategy |
6 | ||||
10. |
Annual Plan |
6 | ||||
11. |
Mid-Year Change Procedure |
6 | ||||
12. |
Maintenance of Capital |
6 | ||||
13. |
Exclusivity and Rights of First Offer / Rights of First Refusal |
8 | ||||
14. |
LOBs and coverages |
8 | ||||
15. |
Excluded class(es) of business and coverage(s) |
8 | ||||
16. |
Territorial limitations |
8 | ||||
17. |
Maximum limits of liability or sums insured |
8 | ||||
18. |
Premiums for Products bound |
9 | ||||
19. |
Gross premium income limit |
9 | ||||
20. |
Period of Products bound |
9 | ||||
21. |
Automatic or tacit renewal of Products bound |
9 | ||||
22. |
Outwards Reinsurance |
10 | ||||
23. |
Transformer Deals |
11 | ||||
24. |
Commission and Expenses |
11 | ||||
25. |
Refund of unearned commission(s) |
11 | ||||
26. |
Product documentation |
11 | ||||
27. |
Dispute Resolution |
13 | ||||
28. |
Procedure for the handling and settlement of claims and pursuit of recoveries |
13 | ||||
29. |
Complaints or proceedings |
14 | ||||
30. |
Risks written bordereau(x)/reporting and aggregate exposures |
15 | ||||
31. |
Accounting bordereau(x)/reporting and settlements |
15 | ||||
32. |
Records, statistical information and audit/inspection |
16 |
- i -
33. Advertising and promotional material 34. Separate bank accounts 35. Licences and taxes 36. Commission, fees and charges 37. Indemnity insurance 38. Business continuity 39. Confidentiality 40. Conflicts of interest 41. Compliance with the law and financial crime 42. Data protection 43. Notices 44. Limitation of Liability 45. Termination 46. Effect of termination or non-renewal 47. Further assurances 48. Variation and assignment 49. Entire agreement 50. Remedies 51. Inconsistency 52. Waiver 53. Counterparts 54. Enforceability clause 55. Rights of third parties 56. Jurisdiction and governing law Schedule 1 Operation of this Agreement Schedule 2 Authorised Individuals List Schedule 3 First Annual Plan Schedule 4 Exit Plan Schedule 5 Business Continuity Plan - ii -
THIS AGREEMENT is made on 20 December 2022 BETWEEN FIDELIS UNDERWRITING LIMITED, a limited liability company incorporated in England and Wales
(Companies House number 09753615), whose registered office is at 42nd Floor, 22 Bishopsgate, London, United Kingdom, EC2N 4BQ (Underwriter); and PINE WALK CAPITAL LIMITED, a limited liability company incorporated in England and Wales (Companies
House number 10846939), whose registered office is at 37-39 Lime Street, London, United Kingdom, EC3M 7AY (Coverholder). INTRODUCTION The board of directors of FIHL has determined that it is in the best interests of FIHLs members as a
whole to effect the Reorganisation. In accordance with the Reorganisation, FIHLs (re)insurance carriers (including the Underwriter) will
continue to be authorised and regulated to conduct insurance business in each of the United Kingdom, the European Economic Area and Bermuda. MGU Holdco has established a MGU (including the Coverholder) in each of these jurisdictions, and each MGU
has obtained authorisation from the applicable Regulatory Authority to underwrite business on behalf of the corresponding (re)insurance carrier pursuant to the terms of the Binder Agreements. The Binder Agreements are subject to the terms of a Framework Agreement (the Framework
Agreement) entered into between FIHL and MGU Holdco, which sets out an overarching framework for the operation of the Binder Agreements, and will enable them to coordinate how their respective subsidiaries will exercise their respective
rights and obligations under the Binder Agreements. The Underwriter is an insurer that is established in the United Kingdom and is authorised by the PRA and
regulated by the PRA and the FCA. The Coverholder is a MGU that is established in the United Kingdom and is authorised and regulated by the FCA. The Parties have agreed that the Underwriter shall delegate authority to the Coverholder in respect of
various activities relating to its business, and that the Coverholder shall perform the Services for and on behalf of the Underwriter, pursuant to the term of this Binder Agreement (this Agreement) and the Framework Agreement.
AGREEMENT Definitions and interpretation Definitions Capitalised terms that are not defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning given to them in the
Framework Agreement. 1
In this Agreement, unless the context requires otherwise, the capitalised terms set out below have the
following meanings: Agreement has the meaning given to it in Recital (E); Authorised Individual means any individual listed in Schedule 2 (Authorised Individuals List) or in
the latest version of any Updated Authorised Individuals List in respect of their respective area of authority or responsibility; Bank has the meaning given to it in Clause 34.1(c); Claim Limit the sum of USD 10,000,000; Commencement Date means 1 January 2023; Confidential Information has the meaning given to it in Clause 39.1; Framework Agreement has the meaning given to it in Recital (C); ICO means the UK Information Commissioners Office; Insurance Distribution Directive means the Insurance Distribution Directive, Directive (EU) 2016/97 of the
European Parliament and of the European Council of 20 January 2016 (as transposed into UK legislation); Manufacturer means a firm which manufactures contracts of insurance for sale to customers; Normal Business Hours has the meaning given to it in Clause 43.3; Products means the products that the Coverholder underwrites for and on behalf of the Underwriter under
this Agreement; Regulatory Authority means the FCA, the PRA, the ICO and any governmental, regulatory
authority or other competent authority that regulates and / or supervises a Party from time to time in respect of its activities; Receiving Party has the meaning given to it in Clause 39.1; Risk Transfer Basis means that, where the Coverholder holds: (i) any premiums from Product holders
that are due to be paid to the Underwriter, such premiums shall be treated as having been paid over to the Underwriter when they are received by the Coverholder; and (ii) any return premiums or claims payment, such sums shall only be treated as
having been paid to the applicable Product holders or other beneficiaries under a Product when they are actually paid to such persons; UMCC means the Fidelis Underwriting and Marketing Conference Call, which will be attended by
representatives of the MGU Group, and in which all new underwriting risks and renewals that may be effected pursuant to the Binder Agreements are presented and discussed; and Updated Authorised Individuals List has the meaning given to it in Clause 3.3. 2
Interpretation References to the Parties are to the parties to this Agreement, and each is a
Party. Clauses 1.3 to 1.6 (inc.) of the Framework Agreement shall apply mutatis mutandis to the extent that
they are applicable to this Agreement. COVERHOLDER AUTHORITY Period This Agreement shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall, unless otherwise terminated in accordance with Clause 45,
remain in force in accordance with the Term of each Binder Agreement provisions contained in clauses 2.2 to 2.6 (inc.) of the Framework Agreement, which shall be incorporated by reference into this Agreement. Authorised Individuals Subject to Clause 3.2, the Coverholder shall ensure that only Authorised Individuals perform any acts in
relation to this Agreement, and that each Authorised Individual shall only act within their respective area of authority or responsibility. Each Authorised Individual may delegate all or part of the performance of their respective area of authority
or responsibility to another employee within the Coverholder, provided that: (i) such employee is: (a) in the reasonable opinion of the delegating Authorised Individual, fit and proper to perform the role, and (b) appropriately
monitored at all times by the delegating Authorised Individual; and (ii) the delegating Authorised Individual remains responsible at all times for their respective area of authority or responsibility. The Coverholder shall procure that its Chief Executive Officer shall provide the Underwriter with an updated
version of Schedule 2 (Authorised Individuals List), which has been signed by the Chief Executive Officer (the Updated Authorised Individuals List), as soon as practicable after it becomes apparent that any Authorised
Individual has ceased, or shall cease, to undertake their respective duties, or any other details contained within Schedule 2 (Authorised Individuals List) have either temporarily or permanently changed. The Coverholders obligation
under this Clause 3.3 shall also apply in respect of occurrences of leave, holiday or sickness, where such leave, holiday or sickness is likely to materially impair the Coverholders performance of its duties under this Agreement unless an
alternative person is appointed to perform the relevant duties (in which case, such alternative person shall be listed as an Authorised Individual in the Updated Authorised Individuals List). Grant of authority The Underwriter hereby authorises the Coverholder to perform the Services for and on behalf of the
Underwriter in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The Coverholder may bind any Products and any amendments to them using an automated electronic online
system, where the use of such system has been agreed in writing by the Underwriter. 3
The Coverholder shall comply with any direction, condition or requirement, including any valid direction to
terminate given in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, given by the Underwriter or by any Regulatory Authority with jurisdiction over the Underwriter or the Coverholder. The Coverholder shall only bind Products under this Agreement in accordance with the Product Guides, as set
out in schedule 8 (Product Guides) of the Framework Agreement, as may be replaced by FIHL and MGU Holdco from time to time. In respect of every Product bound under this Agreement, the Coverholder shall: issue contract documentation, endorsements or such other documents evidencing cover as set out in more
detail in this Agreement; collect and process premiums and return premiums on the Underwriters behalf promptly or where
applicable in accordance with such terms as agreed with the Underwriter; and as set out in paragraph 1 of Schedule 1 (Operation of this Agreement), handle claims and/or settle
claims in accordance with this Agreement. It shall be the responsibility of the Coverholder to notify a prospective holder of, or a beneficiary under,
a Product, or their agent, of any capacity in which it acts as agent for the Underwriter. Nothing in this Agreement shall grant the Coverholder authority beyond that specifically granted by this
Agreement nor shall the Coverholder act as or hold itself out as having authority on behalf of the Underwriter where such authority does not arise or no longer arises under this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as creating the relationship of employer and employee between
the Underwriter and the Coverholder. The Coverholder shall not take any step(s) or undertake any act(s) or omit to do anything in relation to the
Services, including failing to act fairly to holders of, or beneficiaries under, a Product, which is likely to be detrimental to the reputation of the Underwriter. AGENCY AND REVIEW PROVISIONS Joint Referral Forum The Parties acknowledge and agree that their respective appointees to the Joint Referral Forum shall be as
set out in paragraph 2 of Schedule 1 (Operation of this Agreement) and, if necessary, each Party shall replace any appointee as soon as reasonably practicable. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Joint Referral Forum can act on their behalf and, where
applicable bind the Parties, in the following circumstances: if the minimum term of this Agreement does not roll into a Subsequent Underwriting Year, in determining how
the Parties will facilitate the transfer of 4
renewals of the business that the Coverholder has underwritten away from the Underwriter to a third party capital provider in an orderly manner at the expiry of the remaining term and in line
with Applicable Law pursuant to clause 2.5 of the Framework Agreement; in respect of any discussions relating to certain courses of action that either Party should take in the
event of a JRF Notification under clause 5.6 of the Framework Agreement, including being bound by the outcome of such discussions; providing the Coverholder with approval in writing for and on behalf of the Underwriter to underwrite any
business in excess of the Underwriting Parameters in any Underwriting Year pursuant to clause 9.6 of the Framework Agreement; producing a written remediation plan that sets out how FIHL will, with reasonable assistance from the MGU
Group (such assistance not extending to capital or other financial support): (1) mitigate the risk of, or reverse, the Ratings Downgrade or Negative Outlook; and (2) raise additional capital, or reallocate capital between LOBs and its insurance
subsidiaries in the event of a Negative Outlook or a Ratings Downgrade; and in accordance with the Mid-Year Change Procedure or a Dispute
Resolution Procedure. FIHL and MGU Holdco The Parties acknowledge and agree that FIHL and MGU Holdco may negotiate the terms of any Subsequent Annual Plan for and on
their behalf under clause 9.3 of the Framework Agreement, save that such Subsequent Annual Plan shall only come into force if it is actually approved by the Parties at their sole discretion. Sub-delegation of authority The Parties agree that the provisions of clause 20 (Sub-Delegation) of the Framework
Agreement shall be incorporated by reference into this Agreement. Underwriting and Marketing Conference Call The Coverholder shall, prior to entering into or renewing any potential underwriting risks or sub-contracting or sub-delegation arrangements with third party MGUs, present such proposed arrangements to the UMCC. The Parties shall use reasonable endeavours to procure that the UMCC is at all times properly staffed by an
appropriate range of suitably skilled and experienced senior executives. If the Coverholder becomes aware at any point that the UMCC is not, or there is a reasonable prospect that
the UMCC will not be, properly staffed by an appropriate range of suitably skilled and experienced senior executives from the MGU Group as described in Clause 8.2, it shall use reasonable efforts to ensure that the UMCC becomes properly staffed, and
shall periodically inform the Underwriter of its progress. 5
ANNUAL PLAN AND MID-YEAR CHANGE PROCEDURE Group Annual Plan and Group Underwriting Strategy The Parties shall, where required by either FIHL or MGU Holdco, participate in the formulation of the Group Underwriting
Strategy and Group Annual Plan in respect of each Underwriting Year. Annual Plan The Annual Plan in respect of the first Underwriting Year of this Agreement shall be as set out in Schedule
3 (First Annual Plan). Save where Clause 6 applies, the Parties shall negotiate and agree the terms of any Subsequent Annual Plan
pursuant to the provisions of clause 9 (Negotiation and Agreement of Subsequent Annual Plans) of the Framework Agreement, which shall be incorporated by reference into this Agreement. The Underwriter may notify the Coverholder in writing of any material deterioration in the Technical Ratio
for any LOB in relation to the detailed plan for ensuring that the performance of the LOB will fall within the Technical Ratio in the Subsequent Underwriting Year in accordance with clause 9.11 of the Framework Agreement, which shall be incorporated
by reference into this Agreement. Mid-Year Change Procedure The Parties shall follow the mid-year change procedures set out in clause 10 (Mid-Year Change Procedure) of the Framework Agreement in respect of any material or non-material change to the Annual Plan (including any
Mid-Year Re-Allocation) that is intended to be made outside of the procedure set out in clause 9 (Negotiation and Agreement of Subsequent Annual Plans) of the Framework
Agreement, and clause 10 (Mid-Year Change Procedure) of the Framework Agreement shall be incorporated by reference into this Agreement. Maintenance of Capital The Underwriter shall prepare and provide to the Coverholder, as soon as reasonably practicable following
the date upon which any Subsequent Annual Plan is agreed, Forecast Projections for both the corresponding Subsequent Underwriting Year and for the two following Subsequent Underwriting Years (on the basis that the Subsequent Annual Plan remains the
same in such Subsequent Underwriting Years). The Underwriter shall take all necessary steps to ensure that, at all times during the term of this
Agreement, it maintains sufficient capital (including a sufficient capital buffer) to both meet its obligations under the Current Annual Plan, and to ensure that it adheres to all Rating Agency Requirements (where applicable, in accordance with the
figures pertaining to the applicable Underwriting Year set out in the Forecast Projections). The Underwriter shall ensure that its adherence to the obligations contained in this Clause 12.2 shall take precedence over any dividend policy that
it may have in place. The Parties acknowledge that, as at the Commencement Date, FIHL has been placed on Negative Outlook by
S&P as a result of the proposed Reorganisation. Accordingly, 6
the Parties Agree that Clauses 12.4 to 12.9 (inc.) shall not apply in relation to S&P for the duration of this current rating Negative Outlook, and shall only apply in relation to S&P to
any further Negative Outlooks by S&P that may separately occur at any point during the term of this Agreement. Subject to Clause 12.5, the following provisions shall apply during an Initial Negative Outlook Period:
if a Requesting Customer either: (i) wishes to withdraw its existing business from the Underwriter
during the applicable term; or (ii) is unwilling to place new (re)insurance business with the Underwriter, in each case due to the Negative Outlook, subject to MGU Holdco promptly notifying FIHL of such Requesting Customers, the Coverholder may
place such business with one or more third party capital providers (provided the Negative Outlook has not been reversed before that time) pursuant to clause 12.7(a) of the Framework Agreement; and clause 13 (Exclusivity and Rights of First Offer / Rights of First Refusal) of the Framework Agreement shall
be suspended in respect of any existing or new business that the Coverholder has been requested to place with a third party capital provider by a Requesting Customer under Clause 12.4(a). Clause 12.3 shall cease to apply upon the first day of any of the following events to occur: (i) FIHL
reverses the Negative Outlook; (ii) the Initial Negative Outlook Period expires, at which point Clause 12.6 shall apply; or (iii) FIHL undergoes a Ratings Downgrade, at which point Clause 12.8 shall apply. Subject to Clause 12.8, if a Ratings Downgrade Notification relates to a Negative Outlook, and such Negative
Outlook subsists beyond the expiry of the Initial Negative Outlook Period, the following provisions shall apply: subject to MGU Holdco promptly notifying FIHL of any Requesting Customers, the Coverholder may continue to
place existing or new business relating to such Requesting Customers with one or more third party capital providers (provided the Negative Outlook has not been reversed by that time) pursuant to clause 12.9(a) of the Framework Agreement; and
clause 13 (Exclusivity and Rights of First Offer / Rights of First Refusal) of the Framework Agreement shall
be suspended in respect of any such existing or new business. Clause 12.6 shall cease to apply upon the first of any of the following events to occur: (i) FIHL
reverses the Negative Outlook; or (ii) FIHL undergoes a Ratings Downgrade, at which point Clause 12.8 shall apply. Subject to Clause 12.9, in the event of a Ratings Downgrade, the following provisions shall apply:
the Coverholder may immediately: (i) subject to MGU Holdco providing prior written notice to FIHL,
withdraw any existing business from the Underwriter (irrespective of whether such business is transferred during the term of the 7
applicable product or at renewal) and place such business with one or more third party capital providers; and (ii) place any new business with one or more third party capital providers; and
clause 13 (Exclusivity and Rights of First Offer / Rights of First Refusal) of the Framework Agreement shall
be suspended in respect of any such existing or new business. Clause 12.8 shall cease to apply if FIHL reverses the Ratings Downgrade. EXCLUSIVITY AND ROFO / ROFR Exclusivity and Rights of First Offer / Rights of First Refusal The Parties acknowledge and agree that the provisions of clause 13 (Exclusivity and Rights of First Offer / Rights of First
Refusal) of the Framework Agreement shall be incorporated by reference into this Agreement. SCOPE OF AUTHORITY LOBs and coverages The Coverholder is only authorised to underwrite business for and on behalf of the Underwriter that is consistent with the
LOBs and the coverages set out in the Current Annual Plan, including any mid-term adjustments or alterations that are made to the Current Annual Plan at any point during the Underwriting Year. Excluded class(es) of business and coverage(s) The Coverholder shall not underwrite business for and on behalf of the Underwriter in respect of any class(es) of business and
coverage(s) stated in paragraph 3 of Schedule 1 (Operation of this Agreement). Territorial limitations The Coverholder is authorised to bind insurances only for risks located in the territory(ies) in which the
Underwriter has the appropriate licences as stated in paragraph 4 of Schedule 1 (Operation of this Agreement) to be updated by the Underwriter following any changes. The Coverholder is only authorised to underwrite business for and on behalf of the Underwriter in respect of
Product holders established in the territory(ies) stated in paragraph 5 of Schedule 1 (Operation of this Agreement). Subject to Applicable Law, the business that the Coverholder underwrites for and on behalf of the
Underwriter is not subject to any territorial limits. Maximum limits of liability or sums insured The Coverholder is only authorised to underwrite business for and on behalf of the Underwriter up to the limits of liability
or sums insured set out in the Current Annual Plan. 8
Premiums for Products bound All gross premiums for Products that the Coverholder has underwritten for and on behalf of the Underwriter shall be calculated
as stated in accordance with paragraph 6 of Schedule 1 (Operation of this Agreement). Gross premium income limit The Coverholder shall not underwrite any business for and on behalf of the Coverholder that is in excess of
the applicable Underwriting Parameters. The Coverholder shall monitor the total gross premium income bound and shall promptly notify the Underwriter
if it becomes apparent that the total gross premium income is likely to exceed eighty-five (85) per cent of either the LOB Premium Limit or the Gross Limit, or if the Coverholder becomes aware that it is likely to exceed any other Underwriting
Parameter. For the purposes of this Clause 19, gross premium income shall be defined as all premiums and additional
premiums, less return premiums (before deductions of any commission and excluding any Tax or policy or other charges). Period of Products bound Every Product bound shall incept during the period of this Agreement. Each Product bound shall run to its contractual expiry date, unless cancelled or terminated in accordance
with the Products cancellation or termination provisions. In the event of cancellation or termination of any Product bound, the Coverholder shall comply with any
Applicable Law relating to the cancellation or termination of such Product and to the return of premium, commission, fees, charges and Taxes. Automatic or tacit renewal of Products bound No Product shall be bound that is subject to or is capable of automatic or tacit renewal, unless otherwise
agreed in writing by the Underwriter or where mandatory by reason of Applicable Law. Where automatic or tacit renewal has been specifically authorised or is mandatory the following provisions shall apply: the Coverholder shall maintain adequate records to identify and monitor, such that it is able to comply with
any applicable time frames, all Products bound which provide for or by reason of Applicable Law are subject to automatic or tacit renewal or extension of the period; the Coverholder shall review each Product bound prior to its individual renewal date in order to offer
renewal terms or to decline the renewal. This process shall be carried out in compliance with any Applicable Law relating to automatic or tacit renewals; the Coverholder is responsible for and shall issue in a timely fashion the necessary and proper notice of non-renewal for individual Products bound to prevent their automatic or tacit renewal; and 9
in the event of non-renewal or termination of this Agreement, the
Coverholder shall provide the Underwriter with an initial report containing details of the following as soon as possible: all Products in force at the end of the period of this Agreement or the effective date of termination of
this Agreement, which are or may be subject to automatic or tacit renewal; all Products for which terms have been offered prior to the end of the period of this Agreement or the
effective date of termination of this Agreement, which could be bound and may be subject to automatic or tacit renewal; and all Products where an automatic or tacit renewal cannot be or has not been prevented; and the Coverholder shall thereafter provide monthly reports updating the information provided in the initial report until
such time as the Underwriter confirms that no further monthly reports are required. Outwards Reinsurance Subject to Clause 22.3, and provided that: (i) the Current Annual Plan is within pre-agreed parameters; and (ii) the reinsurance that the Coverholder is proposing to obtain for and on behalf of the Underwriter is consistent with the Outwards Reinsurance Strategy, the Underwriter delegates
authority to the Coverholder to effect the Outwards Reinsurance Strategy in respect of each Underwriting Year by contracting with one or more third party reinsurers for and on behalf of the Underwriter to cede all or part of any risks that may be
insured or guaranteed by the Underwriter under this Agreement. The Parties acknowledge and agree that clauses 18.3 to 18.5 (inc.) of the Framework Agreement shall be
incorporated mutatis mutandis by reference into this Agreement. The authority that the Coverholder has to procure third party reinsurance cover pursuant to this Clause 22
shall be subject to the requirement that the Coverholder obtains prior approval from the Chief Underwriting Officer of the Underwriter (which shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Underwriter shall procure that its Chief Underwriting Officer shall respond and, if thought fit, approve
the third party reinsurance cover proposed by the Coverholder as soon as reasonably practicable following a reasonable review of the proposed third party reinsurance cover, and shall respond within two (2) Business Days of receiving the
proposal from the Coverholder where the proposed third party reinsurance cover is consistent with the Outwards Reinsurance Strategy. The Coverholder shall use reasonable endeavours to sweep and pay premium to the Underwriter as soon as
practicable and in advance of any scheduled premium date under the terms of this Agreement, in relation to such premium that it holds for the Underwriter that equates to the amount that the Underwriter (or FIHL for and on behalf of the Underwriter)
is required to pay to third party outwards reinsurers in respect of 10
non-proportional outwards reinsurance where such outwards reinsurance has been procured by any member of the MGU Group. Transformer Deals The Parties acknowledge and agree that clause 19 (Transformer Deals) of the Framework Agreement shall be incorporated by
reference into this Agreement. COVERHOLDER COMMISSIONS AND EXPENSES Commission and Expenses The Underwriter shall pay Commission and Expenses to the Coverholder in accordance with clause 16 (Commission and Payments) in
the Framework Agreement, and all of the terms of clause 16 (Commission and Payments) in the Framework Agreement be incorporated by reference into this Agreement. Refund of unearned commission(s) The Coverholder shall refund to the Underwriter commission(s) on all cancelled or terminated Products and return premiums, at
the same rates at which such commission(s) was(were) originally allowed to the Coverholder. DOCUMENTATION FOR PRODUCTS BOUND Product documentation Wordings, Conditions, Clauses, Endorsements, Warranties and Exclusions Applicable to Products Bound The Underwriter delegates authority to the Coverholder to prepare the wordings for any Products sold under
this Agreement, and any other documentation relating to such Products, in accordance with the terms of clause 15 (Product Wordings) of the Framework Agreement, which shall be incorporated by reference into this Agreement. The Parties acknowledge and agree that they both fall within the definition of Manufacturer in respect of
any Products that fall within the scope of the Insurance Distribution Directive. Accordingly, the Parties agree that, in respect of such Products, the Coverholder shall have sole responsibility for the performance of each activity listed in Article
25(1) of the Insurance Distribution Directive. Requirement to Issue Product Documentation In respect of every Product bound, the Coverholder shall immediately issue to the holder of the Product or
their agent either: appropriate confirmation of cover which makes reference to the agreed terms of the Product; or, where
practical contract documentation (howsoever called, including certificate, combined
certificate or policy). 11
Where the Coverholder has not already issued contract documentation pursuant to Clause 26.3(b), the
Coverholder shall issue contract documentation to the holder of the Product or their agent no later than thirty (30) calendar days from the inception date of the contract, or the date on which the Product is bound (if such date is after
inception), or within such shorter period as may be required by any Applicable Law. In respect of every change made to each Product bound, the Coverholder shall issue an endorsement within
thirty (30) calendar days or such shorter period as may be required by any Applicable Law. Format and Content of Product
Documentation All Product documentation (and any endorsements issued) shall comply with all Applicable Law, contain all
the agreed terms of the Product (or the endorsement) between the Product holder and the Underwriter and shall contain: the full name and address of the Coverholder; a unique contract number stated in the schedule. (Endorsements shall include the same unique contract number
as for the contract to which it relates and shall be uniquely and consecutively numbered for the contract concerned); the full text of each wording, condition, clause, endorsement, warranty, exclusion and any other document(s)
forming part of the individual contract; the law and jurisdiction applicable to the Product; the term of the Product; the limits of liability or sums insured; the deductible(s) or excess(es) if applicable; the amount of the premium; a Several Liability Notice/Clause in a reasonably satisfactory form; a statement to the effect that in the event of a claim the Product holder should send their notification to
the Coverholder using the address claims@fidelisinsurance.com, or any replacement email address as may be agreed between the Parties from time to time; a suitable complaints notice as agreed with the Underwriter; a statement to the effect that all enquiries (other than claims) should be addressed to the Coverholder;
a statement to the effect that the Coverholder acts as agent for the Underwriter in performing its duties
under this Agreement; and the signature, whether electronic or otherwise, of one or more of the applicable Authorised Individuals
identified in Schedule 2 (Authorised Individuals List) 12
or, where applicable, the latest version of any Updated Authorised Individuals List. Retention, security and provision of documents Subject to Clause 42.5, the Coverholder shall retain a copy of all documents issued and provide copies to
the Underwriter upon request. All stocks of contract documentation, endorsements and other documents evidencing cover and any electronic
method of storing and/or producing documentation shall be kept secure at all times. If requested by the Underwriter, the Coverholder shall promptly return or destroy all unused documents relating to this Agreement and ensure that any electronic
storage and/or production of such documents by the Coverholder thereafter ceases. DISPUTE RESOLUTION Dispute Resolution The Parties acknowledge and agree that all disputes under this Agreement shall be settled in accordance with
clause 17.1 of the Framework Agreement, which shall be incorporated by reference into this Agreement. The Parties agree that, if any actual or potential dispute under this Agreement becomes a Centralised
Dispute, the Parties shall not determine such dispute themselves (or, as applicable, shall immediately cease any Dispute Resolution Procedure that they have commenced in respect of such dispute) and agree to be bound by, and act consistently with,
the outcome of any Dispute Resolution Procedure undertaken by FIHL and MGU Holdco to determine such Centralised Dispute. CLAIMS AND
COMPLAINTS Procedure for the handling and settlement of claims and pursuit of recoveries The Underwriter agrees to grant the Coverholder authority to handle and/or settle any claims that may arise
in respect of a Product, and to pursue recoveries on its behalf in accordance with the following procedures, which shall apply unless replaced, amended or supplemented by the Underwriter in accordance with Clause 28.3: the Coverholder shall have authority to adjust, agree and settle claims where the total value of the claim
does not exceed the Claim Limit and shall review claims estimates for these claims; the Coverholder shall have no authority to agree or settle any claim or part thereof on an ex
gratia or without prejudice basis or any similar basis; the Coverholder shall promptly notify the Underwriter for instructions on all claims which exceed or are
likely to exceed the Claim Limit; the Coverholder shall refer to the Underwriter any claim that the Coverholder considers should be denied, or
which manifestly falls outside the terms of the 13
Product, or if the Coverholder is in any doubt as to whether the claim is recoverable under the terms of the Product; the Coverholder shall notify the Underwriter promptly of any claim or recovery which gives rise to or is
likely to give rise to any litigation; the Coverholder may instruct adjusters, surveyors, lawyers or any other third parties to assist in the
handling of any claim, including in the pursuit of recovery, provided that if any one claim is likely to result in an aggregate cost of at least USD 600,000, the Coverholder shall refer the matter to the Underwriter and shall only issue any such
instructions in relation to the claim if it has received prior written consent to do so from the Underwriter; and the Coverholder shall comply with such service levels and standards as may be required by the Underwriter in
handling and/or settling claims and/or pursuing recoveries. The Underwriter may at any time withdraw or vary the Coverholders authority in respect of any
particular claim. In such circumstances, the Underwriter shall be entitled to make any decisions or take any action with regard to the claim that the Underwriter considers to be appropriate. The Underwriter may at any time give sixty (60) calendar days written notice, or any shorter
period of time where the Underwriter reasonably believes that such changes are required under Applicable Law, to the Coverholder to vary, suspend or withdraw the Coverholders authority to handle and/or settle claims and pursue recoveries and
the Coverholder agrees to comply with any instructions from the Underwriter with regard to claims handling. The Coverholders authority to handle and/or settle claims and pursue recoveries shall cease or be varied in accordance with the terms
of the written notice. In such circumstances the Underwriter shall be entitled to make any decisions or take any action with regard to the claims which the Underwriter considers appropriate. Nothing in this Clause 28 (or in any procedures as stated in paragraph 1 of Schedule 1 (Operation of this
Agreement)) shall in any way supersede, amend or replace any requirements under Applicable Law that apply to the Coverholder when it handles and/or settles claims. Complaints or proceedings The Coverholder shall promptly notify the Underwriter in writing of all complaints made in relation to
Products bound under this Agreement. The Coverholder shall implement and maintain such procedures as may be required by the Underwriter to ensure
that complaints can be dealt with in a prompt and reasonable way in compliance with Applicable Law. In all cases, the Coverholder shall promptly notify the Underwriter in writing upon becoming aware of any
matter arising out of the operation of or in connection with this Agreement which: is likely to adversely affect the reputation of the Underwriter; 14
may affect any legal or regulatory authorisations or any authorisations which the Underwriter has to conduct
insurance business; may result in litigation or other legal or regulatory proceedings or action being commenced against the
Underwriter or the Coverholder; or may have a material impact on its ability to carry out its obligations under this Agreement effectively and
in compliance with Applicable Laws, including for the avoidance of doubt financial difficulty, catastrophic events and significant incidents. Where the Coverholder is aware of any legal or regulatory proceedings or actions commenced against the
Underwriter or the Coverholder arising out of the operation of or in connection with this Agreement, the Coverholder shall provide the Underwriter with full details of the same. REPORTING, RECORDS AND AGGREGATE EXPOSURES Risks written bordereau(x)/reporting and aggregate exposures The Coverholder shall: record all details of Products bound under this Agreement; and send or make available to the Underwriter in a manner or format agreed by them the risks written details and
any adjustments thereto within thirty (30) calendar days of the end of each calendar quarter falling within the term of this Agreement. If there is no activity during a particular reporting interval the Coverholder shall provide a statement to
that effect. The Coverholder shall: record and monitor the aggregate exposures as defined in paragraph 7 of Schedule 1 (Operation of this
Agreement); and send or make available to the Underwriter details of the aggregate exposures, within thirty (30) calendar days of the end of each calendar quarter falling within the term of this Agreement. The Coverholder shall prepare statistical information as stated in paragraph 8 of Schedule 1 (Operation
of this Agreement) in respect of each calendar quarter falling within the term of this Agreement until every Product bound has expired or has otherwise been cancelled or terminated and where applicable until all claims have been paid or
otherwise resolved. The Coverholder shall send or make available to the Underwriter such information within thirty (30) calendar days of the end of each calendar quarter falling within the term of this Agreement. Accounting bordereau(x)/reporting and settlements All premiums, paid claims, outstanding claims and expenses relating to Products bound under this Agreement
shall be allocated and declared to this Agreement. 15
The Coverholder shall report all earned and unearned paid premiums to the Underwriter by:
preparing premium bordereaux in a manner or format(s) agreed by the Underwriter; or making the accounting information available to the Underwriter in an alternative manner agreed in advance by
the Underwriter. The Coverholder shall report the accounting information on a monthly basis by the
applicable Monthly Calculations Presentation Date until every Product bound under this Agreement has expired or has otherwise been cancelled or terminated. The Coverholder shall report paid claims, outstanding claims and loss reserves to the Underwriter by:
preparing claims and loss reserves bordereaux in a manner or format(s) agreed by the Underwriter; or
making the claims and loss reserves information available to Underwriter in an alternative manner agreed in
advance by the Underwriter. Subject to Clause 31.4, the claims and loss reserves information shall be
reported within thirty (30) calendar days of the end of each calendar quarter falling within the term of this Agreement until every Product bound has expired or has otherwise been cancelled or terminated and all such claims have been paid or
otherwise resolved. The Coverholder shall promptly provide the Underwriter with any material updates in respect of any claims
made under any Product that may exceed the Claims Limit. Settlements shall be remitted to the Underwriter within the maximum number of days of the end of each
interval as stated in paragraph 9 of Schedule 1 (Operation of this Agreement). Records, statistical information and audit/inspection The Coverholder shall establish and maintain complete records relating to all Products bound, claims handled
and recoveries pursued under this Agreement. Such records shall be and shall remain the property of the Underwriter. The Underwriter, external auditors or other representatives appointed by the Underwriter shall have the
right at any time during Normal Business Hours, without any restriction or limitation, to have access to any of the Coverholders business premises where the Coverholder carries on business that is the subject of this Agreement to inspect and
audit any records, statistical information, systems and processes (including electronic systems and processes) of the Coverholder relating to Products bound and to the operation of this Agreement (including in relation to claims and recoveries) and
shall have the right to make copies or extracts of any such records. The Coverholder undertakes to deal openly and co-operatively with
any Regulatory Authority in relation to the operation of this Agreement. The Coverholder shall permit any Regulatory Authority without any restriction or limitation, to have access to any of 16
its business premises where the Coverholder carries on business that is the subject of this Agreement to inspect and audit the records, statistical information, accounts and business processes
relating to the operation of this Agreement. The Coverholder shall, unless prohibited by Applicable Law, inform the Underwriter promptly in the event that any Regulatory Authority exercises or seeks to exercise any right to inspect or audit the
records held by the Coverholder in relation to this Agreement. Subject to Clause 42.5, the Coverholder shall retain all records, including electronic, relating to all
Products bound, claims handled and recoveries pursued for a minimum period of seven (7) years or for such longer period as may be required by Applicable Law. The Coverholder shall provide to the Underwriter any information as the Underwriter may reasonably require
from time to time relating to Products bound, claims arising and the operation of this Agreement. ADVERTISING Advertising and promotional material The Coverholder must agree with the Underwriter any specific marketing or promotional material to be used in relation to the
Products to be bound under this Agreement, including on any internet website, portal or similar online system. BANK ACCOUNTS Separate bank accounts All monies received by the Coverholder from or on behalf of the Underwriter shall be received by the
Coverholder in a fiduciary capacity and on a Risk Transfer Basis and: shall be received by the Coverholder as assets of the Underwriter; shall on receipt be deposited immediately by the Coverholder into a premium monies account with assets
standing to the credit of that account being held in a fiduciary capacity solely on behalf of the Underwriter for the purpose of the onwards transmission of those monies (for the purposes set out at Clause 34.1(d)(ii)) and the monies shall not be
otherwise held or retained; the premium monies account referred at Clause 34.1(b) shall be held at a bank (or other institution
regulated for taking deposits as may be agreed by the Underwriter) (the Bank) which is: regulated, supervised and examined by the applicable Regulatory Authority; and subject, where applicable, to any national deposit insurance scheme; the premium monies account shall be operated in accordance with any Applicable Law and:
shall be clearly identified to the Bank as a premium monies account; 17
may not be used by the Coverholder for any purpose other than for the purpose of settling accounts with the
Underwriter or the payment of commissions, premium refunds or claims to clients as envisaged in this Agreement, or any other transactions where expressly authorised by the Underwriter or in accordance with Clause 34.2. For the avoidance of doubt,
and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Coverholder may not invest these monies in any way without the prior written consent of Underwriter; and the assets held in the premium monies account may not be commingled with assets in respect of the
Coverholders general or operating account, or assets relating to other insurers; shall be identified in the Coverholders book of account, separately from other funds similarly held by
the Coverholder for other insurers and/or the Underwriter, such book of account to be reconciled on a regular basis, not less than monthly, with records being retained for inspection by the Underwriter or its representatives, who shall have the
right at any time, without restriction or limitation to inspect and audit such records, and to make copies or extracts of any such records; and the Coverholder shall take all reasonable steps as may be requested by the Underwriter to put the Bank on
notice as to the nature of the premium monies account and that the Bank is not to be entitled to any charge, encumbrance or lien, or right of set-off, combination, compensation or retention against monies
standing to the credit of the premium monies account. Where required by Applicable Law, this Clause 34 shall also provide authority from the Underwriter for the
Coverholder to retain for its own use and benefit any interest which shall accrue, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, to the account described in Clause 34.1(c). COMPLIANCE, REGULATORY AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Licences and taxes It is the responsibility of the Coverholder in respect of performing its duties under this Agreement:
to ensure that it (and where relevant its directors, officers, partners or other individuals named in this
Agreement) maintains all necessary licences, authorisations, registrations and qualifications in order to perform its duties under this Agreement and where necessary to ensure that all Products bound are accepted through a properly licensed
intermediary; to ensure the collection and forwarding to the Underwriter of any Tax(es) due from Product holders and
disbursement of any refunds of such Tax(es) due to Product holders; and where required by Applicable Law, to collect Tax(es) due from Product holders and pay Tax(es) to the
appropriate Taxation Authority and to make any 18
necessary returns and to ensure any disbursements of refunds of such Taxes are made to Product holders. All applicable Tax(es) shall be shown separately on the documentation issued to the Product holder and not
concealed from the Product holder or the Underwriter. The Coverholder shall promptly notify the Underwriter of any Tax inspection or audit in relation to this
Agreement or any Product bound under this Agreement and of the results of such inspection or audit. The Coverholder shall use reasonable endeavours to ensure that internal audit actions associated with the
provision of Services to the Underwriter are notified to the Coverholder on the agreed basis and completed within agreed timescales and/or extensions. Commission, fees and charges Any commission, fees and charges applied by the Coverholder shall not breach any Applicable Law(s). All such commission, fees
and charges shall be shown separately on the documentation issued to the Product holder and not concealed from the Product holder or the Underwriter. Indemnity insurance The Coverholder shall maintain, for the duration of this Agreement, indemnity insurance with at least a
total limit of indemnity of not less than USD 60,000,000 applying to each claim and in aggregate USD 60,000,000 per year for all claims in connection with the operation of this Agreement or such other minimum amount as may be specified under
Applicable Law from time to time, for any liability arising out of negligent acts, errors or omissions by the Coverholder including any past or present director, officer, partner or employee of the Coverholder. The Coverholder shall provide the Underwriter or its representatives with evidence acceptable to the
Underwriter confirming such insurance if requested. The Coverholder shall inform the Underwriter of any changes to the indemnity insurance providing coverage in
connection with the operation of this Agreement. Business continuity The Coverholder shall maintain and implement an adequate business continuity and disaster recovery plan an
initial copy of which is set out at Schedule 5 (Business Continuity Plan). The plan shall ensure the Coverholders ability to continue to perform its obligations under this Agreement. The Coverholder shall carry out regular testing and
updating of the plan. The Coverholder shall notify the Underwriter of: any material deficiencies identified in the plan; or any significant changes the Coverholder makes to the plan
19
that may have a serious impact on the Coverholders ability to perform
its duties under this Agreement. Confidentiality Each Party (a Receiving Party) undertakes that it shall not at any time disclose to any
person and shall treat as confidential all information of a confidential nature received or obtained directly or indirectly as a result of entering into or performing this Agreement except as expressly permitted in writing by the other Party or by
Clause 39.2. Confidential information shall include (but not be limited to) information of a confidential nature relating to policies and policyholders and the business affairs, strategies, commercial and technical knowledge of the Parties or their
respective subsidiaries (Confidential Information). Subject to Clause 42.5, the Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information: to its affiliates, employees, officers, external auditors, professional advisers, consultants or third party
service providers (and, where applicable, its professional indemnity insurers) who need to know such information for the purposes of enabling the Receiving Party to carry out its obligations under this Agreement. The Receiving Party shall use all
reasonable endeavours to ensure that its employees, officers, external auditors, professional advisers, consultants or third party service providers to whom it discloses Confidential Information comply with this Clause 39. where required by Applicable Law, court order or any governmental or Regulatory Authority provided that,
subject to any legal or regulatory obligations that apply to the Receiving Party, the Receiving Party shall give notice to the other Party that it proposes to disclose the Confidential Information; where the Confidential Information is now in or comes into the public domain otherwise than as a result of a
breach of this Clause 39; and where the Confidential Information is already known by the Receiving Party in circumstances when it was not
bound by any form of confidentiality obligation. In the event of a breach or a suspected breach of its obligations under this Clause 39, the Receiving Party
must notify the other Party promptly and use all reasonable endeavours, at their own cost, to remedy or mitigate the effects of such a breach. Conflicts of interest The Coverholder must act in what it believes to be the interests of the Underwriter and ensure that it has
no actual or potential conflicts of interests with the Underwriter which may impair the Coverholders performance of its duties under this Agreement. The Coverholder shall not be treated as contravening Clause 40.1 because of the existence of a conflicting
interest if the existence, nature and extent of that interest has been fully disclosed to the Underwriter and such interest has been duly entered into in accordance with any relevant terms of this Agreement. 20
Nothing in this Agreement overrides the Coverholders duty to place the interests of its client before
all other considerations nor shall this Agreement override requirements in Applicable Law that may apply to the Coverholder, the Underwriter or the placing of any insurance business. Notwithstanding Clause 40.1, the Underwriter agrees that the Coverholder is under no obligation to place
business under this Agreement. Compliance with the law and financial crime Without prejudice to any of the rights or obligations otherwise specified in this Agreement, the Coverholder
shall comply with all Applicable Law for the legal and proper solicitation and handling of all Products bound or intended to be bound, and shall use its best endeavours to ensure that any other parties with whom it deals in carrying out its duties
under this Agreement comply with such Applicable Law where applicable. The Coverholder shall not undertake any activity which facilitates the evasion of Taxes anywhere in the
world or which would constitute a criminal act in the jurisdiction in which it is located or doing business, or which would expose the Underwriter to any criminal sanction. The Coverholder shall conduct its business in accordance with all relevant financial crime and international
economic, financial or trade sanctions laws and regulations. In addition, the Coverholder shall not act contrary to any additional requirements concerning: (i) international economic, financial or trade sanctions; (ii) the prevention of
the facilitation of tax evasion; or (iii) financial crime set by the Underwriter other than where compliance with those requirements would be contrary to Applicable Law. The Coverholder, on behalf of the Underwriter, shall not provide cover or pay any claim or provide benefit
hereafter to the extent that the provision of such cover, payment of such claim or provision of such benefit would expose the Coverholder and/or the Underwriter to any sanction, prohibition or restriction under any applicable international economic,
financial or trade sanctions laws or regulations. The Coverholder shall not accept, offer or facilitate payment, consideration, or any other benefit, which
constitutes an illegal or corrupt practice contrary to any applicable anti-bribery law. The Coverholder shall maintain on an ongoing basis appropriate systems, procedures and controls designed to
prevent any breach of this Clause 41. Data protection The Coverholder and the Underwriter acknowledge and agree that where the Coverholder or the Underwriter
processes personal data under or in connection with this Agreement it alone determines the purposes and means of processing as a controller. In respect of the personal data that the Coverholder or the Underwriter processes under or in connection
with this Agreement, it: 21
shall comply at all times with its obligations under the data protection law; shall notify the other Party without undue delay after, and in any event within 24 hours of, becoming aware
of a personal data breach; and shall assist and co-operate fully with the other Party to enable it
to comply with its obligations under the data protection law, including but not limited to in respect of keeping personal data secure, dealing with personal data breaches, complying with the rights of data subjects, carrying out data protection
impact assessments and carrying out any related consultations with any supervisory authority. In respect of the personal data that the Coverholder processes under or in connection with this Agreement,
the Coverholder shall only process such personal data for the purposes of: (a) providing Products to Product holders and prospective Product holders; and (b) handling claims to the extent allowed in this Agreement. The Coverholder and the Underwriter shall work together to ensure that each of them is able to process that
the personal data it processes under or in connection with this Agreement for the purposes contemplated by this Agreement lawfully, fairly and in a transparent manner and in compliance with the data protection law. This shall include but not be
limited to entering into such other written agreements as may be required from time to time to enable the Coverholder and/or the Underwriter to comply with the data protection law. The activities of the Coverholder under or in connection with this Agreement in respect of which the
Coverholder processes personal data as a processor on behalf of the Underwriter, together with the data protection particulars for such processing, are stated in paragraph 10 of Schedule 1 (Operation of this Agreement). In addition to Clauses
42.2, 42.2(c) and 42.4, where, under or in connection with this Agreement, the Coverholder processes personal data as a processor on behalf of the Underwriter, the Coverholder shall: subject to Clause 42.5(b), only carry out such processing on the Underwriters instructions from time
to time, including with regard to transfers of personal data to a third country. The Coverholder shall immediately inform the Underwriter if, in its opinion, an instruction infringes any relevant data protection law; where it is required by applicable law to carry out processing otherwise than in accordance with Clause
42.5(a), inform the Underwriter of the legal requirement before carrying out such processing (unless prohibited from doing so by Applicable Law); not disclose the personal data to any person except as required or permitted by this Agreement or with the
Underwriters prior written consent; without prejudice to Clause 39, ensure that all persons authorised to process the personal data are under an
appropriate contractual or other legal obligation to keep the personal data confidential; 22
taking account of the nature of the processing, implement appropriate technical and organisational measures:
(a) in a manner that ensures the processing meets the requirements of the data protection law and the protection of the rights of data subjects; (b) to keep the personal data secure and to protect against the risk of personal data
breaches; (c) to assist the Underwriter in ensuring compliance with its obligation to notify data breaches to the supervisory authority and data subjects where necessary; and (d) to assist the Underwriter to comply with its obligations
under the data protection law to respond to requests for exercising the rights of data subjects; not process the personal data, or disclose the personal data to any party who carries on business, outside
of the United Kingdom except with the Underwriters prior written consent and, where such consent is given, the Coverholder shall take such actions and enter into such agreements as the Underwriter may require to ensure that such processing or
disclosure complies with all relevant data protection law; not enter into an arrangement with any sub-contractor to process the
personal data directly or indirectly on behalf of the Underwriter without the prior written consent of the Underwriter and, where such consent is given, the Coverholder shall enter into a written agreement with the
sub-contractor that includes, as a minimum, provisions in favour of the Underwriter which are equivalent to those in this Clause 42. The Coverholder shall remain fully liable to the Underwriter for any sub-contractors processing personal data; and at the Underwriters option, delete or return to the Underwriter all the personal data on termination
of this Agreement and delete any existing copies of the personal data except to the extent that the Coverholder is required to retain such personal data by Applicable Law. The Coverholder shall make available to the Underwriter all information necessary to demonstrate its
compliance with its obligations under this Clause 42 and the Underwriter reserves the right to audit the Coverholders compliance with its obligations under this Clause 42 in accordance with Clause 32. The Coverholders obligations under this Clause 42 shall continue throughout this Agreement and for a
period of seven (7) years thereafter or such other period as the Underwriter may require or as may be required pursuant to Applicable Law. For the purposes of this Clause 41 and Schedule 1 (Operation of this Agreement):
controller means the person which, alone or jointly with others, determines the
purposes and means of the processing of personal data; data protection law means all applicable data
protection and privacy legislation in force from time to time in the UK including: (i) the UK GDPR; (ii) the Data Protection Act 2018 (and regulations made thereunder); (iii) the Privacy and Electronic Communications Regulations 2003, as
amended; (iv) all other legislation and regulatory requirements in force from time to time which apply to a party relating to the use of personal data (including, without limitation, the privacy of electronic 23
communications); and (v) the guidance and codes of practice issued by
the ICO or other relevant data protection or supervisory authority and applicable to a Party; data protection
particulars means, in relation to any processing of personal data by the Coverholder under or in connection with this Agreement as a processor on behalf of the Underwriter: (a) the subject matter and duration of the processing;
(b) the nature and purpose of the processing; (c) the type of personal data being processed; and (d) the categories of data subjects; data subject means the identified or identifiable natural living person to whom the personal data relates;
personal data means any information relating to the data subject; personal data breach means a breach of security leading to the accidental or unlawful destruction, loss,
alteration, unauthorised disclosure of, or access to, personal data transmitted, stored or otherwise processed; processor means the person which processes personal data on behalf of the controller; supervisory authority means an independent public authority with authority under the data protection laws
over the processing of personal data; and UK GDPR has the meaning given to that expression in section
3(10) (as supplemented by section 205(4)) of the Data Protection Act 2018. NOTICES Notices Service of notices Any notice to be given under this Agreement must be in English and in writing, and may be served by hand, by
first class post or airmail (pre-paid and signed for in each case) or by email to the address or email address (as applicable) given below, or to such other address or email address as may have been notified
by either Party to the other Party for this purpose (which shall supersede the previous address or email address (as applicable) from the date on which notice of the new address is deemed to be served under this Clause 43). Underwriter: For the attention of: Denise Brown-Branch and / or Ian Houston (from late January 2023) and / or Sylvia Lenzen Address: The registered office of the Underwriter from time to
time. 24
Email addresses: Coverholder: For the attention of: Address: Email address: Any notice served in accordance with Clause 43.1 shall be deemed to have been received:
if delivered by hand, at the time of delivery; if sent by first class post, at 9.30 a.m. on the second calendar day after (and excluding) the date of
posting; if sent by airmail, at 9.30 a.m. on the fifth calendar day after (and excluding) the date of posting; or
if sent by email, at the time of transmission by the sender, provided that if a notice would otherwise be deemed to have been received outside Normal Business Hours, it shall instead be
deemed to have been received at the recommencement of such Normal Business Hours. For the purposes of Clause 43.2, Normal Business Hours means 9.00 a.m. to 5.30 p.m. local
time in the place of receipt on any day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in that location. In the case of service on either Party by email, the place of receipt shall be deemed to be the address specified for service on that Party
by post. In proving receipt of any notice served in accordance with Clause 43.1, it shall be sufficient to show that
the envelope containing the notice was properly addressed and either delivered to the relevant address by hand or posted as a pre-paid, signed-for first class or airmail
letter, or that the email was sent to the correct email address. This Clause 43 shall not apply to the service of any proceedings or other documents in any legal action.
25
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY Limitation of Liability The Parties acknowledge and agree that their respective liability to each other shall be as set out in clause 23 (Limitation
of Liability) of the Framework Agreement, which shall be incorporated by reference into this Agreement. TERMINATION AND
NON-RENEWAL Termination Either Party may terminate this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of clause 24 (Termination) of the Framework
Agreement, which shall be incorporated by reference into this Agreement. Effect of termination or non-renewal The Parties agree that clause 25 (Effect of Termination) of the Framework Agreement shall be incorporated by
reference into this Agreement, and the Exit Plan referred to in clause 25.3 of the Framework Agreement shall be the document contained in Schedule 4 (Exit Plan) of this Agreement. Once this Agreement has terminated (in accordance with Clause 45 or by reason of non-renewal of this Agreement) the Coverholder: except as stated in Clause 46.4 shall have no authority to offer terms, bind Products, renew, cancel,
extend, amend or alter in any way Products already bound without the prior written consent of the Underwriter. Such written consent shall only be effective where it is not in contravention of Applicable Law; and shall ensure that any electronic production of contract documentation and other documents evidencing cover
ceases, and if such documents or other unused materials are provided as paper stocks by the Underwriter, the Coverholder shall deliver all such documents it possesses in connection with this Agreement to the Underwriter or its appointed
representative. The Underwriters rights to receive monies due in respect of Products bound shall not be impaired by
any of the provisions of this Clause 46 and the Coverholder agrees not to challenge these rights provided always that, if the Underwriter at its written option collects monies from brokers or other intermediaries, Product holders or others from whom
monies may be due in respect of Products bound, the Underwriter shall give the Coverholder credit for such sums in account. In the event of non-renewal of this Agreement, the Coverholder shall
retain the authority under this Agreement to cancel, amend or alter (but not extend the period of or renew) Product already bound and in respect of claims arising under such Products for the duration of any
run-off period. 26
MISCELLANEOUS Further assurances On request by either Party, each Party shall, as soon as reasonably practicable at the requesting Partys cost and
insofar as it is reasonably able, do or procure the doing of all such acts and execute or procure the execution of all such documents (in a form reasonably satisfactory to the requesting Party) as the requesting Party may reasonably consider
necessary or appropriate to carry this Agreement into effect and to give the requesting Party the full benefit of it. Variation and assignment Save where Clause 3.3 applies, no variation of this Agreement shall be valid unless it is in writing and
signed by or on behalf of each Party. No Party may assign, grant any security interest over, hold on trust or otherwise transfer the benefit of,
or its rights under, the whole or any part of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Any purported assignment, declaration of trust, transfer,
sub-contracting, delegation, charging or dealing in contravention of Clause 48.2 is ineffective. Entire agreement This Agreement shall constitute the whole agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matter
contained within it to the exclusion of any terms implied in law that may be excluded by contract. They supersede and extinguish any and all prior discussions, correspondence, negotiations, drafts, arrangements, understandings or agreements relating
to this Agreement. Each Party agrees and acknowledges that: it is entering into this Agreement in reliance solely on the statements made or incorporated in them;
it is not relying on any Pre-Contractual Statement;
it is not entering into this Agreement in consequence of or in reliance on any unlawful communication as
defined in section 30(1) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 made by any other Party or any Partys professional advisers; except as expressly provided in this Agreement, it is entering into this Agreement solely in reliance on its
own commercial assessment and investigation and advice from its own professional advisers; and the other Party is entering into this Agreement in reliance on the acknowledgements given in this Clause
49.2. 27
No Party shall have any liability whatsoever for any Pre-Contractual
Statement, whether in contract, in tort, under the Misrepresentation Act 1967 or otherwise. It is agreed that the only liability of each Party in respect of those statements, representations,
warranties, assurances and undertakings made or given by it and set out or incorporated in this Agreement shall be for breach of contract. This entire agreement Clause does not limit or exclude any liability for fraud. Remedies The rights and remedies conferred on any Party by, or pursuant to, this Agreement are cumulative and, except as expressly
provided in this Agreement are in addition to, and without prejudice, to all other rights and remedies otherwise available to such Party at law or in equity. Inconsistency If there is any inconsistency between any provisions of this Agreement and those of the Framework Agreement, the provisions of
the Framework Agreement shall prevail. Waiver Any waiver of any term or condition of this Agreement, waiver of any breach of any term or condition of this
Agreement, or waiver of, or election whether or not to enforce, any right or remedy arising under this Agreement or at law, must be in writing and signed by or on behalf of the person granting the waiver, and no waiver or election shall be inferred
from a Partys conduct. Any waiver of a breach of any term or condition of this Agreement shall not be, or be deemed to be, a waiver
of any subsequent breach. Failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement at any time or for any period shall not waive that or any
other provision or the right subsequently to enforce all provisions of this Agreement. Failure to exercise, or delay in exercising, any right or remedy shall not operate as a waiver or be treated
as an election not to exercise such right or remedy, and single or partial exercise or waiver of any right or remedy shall not preclude its further exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. Counterparts This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by the Parties to it on separate
counterparts, but shall not be effective until each Party has executed at least one counterpart. Each counterpart constitutes an original, and all the counterparts together constitute one and the same
agreement. 28
Enforceability clause In the event that any portion of this Agreement is found to be invalid or unenforceable under any Applicable Law, that portion
of this Agreement shall be disapplied to the extent necessary to comply with such Applicable Law, and the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. Rights of third parties A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 or other
equivalent legislation to enforce any term of this Agreement but this does not affect any right or remedy of a third party which exists or is available apart from that Act. Jurisdiction and governing law This Agreement and any non-contractual dispute or obligation arising out of or in
connection with it shall be subject to the law of England and Wales and to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of England and Wales. This Agreement is entered into by the Parties on the Commencement Date. 29
SIGNATURES SIGNED
by ) PINE WALK CAPITAL LIMITED ) Signed: /s/ Rinku Patel Name: Rinku Patel [Signature pages to
the UK Binder Agreement]
SIGNED
by ) FIDELIS UNDERWRITING LIMITED ) Signed: /s/ Denise Brown-Branch Name: Denise Brown-Branch [Signature pages to
the UK Binder Agreement]
Schedule 4 Exit Plan Introduction This Exit Plan sets out the rights and responsibilities of the Parties to ensure that there is an orderly run-off in respect of any business that the Coverholder has underwritten for and on behalf of the Underwriter pursuant to the Binder Agreement. The Parties recognise the priority of the obligation of the Underwriter under Applicable Law to maintain a
sufficient degree of operational resilience in the performance of this Exit Plan. Subject to this obligation, the Parties will adopt a spirit of cooperation in running off the insurance business. In particular, the Underwriter will:
use reasonable endeavours to assist the MGU Group in its discussions with any replacement capacity provider
(including with regard to information around reserving and ratings requirements in its current book); where the Underwriter decides to bring all or part of any functions
in-house, as soon as reasonably practicable after making such determination, where reasonably practicable, initiate discussions with the Coverholder regarding: (i) the existing Coverholder staff that it
intends to hire; and (ii) how the TUPE (or equivalent) procedure will apply to the transfer of Coverholder staff in such circumstances. The Parties will use reasonable endeavours to reach an agreement with the Coverholder regarding the transfer
of staff as part of these discussions; and where reasonably practicable, initiate prior discussions with the Coverholder prior to exercising any step-in rights, or transferring functions to a third party provider, and the provisions of this Exit Plan shall be read consistently with this paragraph 1. Underwriting Product Strategy and Development Non-stressed exit principles The Underwriter will, prior to the service end date, undertake a strategic assessment as to the future operating model of the
business. The Underwriter will then negotiate a new MGU or delegated underwriting authority arrangement (DUA), or hire in-house underwriting staff, such that there is no break in
underwriting activity. The Coverholder will provide reasonable exit assistance to the Underwriter, including provision
of all data and reporting required in order to facilitate the exit. Stressed exit contingency plan principles The Underwriter will temporarily cease sourcing new business from the Coverholder and assess future plans for the business.
Management will either negotiate a new MGU (or other delegated underwriting relationship) or bring underwriting resources in-house and commence directly underwriting, with
in-house staff responsible for annual planning activity. Resources responsible for implementing the contingency plan The Underwriter Group CUO is responsible for the development of a standalone underwriting functional strategy and the
contingency plan, to be supported by the Underwriter Group COO to operationalise the plan. 46
Critical data to be handed over to the Underwriter All commercially sensitive actuarial data, including: Premium and claims experience data (gross and RI) Aggregation data Standard Formula data Data required to calculate regulatory capital requirements for the purpose of developing and using an internal
model BSCR data Rating agency data Alternative systems In the event an exit requires the Underwriter to move off the Prequel platform, alternative vendor package policy
administration/underwriting systems are available and could be procured in the medium-term. Alternative third-party support An alternative MGU or a number of DUAs are appropriate substitute for the service in the short and medium term. Policy origination, placement, and post-bind administration Non-stressed exit principles The Underwriter will, prior to the service end date, undertake a strategic assessment as to the future operating model of the
business. The Underwriter will then negotiate a new MGU or DUA, or hire in-house underwriting staff, such that there is no break in underwriting activity. The Coverholder will provide reasonable exit
assistance to the Underwriter, including provision of all data and reporting required in order to facilitate the exit. Stressed exit contingency plan principles In the event of an exit, review of endorsements will be conducted by an appropriate member of the Underwriting team, with
ultimate responsibility retained by the Chief Underwriting Officer of the carrier within the Underwriter group on-risk for the policy to determine acceptability and will be processed through the Technical
Services function or the service-specific exit strategy for that service, until an alternative arrangement can be finalised. Resources responsible for implementing the contingency plan The Underwriters Group CUO is responsible for the development of a standalone underwriting functional strategy and the
contingency plan, to be supported by the Underwriters Group COO to operationalise the plan. Critical data to be handed over to the Underwriter All commercially sensitive actuarial data, including: Premium and claims experience data (gross and RI) 47
Aggregation data Standard Formula data Data required to calculate regulatory capital requirements for the purpose of developing and using an internal
model BSCR data Broker, MGU and client listings Alternative systems In the event an exit requires the Underwriter to move off the Prequel platform, alternative vendor package policy
administration/underwriting systems are available and could be procured in the medium-term. Alternative third-party support An alternative MGU or a number of DUA are appropriate substitutes for the service provided by the Coverholder and could be
procured in the medium term. Delegated Authorities management Non-stressed exit principles The Coverholder will, prior to the service end date, undertake an assessment of the future target operating model for the
function, and determine whether to bring Delegated Authorities Management in-house or outsource to an alternative provider (another MGU or third-party processor) such that there is no break in processing
activity. If the function is brought in-house, the Coverholder will exercise its right to hire existing Coverholder staff under the TUPE (or equivalent) procedure in the first instance. The Coverholder will
provide reasonable exit assistance to the Underwriter. This includes facilitating access to the Prequel platform (if not exited as part of service termination) and provision of all data and reporting required to facilitate the exit. Stressed exit contingency plan principles The Underwriter may either: Bring in-house the existing operations by exercising the
Underwriters step-in rights with respect to the sub-outsourcing arrangement and right to hire the Coverholders staff Engage an alternative outsourcing provider All monies that are held by the Coverholder that are due to the Underwriter will be transferred immediately,
unless a legal or regulatory constraint restricts the flow of the funds to the Underwriter Resources responsible for implementing the contingency plan The COO is responsible for the contingency plan. Critical data to be handed over to the Underwriter Database of sub-delegated DUA relationships 48
Outstanding/unprocessed BDX Alternative systems Alternative DUA management platforms are commercially available and could be implemented in the medium-term. A spreadsheet
register may also be appropriate in the short-term. Alternative third-party support DUA management roles are moderately skilled data processing roles; roles may be replaced by an outsourced Coverholder, FTCs,
or FTEs with a readily available skillset. Claims Claims Management, Strategy & Adjustment Non-stressed exit principles The Underwriter will, in line with the timelines detailed in the non-stressed exit
plans, undertake an assessment as to the claims treatment for the legacy portfolio business. The Underwriter will either: Transfer responsibility for claims servicing to a run-off provider or
reinsurer Bring claims management capability in-house such that there is no
break in claims adjustment activity. The Coverholder will provide reasonable exit assistance to the
Underwriter, including provision of all data and reporting to facilitate the exit. Stressed exit contingency plan principles The Underwriter will step-in to existing Coverholder relationships to continue claims
activity in the short-term. The Underwriter will then either: Transfer responsibility for claims servicing to a run-off provider or
reinsurer Bring claims management capability in-house. Resources responsible for implementing the contingency plan The Underwriter COO, in consultation with the Underwriter Head of Claims (if not dual-hatted) is responsible for the
contingency plan. Critical data to be handed over to the Underwriter All data necessary to claims adjustment, being: Live policy data Claims files for open claims, including any paper copy or off-system
claims files Alternative systems In the event an exit requires the Underwriter to move off the Prequel platform, alternative vendor package claims systems are
available and could be procured in the medium-term. 49
Market systems such as ECF2 and TRAX contain the majority of the Underwriters claims files and can be interfaced with directly to continue claims adjusting. Manual claims which are not
contained within ECF2 or TRAX will need to be dealt with separately. Alternative third-party support In the event of the exit of the Binder, the Underwriter may step into existing relationships (e.g. ProGlobal, loss adjusters)
to ensure continuity of the service. An alternative third-party claims manager may also be appointed. Finance Credit control Non-stressed exit principles The Underwriter will, prior to the service end date, undertake an assessment of the future target operating model for the
Credit Control function, and determine whether to bring credit control in-house or outsource to an alternative provider (another MGU, DUA, or third-party processor) such that there is no break in credit
control activity. If credit control is brought in-house, the Underwriter will exercise its right to hire existing Coverholder staff under the TUPE (or equivalent) procedure in the first instance. The Coverholder will provide reasonable exit assistance to the Underwriter. This includes facilitating access to the Prequel
credit control platform (if not exited as part of service termination) and provision of all data, documentation and reporting required to facilitate the exit. Stressed exit contingency plan principles The Underwriter will exercise its right to hire existing Coverholder credit control staff under the TUPE (or equivalent)
procedure and bring credit control systems, documentation and data in-house. Resources responsible for implementing the contingency plan The Underwriter CFO is responsible for the contingency plan, with involvement of other specialised resource within the
finance function as required. Critical data to be handed over to the Underwriter Outstanding account balances and unreconciled cash reports will be provided by the Coverholder to facilitate monthly
reconciliations. Alternative systems In the event an exit requires the Underwriter to move off the Prequel platform, alternative vendor package policy
administration systems with similar Credit Control functionality are available and could be procured in the medium-term. Alternatively, the Coverholder may decide to implement the Oracle Credit Management module within Oracle Fusion Cloud GL. Alternative third-party support Credit control roles are moderately skilled; roles may be replaced by an outsourced Coverholder, FTCs, or FTEs with a readily
available skillset. Annual plan preparation 50
Non-stressed exit principles The Underwriter will, prior to the service end date, undertake an assessment of the future target operating model of the
function. With sufficient time before the service end date, the Underwriter will exercise its right to hire existing Coverholder staff under the TUPE (or equivalent) procedure. If the resource level from staff transferred under TUPE (or equivalent)
is insufficient, the Underwriter will conduct recruitment activities for FTEs and FTCs, such that the function is fully staffed prior to the end date and no break in activity occurs. The Coverholder will provide reasonable exit assistance to the Underwriter, including facilitation of the transfer of
employees, and provision of all data and reporting to facilitate the exit. Stressed exit contingency plan principles The Underwriter will exercise its right to hire existing Coverholder FP&A staff under the TUPE (or equivalent) procedure
and bring annual planning in-house. Resources responsible for implementing the contingency plan The Underwriter CFO is responsible for the contingency plan, with involvement of CUO as required. Critical data to be handed over to the Underwriter All commercially sensitive actuarial data, including: Premium and claims experience data (gross and RI) Aggregation data Standard Formula data BSCR data All planning artefacts in use, such as: Templates Models Forecasting tools. Alternative systems Anaplan is a readily available vendor package; in the event of an exit, the Underwriter will be able to implement its own
instance of Anaplan in the medium-term, modelled on the same configuration that is used by the Underwriter. Spreadsheet-based business planning would be a suitable alternative in the short-term if necessary. Alternative third-party support FP&A roles are a commodity high-skill role; roles may be replaced with FTCs or FTEs with a readily available skillset.
Technical payments processing 51
Non-stressed exit principles The Underwriter will, prior to the service end date, undertake an assessment of the future target operating model of the
function. With sufficient time before the service end date, the Underwriter will exercise its right to hire existing Coverholder staff under the TUPE (or equivalent) procedure. If the resource level from staff transferred under TUPE is insufficient,
the Underwriter will conduct recruitment activities for FTEs and FTCs, such that the function is fully staffed prior to the end date and no break in activity occurs. The Coverholder will provide reasonable exit assistance to the Underwriter,
including facilitation of the transfer of employees, and provision of all data and reporting to facilitate the exit. Stressed exit contingency plan principles The Underwriter will bring the technical payments processing activity in-house, to be
undertaken by the Underwriters Treasury function. The Underwriter may exercise its right to hire Coverholder staff to support delivery of the service under the TUPE (or equivalent) regulation. Resources responsible for implementing the contingency plan The Underwriter CFO, supported by the CIO and Head of Treasury, is responsible for the contingency plan. Critical data to be handed over to the Underwriter Access to outstanding technical payments processing backlog/mailbox Alternative systems n/a - Underwriter has dedicated treasury system. Alternative third-party support Technical payments processing roles are moderately skilled; roles may be replaced by an outsourced Coverholder, FTCs, or FTEs
with a readily available skillset. Short-term cashflow forecasting Non-stressed exit principles The Underwriter will, prior to the service end date, undertake an assessment of the future target operating model of the
function. With sufficient time before the service end date, the Underwriter will exercise its right to hire existing Coverholder staff under the TUPE (or equivalent) procedure. If the resource level from staff transferred under TUPE is insufficient,
the Underwriter will conduct recruitment activities for FTEs and FTCs, such that the function is fully staffed prior to the end date and no break in activity occurs. The Coverholder will provide reasonable exit assistance to the Underwriter,
including facilitation of the transfer of employees, and provision of all data and reporting to facilitate the exit. Stressed exit contingency plan principles The Underwriter will bring the short-term cashflow forecasting activity in-house, to
be undertaken by the Underwriters Treasury function. The Underwriter may exercise its right to hire Coverholder staff to support delivery of the service under the TUPE (or equivalent) regulation. Resources responsible for implementing the contingency plan 52
The Underwriter CFO, supported by the CIO and Head of Treasury, is
responsible for the contingency plan. Critical data to be handed over to the Underwriter Access to long-term cash forecast, most recent short-term cash flow forecast, and written premium information. Alternative systems The Underwriters treasury system, GTreasury, offers a cash flow forecasting module that may be implemented in the
short-term. Spreadsheet-based cash-flow forecasting would be a suitable alternative in the short-term if necessary. Alternative third-party support Treasury roles are a commodity high-skill role; roles may be replaced with FTCs or FTEs with a readily available skillset.
Outwards RI Outwards RI collateral management Non-stressed exit principles The Underwriter will, prior to the service end date, undertake an assessment of the future target operating model of the
function. With sufficient time before the service end date, the Underwriter will exercise its right to hire existing Coverholder staff under the TUPE (or equivalent) procedure. If the resource level from staff transferred under TUPE is insufficient,
the Underwriter will conduct recruitment activities for FTEs and FTCs, such that the function is fully staffed prior to the end date and no break in activity occurs. The Coverholder will provide reasonable exit assistance to the Underwriter,
including facilitation of the transfer of employees, and provision of all data and reporting to facilitate the exit. Stressed exit contingency plan principles The Underwriter will bring the RI collateral management activity in-house, to be
undertaken by the Underwriters Treasury function. The Underwriter may exercise its right to hire Coverholder staff to support delivery of the service under the TUPE (or equivalent) regulation. Resources responsible for implementing the contingency plan The Underwriter CFO, supported by the CIO and Head of Treasury, is responsible for the contingency plan. Critical data to be handed over to the Underwriter n/a - Critical data is stored in Underwriters system. Alternative systems n/a - Underwriter has dedicated ORI system. Alternative third-party support Collateral management roles are a commodity high-skill role; roles may be replaced with FTCs or FTEs with a readily available
skillset. 53
Technical Services Premium management and binding operations Non-stressed exit principles The Underwriter will, prior to the service end date, undertake an assessment of the future target operating model for the
function, and determine whether to bring Premium Management and Binding Operations in-house or outsource to an alternative provider (another MGU or third-party processor) such that there is no break in
processing activity. If the function is brought in-house, the Underwriter will exercise its right to hire existing Coverholder staff under the TUPE (or equivalent) procedure in the first instance. The
Coverholder will provide reasonable exit assistance to the Underwriter. This includes facilitating access to the Prequel platform (if not exited as part of service termination) and provision of all data and reporting required to facilitate the exit.
Stressed exit contingency plan principles The Underwriter may either: Bring in-house the existing operations by exercising the
Underwriters step-in rights with respect to the sub-outsourcing arrangement and right to hire the Coverholders staff Engage an alternative outsourcing provider. Resources responsible for implementing the contingency plan The COO is responsible for the contingency plan. Critical data to be handed over to the Underwriter Access to outstanding processing Technical Services backlog/mailbox. Alternative systems In the event a non-stressed exit requires the Underwriter to move off the Prequel
platform, alternative vendor package policy administration/underwriting systems are available and could be procured in the medium-term. Alternative third-party support Technical services roles are moderately skilled data processing roles; roles may be replaced by an outsourced Coverholder,
FTCs, or FTEs with a readily available skillset. 54
Schedule 5 Business Continuity Plan Underwriting Product Strategy and Development Tolerance Levels As this service relates to the provision of advice that is strategic in nature and
non-time sensitive, there is significant tolerance to disruptions or delays (up to 1 month). Non-performance of the service would result in the strategic stagnation of
the Underwriters offerings in the market over the longer term. System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. Prequel, the Coverholder will temporarily cease activities insofar as data is
required. If system outages persist and outputs from the service are required, activities may be performed from the most recent backup of data, or previous year product strategy documents can be used, whichever is deemed to provide a more accurate
view by the Underwriter. Staffing Shortages If the service is unable to be performed due to shortage of underwriting staff (e.g. caused by staff attrition), the
Coverholder will use the previous years underwriting product strategy documents until current year documentation can be produced. The Coverholder will make commercially reasonable efforts to recruit additional underwriting staff to perform the
service if shortages persist for longer than one month. Policy origination, placement, and post-bind administration Tolerance Levels As this service relates to the front-office origination of new business, there is minimal tolerance to disruptions or delays
(up to 24 hours). Non-performance of the service would result in the Coverholder being placed into involuntary run-off and revenue being foregone. System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. Prequel, the Coverholder will continue to underwrite business insofar as is
possible without system support, using templates maintained in EUC solutions. The Coverholder will enter data maintained off-system during the outage into the relevant system within one month of the service
being restored. Staffing Shortages If the service is unable to be performed due to shortage of underwriting staff caused by staff attrition that persists longer
than one month, the Coverholder will make commercially reasonable efforts to recruit additional underwriting staff to perform the service. Delegated Authorities management Tolerance Levels 55
As this service relates to ongoing processing activities, there is moderate
tolerance to disruptions or delays (up to one week). Non-performance of the service would result in a backlog of processing activity accumulating. System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. the DUA tool, the Coverholder will temporarily cease activities insofar as
access to these systems required. The Coverholder will continue to operate other aspects of the service on a best-efforts basis, using EUC solutions. The Coverholder will enter the data maintained off-system
during the outage into the relevant system within one month of the system outage event occurring. Staffing Shortages If the service is disrupted due to a shortage of staff, the Underwriter will make commercially reasonable efforts to return
the service to normal service levels within one week. If the disruption persists beyond one week, the Coverholder will: Redeploy staff from elsewhere within the Coverholder organisation to undertake processing activities
Begin recruitment for FTCs Approach a third-party outsource firm The Coverholder will eliminate any backlog developing as a result of staffing shortages within one month of the staffing
shortage event occurring Claims Claims Management, Strategy & Adjustment Tolerance Levels As this service relates to the adjustment of claims, considering the profile of the Underwriter and Coverholders joint
policyholders, the service has moderate tolerance to disruptions or delays (up to one week). Non-performance of the service over the short term may result in policyholder complaints, and over the longer term
expose the Underwriter to reputational damage, regulatory and legal risks. System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. Prequel, DXC Xchanging (ECF2), Charles Taylor (TRAX), the Coverholder will
continue to service claims by utilising each systems disaster recovery solution wherever possible. If this is not a viable option, the service will continue without system support and manually record the key information. The Coverholder will
enter the data maintained off-system during the outage into the relevant system within one month of the service being restored. Staffing Shortages If the service is disrupted due to a shortage of staff, the Coverholder will make commercially reasonable efforts to return
the service to normal service levels within one week. If the disruption persists beyond one week, the Coverholder will: 56
Approach the third-party claims processor (ProGlobal) to request additional staff Begin recruitment for FTCs Redeploy staff elsewhere within the Coverholder organisation who have been suitably trained to work on claims
activities Finance Credit control Tolerance Levels As the service relates to the management of client account balances and cash, the service has moderate tolerance to
disruptions or delays (up to one week). Non-performance of the service over the short term will extend the timelines for collection of cash and matching to client accounts, resulting in inaccurate records.
Service interruptions may also elevate risks of CASS breaches. System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. Prequel, Oracle, the Coverholder will continue to match cash balances using
templates maintained in EUC solutions and bank records. The Coverholder will enter the data maintained off-system during the outage into the relevant system within one month of the service being restored. Staffing Shortages If the service is disrupted due to a shortage of staff, the Underwriter will make commercially reasonable efforts to return
the service to normal service levels within one week. If the disruption persists beyond one week, the Coverholder will: Redeploy staff from elsewhere within the Coverholder organisation, primarily Finance services, to work on
credit control activities Begin recruitment for FTCs Approach a third-party accounting consulting firm Annual plan preparation Tolerance Levels As this service relates to an annual process that is iterative in nature and non-time
sensitive, there is significant tolerance to disruptions or delays (up to 3 months). Non-performance of the service would result in the business falling back on the most recent annual plan System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. Oracle, Anaplan, the Coverholder will temporarily cease activities insofar as
data from these systems is required. The Coverholder will continue to operate other aspects of the annual planning process on a best-efforts basis. If system outages persist and outputs from the service are required, the Underwriter may instruct the
Coverholder to either: Prepare an annual plan using Excel 57
Operate using the prior-years annual plan, adjusted for known events Prepare an updated plan on the basis of the most recently available
back-up data, adjusted for known events Staffing Shortages If the service is disrupted due to a shortage of staff, the Underwriter will make commercially reasonable efforts to return
the service to normal service levels within one month. If the disruption persists beyond month week, the Coverholder will: Redeploy staff from elsewhere within the Coverholder organisation, primarily Finance services, to work on
planning activities Begin recruitment for FTCs Approach a third-party accounting or consultancy outsource firm Technical payments processing Tolerance Levels As this service relates to ongoing accounting processes, there is moderate tolerance to disruptions or delays (up to one
week) for BAU payments, however there is minimal tolerance for critical payments (up to 24 hours, as defined by the Underwriter). Non-performance of the service would result in a backlog of processing activity
accumulating for BAU payments, and potential breach of contractual obligations for critical payments. System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. Oracle, GTreasury, the Coverholder will temporarily cease BAU payment
activities insofar as data from these systems is required. The Coverholder will continue to operate critical payments manually via a working paper process, which the Coverholder will pay directly from online banking systems. If system outages
persist beyond one week, the Coverholder will make commercially reasonable efforts to resume processing via a working paper process. The Coverholder will subsequently enter transactions processed manually during the down-time into the system once
service is restored, within one week of the system outage event occurring. Staffing Shortages If the service is disrupted due to a shortage of staff, the Underwriter will make commercially reasonable efforts to return
the service to normal service levels within one week and will prioritise payments designated as critical. If the disruption persists beyond one week, the Coverholder will: Redeploy staff from elsewhere within the Coverholder organisation, primarily Finance services, to work on
reporting activities Begin recruitment for FTCs Approach a third-party accounting outsource firm The Coverholder will eliminate any backlog developing as a result of staffing shortages within one month of the staffing
shortage event occurring. 58
Short-term cashflow forecasting Tolerance Levels As this service relates to ongoing accounting processes, there is moderate tolerance to disruptions or delays (up to one
week). Non-performance of the service would result in poor visibility of sources and uses of cash, requiring the Underwriter to hold higher cash balances, or longer payment times in order to obtain sufficient
cash to make payments as arising. System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. Oracle, Anaplan, Prequel, the Coverholder will use best efforts and
alternative data sources (such as back-ups or an alternative system than is typically used) to produce a cash flow forecast using a working paper process occurring. Staffing Shortages If the service is disrupted due to a shortage of staff, the Underwriter will make commercially reasonable efforts to return
the service to normal service levels within one week. If the disruption persists beyond one week, the Coverholder will: Redeploy staff from elsewhere within the Coverholder organisation, primarily Finance services, to work on
reporting activities Begin recruitment for FTCs Approach a third-party accounting outsource firm Outwards RI Outwards RI collateral management Tolerance Levels As this service relates to ongoing collateral management processes, there is minimal tolerance to disruptions or delays (up
to 24 hours). Non-performance of the service may result in improper collateral management, resulting in the Underwriter breaching its obligations under the policies it has written. System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. Oracle, Anaplan, Prequel, the Coverholder will use best efforts and
alternative data sources (such as back-ups or an alternative system than is typically used) to produce collateral management reporting using a working paper process. The Coverholder will enter the data
maintained off-system during the outage into the relevant system within one week of the system outage event occurring. Staffing Shortages If the service is disrupted due to a shortage of staff, the Underwriter will make commercially reasonable efforts to return
the service to normal service levels within 24 hours. If the disruption persists beyond 24 hours, the Coverholder will redeploy staff from elsewhere within the Coverholder organisation or recruit FTCs with immediate availability. Technical Services Premium management and binding operations 59
Tolerance Levels As this service relates to ongoing collateral management processes, there is minimal tolerance to disruptions or delays (up
to 24 hours). Non-performance of the service may result in improper collateral management, resulting in the Underwriter breaching its obligations under the policies it has written. System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. Oracle, Anaplan, Prequel, the Coverholder will use best efforts and
alternative data sources (such as back-ups or an alternative system than is typically used) to produce collateral management reporting using a working paper process. The Coverholder will enter the data
maintained off-system during the outage into the relevant system within one week of the system outage event occurring. Staffing Shortages If the service is disrupted due to a shortage of staff, the Underwriter will make commercially reasonable efforts to return
the service to normal service levels within 24 hours. If the disruption persists beyond 24 hours, the Coverholder will redeploy staff from elsewhere within the Coverholder organisation or recruit appropriately trained FTCs with immediate
availability. Outwards RI, Actuarial, Exposure Management Outwards RI placement, analysis, administration, and reporting Tolerance Levels As the service relates to the management of client account balances and cash, the service has moderate tolerance to
disruptions or delays (up to one week). Non-performance of the service over the short term will extend the timelines for collection of cash and matching to client accounts, resulting in inaccurate records.
System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. Prequel, Oracle, the Coverholder will continue to match cash balances using
templates maintained in EUC solutions and bank records. The Coverholder will enter the data maintained off-system during the outage into the relevant system within one month of the service being restored. Staffing Shortages If the service is disrupted due to a shortage of staff, the Underwriter will make commercially reasonable efforts to return
the service to normal service levels within one week. If the disruption persists beyond one week, the Coverholder will: Redeploy staff from elsewhere within the Coverholder organisation, primarily Finance services, to work on
credit control activities Begin recruitment for FTCs Approach a third-party accounting outsource consultancy firm Pricing framework and actuarial reporting Tolerance Levels 60
Pricing Pricing activities relate to relates to the front-office origination of new business, there is minimal tolerance to
disruptions or delays (up to 24 hours). Non-performance of the service would result in the Coverholder being placed into involuntary run-off and revenue being foregone.
Capital management and reserving Capital management and reserving activities relate to a reporting process that operates quarterly, there is moderate
tolerance to disruptions or delays (up to one week). Non-performance of the service would result in the Underwriter unable to complete these activities, which would result in a breach of external reporting
obligations. System Outages Pricing In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. FireAnt, the Coverholder will continue to underwrite business insofar as is
possible without system support using manual processes. Capital management and reserving In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. FireAnt, Tyche, the Coverholder will temporarily cease activities insofar as
data from these systems is required. The Coverholder will continue to operate other aspects of these processes on a best-efforts basis, using EUC solutions. If system outages persist and outputs from the service are expected to be required before
the service is restored (e.g. past quarter close), the Coverholder will produce the required actuarial information at the most recently available reporting date, and begin work to meet the existing deadline as soon as practical. The Underwriter will
then perform an assumption-based roll-forward exercise to the reporting date. Staffing Shortages Pricing If the service is unable to be performed due to shortage of actuarial staff that persists longer than two working weeks and
is not transitory, the Coverholder will make commercially reasonable efforts to recruit additional actuarial staff with appropriate skills, experience, and qualifications to perform the service or approach a suitably qualified professional services
firm where significant lead time is expected to hire FTEs. Capital management and reserving If the service is disrupted due to a shortage of staff, the Underwriter will make commercially reasonable efforts to return
the service to normal service levels within one week. If the disruption persists beyond one week, the Coverholder will: Redeploy staff with appropriate skills, experience and qualifications from elsewhere within the Coverholder
organisation, Begin recruitment for FTCs 61
Approach a third-party firm with requisite experience to perform the role Risk aggregation and catastrophe management Tolerance Levels As this service relates to a reporting process that operates quarterly, there is moderate tolerance to disruptions or delays
(up to one week). Non-performance of the service would result in the Underwriter being unable to meet external reporting obligations. System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. FireAnt, the Coverholder will temporarily cease activities insofar as data
from these systems is required. The Coverholder will continue to operate other aspects of the management reporting process on a best-efforts basis, using EUC solutions. If system outages persist and outputs from the service are required (e.g. past
quarter close), the Coverholder will make commercially reasonable efforts to produce required information, using the most recent backed-up data rolled forward to the reporting date. Staffing Shortages If the service is disrupted due to a shortage of staff, the Underwriter will make commercially reasonable efforts to return
the service to normal service levels within one week. If the disruption persists beyond one week, the Coverholder will: Redeploy staff with appropriate skills, experience and qualifications from elsewhere within the Coverholder
organisation to work on reporting activities Begin recruitment for FTCs Approach a third-party firm with requisite experience to perform the role The Coverholder will make reasonable efforts to minimise key person dependency, in particular with respect to FireAnt, by
cross-training staff in the operation of the systems key functions. 62
17
17
18
19
19
19
20
20
21
21
24
26
26
26
27
27
27
28
28
28
28
29
29
29
32
35
36
46
55
(1)
(2)
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
1.
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
2.
3.
3.1
3.2
3.3
4.
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
(a)
(b)
(c)
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
5.
5.1
5.2
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
6.
7.
8.
8.1
8.2
8.3
9.
10.
10.1
10.2
10.3
11.
12.
12.1
12.2
12.3
12.4
(a)
(b)
12.5
12.6
(a)
(b)
12.7
12.8
(a)
(b)
12.9
13.
14.
15.
16.
16.1
16.2
16.3
17.
18.
19.
19.1
19.2
19.3
20.
20.1
20.2
20.3
21.
21.1
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
22.
22.1
22.2
22.3
22.4
22.5
23.
24.
25.
26.
26.1
26.2
26.3
(a)
(b)
26.4
26.5
26.6
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
26.7
26.8
27.
27.1
27.2
28.
28.1
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
28.2
28.3
28.4
29.
29.1
29.2
29.3
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
29.4
30.
30.1
(a)
(b)
30.2
(a)
(b)
30.3
31.
31.1
31.2
(a)
(b)
31.3
(a)
(b)
31.4
31.5
32.
32.1
32.2
32.3
32.4
32.5
33.
34.
34.1
(a)
(b)
(c)
(i)
(ii)
(d)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(e)
(f)
34.2
35.
35.1
(a)
(b)
(c)
35.2
35.3
35.4
36.
37.
37.1
37.2
37.3
38.
38.1
38.2
(a)
(b)
39.
39.1
39.2
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
39.3
40.
40.1
40.2
40.3
40.4
41.
41.1
41.2
41.3
41.4
41.5
41.6
42.
42.1
42.2
(a)
(b)
(c)
42.3
42.4
42.5
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
42.6
42.7
42.8
43.
43.1
denise.brown-branch@fidelisinsurance.com and / or ian.houston@fidelisinsurance.com and / or sylvia.lenzen@fidelisinsurance.com
Richard Coulson and / or Simon Crone
The registered office of the Coverholder from time to time.
richard.coulson@fidelisinsurance.com and / or simon.crone@fidelisinsurance.com
43.2
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
43.3
43.4
43.5
44.
45.
46.
46.1
46.2
(a)
(b)
46.3
46.4
47.
48.
48.1
48.2
48.3
49.
49.1
49.2
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
49.3
49.4
49.5
50.
51.
52.
52.1
52.2
52.3
52.4
53.
53.1
53.2
54.
55.
56.
1.
1.1
1.2
●
●
●
●
2.
2.1
2.1.1
2.1.2
2.1.3
2.1.4
●
●
●
●
●
●
2.1.5
2.1.6
2.2
2.2.1
2.2.2
2.2.3
2.2.4
●
●
●
●
●
●
2.2.5
2.2.6
2.3
2.3.1
2.3.2
●
●
●
2.3.3
2.3.4
●
●
2.3.5
2.3.6
3.
3.1
3.1.1
●
●
3.1.2
●
●
3.1.3
3.1.4
●
●
3.1.5
3.1.6
4.
4.1
4.1.1
4.1.2
4.1.3
4.1.4
4.1.5
4.1.6
4.2
4.2.1
4.2.2
4.2.3
4.2.4
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
4.2.5
4.2.6
4.3
4.3.1
4.3.2
4.3.3
4.3.4
4.3.5
4.3.6
4.4
4.4.1
4.4.2
4.4.3
4.4.4
4.4.5
4.4.6
5.
5.1
5.1.1
5.1.2
5.1.3
5.1.4
5.1.5
5.1.6
6.
6.1
6.1.1
6.1.2
●
●
6.1.3
6.1.4
6.1.5
6.1.6
1.
1.1
1.1.1
1.1.2
1.1.3
1.2
1.2.1
1.2.2
1.2.3
1.3
1.3.1
1.3.2
1.3.3
●
●
●
2.
2.1
2.1.1
2.1.2
2.1.3
●
●
●
3.
3.1
3.1.1
3.1.2
3.1.3
●
●
●
3.2
3.2.1
3.2.2
●
●
●
3.2.3
●
●
●
3.3
3.3.1
3.3.2
3.3.3
●
●
●
3.4
3.4.1
3.4.2
3.4.3
●
●
●
4.
4.1
4.1.1
4.1.2
4.1.3
5.
5.1
5.1.1
5.1.2
5.1.3
6.
6.1
6.1.1
6.1.2
6.1.3
●
●
●
6.2
6.2.1
(a)
(b)
6.2.2
(a)
(b)
6.2.3
(a)
(b)
●
●
●
6.3
6.3.1
6.3.2
6.3.3
●
●
●
Exhibit 10.8
DATED 20 December 2022
FIDELIS INSURANCE IRELAND DAC
and
PINE WALK EUROPE S.R.L.
BINDER AGREEMENT
relating to
PROJECT COOPER
Contents
Clause | Page | |||||
1. |
Definitions and interpretation | 1 | ||||
2. |
Period | 3 | ||||
3. |
Authorised Individuals | 3 | ||||
4. |
Grant of authority | 4 | ||||
5. |
Joint Referral Forum | 5 | ||||
6. |
FIHL and MGU Holdco | 5 | ||||
7. |
Sub-delegation of authority | 5 | ||||
8. |
Underwriting and Marketing Conference Call | 6 | ||||
9. |
Group Annual Plan and Group Underwriting Strategy | 6 | ||||
10. |
Annual Plan | 6 | ||||
11. |
Mid-Year Change Procedure | 6 | ||||
12. |
Maintenance of Capital | 7 | ||||
13. |
Exclusivity and Rights of First Offer / Rights of First Refusal | 8 | ||||
14. |
LOBs and coverages | 8 | ||||
15. |
Excluded class(es) of business and coverage(s) | 8 | ||||
16. |
Territorial limitations | 9 | ||||
17. |
Maximum limits of liability or sums insured | 9 | ||||
18. |
Premiums for Products bound | 9 | ||||
19. |
Gross premium income limit | 9 | ||||
20. |
Period of Products bound | 9 | ||||
21. |
Automatic or tacit renewal of Products bound | 10 | ||||
22. |
Outwards Reinsurance | 10 | ||||
23. |
Transformer Deals | 11 | ||||
24. |
Commission and Expenses | 11 | ||||
25. |
Refund of unearned commission(s) | 11 | ||||
26. |
Product documentation | 11 | ||||
27. |
Dispute Resolution | 13 | ||||
28. |
Procedure for the handling and settlement of claims and pursuit of recoveries | 14 | ||||
29. |
Complaints or proceedings | 15 | ||||
30. |
Risks written bordereau(x)/reporting and aggregate exposures | 15 | ||||
31. |
Accounting bordereau(x)/reporting and settlements | 16 | ||||
32. |
Records, statistical information and audit/inspection | 17 |
- i -
33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. Schedule 1 Operation of this Agreement Schedule 2 Authorised Individuals List Schedule 3 First Annual Plan Schedule 4 Underwriting Guidelines Schedule 5 Exit Plan Schedule 6 Business Continuity Plan - ii -
THIS AGREEMENT is made on 20 December 2022 BETWEEN FIDELIS INSURANCE IRELAND DAC, a designated activity company incorporated in Ireland (registered
number 617908), whose registered office is at c/o Matheson, 70 Sir John Rogersons Quay, Dublin 2, Ireland (Underwriter); and PINE WALK EUROPE S.R.L., a private limited company incorporated in Belgium (enterprise number
0752.659.028), whose registered office is at Place Marcel Broodthaers 8, 1060 Saint-Gilles, Belgium (Coverholder). INTRODUCTION The board of directors of FIHL has determined that it is in the best interests of FIHLs members as a
whole to effect the Reorganisation. In accordance with the Reorganisation, FIHLs (re)insurance carriers (including the Underwriter) will
continue to be authorised and regulated to conduct insurance business in each of the United Kingdom, the European Economic Area and Bermuda. MGU Holdco has established a MGU (including the Coverholder) in each of these jurisdictions, and each MGU
has obtained authorisation from the applicable Regulatory Authority to underwrite business on behalf of the corresponding (re)insurance carrier pursuant to the terms of the Binder Agreements. The Binder Agreements are subject to the terms of a Framework Agreement (the Framework
Agreement) entered into between FIHL and MGU Holdco, which sets out an overarching framework for the operation of the Binder Agreements, and will enable them to coordinate how their respective subsidiaries will exercise their respective
rights and obligations under the Binder Agreements. The Underwriter is an insurer that is established in Ireland and is authorised and regulated by the CBI. The
Coverholder is a MGU that is established in Belgium and is authorised and regulated by the Belgian FSMA. The Parties have agreed that the Underwriter shall delegate authority to the Coverholder in respect of
various activities relating to its business, and that the Coverholder shall perform the Services for and on behalf of the Underwriter, pursuant to the term of this Binder Agreement (this Agreement) and the Framework Agreement.
AGREEMENT Definitions and interpretation Capitalised terms that are not defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning given to them in the
Framework Agreement. In this Agreement, unless the context requires otherwise, the capitalised terms set out below have the
following meanings: 1
Agreement has the meaning given to it in Recital (E);
Authorised Individual means any individual listed in Schedule 2 (Authorised Individuals List)
or in the latest version of any Updated Authorised Individuals List in respect of their respective area of authority or responsibility; Bank has the meaning given to it in Clause 34.1(c); Belgian FSMA means the Belgian Financial Services and Markets Authority (Autoriteit voor Financiele
Diensten en Markten/Autorite des Services et Marches Financiers); Claim Limit the sum of USD
10,000,000; Commencement Date means 1 January 2023; Confidential Information has the meaning given to it in Clause 39.1; Data Protection Commission means the Irish Data Protection Commission; Framework Agreement has the meaning given to it in Recital (C); Insurance Distribution Directive means the Insurance Distribution Directive, Directive (EU) 2016/97 of the
European Parliament and of the European Council of 20 January 2016 which was transposed into Irish law by the European Union (Insurance Distribution) Regulations 2018; Manufacturer means a firm which manufactures contracts of insurance for sale to customers; Normal Business Hours has the meaning given to it in Clause 43.3; Products means the products that the Coverholder underwrites for and on behalf of the Underwriter under
this Agreement; Regulatory Authority means the CBI, the Belgian FSMA, the Data Protection Commission
and any governmental, regulatory authority or other competent authority that regulates and / or supervises a Party from time to time in respect of its activities; Receiving Party has the meaning given to it in Clause 39.1; Risk Transfer Basis means that, where the Coverholder holds: (i) any premiums from Product holders
that are due to be paid to the Underwriter, such premiums shall be treated as having been paid over to the Underwriter when they are received by the Coverholder; and (ii) any return premiums or claims payment, such sums shall only be treated as
having been paid to the applicable Product holders or other beneficiaries under a Product when they are actually paid to such persons; UMCC means the Fidelis Underwriting and Marketing Conference Call, which will be attended by
representatives of the MGU Group, and in which all new underwriting risks and renewals that may be effected pursuant to the Binder Agreements are presented and discussed; 2
Underwriting Guidelines means the underwriting guidelines
set out in Schedule 4 (Underwriting Guidelines) and any subsequent underwriting guidelines that may be agreed between the Parties from time to time; and Updated Authorised Individuals List has the meaning given to it in Clause 3.3. Interpretation References to the Parties are to the parties to this Agreement, and each is a
Party. Clauses 1.3 to 1.6 (inc.) of the Framework Agreement shall apply mutatis mutandis to the extent that
they are applicable to this Agreement. COVERHOLDER AUTHORITY Period This Agreement shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall, unless otherwise terminated in accordance with Clause 45,
remain in force in accordance with the Term of each Binder Agreement provisions contained in clauses 2.2 to 2.6 (inc.) of the Framework Agreement, which shall be incorporated by reference into this Agreement. Authorised Individuals Subject to Clause 3.2, the Coverholder shall ensure that only Authorised Individuals perform any acts in
relation to this Agreement, and that each Authorised Individual shall only act within their respective area of authority or responsibility. Each Authorised Individual may delegate all or part of the performance of their respective area of authority
or responsibility to another employee within the Coverholder, provided that: (i) such employee is: (a) in the reasonable opinion of the delegating Authorised Individual, fit and proper to perform the role, and (b) appropriately
monitored at all times by the delegating Authorised Individual; and (ii) the delegating Authorised Individual remains responsible at all times for their respective area of authority or responsibility. The Coverholder shall procure that its Chief Executive Officer shall provide the Underwriter with an updated
version of Schedule 2 (Authorised Individuals List), which has been signed by the Chief Executive Officer (the Updated Authorised Individuals List), as soon as practicable after it becomes apparent that any Authorised
Individual has ceased, or shall cease, to undertake their respective duties, or any other details contained within Schedule 2 (Authorised Individuals List) have either temporarily or permanently changed. The Coverholders obligation
under this Clause 3.3 shall also apply in respect of occurrences of leave, holiday or sickness, where such leave, holiday or sickness is likely to materially impair the Coverholders performance of its duties under this Agreement unless an
alternative person is appointed to perform the relevant duties (in which case, such alternative person shall be listed as an Authorised Individual in the Updated Authorised Individuals List). 3
Grant of authority The Underwriter hereby authorises the Coverholder to perform the Services for and on behalf of the
Underwriter in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The Coverholder may bind any Products and any amendments to them using an automated electronic online
system, where the use of such system has been agreed in writing by the Underwriter. The Coverholder shall comply with any direction, condition or requirement, including any valid direction to
terminate given in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, given by the Underwriter or by any Regulatory Authority with jurisdiction over the Underwriter or the Coverholder. The Coverholder shall only bind Products under this Agreement in accordance with: the Underwriting Guidelines, which may be amended or updated by written agreement between the Parties from
time to time; and the Product Guides, as set out in schedule 8 (Product Guides) of the Framework Agreement, as may be replaced
by FIHL and MGU Holdco from time to time. In respect of every Product bound under this Agreement, the Coverholder shall: issue contract documentation, endorsements or such other documents evidencing cover as set out in more
detail in this Agreement; collect and process premiums and return premiums on the Underwriters behalf promptly or where
applicable in accordance with such terms as agreed with the Underwriter; and as set out in paragraph 1 of Schedule 1 (Operation of this Agreement), handle claims and/or settle
claims in accordance with this Agreement. It shall be the responsibility of the Coverholder to notify a prospective holder of, or a beneficiary under,
a Product, or their agent, of any capacity in which it acts as agent for the Underwriter. Nothing in this Agreement shall grant the Coverholder authority beyond that specifically granted by this
Agreement nor shall the Coverholder act as or hold itself out as having authority on behalf of the Underwriter where such authority does not arise or no longer arises under this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as creating the relationship of employer and employee between
the Underwriter and the Coverholder. The Coverholder shall not take any step(s) or undertake any act(s) or omit to do anything in relation to the
Services, including failing to act fairly to holders of, or beneficiaries under, a Product, which is likely to be detrimental to the reputation of the Underwriter. AGENCY AND REVIEW PROVISIONS 4
Joint Referral Forum The Parties acknowledge and agree that their respective appointees to the Joint Referral Forum shall be as
set out in paragraph 2 of Schedule 1 (Operation of this Agreement) and, if necessary, each Party shall replace any appointee as soon as reasonably practicable. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Joint Referral Forum can act on their behalf and, where
applicable bind the Parties, in the following circumstances: if the minimum term of this Agreement does not roll into a Subsequent Underwriting Year, in determining how
the Parties will facilitate the transfer of renewals of the business that the Coverholder has underwritten away from the Underwriter to a third party capital provider in an orderly manner at the expiry of the remaining term and in line with
Applicable Law pursuant to clause 2.5 of the Framework Agreement; in respect of any discussions relating to certain courses of action that either Party should take in the
event of a JRF Notification under clause 5.6 of the Framework Agreement, including being bound by the outcome of such discussions; providing the Coverholder with approval in writing for and on behalf of the Underwriter to underwrite any
business in excess of the Underwriting Parameters in any Underwriting Year pursuant to clause 9.6 of the Framework Agreement; producing a written remediation plan that sets out how FIHL will, with reasonable assistance from the MGU
Group (such assistance not extending to capital or other financial support): (1) mitigate the risk of, or reverse, the Ratings Downgrade or Negative Outlook; and (2) raise additional capital, or reallocate capital between LOBs and its insurance
subsidiaries in the event of a Negative Outlook or a Ratings Downgrade; and in accordance with the Mid-Year Change Procedure or a Dispute
Resolution Procedure. FIHL and MGU Holdco The Parties acknowledge and agree that FIHL and MGU Holdco may negotiate the terms of any Subsequent Annual Plan for and on
their behalf under clause 9.3 of the Framework Agreement, save that such Subsequent Annual Plan shall only come into force if it is actually approved by the Parties at their sole discretion. Sub-delegation of authority The Parties agree that the provisions of clause 20 (Sub-Delegation) of the Framework
Agreement shall be incorporated by reference into this Agreement. 5
Underwriting and Marketing Conference Call The Coverholder shall, prior to entering into or renewing any potential underwriting risks or sub-contracting or sub-delegation arrangements with third party MGUs, present such proposed arrangements to the UMCC. The Parties shall use reasonable endeavours to procure that the UMCC is at all times properly staffed by an
appropriate range of suitably skilled and experienced senior executives. If the Coverholder becomes aware at any point that the UMCC is not, or there is a reasonable prospect that
the UMCC will not be, properly staffed by an appropriate range of suitably skilled and experienced senior executives from the MGU Group as described in Clause 8.2, it shall use reasonable efforts to ensure that the UMCC becomes properly staffed, and
shall periodically inform the Underwriter of its progress. ANNUAL PLAN AND MID-YEAR CHANGE
PROCEDURE Group Annual Plan and Group Underwriting Strategy The Parties shall, where required by either FIHL or MGU Holdco, participate in the formulation of the Group Underwriting
Strategy and Group Annual Plan in respect of each Underwriting Year. Annual Plan The Annual Plan in respect of the first Underwriting Year of this Agreement shall be as set out in Schedule
3 (First Annual Plan). Save where Clause 6 applies, the Parties shall negotiate and agree the terms of any Subsequent Annual Plan
pursuant to the provisions of clause 9 (Negotiation and Agreement of Subsequent Annual Plans) of the Framework Agreement, which shall be incorporated by reference into this Agreement. The Underwriter may notify the Coverholder in writing of any material deterioration in the Technical Ratio
for any LOB in relation to the detailed plan for ensuring that the performance of the LOB will fall within the Technical Ratio in the Subsequent Underwriting Year in accordance with clause 9.11 of the Framework Agreement, which shall be incorporated
by reference into this Agreement. Mid-Year Change Procedure The Parties shall follow the mid-year change procedures set out in clause 10 (Mid-Year Change Procedure) of the Framework Agreement in respect of any material or non-material change to the Annual Plan (including any
Mid-Year Re-Allocation) that is intended to be made outside of the procedure set out in clause 9 (Negotiation and Agreement of Subsequent Annual Plans) of the Framework
Agreement, and clause 10 (Mid-Year Change Procedure) of the Framework Agreement shall be incorporated by reference into this Agreement. 6
Maintenance of Capital The Underwriter shall prepare and provide to the Coverholder, as soon as reasonably practicable following
the date upon which any Subsequent Annual Plan is agreed, Forecast Projections for both the corresponding Subsequent Underwriting Year and for the two following Subsequent Underwriting Years (on the basis that the Subsequent Annual Plan remains the
same in such Subsequent Underwriting Years). The Underwriter shall take all necessary steps to ensure that, at all times during the term of this
Agreement, it maintains sufficient capital (including a sufficient capital buffer) to both meet its obligations under the Current Annual Plan, and to ensure that it adheres to all Rating Agency Requirements (where applicable, in accordance with the
figures pertaining to the applicable Underwriting Year set out in the Forecast Projections). The Underwriter shall ensure that its adherence to the obligations contained in this Clause 12.2 shall take precedence over any dividend policy that
it may have in place. The Parties acknowledge that, as at the Commencement Date, FIHL has been placed on Negative Outlook by
S&P as a result of the proposed Reorganisation. Accordingly, the Parties Agree that Clauses 12.4 to 12.9 (inc.) shall not apply in relation to S&P for the duration of this current rating Negative Outlook, and shall only apply in relation to
S&P to any further Negative Outlooks by S&P that may separately occur at any point during the term of this Agreement. Subject to Clause 12.5, the following provisions shall apply during an Initial Negative Outlook Period:
if a Requesting Customer either: (i) wishes to withdraw its existing business from the Underwriter
during the applicable term; or (ii) is unwilling to place new (re)insurance business with the Underwriter, in each case due to the Negative Outlook, subject to MGU Holdco promptly notifying FIHL of such Requesting Customers, the Coverholder may
place such business with one or more third party capital providers (provided the Negative Outlook has not been reversed before that time) pursuant to clause 12.7(a) of the Framework Agreement; and clause 13 (Exclusivity and Rights of First Offer / Rights of First Refusal) of the Framework Agreement shall
be suspended in respect of any existing or new business that the Coverholder has been requested to place with a third party capital provider by a Requesting Customer under Clause 12.4(a). Clause 12.3 shall cease to apply upon the first day of any of the following events to occur: (i) FIHL
reverses the Negative Outlook; (ii) the Initial Negative Outlook Period expires, at which point Clause 12.6 shall apply; or (iii) FIHL undergoes a Ratings Downgrade, at which point Clause 12.8 shall apply. Subject to Clause 12.8, if a Ratings Downgrade Notification relates to a Negative Outlook, and such Negative
Outlook subsists beyond the expiry of the Initial Negative Outlook Period, the following provisions shall apply: subject to MGU Holdco promptly notifying FIHL of any Requesting Customers, the Coverholder may continue to
place existing or new business 7
relating to such Requesting Customers with one or more third party capital providers (provided the Negative Outlook has not been reversed by that time) pursuant to clause 12.9(a) of the Framework
Agreement; and clause 13 (Exclusivity and Rights of First Offer / Rights of First Refusal) of the Framework Agreement shall
be suspended in respect of any such existing or new business. Clause 12.6 shall cease to apply upon the first of any of the following events to occur: (i) FIHL
reverses the Negative Outlook; or (ii) FIHL undergoes a Ratings Downgrade, at which point Clause 12.8 shall apply. Subject to Clause 12.9, in the event of a Ratings Downgrade, the following provisions shall apply:
the Coverholder may immediately: (i) subject to MGU Holdco providing prior written notice to FIHL,
withdraw any existing business from the Underwriter (irrespective of whether such business is transferred during the term of the applicable product or at renewal) and place such business with one or more third party capital providers; and
(ii) place any new business with one or more third party capital providers; and clause 13 (Exclusivity and Rights of First Offer / Rights of First Refusal) of the Framework Agreement shall
be suspended in respect of any such existing or new business. Clause 12.8 shall cease to apply if FIHL reverses the Ratings Downgrade. EXCLUSIVITY AND ROFO / ROFR Exclusivity and Rights of First Offer / Rights of First Refusal The Parties acknowledge and agree that the provisions of clause 13 (Exclusivity and Rights of First Offer / Rights of First
Refusal) of the Framework Agreement shall be incorporated by reference into this Agreement. SCOPE OF AUTHORITY LOBs and coverages The Coverholder is only authorised to underwrite business for and on behalf of the Underwriter that is consistent with the
LOBs and the coverages set out in the Current Annual Plan, including any mid-term adjustments or alterations that are made to the Current Annual Plan at any point during the Underwriting Year. Excluded class(es) of business and coverage(s) The Coverholder shall not underwrite business for and on behalf of the Underwriter in respect of any class(es) of business and
coverage(s) stated in paragraph 3 of Schedule 1 (Operation of this Agreement). 8
Territorial limitations The Coverholder is authorised to bind insurances only for risks located in the territory(ies) in which the
Underwriter has the appropriate licences as stated in paragraph 4 of Schedule 1 (Operation of this Agreement) to be updated by the Underwriter following any changes. The Coverholder is only authorised to underwrite business for and on behalf of the Underwriter in respect of
Product holders established in the territory(ies) stated in paragraph 5 of Schedule 1 (Operation of this Agreement). Subject to Applicable Law, the business that the Coverholder underwrites for and on behalf of the
Underwriter is not subject to any territorial limits. Maximum limits of liability or sums insured The Coverholder is only authorised to underwrite business for and on behalf of the Underwriter up to the limits of liability
or sums insured set out in the Current Annual Plan. Premiums for Products bound All gross premiums for Products that the Coverholder has underwritten for and on behalf of the Underwriter shall be calculated
as stated in accordance with paragraph 6 of Schedule 1 (Operation of this Agreement). Gross premium income limit The Coverholder shall not underwrite any business for and on behalf of the Coverholder that is in excess of
the applicable Underwriting Parameters. The Coverholder shall monitor the total gross premium income bound and shall promptly notify the Underwriter
if it becomes apparent that the total gross premium income is likely to exceed eighty-five (85) per cent of either the LOB Premium Limit or the Gross Limit, or if the Coverholder becomes aware that it is likely to exceed any other Underwriting
Parameter. For the purposes of this Clause 19, gross premium income shall be defined as all premiums and additional
premiums, less return premiums (before deductions of any commission and excluding any Tax or policy or other charges). Period of Products bound Every Product bound shall incept during the period of this Agreement. Each Product bound shall run to its contractual expiry date, unless cancelled or terminated in accordance
with the Products cancellation or termination provisions. In the event of cancellation or termination of any Product bound, the Coverholder shall comply with any
Applicable Law relating to the cancellation or termination of such Product and to the return of premium, commission, fees, charges and Taxes. 9
Automatic or tacit renewal of Products bound No Product shall be bound that is subject to or is capable of automatic or tacit renewal, unless otherwise
agreed in writing by the Underwriter or where mandatory by reason of Applicable Law. Where automatic or tacit renewal has been specifically authorised or is mandatory the following provisions shall apply: the Coverholder shall maintain adequate records to identify and monitor, such that it is able to comply with
any applicable time frames, all Products bound which provide for or by reason of Applicable Law are subject to automatic or tacit renewal or extension of the period; the Coverholder shall review each Product bound prior to its individual renewal date in order to offer
renewal terms or to decline the renewal. This process shall be carried out in compliance with any Applicable Law relating to automatic or tacit renewals; the Coverholder is responsible for and shall issue in a timely fashion the necessary and proper notice of non-renewal for individual Products bound to prevent their automatic or tacit renewal; and in the event of non-renewal or termination of this Agreement, the
Coverholder shall provide the Underwriter with an initial report containing details of the following as soon as possible: all Products in force at the end of the period of this Agreement or the effective date of termination of
this Agreement, which are or may be subject to automatic or tacit renewal; all Products for which terms have been offered prior to the end of the period of this Agreement or the
effective date of termination of this Agreement, which could be bound and may be subject to automatic or tacit renewal; and all Products where an automatic or tacit renewal cannot be or has not been prevented; and the Coverholder
shall thereafter provide monthly reports updating the information provided in the initial report until such time as the Underwriter confirms that no further monthly reports are required. Outwards Reinsurance Subject to Clause 22.3, and provided that: (i) the Current Annual Plan is within pre-agreed parameters; and (ii) the reinsurance that the Coverholder is proposing to obtain for and on behalf of the Underwriter is consistent with the Outwards Reinsurance Strategy, the Underwriter delegates
authority to the Coverholder to effect the Outwards Reinsurance Strategy in respect of each Underwriting Year by contracting with one or more third party reinsurers for and on behalf of the Underwriter to cede all or part of any risks that may be
insured or guaranteed by the Underwriter under this Agreement. 10
The Parties acknowledge and agree that clauses 18.3 to 18.5 (inc.) of the Framework Agreement shall be
incorporated mutatis mutandis by reference into this Agreement. The authority that the Coverholder has to procure third party reinsurance cover pursuant to this Clause 22
shall be subject to the requirement that the Coverholder obtains prior approval from the Chief Underwriting Officer of the Underwriter (which shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Underwriter shall procure that its Chief Underwriting Officer shall respond and, if thought fit, approve
the third party reinsurance cover proposed by the Coverholder as soon as reasonably practicable following a reasonable review of the proposed third party reinsurance cover, and shall respond within two (2) Business Days of receiving the
proposal from the Coverholder where the proposed third party reinsurance cover is consistent with the Outwards Reinsurance Strategy. The Coverholder shall use reasonable endeavours to sweep and pay premium to the Underwriter as soon as
practicable and in advance of any scheduled premium date under the terms of this Agreement, in relation to such premium that it holds for the Underwriter that equates to the amount that the Underwriter (or FIHL for and on behalf of the Underwriter)
is required to pay to third party outwards reinsurers in respect of non-proportional outwards reinsurance where such outwards reinsurance has been procured by any member of the MGU Group.
Transformer Deals The Parties acknowledge and agree that clause 19 (Transformer Deals) of the Framework Agreement shall be incorporated by
reference into this Agreement. COVERHOLDER COMMISSIONS AND EXPENSES Commission and Expenses The Underwriter shall pay Commission and Expenses to the Coverholder in accordance with clause 16 (Commission and Payments) in
the Framework Agreement, and all of the terms of clause 16 (Commission and Payments) in the Framework Agreement be incorporated by reference into this Agreement. Refund of unearned commission(s) The Coverholder shall refund to the Underwriter commission(s) on all cancelled or terminated Products and return premiums, at
the same rates at which such commission(s) was(were) originally allowed to the Coverholder. DOCUMENTATION FOR PRODUCTS BOUND Product documentation Wordings, Conditions, Clauses, Endorsements, Warranties and Exclusions Applicable to Products Bound The Underwriter delegates authority to the Coverholder to prepare the wordings for any Products sold under
this Agreement, and any other documentation relating to such 11
Products, in accordance with the terms of clause 15 (Product Wordings) of
the Framework Agreement, which shall be incorporated by reference into this Agreement. The Parties acknowledge and agree that they both fall within the definition of Manufacturer in respect of
any Products that fall within the scope of the Insurance Distribution Directive. Accordingly, the Parties agree that, in respect of such Products, the Coverholder shall have sole responsibility for the performance of each activity listed in Article
25(1) of the Insurance Distribution Directive. Requirement to Issue Product Documentation In respect of every Product bound, the Coverholder shall immediately issue to the holder of the Product or
their agent either: appropriate confirmation of cover which makes reference to the agreed terms of the Product; or, where
practical contract documentation (howsoever called, including certificate, combined
certificate or policy). Where the Coverholder has not already issued contract documentation pursuant to Clause 26.3(b), the
Coverholder shall issue contract documentation to the holder of the Product or their agent no later than thirty (30) calendar days from the inception date of the contract, or the date on which the Product is bound (if such date is after
inception), or within such shorter period as may be required by any Applicable Law. In respect of every change made to each Product bound, the Coverholder shall issue an endorsement within
thirty (30) calendar days or such shorter period as may be required by any Applicable Law. Format and Content of Product
Documentation All Product documentation (and any endorsements issued) shall comply with all Applicable Law, contain all
the agreed terms of the Product (or the endorsement) between the Product holder and the Underwriter and shall contain: the full name and address of the Coverholder; a unique contract number stated in the schedule. (Endorsements shall include the same unique contract number
as for the contract to which it relates and shall be uniquely and consecutively numbered for the contract concerned); the full text of each wording, condition, clause, endorsement, warranty, exclusion and any other document(s)
forming part of the individual contract; the law and jurisdiction applicable to the Product; the term of the Product; the limits of liability or sums insured; the deductible(s) or excess(es) if applicable; 12
the amount of the premium; a Several Liability Notice/Clause in a reasonably satisfactory form; a statement to the effect that in the event of a claim the Product holder should send their notification to
the Coverholder using the address claims@fidelisinsurance.com, or any replacement email address as may be agreed between the Parties from time to time; a suitable complaints notice as agreed with the Underwriter; a statement to the effect that all enquiries (other than claims) should be addressed to the Coverholder;
a statement to the effect that the Coverholder acts as agent for the Underwriter in performing its duties
under this Agreement; and the signature, whether electronic or otherwise, of one or more of the applicable Authorised Individuals
identified in Schedule 2 (Authorised Individuals List) or, where applicable, the latest version of any Updated Authorised Individuals List. Retention, security and provision of documents Subject to Clause 42.5, the Coverholder shall retain a copy of all documents issued and provide copies to
the Underwriter upon request. All stocks of contract documentation, endorsements and other documents evidencing cover and any electronic
method of storing and/or producing documentation shall be kept secure at all times. If requested by the Underwriter, the Coverholder shall promptly return or destroy all unused documents relating to this Agreement and ensure that any electronic
storage and/or production of such documents by the Coverholder thereafter ceases. DISPUTE RESOLUTION Dispute Resolution The Parties acknowledge and agree that all disputes under this Agreement shall be settled in accordance with
clause 17.1 of the Framework Agreement, which shall be incorporated by reference into this Agreement. The Parties agree that, if any actual or potential dispute under this Agreement becomes a Centralised
Dispute, the Parties shall not determine such dispute themselves (or, as applicable, shall immediately cease any Dispute Resolution Procedure that they have commenced in respect of such dispute) and agree to be bound by, and act consistently with,
the outcome of any Dispute Resolution Procedure undertaken by FIHL and MGU Holdco to determine such Centralised Dispute. 13
CLAIMS AND COMPLAINTS Procedure for the handling and settlement of claims and pursuit of recoveries The Underwriter agrees to grant the Coverholder authority to handle and/or settle any claims that may arise
in respect of a Product, and to pursue recoveries on its behalf in accordance with the following procedures, which shall apply unless replaced, amended or supplemented by the Underwriter in accordance with Clause 28.3: the Coverholder shall have authority to adjust, agree and settle claims where the total value of the claim
does not exceed the Claim Limit and shall review claims estimates for these claims; the Coverholder shall have no authority to agree or settle any claim or part thereof on an ex
gratia or without prejudice basis or any similar basis; the Coverholder shall promptly notify the Underwriter for instructions on all claims which exceed or are
likely to exceed the Claim Limit; the Coverholder shall refer to the Underwriter any claim that the Coverholder considers should be denied, or
which manifestly falls outside the terms of the Product, or if the Coverholder is in any doubt as to whether the claim is recoverable under the terms of the Product; the Coverholder shall notify the Underwriter promptly of any claim or recovery which gives rise to or is
likely to give rise to any litigation; the Coverholder may instruct adjusters, surveyors, lawyers or any other third parties to assist in the
handling of any claim, including in the pursuit of recovery, provided that if any one claim is likely to result in an aggregate cost of at least USD 600,000, the Coverholder shall refer the matter to the Underwriter and shall only issue any such
instructions in relation to the claim if it has received prior written consent to do so from the Underwriter; and the Coverholder shall comply with such service levels and standards as may be required by the Underwriter in
handling and/or settling claims and/or pursuing recoveries. The Underwriter may at any time withdraw or vary the Coverholders authority in respect of any
particular claim. In such circumstances, the Underwriter shall be entitled to make any decisions or take any action with regard to the claim that the Underwriter considers to be appropriate. The Underwriter may at any time give sixty (60) calendar days written notice, or any shorter
period of time where the Underwriter reasonably believes that such changes are required under Applicable Law, to the Coverholder to vary, suspend or withdraw the Coverholders authority to handle and/or settle claims and pursue recoveries and
the Coverholder agrees to comply with any instructions from the Underwriter with regard to claims handling. The Coverholders authority to handle and/or settle claims and pursue recoveries shall cease or be varied in accordance with the terms
of the written notice. In such circumstances the Underwriter shall be entitled to make any decisions 14
or take any action with regard to the claims which the Underwriter considers
appropriate. Nothing in this Clause 28 (or in any procedures as stated in paragraph 1 of Schedule 1 (Operation of this
Agreement)) shall in any way supersede, amend or replace any requirements under Applicable Law that apply to the Coverholder when it handles and/or settles claims. Complaints or proceedings The Coverholder shall promptly notify the Underwriter in writing of all complaints made in relation to
Products bound under this Agreement. The Coverholder shall implement and maintain such procedures as may be required by the Underwriter to ensure
that complaints can be dealt with in a prompt and reasonable way in compliance with Applicable Law. In all cases, the Coverholder shall promptly notify the Underwriter in writing upon becoming aware of any
matter arising out of the operation of or in connection with this Agreement which: is likely to adversely affect the reputation of the Underwriter; may affect any legal or regulatory authorisations or any authorisations which the Underwriter has to conduct
insurance business; may result in litigation or other legal or regulatory proceedings or action being commenced against the
Underwriter or the Coverholder; or may have a material impact on its ability to carry out its obligations under this Agreement effectively and
in compliance with Applicable Laws, including for the avoidance of doubt financial difficulty, catastrophic events and significant incidents. Where the Coverholder is aware of any legal or regulatory proceedings or actions commenced against the
Underwriter or the Coverholder arising out of the operation of or in connection with this Agreement, the Coverholder shall provide the Underwriter with full details of the same. REPORTING, RECORDS AND AGGREGATE EXPOSURES Risks written bordereau(x)/reporting and aggregate exposures The Coverholder shall: record all details of Products bound under this Agreement; and send or make available to the Underwriter in a manner or format agreed by them the risks written details and
any adjustments thereto within thirty (30) calendar days of the end of each calendar quarter falling within the term of this Agreement. If there is no activity during a particular reporting interval the Coverholder shall provide a statement to
that effect. 15
The Coverholder shall: record and monitor the aggregate exposures as defined in paragraph 7 of Schedule 1 (Operation of this
Agreement); and send or make available to the Underwriter details of the aggregate exposures, within thirty (30) calendar days of the end of each calendar quarter falling within the term of this Agreement. The Coverholder shall prepare statistical information as stated in paragraph 8 of Schedule 1 (Operation
of this Agreement) in respect of each calendar quarter falling within the term of this Agreement until every Product bound has expired or has otherwise been cancelled or terminated and where applicable until all claims have been paid or
otherwise resolved. The Coverholder shall send or make available to the Underwriter such information within thirty (30) calendar days of the end of each calendar quarter falling within the term of this Agreement. Accounting bordereau(x)/reporting and settlements All premiums, paid claims, outstanding claims and expenses relating to Products bound under this Agreement
shall be allocated and declared to this Agreement. The Coverholder shall report all earned and unearned paid premiums to the Underwriter by:
preparing premium bordereaux in a manner or format(s) agreed by the Underwriter; or making the accounting information available to the Underwriter in an alternative manner agreed in advance by
the Underwriter. The Coverholder shall report the accounting information on a monthly basis by the
applicable Monthly Calculations Presentation Date until every Product bound under this Agreement has expired or has otherwise been cancelled or terminated. The Coverholder shall report paid claims, outstanding claims and loss reserves to the Underwriter by:
preparing claims and loss reserves bordereaux in a manner or format(s) agreed by the Underwriter; or
making the claims and loss reserves information available to Underwriter in an alternative manner agreed in
advance by the Underwriter. Subject to Clause 31.4, the claims and loss reserves information shall be
reported within thirty (30) calendar days of the end of each calendar quarter falling within the term of this Agreement until every Product bound has expired or has otherwise been cancelled or terminated and all such claims have been paid or
otherwise resolved. The Coverholder shall promptly provide the Underwriter with any material updates in respect of any claims
made under any Product that may exceed the Claims Limit. 16
Settlements shall be remitted to the Underwriter within the maximum number of days of the end of each
interval as stated in paragraph 9 of Schedule 1 (Operation of this Agreement). Records, statistical information and audit/inspection The Coverholder shall establish and maintain complete records relating to all Products bound, claims handled
and recoveries pursued under this Agreement. Such records shall be and shall remain the property of the Underwriter. The Underwriter, external auditors or other representatives appointed by the Underwriter shall have the
right at any time during Normal Business Hours, without any restriction or limitation, to have access to any of the Coverholders business premises where the Coverholder carries on business that is the subject of this Agreement to inspect and
audit any records, statistical information, systems and processes (including electronic systems and processes) of the Coverholder relating to Products bound and to the operation of this Agreement (including in relation to claims and recoveries) and
shall have the right to make copies or extracts of any such records. The Coverholder undertakes to deal openly and co-operatively with
any Regulatory Authority in relation to the operation of this Agreement. The Coverholder shall permit any Regulatory Authority without any restriction or limitation, to have access to any of its business premises where the Coverholder carries
on business that is the subject of this Agreement to inspect and audit the records, statistical information, accounts and business processes relating to the operation of this Agreement. The Coverholder shall, unless prohibited by Applicable Law,
inform the Underwriter promptly in the event that any Regulatory Authority exercises or seeks to exercise any right to inspect or audit the records held by the Coverholder in relation to this Agreement. Subject to Clause 42.5, the Coverholder shall retain all records, including electronic, relating to all
Products bound, claims handled and recoveries pursued for a minimum period of seven (7) years or for such longer period as may be required by Applicable Law. The Coverholder shall provide to the Underwriter any information as the Underwriter may reasonably require
from time to time relating to Products bound, claims arising and the operation of this Agreement. ADVERTISING Advertising and promotional material The Coverholder must agree with the Underwriter any specific marketing or promotional material to be used in relation to the
Products to be bound under this Agreement, including on any internet website, portal or similar online system. BANK ACCOUNTS Separate bank accounts All monies received by the Coverholder from or on behalf of the Underwriter shall be received by the
Coverholder in a fiduciary capacity and on a Risk Transfer Basis and: 17
shall be received by the Coverholder as assets of the Underwriter; shall on receipt be deposited immediately by the Coverholder into a premium monies account with assets
standing to the credit of that account being held in a fiduciary capacity solely on behalf of the Underwriter for the purpose of the onwards transmission of those monies (for the purposes set out at Clause 34.1(d)(ii)) and the monies shall not be
otherwise held or retained; the premium monies account referred at Clause 34.1(b) shall be held at a bank (or other institution
regulated for taking deposits as may be agreed by the Underwriter) (the Bank) which is: regulated, supervised and examined by the applicable Regulatory Authority; and subject, where applicable, to any national deposit insurance scheme; the premium monies account shall be operated in accordance with any Applicable Law and:
shall be clearly identified to the Bank as a premium monies account; may not be used by the Coverholder for any purpose other than for the purpose of settling accounts with the
Underwriter or the payment of commissions, premium refunds or claims to clients as envisaged in this Agreement, or any other transactions where expressly authorised by the Underwriter or in accordance with Clause 34.2. For the avoidance of doubt,
and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Coverholder may not invest these monies in any way without the prior written consent of Underwriter; and the assets held in the premium monies account may not be commingled with assets in respect of the
Coverholders general or operating account, or assets relating to other insurers; shall be identified in the Coverholders book of account, separately from other funds similarly held by
the Coverholder for other insurers and/or the Underwriter, such book of account to be reconciled on a regular basis, not less than monthly, with records being retained for inspection by the Underwriter or its representatives, who shall have the
right at any time, without restriction or limitation to inspect and audit such records, and to make copies or extracts of any such records; and the Coverholder shall take all reasonable steps as may be requested by the Underwriter to put the Bank on
notice as to the nature of the premium monies account and that the Bank is not to be entitled to any charge, encumbrance or lien, or right of set-off, combination, compensation or retention against monies
standing to the credit of the premium monies account. Where required by Applicable Law, this Clause 34 shall also provide authority from the Underwriter for the
Coverholder to retain for its own use and benefit any interest 18
which shall accrue, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, to the
account described in Clause 34.1(c). COMPLIANCE, REGULATORY AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Licences and taxes It is the responsibility of the Coverholder in respect of performing its duties under this Agreement:
to ensure that it (and where relevant its directors, officers, partners or other individuals named in this
Agreement) maintains all necessary licences, authorisations, registrations and qualifications in order to perform its duties under this Agreement and where necessary to ensure that all Products bound are accepted through a properly licensed
intermediary; to ensure the collection and forwarding to the Underwriter of any Tax(es) due from Product holders and
disbursement of any refunds of such Tax(es) due to Product holders; and where required by Applicable Law, to collect Tax(es) due from Product holders and pay Tax(es) to the
appropriate Taxation Authority and to make any necessary returns and to ensure any disbursements of refunds of such Taxes are made to Product holders. All applicable Tax(es) shall be shown separately on the documentation issued to the Product holder and not
concealed from the Product holder or the Underwriter. The Coverholder shall promptly notify the Underwriter of any Tax inspection or audit in relation to this
Agreement or any Product bound under this Agreement and of the results of such inspection or audit. The Coverholder shall use reasonable endeavours to ensure that internal audit actions associated with the
provision of Services to the Underwriter are notified to the Coverholder on the agreed basis and completed within agreed timescales and/or extensions. Commission, fees and charges Any commission, fees and charges applied by the Coverholder shall not breach any Applicable Law(s). All such commission, fees
and charges shall be shown separately on the documentation issued to the Product holder and not concealed from the Product holder or the Underwriter. Indemnity insurance The Coverholder shall maintain, for the duration of this Agreement, indemnity insurance with at least a
total limit of indemnity of not less than USD 60,000,000 applying to each claim and in aggregate USD 60,000,000 per year for all claims in connection with the operation of this Agreement or such other minimum amount as may be specified under
Applicable Law from time to time, for any liability arising out 19
of negligent acts, errors or omissions by the Coverholder including any past
or present director, officer, partner or employee of the Coverholder. The Coverholder shall provide the Underwriter or its representatives with evidence acceptable to the
Underwriter confirming such insurance if requested. The Coverholder shall inform the Underwriter of any changes to the indemnity insurance providing coverage in
connection with the operation of this Agreement. Business continuity The Coverholder shall maintain and implement an adequate business continuity and disaster recovery plan an
initial copy of which is set out at Schedule 6 (Business Continuity Plan). The plan shall ensure the Coverholders ability to continue to perform its obligations under this Agreement. The Coverholder shall carry out regular testing and
updating of the plan. The Coverholder shall notify the Underwriter of: any material deficiencies identified in the plan; or any significant changes the Coverholder makes to the plan that may have a serious impact on the Coverholders ability to perform its duties under this Agreement. Confidentiality Each Party (a Receiving Party) undertakes that it shall not at any time disclose to any
person and shall treat as confidential all information of a confidential nature received or obtained directly or indirectly as a result of entering into or performing this Agreement except as expressly permitted in writing by the other Party or by
Clause 39.2. Confidential information shall include (but not be limited to) information of a confidential nature relating to policies and policyholders and the business affairs, strategies, commercial and technical knowledge of the Parties or their
respective subsidiaries (Confidential Information). Subject to Clause 42.5, the Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information: to its affiliates, employees, officers, external auditors, professional advisers, consultants or third party
service providers (and, where applicable, its professional indemnity insurers) who need to know such information for the purposes of enabling the Receiving Party to carry out its obligations under this Agreement. The Receiving Party shall use all
reasonable endeavours to ensure that its employees, officers, external auditors, professional advisers, consultants or third party service providers to whom it discloses Confidential Information comply with this Clause 39. where required by Applicable Law, court order or any governmental or Regulatory Authority provided that,
subject to any legal or regulatory obligations that apply to the Receiving Party, the Receiving Party shall give 20
notice to the other Party that it proposes to disclose the Confidential Information; where the Confidential Information is now in or comes into the public domain otherwise than as a result of a
breach of this Clause 39; and where the Confidential Information is already known by the Receiving Party in circumstances when it was not
bound by any form of confidentiality obligation. In the event of a breach or a suspected breach of its obligations under this Clause 39, the Receiving Party
must notify the other Party promptly and use all reasonable endeavours, at their own cost, to remedy or mitigate the effects of such a breach. Conflicts of interest The Coverholder must act in what it believes to be the interests of the Underwriter and ensure that it has
no actual or potential conflicts of interests with the Underwriter which may impair the Coverholders performance of its duties under this Agreement. The Coverholder shall not be treated as contravening Clause 40.1 because of the existence of a conflicting
interest if the existence, nature and extent of that interest has been fully disclosed to the Underwriter and such interest has been duly entered into in accordance with any relevant terms of this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement overrides the Coverholders duty to place the interests of its client before
all other considerations nor shall this Agreement override requirements in Applicable Law that may apply to the Coverholder, the Underwriter or the placing of any insurance business. Notwithstanding Clause 40.1, the Underwriter agrees that the Coverholder is under no obligation to place
business under this Agreement. Compliance with the law and financial crime Without prejudice to any of the rights or obligations otherwise specified in this Agreement, the Coverholder
shall comply with all Applicable Law for the legal and proper solicitation and handling of all Products bound or intended to be bound, and shall use its best endeavours to ensure that any other parties with whom it deals in carrying out its duties
under this Agreement comply with such Applicable Law where applicable. The Coverholder shall not undertake any activity which facilitates the evasion of Taxes anywhere in the
world or which would constitute a criminal act in the jurisdiction in which it is located or doing business, or which would expose the Underwriter to any criminal sanction. The Coverholder shall conduct its business in accordance with all relevant financial crime and international
economic, financial or trade sanctions laws and regulations. In addition, the Coverholder shall not act contrary to any additional requirements concerning: (i) international economic, financial or trade sanctions; (ii) the prevention of
the facilitation of tax evasion; or (iii) financial crime set by the Underwriter other than where compliance with those requirements would be contrary to Applicable Law. 21
The Coverholder, on behalf of the Underwriter, shall not provide cover or pay any claim or provide benefit
hereafter to the extent that the provision of such cover, payment of such claim or provision of such benefit would expose the Coverholder and/or the Underwriter to any sanction, prohibition or restriction under any applicable international economic,
financial or trade sanctions laws or regulations. The Coverholder shall not accept, offer or facilitate payment, consideration, or any other benefit, which
constitutes an illegal or corrupt practice contrary to any applicable anti-bribery law. The Coverholder shall maintain on an ongoing basis appropriate systems, procedures and controls designed to
prevent any breach of this Clause 41. Data protection The Coverholder and the Underwriter acknowledge and agree that where the Coverholder or the Underwriter
processes personal data under or in connection with this Agreement it alone determines the purposes and means of processing as a controller. In respect of the personal data that the Coverholder or the Underwriter processes under or in connection
with this Agreement, it: shall comply at all times with its obligations under the data protection law; shall notify the other Party without undue delay after, and in any event within 24 hours of, becoming aware
of a personal data breach; and shall assist and co-operate fully with the other Party to enable it
to comply with its obligations under the data protection law, including but not limited to in respect of keeping personal data secure, dealing with personal data breaches, complying with the rights of data subjects, carrying out data protection
impact assessments and carrying out any related consultations with any supervisory authority. In respect of the personal data that the Coverholder processes under or in connection with this Agreement,
the Coverholder shall only process such personal data for the purposes of: (a) providing Products to Product holders and prospective Product holders; and (b) handling claims to the extent allowed in this Agreement. The Coverholder and the Underwriter shall work together to ensure that each of them is able to process that
the personal data it processes under or in connection with this Agreement for the purposes contemplated by this Agreement lawfully, fairly and in a transparent manner and in compliance with the data protection law. This shall include but not be
limited to entering into such other written agreements as may be required from time to time to enable the Coverholder and/or the Underwriter to comply with the data protection law. The activities of the Coverholder under or in connection with this Agreement in respect of which the
Coverholder processes personal data as a processor on behalf of the Underwriter, together with the data protection particulars for such processing, are stated in paragraph 10 of Schedule 1 (Operation of this Agreement). In addition to Clauses
22
42.2, 42.2(c) and 42.4, where, under or in connection with this Agreement,
the Coverholder processes personal data as a processor on behalf of the Underwriter, the Coverholder shall: subject to Clause 42.5(b), only carry out such processing on the Underwriters instructions from time
to time, including with regard to transfers of personal data to a third country. The Coverholder shall immediately inform the Underwriter if, in its opinion, an instruction infringes any relevant data protection law; where it is required by applicable law to carry out processing otherwise than in accordance with Clause
42.5(a), inform the Underwriter of the legal requirement before carrying out such processing (unless prohibited from doing so by Applicable Law); not disclose the personal data to any person except as required or permitted by this Agreement or with the
Underwriters prior written consent; without prejudice to Clause 39, ensure that all persons authorised to process the personal data are under an
appropriate contractual or other legal obligation to keep the personal data confidential; taking account of the nature of the processing, implement appropriate technical and organisational measures:
(a) in a manner that ensures the processing meets the requirements of the data protection law and the protection of the rights of data subjects; (b) to keep the personal data secure and to protect against the risk of personal data
breaches; (c) to assist the Underwriter in ensuring compliance with its obligation to notify data breaches to the supervisory authority and data subjects where necessary; and (d) to assist the Underwriter to comply with its obligations
under the data protection law to respond to requests for exercising the rights of data subjects; not process the personal data, or disclose the personal data to any party who carries on business, outside
of the European Economic Area except with the Underwriters prior written consent and, where such consent is given, the Coverholder shall take such actions and enter into such agreements as the Underwriter may require to ensure that such
processing or disclosure complies with all relevant data protection law; not enter into an arrangement with any sub-contractor to process the
personal data directly or indirectly on behalf of the Underwriter without the prior written consent of the Underwriter and, where such consent is given, the Coverholder shall enter into a written agreement with the
sub-contractor that includes, as a minimum, provisions in favour of the Underwriter which are equivalent to those in this Clause 42. The Coverholder shall remain fully liable to the Underwriter for any sub-contractors processing personal data; and at the Underwriters option, delete or return to the Underwriter all the personal data on termination
of this Agreement and delete any existing copies of the personal data except to the extent that the Coverholder is required to retain such personal data by Applicable Law. 23
The Coverholder shall make available to the Underwriter all information necessary to demonstrate its
compliance with its obligations under this Clause 42 and the Underwriter reserves the right to audit the Coverholders compliance with its obligations under this Clause 42 in accordance with Clause 32. The Coverholders obligations under this Clause 42 shall continue throughout this Agreement and for a
period of seven (7) years thereafter or such other period as the Underwriter may require or as may be required pursuant to Applicable Law. For the purposes of this Clause 42 and Schedule 1 (Operation of this Agreement):
controller means the person which, alone or jointly with others, determines the
purposes and means of the processing of personal data; data protection law means the EU General Data
Protection Regulation, Regulation (EU) 2016/679, the Data Protection Act 2018, the EU ePrivacy Directive 2002/58/EC (as implemented into Applicable Law and as amended or replaced from time to time) and all other Applicable Law, regulations and codes
of conduct in any relevant jurisdiction relating to the processing of personal data and privacy including the guidance and codes of practice issued by the Data Protection Commission and the European Data Protection Board or any other relevant data
protection supervisory authority; data protection particulars means, in relation to any processing of
personal data by the Coverholder under or in connection with this Agreement as a processor on behalf of the Underwriter: (a) the subject matter and duration of the processing; (b) the nature and purpose of the processing; (c) the type
of personal data being processed; and (d) the categories of data subjects; data subject means the
identified or identifiable natural living person to whom the personal data relates; personal data
means any information relating to the data subject; personal data breach means a breach of security
leading to the accidental or unlawful destruction, loss, alteration, unauthorised disclosure of, or access to, personal data transmitted, stored or otherwise processed; processor means the person which processes personal data on behalf of the controller; and supervisory authority means an independent public authority with authority under the data protection laws
over the processing of personal data. NOTICES Notices Service of notices Any notice to be given under this Agreement must be in English and in writing, and may be served by hand, by
first class post or airmail (pre-paid and signed for in each 24
case) or by email to the address or email address (as applicable) given below, or to such
other address or email address as may have been notified by either Party to the other Party for this purpose (which shall supersede the previous address or email address (as applicable) from the date on which notice of the new address is deemed to
be served under this Clause 43). Underwriter: For the attention of: Mr Andrew Coffey Address: Station Building II, Hatch Street Upper, Dublin 2, D02 N4X2, Ireland Email addresses: andrew.coffey@fidelisinsurance.com Coverholder: For the attention of: Mr Simon Crone, Head of Partnership Underwriting Address: 42nd Floor, 22 Bishopsgate, London, EC2N 4BQ, United
Kingdom Email address: simon.crone@fidelisinsurance.com Any notice served in accordance with Clause 43.1 shall be deemed to have been received:
if delivered by hand, at the time of delivery; if sent by first class post, at 9.30 a.m. on the second calendar day after (and excluding) the date of
posting; if sent by airmail, at 9.30 a.m. on the fifth calendar day after (and excluding) the date of posting; or
if sent by email, at the time of transmission by the sender, provided that if a notice would otherwise be deemed to have been received outside Normal Business Hours, it shall instead be
deemed to have been received at the recommencement of such Normal Business Hours. 25
For the purposes of Clause 43.2, Normal Business Hours means 9.00 a.m. to 5.30 p.m. local
time in the place of receipt on any day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in that location. In the case of service on either Party by email, the place of receipt shall be deemed to be the address specified for service on that Party
by post. In proving receipt of any notice served in accordance with Clause 43.1, it shall be sufficient to show that
the envelope containing the notice was properly addressed and either delivered to the relevant address by hand or posted as a pre-paid, signed-for first class or airmail
letter, or that the email was sent to the correct email address. This Clause 43 shall not apply to the service of any proceedings or other documents in any legal action.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY Limitation of Liability The Parties acknowledge and agree that their respective liability to each other shall be as set out in clause 23 (Limitation
of Liability) of the Framework Agreement, which shall be incorporated by reference into this Agreement. TERMINATION AND
NON-RENEWAL Termination Either Party may terminate this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of clause 24 (Termination) of the Framework
Agreement, which shall be incorporated by reference into this Agreement. Effect of termination or non-renewal The Parties agree that clause 25 (Effect of Termination) of the Framework Agreement shall be incorporated by
reference into this Agreement, and the Exit Plan referred to in clause 25.3 of the Framework Agreement shall be the document contained in Schedule 5 (Exit Plan) of this Agreement. Once this Agreement has terminated (in accordance with Clause 45 or by reason of non-renewal of this Agreement) the Coverholder: except as stated in Clause 46.4 shall have no authority to offer terms, bind Products, renew, cancel,
extend, amend or alter in any way Products already bound without the prior written consent of the Underwriter. Such written consent shall only be effective where it is not in contravention of Applicable Law; and shall ensure that any electronic production of contract documentation and other documents evidencing cover
ceases, and if such documents or other unused materials are provided as paper stocks by the Underwriter, the Coverholder shall deliver all such documents it possesses in connection with this Agreement to the Underwriter or its appointed
representative. 26
The Underwriters rights to receive monies due in respect of Products bound shall not be impaired by
any of the provisions of this Clause 46 and the Coverholder agrees not to challenge these rights provided always that, if the Underwriter at its written option collects monies from brokers or other intermediaries, Product holders or others from whom
monies may be due in respect of Products bound, the Underwriter shall give the Coverholder credit for such sums in account. In the event of non-renewal of this Agreement, the Coverholder shall
retain the authority under this Agreement to cancel, amend or alter (but not extend the period of or renew) Product already bound and in respect of claims arising under such Products for the duration of any
run-off period. MISCELLANEOUS Further assurances On request by either Party, each Party shall, as soon as reasonably practicable at the requesting Partys cost and
insofar as it is reasonably able, do or procure the doing of all such acts and execute or procure the execution of all such documents (in a form reasonably satisfactory to the requesting Party) as the requesting Party may reasonably consider
necessary or appropriate to carry this Agreement into effect and to give the requesting Party the full benefit of it. Variation and assignment Save where Clause 3.3 applies, no variation of this Agreement shall be valid unless it is in writing and
signed by or on behalf of each Party. No Party may assign, grant any security interest over, hold on trust or otherwise transfer the benefit of,
or its rights under, the whole or any part of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Any purported assignment, declaration of trust, transfer,
sub-contracting, delegation, charging or dealing in contravention of Clause 48.2 is ineffective. Entire agreement This Agreement shall constitute the whole agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matter
contained within it to the exclusion of any terms implied in law that may be excluded by contract. They supersede and extinguish any and all prior discussions, correspondence, negotiations, drafts, arrangements, understandings or agreements relating
to this Agreement. Each Party agrees and acknowledges that: it is entering into this Agreement in reliance solely on the statements made or incorporated in them;
it is not relying on any Pre-Contractual Statement;
27
it is not entering into this Agreement in consequence of or in reliance on any unlawful communication made
by any other Party or any Partys professional advisers; except as expressly provided in this Agreement, it is entering into this Agreement solely in reliance on its
own commercial assessment and investigation and advice from its own professional advisers; and the other Party is entering into this Agreement in reliance on the acknowledgements given in this Clause
49.2. No Party shall have any liability whatsoever for any Pre-Contractual
Statement under Applicable Law. It is agreed that the only liability of each Party in respect of those statements, representations,
warranties, assurances and undertakings made or given by it and set out or incorporated in this Agreement shall be for breach of contract. This entire agreement Clause does not limit or exclude any liability for fraud. Remedies The rights and remedies conferred on any Party by, or pursuant to, this Agreement are cumulative and, except as expressly
provided in this Agreement are in addition to, and without prejudice, to all other rights and remedies otherwise available to such Party at law or in equity. Inconsistency If there is any inconsistency between any provisions of this Agreement and those of the Framework Agreement, the provisions of
the Framework Agreement shall prevail. Waiver Any waiver of any term or condition of this Agreement, waiver of any breach of any term or condition of this
Agreement, or waiver of, or election whether or not to enforce, any right or remedy arising under this Agreement or at law, must be in writing and signed by or on behalf of the person granting the waiver, and no waiver or election shall be inferred
from a Partys conduct. Any waiver of a breach of any term or condition of this Agreement shall not be, or be deemed to be, a waiver
of any subsequent breach. Failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement at any time or for any period shall not waive that or any
other provision or the right subsequently to enforce all provisions of this Agreement. Failure to exercise, or delay in exercising, any right or remedy shall not operate as a waiver or be treated
as an election not to exercise such right or remedy, and single or partial exercise or waiver of any right or remedy shall not preclude its further exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. 28
Counterparts This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by the Parties to it on separate
counterparts, but shall not be effective until each Party has executed at least one counterpart. Each counterpart constitutes an original, and all the counterparts together constitute one and the same
agreement. Enforceability clause In the event that any portion of this Agreement is found to be invalid or unenforceable under any Applicable Law, that portion
of this Agreement shall be disapplied to the extent necessary to comply with such Applicable Law, and the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. Rights of third parties A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under Applicable Law to enforce any term of this Agreement but this
does not affect any right or remedy of a third party which exists or is available apart from that Act. Jurisdiction and governing law This Agreement and any non-contractual dispute or obligation arising out of or in
connection with it shall be subject to the law of England and Wales and to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of England and Wales. This Agreement is entered into by the Parties on the Commencement Date. 29
SIGNATURES SIGNED by ) ) Signed: /s/ Rinku Patel Name: Rinku Patel [Signature pages to the Ireland Binder Agreement]
SIGNED by ) ) Signed: /s/ Robert Kelly Name: Robert Kelly [Signature pages to the Ireland Binder Agreement]
Schedule 5 Exit Plan Introduction This Exit Plan sets out the rights and responsibilities of the Parties to ensure that there is an orderly run-off in respect of any business that the Coverholder has underwritten for and on behalf of the Underwriter pursuant to the Binder Agreement. The Parties recognise the priority of the obligation of the Underwriter under Applicable Law to maintain a
sufficient degree of operational resilience in the performance of this Exit Plan. Subject to this obligation, the Parties will adopt a spirit of cooperation in running off the insurance business. In particular, the Underwriter will:
use reasonable endeavours to assist the MGU Group in its discussions with any replacement capacity provider
(including with regard to information around reserving and ratings requirements in its current book); where the Underwriter decides to bring all or part of any functions
in-house, as soon as reasonably practicable after making such determination, where reasonably practicable, initiate discussions with the Coverholder regarding: (i) the existing Coverholder staff that it
intends to hire; and (ii) how the TUPE (or equivalent) procedure will apply to the transfer of Coverholder staff in such circumstances. The Parties will use reasonable endeavours to reach an agreement with the Coverholder regarding the transfer
of staff as part of these discussions; and where reasonably practicable, initiate prior discussions with the Coverholder prior to exercising any step-in rights, or transferring functions to a third party provider, and the provisions of this Exit Plan shall be read consistently with this paragraph 1.
Underwriting Product Strategy and Development Non-stressed exit principles The Underwriter will, prior to the service end date, undertake a strategic assessment as to the future operating model of the
business. The Underwriter will then negotiate a new MGU or delegated underwriting authority arrangement (DUA), or hire in-house underwriting staff, such that there is no break in
underwriting activity. The Coverholder will provide reasonable exit assistance to the Underwriter, including provision
of all data and reporting required in order to facilitate the exit. Stressed exit contingency plan principles The Underwriter will temporarily cease sourcing new business from the Coverholder and assess future plans for the business.
Management will either negotiate a new MGU (or other delegated underwriting relationship) or bring underwriting resources in-house and commence directly underwriting, with
in-house staff responsible for annual planning activity. Resources responsible for implementing the contingency plan 61
The Underwriter Group CUO is responsible for the development of a
standalone underwriting functional strategy and the contingency plan, to be supported by the Underwriter Group COO to operationalise the plan. Critical data to be handed over to the Underwriter All commercially sensitive actuarial data, including: Premium and claims experience data (gross and RI) Aggregation data Standard Formula data Data required to calculate regulatory capital requirements for the purpose of developing and using an
internal model BSCR data Rating agency data Alternative systems In the event an exit requires the Underwriter to move off the Prequel platform, alternative vendor package policy
administration/underwriting systems are available and could be procured in the medium-term. Alternative third-party support An alternative MGU or a number of DUAs are appropriate substitute for the service in the short and medium term. Policy origination, placement, and post-bind administration Non-stressed exit principles The Underwriter will, prior to the service end date, undertake a strategic assessment as to the future operating model of the
business. The Underwriter will then negotiate a new MGU or DUA, or hire in-house underwriting staff, such that there is no break in underwriting activity. The Coverholder will provide reasonable exit
assistance to the Underwriter, including provision of all data and reporting required in order to facilitate the exit. Stressed exit contingency plan principles In the event of an exit, review of endorsements will be conducted by an appropriate member of the Underwriting team, with
ultimate responsibility retained by the Chief Underwriting Officer of the carrier within the Underwriter group on-risk for the policy to determine acceptability and will be processed through the Technical
Services function or the service-specific exit strategy for that service, until an alternative arrangement can be finalised. Resources responsible for implementing the contingency plan The Underwriters Group CUO is responsible for the development of a standalone underwriting functional strategy and the
contingency plan, to be supported by the Underwriters Group COO to operationalise the plan. 62
Critical data to be handed over to the Underwriter All commercially sensitive actuarial data, including: Premium and claims experience data (gross and RI) Aggregation data Standard Formula data Data required to calculate regulatory capital requirements for the purpose of developing and using an
internal model BSCR data Broker, MGU and client listings Alternative systems In the event an exit requires the Underwriter to move off the Prequel platform, alternative vendor package policy
administration/underwriting systems are available and could be procured in the medium-term. Alternative third-party support An alternative MGU or a number of DUA are appropriate substitutes for the service provided by the Coverholder and could be
procured in the medium term. Delegated Authorities management Non-stressed exit principles The Coverholder will, prior to the service end date, undertake an assessment of the future target operating model for the
function, and determine whether to bring Delegated Authorities Management in-house or outsource to an alternative provider (another MGU or third-party processor) such that there is no break in processing
activity. If the function is brought in-house, the Coverholder will exercise its right to hire existing Coverholder staff under the TUPE (or equivalent) procedure in the first instance. The Coverholder will
provide reasonable exit assistance to the Underwriter. This includes facilitating access to the Prequel platform (if not exited as part of service termination) and provision of all data and reporting required to facilitate the exit. Stressed exit contingency plan principles The Underwriter may either: Bring in-house the existing operations by exercising the
Underwriters step-in rights with respect to the sub-outsourcing arrangement and right to hire the Coverholders staff Engage an alternative outsourcing provider All monies that are held by the Coverholder that are due to the Underwriter will be transferred immediately,
unless a legal or regulatory constraint restricts the flow of the funds to the Underwriter 63
Resources responsible for implementing the contingency plan The COO is responsible for the contingency plan. Critical data to be handed over to the Underwriter Database of sub-delegated DUA relationships Outstanding/unprocessed BDX Alternative systems Alternative DUA management platforms are commercially available and could be implemented in the medium-term. A spreadsheet
register may also be appropriate in the short-term. Alternative third-party support DUA management roles are moderately skilled data processing roles; roles may be replaced by an outsourced Coverholder, FTCs,
or FTEs with a readily available skillset. Claims Claims Management, Strategy & Adjustment Non-stressed exit principles The Underwriter will, in line with the timelines detailed in the non-stressed exit
plans, undertake an assessment as to the claims treatment for the legacy portfolio business. The Underwriter will either: Transfer responsibility for claims servicing to a run-off provider
or reinsurer Bring claims management capability in-house such that there is no
break in claims adjustment activity. The Coverholder will provide reasonable exit assistance to the
Underwriter, including provision of all data and reporting to facilitate the exit. Stressed exit contingency plan principles The Underwriter will step-in to existing Coverholder relationships to continue claims
activity in the short-term. The Underwriter will then either: Transfer responsibility for claims servicing to a run-off provider
or reinsurer Bring claims management capability in-house. Resources responsible for implementing the contingency plan The Underwriter COO, in consultation with the Underwriter Head of Claims (if not dual-hatted) is responsible for the
contingency plan. Critical data to be handed over to the Underwriter 64
All data necessary to claims adjustment, being: Live policy data Claims files for open claims, including any paper copy or off-system
claims files Alternative systems In the event an exit requires the Underwriter to move off the Prequel platform, alternative vendor package claims systems are
available and could be procured in the medium-term. Market systems such as ECF2 and TRAX contain the majority of the Underwriters claims files and can be interfaced with directly to continue claims adjusting. Manual claims which are not
contained within ECF2 or TRAX will need to be dealt with separately. Alternative third-party support In the event of the exit of the Binder, the Underwriter may step into existing relationships (e.g. ProGlobal, loss adjusters)
to ensure continuity of the service. An alternative third-party claims manager may also be appointed. Finance Credit control Non-stressed exit principles The Underwriter will, prior to the service end date, undertake an assessment of the future target operating model for the
Credit Control function, and determine whether to bring credit control in-house or outsource to an alternative provider (another MGU, DUA, or third-party processor) such that there is no break in credit
control activity. If credit control is brought in-house, the Underwriter will exercise its right to hire existing Coverholder staff under the TUPE (or equivalent) procedure in the first instance. The Coverholder will provide reasonable exit assistance to the Underwriter. This includes facilitating access to the Prequel
credit control platform (if not exited as part of service termination) and provision of all data, documentation and reporting required to facilitate the exit. Stressed exit contingency plan principles The Underwriter will exercise its right to hire existing Coverholder credit control staff under the TUPE (or equivalent)
procedure and bring credit control systems, documentation and data in-house. Resources responsible for implementing the contingency plan The Underwriter CFO is responsible for the contingency plan, with involvement of other specialised resource within the
finance function as required. Critical data to be handed over to the Underwriter Outstanding account balances and unreconciled cash reports will be provided by the Coverholder to facilitate monthly
reconciliations. Alternative systems 65
In the event an exit requires the Underwriter to move off the Prequel
platform, alternative vendor package policy administration systems with similar Credit Control functionality are available and could be procured in the medium-term. Alternatively, the Coverholder may decide to implement the Oracle Credit Management
module within Oracle Fusion Cloud GL. Alternative third-party support Credit control roles are moderately skilled; roles may be replaced by an outsourced Coverholder, FTCs, or FTEs with a readily
available skillset. Annual plan preparation Non-stressed exit principles The Underwriter will, prior to the service end date, undertake an assessment of the future target operating model of the
function. With sufficient time before the service end date, the Underwriter will exercise its right to hire existing Coverholder staff under the TUPE (or equivalent) procedure. If the resource level from staff transferred under TUPE (or equivalent)
is insufficient, the Underwriter will conduct recruitment activities for FTEs and FTCs, such that the function is fully staffed prior to the end date and no break in activity occurs. The Coverholder will provide reasonable exit assistance to the Underwriter, including facilitation of the transfer of
employees, and provision of all data and reporting to facilitate the exit. Stressed exit contingency plan principles The Underwriter will exercise its right to hire existing Coverholder FP&A staff under the TUPE (or equivalent) procedure
and bring annual planning in-house. Resources responsible for implementing the contingency plan The Underwriter CFO is responsible for the contingency plan, with involvement of CUO as required. Critical data to be handed over to the Underwriter All commercially sensitive actuarial data, including: Premium and claims experience data (gross and RI) Aggregation data Standard Formula data BSCR data All planning artefacts in use, such as: Templates Models Forecasting tools. 66
Alternative systems Anaplan is a readily available vendor package; in the event of an exit, the Underwriter will be able to implement its own
instance of Anaplan in the medium-term, modelled on the same configuration that is used by the Underwriter. Spreadsheet-based business planning would be a suitable alternative in the short-term if necessary. Alternative third-party support FP&A roles are a commodity high-skill role; roles may be replaced with FTCs or FTEs with a readily available skillset.
Technical payments processing Non-stressed exit principles The Underwriter will, prior to the service end date, undertake an assessment of the future target operating model of the
function. With sufficient time before the service end date, the Underwriter will exercise its right to hire existing Coverholder staff under the TUPE (or equivalent) procedure. If the resource level from staff transferred under TUPE is insufficient,
the Underwriter will conduct recruitment activities for FTEs and FTCs, such that the function is fully staffed prior to the end date and no break in activity occurs. The Coverholder will provide reasonable exit assistance to the Underwriter,
including facilitation of the transfer of employees, and provision of all data and reporting to facilitate the exit. Stressed exit contingency plan principles The Underwriter will bring the technical payments processing activity in-house, to be
undertaken by the Underwriters Treasury function. The Underwriter may exercise its right to hire Coverholder staff to support delivery of the service under the TUPE (or equivalent) regulation. Resources responsible for implementing the contingency plan The Underwriter CFO, supported by the CIO and Head of Treasury, is responsible for the contingency plan. Critical data to be handed over to the Underwriter Access to outstanding technical payments processing backlog/mailbox Alternative systems n/a - Underwriter has dedicated treasury system. Alternative third-party support Technical payments processing roles are moderately skilled; roles may be replaced by an outsourced Coverholder, FTCs, or FTEs
with a readily available skillset. Short-term cashflow forecasting Non-stressed exit principles 67
The Underwriter will, prior to the service end date, undertake an
assessment of the future target operating model of the function. With sufficient time before the service end date, the Underwriter will exercise its right to hire existing Coverholder staff under the TUPE (or equivalent) procedure. If the resource
level from staff transferred under TUPE is insufficient, the Underwriter will conduct recruitment activities for FTEs and FTCs, such that the function is fully staffed prior to the end date and no break in activity occurs. The Coverholder will
provide reasonable exit assistance to the Underwriter, including facilitation of the transfer of employees, and provision of all data and reporting to facilitate the exit. Stressed exit contingency plan principles The Underwriter will bring the short-term cashflow forecasting activity in-house, to
be undertaken by the Underwriters Treasury function. The Underwriter may exercise its right to hire Coverholder staff to support delivery of the service under the TUPE (or equivalent) regulation. Resources responsible for implementing the contingency plan The Underwriter CFO, supported by the CIO and Head of Treasury, is responsible for the contingency plan. Critical data to be handed over to the Underwriter Access to long-term cash forecast, most recent short-term cash flow forecast, and written premium information. Alternative systems The Underwriters treasury system, GTreasury, offers a cash flow forecasting module that may be implemented in the
short-term. Spreadsheet-based cash-flow forecasting would be a suitable alternative in the short-term if necessary. Alternative third-party support Treasury roles are a commodity high-skill role; roles may be replaced with FTCs or FTEs with a readily available skillset.
Outwards RI Outwards RI collateral management Non-stressed exit principles The Underwriter will, prior to the service end date, undertake an assessment of the future target operating model of the
function. With sufficient time before the service end date, the Underwriter will exercise its right to hire existing Coverholder staff under the TUPE (or equivalent) procedure. If the resource level from staff transferred under TUPE is insufficient,
the Underwriter will conduct recruitment activities for FTEs and FTCs, such that the function is fully staffed prior to the end date and no break in activity occurs. The Coverholder will provide reasonable exit assistance to the Underwriter,
including facilitation of the transfer of employees, and provision of all data and reporting to facilitate the exit. Stressed exit contingency plan principles 68
The Underwriter will bring the RI collateral management activity in-house, to be undertaken by the Underwriters Treasury function. The Underwriter may exercise its right to hire Coverholder staff to support delivery of the service under the TUPE (or equivalent) regulation.
Resources responsible for implementing the contingency plan The Underwriter CFO, supported by the CIO and Head of Treasury, is responsible for the contingency plan. Critical data to be handed over to the Underwriter n/a - Critical data is stored in Underwriters system. Alternative systems n/a - Underwriter has dedicated ORI system. Alternative third-party support Collateral management roles are a commodity high-skill role; roles may be replaced with FTCs or FTEs with a readily available
skillset. Technical Services Premium management and binding operations Non-stressed exit principles The Underwriter will, prior to the service end date, undertake an assessment of the future target operating model for the
function, and determine whether to bring Premium Management and Binding Operations in-house or outsource to an alternative provider (another MGU or third-party processor) such that there is no break in
processing activity. If the function is brought in-house, the Underwriter will exercise its right to hire existing Coverholder staff under the TUPE (or equivalent) procedure in the first instance. The
Coverholder will provide reasonable exit assistance to the Underwriter. This includes facilitating access to the Prequel platform (if not exited as part of service termination) and provision of all data and reporting required to facilitate the exit.
Stressed exit contingency plan principles The Underwriter may either: Bring in-house the existing operations by exercising the
Underwriters step-in rights with respect to the sub-outsourcing arrangement and right to hire the Coverholders staff Engage an alternative outsourcing provider. Resources responsible for implementing the contingency plan The COO is responsible for the contingency plan. Critical data to be handed over to the Underwriter Access to outstanding processing Technical Services backlog/mailbox. 69
Alternative systems In the event a non-stressed exit requires the Underwriter to move off the Prequel
platform, alternative vendor package policy administration/underwriting systems are available and could be procured in the medium-term. Alternative third-party support Technical services roles are moderately skilled data processing roles; roles may be replaced by an outsourced Coverholder,
FTCs, or FTEs with a readily available skillset. 70
Schedule 6 Business Continuity Plan Underwriting Product Strategy and Development Tolerance Levels As this service relates to the provision of advice that is strategic in nature and
non-time sensitive, there is significant tolerance to disruptions or delays (up to 1 month). Non-performance of the service would result in the strategic stagnation of
the Underwriters offerings in the market over the longer term. System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. Prequel, the Coverholder will temporarily cease activities insofar as data is
required. If system outages persist and outputs from the service are required, activities may be performed from the most recent backup of data, or previous year product strategy documents can be used, whichever is deemed to provide a more accurate
view by the Underwriter. Staffing Shortages If the service is unable to be performed due to shortage of underwriting staff (e.g. caused by staff attrition), the
Coverholder will use the previous years underwriting product strategy documents until current year documentation can be produced. The Coverholder will make commercially reasonable efforts to recruit additional underwriting staff to perform the
service if shortages persist for longer than one month. Policy origination, placement, and post-bind administration Tolerance Levels As this service relates to the front-office origination of new business, there is minimal tolerance to disruptions or delays
(up to 24 hours). Non-performance of the service would result in the Coverholder being placed into involuntary run-off and revenue being foregone. System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. Prequel, the Coverholder will continue to underwrite business insofar as is
possible without system support, using templates maintained in EUC solutions. The Coverholder will enter data maintained off-system during the outage into the relevant system within one month of the service
being restored. Staffing Shortages If the service is unable to be performed due to shortage of underwriting staff caused by staff attrition that persists longer
than one month, the Coverholder will make commercially reasonable efforts to recruit additional underwriting staff to perform the service. Delegated Authorities management Tolerance Levels 71
As this service relates to ongoing processing activities, there is moderate
tolerance to disruptions or delays (up to one week). Non-performance of the service would result in a backlog of processing activity accumulating. System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. the DUA tool, the Coverholder will temporarily cease activities insofar as
access to these systems required. The Coverholder will continue to operate other aspects of the service on a best-efforts basis, using EUC solutions. The Coverholder will enter the data maintained off-system
during the outage into the relevant system within one month of the system outage event occurring. Staffing Shortages If the service is disrupted due to a shortage of staff, the Underwriter will make commercially reasonable efforts to return
the service to normal service levels within one week. If the disruption persists beyond one week, the Coverholder will: Redeploy staff from elsewhere within the Coverholder organisation to undertake processing activities
Begin recruitment for FTCs Approach a third-party outsource firm The Coverholder will eliminate any backlog developing as a result of staffing shortages within one month of the staffing
shortage event occurring Claims Claims Management, Strategy & Adjustment Tolerance Levels As this service relates to the adjustment of claims, considering the profile of the Underwriter and Coverholders joint
policyholders, the service has moderate tolerance to disruptions or delays (up to one week). Non-performance of the service over the short term may result in policyholder complaints, and over the longer term
expose the Underwriter to reputational damage, regulatory and legal risks. System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. Prequel, DXC Xchanging (ECF2), Charles Taylor (TRAX), the Coverholder will
continue to service claims by utilising each systems disaster recovery solution wherever possible. If this is not a viable option, the service will continue without system support and manually record the key information. The Coverholder will
enter the data maintained off-system during the outage into the relevant system within one month of the service being restored. Staffing Shortages If the service is disrupted due to a shortage of staff, the Coverholder will make commercially reasonable efforts to return
the service to normal service levels within one week. If the disruption persists beyond one week, the Coverholder will: 72
Approach the third-party claims processor (ProGlobal) to request additional staff Begin recruitment for FTCs Redeploy staff elsewhere within the Coverholder organisation who have been suitably trained to work on claims
activities Finance Credit control Tolerance Levels As the service relates to the management of client account balances and cash, the service has moderate tolerance to
disruptions or delays (up to one week). Non-performance of the service over the short term will extend the timelines for collection of cash and matching to client accounts, resulting in inaccurate records.
Service interruptions may also elevate risks of CASS breaches. System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. Prequel, Oracle, the Coverholder will continue to match cash balances using
templates maintained in EUC solutions and bank records. The Coverholder will enter the data maintained off-system during the outage into the relevant system within one month of the service being restored. Staffing Shortages If the service is disrupted due to a shortage of staff, the Underwriter will make commercially reasonable efforts to return
the service to normal service levels within one week. If the disruption persists beyond one week, the Coverholder will: Redeploy staff from elsewhere within the Coverholder organisation, primarily Finance services, to work on
credit control activities Begin recruitment for FTCs Approach a third-party accounting consulting firm Annual plan preparation Tolerance Levels As this service relates to an annual process that is iterative in nature and non-time
sensitive, there is significant tolerance to disruptions or delays (up to 3 months). Non-performance of the service would result in the business falling back on the most recent annual plan System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. Oracle, Anaplan, the Coverholder will temporarily cease activities insofar as
data from these systems is required. The Coverholder will continue to operate other aspects of the annual planning process on a best-efforts basis. If system outages persist and outputs from the service are required, the Underwriter may instruct the
Coverholder to either: 73
Prepare an annual plan using Excel Operate using the prior-years annual plan, adjusted for known events Prepare an updated plan on the basis of the most recently available
back-up data, adjusted for known events Staffing Shortages If the service is disrupted due to a shortage of staff, the Underwriter will make commercially reasonable efforts to return
the service to normal service levels within one month. If the disruption persists beyond month week, the Coverholder will: Redeploy staff from elsewhere within the Coverholder organisation, primarily Finance services, to work on
planning activities Begin recruitment for FTCs Approach a third-party accounting or consultancy outsource firm Technical payments processing Tolerance Levels As this service relates to ongoing accounting processes, there is moderate tolerance to disruptions or delays (up to one
week) for BAU payments, however there is minimal tolerance for critical payments (up to 24 hours, as defined by the Underwriter). Non-performance of the service would result in a backlog of processing activity
accumulating for BAU payments, and potential breach of contractual obligations for critical payments. System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. Oracle, GTreasury, the Coverholder will temporarily cease BAU payment
activities insofar as data from these systems is required. The Coverholder will continue to operate critical payments manually via a working paper process, which the Coverholder will pay directly from online banking systems. If system outages
persist beyond one week, the Coverholder will make commercially reasonable efforts to resume processing via a working paper process. The Coverholder will subsequently enter transactions processed manually during the down-time into the system once
service is restored, within one week of the system outage event occurring. Staffing Shortages If the service is disrupted due to a shortage of staff, the Underwriter will make commercially reasonable efforts to return
the service to normal service levels within one week and will prioritise payments designated as critical. If the disruption persists beyond one week, the Coverholder will: Redeploy staff from elsewhere within the Coverholder organisation, primarily Finance services, to work on
reporting activities Begin recruitment for FTCs Approach a third-party accounting outsource firm 74
The Coverholder will eliminate any backlog developing as a result of
staffing shortages within one month of the staffing shortage event occurring. Short-term cashflow forecasting Tolerance Levels As this service relates to ongoing accounting processes, there is moderate tolerance to disruptions or delays (up to one
week). Non-performance of the service would result in poor visibility of sources and uses of cash, requiring the Underwriter to hold higher cash balances, or longer payment times in order to obtain sufficient
cash to make payments as arising. System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. Oracle, Anaplan, Prequel, the Coverholder will use best efforts and
alternative data sources (such as back-ups or an alternative system than is typically used) to produce a cash flow forecast using a working paper process occurring. Staffing Shortages If the service is disrupted due to a shortage of staff, the Underwriter will make commercially reasonable efforts to return
the service to normal service levels within one week. If the disruption persists beyond one week, the Coverholder will: Redeploy staff from elsewhere within the Coverholder organisation, primarily Finance services, to work on
reporting activities Begin recruitment for FTCs Approach a third-party accounting outsource firm Outwards RI Outwards RI collateral management Tolerance Levels As this service relates to ongoing collateral management processes, there is minimal tolerance to disruptions or delays (up
to 24 hours). Non-performance of the service may result in improper collateral management, resulting in the Underwriter breaching its obligations under the policies it has written. System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. Oracle, Anaplan, Prequel, the Coverholder will use best efforts and
alternative data sources (such as back-ups or an alternative system than is typically used) to produce collateral management reporting using a working paper process. The Coverholder will enter the data
maintained off-system during the outage into the relevant system within one week of the system outage event occurring. Staffing Shortages If the service is disrupted due to a shortage of staff, the Underwriter will make commercially reasonable efforts to return
the service to normal service levels within 24 hours. If the 75
disruption persists beyond 24 hours, the Coverholder will redeploy staff from elsewhere within the Coverholder organisation or recruit FTCs with immediate availability. Technical Services Premium management and binding operations Tolerance Levels As this service relates to ongoing collateral management processes, there is minimal tolerance to disruptions or delays (up
to 24 hours). Non-performance of the service may result in improper collateral management, resulting in the Underwriter breaching its obligations under the policies it has written. System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. Oracle, Anaplan, Prequel, the Coverholder will use best efforts and
alternative data sources (such as back-ups or an alternative system than is typically used) to produce collateral management reporting using a working paper process. The Coverholder will enter the data
maintained off-system during the outage into the relevant system within one week of the system outage event occurring. Staffing Shortages If the service is disrupted due to a shortage of staff, the Underwriter will make commercially reasonable efforts to return
the service to normal service levels within 24 hours. If the disruption persists beyond 24 hours, the Coverholder will redeploy staff from elsewhere within the Coverholder organisation or recruit appropriately trained FTCs with immediate
availability. Outwards RI, Actuarial, Exposure Management Outwards RI placement, analysis, administration, and reporting Tolerance Levels As the service relates to the management of client account balances and cash, the service has moderate tolerance to
disruptions or delays (up to one week). Non-performance of the service over the short term will extend the timelines for collection of cash and matching to client accounts, resulting in inaccurate records.
System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. Prequel, Oracle, the Coverholder will continue to match cash balances using
templates maintained in EUC solutions and bank records. The Coverholder will enter the data maintained off-system during the outage into the relevant system within one month of the service being restored. Staffing Shortages If the service is disrupted due to a shortage of staff, the Underwriter will make commercially reasonable efforts to return
the service to normal service levels within one week. If the disruption persists beyond one week, the Coverholder will: Redeploy staff from elsewhere within the Coverholder organisation, primarily Finance services, to work on
credit control activities 76
Begin recruitment for FTCs Approach a third-party accounting outsource consultancy firm Pricing framework and actuarial reporting Tolerance Levels Pricing Pricing activities relate to relates to the front-office origination of new business, there is minimal tolerance to
disruptions or delays (up to 24 hours). Non-performance of the service would result in the Coverholder being placed into involuntary run-off and revenue being foregone.
Capital management and reserving Capital management and reserving activities relate to a reporting process that operates quarterly, there is moderate
tolerance to disruptions or delays (up to one week). Non-performance of the service would result in the Underwriter unable to complete these activities, which would result in a breach of external reporting
obligations. System Outages Pricing In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. FireAnt, the Coverholder will continue to underwrite business insofar as is
possible without system support using manual processes. Capital management and reserving In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. FireAnt, Tyche, the Coverholder will temporarily cease activities insofar as
data from these systems is required. The Coverholder will continue to operate other aspects of these processes on a best-efforts basis, using EUC solutions. If system outages persist and outputs from the service are expected to be required before
the service is restored (e.g. past quarter close), the Coverholder will produce the required actuarial information at the most recently available reporting date, and begin work to meet the existing deadline as soon as practical. The Underwriter will
then perform an assumption-based roll-forward exercise to the reporting date. Staffing Shortages Pricing If the service is unable to be performed due to shortage of actuarial staff that persists longer than two working weeks and
is not transitory, the Coverholder will make commercially reasonable efforts to recruit additional actuarial staff with appropriate skills, experience, and qualifications to perform the service or approach a suitably qualified professional services
firm where significant lead time is expected to hire FTEs. Capital management and reserving 77
If the service is disrupted due to a shortage of staff, the Underwriter
will make commercially reasonable efforts to return the service to normal service levels within one week. If the disruption persists beyond one week, the Coverholder will: Redeploy staff with appropriate skills, experience and qualifications from elsewhere within the Coverholder
organisation, Begin recruitment for FTCs Approach a third-party firm with requisite experience to perform the role Risk aggregation and catastrophe management Tolerance Levels As this service relates to a reporting process that operates quarterly, there is moderate tolerance to disruptions or delays
(up to one week). Non-performance of the service would result in the Underwriter being unable to meet external reporting obligations. System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. FireAnt, the Coverholder will temporarily cease activities insofar as data
from these systems is required. The Coverholder will continue to operate other aspects of the management reporting process on a best-efforts basis, using EUC solutions. If system outages persist and outputs from the service are required (e.g. past
quarter close), the Coverholder will make commercially reasonable efforts to produce required information, using the most recent backed-up data rolled forward to the reporting date. Staffing Shortages If the service is disrupted due to a shortage of staff, the Underwriter will make commercially reasonable efforts to return
the service to normal service levels within one week. If the disruption persists beyond one week, the Coverholder will: Redeploy staff with appropriate skills, experience and qualifications from elsewhere within the Coverholder
organisation to work on reporting activities Begin recruitment for FTCs Approach a third-party firm with requisite experience to perform the role The Coverholder will make reasonable efforts to minimise key person dependency, in particular with respect to FireAnt, by
cross-training staff in the operation of the systems key functions. 78
Advertising and promotional material
17
Separate bank accounts
17
Licences and taxes
19
Commission, fees and charges
19
Indemnity insurance
19
Business continuity
20
Confidentiality
20
Conflicts of interest
21
Compliance with the law and financial crime
21
Data protection
22
Notices
24
Limitation of Liability
26
Termination
26
Effect of termination or non-renewal
26
Further assurances
27
Variation and assignment
27
Entire agreement
27
Remedies
28
Inconsistency
28
Waiver
28
Counterparts
29
Enforceability clause
29
Rights of third parties
29
Jurisdiction and governing law
29
32
35
37
43
61
71
(1)
(2)
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
1.
Definitions
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
2.
3.
3.1
3.2
3.3
4.
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
(a)
(b)
4.5
(a)
(b)
(c)
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
5.
5.1
5.2
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
6.
7.
8.
8.1
8.2
8.3
9.
10.
10.1
10.2
10.3
11.
12.
12.1
12.2
12.3
12.4
(a)
(b)
12.5
12.6
(a)
(b)
12.7
12.8
(a)
(b)
12.9
13.
14.
15.
16.
16.1
16.2
16.3
17.
18.
19.
19.1
19.2
19.3
20.
20.1
20.2
20.3
21.
21.1
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
22.
22.1
22.2
22.3
22.4
22.5
23.
24.
25.
26.
26.1
26.2
26.3
(a)
(b)
26.4
26.5
26.6
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
26.7
26.8
27.
27.1
27.2
28.
28.1
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
28.2
28.3
28.4
29.
29.1
29.2
29.3
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
29.4
30.
30.1
(a)
(b)
30.2
(a)
(b)
30.3
31.
31.1
31.2
(a)
(b)
31.3
(a)
(b)
31.4
31.5
32.
32.1
32.2
32.3
32.4
32.5
33.
34.
34.1
(a)
(b)
(c)
(i)
(ii)
(d)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(e)
(f)
34.2
35.
35.1
(a)
(b)
(c)
35.2
35.3
35.4
36.
37.
37.1
37.2
37.3
38.
38.1
38.2
(a)
(b)
39.
39.1
39.2
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
39.3
40.
40.1
40.2
40.3
40.4
41.
41.1
41.2
41.3
41.4
41.5
41.6
42.
42.1
42.2
(a)
(b)
(c)
42.3
42.4
42.5
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
42.6
42.7
42.8
43.
43.1
43.2
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
43.3
43.4
43.5
44.
45.
46.
46.1
46.2
(a)
(b)
46.3
46.4
47.
48.
48.1
48.2
48.3
49.
49.1
49.2
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
49.3
49.4
49.5
50.
51.
52.
52.1
52.2
52.3
52.4
53.
53.1
53.2
54.
55.
56.
PINE WALK EUROPE S.R.L.
FIDELIS INSURANCE IRELAND DAC
1.
1.1
1.2
●
●
●
●
2.
2.1
2.1.1
2.1.2
2.1.3
2.1.4
●
●
●
●
●
●
2.1.5
2.1.6
2.2
2.2.1
2.2.2
2.2.3
2.2.4
●
●
●
●
●
●
2.2.5
2.2.6
2.3
2.3.1
2.3.2
●
●
●
2.3.3
2.3.4
●
●
2.3.5
2.3.6
3.
3.1
3.1.1
●
●
3.1.2
●
●
3.1.3
3.1.4
●
●
3.1.5
3.1.6
4.
4.1
4.1.1
4.1.2
4.1.3
4.1.4
4.1.5
4.1.6
4.2
4.2.1
4.2.2
4.2.3
4.2.4
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
4.2.5
4.2.6
4.3
4.3.1
4.3.2
4.3.3
4.3.4
4.3.5
4.3.6
4.4
4.4.1
4.4.2
4.4.3
4.4.4
4.4.5
4.4.6
5.
5.1
5.1.1
5.1.2
5.1.3
5.1.4
5.1.5
5.1.6
6.
6.1
6.1.1
6.1.2
●
●
6.1.3
6.1.4
6.1.5
6.1.6
1.
1.1
1.1.1
1.1.2
1.1.3
1.2
1.2.1
1.2.2
1.2.3
1.3
1.3.1
1.3.2
1.3.3
●
●
●
2.
2.1
2.1.1
2.1.2
2.1.3
●
●
●
3.
3.1
3.1.1
3.1.2
3.1.3
●
●
●
3.2
3.2.1
3.2.2
●
●
●
3.2.3
●
●
●
3.3
3.3.1
3.3.2
3.3.3
●
●
●
3.4
3.4.1
3.4.2
3.4.3
●
●
●
4.
4.1
4.1.1
4.1.2
4.1.3
5.
5.1
5.1.1
5.1.2
5.1.3
6.
6.1
6.1.1
6.1.2
6.1.3
●
●
●
6.2
6.2.1
(a)
(b)
6.2.2
(a)
(b)
6.2.3
(a)
(b)
●
●
●
6.3
6.3.1
6.3.2
6.3.3
●
●
●
Exhibit 10.9
DATED 20 December 2022
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
as Service Recipient
SHELF HOLDCO II LIMITED
as Service Provider
INTER-GROUP SERVICES AGREEMENT
RELATING TO
PROJECT COOPER
Contents
- i -
Appendix 3 [intentionally blank] |
67 | |||||
Appendix 4 Change Management Process |
68 | |||||
Appendix 5 Contract Governance, Accountabilities, Escalation, and Dispute Resolution |
70 | |||||
Appendix 6 Standard Contract Disaster Recovery and Business Continuity |
77 | |||||
Appendix 7 Exit Provisions and Exit Plan |
81 | |||||
Appendix 8 Permitted Sub-Contracts |
95 | |||||
Appendix 9 Remediation and Consequences from KPIS and SLA Shortfalls |
102 | |||||
Appendix 10 Data Privacy and Information Security Addendum |
104 |
- ii -
THIS AGREEMENT is dated 20 December 2022
BETWEEN
(1) | FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED, a Bermuda exempted company with limited liability, whose registered address is Waterloo House, 100 Pitts Bay Road, Pembroke, Bermuda HM 08 (FIHL or the Service Recipient); and |
(2) | SHELF HOLDCO II LIMITED, a Bermuda exempted company with registration number 202201143, whose registered address is at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM 11, Bermuda (the Service Provider), |
(individually | a Party and together the Parties). |
BACKGROUND
(A) | The board of directors of FIHL has determined that it is in the best interests of FIHLs members as a whole to effect a reorganisation of FIHLs business pursuant to which its business will be reorganised and bifurcated, forming two separate and independent groups of companies (the Reorganisation). |
(B) | Once the Reorganisation has been effected, the Parties intend that each entity within the Insurance Group shall delegate underwriting authority to a MGU Group entity that is established and regulated in the same or a relevant jurisdiction in respect of various activities relating to its business, and that such MGU Group entity shall perform relevant services for and on behalf of the applicable Insurance Group entity, pursuant to the terms of the Framework Agreement and a series of delegated underwriting authority agreement (each such delegated underwriting authority agreement being a Binder Agreement and collectively Binder Agreements). |
(C) | The Parties also intend that the MGU Group shall perform and provide the Services for and on behalf of the Insurance Group on the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement. |
(D) | In order to provide the Services to the Service Recipient, the Service Provider has entered an intra-group agreement, whereby: (i) MGU Group entities will provide services to the Service Provider for onwards provision to FIHL or other entities in the Insurance Group under this Agreement; and (ii) FML and the Service Provider will provide various internal services to the MGU Group, including the provision of staffing resources. |
(E) | The Service Recipient has also entered into an intra-group agreement with other entities in the Insurance Group, whereby: (i) either FIHL or UK ServeCo will provide the Services on an onwards basis to the Insurance Group; and (ii) UK ServeCo, FIBL and Service Recipient will provide further internal services to the Insurance Group, including the provision of staff in the UK and Ireland (the Insurance Group Intra-Group Services Agreement). Consequently, the Parties acknowledge that the end-users of the Services include the insurers within the Insurance Group. |
IT IS AGREED
1. | Definitions and Interpretation |
Definitions
3
1.1 | In this Agreement, unless the context requires otherwise, the capitalised terms set out below have the following meanings: |
Affected Party |
has the meaning given to it in Clause 13.1; | |
Agreement |
means this inter-group services outsourcing agreement, including any introduction, Appendices, Annexures, or Schedules thereto, as amended or restated from time to time; | |
Annual Review Group |
means the members of the annual review meeting, as set out in in paragraph 3 of Appendix 5 (Contract Governance, Accountabilities, Escalation, and Dispute Resolution); | |
Applicable Law |
means all laws, regulations (including the Regulatory Requirements), directives, statutes, subordinate legislation, common law and civil codes of any jurisdiction, orders, notices, instructions, decisions and awards of any court or competent authority or tribunal exercising statutory or delegated powers and codes of practice having force of law, statutory guidance and policy notes, in each case to the extent applicable to the Parties and/or their subsidiaries (as applicable); | |
authorisations |
has the meaning given to it in Clause 6 (Authorisations); | |
Belgian FSMA |
means the Belgian Financial Services and Markets Authority (Autoriteit voor Financiele Diensten en Markten/Autorite des Services et Marches Financiers) and any body superseding it as the regulator of the insurance sector in Belgium; | |
Binder Agreement |
has the meaning given to it in Recital (B); | |
BMA |
means the Bermuda Monetary Authority and any body superseding it as the regulator of the insurance sector in Bermuda; | |
Business Day |
means any day that is not a Saturday or Sunday or a public holiday in England, Ireland, Belgium, New York or Bermuda; | |
CBI |
the Central Bank of Ireland and any body superseding it as the regulator of the insurance sector in Ireland; | |
CFWG |
means the Cross Functional Working Group, as described in paragraph 3 of Appendix 5 (Contract Governance, Accountabilities, Escalation, and Dispute Resolution); | |
Confidential Information |
has the meaning given to it in Clause 21.1; | |
Cure Period |
has the meaning given to it in Clause 10.1.4; | |
Commencement Date |
means 1 January 2023; |
4
Contract Year means a twelve (12) month period starting from the Commencement Date or any subsequent anniversary
thereafter; Deadlock has the meaning given to it in Clause 23.2; Defaulting Party has the meaning given to it in Clause 10.1; Discloser has the meaning given to it in Clause 21.3; Exit Plan has the meaning given to it in Clause 8.9; Exit Services has the meaning given to it in Clause 11.1.2; FCA means the UK Financial Conduct Authority and any body superseding it as conduct regulator of the insurance sector in the
UK; Fees means the fees set out in Appendix 1 (Fees); Fee Profits has the meaning set out in Appendix 1 (Fees) FIBL means Fidelis Insurance Bermuda Limited, a limited liability company incorporated in Bermuda (registered number 50047),
whose registered office is at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda; FML means Fidelis Marketing Limited, a limited liability company incorporated in England and Wales (Companies House number
09522701), whose registered office is at 42nd Floor, 22 Bishopsgate, London, United Kingdom, EC2N 4BQ; Force Majeure Event has the meaning given to it in Clause 13.1 and Force Majeure shall be interpreted
accordingly; Framework Agreement means the framework agreement between FIHL and the Service Provider in relation to the Insurance Groups delegation of
authority to the MGU Group to underwrite insurance business, entered into between the Parties on or around the date of this Agreement; Good Industry Practice means using standards, practices, methods and procedures and exercising that degree of skill and care, diligence, prudence
and foresight which would reasonably and ordinarily be expected from a skilled and experienced person engaged in a similar type of undertaking under the same or similar circumstances; Innocent Party has the meaning given to it in Clause 22.2; Insolvency Event means an event that occurs if an entity: (i) is, or is deemed for the purposes of any Applicable Law to be unable to
pay its debts as they fall due or insolvent; (ii) admits its inability to pay its debts as they fall due; (iii) is in a situation where the 5
value of its assets is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities); (iv)
suspends making payments on any of its debts or announces an intention to do so; (v) by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its
indebtedness; or (vi) a moratorium is declared in respect of any of its indebtedness; Insurance Group means the Service Recipient and all of its subsidiaries taken as a whole, being the group of companies forming the
insurance business, which will comprise Service Recipient and its direct or indirect subsidiaries including regulated (re)insurance carriers and any service company, holding company, shell company or other vehicle of which FIHL has control from time
to time; Insurance Group Intra- Group Services Agreement has the meaning given to it in Recital (E); IPR has the meaning given to it in Clause 17.3; KPI means key performance indicator; liability has the meaning given to it in Clause 22.1; Liable Party has the meaning given to it in Clause 22.2; Marketing Material means any materials in any form whatsoever (electronic or otherwise) prepared or used for advertising or promotion of any
products sold under the Binder Agreements; MGU means a managing general underwriter; MGU Group means the Service Provider and all of its subsidiaries taken as a whole; Non-Calculations Dispute Resolution Procedure means the dispute resolution procedure set out in paragraph 16 of Appendix 5 (Contract Governance, Accountabilities,
Escalation, and Dispute Resolution); Normal Business Hours has the meaning given to it in Clause 19.3; Outsourcing Executive Committee means the Outsourcing Executive Committee, as described in paragraph 3 of Appendix 5 (Contract Governance,
Accountabilities, Escalation, and Dispute Resolution); PRA means the Prudential Regulation Authority and any body superseding it as the prudential regulator of insurers in the
UK; 6
Pre-contractual Statement has the meaning given to it in Clause 29.2.1; has the meaning given to it in Clause 21.3; Referred Non-material Breach means a non-material breach of this Agreement that is subject to a CFWG
Notification that complies with the provisions of paragraph 8.1(a) of Appendix 5 (Contract Governance, Accountabilities, Escalation, and Dispute Resolution); means any activity or inaction of a particular kind that is subject to the supervision of a Regulatory Authority that
regulates one or more financial services sectors; means any national or regional authority which is empowered by law or regulation to supervise, license or regulate the
activities of a Party to this Agreement, whether on an individual basis or as a member of a corporate grouping, including the PRA, the FCA, the BMA, the CBI, the Belgian FSMA, any Taxation Authority, and such other governmental or regulatory
authorities that have responsibility for regulating the Insurance Group and the MGU Group; Regulatory Requirements means all applicable statutory and other rules, regulations, instruments in force from time to time in force from time to
time in any relevant jurisdiction to which each Party is subject from time to time that relate to Regulated Activity, including for the avoidance of doubt applicable regulatory requirements to remain within risk appetite parameters, PRA papers
(including: the PRA Statement of Policy on Operational Resilience from March 2021, Policy Statement 6/21 on Operational Resilience: Impact tolerances for important business services and Supervisory Statement on Outsourcing and third party risk
management (SS2/21)) and CBI papers (including: Cross Industry Guidance on Operational Resilience and Cross Industry Guidance on Outsourcing); any requirements relating to SOX (Sarbanes Oxley) compliance; Regulatory Restriction Event means where an entity: (i) ceases to be authorised to carry on business; (ii) has its authorisation suspended in
one or more of the jurisdictions in which it is authorised; (iii) is ordered by any applicable Regulatory Authority, or by any government or legal entity to cease carrying on business; or (iv) has requirements imposed upon it which
materially restrict its business, in each case, such that it cannot perform as contemplated under the Agreement; has the meaning given to it in Recital (A); means, where a matter has been referred to the Outsourcing Executive Committee pursuant to paragraph 11 of Appendix 5
(Contract Governance, Accountabilities, Escalation, and 7
Dispute Resolution), and the Outsourcing Executive Committee has not, within ten (10) Business Days of such
referral, unanimously determined that it is reasonably practicable to continue this Agreement; ROFR has the meaning given to it in Clause 3.5; Seized Party has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1; Service Deliverable means one or more of the service deliverables as set out in Appendix 2 (Services) or as agreed between the Parties
in writing from time to time; Services means the services to be provided by the Service Recipient or the Service Provider as set out in Appendix 2
(Services) or such additional services as agreed to be provided between the Parties in writing from time to time; SLA means service level agreement; sub-contract has the meaning given to it in Clause 20.1; Tax or Taxation means any form of tax (including VAT or any substitute or equivalent imposed in jurisdictions outside the United Kingdom),
levy, import, duty, charge, employer social security contribution, or other governmental charge (national or local) of whatever nature, whenever and wherever imposed, which is collected or assessed by, or payable to, a Taxation Authority or any
other person as a result of any enactment relating to tax, together with all related fines, penalties, interest, costs, charges and surcharges, and in each case, whether payable directly or imposed by way of a withholding or deduction and in respect
of any person whether their liability for the same is a primary or secondary liability; Taxation Authority means any means any taxing or other authority competent to impose any liability in respect of Taxation or responsible for
the administration and/or collection of Taxation or enforcement of any law in relation to Taxation; Technical Content any aspect of the Marketing Material that is subject to Regulatory Requirements; Terminating Party has the meaning given to it in Clause 10.1; Third Party Business has the meaning given to it in Clause 3.6.4; UK ServeCo means FIHL (UK) Services Limited, a limited liability company established in England and Wales (Companies House number
14112953), whose registered office is at 42nd Floor 22 Bishopsgate, London, United Kingdom, EC2N 4BQ; and 8
VAT means, in relation to the UK, value added tax imposed by the Value Added Tax Act 1994 or any legislation superseding it,
within the European Union, such taxation as may be levied in accordance with (but subject to derogation from) Council Directive 2006/112/EC of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax, and outside the UK and European Union, any
Taxation levied by reference to added value or sales. Interpretation Unless the contrary intention appears, references in this Agreement to: numbered clauses and Appendices are references to the relevant clause in, or Appendices to, this Agreement;
a numbered paragraph in any Appendices is a reference to the relevant paragraph in that Appendices;
words denoting the singular include the plural and vice versa; the Parties shall be deemed to include references to their successors and permitted assigns;
general words shall not be given a restrictive meaning by reason of the fact that they are preceded or
followed by words indicating a particular class of acts, matters or things; a reference to a statute, statutory provision or subordinate legislation (legislation)
refers to such legislation as amended and in force from time to time and to any legislation that (either with or without modification) re-enacts, consolidates or enacts in rewritten form any such legislation;
any reference to any document other than this Agreement is a reference to that other document as amended,
varied, supplemented, or novated (in each case, other than in breach of the provisions of this Agreement) at any time; the masculine includes the feminine and the neuter genders and vice versa; a person shall mean a natural person, legal entity, body corporate, partnership or an unincorporated body;
writing includes email and other similar means of communication; references to the time of day are to London time save where expressly stated otherwise;
a reference to something being in writing or written includes any mode of
representing or reproducing words in visible form that is capable of reproduction in hard copy form, including words transmitted by email but excluding any other form of electronic or digital communication; any reference to a person includes any individual, body corporate, trust, partnership, joint
venture, unincorporated association or governmental, quasi-governmental, judicial or regulatory entity (or any department, agency or political sub-division of any such entity), in each case whether or not
having a separate legal personality, and any reference 9
to a company includes any company, corporation or other body corporate, and any limited partnership or limited liability partnership wherever and however incorporated or established;
references to $ or USD means US dollars, the lawful currency of the United States of
America from time to time; references to £ or GBP means Pound Sterling, the official currency of United Kingdom from time to time; and references to or EUR means Euro, the official
currency of those European Union member states of the Eurozone from time to time; any reference to a holding company or a subsidiary means a holding
company or subsidiary as defined in section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006, save that a company shall be treated for the purposes of the membership requirement contained in sections 1159(1)(b) and (c) as a member of another
company even if its shares in that other company are registered in the name of (i) its nominee or (ii) another person (or its nominee) by way of security or in connection with the taking of security. Any reference to an
undertaking shall be construed in accordance with section 1161 of the Companies Act 2006 and any reference to a parent undertaking or a subsidiary undertaking means respectively a parent undertaking or
subsidiary undertaking as defined in sections 1162 and 1173(1) of the Companies Act 2006, save that an undertaking shall be treated for the purposes of the membership requirement in sections 1162(2)(b) and (d) and section 1162(3)(a)
as a member of another undertaking even if its shares in that other undertaking are registered in the name of (i) its nominee or (ii) another person (or its nominee) by way of security or in connection with the taking of security. Such
references to an undertaking, a subsidiary undertaking or a parent undertaking shall be amended, where appropriate, by the Limited Liability Partnerships (Accounts and Audit) (Application of Companies Act 2006)
Regulations 2008; any reference to to the extent that shall mean to the extent that and not solely
if, and similar expressions shall be construed in the same way; any obligation to procure a certain outcome when used in relation to any Party shall mean an
obligation for that Party to exercise, lawfully and in a manner that does not otherwise put such Party in breach of any fiduciary duty, any voting rights and use any and all powers vested in it from time to time as a holder of securities,
shareholder, director, officer and/or employee and attorney, or through any contractual arrangements, to ensure compliance with that obligation so far as it is reasonably able to do so, whether acting alone or (to the extent that he or it is
lawfully able to contribute to ensuring such compliance collectively) acting with others; and any reference to any English legal term for any action, remedy, method of judicial proceeding, legal
document, legal status, court, official or any legal concept or thing shall, in respect of any jurisdiction other than England, be deemed to include what most nearly approximates in that jurisdiction to the English legal term. In this Agreement, the words include, including, includes, in particular and such as are to be construed as
if they were immediately followed by the words without limitation. All amounts payable under this Agreement shall be exclusive of VAT unless expressly agreed otherwise.
10
If the Service Provider is deemed to make a taxable supply for the purposes of VAT and is required to
account to a Taxation Authority for any VAT chargeable thereon, the applicable Service Recipient shall pay the Service Provider an amount equal to such VAT in addition to, and at the same time as, the relevant sum to which it relates, subject to
receipt of a valid VAT invoice addressed to the applicable Service Recipient. The table of contents and headings to Clauses and Schedules are included for ease of reference only, and are
not to affect the interpretation of this Agreement. In relation to the timeliness of delivery of actions, obligations and Services set out in this Agreement the
following standard definitions shall apply unless specifically varied in writing or in the Service Schedule in Appendix 2 (Services): Ongoing: A Service or deliverable will be available twenty four (24) hours a day, every day of the year, subject to
permitted downtime or non-availability parameters. Updates will be made as necessary within one (1) Business Day of a trigger event. As required/on request: A Service or deliverable will be available if requested. Requests will be acknowledged within one (1) Business Day,
with an estimated delivery date determined at the Service Providers discretion is, being proportionate to the priority and nature of the Service or deliverable, but no later than five (5) Business Days from the date of the initial
request, unless the Service Recipient agrees a later date in writing. Regular: A Service or deliverable will be carried out on a regular basis; the timing and frequency shall be at the Service
Providers discretion, being proportionate to the nature of the Service or deliverable, but in any event no less than quarterly. Daily: A Service or deliverable will be carried out once every Business Day. Updates will be made as necessary within one
(1) Business Day of the trigger event. Weekly: A Service or deliverable will be carried out once every week, usually on the first (1) Business Day of that week.
Outputs from such Service or deliverable will be available on the second (2) Business Day of that week, unless the Service Recipient agrees a later date in writing. Updates will be made as necessary within five (5) Business Days of the
trigger event. Monthly: A Service or deliverable will be carried out once every month, usually on the first (1) Business Day of that month.
Outputs from such Service or deliverable will be available on the fifth (5) Business Day of that month, unless the Service Recipient agrees a later date in writing. Updates will be made as necessary within five (5) Business Days of the trigger
event. 11
Commencement of this Agreement The Commencement of this Agreement is conditional on the Reorganisation causing the coming into being of the
Insurance Group and the MGU Group. The Commencement of this Agreement is conditional on the Parties or any entity in the Insurance Group and
the MGU Group entering into the Framework Agreement and any Binder Agreement. In the event of the Commencement of this Agreement, the Parties shall ensure that any previous agreement
relating to the provision of services (including an agreement considered an intra-group agreement) between the Parties and their respective groups or relating to the subject matter hereof, shall cease to have effect from, or as soon as reasonably
practicable after, the Commencement Date, save as intended to survive termination or expiration thereof or intended to survive the Reorganisation or otherwise required for the continued efficacy of either Partys business.
This Agreement commences on the Commencement Date and shall (except as expressly provided otherwise in this
Agreement) continue until its expiry or it is otherwise terminated in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. 12
Services From the Commencement Date, the Service Provider is appointed by the Service Recipient to provide the
Services (including the Service Deliverables) set out in the Service Schedules included in Appendix 2 (Services) to this Agreement and in consideration of the Fees payable under this Agreement in accordance with Clause 14 (Fees and
Currency), the Service Provider agrees to supply the Service Recipient with the Services. The Service Recipient shall provide to the Service Provider such reasonable information, co-operation and
assistance as the Service Provider requests from time to time, to assist it in performing the Services. In the event that the Service Recipient considers that such requests are not reasonably within the scope of the Services, the Service Recipient
may charge fees and pass on expenses commensurate with the nature of the request. The Service Provider provides the Services from the UK, Ireland, Bermuda, and Belgium.
Services provided under this Agreement shall not include any service to be provided pursuant to the
Framework Agreement or a Binder Agreement. The Parties agree that the Service Recipient shall only procure Services from the Service Provider and the
Service Provider shall provide the Services except: (i) where the change control process determines otherwise; (ii) following the termination of all or some of the Services or the Agreement; (iii) where the Service Provider has
exercised its refusal under the right of first refusal (ROFR) process set out in Clause 3.6; (iv) if it is prohibited from doing so under Applicable Law; or (v) existing or known exemptions apply (e.g. minor services (such as
catering) or where direct supply or IT licenses are required). The Parties agree the following ROFR process shall apply in respect of any additional services that the
Service Provider may provide to the Service Recipient under this Agreement: if the Service Recipient wants to seek additional services that are not currently provided as Services under
the Agreement, the Service Provider shall be offered the ROFR to provide the additional services, subject to the Parties reaching agreement on fees and scope; if within ten (10) Business Days of such request the Service Provider does not (a) wish to provide
additional services pursuant to a ROFR process request or (b) give a written expression of interest, or if within five (5) further Business Days no agreement can reasonably be reached in relation thereto, the Service Recipient may tender
and procure additional services in the market or take steps to recruit personnel to carry out such additional services; the Parties agree that, as part of considering ROFR requests, the management of each Party shall be provided
with the opportunity to consider systemic issues and plan accordingly for its business as a whole, recognising the closely aligned operating models of each groups component parts and the need to ensure appropriate governance is facilitated;
if, pursuant to clause 13 of the Framework Agreement, an Insurance Group entity declines any proposal from
the corresponding MGU Group entity to underwrite either additional business or an additional line of business, and instead accepts an offer from a third party MGU unconnected to the Insurance Group to perform such insurance business (Third
13
Party Business), the Service Provider shall assess whether at its discretion whether it wishes to provide the Services in respect of the Third Party Business and:
if it does, the Parties shall reach an agreement on fees and scope as soon as reasonably practicable; or
if it does not (or agreement on fees cannot be reached), the Service Recipient shall make arrangements for
it or a third party to provide these services. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the ultimate beneficiaries of the Services are the entities in the
Insurance Group, and that all of the Services that the Service Provider provides to the Service Recipient will ultimately be passed through to these entities pursuant to the Insurance Group Intra-Group Services Agreement. Accordingly, the Service
Provider agrees that the Service Recipient may elect that either: the Service Provider, or such subsidiaries of the Service Provider as the Service Provider and Service
Recipient shall mutually agree, shall provide all or part of the Services to the Service Recipient or to UK ServeCo, in order for the Service Recipient or UK ServeCo to pass on the Services to the other entities in the Insurance Group; or
the Service Provider, or such subsidiaries of the Service Provider as the Service Provider and Service
Recipient shall mutually agree, shall provide all or part of the Services directly to another entity in the Insurance Group, as the Service Provider and Service Recipient shall mutually agree from time to time. Performance The Service Provider shall pursuant to this Agreement: carry out its obligations in relation to the Services in accordance with the standards included in Appendix
2 (Services); carry out its obligations under this Agreement in accordance with Good Industry Practice and all reasonable
skill and care; be responsible for providing at its own cost and expense all personnel and resources necessary to perform
its obligations in accordance with this Agreement; and subject always to the provision that the Service Provider is responsible for managing how the Services are
provided, comply with any reasonable instructions given to it from time to time by an individual authorised by the Service Recipient in accordance with Clause 4.3, concerning the carrying out of its obligations under this Agreement within a
reasonable period of the instructions being given by an authorised individual (taking into account the nature and extent of the instructions). Notwithstanding this Clause 4.1.4, the Service Provider will notify the Service Recipient if it reasonably
considers that any instruction amounts to an amendment that should be addressed through Clause 23 (Amendments and Change Management Process) and the Service Provider shall not act on such instruction. Each Party shall carry out its obligations and exercise its rights under this Agreement in accordance with
all Applicable Law. 14
The Parties will each provide and update on a regular basis a formal list of persons (by job title) with
authority to give instructions under this Agreement. In accordance with Appendix 5 (Contract Governance, Accountabilities, Escalation, and Dispute
Resolution), the Service Recipient shall maintain oversight of the Services that it receives. The Service Recipient shall monitor such Services on a regular basis according to the service priority set out in Appendix 2 (Services) (and in
any event at least annually) for quality assurance. The business and affairs of the Service Recipient shall be managed by its respective board of directors and appropriately designated officers. The board of directors of the Service Provider shall
not have any management authority with respect to the business affairs and operations of the Service Recipient as a result of this Agreement. Information Flows and Reports From the Commencement Date, the Service Provider agrees to supply the Service Recipient with the information, data, and
reports as set out in Appendix 2 (Services) to this Agreement. Authorisations Each of the Parties shall secure and maintain sufficient authorisations, licences, permits, registrations or otherwise
(collectively authorisations) as may be necessary during the term of this Agreement in order for such Party to properly carry on its activities as contemplated by this Agreement. Each Party shall inform the other Party of any such
authorisation as it may require from time to time in order to properly carry on its activities as contemplated by this Agreement. Marketing Subject to any regulatory, listing, or market disclosure obligations to which the Service Provider is
subject, any publicity, marketing, or public communications referring to both Parties or the other Party shall be jointly agreed with opportunity for pre-approval provided in a timely way.
The Service Provider shall obtain the written agreement of the Service Recipient prior to:
making any reference to or using any copyright, trademark, logo, brand devises, or name of the Service
Recipient in any Marketing Material; and the Technical Content (if any). The Service Provider shall be responsible for ensuring the compliance of the Technical Content with
Applicable Law. The Service Provider shall supply to the Service Recipient in draft all Marketing Material
with sufficient time in order to allow the Service Recipient to review and approve the draft in advance of their intended date of use. Such Marketing Material shall not be used until its form and content have been approved in writing by the
Service Recipient. Compliance Each of the Parties shall notify the other immediately as permitted if it becomes aware or suspects that any
act, matter or thing has arisen or occurred or may arise or occur that may reasonably constitute or give rise to a material contravention of Applicable Law. 15
Each Party shall bear its own costs in relation to any dealings with any Regulatory Authority.
In the event that either Party is subject to a change of control, as defined in Section 1124 of the
Corporation Tax Act 2010, it must notify the other Party in writing at the earlier of such change of control taking place or being notified to the Regulatory Authorities. The Parties agree, as far as possible, to notify the other in a timely fashion, of any claims or disputes or
actions (of any type) of which they have received notice or reasonably expect to receive notice. This shall not cover underwriting claims or disputes arising from business placed under the Framework Agreement (or any Binder Agreement).
The Parties shall make any notifications under Clauses 8.3 and 8.4 above in a timely way such as to enable
the Service Recipient to comply with its obligations under Applicable Law and in any event within ten (10) Business Days of receipt or becoming aware. The Parties shall send such notices to each other in the manner set out in Clause 19
(Notices). The Service Provider will comply with all necessary Insurance Group policies and procedures as agreed
between the Parties acting reasonably. The Parties will review any relevant policies and procedures at least annually in line with their governance
requirements. Each Party will comply with all relevant Regulatory Requirements relating to fit and proper and
other conduct matters and the Service Provider will evidence on an annual basis its assessment process and provide an appropriate affirmation together with management information on any matters arising therefrom. The Service Provider represents, undertakes and warrants to put in place, and to regularly maintain, update
and test, plans for Operational Resilience, Business Continuity, Cyber Security, and Disaster Recovery as well as plans for exit to ensure it can maintain continuity of service in accordance with Applicable Law, including in the event of a
disruption to its normal business operations and after expiration or termination with or without cause. In particular, the Service Provider shall be obliged to maintain an exit plan (an Exit Plan) (the initial draft of which shall
be appended to this Agreement in Appendix 7 (Exit Provisions and Exit Plan)), which shall incorporate the features set out in Appendix 7 (Exit Provisions and Exit Plan) that shall apply in an exit scenario. The Service Provider shall notify the Service Recipient of: (i) any material deficiency identified in;
and (ii) any significant changes that the Service Provider makes to, any plan set out in Clause 8.9, in each case that may have a serious impact on the Service Providers ability to perform its duties under this Agreement.
The Service Provider will maintain and provide, in line with the KPIs set out in Appendix 2
(Services), such information about such testing, testing outcomes and reports as the Service Recipient shall reasonably require. The Service Recipient will have the right to conduct its own testing, verification, and audit on the Service
Providers plans for Operational Resilience, Business Continuity, Disaster Recovery, Cyber Security, and Exit Plan (including any such plans for any entity in the MGU Group). Further, the Service Recipient has a right to utilise third parties
for such testing, verification, audit or similar and this Clause 8.12 shall apply notwithstanding such testing, verification, and audit being part of the Services provided by the Service Provider. 16
On an annual basis, the Service Recipient will set out its planned testing programme, detailing the systems
and processes that are to be tested individually, in combination or collectively and the frequency required for each of these tests. The testing programme will be reasonable and in line with Applicable Law. The testing schedule or cycle will be
linked to Service priorities as set out in Appendix 2 (Services) and testing will be carried out as appropriate for the priority of the Service and the Service Recipient may carry out ad hoc targeted audits. Any such activity will be carried
out in line with the Service Recipients policies and procedures, governance framework and process for testing. Term This Agreement shall, unless otherwise terminated in accordance with the terms of the Agreement, be subject
to a minimum term of ten (10) years from the Commencement Date. The minimum term of the Agreement is rolled on the basis set out in Clause 9.2 unless the Parties elect otherwise in writing. The minimum term of the Agreement is subject to the following rolling mechanism: in the first three (3) years following the Commencement Date, notice to roll the minimum term shall be
deemed to be given automatically, unless the Service Recipient makes written notice to the Service Provider at least ninety (90) days prior to the anniversary of the Commencement Date; and from the fourth (4) year onwards, the Agreement shall not roll automatically, and shall only roll at
the election of the Service Recipient by providing written notice to the Service Provider at least ninety (90) days prior to the anniversary of the Commencement Date in respect of each Contract Year for the remainder of the term.
If the Agreement does not roll pursuant to Clause 9.2, the Agreement shall remain in force for a period of
nine (9) years from the end of the year and the Agreement shall remain in force and the Service Provider is obliged to provide the Services during this period. This Agreement will automatically expire at end of the minimum term unless renewed by written agreement
between the Parties. Termination of this Agreement or any Service or part thereof does not cause termination of the Framework
Agreement or any Binder Agreement (as defined in the Framework Agreement), which must be terminated specifically under the terms of those agreements. Termination Either Party to this Agreement (the Terminating Party) may terminate this Agreement upon
the provision in notice in writing to the other Party (the Defaulting Party), in accordance with the following provisions: with immediate effect following a Resolution Failure, if the Defaulting Party (or any of its subsidiaries)
has committed a material act of fraud in relation to this Agreement; with immediate effect following a Resolution Failure, if the Defaulting Party (or any of its subsidiaries
that performs any obligations under this Agreement) is subject to an Insolvency Event; 17
with ten (10) Business Days notice following a Resolution Failure, if the Defaulting Party (or
any of its subsidiaries) has committed a material breach of this Agreement, provided that the Terminating Party may only terminate this Agreement if the Defaulting Party (or any of its subsidiaries) is subject to the corresponding CFWG Notification;
with immediate effect, if the Defaulting Party commits a material breach of this Agreement or applicable
policies, procedures or guidelines that is capable of remedy, and a course of action to remedy such breach has been agreed by the CFWG in accordance with paragraph 10(c) of Appendix 5 (Contract Governance, Accountabilities, Escalation and Dispute
Resolution), and the relevant Party fails to remedy that breach within ten (10) Business Days of the agreement by the CFWG, provided that if the nature of the breach is such that more than ten (10) Business Days are reasonably required
for its remedy, then this Agreement may not be so terminated if the Defaulting Party commences to remedy such breach within that ten (10) Business Day period and then diligently pursues such remedy and completes such remedy within ninety
(90) days of the agreement by the CFWG (or such other period as is agreed in writing by them) (the Cure Period). During the Cure Period, the Defaulting Party shall provide relevant updates and management information to the
Terminating Party about the progress and status of the remedy. The Cure Period shall be no longer than three (3) Service Deliverable cycles up to a maximum of six (6) months; without prejudice to Clause 10.1.4, with thirty (30) Business Days notice, if the Defaulting
Party does not commence any course of action agreed by the CWFG under paragraph 10 of Appendix 5 (Contract Governance, Accountabilities, Escalation and Dispute Resolution), within twenty (20) Business Days of such course of action being
agreed by the CWFG, provided that such termination right shall be automatically revoked if the Defaulting Party provides the Terminating Party with evidence to the Terminating Partys reasonable satisfaction that it has commenced, and has
continued to use reasonable efforts to perform, the agreed course of action during the thirty (30) Business Day termination notice period; or if the other Party is an Affected Party in respect of a Force Majeure Event in accordance with Clause 13.3.
If the Terminating Party takes action pursuant to Clause 10.1, it can stipulate whether it exercises its
termination right in respect of all Services or one (or more) Service or part of a Service. For non-material breaches, the
non-breaching Party has a right to remedies in accordance with Appendix 9 (Remediation and Consequences from KPIS and SLA Shortfalls). If a Party does not exercise its right to terminate under Clause 10.1, it may elect for financial recompense
in accordance with Appendix 9 (Remediation and Consequences from KPIS and SLA Shortfalls) The Service Provider does not have a right to terminate this Agreement in the event that key personnel and
resources are not available to provide the Services, unless it otherwise has a right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Clause 10 (Termination) or Clause 13 (Force Majeure). Effect of Termination In the event of the expiry or termination of this Agreement: 18
the Parties agree to comply with the provisions of Appendix 2 (Services) and Appendix 7 (Exit
Provisions and Exit Plan); and the Service Recipient will pay a commensurate exit fee for any Services performed under the Exit Plan
(Exit Services) where the Service Recipient elects not to roll the Agreement pursuant to Clause 9.4 or if the Service Recipient is the Defaulting Party under Clause 10.1; the Service Recipient will not pay an exit fee for the Exit
Services if the Service Provider is the Defaulting Party under Clause 10.1. In all other cases, the Parties will bear their own costs. The exit fee for the Exit Services is detailed in Clause 14 (Fees and Currency) and Appendix 1
(Fees). The Parties agree that termination and the change control process (set out in Appendix 4 (Change
Management Process)) will allow for exit or partial exit or terminating one or more Services at the Service Recipients discretion on shorter notice periods to allow a controlled exit from the Services. The Parties agree that, as part of
this exit, the management of each Party shall be provided with the opportunity to consider systemic issues and plan accordingly for its business as a whole, recognising the closely aligned operating models of each groups component parts and
the need to ensure appropriate governance is facilitated. Termination or expiration of this Agreement for any reason shall not affect: any rights and/or obligations accrued before the date of termination or expiration, including any rights and
remedies which a Party may have against the other for breach of contract and/or breach of duty; or any rights and/or obligations expressed or intended to continue in force after and despite termination or
expiration. Where a right of termination is exercised, during any termination notice period the Service Provider shall
continue to provide the Services in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and shall give the Service Recipient all reasonable assistance in the transition of the Services either to the Service Recipient or an Insurance Group entity or to any
third party service provider nominated by the Service Recipient. The following clauses and related appendices of this Agreement shall continue in force after and despite
expiration or termination (for whatever reason): clauses 1 (Interpretation); 11.1 (Effect of Termination); 11.3 (Effect of Termination on rights and obligations already accrued); 15 (Data Protection); 16 (Records and
Audit Access); 17 (Intellectual Property and Information Technology); 20 (Assignment and Sub-Contracting); 21 (Confidentiality); 22 (Limitation of Liability); 28 (Contracts
(Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999); 34 (Law and Jurisdiction); 30 (Remedies Not Exclusive); 31 (No Waiver); paragraphs 15 and 16 of Appendix 5 (Contract Governance, Accountabilities, Escalation and Dispute
Resolution); and Appendix 7 (Exit Provisions and Exit Plan). Insolvency Events Where a Party is subject to an Insolvency Event and that Party is placed in receivership or conservatorship
or is otherwise seized by a Regulatory Authority (which in this Clause 12 (Insolvency Events) shall include such person appointed by the Regulatory Authority for such purpose) (a Seized Party) then the following provisions
shall apply: 19
all rights of the Seized Party existing under this Agreement shall vest in or be extended to the Regulatory
Authority who shall be entitled to enforce such rights on behalf of the Seized Party; all books, records and other relevant materials of the Seized Party shall be made available to the
Regulatory Authority; provided that the Fees for any Services received by the Seized Party continued to be paid either by the
Seized Party or otherwise: a termination notice issued by a Party under Clause 10.1 in respect of a Seized Party shall be of no effect
and the Seized Party shall continue to be entitled to receive Services under this Agreement; and the Parties shall maintain and conserve any systems, programs or other infrastructure used to provide
Services to the Seized Party. Force Majeure Force Majeure Event means any of the following events that is beyond the reasonable
control of the affected Party (the Affected Party): war (whether declared or not); civil war; riots; civil disorder and protest; revolution; acts of terrorism; sabotage; outbreak of infectious disease, illness or public health
events (whether or not epidemic or pandemic); natural disasters (such as violent storms, earthquakes, tidal waves, floods or lightning); explosions, fires, and/or destruction of plant, machinery; strikes and labour disputes of all kinds (save where
solely in respect of the employees of the relevant Party claiming Force Majeure); and acts of authority (whether lawful or unlawful), except for any lack of authorisation, licence or approval necessary for the performance of this Agreement that is
to be issued by any Regulatory Authority. Without prejudice to any rights arising under Clause 8 (Compliance) if an Affected Party is prevented
or delayed from performing any of its obligations under this Agreement by a Force Majeure Event (as defined above): in respect of the affected Services only, the Affected Partys obligations under this Agreement shall
be suspended while the Force Majeure Event continues to the extent that the Force Majeure Event prevents or delays the performance by the Affected Party of those obligations in relation to the affected Services; as soon as reasonably possible after the start of the Force Majeure Event (and in any event within ten
(10) Business Days starting as soon as possible but no later than the first Business Day after the Force Majeure Event) the Affected Party shall notify the other Party of the Force Majeure Event, the date on which the Force Majeure Event
started, the effects of the Force Majeure Event on its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement (to the extent then known to it, or with a reasonable estimate if not known) and the efforts being made or proposed by the Affected Party
to remove or avoid such Force Majeure Event; the Affected Party shall use its reasonable endeavours to mitigate the effects of the Force Majeure Event on
the performance of all of its obligations under this Agreement; and 20
as soon as reasonably possible after the end of the Force Majeure Event, the Affected Party shall notify the
other Party in writing that the Force Majeure Event has ended and resume performance of its obligations under this Agreement. If the Force Majeure Event continues for more than forty (40) Business Days after the Business Day on
which the Force Majeure Event starts and there is no reasonable prospect that the Force Majeure Event shall cease imminently, the other Party may terminate this Agreement in respect of the affected Services by giving not less than five
(5) Business Days written notice to the Affected Party to that effect, provided that the Force Majeure Event is still continuing at the date of such notice. In the event that the Agreement is terminated for force majeure the Parties agree
to comply with the provisions of Appendix 7 (Exit Provisions and Exit Plan). If an Affected Partys obligations are suspended or reduced under Clause 13.2, then the Fees payable in
respect of any Services provided by that Affected Party shall reduce in respect of the period of suspension by a fair and reasonable amount to reflect the extent of the suspension of its obligations or impact on the Services. Fees and Currency In consideration of the Service Provider providing the Services, the Service Recipient shall pay the Fees.
Fees shall be calculated, invoiced and paid in the manner and in accordance with provisions set out in Appendix 1 (Fees). The Service Provider agrees to apply Service Credits as set out in Appendix 9 (Remediation and
Consequences from KPIS and SLA Shortfalls). Save as otherwise stated in this Agreement, each Party shall bear its own costs in relation to the
negotiation, preparation, execution and carrying into effect of this Agreement and its own costs incurred by virtue of the termination or expiration of this Agreement. The exit fee is set out in Appendix 1 (Fees). All amounts due under either this Agreement from one Party to another Party shall be paid in full without
any set-off, counterclaim, deduction or withholding (other than any deduction or withholding of Taxation as required by Applicable Law). Data Protection The Service Provider and the Service Recipient acknowledge and agree that where the Service Provider or the
Service Recipient processes personal data under or in connection with this Agreement it alone determines the purposes and means of processing as a controller. In respect of the personal data that the Service Provider or the Service Recipient processes under or in
connection with this Agreement, it: shall comply at all times with its obligations under the data protection law; shall notify the other Party without undue delay after, and in any event within twenty four (24) hours
of, becoming aware of a personal data breach; and shall assist and co-operate fully with the other Party to enable it
to comply with its obligations under the data protection law, including but not limited to in respect of 21
keeping personal data secure, dealing with personal data breaches, complying with the rights of data subjects and carrying out data protection impact assessments. In respect of the personal data that the Service Provider processes under or in connection with this
Agreement, the Service Provider shall only process such personal data for the purposes of performing its obligations under this Agreement. The Service Provider and the Service Recipient shall work together to ensure that each of them is able to
process the personal data that it processes under or in connection with this Agreement for the purposes contemplated by this Agreement lawfully, fairly and in a transparent manner and in compliance with the data protection law. This shall include
but not be limited to entering into such other written agreements as may be required from time to time to enable the Service Provider and/or the Service Recipient to comply with the data protection law. The activities of the Service Provider under or in connection with this Agreement in respect of which the
Service Provider processes personal data as a processor on behalf of the Service Recipient, together with the data protection particulars for such processing, are stated in Appendix 10 (Data Privacy and Information Security Addendum). In
addition to Clauses 15.2, 15.3 and 15.4, where, under or in connection with this Agreement, the Service Provider processes personal data as a processor on behalf of the Service Recipient, the Service Provider shall: subject to Clause 15.5.2, only carry out such processing on the Service Recipients instructions from
time to time. The Service Provider shall immediately inform the Service Recipient if, in its opinion, an instruction infringes any relevant data protection law; where it is required by Applicable Law to carry out processing otherwise than in accordance with Clause
15.5.1, inform the Service Recipient of the legal requirement before carrying out such processing (unless prohibited from doing so by Applicable Law); not disclose the personal data to any person except as required or permitted by this Agreement or with the
Service Recipients prior written consent; without prejudice to Clause 21 (Confidentiality), ensure that all persons authorised to process the
personal data are under an appropriate contractual or other legal obligation to keep the personal data confidential; taking account of the nature of the processing, implement appropriate technical and organisational measures:
(a) in a manner that ensures the processing meets the requirements of the data protection law and the protection of the rights of data subjects; (b) to keep the personal data secure and to protect against the risk of personal data
breaches; and (c) to assist the Service Recipient to comply with its obligations under the data protection law to respond to requests for exercising the rights of data subjects; not process the personal data, or disclose the personal data to any party who carries on business, outside
of the United Kingdom and the European Economic Area except with the Service Recipients prior written consent and, where such consent is given, the Service Provider shall take such actions and enter into such agreements as the Service
Recipient may require to ensure that such processing or disclosure complies with all relevant data protection law; 22
not enter into an arrangement with any sub-contractor to process the
personal data directly or indirectly on behalf of the Service Recipient without the prior written consent of the Service Recipient and, where such consent is given, the Service Provider shall enter into a written agreement with the sub-contractor that includes, as a minimum, provisions in favour of the Service Recipient which are equivalent to those in this Clause 15 (Data Protection). The Service Provider shall remain fully liable to
the Service Recipient for any sub-contractors processing personal data; and at the Service Recipients option, delete or return to the Service Recipient all the personal data on
termination of this Agreement and delete any existing copies of the personal data except to the extent that the Service Provider is required to retain such personal data by Applicable Law. The Service Provider shall make available to the Service Recipient all information necessary to demonstrate
its compliance with its obligations under this Clause 15 (Data Protection) and the Service Recipient reserves the right to audit the Service Providers compliance with its obligations under this Clause 15 (Data Protection) in
accordance with Clause 16 (Records and Audit Access). The Service Providers obligations under this Clause 15 (Data Protection) shall continue
throughout this Agreement and for a period of seven (7) years thereafter or such other period as the Service Recipient may require or as may be required pursuant to Applicable Law. For the purposes of this Clause 15 (Data Protection) and Appendix 10 (Data Privacy and Information
Security Addendum): controller means the person which, alone or jointly with
others, determines the purposes and means of the processing of personal data; data protection law
means all applicable statutes and regulations in any jurisdiction pertaining to the processing of personal data, including but not limited to the privacy and security of personal data; data protection particulars means, in relation to any processing of personal data by the Service Provider
under or in connection with this Agreement as a processor on behalf of the Service Recipient: (a) the subject matter and duration of the processing; (b) the nature and purpose of the processing; (c) the type of personal data being
processed; and (d) the categories of data subjects; data subject means the identified or
identifiable natural living person to whom the personal data relates; personal data means any
information relating to the data subject; personal data breach means a breach of security leading to
the accidental or unlawful destruction, loss, alteration, unauthorised disclosure of, or access to, personal data transmitted, stored or otherwise processed; and processor means the person which processes personal data on behalf of the controller. 23
Records and Audit Access The Service Provider shall keep full and accurate records in relation to the provision of the Services.
The Service Recipient, external auditors or other representatives appointed by the Service Recipient shall
have the right at any time during Normal Business Hours, without any restriction or limitation, to inspect and audit any records, statistical information, systems and processes (including electronic systems and processes) of the Service Provider
relating to the Services and shall have the right to make copies or extracts of any such records. The Service Provider undertakes to deal openly and co-operatively
with any Regulatory Authority in relation to the operation of this Agreement. The Service Provider shall permit any Regulatory Authority to have access to any of its business premises where the Service Provider carries on business that is the
subject of this Agreement to inspect and audit the records, statistical information, accounts and business processes relating to the operation of this Agreement. The Service Provider shall, unless prohibited by Applicable Law, inform the Service
Recipient promptly in the event that any Regulatory Authority exercises or seeks to exercise any right to inspect or audit the records held by the Service Provider in relation to this Agreement. Subject to Clause 15.5, the Service Provider shall retain all records, including electronic, relating to the
Services for a minimum period of seven (7) years or for such longer period as may be required by Applicable Law. The Service Provider shall provide to the Service Recipient any information as the Service Recipient may
reasonably require from time to time relating to the Services. Intellectual Property and Information Technology The Service Providers confidential information and personal data storage locations are: Belgium,
Bermuda, Ireland, and UK. In the event that these locations change, the Service Provider will give the Service Recipient not less than three months prior written notice. The relevant provisions of this Clause 17 (Intellectual Property and Information Technology) are
intended to survive termination of this Agreement. In this Agreement, IPR means all present and future rights (whether registered or
unregistered, and including all applications for, and renewals or extensions of, such rights for their full term) in any jurisdiction or geographic area in or to intellectual property including copyrights, design rights, database rights, patents,
rights to sue for passing off or for unfair competition, moral rights and related rights, domain names, rights in information (including know-how and trade secrets), confidential information (which includes
actuarial data sets), inventions, discoveries, secret processes, concepts, ideas, formulas, work product, written works, symbols, trade marks, service marks, logos, brands, trade and business names, slogans (and all associated goodwill in any of the
foregoing), models, methodologies, proprietary models (and similar) (including methodologies to calculate the internal models and formulas as well as pricing methodologies), source code for proprietary software and systems, and images
used for business, and all other similar or equivalent rights. Except as expressly set out in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement will function to transfer any of
either Partys IPR to the other Party. 24
The Service Provider warrants, represents and undertakes, on its own behalf and on behalf of the MGU Group,
that it owns or possesses sufficient rights or licences to use all IPR to conduct their businesses and supply the Services as intended by this Agreement and it does not have any knowledge of any infringement of IPR by the Service Provider and the
MGU Group and to the Service Provider and the MGU Groups knowledge there is no claim, action or proceeding being made or brought or threatened against the Service Provider and the MGU Group entities regarding IPR infringement and the Service
Provider and the MGU Group are unaware of any facts or circumstances that may give rise to any of the foregoing. Each Party will retain ownership of all IPR developed outside the scope of this Agreement and the Framework
Agreement. The Service Provider will place all relevant IPR including the source code for critical proprietary systems
(including Prequel, Jarvis, and FireAnt) in an escrow arrangement to the satisfaction of the Service Recipient. Terms will be mutually agreed and in accordance with market practice. Software code in escrow shall be updated on a regular basis to an
agreed frequency to prevent the escrowed code being out of date. Such escrow arrangements will be updated as required on a reasonable agreed schedule. Where the Service Provider or an MGU Group entity agrees to provide dedicated resources on a secondment
basis to the Service Recipient or any Insurance Group entity (including IT software developers that work on FireAnt, Prequel or Jarvis) the Service Provider agrees that such resources shall be dedicated to provision of Services to the Service
Recipient, and Insurance Group. The Service Provider cannot reallocate such dedicated resources to MGU Group tasks. Such resources are secondees, taking instructions from and using service reporting lines into the Service Recipient and its group
entities for their day to day work activities, while remaining employed by the Service Provider or other MGU Group entity; the Parties acknowledge that this is structured to ensure the IPR in proprietary systems remains confidential to the MGU
Group, unless escrow conditions are met. No Partnership or Agency Nothing contained in or implied by this Agreement shall constitute a partnership or joint venture among the
Parties to this Agreement. Nothing contained in or implied by this Agreement shall be taken as an appointment by one Party of the other
Party as its agent. Neither Party shall hold itself out as an agent of the other in undertaking any of the Services under this
Agreement. Save as otherwise provided for in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement gives any MGU Group entity any
authority or agency to make representations or warranties or to give any undertakings on behalf of any Insurance Group entity. The Service Recipient authorises the Service Provider and each of its subsidiaries to act on its behalf in
the manner and to the extent specified in this Agreement but not otherwise. The Service Provider acknowledges that pursuant to this Agreement neither it nor any of its subsidiaries has any authority to bind, act on behalf of or incur liabilities on
behalf of the Insurance Group, save for the proper performance of the Services in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. 25
The Service Recipient confirms that it has authority from each of its subsidiaries to act on that
subsidiarys behalf in the manner and to the extent specified in or relevant to this Agreement and that pursuant to this Agreement it has authority to bind, act on behalf of or incur liabilities on behalf of the Insurance Group entity to
procure the proper performance of the Services in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The Service Provider confirms that it has authority from each of its subsidiaries to act on each
subsidiarys behalf in the manner and to the extent specified in this Agreement and that pursuant to this Agreement it has authority to bind, act on behalf of or incur liabilities on behalf of the MGU Group to provide and procure the proper
performance of the Services in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The Parties acknowledge and agree that any references in this Agreement to the obligations of either
Partys group of companies or any associate or subsidiary shall constitute an obligation on the applicable Party to take reasonable endeavours to procure that their respective subsidiaries shall perform such obligations in accordance with the
provisions of the relevant Clause or paragraph to an Appendix (including the Service schedules set out in Appendix 2 (Services)) and otherwise in accordance with the terms of the Agreement. Notices Service of notices Any notice to be given under this Agreement must be in English and in writing, and may be served by hand, by
first class post or airmail (pre-paid and signed for in each case) or by email to the address or email address (as applicable) given below, or to such other address or email address as may have been notified
by either Party to the other Party for this purpose (which shall supersede the previous address or email address (as applicable) from the date on which notice of the new address is deemed to be served under this Clause 19 (Notices)).
Service Recipient: For the attention of: Daniel Burrows, Chief Executive Officer Address: Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM 11, Bermuda Email addresses: Daniel.burrows@fidelisinsurance.com Service Provider: For the attention of: Michael Cottell 26
Address: Waterloo House 100 Pitts Bay Road Pembroke, Bermuda HM 08 Email address: michael.cottell@fidelisinsurance.com Any notice served in accordance with Clause 19.1 shall be deemed to have been received:
if delivered by hand, at the time of delivery; if sent by first class post, at 9.30 a.m. on the second calendar day after (and excluding) the date of
posting; if sent by airmail, at 9.30 a.m. on the fifth calendar day after (and excluding) the date of posting; or
if sent by email, at the time of transmission by the sender, provided that if a notice would otherwise be deemed to have been received outside Normal Business Hours, it
shall instead be deemed to have been received at the recommencement of such Normal Business Hours. For the purposes of Clause 19.2, Normal Business Hours means 9.00 a.m. to 5.30 p.m. local
time in the place of receipt on any day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in that location. In the case of service on either Party by email, the place of receipt shall be deemed to be the address specified for service on that Party
by post. In proving receipt of any notice served in accordance with Clause 19.1, it shall be sufficient to show that
the envelope containing the notice was properly addressed and either delivered to the relevant address by hand or posted as a pre-paid, signed-for first class or airmail
letter, or that the email was sent to the correct email address. This Clause 19 (Notices) shall not apply to the service of any proceedings or other documents
in any legal action. Assignment and Sub-Contracting In this Agreement sub-contract shall mean assign,
delegate, novate, sub-contract, or otherwise dispose of or create any trust in relation to any or all of its rights or the performance of any of its obligations or any authority granted to it under this
Agreement. No Party shall sub-contract under this Agreement without the prior
written consent of the Party to whom the obligations are owed (including where appropriate subsidiaries of the Service Recipient). A list of sub-contracts permitted pursuant to this Agreement is set
out in Appendix 8 (Permitted Sub-Contracts). Provided that the Party wishing to sub-contract reasonably considers that the
sub-contract is not a material outsourcing or the sub-contract is substantially the same as is 27
currently pre-approved each Party may sub-contract to a permitted
sub-contractors without requiring the prior permission of the other Party. Each Party shall provide such assistance to the other as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Party to
renew any agreement with any sub-contractor in respect of whom consent has been provided, or in respect of any permitted sub-contract, in each case provided that the
proposed terms of such renewed agreement are materially similar to the then current terms. A Party shall remain responsible for all acts and omissions of its
sub-contractors and the acts and omissions of those employed or engaged by its sub-contractors as if they were its own. An obligation on a Party providing Services to
do, or to refrain from doing, any act or thing shall include an obligation upon the Party to procure that its employees, staff, agents and its sub-contractors employees, staff and agents also do, or refrain from doing, such act or thing.
Where the Services to be provided by a Party pursuant to this Agreement involve procuring services from
third parties then the relevant Party shall use its reasonable endeavours to procure that any applicable regulatory protections in respect of the provision of the services by the third party are obtained. The Party seeking to sub-contract to a permitted sub-contractor shall procure that: any such permitted sub-contractor is suitable to provide the
relevant Services and is sufficiently authorised, resourced and experienced to perform the relevant Services to the prescribed standard; any such permitted sub-contractor shall provide the Services in
accordance with this Agreement and the sub-contractor must enter, or have entered, into a written agreement with the third party on terms that are no less onerous than those contained within the Agreement and
which enable the Party seeking to sub-contract to procure that the Service Recipient or any Regulatory Authority is able to exercise the same rights in respect of the third party as those contained in the
applicable Agreement; any such permitted sub-contractor agrees to abide by and does abide
by all relevant and applicable internal policies that are applicable to the Party assigning the Services; and that the rights of audit and record keeping set out in Clause 16 (Records and Audit Access) of this
Agreement and any other rights of access to information by a Party or a Regulatory Authority remain effective notwithstanding the permitted sub-contract. Costs for sub-contracts shall only be treated as a look or pass
through in accordance with paragraph 1 of Appendix 1 (Fees) where expressly agreed in writing between the Parties and noted as such in Appendix 8 (Permitted Sub-Contracts). In the event that the Service Provider changes its outsourced service provider, the Service Provider will
use its reasonable endeavours to secure SLAs and KPIs in line with its current SLA and KPI obligations relating to the Service (as set out in Appendix 2 (Services) and Appendix 7 (Exit Provisions and Exit Plan)). Any non-adherence by the outsourced service provider to SLAs will be
communicated to the Service Recipient on a monthly basis for general administrative issues, and no later than ten (10) Business Days from the commencement of the breach for any issues that have the potential to have a material impact. Further,
the Service Provider will manage the outsourced service 28
provider with the aim of ensuring the outsourced service provider delivers to agreed SLAs and KPIs in accordance with their agreements with the Service Provider. Confidentiality In this Agreement, Confidential Information includes (but is not limited to):
all information relating to the transactions, affairs and/or business of a Party and its policies,
policyholders, significant commercial relationships (including MGUs and delegated underwriting authorities with the other Party and third parties) and any other customers; all information relating to or arising from the performance or receipt of the Services;
all information of a confidential nature received or obtained directly or indirectly as a result of entering
into or performing the Agreement; the terms of this Agreement; and the negotiations relating to this Agreement; and data sets including actuarial data sets. The Parties shall both during this Agreement and thereafter: keep all Confidential Information strictly confidential, save as permitted below; and not disclose any Confidential Information to a third party, other than as reasonably necessary or desirable
for the performance of the Services to be provided by it pursuant to this Agreement or as expressly permitted herein. A Party (the Recipient) shall not, without the prior written consent of the Party to
which the Confidential Information relates or which disclosed the Confidential Information (the Discloser), disclose any Confidential Information. Subject to Applicable Law, the Recipient may disclose Confidential Information: to its employees, officers, external auditors, professional advisers, consultants, or third party service
providers (and, where applicable, its professional indemnity insurers) who need to know such information for the purposes of enabling the Recipient to carry out its obligations under the Agreement. The Recipient shall use all reasonable endeavours
to ensure that its employees, officers, external auditors, professional advisers or consultants to whom it discloses Confidential Information comply with this Clause 21 (Confidential Information); where required by Applicable Law, court order or any governmental or Regulatory Authority provided that,
subject to any legal or regulatory obligations that apply to the Recipient, the Recipient shall give notice to the other Party that it proposes to disclose the Confidential Information; where the Confidential Information is now in or comes into the public domain otherwise than as a result of a
breach of this Clause 21 (Confidential Information); and where the Confidential Information is already known by the Recipient in circumstances when it was not bound
by any form of confidentiality obligation. 29
In the event of a breach or suspected breach of this Clause 21 (Confidential Information), the
Recipient must notify the Discloser promptly and use all reasonable endeavours at its own cost, to remedy or mitigate the effects of such breach. All Confidential Information shall remain the property of the Discloser and shall be returned to the
Discloser or destroyed at its request, provided that the Discloser may not exercise such right of return or destruction if to do so would prevent or restrict the Recipient from complying with its obligations under this Agreement or the Recipient
would be prevented from complying with such request due to Applicable Law, the requirements of a regulatory or governmental authority, order of a court or rules of an applicable stock exchange. This Clause 21 (Confidential Information) shall continue in force after and despite the termination
of this Agreement, whatever the reason for termination. Limitation of Liability References to liability in this Clause 22 (Limitation of Liability) include every
kind of liability under, arising from or in relation to this Agreement including but not limited to liability in contract, tort (including negligence), misrepresentation, restitution or otherwise. Save in respect of any sums payable under Clause 14 (Fees and Currency), so far as permitted by
Applicable Law, neither Party (each a Liable Party) shall have any liability to the other Party (Innocent Party) in respect of any losses that the Innocent Party may incur in connection with any matter to which
the Agreement relates, except those losses resulting from: (i) the Liable Partys gross negligence or intentional misconduct; or (ii) where the Service Provider is the Liable Party, where a MGU Group entity intentionally breaches any
policy, guidelines or procedures of an Insurance Group entity, which breach is not cured within twenty (20) Business Days of the earlier of: (1) the date on which the Liable Party becomes aware of such breach; and (2) the date on
which the Liable Party receives a notice of such breach from the Innocent Party. This Clause 22 (Limitation of Liability) shall not limit or exclude any liability that cannot be
limited or excluded by law including for losses arising from: (i) death or personal injury caused by negligence; or (ii) fraud or fraudulent misrepresentation. Amendments and Change Management Process In the event that a change is required to the Agreement or any of the Services provided hereunder or any
Service Schedule set out in Appendix 2 (Services), the Parties agree to comply with the provisions of Appendix 4 (Change Management Process). If either Party requests the same (or materially the same) change on more than three (3) separate
occasions and the other Party rejects such change requests (the third of such rejections being a Deadlock), the Parties shall refer the Deadlock to the Non-Calculations Dispute Resolution
Procedure in order to determine whether such change shall be reflected in this Agreement. Notwithstanding Clause 23.1, no variation of this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in writing
signed by or on behalf of each of the Parties. Each Party to this Agreement as at the Commencement Date and any Party who becomes a Party to this Agreement
after the Commencement Date acknowledges and agrees that additional Parties who are or become members of the same group of companies may, subject to all necessary governance and regulatory approvals, enter into this Agreement at any time after the
30
Commencement Date by executing an Appendix to this Agreement (the form of which is appended in Attachment A) to be signed by the duly authorised representative of such Party only.
Contract Governance, Accountabilities, Escalation, and Service Dispute Resolution
The Parties agree to comply with the provisions of Appendix 5 (Contract Governance,
Accountabilities, Escalation, and Service Dispute Resolution). Disaster Recovery and Business Continuity Without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 8.9, and in addition to any Service specific requirements in relation to
business continuity and disaster recovery as set out in Appendix 2 (Services), the Parties agree to comply with the provisions of Appendix 6 (Standard Contract Disaster Recovery and Business Continuity). Annual Review Group Process The Parties recognise that their businesses have undergone significant adjustment pursuant to the
Reorganisation. Within six (6) months of the Commencement Date and on each annual anniversary of the Commencement Date, the Parties agree in good faith that the Services set out in Appendix 2 (Services) should be considered and reviewed
for accuracy against the requirements and capabilities of their business models. This review process will be undertaken in accordance with the Annual Review Group and related governance processes set out in Appendix 5 (Contract Governance,
Accountabilities, Escalation, and Service Dispute Resolution). The Parties agree in good faith to allocate at least one (1) Business Day for such review and allocate appropriately skilled, authorised and senior personnel to attend and
engage in such review. In the event that a change is required to this Agreement or any of the Services and related SLAs and KPIs
following the review process referred to above at Clause 26.1 (including the information set out in Appendix 2 (Services)) provided hereunder, the Parties agree to use reasonable endeavours to agree to and facilitate such change, complying
with the provisions of Appendix 4 (Change Management Process) and to record the change in writing, considering any regulatory approvals or notifications required before doing so. The Parties agree in good faith that this annual review process
shall be used to refine the Services set out in Appendix 2 (Services) and shall not be used to request materially different service receipt or provision (which should be requested using change control in Clause 23 (Amendment and Change
Management Process), exit of specific Services, or termination provisions in Clause 10 (Termination)). Either Party shall have the right to request the review of the terms of this Agreement (including any service schedule in Appendix 2
(Services) and suggest amendments as part of the annual review). In the event of such request the Parties agree in good faith to consider and agree such request and any proposed amendments. Each Party will conduct an annual business review and planning process, which will also include review and
planning for the Services, and such plans will be finalised and agreed in line with relevant governance requirements and as set out in Appendix 2 (Services). For the Services this process shall ensure that all Applicable Law has been
considered. Should either Party be aware that its relevant framework (regulatory or otherwise) is required to change, this should be raised through the change control process in Appendix 4 (Change Management Process) rather than the business
planning process. 31
If either Party requests the same (or materially the same) change on more than three (3) separate
occasions and the other Party rejects such change requests, the Parties shall refer the Deadlock to the Non-Calculations Dispute Resolution Procedure in order to determine whether such change shall be
reflected in this Agreement. Further Assurance The Parties shall each promptly execute (or procure the execution of) such further documents as may be
required by Applicable Law or be necessary to implement and give effect to this Agreement. Where as a result of any changes in Applicable Law relating to a Party or to the Services it is to provide
pursuant to this Agreement, it, acting reasonably and in good faith, considers that the terms of this Agreement need to be adapted and requests that they are adapted then the other Parties shall each consider such request in accordance with Clause
23 (Amendments and Change Management Process) and the change control process in Appendix 4 (Change Management Process). Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 Save where expressly provided in this Agreement, no third party is intended to have the right to enforce any provision in this
Agreement pursuant to the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999. Entire Agreement This Agreement represents the entire terms agreed among the Parties in relation to its subject matter and
supersedes and extinguishes any prior drafts or heads of terms and all previous contracts, arrangements, representations and/or warranties of any nature (whether or not in writing) among the Parties relating to its subject matter.
Each Party acknowledges and agrees that in entering into this Agreement on the terms set out in this
Agreement it is not relying upon (and shall have no remedy in respect of): any pre-contractual or other statement, representation, warranty,
promise, assurance, prediction, projection or forecast made or given by any other Party or any other person (whether negligently or innocently made), whether or not in writing, at any time before the execution of this Agreement that is not expressly
set out in this Agreement (a Pre-contractual Statement); any unlawful communication as defined in section 30(1) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 made
by any other Party or any Partys professional advisers; and solely in reliance on its own commercial assessment and investigation and advice from its own professional
advisers. No Party shall have any liability for any Pre-contractual Statement
and the only liability each Party shall have in respect of those statements, representations, warranties, assurances and undertakings made or given by it and set out or incorporated in this Agreement shall be for breach of contract.
32
Nothing in this Clause 29 (Entire Agreement) shall operate to limit or exclude any liability for
fraud. Remedies Not Exclusive Except as expressly provided under this Agreement, the rights and remedies contained in this Agreement are cumulative and are
not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law or otherwise. No Waiver A failure or delay by a Party to exercise any right or remedy under this Agreement shall not be construed or
operate as a waiver of that right or remedy nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy preclude the further exercise of that right or remedy. A waiver by a Party of any breach of or default under this Agreement shall not be considered a waiver of a
preceding or subsequent breach or default. A purported waiver or release under this Agreement is not effective unless it is a specific authorised
written waiver or release. Severance Each of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall be construed as independent of every other such
provision, so that if any provision of this Agreement shall be determined by any court or competent authority to be illegal, invalid and/or unenforceable then such determination shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, all of which
other provisions shall remain in full force and effect (subject to Clause 32.2). If any provision of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal, invalid and/or unenforceable, but
would be legal, valid and enforceable if amended, the Parties shall consult together in good faith and agree the scope and extent of any modification or amendment necessary to render the provision legal, valid and enforceable and so as to give
effect as far as possible to the intention of the Parties as recorded in this Agreement. Counterparts This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, but shall not be effective until each Party has executed at
least one counterpart. Each counterpart when executed shall be an original, but all the counterparts together shall constitute one document. Law and Jurisdiction This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England and Wales. The Parties submit to the
exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of England and Wales. [The rest of this page is left intentionally blank] 33
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Party has caused this Agreement to be signed by their duly
authorised representative as of the date set out on the first page of this Agreement. For the Service Recipient SIGNED by ) FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED ) Signed: /s/ Dan Burrows Name: Dan Burrows Title: Group MD For the Service Provider SIGNED by ) SHELF HOLDCO II LIMITED ) Signed: /s/ Charles Mathias Name: Charles Mathias Title: Director Signature page to the Inter-Group Services Agreement
Appendix 1 Fees When the Service Provider has purchased part or all of the Services from an external third-party supplier or
third-party outsourcing provider, the applicable costs shall be directed to the Service Recipient with no additional charge attaching. Where such costs are to be shared by the Service Provider and the Service Recipient, the Service
Recipients apportioned contribution shall be established from the ratio of Service Recipients headcount against the Service Providers headcount for example: if the Service Recipient has 50 headcount and the Service Provider
has 200 headcount the ratio is 1:4 and the Service Recipient shall pay one fifth of such costs. Headcount shall be established from the last available HR management information prepared for the Service Recipient. Save where paragraph 1 applies, when the Service Provider supplies Services, the Fees for Services shall be:
calculated on an agreed estimated basis; the estimate shall be based on an estimated apportioned cost plus 5% (the 5% Fee Profit);
the apportioned cost shall be based on an estimate of costs incurred in providing Services under the
Agreement to entities in the Service Recipient group; for the first year of the term, subject to paragraph 3(f) below the apportioned cost shall be estimated
based on the Service Providers actual costs derived from financial records for the financial year ending 2022. The Service Provider shall provide the initial Fees estimate in respect of the first financial year to the Service Recipient by the
start of the first financial year and, on a quarterly basis, the Service Provider shall provide a revised estimate on a 3+9, 6+6, 9+3 basis, along with calculations set out in sufficient detail for the Service Recipient to understand the methodology
and assumptions used by the Service Provider in determining the estimated apportioned costs; in subsequent years of the term, the estimated apportioned cost shall be based on Service Provider actual
costs derived from financial records for the financial year immediately preceding the billing year; for the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that financial records can be used for the first three
quarters of 2022 financial year (appropriately adjusted for Project Cooper related costs and expenses) but the Parties should not establish the estimated apportioned costs from financial records for the fourth quarter of 2022 financial year except
by mutual agreement following discussion about the impact of the Reorganisation on such financial records; the Service Provider shall inform the Service Recipient of the quarterly estimated Fees within fifteen
(15) Business Days of the quarter end, along with calculations set out in sufficient detail for the Service Recipient; and the Service Recipient may request background information including calculations carried out by the Service
Provider in relation to establishing Fees. 35
Where Service Provider premises are occupied or utilised by the Service Recipient on the basis of an
under-lease, sub-lease or formal licence basis on terms required by the Service Providers landlord, the rent and service charges payable by the Service Recipient shall be as set out in the under-lease, sub-lease or formal licence document. If there is no such document or the document is silent, costs shall be charged and allocated when levied by the Landlord on the basis of an estimated proportion of the Service
Providers premises costs, such fair proportion being derived from the Service Recipients average headcount in the jurisdiction in which the premises is located for the immediately preceding period (if charged on an annual basis, this shall be
the average headcount of an annual period, if charged quarterly, this shall be over the last quarter). The Parties shall not be required to prepare timesheets. The Service Provider shall provide management
information estimating how the Service Recipient could recharge Fees to each entity within the Service Recipients group. This will be a percentage per jurisdiction and entity. The Parties agree that Fees, invoices, and the payments process shall not allow netting or set off of any
nature including within or between currencies, jurisdictions, entities, service types, costs, Fees or commission, or amounts arising from other agreements between the parties related or unrelated to the subject matter hereof. Invoices shall be raised and Fees shall be payable in US Dollars, GB Pounds or Euros as agreed between the
CFO for each group on a quarterly basis (and, if no agreement, invoices shall be raised and Fees shall be paid in US Dollars). If the Service Provider incurs costs in currencies other than US Dollars, GB Pounds or Euros, expenses will be recharged
to the Service Recipient in US Dollars using the ledger monthly exchange rate in force on the invoice date. Invoices shall be raised and levied in arrears at the end of each financial quarter for the amount of Fees
due and owing for Services provided during that financial quarter. Invoices are payable within 30 days of the date of receipt of the invoice by a Party. Invoices shall be delivered in accordance with the notice provisions set out in Clause 19
(Notices) of this Agreement. All records, invoices and accounts that the Service Provider prepares under the Agreement shall be in
accordance with US GAAP. If the Service Recipient does not dispute a quarterly estimated Fees invoice the Service Recipient shall pay
the undisputed amount of the Fees in accordance with the payment terms. If the Service Recipient disputes all or any part of the quarterly estimated Fees, the Service Recipient shall notify the Group CFO of the Service Provider within ten
(10) Business Days of being informed of the quarterly estimated Fee, following which date, if it has not disputed such sums, it shall be taken to have accepted the quarterly estimated Fee. If the Service Recipient wishes to question an invoice
or Fee calculation mechanism, it is intended that the Partys CFO will discuss concerns with the other Partys CFO in the first instance. In the event an issue remains unresolved, the Partys CFO will table an agenda item for
discussion at the appropriate contractual governance forum, which initially is the Quarterly Outsourcing Management Committee (see Appendix 5 (Contract Governance, Accountabilities, Escalation, and Dispute Resolution)). Contractual governance
escalation shall be used; after which the Party may invoke the contractual Dispute Resolution procedure (see Appendix 5 (Contract Governance, Accountabilities, Escalation, and Dispute Resolution)). At any point after discussing with the other
Partys CFO and prior to invoking the contractual Dispute Resolution procedure, each Party has the right to invoke an audit or engage specialist forensic accounting (or any other applicable) expertise to establish the correct invoicing or Fee
calculation mechanism, the costs of which shall be shared equally between the Parties on a 50:50 basis. 36
If an exit fee is payable under the terms of the Agreement, the Service Recipient will pay costs relating to
Exit Plan and Non-Underwriting Run-Off Services. Such costs will be established as a reasonable estimated apportioned cost plus 5%, save that when the Service Provider
has purchased part or all of the Exit services from an external third party provider, an estimated apportionment of the applicable costs shall be directed to the Service Recipient with no additional charge attaching. Costs will be estimated on the
same basis as Services or substantially similar Services as set out above in paragraph 1 of the Fee Appendix and apportionment shall be based on headcount ratios at the point of the costs being incurred. Service Credits will be applied as per Appendix 9 (Remediation and consequences from KPIS and SLA
Shortfalls). 37
Appendix 2 Services Finance Service Level Agreements and Key Performance Indicators The following are the SLAs and KPIs governing the services described below. # Type Metric Name Commitment Threshold Timing Frequency of Reporting 38
# Type Metric Name Commitment Threshold Timing Frequency of Reporting Finance Detailed Service Schedules Business Planning No. Section Section Detail 1. Scope of service Business planning to support regulatory requirements The Service Provider agrees to cooperate with the Service Recipient and support the
Service Recipient with respect to regulatory filings., which may include: 1. Routine or planned regulatory filings 2. Ad-hoc responses to regulatory requests The Service Recipient agrees to notify the Service Provider of routine/planned filings
as early as practical, and at least three months in advance, and ad-hoc reporting requirement as soon as it becomes foreseeable. Requirements and timelines are to be agreed between the Service Recipient and
Service Provider prior to commencement of work. The Service Recipient and Service Provider will agree a detailed reporting timetable. Business planning to support ad hoc regulatory requests The Service Provider agrees to cooperate with the Service Recipient for reasonable ad
hoc regulatory requests, such as to satisfy ORSA and CISSA requirements. The Service Provider agrees to a best endeavours obligation to provide 39
No. Section Section Detail i. As required, documentation to support a regulatory filing, report, or submission, in a format
to be determined by the Service Recipient ii. As required, documentation to support ad hoc regulatory requests in a format to be determined by the
Service Recipient iii. As
required, control attestations confirming that all activities have been performed and reported in accordance with the Service Providers control framework Inter-Group service
schedules ● 1.3.2 - Short-term cashflow forecasting ● 2.5.1 - Risk aggregation and catastrophe management ● 3.1.2 - Management reporting Intra-Group service schedules Dependency on Risk function to support business planning and annual plan preparation
activities, through the setting of risk appetite as well as associated risk limits and the provision of input relating to core and emerging risks ● Anaplan - business planning ● Prequel - underwriting system ● Oracle HFM and Fusion Cloud - historical financial information ● FireAnt - modelling ● Anaplan business planning system provider ● Oracle finance system provider 40
No. Section Section Detail UK ● Responsible
individual: UK CFO ● Business contact: MGU FP&A Controller Ireland ● Responsible individual: Group Head of Financial Planning & Analysis ● Business contact: MGU FP&A Controller (UK) Bermuda ● Responsible individual: UK CFO ● Business contact: Bermuda Controller UK ● Responsible
individual: FUL CFO ● Business contact: Regulatory Reporting Manager Ireland ● Responsible individual: FIID CFO ● Business contact: Regulatory Reporting Manager Bermuda ● Responsible individual: FIBL CFO ● Business contact: Regulatory Reporting Manager For the Service Provider to
prepare accurate regulatory filings, the Service Recipient will provide: ● Templates detailing the format of all required regulatory filings and any supporting
analysis required ● Reporting timetable For the Service Provider to prepare accurate additional information required for
business planning, the Service 41
No. Section Section Detail Recipient will provide: ● Templates detailing
the format of all required regulatory filings and any supporting analysis required ● Reporting timetable The Service Recipient will be responsible for scrutinising regulatory filings and ad hoc
regulatory requests and submitting to those charged with governance for approval. Without limitation to the
unrestricted right of audit in the Heads of Terms, oversight activities may include: ● Review of inputs and outputs from the planning process (e.g. data inputs from Service
Recipient systems) ● Testing of controls in the planning process as scoped by the
Service Recipients Internal Audit function ● Assurance over planning systems and
data ● Delivery of relevant service organisation controls reports (e.g. SOC 1) of
service or system providers used to provide the service The following definition shall
apply in respect of this Service Schedule: FP&A - Financial
planning and analysis Management Reporting No. Section Section Detail 1. Service description Management
reporting 42
No. Section Section Detail A management reporting pack will be prepared by
the Service Provider (in consultation with the Service Recipient) on a timely basis, as agreed between the Service Provider and the Service Recipient and shared with the Service Recipient for review and
sign-off. The activity relies on information extracted from the Service Providers General Ledger system, and commentary provided by a number of stakeholders from the Service Provider and the Service
Recipient. The Service Provider will: ● Produce a management
reporting pack, which includes analysis and commentary as agreed between the Service Provider and the Service Recipient ● Respond to any comments from the Service Recipients Head of Reporting regarding the
management reporting pack ● Once the comments have been addressed, provide the
management reporting pack to the Service Recipients Financial Controller, whose review is evidenced through his/her commentary and sign-off The Service Recipient will: ● Provide inputs and
commentary, as agreed between the Service Provider and the Service Recipient, to be included within the management reporting pack ● Review and challenge the draft management reporting pack received from the Service
Provider and submit to those charged with governance for approval and sign off Inputs and commentary, as agreed between the Service Provider and the Service Recipient, must be approved and signed off by the Chief Actuary and Chief
Investment Officer respectively prior to inclusion in the management reporting pack. Timing of activities The timetable for activities to support management reporting process is agreed to be as follows: ● Monthly and quarterly
reports within 15 Business Days of period end. 2. Service deliverables 43
No. Section Section Detail determined by the Service Recipient) on a timely
basis as agreed between the Service Provider and the Service Recipient: I. Management reporting pack, including supporting schedules and analysis II. Reconciliations, auditable account
breakdowns As required: ● Control attestations
confirming that all activities have been performed and reported in accordance with the Service Providers control framework 3. ● 2.4.1 - Actuarial data collection and review: dependency on Net Loss table preparation ● 3.1.3 - Technical accounting 4. ● Oracle HFM and Fusion Cloud 5. 6. UK ● Responsible
individual: UK CFO ● Business contact: MGU FP&A Controller Ireland ● Responsible individual: Group Head of Financial Planning & Analysis ● Business contact: MGU FP&A Controller (UK) Bermuda 44
No. Section Section Detail ● Responsible individual: UK CFO ● Business contact: Bermuda Controller UK ● Responsible individual: FUL CFO ● Business contact: Regulatory Reporting Manager Ireland ● Responsible individual: FIID CFO ● Business contact: Regulatory Reporting Manager Bermuda ● Responsible individual: FIBL CFO ● Business contact: Regulatory Reporting Manager The Service Recipient will provide: ● Schedules detailing
the format of the management reporting pack and any supporting analysis required ● Inputs into the monthly management reporting pack (e.g. P&L commentary) ● Sign-off of monthly management reporting pack ● Reporting timetable for deliverables from the Service Provider Without limitation to the unrestricted right of
audit in the Heads of Terms, oversight activities will include: ● Scrutiny of inputs and outputs from the management reporting process (e.g. commentary on
management reporting pack) ● Audit of controls in the management reporting process to
meet internal and external audit requirements ● Verification of completeness and
accuracy of management reporting information and calculations 45
No. Section Section Detail ● Audit and testing of data security and associated controls The following definition shall apply in respect
of this Service Schedule: Oracle HFM - ERP reporting tool Technical Accounting No. Section Section Detail Chart of Accounts The Service Provider will: ● Prepare journal
entries for key technical accounts, as agreed between the Service Provider and the Service Recipient, and make the required postings to the Service Recipients General Ledger system, having obtained the necessary approvals from the Service
Recipient. This will include posting of Jarvis and non- Jarvis manual entries such as pipeline premium, PCs, RIPs, IBNR and IGR. ● Provide data for regulatory and financial reporting purposes, in agreed format ● Respond to any queries from the Service Recipient regarding the proposed journal
postings The Service Provider will operate the following activity on a monthly
basis: ● Confirm
that all accounting entries have been posted in the required timeframe as agreed between the 46
No. Section Section Detail Service Recipient and the
Service Provider The Service Recipient will: ● Be responsible for
the set-up and maintenance of the Chart of Accounts as well as additional General Ledger accounts on an ongoing basis ● Review the journal postings prepared by the Service Provider GL Reconciliations The Service Provider is responsible for performing a
sub-ledger and Balance Sheet reconciliation for key technical accounts on a monthly basis and ensuring that any unreconciled items exceeding materiality as agreed with the Service Recipient are adequately
explained The Service Recipient will review and challenge the reconciliations and
provide final sign off before submission to those charged with governance for approval Chart of Accounts changes The Service Recipient will be responsible for making any changes to the Chart of Accounts in systems as and when required Timing of activities The timetable for activities to support technical accounting process is agreed to be as
follows: ● A
timetable will be prepared for each month and quarter end setting out key milestone and due dates. The following deliverables are to be provided by
the Service Provider to the Service Recipient (in a format determined by the Service Recipient) on a monthly basis: I. GL account and Balance Sheet reconciliations II. GL analysis, lead sheets and audit
schedules As required: ● Control attestations
confirming that all activities have been performed and reported in accordance with the 47
No. Section Section Detail Service
Providers control framework ● 1.2.1 - Credit control ● 3.1.1 - Business planning and annual plan preparation ● 3.1.2 - Management reporting ● 3.3.2 - IT infrastructure and system maintenance ● 3.3.5 - System & applications development ● Oracle Fusion ● Prequel ● Jarvis UK ● Responsible individual: UK Financial Controller ● Business contact: Technical Controller Ireland ● Responsible individual: IRE ● Business contact: UK FP&A Controller Bermuda ● Responsible individual: Bermuda Financial Controller ● Business contact: Bermuda Controller 48
No. Section Section Detail UK ● Responsible individual: FUL CFO ● Business contact: Regulatory Reporting Manager Ireland ● Responsible individual: FIID CFO ● Business contact: Regulatory Reporting Manager Bermuda ● Responsible individual: FIBL CFO ● Business contact: Regulatory Reporting Manager The Service Recipient will
provide: ● Sign-off of proposed journal postings ● Sign-off of changes to the Chart of Accounts ● Sign-off of monthly reconciliations ● Reporting timetable for deliverables from the Service Provider Without limitation to the unrestricted right of
audit in the Heads of Terms, oversight activities will include: ● Audit of controls in the technical accounting process to meet internal and external audit
requirements ● Verification of completeness and accuracy of GL accounts balances ● Audit and testing of data security and associated controls ● Monthly reconciliation reports for all GL accounts populated by the Service Provider. ● Monthly reports listing any changes to the chart of accounts. ● Quarterly reports of data for regulatory and financial reporting purposes, in format
required 49
No. Section Section Detail The following definitions shall apply in respect
of this Service Schedule: Jarvis a data warehouse system
Oracle Fusion General ledger application
GL General ledger Prequel an underwriting system 50
Payroll Processing No. Section Section Detail ● Monthly and quarterly reports within 15 Business Days 51
No. Section Section Detail II. Payroll
accounts reconciliation III. High level analysis
including KPIs listed above and commentary on material changes IV. Provision of data for
corporation tax and VAT submissions ● Control attestations confirming that all activities have been performed and reported in
accordance with the Service Providers control framework 3. ● 3.2.3 - HRIS System and Core Maintenance: dependency on input required for payroll processing ● 3.2.4 - Employment administration ● 3.2.5 - Payroll Systems and Administration: dependency on input from third-party supplier
required for payroll processing 4. ● Origo - HRIS ● Oracle Fusion - general ledger 5. 6. ● Responsible individual: Group
Financial Controller ● Business contact:
Technical Controller ● Responsible individual: IRE 52
No. Section Section Detail ● Business contact: MGU FP&A
Controller (UK) ● Responsible individual: Group
Financial Controller ● Business contact:
Bermuda Controller 7. ● Responsible individual: FUL
CFO ● Business contact: Regulatory Reporting
Manager ● Responsible individual: FIID
CFO ● Business contact: Regulatory Reporting
Manager ● Responsible individual: FIBL
CFO ● Business contact:
Regulatory Reporting Manager 8. The Service Recipient will provide: ● Review and challenge the
payroll data and submit to those charged with governance for approval ● Review and challenge
the reconciliation and submit to those charged with governance for approval ● Sign-off of monthly reconciliations ● Sign-off of monthly payroll amounts prior to payment ● Reporting timetable for deliverables from the Service Provider 9. Without limitation to the unrestricted right of
audit in the Heads of Terms, oversight activities will include: ● Audit of controls in the payroll accounts process to meet internal and external audit
requirements 53
No. Section Section Detail ● Verification of completeness and
accuracy of payroll information and calculations ● Audit and testing of data security and associated controls 10. ● Monthly system download listing all payroll amounts to be paid 11. 12. Definitions 54
IT Service Levels and Key Performance Indicators Service Request Management 55
56
Incident Management 57
58
Security Incident Management To manage any and all security incidents affecting the organization. A security incident
is an occurrence that actually or potentially jeopardizes the confidentiality, integrity, or availability of an information system or the information the system processes, stores, or transmits or that constitutes a violation or imminent threat of
violation of security policies, security procedures, or acceptable use policies. SLA Low 95% Monthly SLA Medium 95% Monthly 59
SLA The security team will respond to an
uncontained incident - Clear evidence of Determined Attack that requires immediate response. An example of such an incident would be a brute force/dictionary attack against servers. 95% SLA The security team will respond to a
crisis clear evidence of an ongoing breach with data exfiltration / system denial activities being alerted. 99% SLA 95% SLA 100% Annual SLA 95% of users Annual SLA 95% of users Semi-Annual KPI None Monthly 60
KPI Average Time to
Resolve Security Incidents None Monthly KPI As measured by our vulnerability
scanning tools, this is the total number of vulnerabilities / the total number of assets scanned None Monthly KPI 2 Monthly KPI None Annual KPI None Monthly KPI 95% Monthly KPI 95% Monthly 61
number of users issued the training KPI 62
Strategic Support Services Included in the services are non-technical
services required to ensure that the IT services in general stay relevant to the business needs of the company. Included in this are such things as IT strategy, cyber security design, providing board or regulatory feedback, new technology
evaluations, vendor evaluations, etc. SLA Upon receipt of a strategic request,
the appropriate IT experts will respond and meet to discuss 95% SLA 99% Quarterly SLA 100% Annual 63
Availability Management SLA SLA SLA SLA SLA 95% 64
SLA KPI KPI KPI IT Scope of Services Cybersecurity Cyber Security Programme Design Videoconference Support Desktop Hardware Provisioning Office 365 Provisioning Small Licence Provisioning Mobile Device Provisioning Network Active Directory Security 65
Server Provisioning Backup Service Disaster Recovery Service IT Strategy Support Bespoke Application Helpdesk Infrastructure Support Helpdesk Third-Party Vendor Support Helpdesk Seconded Developers 66
Appendix 3 [intentionally blank] 67
Appendix 4 Change Management Process Principles The Parties agree that change request management capabilities are needed to effectively deliver change in a cost and time
efficient manner, and to protect the Parties to ensure risks are considered and understood and to support the analysis of cost and other impacts. Cross-Functional Change Group (CFCG) The Parties will convene a CFCG with broad representation from key functions and control functions from both
Parties. The CFCG will review and either approve or reject material change requests. The CFCG is intended to: oversee change impact assessments; seek clarification relating to change requests;
assess costs relating to change requests; facilitate co-ordination of impactful change; track progress of delivery of approved changed requests; monitor relevant MI; and otherwise support the development of
the relationship between the MGU Group and the Insurance Group over the lifespan of the Agreement. To support this, the CFCG will provide MI to the Outsourcing Management Committee. The Parties agree the CFCG will develop terms of reference.
The CFCG will meet monthly during the first twelve (12) months of the Agreement, and thereafter
quarterly, or at another frequency agreed between the Parties. The Parties agree that change requests will be considered and applied on a Group level save that change may
be applied on an entity or jurisdiction level if legal or regulatory changes are required. Change request process The Parties will make change requests in writing. The relevant Function Head of the Party requesting the
change must submit a change request to other Partys relevant Function Head. The Service Providers Function Head will log the request and inform the CFCG or put it on the agenda for review at the next CFCG meeting. The Party making the change requests will grade the change request as (i) material; (ii) medium; (iii) non-material; or (iv) IT change. Change requests will be considered in the following way: Non-material change requests this is a non-objection process; the Chief Operating Officer (COO) for each Group may object to the request by stating the objection in writing within two weeks of receipt of a
non-material change request; Medium change requests - the Chief Operating Officer (COO) for each Group may approve or reject the request
in writing, provided that they have taken advice from key functions and control functions within their Group; they must approve or reject in writing within two weeks of receipt of a medium change request; Material change requests the CFCG will consider material change requests. In such cases, the COO of
each Group will be entitled to approve or reject the request in writing or request additional information (e.g. detailed impact assessment) and must do so within two Business Days of the CFCG in which such change request is discussed; and
68
IT change for material IT change requests, the CFCG will escalate approval recommendations to the
Outsourcing Management Committee for final approval. A change request must include: an indication of the materiality of the change request, a summary impact
assessment, an estimated cost of change, and a proposed delivery timeline. The scope of the supporting information will vary according to the materiality of the change request. CFCG may develop and communicate pro forma templates (e.g. change
request, impact assessment, etc.) For change control purposes, key functions and control functions include: legal, compliance, finance,
operations, risk, internal audit, claims, and underwriting and any other relevant subject matter experts (e.g. HR for people discussions). Any appeals against rejected change control requests may be escalated as follows: Non-material change requests to CFCG; Medium change requests to CFCG; Material change requests to the Outsourcing Management Committee; and Material IT change to Outsourcing Executive Committee, convened on an ad hoc basis.
69
Appendix 5 Contract Governance, Accountabilities, Escalation, and Dispute Resolution Service Oversight and Relationship Management In relation to the Agreement, the Parties shall create and maintain at all times an outsourcing governance
framework that is commensurate with the relationship between them and the Services being provided pursuant to the Agreement. The governance framework for this Agreement shall apply during its term and during the performance of any
Exit Plan and any related services. The governance framework for this Agreement is as follows: Forum Responsibility Members Accountable Executives Ultimate accountability for the Services in totality and ensuring delivery to requirements (including regulatory and policyholder requirements), the effective
oversight of the overall arrangement including ensuring that appropriate and effective governance and internal controls to identify, measure, manage, monitor and report the risks associated with the overall arrangement, including the
Services For the Service Recipient : the Group Chief Operating Officer For the Service Provider : the Group Chief Operating Officer Annual review meeting As set out in Clause 26.1 Identified Accountable Executives Outsourcing Executive Committee Ultimate authority regarding the overall arrangement Any material issues will be referred to the dispute resolution procedures set out in this Appendix 5 (Contract Governance, Accountabilities, Escalation and
Dispute Resolution) Members shall have the power to act on behalf of and
bind their respective appointee Party The Service Recipient Accountable Executive
shall act as chair Quorum is minimum of 2 persons, including the Accountable
Executive from each Party Meets as required, and at least annually Identified Accountable Executives Outsourcing Management Committee Ultimate authority regarding the overall arrangement in this Agreement Escalation point for Calculations Dispute Notice (see below) Any material issues will be escalated to the Outsourcing Executive Committee TBC e.g. those with prescribed responsibilities 70
Forum Responsibility Members The Service Recipient shall elect the
chair Quorum is minimum of 5 persons, including a minimum of two
(2) representatives from each Party Members shall have the power to act on
behalf of and bind their respective appointee Party Meets quarterly Cross Functional
Working Group (CFWG) Facilitates and oversees the execution of all activities required to manage the overall Agreement and Services in a consistent and standardised manner Oversees and facilitates the performance of any Exit Plan (and any related Exit
Services) in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement Escalation
point for the Function Heads to ensure adherence to Service schedules, KPIs, SLAs, change control process, and Fees as set out in the Appendices to this Agreement Any material issues will be escalated to the Outsourcing Management Committee The Service Recipient shall elect the chair Quorum is minimum of 5 persons, including a minimum of two (2) representatives from each Party Members shall have the power to act on behalf of and bind their respective appointee
Party Does not have authority to determine whether a Service should be terminated,
such decision must be escalated by the CFWG to the Outsourcing Management Committee Meets monthly All Function Heads Functions
Heads Accountable for their respective Services as the primary recipient or provider. For each Service, the Function Head will monitor and manage the day-to-day activities using management information and progress reporting to monitor and manage perform and quality, risks and issues, dependencies and assumptions
tracking) Service Recipient and Service Provider counterparts meet regularly as
required, at least monthly Do not have authority to determine whether a Service
should be terminated, such decision must be escalated by the CFWG Determined by respective group operating model 71
The Parties shall ensure that the appropriate forum is kept fully informed of all relevant information, and
is at all times involved appropriately in relation to the performance of each Partys obligations under this Agreement (including any subsidiaries). All discussions in governance meetings shall be treated as without prejudice unless specifically stated to
be otherwise. Governance meetings shall (i) be scheduled (ii) have an agenda and (iii) have papers and
items for consideration circulated with a minimum of five (5) Business Days notice, save where both Parties agree otherwise; all meetings shall have teleconferencing/audio-visual facilities for remote attendance where reasonably
practicable and necessary; meetings shall not be cancelled or rearranged on short notice save by mutual agreement of the Accountable Executives; the meeting shall be deemed to have taken place in the location of the chair of the meeting, which shall
be recorded in the minutes taken. Each Party shall ensure that its respective representatives in the CFWG notify the other Partys
representatives in the CFWG (a CFWG Notification) in writing as soon as reasonably practicable if it becomes aware of the occurrence of any of the following events: it, or any of its subsidiaries who perform any of the Partys obligations under this Agreement, has
experienced an Insolvency Event; it has committed a material breach of any of its obligations under this Agreement (either directly or via a
subsidiary or sub-contractor); it, or any of its subsidiaries has, committed an act of fraud in relation to this Agreement; or
any Regulatory Restriction Event or any other issue, incident, activity, communication, complaint, happening
or omission has occurred, or is likely to occur, which could materially impact upon its ability, or the ability of any of its subsidiaries, to perform the Partys obligations under this Agreement. Either Party may procure that its representatives in the CFWG provide the other Partys representatives
in the CFWG with a CFWG Notification if it becomes aware that: the other Party (either directly or via a subsidiary or
sub-contractor) has committed a non-material breach of this Agreement, provided that: such notification may only be given within thirty (30) days from the date upon which the reporting
Party, acting reasonably, could first have become aware of such non-material breach; and a single notification may only be provided in respect of each Referred
Non-material Breach, and each notification must be provided at least ten (10) days after the date on which the previous Referred Non-material Breach was provided to
the other Party; or any event listed in paragraph 7 (a-d) (inc.) either has occurred, or
is likely to occur, in relation to the other Party. If a Party to this Agreement commits the same (or materially the same)
non-material breach four (4) times determined by reference to KPIs and board escalation triggers as set out in Appendix 2 (Services) during the term of the Agreement, the final breach shall be
considered to be a material breach for the purposes of paragraph 7(b), provided that a Party may only provide a CFWG 72
Notification to the other Party under paragraph 8.1(b) in respect of such non-material breaches if each
non-material breach subject to such CFWG Notification is already a Referred Non-material Breach prior to the date on which the CFWG Notification is provided to the other
Party. If a CFWG Notification is issued by the representatives of either Party, for a period of thirty
(30) days from the date when such CFWG Notification was issued (the CFWG Deadline), the Parties shall procure that the CFWG shall discuss, and shall use reasonable endeavours to agree: where paragraph 7(a) applies, whether it is reasonably practicable to continue the Agreement;
where paragraph 7(b) applies, upon a course of action to: (i) remedy such breach, if such breach is
reasonably capable of remedy; and (ii) irrespective of whether such breach is reasonably capable of remedy, take action to mitigate the likelihood of the occurrence of similar material breaches in the future; where paragraph 7(c) applies, upon a course of action to mitigate the likelihood of the occurrence of
similar acts of fraud in the future, save that the CFWG shall not be required to agree upon any course of action in respect of any material act of fraud, and the matter shall be referred to the Outsourcing Management Committee pursuant to paragraph
11; or where paragraph 7(d) applies: if the ability of the applicable Party (or its applicable subsidiary) to perform the Partys
obligations under this Agreement has not yet been materially been impacted, upon a course of action designed to ensure that, to the extent that it is reasonably practicable to do so, the Party (or its subsidiary) can continue to perform the
Partys obligations under this Agreement as originally contemplated; or if the ability of the applicable Party (or its applicable subsidiary) to perform the Partys
obligations under the Agreement has already been materially impacted, corresponding amendments or modifications to such Partys obligations under this Agreement to mitigate the extent of such impact. If by the CFWG Deadline the CFWG, using reasonable endeavours, either: (i) determines that it is not
reasonably practicable to continue this Agreement; or (ii) fails to agree upon a course of action (as applicable) the matter shall be escalated to the Outsourcing Executive Committee with notification to the Outsourcing Management Committee,
which has ten (10) Business Days to unanimously determine whether it is reasonably practicable to continue the Agreement, or if a Resolution Failure shall occur. Dispute Resolution The Parties, and their respective subsidiaries, shall resolve all disputes relating to, or arising out, of
either this Agreement in accordance with the Dispute Resolution Procedures. The Parties may agree in writing that they shall determine the dispute, in whole or in part, for and on
behalf of all of their respective subsidiaries pursuant to the applicable Dispute Resolution Procedure (a Centralised Dispute). The Parties shall keep all of their subsidiaries who may be affected by a Centralised Dispute fully informed
of the progress of such Centralised Dispute and shall take reasonable steps to procure 73
that their respective subsidiaries are bound by, and act consistently with, the outcome of the Centralised Dispute. Dispute Resolution Procedures Calculations Dispute Resolution Procedure Initial Discussions The Parties shall resolve all Calculations Disputes in accordance with the process set out in this
paragraph. If either Party (the Disputing Party) reasonably disputes any calculation (a
Calculations Dispute) made by the other Party (the Calculating Party) pursuant to this Agreement, the Disputing Party shall provide the Function Head of the Calculating Party with a Calculations Dispute notice
(a Calculations Dispute Notice) as soon as reasonably practicable. The Calculations Dispute Notice shall set out in reasonable detail an explanation as to why the Disputing Party disagrees with the calculations performed by the
Calculating Party, including, where applicable, the Disputing Partys good faith calculation of the sums that are subject to the Calculations Dispute. The Disputing Party shall provide its Chief Financial Officer with a copy of the Calculations
Dispute Notice at the point of the providing the Calculations Dispute Notice to the Calculating Party. The Calculating Party shall refer the Calculations Dispute in writing to its Chief Financial Officer (the
Escalation Referral) within ten (10) Business Days from the date of the Calculating Party receiving the Calculations Dispute Notice, along with a copy of the Calculations Dispute Notice. Following the Escalation Referral, the Chief Financial Officers will use reasonable endeavours to settle
such Calculations Dispute in good faith. If not settled within twenty (20) Business Days of the Escalation Referral, each Party must notify its Accountable Executive and the Outsourcing Management Committee on the twentieth (20th) Business Day
from the Escalation Referral. Expert Determination If the Calculations Dispute has not been agreed or settled within twenty (20) Business Days of the
Escalation Referral, on the twentieth (20th) Business Day from the Escalation Referral either Party may notify the other that it intends to refer the matter to an Expert (an Expert Referral Notification). In this Appendix,
Expert means a person who: (i) is independent of either Party; (ii) is generally recognised as an expert on the matters relating to the Calculations Dispute; (iii) is a member of, or is employed by, one of the
recognized leading actuarial or accountancy consultancy firms (as applicable, depending upon the nature of the Calculations Dispute); and (iv) has at least 10 years of experience in the general insurance industry, or is otherwise selected
pursuant to these Dispute Resolution Procedure. The Parties shall use reasonable endeavours to agree upon an Expert within ten (10) Business Days of
the Expert Referral Notification. If the Parties are unable to agree upon an Expert within such period, then the Expert shall be appointed: (i) by either (as applicable, depending upon the nature of the Calculations Dispute) the then-President
(or a person in an equivalent position) of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales or the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries; or (ii) if such President fails to do so,
74
in accordance with the London Court of International Arbitration (LCIA) Arbitration Rules. The process for resolution of the Calculations Dispute shall be determined by the Expert, who shall act as
an expert and not as an arbitrator. The Expert may, in turn, appoint or hire other experts at their discretion. The Parties shall have the right to make representations to the Expert within the process for resolution of
the Calculations Dispute determined by such Expert. The decision of the Expert shall, in the absence of manifest error, be binding and final on the Parties.
All costs incurred by the relevant Expert (and, if any, all other experts appointed or hired by the Expert)
shall be borne by the Parties in equal shares unless the Expert determines otherwise. Each Party shall, upon any request by the Expert, provide the Expert with such information that is within
its possession or control and which has been reasonably required by the Expert, to the extent that such provision is within such Partys power (without contravention of any law or rule, regulation or direction of any governmental or regulatory
authority or any binding agreement). The Parties shall use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that the Expert will give their decision within
thirty (30) Business Days from the date when the Expert is first appointed. Non-Calculations Dispute Resolution Procedure
Initial Discussions The Parties shall resolve all Non-Calculations Disputes in
accordance with the process set out in this paragraph. The Disputing Party may send written notice to the Function Head of the other Party (the Notified
Party) of any Non-Calculations Dispute (a Non-Calculations Dispute Notice). The Non-Calculations
Dispute Notice shall set out in reasonable detail the nature of the dispute raised by the Disputing Party, and the rationale for such dispute. The Disputing Party shall provide its Chief Operating Officer with a copy of the Non-Calculations Dispute Notice at the point of the providing the Non-Calculations Dispute Notice to the Notified Party. Within ten (10) Business Days of the Disputing Party issuing the
Non-Calculations Dispute Notice, the Disputing Party shall refer the Non-Calculations Dispute in writing to the CFWG (CFWG Referral) along with a copy
of the Non-Calculations Dispute Notice. The CFWG shall attempt in good faith to resolve such Non-Calculations Dispute by negotiation and consultation between themselves.
If the CFWG is not able to resolve the Non-Calculations Dispute
within ten (10) Business Days of receiving the CFWG Referral, it shall be escalated to Outsourcing Management Committee, which shall use reasonable endeavours to resolve the Non-Calculations Dispute
within twenty (20) Business Days of the initial CFWG Referral. If the Non-Calculations Dispute is not settled within twenty (20) Business Days of the initial CFWG Referral, either Party may
communicate to the other Party that it intends to initiate mediation (the date of such communication being the Escalation to Mediation Date). 75
The Parties may, by mutual written agreement, elect to escalate to an Outsourcing Executive Committee Vote
rather than involve mediation. Mediation At any time after the Escalation to Mediation Date, either Party may submit the Non-Calculations Dispute to mediation in accordance with the LCIA Mediation Rules, which Rules are deemed to be incorporated by reference into this paragraph. If the Parties do not resolve the Non-Calculations Dispute within
twenty (20) Business Days from the commencement of the mediation process, either Party may communicate to the other Party that it intends to initiate arbitration proceedings (the date of such communication being the Escalation to
Arbitration Date). Arbitration At any time after the Escalation to Arbitration Date, either Party may refer the Non-Calculations Dispute to be finally settled by arbitration under the LCIA Arbitration Rules, which Rules are deemed to be incorporated by reference into this paragraph. The tribunal shall consist of three (3) arbitrators, all of which shall be persons (including those who
have retired) with not less than ten (10) years of experience of insurance or reinsurance in the general insurance industry or as lawyers or other professional advisors serving the general insurance industry or with experience relevant to
the subject matter of the Non-Calculations Dispute. Each Party shall nominate one arbitrator, and the two arbitrators nominated by the Parties shall within fifteen (15) Business Days of the appointment of
the second arbitrator agree upon a third arbitrator, who shall act as Chairman of the tribunal. If no agreement is reached within fifteen (15) Business Days, the LCIA shall nominate and appoint a third arbitrator to act as Chairman of the
tribunal. Each Party expressly agrees and consents to this procedure for nominating and appointing the tribunal. The language of the arbitration shall be English. All documents submitted in connection with the proceedings
shall be in the English language or, if in another language, accompanied by a certified English translation. The seat and place of arbitration shall be London, England and English law shall be applicable to this
arbitration agreement. The Parties agree to exclude section 69 of the Arbitration Act 1996 from applying to this arbitration
agreement. 76
Appendix 6 Standard Contract Disaster Recovery and Business Continuity Finance Business Planning Tolerance Levels As this service relates to periodic and ongoing regulatory reporting, there is low tolerance to disruptions or delays (up to
24 hours). Non-performance of the service would result in a failure to meet regulatory reporting deadlines and possible financial penalties being incurred. System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. Oracle, Anaplan, the Service Provider will temporarily cease activities
insofar as data from these systems required. The Service Provider will continue to operate other aspects of the regulatory reporting process on a best-efforts basis. If system outages persist and outputs from the service are required, the Service
Recipient may instruct the Service Provider to prepare regulatory filings on the basis of the most recently available back-up data, adjusted for known events. Staffing Shortages If the service is disrupted due to a shortage of staff, the Service Provider will make commercially reasonable efforts to
return the service to normal service levels within one month. If the disruption persists beyond a month, the Service Provider will: redeploy staff from elsewhere within the Service Provider organisation, primarily Finance services, to work
on planning activities; begin recruitment for FTCs; or approach a third-party accounting outsource firm. Management reporting Tolerance Levels As this service relates to a reporting process that operates on a monthly and quarterly basis, there is moderate tolerance to
disruptions or delays (up to one week). Non-performance of the service would result in the Service Recipient management having insufficient information to manage the business. System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. Oracle, Anaplan, the Service Provider will temporarily cease activities
insofar as data from these systems is required. The Service Provider will continue to operate other aspects of the management reporting process on a best-efforts basis, using EUC solutions. If system outages persist and outputs from the service are
required (e.g. past quarter close), the Service Provider will make commercially reasonable efforts to produce management information using a working paper process and alternative data sources to produce summary management information for short-term
management until full service can be restored. 77
Staffing Shortages If the service is disrupted due to a shortage of staff, the Service Recipient will make commercially reasonable efforts to
return the service to normal service levels within one week. If the disruption persists beyond one week, the Service Provider will: redeploy staff from elsewhere within the Service Provider organisation, primarily Finance services, to work
on reporting activities; - begin recruitment for FTCs; or - approach a third-party accounting outsource firm. Technical accounting Tolerance Levels As this service relates to ongoing accounting processes, there is moderate tolerance to disruptions or delays (up to one
week). Non-performance of the service would result in a backlog of processing activity accumulating, which would require clearing prior to financial reporting occurring. System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. Oracle, the Service Provider will temporarily cease activities insofar as data
from these systems is required. The Service Provider will continue to operate other aspects of technical accounting on a best-efforts basis, using end-user computing (EUC) solutions. If
system outages persist beyond one week, the Service Provider will make commercially reasonable efforts to produce required technical accounting information using a working paper process. The Service Provider will enter the data maintained off-system during the outage into the relevant system within one month of the system outage event occurring. Staffing Shortages If the service is disrupted due to a shortage of staff, the Service Recipient will make commercially reasonable efforts to
return the service to normal service levels within one week. If the disruption persists beyond one week, the Service Provider will: redeploy staff from elsewhere within the Service Provider organisation, primarily Finance services, to work
on reporting activities; - begin recruitment for FTCs; or - approach a third-party accounting outsource firm. The Service Provider will eliminate any backlog developing as a result of staffing shortages within one month of the staffing
shortage event occurring. Payroll processing Tolerance Levels As this service relates to payroll payments to employees, there is minimal tolerance to disruptions or delays (up to 24
hours). Non-performance of the service would result in the Service Recipient 78
breaching its contractual obligations to employees, loss of employee morale,
and potential resignations. System Outages In the event of unavailability of systems, e.g. Oracle, the Service Recipient will omit journalisation of payroll balances
until the system becomes available, and make payroll payments to employees manually, making commercially reasonable efforts to ensure employees receive payroll on-time. The Service Provider will maintain
payroll records off-system until service is restored, at which point the Service Provider will enter data maintained off-system during the outage back into the relevant
system. Staffing Shortages If the service is disrupted due to a shortage of staff, the Service Recipient will make commercially reasonable efforts to
ensure employees receive payroll on-time. The Service Provider will redeploy staff from elsewhere within the Finance function to manage payroll processing or hire an FTC available at immediate notice to
perform the activity. Information Technology Core Infrastructure The core shared infrastructure provided to the Service Recipient includes several layers of resilience to ensure continuity of
their systems, data and processes. Data Centres The core environment is based on a hybrid cloud model. The physical data centres are geographically diverse and feature
physical security controls, redundant power and environmental controls, and real time environmental monitoring. The cloud-based data centre uses a Microsoft Azure tenancy. Servers The servers to be used by the Service Recipient will use a virtualization model. Virtual servers will be created on
virtualization hosts in the physical data centres or in the Azure tenancy. These servers can be transferred between hosts easily. Designated production servers are replicated in near real time to a disaster recovery data centre in the using
Microsofts Azure Site Replication. Designated servers will also be backed up nightly to a local backup appliance and ultimately to a cloud-based backup service. Data Data on the file servers of the Service Recipient will also enjoy additional protection. Shadow copies will be available to
recover recent versions of user files. Data on the file servers will be replicated in real time between the geographically diverse physical data centres to provide additional redundancy. In the event of a failure to the data centres, servers or data, there are several options to continue operations.Should a user
lose some data, it can be recovered from a shadow copy, a local backup, a cloud-based backup, or the disaster recovery data centre. Should a server fail, it can be spun up on another host in the same data centre, a host in a different data centre,
recovered from a local or nightly backup, or brought up in the disaster recovery data centre. Should an 79
entire data centre fail, the affected servers can be brought online in
another physical data centre or the disaster recovery environment. Network The various data centres and physical offices provided to the Service Recipient as part of the shared infrastructure are
connected by a wide area network relying on secure encrypted VPNs over the internet. Each office and data centre will feature primary and secondary internet connections provided by different providers as well as redundant hardware to protect against
failures. The Active Directory service that controls the user security of the network will feature redundant Active
Directory servers in each of the physical data centres and the Azure cloud to allow for resilience. End User Computing and Collaboration End User Computing and Collaboration The standard package of end user hardware and software provided to the users will be based on a work from anywhere
model. Users will be provided with a laptop built to a standard image that includes the capability to make a secure encrypted connection to the core infrastructure network over any standard internet connection. Users will also have access to
industry standard collaboration tools (e.g., Cisco Webex, Microsoft Teams, etc.) and teleconference facilities. In the face of any disruption to the offices, users will be able to continue to collaborate with their peers and access the corporate
network and systems as normal from anywhere there is a suitable internet connection. Staff Availability Support The Service Provider is providing various operational support services to the Service Recipient to augment its own first and
second line support capabilities. The staffing levels for the services will be determined as part of an annual strategy review between the two parties. Should the support services be disrupted due to a shortage of staff, the Service Provider will
use commercially reasonable efforts to source additional support personnel. Application Development The Service Provider is providing bespoke application development services to the Service Recipient. The staffing levels for
this service will be determined as part of an annual strategy review between the two Parties. Should the development services be disrupted due to a shortage of staff, the Service Provider will use commercially reasonable efforts to source additional
development personnel. Strategic Support The Service Provider is providing access to its strategic IT and cyber security expertise to the Service Recipient to augment
the Service Recipients own internal capabilities. The Service Provider will maintain commercially reasonable depth of expertise in its IT team to mitigate any potential key man risk that might impact the Service Provider. 80
Appendix 7 Exit Provisions and Exit Plan Exit Provisions The Service Provider shall maintain an exit plan (an Exit Plan) (the initial draft of
which is appended to the Agreement in this Appendix 7), which shall incorporate the following features that shall apply in an exit and which shall be capable of delivering the success criteria set out below: a process for orderly transfer of the business to an alternative third-party service provider(s) or to one
or more Insurance Group entities (wholly or in part) at the Insurance Groups absolute option and in line with Applicable Law; obligations to co-operate with the other Party and any designated
transferee including any third party service provider; the facility for a partial exit, in which certain Services cease whilst certain Services continue on an exit
basis; where the Service Recipient considers there is the reasonable prospect of the MGU Group entities losing key
personnel as a result of termination or being unwilling to provide Exit Services in breach of contract, at the Service Recipients absolute discretion, Insurance Group entities may hire all or selected staff (including employees or temporary
staff or contractors) from the MGU Group entities (subject to applicable employment laws, save that non-compete or non-poaching provisions shall not apply);
where the Service Recipient considers there is the reasonable prospect of the MGU Group entities being
unable to provide Exit Services due to insolvency, at the Service Recipients absolute discretion, Insurance Group entities may take steps to procure or provide funding to the corresponding MGU group entity to ensure continuity of Services
during the exit period (e.g., to allow continuity of software licences for material systems or orderly wind down); where the Service Recipient considers there is the reasonable prospect of the MGU Group entities losing
staff as a result of termination or being unwilling to provide Exit Services in breach of contract, at the Service Recipients absolute discretion, the right of the Insurance Group to exercise step-in
rights; an obligation to facilitate retrieval of material source codes that have been placed in escrow;
the Service Provider and the MGU Group entities and the Service Recipient and the Insurance Group entities
shall each be obliged to take such steps as are necessary to perfect or give effect to such Exit Plans (including activities in relation to escrow, software licenses, and transfer of IPR or other assets (include employees), providing training to new
or transferring staff during exit period); the Service Provider and the MGU Group entities shall make appropriate resources available to the Service
Recipient and the Insurance Group entities as necessary to execute and deliver Exit Services and Exit Plans. Such resources shall have necessary seniority, skills, and capacity to deliver Exit Services including IT SME skills, information and data
extraction skills, and relevant actuarial skills; 81
where the Service Recipient considers there is the reasonable prospect of the Service Provider and the MGU
Group entities being unwilling or unable to provide Exit Services, the Service Recipient shall have the option to enter into an immediate emergency de facto license of software and IPR (including source code) for proprietary systems at a reasonable
fee commensurate with market rate. This de facto license shall be limited by time to a reasonable period of twenty four (24) months to allow for exit and transfer to an alternative provider and shall end at the point of a properly documented
written licensing agreements being executed. The Parties will use their reasonable endeavours to secure such written licenses within sixty (60) Business Days of an exit event necessitating such license (noting that this is intended to apply
where there is a stressed exit and a reasonable prospect of the Service Provider being unable or unwilling to continue its business or provide Services); where the Service Recipient considers there is the reasonable prospect of the Service Provider and the MGU
Group entities being unwilling or unable to provide Exit Services, any Insurance Group entity will have a preferential right of first refusal to license or acquire IPR in any licensed proprietary systems (following due process) at a reasonable fee
commensurate with market rate; in the event of IPR for proprietary systems required for Exit Services being transferred to a third party, such transfer will be subject to the Service Recipient and any of its group entities having rights to a license
for so long as necessary to complete the run-off and the exit period under the Binder Agreements and this Agreement; the Parties agree to take all reasonably necessary and prudent steps to ensure systems can be accessed and
information and data can be provided to be able to run the business of the Service Recipient and the Insurance Group entities during the exit period and run-off; all necessary confidential information and personal data shall be extracted and provided in a format that is
acceptable to the Service Recipient and the Insurance Group entities on an agreed date such extracts are presumed to be the close of business position backed up on the date immediately before the termination event causing exit plans to be
involved. Such confidential information and personal data shall be provided in order in accordance with the high, medium, low prioritisation of Services as set out in Appendix 2 (Services); and the Parties agree that the Exit Plan requires an holistic approach across organisations and therefore the
Exit Plan will be prepared and implemented with Group level consideration to ensure management has a chance to consider systemic issues in the round and plan and prioritise accordingly for the Insurance Group as a whole, recognising the closely
aligned operating models of each of the Insurance Groups component entities and the need to provide policyholder protections in an optimal way; neither Party will unduly prioritise one jurisdiction or entity over another during this process.
The Parties agree that they will adopt a spirit of cooperation in running off the Services. In particular,
the Service Recipient shall: where the Service Recipient decides to bring all or part of any functions
in-house, as soon as reasonably practicable after making such determination and where reasonably practicable, initiate discussions with the Service Provider regarding: (i) the existing Service Provider
staff that it intends to hire; and (ii) how the TUPE (or equivalent) procedure will apply to the transfer of Service Provider staff in such circumstances. The Parties will use reasonable endeavours to reach an agreement regarding the transfer
of staff as part of these discussions; and 82
where reasonably practicable, initiate prior discussions with the Service Provider prior to exercising any step-in rights, or transferring functions to a third party service provider, and the provisions of this Exit Plan shall be read consistently with this paragraph 2. Upon the termination of the Agreement, the Service Provider shall continue to perform its obligations in
accordance with the terms of the Agreement and otherwise cooperate for the exit period. The exit period shall be a period of twelve (12) months from the date of termination notice or such
lesser period if otherwise instructed in writing by the Service Recipient; if the Agreement does not roll pursuant to Clause 9.2, the exit period shall be the final Contract Year of the Agreement. The Service Recipient shall give at least six
(6) months written notice to the Service Provider of its intention to end Exit Services earlier than the standard exit period. During the exit period the Service Provider shall co-operate with
any instructions from a person authorised by the Service Recipient pursuant to Clause 4.34.1.34.3, including any instruction to transfer provision of the Services or the Agreement to an entity in the Insurance Group or to such third party service
provider as the Service Recipient may require. The Service Recipient and Service Provider will jointly develop and maintain a crisis communications plan in
order to inform all internal and external stakeholders in the event of exit. Services provided during the exit period shall be known as Exit Services. Success Criteria This section of this
Appendix sets out the mutually agreed success criteria, principles, and approach to exit in the following scenarios: Stressed Exit (of all Services) on immediate termination or termination for Resolution Failure
or non-remedied breach after cure period as set out in Clause 10 (Termination); Non-Stressed Exit (of all Services) on termination
where notice is given; and Non-Stressed Exit of a Service where notice is given
to terminate one or more Service but not all Services. Detail of Service-specific exit approaches
(including Exit Plan principles, resources responsible for implementing the Exit Plan, critical data required, systems required to support the exit, alternative third-party service providers) are set out in the relevant Service Schedule in Appendix
2 (Services). Stressed Exit (of all Services) The Service Recipient remains fully responsible for discharging all of its obligations under Applicable Law. In the context of
Stressed Exit, this means that the Service Recipient will step in to ensure to ensure continuity of services to policyholders and other stakeholders (such as Regulatory Authorities). This may mean that the Service Recipient, at its absolute
discretion, brings or builds Service delivery functionality internally or initiates transition to a different third-party service provider at the first opportunity, subject to all necessary checks, governance and approvals and Applicable Law. Triggers for Stressed Exit 83
Triggers are linked to the termination provisions in Clause 10
(Termination) and is most likely to occur in the event of immediate termination rights or termination linked to uncured breach including by way of example only: breakdown of relationship between the Service Provider and Service Recipient such that the Service Provider
is no longer willing to supply Services; material or persistent breach of the Agreement; change of control of the Service Provider to a competitor; or insolvency of the Service Provider Successful Exit criteria Business critical services (indicated as High Priority Services in the Service Schedules in Appendix 2
(Services)) are transitioned promptly with minimal disruption minimal/non-material financial loss, reputational damage, or regulatory intervention. Standard services (indicated as Medium Priority Services in the Service Schedules in Appendix 2
(Services)) are transitioned with small delay, such that any resulting backlog is resolved within 1 month. Non-critical services (indicated as Low Priority Services in the
Service Schedules in Appendix 2 (Services)) are transitioned with small delay, such that any resulting backlog is resolved within 3 months. General principles Business Criticality Claims, Reserving and financial and regulatory reporting are critical Services that require primary focus
for implementing exit plans. Due to the nature of the Service Recipients business, primarily serving corporates and more
sophisticated policyholders, claims adjusting activity is a generally lengthy process, and able to tolerate brief delay or periods of non-availability, allowing for invocation of contingency plans.
Reserving and financial and regulatory activities are performed on a quarterly basis for external reporting
activity and are able to tolerate brief delays and periods of non-availability, even close to deadlines, allowing for invocation of exit plans. Other functions are able to tolerate delays and periods of
non-availability without significant issues arising, enabling invocation of all other exit plans. If transferring the Services into the Insurance Group, the Service Recipient will as soon as possible
acquire staff to deliver Service, in any combination at the Service Recipients option in order of preference for immediate availability: acquiring the Service Providers staff assets; 84
exercising right to employ certain of the Service Providers employees (including
contracting with temporary resources); approaching a third-party administrator or outsourcing provider to provide people to operate the Services
quickly, dependent on skill level required; and Service Recipient to begin recruitment immediately for appropriately skilled temporary resources, FTCs, or
FTEs to fill any resource requirements. Subsequent to meeting immediate staffing requirements, the Service Recipient may make an assessment of the
target operating model (TOM) for the Service, and subsequently adjust staffing mix to match TOM requirements. If moving to a third-party service provider, the Service Recipient will immediately tender a service
contract. If unable to immediately engage a new service provider, the Service Recipient will use the right to employ to engage Service Providers staff as required to facilitate the transition. Systems & Data Service Recipient to take IT delivery services in-house at first
opportunity. Service Recipient to exercise step-in rights including
acquiring the right to use Service Providers IPR, shared infrastructure, and novation into any back-to-back service agreements. Service Recipient to begin service delivery as soon as reasonably practicable, within five (5) Business
Days, either: acquiring existing Service Provider infrastructure and continuing delivery
as-is; or acquiring Service Provider backups of servers, acquiring own hosting etc. Service Recipient to acquire data extracts from Service Providers data warehouse in user-readable
format; use data extracts to perform business critical activities as a working paper process until systems are available to process transactions. Service Provider to destroy Service Recipients data only upon written request by a person authorised
by Service Recipient pursuant to Clause 4.3; if Service Provider is unable to destroy data, Service Recipient will exercise step-in rights to do so where necessary. Non-Stressed Exit (of all services) Possible triggers for exit Agreement is not renewed at annual renewal, with 9 years remaining until full exit from the Agreement in line with Clause
9.2.2. Successful exit criteria Services are transitioned with negligible disruption - limited to scheduled down-time to facilitate
transition of Services. 85
Services are operational in-line with transitional timeline, with
any transitory service disruption resolved within one month of the cut-over date. General principles Service Recipient and Service Provider will jointly develop and agree a Transition Plan within three months
of the minimum term not rolling under Clause 9.2. The timeline may consist of such activities as: identification of capabilities required to allow the Service Recipients business to continue (c. two
(2) years prior to the Agreement end date); and development of strategy to meet capability requirements (c. eighteen (18) months prior to the Agreement
end date): Sourcing of staff - Service Provider transfers, FTEs/FTCs, third parties. Systems - replacement Policy Administration System, licensing of Service Provider IPR where applicable, etc.
Premises - locations, leases, fit-out, etc. Operationalisation of strategy/operational readiness planning (c. twelve (12) months prior to the
Agreement end date): Process design; Identification of workstreams/major work areas; Identification of long-lead items; and PMO establishment. Implementation occurring for twelve (12) months in advance of Agreement end date.
Parallel running of new operations for three months in advance of Agreement end date. Non-Stressed Exit of Individual Service(s)
Possible triggers for exit Mutual agreement to terminate parts of the Agreement or a Service. Service Recipient intends to bring a Service back in-house for
strategic/regulatory purposes. Services or systems offered by the Service Provider no longer meet the strategic priorities or functional
needs of the Service Recipient. Service Recipient begins writing business with another insurance distribution partner, requiring in-housing of services handling sensitive information (e.g. reinsurance purchasing). Successful exit criteria 86
Service(s) being exited is transitioned with negligible disruption - limited to scheduled down-time to
facilitate transition of services. Service(s) being exited is operational in-line with transitional
timeline, with any transitory service disruption resolved within one month of the cut-over date. General principles Service Recipient and Service Provider agree a transition period for the Service(s) being exited, being
sufficient for a smooth transition to in-house delivery or to another third-party provider at the discretion of the Service Recipient. Service Provider to co-operate and provide Exit Services (e.g. data
extracts from systems, off-boarding, hand-offs to new suppliers). Service Provider to maintain operational Service continuity, with no degradation of Service quality or
timeliness, until the Service Recipient has fully exited the Service. Perform a reassessment of Service scope, SLAs and governance for appropriateness following exit of specific
Service, in particular where there are dependencies between terminated Service and persisting Services. People
Service Recipient to identify new workforce: Service Recipient to begin recruitment of FTE/FTCs or tender contract during transition period;
Service Recipient to engage and pay for any specialists/professional services needed to facilitate the
transition; and Service Recipient may employ (or be required to offer based on TUPE Regulations) where Service Recipient
identifies key staff or teams that presently deliver Service to the Service Recipient. Systems & Data
Service Provider to provide Service Recipient with complete detailed transaction history from systems where
required to allow migration or in-housing of Services. Service Provider to provide reasonable support off-boarding from
Service Provider systems. Where relevant, Service Provider to provide access to third party service provider to Service
Provider-hosted systems used by the Service Recipient to conduct activities. Exit Plans by Service Finance Business Planning Non-stressed exit principles 87
The Service Recipient will, prior to the service end date, undertake a
strategic The Service Recipient will, prior to the service end date, undertake an assessment of the future target operating model of the function. With sufficient time before the service end date, the Service Recipient will exercise its right to
hire existing Service Provider staff under the TUPE (or equivalent) procedure. If the resource level from staff transferred under TUPE (or equivalent) is insufficient, the Service Recipient will conduct recruitment activities for FTEs and FTCs, such
that the function is fully staffed prior to the end date and no break in activity occurs. The Service Provider will
provide reasonable exit assistance to the Service Recipient, including facilitation of the transfer of employees, and provision of all data and reporting to facilitate the exit. Stressed exit contingency plan principles The Service Recipient will exercise its right to hire existing Service Provider financial planning and analysis
(FP&A) staff under the TUPE (or equivalent) procedure and bring business planning in-house. Resources responsible for implementing the contingency plan The Service Recipient CFO is responsible for the contingency plan, with involvement of CUO as required. Critical data to be handed over to the Service Recipient All commercially sensitive actuarial data, including: - Premium and claims experience data (gross and RI) - Aggregation data - Standard Formula data - BSCR data All planning artefacts in use, such as: - Templates - Models - Forecasting tools Alternative systems Anaplan is a readily available vendor package; in the event of an exit, the Service Recipient will be able to implement its
own instance of Anaplan in the medium-term. Spreadsheet-based business planning would be a suitable alternative in the short-term if necessary. Alternative third-party support FP&A roles are a commodity high-skill role; roles may be replaced with FTCs or FTEs with a readily available skillset.
88
Management reporting Non-stressed exit principles The Service Recipient will, prior to the service end date, undertake an assessment of the future target operating model of
the function. With sufficient time before the service end date, the Service Recipient will exercise its right to hire existing Service Provider staff under the TUPE (or equivalent) procedure. If the resource level from staff transferred under TUPE
(or equivalent) is insufficient, the Service Recipient will conduct recruitment activities for FTEs and FTCs, such that the function is fully staffed prior to the end date and no break in activity occurs. The Service Provider will provide reasonable exit assistance to the Service Recipient, including facilitation of the transfer
of employees, and provision of all data and reporting to facilitate the exit. Stressed exit contingency plan principles The Service Recipient will exercise its right to hire existing Service Provider management reporting staff under the TUPE (or
equivalent) procedure and bring credit control in-house. Resources responsible for implementing the contingency plan The Service Recipient CFO is responsible for the contingency plan, with involvement of other specialised resource within the
finance function as required. Critical data to be handed over to the Service Recipient Management accounting records contained within Anaplan Alternative systems Anaplan is a readily available vendor package; in the event of an exit, the Service Recipient will be able to implement its
own instance of Anaplan in the medium-term. Spreadsheet-based business planning would be a suitable alternative in the short-term if necessary. Alternative third-party support Management reporting roles are a commodity high-skill role; roles may be replaced with FTCs or FTEs with a readily available
skillset. Technical accounting Non-stressed exit principles The Service Recipient will, prior to the service end date, undertake an assessment of the future target operating model of
the function. With sufficient time before the service end date, the Service Recipient will exercise its right to hire existing Service Provider staff under the TUPE (or equivalent) procedure. If the resource level from staff transferred under TUPE
(or equivalent) is insufficient, the Service Recipient will conduct recruitment activities for FTEs and FTCs, such that the function is fully staffed prior to the end date and no break in activity occurs. 89
The Service Provider will provide reasonable exit assistance to the Service
Recipient, including facilitation of the transfer of employees, and provision of all data and reporting to facilitate the exit. Stressed exit contingency plan principles The Service Recipient will exercise its right to hire existing Service Provider management reporting staff under the TUPE (or
equivalent) procedure and bring credit control in-house Resources responsible for implementing the contingency plan The Service Recipient CFO is responsible for the contingency plan, with involvement of other specialised resource within the
finance function as required. Critical data to be handed over to the Service Recipient n/a - The Service Provider delivers the service directly into the Service Recipients GL, no further data is required.
Alternative systems n/a - Service Recipient has dedicated GL system. Alternative third-party support Technical accounting roles are moderately skilled; roles may be replaced by an outsourced service provider, FTCs, or FTEs
with a readily available skillset. Payroll processing Non-stressed exit principles The Service Recipient will, prior to the service end date, undertake an assessment of the future target operating model of
the function, in conjunction with the Payroll Systems and Administration services provided under paragraph 3.2.5 of Appendix 2 (Services). With sufficient time before the service end date, the Service Recipient will determine whether
dedicated resource is required to perform the activity, and if so, will conduct recruitment activities for FTEs and FTCs, such that the function is fully staffed prior to the end date and no break in activity occurs. The Service Provider will provide reasonable exit assistance to the Service Recipient, including provision of all data and
reporting to facilitate the exit. Stressed exit contingency plan principles The Service Recipient will assign the payroll processing task to one of the Service Recipients Finance staff qualified
to perform the role, giving consideration to the interdependency with the Payroll Systems and Administration services provided under paragraph 3.2.5 of Appendix 2 (Services). Resources responsible for implementing the contingency plan 90
The Service Recipient CFO is responsible for the contingency plan, with
involvement of other specialised resource within the finance function as required. Critical data to be handed over to the Service Recipient n/a Alternative systems n/a - Service Recipient has dedicated GL system. Alternative third-party support Technical accounting roles are moderately skilled; roles may be replaced by an outsourced service provider, FTCs, or FTEs
with a readily available skillset. IT Cyber Security Programme Execution and Monitoring In the event of a non-stressed exit, the agreed premises and relevant parts of the
shared infrastructure will revert to the Service Provider. It is the expectation that the Service Recipient will set up and maintain its own corporate infrastructure including cyber security capabilities. During the interim period, the Service
Provider will continue to provide the Cyber Protection services for up to 1 year from the notice of termination. In the
event of a stressed exit, the relevant infrastructure and cyber tools of the Service Provider would need to be transferred to the Service Recipient in order to continue operations. Cyber Security Programme Design The Service Recipient will be responsible for its own cyber security programme design. Videoconference Support In the event of a non-stressed exit, the relevant parts of the shared infrastructure
will revert to the Service Provider and the Service Recipient will be expected to establish its own infrastructure and videoconferencing capabilities. The Service Provider will continue to provide the service for up to 3 months in the interim. In the event of a stressed exit such that the Service Provider ceases to operate the Service Recipient will seek to acquire
the relevant parts of the shared infrastructure. Desktop Hardware Provisioning In the event of a non-stressed exit, the Service Recipient will hire its own staff or
contractors to take over operation of the Service. The Service Provider will transfer any hardware held on the Service Recipients behalf to the Service Recipient and novate contracts in the Service Providers name. In the event of a stressed exit, the above scenario continues to apply. The Service Provider will facilitate the exit with
reasonable support dependent on the circumstances. Office 365 Provisioning 91
In the event of a non-stressed
exit, the Service Recipient is expected to take over operation of the service by establishing its own e-mail service. In the interim period while the Service Recipient is establishing its own e-mail service, the Service Provider will continue to provide the service for up to six months. In addition, by request the Service Provider will provide in an electronic format (e.g. Outlook data files, Outlook
message files) up to a years worth of archived e-mails. In the event of a
stressed exit such that the Service Provider ceases operations, the Service Recipient will seek to acquire the Outlook 365 tenancy of the Service Provider. Small Licence Provisioning In the event of a non-stressed exit, the Service Recipient will hire its own staff or
contractors to take over operation of the service. In the event of a stressed exit, the above scenario continues to
apply. The Service Provider will facilitate the exit with reasonable support dependent on the circumstances. Mobile Device Provisioning In the event of a non-stressed exit, the Service Recipient will hire its own staff or
contractors to take over operation of the Service. The Service Provider will transfer any hardware held on the Service Recipients behalf to the Service Recipient and novate contracts in the Service Providers name. In the event of a stressed exit where the Service Provider ceases operations, the Service Provider shall have step in rights
to the service contracts with Vodafone/Digicel if they do not already have them. Core Infrastructure -Network In the event of a non-stressed exit, the agreed premises and the relevant parts of
the shared infrastructure will revert to the Service Provider. It is the expectation that the Service Recipient will set up and maintain its own corporate network in order to conduct its business operations. During the interim period, the Service
Provider will continue to provide the network services for up to 1 year from the notice of termination. In the event of
a stressed exit, the Service Recipient will seek to acquire the people and hardware of the Service Provider in order to continue operations. Active Directory Security In the event of a non-stressed exit, the agreed premises and the relevant parts of
the shared infrastructure will revert to the Service Provider. It is the expectation that the Service Recipient will set up and maintain its own corporate network in order to conduct its business operations. During the interim period, the Service
Provider will continue to provide the Active Directory services for up to 1 year from the notice of termination. In the
event of a stressed exit, the Service Recipient will seek to acquire the people and hardware of the Service Provider in order to continue operations. Server Provisioning 92
In the event of a non-stressed
exit, the agreed premises and the relevant parts of the shared infrastructure will revert to the Service Provider. It is the expectation that the Service Recipient will set up and maintain its own corporate network in order to conduct its business
operations. The Service Provider shall provide access to the file system and configurations of the Service Recipients servers such that the Service Recipient can transfer its data to its new servers. During the interim period, the Service
Provider will continue to provide the Server services for up to 1 year from the notice of termination. In the event of a
stressed exit, the Service Recipient will seek to acquire the people and hardware of the Service Provider in order to continue operations. Backup Service In the event of a non-stressed exit, the agreed premises and the relevant parts of
the shared infrastructure will revert to the Service Provider. It is the expectation that the Service Recipient will set up and maintain its own corporate infrastructure. The Service Provider shall provide access to the backups it facilitated on
behalf of the Service Recipient. During the interim period, the Service Provider will continue to provide the Server services for up to 1 year from the notice of termination. In the event of a stressed exit, the Service Recipient will seek to acquire the hardware and backup contract of the Service
Provider in order to continue operations. Disaster Recovery Service In the event of a non-stressed exit, the agreed premises and the relevant parts of
the shared infrastructure will revert to the Service Provider. It is the expectation that the Service Recipient will set up and maintain its own corporate infrastructure including disaster recovery capabilities. During the interim period, the
Service Provider will continue to provide the Disaster Recovery services for up to 1 year from the notice of termination. In the event of a stressed exit, the Service Recipient will need the right to acquire the managed service DR contract and
content of the Service Provider in order to continue operations. IT Strategy Support The Service Recipient will be responsible for its IT Strategy Support design. The Service Recipient and the Service Provider
will meet annually to align their designs and ensure that the exit planning around IT Strategy Support remains sufficiently covered by the exit planning for the other services referred to in this section 2. Bespoke Application Helpdesk In the case of a non-stressed exit, the expectation is that the Service Recipient
will stand up their own systems and cease using the licenced bespoke applications. In that case, the bespoke application helpdesk would become redundant. The Service Provider would continue to provide the application helpdesk service for up to 1
year or until the Service Recipient stands up their replacement systems. In the case of a stressed exit, the Service
Recipient shall have step in rights to the developer contracts of the Service Provider. Infrastructure Support Helpdesk 93
In the event of a non-stressed
exit, it is expected the Service Recipient shall stand up its own infrastructure and helpdesk capabilities. The shared infrastructure shall revert to the Service Provider and the infrastructure helpdesk would become redundant. In the interim period
or until the Service Recipient can establish its own Infrastructure, the Service Provider shall continue to provide the Infrastructure Helpdesk until the shared infrastructure reverts to the Service Provider. In the event of a stressed exit where the Service Provider ceases to operate, the Service Recipient shall seek to acquire the
relevant parts of the shared infrastructure and helpdesk service. Third-Party Vendor Support Helpdesk In the case of a non-stressed exist, the Service Recipient would be expected to
provision their own 3rd party support contracts. The Service Provider would continue to provide their 3rd Party Support service for up to 1 year in the interim. In the case of a stressed exit where the Service Provider ceased operations, the Service Provider should have the right to
novate and assume the support contracts previously in place with the Service Provider. Seconded Developers In the case on a non-stressed exit, the Service Recipient would stop licencing the
bespoke developed systems and this service would become redundant. The Service Provider would continue to provide the 2nd line support service for up to 1 year in the interim as the Service Recipient replaced its systems. In the case of a stressed exit where the Service Provider ceased to function the Service Recipient would seek the right to
acquire the people and systems of the Service Provider. 94
Appendix 9 Remediation and Consequences from KPIS and SLA Shortfalls Shortfalls this Appendix applies if the Service Provider does not achieve any one or more of the SLAs set out in any of
the schedules at Appendix 2 (Services) or otherwise incorporated into this mechanism; and that breach of the SLA does not amount to a material breach giving rise to termination or if the Service
Recipient elects not to exercise termination rights as set out in Clause 10 (Termination); and
these shall be known as Shortfalls which shall be notified promptly by the Service Recipient to the Service Provider when they arise. Service Credits for Shortfalls The Service Provider will remedy Shortfalls once notified of them within a period agreed with the Service
Recipient both Parties acting reasonably. In the event that a Shortfall is not remedied within any agreed remediation period it shall be eligible for
a Service Credit. For Services in this Agreement and any other agreements between the parties incorporating this Service
Credit mechanism by reference, which shall include the Framework Agreement and the Binder Agreements, shall result in a reduction in Fee Profit. Service Credits shall compound however in any particular month the Service Credits cannot exceed the total
Fee Profit nor shall they give rise to any further right of deduction or set off. For the avoidance of doubt KPIs are provided to the Service Recipient for monitoring purposes only, breach
of a KPI does not result in a Service Credit. Service Credits shall not be eligible in respect of Shortfalls during the first six months of this Agreement
with this period commencing on Commencement Date, or alternatively 6 months after conclusion of the first year-end close accounting process if this year end occurs within less than six months of the
commencement of this Agreement (Grace Period). 102
SLA basis Service
credits basis Service Credit
per Shortfall (i.e. deduction of Fees Profit) SLAs measured on a daily / weekly basis If there is a daily measurement
Shortfall in any particular week then that shall count as one Type A Service Credit for that week. If there is a weekly measurement Shortfall in any particular then that shall count as one Type A Service Credit for that
week. 1 to 5 Shortfalls = No
Deduction 5 to 10 = Fee Profit reduced by 0.5% (i.e 5%
to 4.5%) 10 - 15 = Fee Profit reduced by 1% (i.e. 4.5
to 3.5%) 15+ = Fee Profit reduced by increments of 0.5%
for each 5 further Shortfalls SLAs measured on a monthly basis If there is a monthly
measurement Shortfall in any particular year then it shall count as one Type B Service Credit for that month. 1 to 5 Shortfalls = No
Deduction 5 to 10 = Fee Profit reduced by 1% (i.e. 5%
to 4%) 10 - 15 = Fee Profit reduced by 1% (i.e. 4% to
3%) 15+ = Fee Profit reduced by increments of 1% for
each 5 further Shortfalls Process for claiming and applying Service Credit On a quarterly basis, if not already identified in the normal course the Service Recipient will identify any
Service Credits that it wishes the Service Provider to apply. The Service Recipient Accountable Executive will notify the Service Provider Accountable Executive (COO) with a copy to the Chief Financial Officer in writing at least ten
(10) Business Days prior to the following quarter-year end if it wishes to claim Service Credits. If accepted by its Accountable Executive, the Service Provider will apply the Service Credits to the next
invoice for Fees as part of the invoicing process set out in Appendix 1 (Fees). In the event the Service Provider does not accept the request, the matter will initially be referred for
discussion between the Accountable Executives of each Party. If the matter cannot be resolved within ten (10) Business Days of such referral, it will be treated
under the appropriate governance and dispute resolution provisions in Appendix 5 (Contract Governance, Accountabilities, Escalation, and Dispute Resolution) at the Service Recipients absolute discretion depending on the nature of
the reason why the Service Provider will not accept the request. 103
Appendix 10 Data Privacy and Information Security Addendum All data is stored in secure systems, with access limited to Service Provider staff directly delivering the
service. When circulated outside of a secure system, all data files containing commercially sensitive data are to be
password protected. Data retention and protection policies implemented are compliant with the most onerous of the UK Data
Protection Act 2018, the EU General Data Protection Regulation, or other successor legislation or regulation. 104
Attachment A Deed of Variation to Inter-Group Services Agreement Additional Party This deed of variation (Variation) to the Inter-Group Services Agreement (Agreement) dated [] is
made by way of Deed on [ insert date] BY [name of joining [] group company] whose registered office is at [[]] (the Additional
Party) WHEREAS The Parties entered into a contract for the provision of inter-group services on the terms and conditions set out in the Agreement. The Parties and the additional Party wish to vary the terms and conditions of the Agreement in accordance with Clause 23 (Amendments and
Change management Process) of the Agreement and the terms of this Variation. Now this Deed witnesses and it is declared
as follows: Definitions All capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this Variation shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.
Addition of Party The Parties and the Additional Party mutually agree that the Additional Party shall become a Party to the Agreement with
effect from []. Survival of Agreement Except as otherwise expressly varied in this Variation, all terms and conditions contained in the Agreement
shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be altered or changed by this Variation. The Agreement, as varied by this Variation, constitutes the entire agreement of the Parties with respect to
the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior or contemporaneous agreements, understandings and representations, whether oral or written. 105
In witness of which this Deed has been executed as a Deed and has been
delivered on the date which appears above. Executed as a Deed by ) [name of company] ) .................................................................................................................. acting by [name of director], ) a director in the presence of: ) [name of director] Witnesss Signature: .................................................................................................................. Name: .................................................................................................................. Address: .................................................................................................................. .................................................................................................................. 106
Recipient
Regulated Activity
Regulatory Authority
Reorganisation
Resolution Failure
1.2
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
Time
Definition
2.
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
3.
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.6.1
3.6.2
3.6.3
3.6.4
(a)
(b)
3.7
3.7.1
3.7.2
4.
4.1
4.1.1
4.1.2
4.1.3
4.1.4
4.2
4.3
4.4
5.
6.
7.
7.1
7.2
7.2.1
7.2.2
7.3
7.4
8.
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
8.7
8.8
8.9
8.10
8.11
8.12
8.13
9.
9.1
9.2
9.2.1
9.2.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
10.
10.1
10.1.1
10.1.2
10.1.3
10.1.4
10.1.5
10.1.6
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
11.
11.1
11.1.1
11.1.2
11.2
11.3
11.3.1
11.3.2
11.4
11.5
12.
12.1
12.1.1
12.1.2
12.1.3
(a)
(b)
13.
13.1
13.2
13.2.1
13.2.2
13.2.3
13.2.4
13.3
13.4
14.
14.1
14.2
14.3
14.4
15.
15.1
15.2
15.2.1
15.2.2
15.2.3
15.3
15.4
15.5
15.5.1
15.5.2
15.5.3
15.5.4
15.5.5
15.5.6
15.5.7
15.5.8
15.6
15.7
15.8
16.
16.1
16.2
16.3
16.4
16.5
17.
17.1
17.2
17.3
17.4
17.5
17.6
17.7
17.8
18.
18.1
18.2
18.3
18.4
18.5
18.6
18.7
18.8
19.
19.1
19.2
19.2.1
19.2.2
19.2.3
19.2.4
19.2.5
19.3
19.4
19.5
20.
20.1
20.2
20.3
20.4
20.5
20.6
20.7
20.7.1
20.7.2
20.7.3
20.7.4
20.8
20.9
20.10
21.
21.1
21.1.1
21.1.2
21.1.3
21.1.4
21.1.5
21.2
21.2.1
21.2.2
21.3
21.4
21.4.1
21.4.2
21.4.3
21.4.4
21.5
21.6
21.7
22.
22.1
22.2
22.3
23.
23.1
23.2
23.3
23.4
24.
25.
26.
26.1
26.2
26.3
26.4
27.
27.1
27.2
28.
29.
29.1
29.2
29.2.1
29.2.2
29.2.3
29.3
29.4
30.
31.
31.1
31.2
31.3
32.
32.1
32.2
33.
34.
1.
2.
3.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
1.
1
SLA
Regulatory deliverables submissions timelines
Submit regulatory deliverables in line with agreed timetable and ensure that no submissions dates are missed
100%
As agreed between Service Recipient and Service Provider
Monthly
2
SLA
Reconciliations and account breakdowns
Submit sub-ledger and Balance Sheet reconciliations scope as agreed between Service Recipient and
Service Provider
95%
As agreed between Service Recipient and Service Provider
Monthly
3
SLA
Resolution of unreconciled items
Resolve any unreconciled items on Balance Sheet reconciliations, exceeding materiality threshold as agreed between the Service Recipient and
the Service Provider
95%
5 Business Days after submission of Balance Sheet reconciliations
Monthly
4
SLA
Journal entry
Enter journal entries as agreed between the Service Provider and the Service Recipient
95%
Within 5 Business Days of the end of the month
Monthly
5
SLA
Payroll payment reconciliation
Reconcile total payroll payments made to the underlying payroll records, ensuring that all reconciling differences exceeding materiality
as
95%
Within 5 Business Days of the end of the month
Monthly
agreed between the Service Recipient and the Service Provider are explained with commentary
6
SLA
Provision of data
Submit data deliverables, as agreed between the Service Provider and the Service Recipient
95%
As agreed between Service Recipient and Service Provider
Monthly
1.1
(a)
requests of this nature.
2.
Service deliverables
3.
Service dependencies (on inter-group and intra-group services)
4.
Key supporting systems
5.
Key supporting third-party suppliers
6.
Service Provider owner
7.
Service Recipient owner
8.
Service Recipient obligations (e.g. data required by Service Provider)
9.
Service Recipient oversight activities
10.
Service reporting requirements
The Service Provider will retain a copy of the agreed reporting timetable and documentary evidence of its compliance with
the deadlines set out therein, to be presented to the Service Recipient upon request.
11.
Definition
(b)
The following deliverables are to be provided by the Service Provider to the Service Recipient (in a format
Service dependencies (on inter-group and intra-group services)
Key supporting systems
Key supporting third-party suppliers
n/a
Service Provider owner
7.
Service Recipient owner
8.
Service Recipient obligations (e.g. data required by Service Provider)
9.
Service Recipient oversight activities
10.
Service reporting requirements
The reporting is to be provided on a timely basis and will include outputs as agreed between the Service Provider and the Service
Recipient
11.
Definitions
(c)
1.
Service description
2.
Service deliverables
3.
Service dependencies (on inter-group and intra-group services)
4.
Key supporting systems
5.
Key supporting third-party suppliers
n/a
6.
Service Provider owner
7.
Service Recipient owner
8.
Service Recipient obligations (e.g. data required by Service Provider)
9.
Service Recipient oversight activities
10.
Service reporting requirements
11.
Definitions
(d)
1.
Service description
Process Payroll journals
The Service Provider is responsible for processing all payroll information, as agreed between the Service Provider and the Service Recipient, in systems on a monthly basis, relying on
information provided by the third-party payroll Service Provider and ensuring that these journals are posted accurately into the General Ledger.
The Service Provider will provide the Service Recipient with an extract from the General Ledger summarising the payroll amounts to be paid by the Service Recipient
The Service Recipient will review and challenge the payroll data received from the Service Recipient and submit to those charged with governance for approval.
Payroll accounts reconciliation
The Service Provider is responsible for performing a payroll accounts reconciliation on a monthly basis ensuring that any unreconciled items exceeding materiality as agreed with the Service
Recipient are adequately explained
The Service Recipient will review and challenge the payroll reconciliations received from the Service Recipient and submit to those charged with governance for approval
Timing of activities
The timetable for activities to support payroll process is agreed to be as follows:
2.
Service deliverables
The following deliverables are to be provided by the Service Provider to the Service Recipient (in a format determined by the Service Recipient) on a monthly basis:
I. Payroll journal report listing all balances to be approved and paid
As required:
Service dependencies (on inter-group and intra-group services)
Key supporting systems
Key supporting third-party suppliers
Immedis has been engaged as third-party provider to support payroll run activities.
The Service Provider must notify the Service Recipient in writing at least 30 days in advance of any changes to the named third-party
provider.
Service Provider owner
UK
Ireland
Bermuda
Service Recipient owner
UK
Ireland
Bermuda
Service Recipient obligations (e.g. data required by Service Provider)
Service Recipient oversight activities
Service reporting requirements
The following definition shall apply in respect of this Service Schedule:
Oracle Fusion - a digital ERP platform
2.
2.1
Process Description
Process Objective
A formal request from a user for something to be provided for example, a request for information or advice; to reset a password; or to install a workstation for a new user.
The details of a request for service are recorded by service request in a service request record.
To fulfil service requests, which in most cases are minor (standard) changes (e.g., requests to change a
password) or requests for information.
#
Type
Metric Name
Commitment
Threshold
Timing
Frequency of Reporting
1
SLA
Normal Request
All requests within the standard catalogue of services. All standard service requests will be responded and resolved within agreed
tiered service offering
95%
4 hr response time and 5 Business Days resolution time for service request
Monthly
2
SLA
Outside of Catalogue
All requests for service outside of the standard service catalogue. All non-standard service requests will be responded and resolved within agreed tiered
service offering
95%
2 Business Days response time and 20 Business Days resolution time for non- standard service request
Monthly
3
KPI
Average Time to Resolve Service Requests
The average time from ticket acknowledgement to ticket resolution (e.g., Standard Service Request or Non-Standard Service Request)
95%
Monthly
Monthly
#
Type
Metric Name
Commitment
Threshold
Timing
Frequency of Reporting
4
KPI
Average time to Respond to Service Requests
The average time from ticket creation to ticket acknowledgement
95%
Monthly
Monthly
2.2
Process Description
Process Objective
The distinction between Incident Management (service interruptions) and Service Request Management (customer or user requests that do not represent a service disruption, such as a
password reset). Service interruptions are handled through Incident Management, and Service Requests through Service Request Management. All Incidents should be logged as Incident Records on the ITSM tool.
To manage the lifecycle of all Incidents. The primary objective of Incident Management is to return the IT
service to users as quickly as possible.
#
Type
Metric Name
Commitment
Threshold
Timing
Frequency of Reporting
1
SLA
Priority 1 (P1)- Critical incidents
P1 Incidents will be responded to and resolved
95%
15 min response time and 4 hrs elapsed time for resolution
Monthly
2
SLA
Priority 2 (P2)- High incidents
P2 Incidents will be responded to and resolved
95%
30 min response time and 4 hrs elapsed time for resolution
Monthly
3
SLA
Priority 3 (P3)- Medium incidents
P3 Incidents will be responded to and resolved
95%
2 hrs response time and 1-day (Business Day) for resolution
Monthly
4
SLA
Priority 4(P4)- Low incidents
P4 Incidents will be responded to and resolved
95%
2 hrs response time and 2-days (Business Days) time for resolution
Monthly
5
KPI
Number of incidents logged
Report the number of incidents logged, grouped into categories
None
Monthly
Monthly
6
KPI
Number of P1- (Critical) incidents
Number of P1- (Critical) incidents that have been critical to business operations
None
Monthly
Monthly
#
Type
Metric Name
Commitment
Threshold
Timing
Frequency of Reporting
7
KPI
Average time to Respond to Incidents
The average time from ticket creation to ticket acknowledgement by type
None
Monthly
Monthly
8
KPI
Average time to Resolve Incidents
The average time from ticket acknowledgement to ticket resolution by type
None
Monthly
Monthly
9
KPI
Mean time between incidents
The average time between P1 ticket creation.
None
Monthly
Monthly
2.3
Process Description
Process Objective
The primary objective of Security Incident Management is to ensure that the
organization is protected and that incidents affecting security are properly managed.
#
Type
Metric Name
Commitment
Threshold
Timing
Frequency of Reporting
1
The security team will respond to a problem or issue (suspicious activity that could possibly indicate possible attack without clear attack pattern being
established). An example of such an issue might be a suspicious change of password.
Review during next Business Day for triage
2
The security team will respond to a minor or isolated incident - Evidence of speculative attack that has subsided or has low level/rate of activity. An example
of such an attack might be a low rate/limited password spray against a single server.
Response at start of next Business Day
#
Type
Metric Name
Commitment
Threshold
Timing
Frequency of Reporting
3
High
Response within 15 minutes, resolution within 4 hours
Monthly
4
Severe
Response within 15 minutes, resolution within 4 hours
Monthly
5
Monthly Patching Schedule
Servers and Workstations are to be Patched on a Monthly Basis during the Patch Windows.
Two patch runs per Month
Monthly
6
Annual Penetration Test
An accredited 3rd party will perform an annual penetration test
Annual
7
User Cyber Training
An accredited 3rd party will provide cyber training to the users.
Annual
8
User Phishing Simulations
An accredited 3rd party security provider will conduct periodic phishing
tests on the users
Semi-Annual
9
Average Time to Respond to Security Incidents
The average time from ticket creation to ticket acknowledgement by type
Monthly
#
Type
Metric Name
Commitment
Threshold
Timing
Frequency of Reporting
10
The average time from ticket acknowledgement to ticket resolution by type
Monthly
11
Average number of vulnerabilities per asset
Monthly
12
Monthly Patching Adherence
As measured by the patching tickets recorded the in the helpdesk system, this is the number of patch runs conducted in the
month
Monthly
13
Annual Penetration Test Critical and High Items
Annual penetration tests are conducted using accredited external 3rd parties.
This is the number of critical and high items from the annual report.
Annual
14
Unmitigated Penetration Test Critical and High Items
From the latest annual penetration test, this is the number of critical and/or high items that remain unmitigated
Monthly
15
Cyber Training - Percent Completed
The number of users to complete the latest cyber training session versus the number of users issued the training
Monthly
16
Cyber Training Percent Passed
The number of users to pass the latest cyber training test versus the
Monthly
#
Type
Metric Name
Commitment
Threshold
Timing
Frequency of Reporting
17
User Phishing Simulations Percent Failed
The number of users to fail the latest phishing simulation versus the number of users issued the simulation
Less than the Industry Average
Semi-Annually
Semin-Annually
2.4
Process Description
Process Objective
Ensure that the delivery of services stays relevant to the business needs
#
Type
Metric Name
Commitment
Threshold
Timing
Frequency of Reporting
1
Respond to Request
Within 15 days of receipt of request
Monthly
2
Quarterly Risk Report
A quarterly report will be produced highlighting any material Cyber, Availability/Continuity, Change, or Outsourcing risk manifest
during the previous quarter.
Quarterly
3
IT Strategy Review
At least once a year, the two parties will meet to review and agree the IT Strategy. Aside from core strategy, the IT Strategy
Review will include reviews of Cyber planning, Availability and Continuity planning, Change Management, and 3rd Party Outsourcing.
Annual
2.5
Process Description
Process Objective
The ability of a configuration item or IT service to perform its agreed function when required
Availability Management aims to define, analyse, plan, measure and improve all aspects of the availability of
IT services. It is responsible for ensuring that all IT infrastructure, processes, tools, roles etc are appropriate for the agreed availability targets.
#
Type
Metric Name
Commitment
Threshold
Timing
Frequency of Reporting
1
High IT service
Important business services that enable the business and interactions with customers
95%
Monthly
Monthly
2
Low IT service
Services that have a minimal impact on business and customers
75%
Monthly
Monthly
3
Passed through services
Where a service is passed through to the Service Recipient by the service provider from a third-party provider
As per the SLA set out in the contract between the service provider and the third-party provider
Monthly
Monthly
4
Designated Server Backups
Designated Servers are to be Backed Up Nightly
95%
Daily
Monthly
5
Disaster Recovery Protection
Designated Servers are to be Included in the Disaster Recovery Protection Server
Daily
Monthly
6
Disaster Recovery Testing
The Disaster Recovery Service is to be Tested Annually
95%
Annually
Annually
7
Backup Availability
Backup report issued daily listing the Succeeded, cancelled and failed backups
None
Daily
Daily
8
Disaster Recovery Availability
Number of Azure Site Replication Failures
None
Monthly
Monthly
9
Disaster Recovery Testing
Number of Un Remediated High Items from the Last Round of Disaster Recovery tests
None
Annually
Monthly
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
(ix)
(x)
(xi)
(xii)
(xiii)
(xiv)
(xv)
(xvi)
(xvii)
1.
2.
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
3.
3.1
3.2
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
3.3
3.4
3.5
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
8.
8.1
(a)
(b)
8.2
9.
10.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(i)
(ii)
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
15.1
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
15.2
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
16.
16.1
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
16.2
(a)
(b)
16.3
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
1.
1.1
(a)
(b)
(c)
-
-
-
1.2
(a)
(b)
(c)
-
34.1
(d)
(e)
(f)
-
1.3
(a)
(b)
(c)
2.
2.1
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
2.2
(a)
2.3
(a)
(b)
(c)
(A)
1.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
2.
(a)
(b)
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
People
(l)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(i)
(ii)
(r)
(s)
12.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(i)
(ii)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(b)
(c)
2.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(E)
1.1
1.1.1
1.1.2
1.1.3
1.1.4
1.1.5
1.1.6
1.2
1.2.1
1.2.2
1.2.3
1.2.4
1.2.5
1.2.6
1.3
1.3.1
1.3.2
1.3.3
1.3.4
1.3.5
1.3.6
1.4
1.4.1
1.4.2
1.4.3
1.4.4
1.4.5
1.4.6
2.
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
2.11
2.12
2.13
2.14
2.15
2.16
2.17
1.
(a)
(b)
2.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
3.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
●
●
●
(1)
1.
2.
3.
(a)
(b)
Exhibit 10.17
Final [SUBJECT TO RECEIPT OF EXECUTED BOARD & SHAREHOLD CONSENTS]
FIDELIS INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
2023 SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN
Adopted by the Board of Directors: May 15, 2023
Approved by the Shareholders: May 15, 2023
Termination Date: May 14, 2033
1. Purpose.
The purpose of the Plan is to assist the Company in attracting, retaining, motivating, and rewarding certain employees, officers, directors, and consultants of the Company and its Affiliates and promoting the creation of long-term value for shareholders of the Company by closely aligning the interests of such individuals with those of such shareholders. The Plan authorizes the award of Share-based and cash-based incentives to Eligible Persons to encourage such Eligible Persons to expend maximum effort in the creation of shareholder value.
2. Definitions.
For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:
(a) Affiliate means, with respect to a Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person.
(b) Award means any Option, Restricted Share, Restricted Share Unit, Share Appreciation Right, or other Share-based award granted under the Plan.
(c) Award Agreement means an Option Agreement, a Restricted Share Agreement, an RSU Agreement, a SAR Agreement, or an agreement governing the grant of any other Share-based Award granted under the Plan.
(d) Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.
(e) Cause means, with respect to a Participant and in the absence of an Award Agreement or Participant Agreement otherwise defining Cause, (1) the Participants plea of nolo contendere to, conviction of or indictment for, any crime (whether or not involving the Company or its Affiliates) (i) constituting an indictable offence or (ii) that has, or could reasonably be expected to result in, an adverse impact on the performance of the Participants duties to the Service Recipient, or otherwise has, or could reasonably be expected to result in, an adverse impact on the business or reputation of the Company or its Affiliates, (2) conduct of the Participant, in connection with his or her employment or service, that has resulted, or could reasonably be expected to result, in injury to the business or reputation of the Company or its Affiliates, (3) any material violation of the policies of the Service Recipient, including, but not limited to, those relating to sexual harassment or the disclosure or misuse of confidential information, or those set forth in the manuals or statements of policy of the Service Recipient; (4) the Participants act(s) of negligence or willful misconduct in the course of his or her employment or service with the Service Recipient; (5) misappropriation by the Participant of any assets or business opportunities of the Company or its Affiliates; (6) embezzlement or fraud
committed by the Participant, at the Participants direction, or with the Participants prior actual knowledge; or (7) willful neglect in the performance of the Participants duties for the Service Recipient or willful or repeated failure or refusal to perform such duties. If, subsequent to the Termination of a Participant for any reason other than by the Service Recipient for Cause, it is discovered that the Participants employment or service could have been terminated for Cause, such Participants employment or service shall, at the discretion of the Committee, be deemed to have been terminated by the Service Recipient for Cause for all purposes under the Plan, and the Participant shall be required to repay or return to the Company all amounts and benefits received by him or her in respect of any Award following such Termination that would have been forfeited or reacquired under the Plan had such Termination been by the Service Recipient for Cause. In the event that there is an Award Agreement or Participant Agreement defining Cause, Cause shall have the meaning provided in such agreement, and a Termination by the Service Recipient for Cause hereunder shall not be deemed to have occurred unless all applicable notice and cure periods in such Award Agreement or Participant Agreement are complied with.
(f) Change in Control means:
(1) a change in ownership or control of the Company effected through a transaction or series of transactions (other than an offering of Shares to the general public through a registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or similar non-U.S. regulatory agency or pursuant to a Non-Control Transaction) whereby any person (as defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act) or any two or more persons deemed to be one person (as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), other than the Company or any of its Affiliates, an employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any of its Affiliates (or its related trust), or any underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, directly or indirectly acquire beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Companys securities eligible to vote in the election of the Board (the Company Voting Securities);
(2) the date, within any consecutive twenty-four (24)-month period commencing on or after the Effective Date, upon which individuals who constitute the Board as of the Effective Date (the Incumbent Board) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual who becomes a director subsequent to the Effective Date whose election or nomination for election by the Companys shareholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then constituting the Incumbent Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such individual is named as a nominee for director, without objection to such nomination) shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest (including, but not limited to, a consent solicitation) with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a person other than the Board; or
- 2 -
(3) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, share exchange, or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company or any of its Affiliates that requires the approval of the Companys shareholders (whether for such transaction, the issuance of securities in the transaction or otherwise) (a Reorganization), unless immediately following such Reorganization (i) more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of (A) the corporation resulting from such Reorganization (the Surviving Company) or (B) if applicable, the ultimate parent corporation that has, directly or indirectly, beneficial ownership of one hundred percent (100%) of the voting securities of the Surviving Company (the Parent Company), is represented by Company Voting Securities that were issued and outstanding immediately prior to such Reorganization (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which such Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Reorganization), and such voting power among the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of such Company Voting Securities among holders thereof immediately prior to such Reorganization, (ii) no person, other than an employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Company or the Parent Company (or its related trust), is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power of the issued and outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Parent Company, or if there is no Parent Company, the Surviving Company, and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Parent Company, or if there is no Parent Company, the Surviving Company, following the consummation of such Reorganization are members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the Boards approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Reorganization (any Reorganization which satisfies all of the criteria specified in clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) above shall be a Non-Control Transaction); or
(4) the sale or disposition, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any person (as defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act) or to any two or more persons deemed to be one person (as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) other than the Companys Affiliates.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the Company Voting Securities as a result of an acquisition of Company Voting Securities by the Company that reduces the number of Company Voting Securities issued and outstanding; provided, that if after such acquisition by the Company such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Company Voting Securities that increases the percentage of issued and outstanding Company Voting Securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control shall then be deemed to occur, and (y) with respect to the payment of any amount that constitutes a deferral of compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code payable upon a Change in Control, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred, unless the Change in Control constitutes a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company under Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code.
- 3 -
(g) Code means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, including the rules and regulations thereunder and any successor provisions, rules and regulations thereto.
(h) Committee means the Board, the Compensation Committee of the Board or such other committee consisting of two or more individuals appointed by the Board to administer the Plan and each other individual or committee of individuals designated to exercise authority under the Plan.
(i) Company means Fidelis Insurance Holdings Limited, a Bermuda exempted company, and its successors by operation of law.
(j) Corporate Event has the meaning set forth in Section 11(b) hereof.
(k) Data has the meaning set forth in Section 21(g) hereof.
(l) Disability means, in the absence of an Award Agreement or Participant Agreement otherwise defining Disability, the permanent and total disability of such Participant within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code. In the event that there is an Award Agreement or Participant Agreement defining Disability, Disability shall have the meaning provided in such Award Agreement or Participant Agreement.
(m) Disqualifying Disposition means any disposition (including any sale) of Shares acquired upon the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option made within the period that ends either (1) two years after the date on which the Participant was granted the Incentive Stock Option or (2) one year after the date upon which the Participant acquired the Shares.
(n) Effective Date means May 15, 2023, which is the date on which the Plan was approved by the Board.
(o) Eligible Person means (1) each employee and officer of the Company or any of its Affiliates, (2) each non-employee director of the Company or any of its Affiliates; (3) each other natural Person who provides substantial services to the Company or any of its Affiliates as a consultant or advisor (or a wholly owned alter ego entity of the natural Person providing such services of which such Person is an employee, shareholder or partner) and who is designated as eligible by the Committee, and (4) each natural Person who has been offered employment by the Company or any of its Affiliates; provided, that such prospective employee may not receive any payment or exercise any right relating to an Award until such Person has commenced employment or service with the Company or its Affiliates; provided, further, however, that (i) with respect to any Award that is intended to qualify as a stock right that does not provide for a deferral of compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the term Affiliate as used in this Section 2(o) shall include only those corporations or other entities in the unbroken chain of corporations or other entities beginning with the Company where each of the corporations or other entities in the unbroken chain other than the last corporation or other entity owns stock possessing at least fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations or other entities in the chain, and (ii) with respect to any Award that is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option, the term Affiliate as used in this Section 2(o) shall include only those entities that qualify as a subsidiary corporation with respect to the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code. An employee on an approved leave of absence may be considered as still in the employ of the Company or any of its Affiliates for purposes of eligibility for participation in the Plan.
- 4 -
(p) Exchange Act means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, including the rules and regulations thereunder and any successor provisions, rules and regulations thereto.
(q) Expiration Date means, with respect to an Option or Share Appreciation Right, the date on which the term of such Option or Share Appreciation Right expires, as determined under Sections 5(b) or 8(b) hereof, as applicable.
(r) Fair Market Value means, as of any date when the Shares are listed on one or more national securities exchange(s), the closing price reported on the principal national securities exchange on which such Shares are listed and traded on the date of determination or, if the closing price is not reported on such date of determination, the closing price reported on the most recent date prior to the date of determination. If the Shares are not listed on a national securities exchange, Fair Market Value shall mean the amount determined by the Board in good faith, and in a manner consistent with Section 409A of the Code, to be the fair market value per Share.
(s) Incentive Stock Option means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.
(t) IPO means an initial underwritten public offering of the Companys equity securities pursuant to an effective Form S-1 or Form F-1 registration statement filed under the Securities Act or similar law or regulation governing the offering and sale of securities in a jurisdiction other than the United States.
(u) IPO Date means the effective date of the registration statement for the IPO, subject to the consummation of the IPO.
(v) Lock-Up Period has the meaning set forth in Section 10(a) hereof.
(w) Nonqualified Stock Option means an Option not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option.
(x) Option means a conditional right, granted to a Participant under Section 5 hereof, to purchase Shares at a specified price during a specified time period.
(y) Option Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option Award.
(z) Participant means an Eligible Person who has been granted an Award under the Plan or, if applicable, such other Person who holds an Award.
- 5 -
(aa) Participant Agreement means an employment or other services agreement between a Participant and the Service Recipient that describes the terms and conditions of such Participants employment or service with the Service Recipient and is effective as of the date of determination.
(bb) Permitted Transfer means any transfer by a Participant of all or any portion of his or her Shares to (1) any trust established for the sole benefit of such Participant or such Participants spouse or direct lineal descendants, (2) any other entity (including an individual retirement account or similar investment account) in which the direct and beneficial owner of all voting securities of such entity is held by such Participant, (3) such Participants heirs, executors, administrators, or personal representatives upon the death, incompetency, or Disability of such Participant, or (4) subject to approval of the Company, a person or persons who acquire a proprietary interest in Shares pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulation Section 1.421-1(b)(2).
(cc) Person means any individual, corporation, partnership, firm, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or other entity.
(dd) Plan means this Fidelis Insurance Holdings Limited 2023 Share Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.
(ee) Restricted Share means a Share, granted to a Participant under Section 6 hereof, that is subject to certain restrictions and to a risk of forfeiture to or reacquisition by the Company for no further consideration.
(ff) Restricted Share Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Restricted Share Award.
(gg) Restricted Share Unit means a notional unit, granted to a Participant under Section 7 hereof, representing the right to receive one Share (or the cash value of one Share, if so determined by the Committee) on a specified settlement date.
(hh) RSU Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Award of Restricted Share Units.
(ii) SAR Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Award of Share Appreciation Rights.
(jj) Securities Act means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, including the rules and regulations thereunder and any successor provisions, rules and regulations thereto.
(kk) Service Recipient means, with respect to a Participant holding an Award, either the Company or an Affiliate of the Company by which the original recipient of such Award is, or following a Termination was most recently, principally employed or to which such original recipient provides, or following a Termination was most recently providing, services, as applicable.
- 6 -
(ll) Share Appreciation Right means a conditional right, granted to a Participant under Section 8 hereof, to receive an amount equal to the value of the appreciation in a Share over a specified period. Except in the event of extraordinary circumstances, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, or pursuant to Section 11(b) hereof, Share Appreciation Rights shall be settled in Shares.
(mm) Shares means common shares, par value US $0.01 per share, of the Company, and such other securities as may be substituted for such shares pursuant to Section 11 hereof.
(nn) Substitute Award has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.
(oo) Termination means the termination of a Participants employment or service, as applicable, with the Service Recipient; provided, however, that, (x) if so determined by the Committee at the time of any change in status in relation to the Service Recipient (e.g., a Participant ceases to be an employee and begins providing services as a consultant, or vice versa), such change in status will not be deemed a Termination hereunder, and (y) if so determined by the Committee at the time of a furlough, temporary layoff or similar event with respect to a Participant, such furlough, temporary layoff or similar event will not be deemed to be a Termination hereunder until such time as the Committee determines that a Termination has occurred. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event that the Service Recipient ceases to be an Affiliate of the Company (by reason of sale, divestiture, spin-off, or other similar transaction), unless a Participants employment or service is transferred to another entity that would constitute the Service Recipient immediately following such transaction, such Participant shall be deemed to have suffered a Termination hereunder as of the date of the consummation of such transaction. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Participants change in status in relation to the Service Recipient (for example, a change from employee to consultant) shall not be deemed a Termination hereunder with respect to any Awards constituting nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code that are payable upon a Termination unless such change in status constitutes a separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that a Participant provides notice of his or her intention to resign at a future date, the Service Recipient may, in its sole and absolute discretion, accelerate such date of Termination without changing the characterization of such Termination, and such Termination shall remain a resignation by the Participant. Any payments in respect of an Award constituting nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code that are payable upon a Termination shall be delayed for such period as may be necessary to meet the requirements of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code. On the first business day following the expiration of such period, the Participant shall be paid, in a single lump sum without interest, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of all payments delayed pursuant to the preceding sentence, and any remaining payments not so delayed shall continue to be paid pursuant to the payment schedule applicable to such Award.
- 7 -
(pp) U.S. Taxpayer means an individual Person who is or, in the Committees discretion, is reasonably likely to become subject to taxation in the United States.
3. Administration.
(a) Authority of the Committee. Except as otherwise provided below, the Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have full and final authority, in each case subject to and consistent with the provisions of the Plan, to (1) select Eligible Persons to become Participants, (2) grant Awards, (3) determine the type, number of Shares subject to, other terms and conditions of, and all other matters relating to, Awards, (4) prescribe Award Agreements (which need not be identical for each Participant) and rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan, (5) construe and interpret the Plan and Award Agreements and correct defects, supply omissions, and reconcile inconsistencies therein, (6) suspend the right to exercise Awards during any period that the Committee deems appropriate to comply with applicable securities laws, and thereafter extend the exercise period of an Award by an equivalent period of time or such shorter period required by, or necessary to comply with, applicable law, and (7) make all other decisions and determinations as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. Any action of the Committee shall be final, conclusive, and binding on all Persons, including, without limitation, the Company, its shareholders and Affiliates, Eligible Persons, Participants, and beneficiaries of Participants. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee shall have the ability to (1) accelerate the vesting of any outstanding Award at any time and for any reason, including upon a Corporate Event, or in the event of a Participants Termination by the Service Recipient other than for Cause, or due to the Participants death, Disability or retirement (as such term may be defined in an applicable Award Agreement or Participant Agreement, or, if no such definition exists, in accordance with the Companys then-current employment policies and guidelines), and (2) modify the performance goals and/or performance periods with respect to any Award subject to performance-based vesting criteria. For the avoidance of doubt, the Board shall have the authority to take all actions under the Plan that the Committee is permitted to take.
(b) Delegation. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Committee may delegate to officers or employees of the Company or any of its Affiliates, or committees thereof, the authority, subject to such terms as the Committee shall determine, to perform such functions under the Plan, including, but not limited to, administrative functions, as the Committee may determine appropriate. The Committee may appoint agents to assist it in administering the Plan. Any actions taken by an officer or employee delegated authority pursuant to this Section 3(b) within the scope of such delegation shall, for all purposes under the Plan, be deemed to be an action taken by the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, any Award granted under the Plan to any Eligible Person who is not an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates (including any non-employee director of the Company or any Affiliate) must be expressly approved by the Committee.
- 8 -
(c) Sections 409A and 457A. The Committee shall take into account compliance with Sections 409A and 457A of the Code in connection with any grant of an Award under the Plan, to the extent applicable. While the Awards granted hereunder are intended to be structured in a manner to avoid the imposition of any penalty taxes under Sections 409A and 457A of the Code, in no event whatsoever shall the Company or any of its Affiliates be liable for any additional tax, interest, or penalties that may be imposed on a Participant as a result of Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code or any damages for failing to comply with Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code or any similar state or local laws (other than for withholding obligations or other obligations applicable to employers, if any, under Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code).
4. Shares Available Under the Plan; Other Limitations.
(a) Number of Shares Available for Delivery. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 11 hereof, the total number of Shares available for delivery in connection with Awards under the Plan shall equal (i) 5,016,848, plus (ii) an additional number of Shares equal to four percent (4%) on a fully diluted basis of the Shares sold by the Company in connection with an IPO (rounded down to the nearest Share) determined as of the consummation of the IPO. Shares delivered under the Plan shall consist of authorized and unissued shares or previously issued shares reacquired by the Company on the open market or by private purchase. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) except as may be required by reason of Section 422 of the Code, the number of Shares available for issuance hereunder shall not be reduced by shares issued pursuant to Awards issued or assumed in connection with a merger or acquisition, including following the IPO Date as contemplated by, as applicable, NYSE Listed Company Manual Section 303A.08, NASDAQ Listing Rule 5635(c) and IM-5635-1, AMEX Company Guide Section 711, or other applicable stock exchange rules, and their respective successor rules and listing exchange promulgations (each such Award, a Substitute Award); and (ii) Shares shall not be deemed to have been issued pursuant to the Plan with respect to any portion of an Award that is settled in cash.
(b) Share Counting Rules. The Committee may adopt reasonable counting procedures to ensure appropriate counting, avoid double-counting (as, for example, in the case of tandem awards or Substitute Awards) and make adjustments if the number of Shares actually delivered differs from the number of shares previously counted in connection with an Award. Other than with respect to a Substitute Award, to the extent that an Award expires or is canceled, forfeited, reacquired, settled in cash, or otherwise terminated without delivery to the Participant of the full number of Shares to which the Award related, the undelivered Shares will again be available for grant. Shares withheld, surrendered or acquired in payment of the exercise price or taxes relating to an Award shall not be deemed to constitute shares delivered to the Participant and shall be deemed to again be available for delivery under the Plan.
(c) Incentive Stock Options. No more than 5,016,848 Shares (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 11 hereof) reserved for issuance hereunder may be issued or transferred upon exercise or settlement of Incentive Stock Options.
(d) Shares Available Under Acquired Plans. To the extent permitted by NYSE Listed Company Manual Section 303A.08, NASDAQ Listing Rule 5635(c) or other applicable stock exchange rules, subject to applicable law, in the event that a company acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by shareholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as
- 9 -
adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio of formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to the holders of common stock of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the number of Shares reserved and available for delivery in connection with Awards under the Plan; provided, that Awards using such available shares shall not be made after the date awards could have been made under the terms of such pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not employed by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or combination.
(e) Limitation on Awards.
(1) Non-Directors. The maximum value of any Awards granted to a Participant who is not a non-employee director of the Company in any one calendar year shall not exceed US $20,000,000 (calculating the value of any such Awards based on the grant date fair value of such Awards for financial reporting purposes).
(2) Non-Employee Directors. Following the IPO Date, the maximum value of any Awards granted to a non-employee director of the Company in any one calendar year, taken together with any cash fees paid to such non-employee director during such calendar year in respect of the non-employee directors services as a member of the Board during such year, shall not exceed US $1,000,000 (calculating the value of any such Awards based on the grant date fair value of such Awards for financial reporting purposes).
5. Options.
(a) General. Certain Options granted under the Plan may be intended to be Incentive Stock Options; however, no Incentive Stock Options may be granted hereunder following the tenth (10th) anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board and (ii) the date the shareholders of the Company approve the Plan. Options may be granted to Eligible Persons in such form and having such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate; provided, however, that Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Eligible Persons who are employees of the Company or an Affiliate (as such definition is limited pursuant to Section 2(o) hereof) of the Company. The provisions of separate Options shall be set forth in separate Option Agreements, which agreements need not be identical. No dividends or dividend equivalents shall be paid on Options.
(b) Term. The term of each Option shall be set by the Committee at the time of grant; provided, however, that no Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable after, and each Option shall expire, ten (10) years from the date it was granted.
(c) Exercise Price. The exercise price per Share for each Option shall be set by the Committee at the time of grant; provided, that the exercise price per Share for each Option granted to an Eligible Person that is a U.S. Taxpayer shall not be less than the Fair Market Value on the date of grant (except with respect to any Option intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code), subject to Section 5(g) hereof in the case of any Incentive Stock Option; provided, further, in the case of an Option that is a Substitute Award, the exercise price per Share for such Option may be less than the Fair Market Value on the date of grant if such exercise price is determined in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code and, if applicable, Section 424(a) of the Code.
- 10 -
(d) Payment for Shares. Payment for Shares acquired pursuant to an Option granted hereunder shall be made in full upon exercise of the Option in a manner approved by the Committee, which may include any of the following payment methods: (1) in immediately available funds in U.S. dollars, or by certified or bank cashiers check, (2) by delivery of Shares having a value equal to the exercise price, (3) following the IPO Date, by a broker-assisted cashless exercise in accordance with procedures approved by the Committee, whereby payment of the Option exercise price or tax withholding obligations may be satisfied, in whole or in part, with Shares subject to the Option by delivery of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker (on a form prescribed by the Committee) to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sale proceeds to the Company in payment of the aggregate exercise price and, if applicable, the amount necessary to satisfy the Companys withholding obligations, or (4) by any other means approved by the Committee (including, by delivery of a notice of net exercise to the Company, pursuant to which the Participant shall receive the number of Shares underlying the Option so exercised reduced by the number of Shares equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Option divided by the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Committee determines that any form of payment available hereunder would be in violation of Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, such form of payment shall not be available on or following the date on which the Company (or any of its Affiliates) files an initial registration statement for an IPO.
(e) Vesting. Options shall vest and become exercisable in such manner, on such date or dates, or upon the achievement of performance or other conditions, in each case as may be determined by the Committee and set forth in an Option Agreement; provided, however, that notwithstanding any such vesting dates, the Committee may in its sole discretion accelerate the vesting of any Option at any time and for any reason. Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Committee, the vesting of an Option shall occur only while the Participant is employed by or rendering services to the Service Recipient, and all vesting shall cease upon a Participants Termination for any reason. To the extent permitted by applicable law and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, vesting shall be suspended during the period of any approved unpaid leave of absence by a Participant following which the Participant has a right to reinstatement and shall resume upon such Participants return to active employment. If an Option is exercisable in installments, such installments or portions thereof that become exercisable shall remain exercisable until the Option expires, is canceled or otherwise terminates.
(f) Termination of Employment or Service. Except as provided by the Committee in an Option Agreement, Participant Agreement or otherwise:
(1) In the event of a Participants Termination prior to the applicable Expiration Date for any reason other than (i) by the Service Recipient for Cause, or (ii) by reason of the Participants death or Disability, (A) all vesting with respect to such Participants Options outstanding shall cease, (B) all of such Participants unvested Options outstanding shall terminate and be forfeited for no consideration as of the date of such Termination, and (C) all of such Participants vested Options outstanding shall terminate and be forfeited for no consideration on the earlier of (x) the applicable Expiration Date and (y) the date that is ninety (90) days after the date of such Termination.
- 11 -
(2) In the event of a Participants Termination prior to the applicable Expiration Date by reason of such Participants death or Disability, (i) all vesting with respect to such Participants Options outstanding shall cease, (ii) all of such Participants unvested Options outstanding shall terminate and be forfeited for no consideration as of the date of such Termination, and (iii) all of such Participants vested Options outstanding shall terminate and be forfeited for no consideration on the earlier of (x) the applicable Expiration Date and (y) the date that is twelve (12) months after the date of such Termination.
(3) In the event of a Participants Termination prior to the applicable Expiration Date by the Service Recipient for Cause, all of such Participants Options outstanding (whether or not vested) shall immediately terminate and be forfeited for no consideration as of the date of such Termination.
(g) Special Provisions Applicable to Incentive Stock Options.
(1) No Incentive Stock Option may be granted to any Eligible Person who, at the time the Option is granted, owns directly, or indirectly within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code, stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares of the Company or of any parent or subsidiary thereof, unless such Incentive Stock Option (i) has an exercise price of at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value on the date of the grant of such Option and (ii) cannot be exercised more than five (5) years after the date it is granted.
(2) To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of grant) of Shares for which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds US $100,000, such excess Incentive Stock Options shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options.
(3) Each Participant who receives an Incentive Stock Option must agree to notify the Company in writing immediately after the Participant makes a Disqualifying Disposition of any Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option.
6. Restricted Shares.
(a) General. Restricted Shares may be granted to Eligible Persons in such form and having such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate. The provisions of separate Awards of Restricted Shares shall be set forth in separate Restricted Share Agreements, which agreements need not be identical. Subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 6(b) hereof, and except as otherwise set forth in the applicable Restricted Share Agreement, the Participant shall generally have the rights and privileges of a shareholder as to
- 12 -
such Restricted Shares, including the right to vote such Restricted Shares. Unless otherwise set forth in a Participants Restricted Share Agreement, cash dividends and share dividends, if any, with respect to the Restricted Shares shall be withheld by the Company for the Participants account, and shall be subject to forfeiture or reacquisition to the same degree as the Restricted Shares to which such dividends relate. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, no interest will accrue or be paid on the amount of any cash dividends withheld.
(b) Vesting and Restrictions on Transfer. Restricted Shares shall vest in such manner, on such date or dates, or upon the achievement of performance or other conditions, in each case as may be determined by the Committee and set forth in a Restricted Share Agreement; provided, however, that notwithstanding any such vesting dates, the Committee may in its sole discretion accelerate the vesting of any Award of Restricted Shares at any time and for any reason. Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Committee, the vesting of an Award of Restricted Shares shall occur only while the Participant is employed by or rendering services to the Service Recipient, and all vesting shall cease upon a Participants Termination for any reason. To the extent permitted by applicable law and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, vesting shall be suspended during the period of any approved unpaid leave of absence by a Participant following which the Participant has a right to reinstatement and shall resume upon such Participants return to active employment. In addition to any other restrictions set forth in a Participants Restricted Share Agreement, the Participant shall not be permitted to sell, transfer, pledge, or otherwise encumber the Restricted Shares prior to the time the Restricted Shares have vested pursuant to the terms of the Restricted Share Agreement.
(c) Termination of Employment or Service. Except as provided by the Committee in a Restricted Share Agreement, Participant Agreement or otherwise, in the event of a Participants Termination for any reason prior to the time that such Participants Restricted Shares have vested, (1) all vesting with respect to such Participants Restricted Shares outstanding shall cease, and (2) as soon as practicable following such Termination, the Company shall repurchase from the Participant, and the Participant shall sell, all of such Participants unvested Restricted Shares at a purchase price equal to the lesser of (A) the original purchase price paid for the Restricted Shares (as adjusted for any subsequent changes in the issued and outstanding Shares or in the capital structure of the Company) less any dividends or other distributions or bonus received (or to be received) by the Participant (or any transferee) in respect of such Restricted Shares prior to the date of repurchase and (B) the Fair Market Value on the date of such repurchase; provided, that, if the original purchase price paid for the Restricted Shares is equal to zero dollars (US $0), such unvested Restricted Shares shall be forfeited to or reacquired by the Company for no consideration as of the date of such Termination.
7. Restricted Share Units.
(a) General. Restricted Share Units may be granted to Eligible Persons in such form and having such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate. The provisions of separate Restricted Share Units shall be set forth in separate RSU Agreements, which agreements need not be identical.
- 13 -
(b) Vesting. Restricted Share Units shall vest in such manner, on such date or dates, or upon the achievement of performance or other conditions, in each case as may be determined by the Committee and set forth in an RSU Agreement; provided, however, that notwithstanding any such vesting dates, the Committee may in its sole discretion accelerate the vesting of any Restricted Share Unit at any time and for any reason. Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Committee, the vesting of a Restricted Share Unit shall occur only while the Participant is employed by or rendering services to the Service Recipient, and all vesting shall cease upon a Participants Termination for any reason. To the extent permitted by applicable law and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, vesting shall be suspended during the period of any approved unpaid leave of absence by a Participant following which the Participant has a right to reinstatement and shall resume upon such Participants return to active employment.
(c) Settlement. Restricted Share Units shall be settled in Shares, cash, or property, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, on the date or dates determined by the Committee and set forth in an RSU Agreement. Unless otherwise set forth in a Participants RSU Agreement, a Participant shall not be entitled to dividends, if any, or dividend equivalents with respect to Restricted Share Units prior to settlement.
(d) Termination of Employment or Service. Except as provided by the Committee in an RSU Agreement, Participant Agreement or otherwise, in the event of a Participants Termination for any reason prior to the time that such Participants Restricted Share Units have been settled, (1) all vesting with respect to such Participants Restricted Share Units outstanding shall cease, (2) all of such Participants unvested Restricted Share Units outstanding shall be forfeited to or reacquired by the Company for no consideration as of the date of such Termination, and (3) any shares remaining undelivered with respect to vested Restricted Share Units then held by such Participant shall be delivered on the delivery date or dates specified in the RSU Agreement.
8. Share Appreciation Rights.
(a) General. Share Appreciation Rights may be granted to Eligible Persons in such form and having such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate. The provisions of separate Share Appreciation Rights shall be set forth in separate SAR Agreements, which agreements need not be identical. No dividends or dividend equivalents shall be paid on Share Appreciation Rights.
(b) Term. The term of each Share Appreciation Right shall be set by the Committee at the time of grant; provided, however, that no Share Appreciation Right granted hereunder shall be exercisable after, and each Share Appreciation Right shall expire, ten (10) years from the date it was granted.
(c) Base Price. The base price per Share for each Share Appreciation Right shall be set by the Committee at the time of grant; provided, that the base price per Share for each Share Appreciation Right granted to an Eligible Person that is a U.S. Taxpayer shall not be less than the Fair Market Value on the date of grant (except with respect to any Share Appreciation Right intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code); provided, further, in the case of a Share Appreciation Right that is a Substitute Award, the base price per Share for such Share Appreciation Right may be less than the Fair Market Value on the date of grant; provided, that such base price is determined in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.
- 14 -
(d) Vesting. Share Appreciation Rights shall vest and become exercisable in such manner, on such date or dates, or upon the achievement of performance or other conditions, in each case as may be determined by the Committee and set forth in a SAR Agreement; provided, however, that notwithstanding any such vesting dates, the Committee may in its sole discretion accelerate the vesting of any Share Appreciation Right at any time and for any reason. Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Committee, the vesting of a Share Appreciation Right shall occur only while the Participant is employed by or rendering services to the Service Recipient, and all vesting shall cease upon a Participants Termination for any reason. To the extent permitted by applicable law and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, vesting shall be suspended during the period of any approved unpaid leave of absence by a Participant following which the Participant has a right to reinstatement and shall resume upon such Participants return to active employment. If a Share Appreciation Right is exercisable in installments, such installments or portions thereof that become exercisable shall remain exercisable until the Share Appreciation Right expires, is canceled or otherwise terminates.
(e) Payment upon Exercise. Payment upon exercise of a Share Appreciation Right may be made in cash, Shares, or property as specified in the SAR Agreement or determined by the Committee, in each case having a value in respect of each Share underlying the portion of the Share Appreciation Right so exercised, equal to the difference between the base price of such Share Appreciation Right and the Fair Market Value of one (1) Share on the exercise date. For purposes of clarity, each Share to be issued in settlement of a Share Appreciation Right is deemed to have a value equal to the Fair Market Value of one (1) Share on the exercise date. In no event shall fractional shares be issuable upon the exercise of a Share Appreciation Right, and in the event that fractional shares would otherwise be issuable, the number of shares issuable will be rounded down to the next lower whole number of shares, and the Participant will be entitled to receive a cash payment equal to the value of such fractional share.
(f) Termination of Employment or Service. Except as provided by the Committee in a SAR Agreement, Participant Agreement or otherwise:
(1) In the event of a Participants Termination prior to the applicable Expiration Date for any reason other than (i) by the Service Recipient for Cause, or (ii) by reason of the Participants death or Disability, (A) all vesting with respect to such Participants Share Appreciation Rights outstanding shall cease, (B) all of such Participants unvested Share Appreciation Rights outstanding shall terminate and be forfeited for no consideration as of the date of such Termination, and (C) all of such Participants vested Share Appreciation Rights outstanding shall terminate and be forfeited for no consideration on the earlier of (x) the applicable Expiration Date and (y) the date that is ninety (90) days after the date of such Termination.
- 15 -
(2) In the event of a Participants Termination prior to the applicable Expiration Date by reason of such Participants death or Disability, (i) all vesting with respect to such Participants Share Appreciation Rights outstanding shall cease, (ii) all of such Participants unvested Share Appreciation Rights outstanding shall terminate and be forfeited for no consideration as of the date of such Termination, and (iii) all of such Participants vested Share Appreciation Rights outstanding shall terminate and be forfeited for no consideration on the earlier of (x) the applicable Expiration Date and (y) the date that is twelve (12) months after the date of such Termination.
(3) In the event of a Participants Termination prior to the applicable Expiration Date by the Service Recipient for Cause, all of such Participants Share Appreciation Rights outstanding (whether or not vested) shall immediately terminate and be forfeited for no consideration as of the date of such Termination.
9. Other Share-Based Awards.
The Committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant to Participants such other Awards that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based upon or related to Shares, as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan. The Committee may also grant Shares as a bonus (whether or not subject to any vesting requirements or other restrictions on transfer), and may grant other Awards in lieu of obligations of the Company or an Affiliate to pay cash or deliver other property under the Plan or under other plans or compensatory arrangements, subject to such terms as shall be determined by the Committee. The terms and conditions applicable to such Awards shall be determined by the Committee and evidenced by Award Agreements, which agreements need not be identical.
10. Restrictions on Shares.
(a) Prohibition on Transfers. Except as provided by the Committee in an Award Agreement or otherwise or pursuant to Section 10(b), Shares acquired by a Participant pursuant to the issuance, vesting, exercise, or settlement of any Award granted hereunder may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, or otherwise encumbered or disposed of, nor may a Participant (or any transferee) sell, transfer, pledge, assign, hypothecate or otherwise encumber or dispose of his, her or its right to receive all or any portion of the future proceeds to be received upon the sale, transfer or other disposition of such Shares, in either case, prior to the one hundred eightieth (180th) day following the IPO Date (or such other period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or the underwriter(s) for the IPO to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules or amendments thereto) (the Lock-Up Period). If requested by the underwriters managing any public offering, each Participant shall execute a separate agreement to the foregoing effect. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares (or securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such Lock-Up Period.
- 16 -
(b) Permitted Transfers. Shares acquired upon issuance, vesting, exercise, or settlement of any Award may be transferred in connection with a Permitted Transfer; provided, however, that it shall be a condition of each such Permitted Transfer that (1) the transferee agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan, the applicable Award Agreement, and, if requested by the Company, the shareholders or similar agreement, as though no such transfer had taken place, and (2) the Participant has complied with all applicable laws in connection with such transfer. The Participant and the transferee shall execute any documents reasonably required by the Committee to effectuate such Permitted Transfer and be bound by the terms of the Plan, the applicable Award Agreement, and, if requested by the Company, the shareholders or similar agreement. The provisions set forth in this Section 10(b) will be inoperative following the expiration of the Lock-Up Period.
(c) Shareholders or Similar Agreement. Except as provided by the Committee in an Award Agreement or otherwise, in the event that a Participant is a party to any shareholders or similar agreement with the Company containing similar provisions to those set forth in this Section 10, the provisions of this Section 10 shall continue to apply to such Participant and any Shares acquired pursuant to any Award hereunder, and shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the terms and conditions of such shareholders or similar agreement.
11. Adjustment for Recapitalization, Merger, etc.
(a) Capitalization Adjustments. The aggregate number of Shares that may be delivered in connection with Awards (as set forth in Section 4 hereof), the numerical share limits in Section 4(a) hereof, the number of Shares covered by each outstanding Award, and the price per Share underlying each such Award shall be equitably and proportionally adjusted or substituted, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, as to the number, price, or kind of a Share or other consideration subject to such Awards (1) in the event of changes in the issued and outstanding Shares or in the capital structure of the Company by reason of share dividends, extraordinary cash dividends, share splits, reverse share splits, recapitalizations, reorganizations, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, combinations, exchanges, or other relevant changes in capitalization occurring after the date of grant of any such Award (including any Corporate Event); (2) in connection with any extraordinary dividend declared and paid in respect of Shares, whether payable in the form of cash, shares, or any other form of consideration; or (3) in the event of any change in applicable laws or circumstances that results in or could result in, in either case, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, any substantial dilution or enlargement of the rights intended to be granted to, or available for, Participants in the Plan. In lieu of or in addition to any adjustment pursuant to this Section 11, if deemed appropriate, the Committee may provide that an adjustment take the form of a cash payment to the holder of an outstanding Award with respect to all or part of an outstanding Award, which payment shall be subject to such terms and conditions (including timing of payment(s), vesting and forfeiture conditions) as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion. The Committee will make such adjustments, substitutions or payment, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive. The Committee need not take the same action or actions with respect to all Awards or portions thereof or with respect to all Participants. The Committee may take different actions with respect to the vested and unvested portions of an Award.
- 17 -
(b) Corporate Events. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as provided by the Committee in an Award Agreement, Participant Agreement or otherwise, in connection with (i) a merger, amalgamation, or consolidation involving the Company in which the Company is not the surviving corporation, (ii) a merger, amalgamation, or consolidation involving the Company in which the Company is the surviving corporation but the holders of Shares receive securities of another corporation or other property or cash, (iii) a Change in Control, or (iv) the reorganization, dissolution or liquidation of the Company (each, a Corporate Event), the Committee may provide for any one or more of the following:
(1) The assumption or substitution of any or all Awards in connection with such Corporate Event, in which case the Awards shall be subject to the adjustment set forth in Section 11(a) hereof, and to the extent that such Awards vest subject to the achievement of performance criteria, such performance criteria shall be deemed earned (i) based on actual performance through the date of the Corporate Event (or, in the sole discretion of the Committee, at a level greater than actual performance), or (ii) at the target level (or if no target is specified, the maximum level) or, in the sole discretion of the Committee, at a level greater than target, in the event actual performance cannot be measured through the date of the Corporate Event; and will be converted into solely service based vesting awards that will vest during the performance period, if any, during which the original performance criteria would have been measured or, during such shorter period as may be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion;
(2) The acceleration of vesting of any or all Awards not assumed or substituted in connection with such Corporate Event, subject to the consummation of such Corporate Event; provided, that unless otherwise set forth in an Award Agreement, any Awards that vest subject to the achievement of performance criteria will be deemed earned (i) based on actual performance through the date of the Corporate Event (or, in the sole discretion of the Committee, at a level greater than actual performance), or (ii) in the event actual performance cannot be measured through the date of the Corporate Event at the target level (or if no target is specified, the maximum level) or, in the sole discretion of the Committee, at a level greater than target; provided, further, that a Participant has not experienced a Termination prior to such Corporate Event;
(3) The cancellation of any or all Awards not assumed or substituted in connection with such Corporate Event (whether vested or unvested) as of the consummation of such Corporate Event, together with the payment to the Participants holding vested Awards (including any Awards that would vest upon the Corporate Event but for such cancellation) so canceled of an amount in respect of cancellation equal to an amount based upon the per-share consideration being paid for the Shares in connection with such Corporate Event, less, in the case of Options, Share Appreciation Rights, and other Awards subject to exercise, the applicable exercise or base price; provided, however, that holders of Options, Share Appreciation Rights, and other Awards subject to exercise shall be entitled to consideration in respect of cancellation of such Awards only if the per-share consideration less the applicable exercise or base price is greater than zero dollars (US $0), and to the extent that the per-share consideration is less than or equal to the applicable exercise or base price, such Awards shall be canceled for no consideration;
- 18 -
(4) The cancellation of any or all Options, Share Appreciation Rights and other Awards subject to exercise not assumed or substituted in connection with such Corporate Event (whether vested or unvested) as of the consummation of such Corporate Event; provided, that all Options, Share Appreciation Rights and other Awards to be so canceled pursuant to this paragraph (4) shall first become exercisable for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to such Corporate Event, with any exercise during such period of any unvested Options, Share Appreciation Rights or other Awards to be (A) contingent upon and subject to the occurrence of the Corporate Event, and (B) effectuated by such means as are approved by the Committee; and
(5) The replacement of any or all Awards (other than Awards that are intended to qualify as stock rights that do not provide for a deferral of compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) with a cash incentive program that preserves the value of the Awards so replaced (determined as of the consummation of the Corporate Event), with subsequent payment of cash incentives subject to the same vesting conditions as applicable to the Awards so replaced and payment to be made within thirty (30) days of the applicable vesting date.
Payments to holders pursuant to paragraph (3) above shall be made in cash or, in the sole discretion of the Committee, and to the extent applicable, in the form of such other consideration necessary for a Participant to receive property, cash, or securities (or a combination thereof) as such Participant would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of the transaction if the Participant had been, immediately prior to such transaction, the holder of the number of Shares covered by the Award at such time (less any applicable exercise or base price). In addition, in connection with any Corporate Event, prior to any payment or adjustment contemplated under this Section 11(b), the Committee may require a Participant to (A) represent and warrant as to the unencumbered title to his or her Awards, (B) bear such Participants pro-rata share of any post-closing indemnity obligations, and be subject to the same post-closing purchase price adjustments, escrow terms, offset rights, holdback terms, and similar conditions as the other holders of Shares, and (C) deliver customary transfer documentation as reasonably determined by the Committee. The Committee need not take the same action or actions with respect to all Awards or portions thereof or with respect to all Participants. The Committee may take different actions with respect to the vested and unvested portions of an Award.
(c) Fractional Shares. Any adjustment provided under this Section 11 may, in the Committees discretion, provide for the elimination of any fractional share that might otherwise become subject to an Award. No cash settlements shall be made with respect to fractional shares so eliminated.
12. Use of Proceeds.
The proceeds received from the sale of Shares pursuant to the Plan shall be used for general corporate purposes.
- 19 -
13. Rights and Privileges as a Shareholder.
Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, no Person shall be entitled to the rights and privileges of Share ownership in respect of Shares that are subject to Awards hereunder until such shares have been issued to that Person.
14. Transferability of Awards.
Awards may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution, and to the extent subject to exercise, Awards may not be exercised during the lifetime of the grantee other than by the grantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except with respect to Incentive Stock Options, Awards and a Participants rights under the Plan shall be transferable for no value to the extent provided in an Award Agreement or otherwise determined at any time by the Committee.
15. Employment or Service Rights.
No individual shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award under the Plan or, having been selected for the grant of an Award, to be selected for the grant of any other Award. Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any individual any right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.
16. Compliance with Laws.
(a) Delivery of Shares. The obligation of the Company to deliver Shares upon issuance, vesting, exercise, or settlement of any Award shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by governmental agencies as may be required. Notwithstanding any terms or conditions of any Award to the contrary, the Company shall be under no obligation to offer to sell or to sell, and shall be prohibited from offering to sell or selling, any Shares pursuant to an Award unless such shares have been properly registered for sale with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act and any applicable state agency (or with a similar non-U.S. regulatory agency pursuant to a similar law or regulation) or unless the Company has received an opinion of counsel, satisfactory to the Company, that such shares may be offered or sold without such registration pursuant to an available exemption therefrom and the terms and conditions of such exemption have been fully complied with. The Company shall be under no obligation to register for sale or resale under the Securities Act or any applicable state laws any of the Shares to be offered or sold under the Plan or any Shares to be issued upon exercise or settlement of Awards. If the Shares offered for sale or sold under the Plan are offered or sold pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, the Company may restrict the transfer of such shares and may legend the Share certificates representing such shares in such manner as it deems advisable to ensure the availability of any such exemption.
- 20 -
(b) Investment Assurances. The Committee may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Shares under any Award, (1) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Committee as to the Participants knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Committee who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Award; and (2) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Committee stating that the Participant is acquiring Shares subject to the Award for the Participants own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Shares. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, will be inoperative (A) following the IPO Date, or (B) if, as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws.
17. Withholding Obligations.
As a condition to the issuance, vesting, exercise, or settlement of any Award (or upon the making of an election under Section 83(b) of the Code), the Committee may require that a Participant satisfy, through deduction or withholding from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Participant, or through such other arrangements as are satisfactory to the Committee, the amount of all federal, state, and local income and other taxes of any kind required or permitted to be withheld in connection with such issuance, vesting, exercise, or settlement (or election). The Committee, in its discretion, may permit Shares to be used to satisfy tax withholding requirements, and such shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the issuance, vesting, exercise, or settlement date of the Award, as applicable. Depending on the withholding method, the Company may withhold by considering the applicable minimum statutorily required withholding rates or other applicable withholding rates in the applicable Participants jurisdiction, including maximum applicable rates that may be utilized without creating adverse accounting treatment under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor pronouncement thereto) and is permitted under applicable withholding rules promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service or another applicable governmental entity.
18. Amendment of the Plan or Awards.
(a) Amendment of Plan. The Board or the Committee may amend the Plan or any Award Agreement at any time and from time to time.
(b) Amendment of Awards. The Board or the Committee may amend the terms of any one or more Awards at any time and from time to time.
(c) Shareholder Approval; No Material Impairment. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no amendment to the Plan or any Award shall be effective without shareholder approval to the extent that such approval is required pursuant to applicable law or the applicable rules of each national securities exchange on which the Shares are listed. Additionally, no amendment to the Plan or any Award shall materially impair a Participants rights under any Award unless the Participant consents in writing (it being understood that no action taken by the Board or the Committee that is expressly permitted under the Plan, including, without limitation, any actions described in Section 11 hereof, shall constitute an amendment to the Plan or an Award for such purpose). Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, and without an affected Participants consent, the Board or the Committee may amend the terms of the Plan or any one or more Awards from time to time as necessary to bring such Awards into compliance with applicable law, including, without limitation, Section 409A of the Code.
- 21 -
(d) No Repricing of Awards Without Shareholder Approval. Notwithstanding Sections 18(a) or 18(b) above, or any other provision of the Plan, the repricing of Awards shall not be permitted without shareholder approval. For this purpose, a repricing means any of the following (or any other action that has the same effect as any of the following): (1) changing the terms of an Award to lower its exercise or base price (other than on account of capital adjustments resulting from share splits, etc., as described in Section 11(a) hereof), (2) any other action that is treated as a repricing under International Financial Reporting Standards promulgated by the International Accounting Standards Board or U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, and (3) repurchasing for cash or canceling an Award in exchange for another Award at a time when its exercise or base price is greater than the Fair Market Value of the underlying Shares, unless the cancellation and exchange occurs in connection with an event set forth in Section 11(b) hereof.
19. Termination or Suspension of the Plan.
The Board or the Committee may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Unless sooner terminated, the Plan shall terminate on the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date the shareholders of the Company approve the Plan. No Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated; provided, however, that following any suspension or termination of the Plan, the Plan shall remain in effect for the purpose of governing all Awards then outstanding hereunder until such time as all Awards under the Plan have been terminated, forfeited, reacquired, or otherwise canceled, or earned, exercised, settled, or otherwise paid out, in accordance with their terms.
20. Effective Date of the Plan.
The Plan is effective as of the Effective Date, subject to the approval of the Companys shareholders.
21. Miscellaneous.
(a) Treatment of Dividends and Dividend Equivalents on Unvested Awards. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, with respect to any Award that provides for or includes a right to dividends or dividend equivalents, if dividends are declared during the period that an equity Award is outstanding, such dividends (or dividend equivalents) shall either (i) not be paid or credited with respect to such Award or (ii) be accumulated but remain subject to vesting requirement(s) to the same extent as the applicable Award and shall only be paid at the time or times such vesting requirement(s) are satisfied. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, no interest will accrue or be paid on the amount of any cash dividends withheld. No dividends or dividend equivalents shall be paid on Options or Share Appreciation Rights.
- 22 -
(b) Certificates. Shares acquired pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan may be evidenced in such a manner as the Committee shall determine. If certificates representing Shares are registered in the name of the Participant, the Committee may require that (1) such certificates bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Shares, (2) the Company retain physical possession of the certificates, and (3) the Participant deliver a stock power to the Company, endorsed in blank, relating to the Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may determine, in its sole discretion, that the Shares shall be held in book-entry form rather than delivered to the Participant pending the release of any applicable restrictions.
(c) Other Benefits. No Award granted or paid out under the Plan shall be deemed compensation for purposes of computing benefits under any retirement plan of the Company or its Affiliates nor affect any benefits under any other benefit plan now or subsequently in effect under which the availability or amount of benefits is related to the level of compensation.
(d) Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Awards. Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of an Award to any Participant will be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant. In the event that the corporate records (e.g., Committee consents, resolutions or minutes) documenting the corporate action constituting the grant contain terms (e.g., exercise price, vesting schedule or number of Shares) that are inconsistent with those in the Award Agreement as a result of a clerical error in connection with the preparation of the Award Agreement, the corporate records will control and the Participant will have no legally binding right to the incorrect term in the Award Agreement.
(e) Clawback/Recoupment Policy. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, all Awards granted under the Plan shall be and remain subject to any incentive compensation clawback or recoupment policy currently in effect or as may be adopted by the Board (or a committee or subcommittee of the Board) and, in each case, as may be amended from time to time. No such policy adoption or amendment shall in any event require the prior consent of any Participant. No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a right to resign for good reason or constructive termination (or similar term) under any agreement with the Company or any of its Affiliates. In the event that an Award is subject to more than one such policy, the policy with the most restrictive clawback or recoupment provisions shall govern such Award, subject to applicable law.
(f) Non-Exempt Employees. If an Option is granted to an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates in the United States who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, the Option will not be first exercisable for any Shares until at least six (6) months following the date of grant of the Option (although the Option may vest prior to such date). Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, (1) if such employee dies or suffers a Disability, (2) upon a Corporate Event in which such Option is not assumed, continued, or substituted, (3) upon a Change in Control, or (4) upon the Participants retirement (as such term may be defined in the applicable Award Agreement or a Participant Agreement, or, if no such definition exists, in accordance with the Companys then current employment policies and guidelines), the vested portion of any Options held by such employee may be exercised earlier than six (6) months
- 23 -
following the date of grant. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay. To the extent permitted and/or required for compliance with the Worker Economic Opportunity Act to ensure that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise, vesting or issuance of any shares under any other Award will be exempt from such employees regular rate of pay, the provisions of this Section 21(f) will apply to all Awards.
(g) Data Privacy. As a condition of receipt of any Award, each Participant explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use, and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in this Section 21(g) by and among, as applicable, the Company and its Affiliates for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering, and managing the Plan and Awards and the Participants participation in the Plan. In furtherance of such implementation, administration, and management, the Company and its Affiliates may hold certain personal information about a Participant, including, but not limited to, the Participants name, home address, telephone number, date of birth, social security or insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title(s), information regarding any securities of the Company or any of its Affiliates, and details of all Awards (the Data). In addition to transferring the Data amongst themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration, and management of the Plan and Awards and the Participants participation in the Plan, the Company and its Affiliates may each transfer the Data to any third parties assisting the Company in the implementation, administration, and management of the Plan and Awards and the Participants participation in the Plan. Recipients of the Data may be located in the Participants country or elsewhere, and the Participants country and any given recipients country may have different data privacy laws and protections. By accepting an Award, each Participant authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain, and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of assisting the Company in the implementation, administration, and management of the Plan and Awards and the Participants participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom the Company or the Participant may elect to deposit any Shares. The Data related to a Participant will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer, and manage the Plan and Awards and the Participants participation in the Plan. A Participant may, at any time, view the Data held by the Company with respect to such Participant, request additional information about the storage and processing of the Data with respect to such Participant, recommend any necessary corrections to the Data with respect to the Participant, or refuse or withdraw the consents herein in writing, in any case without cost, by contacting his or her local human resources representative. The Company may cancel the Participants eligibility to participate in the Plan, and in the Committees discretion, the Participant may forfeit any outstanding Awards if the Participant refuses or withdraws the consents described herein. For more information on the consequences of refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participants may contact their local human resources representative.
(h) Participants Outside of the United States. The Committee may modify the terms of any Award under the Plan made to or held by a Participant who is then a resident, or is primarily employed or providing services, outside of the United States in any manner deemed by the Committee to be necessary or appropriate in order that such Award shall conform to laws, regulations, and customs of the country in which the Participant is then a resident or primarily
- 24 -
employed or providing services, or so that the value and other benefits of the Award to the Participant, as affected by nonU.S. tax laws and other restrictions applicable as a result of the Participants residence, employment, or providing services abroad, shall be comparable to the value of such Award to a Participant who is a resident, or is primarily employed or providing services, in the United States. An Award may be modified under this Section 21(h) in a manner that is inconsistent with the express terms of the Plan, so long as such modifications will not contravene any applicable law or regulation or result in actual liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act for the Participant whose Award is modified. Additionally, the Committee may adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Eligible Persons who are nonU.S. nationals or are primarily employed or providing services outside the United States.
(i) Change in Time Commitment. In the event a Participants regular level of time commitment in the performance of his or her services for the Company or any of its Affiliates is reduced (for example, and without limitation, if the Participant is an employee of the Company and the employee has a change in status from a full-time employee to a part-time employee) after the date of grant of any Award to the Participant, the Committee has the right in its sole discretion to (i) make a corresponding reduction in the number of Shares subject to any portion of such Award that is scheduled to vest or become payable after the date of such change in time commitment, and (ii) in lieu of or in combination with such a reduction, extend the vesting or payment schedule applicable to such Award. In the event of any such reduction, the Participant will have no right with respect to any portion of the Award that is so reduced or extended.
(j) No Liability of Committee Members. Neither any member of the Committee nor any of the Committees permitted delegates shall be liable personally by reason of any contract or other instrument executed by such member or on his or her behalf in his or her capacity as a member of the Committee or for any mistake of judgment made in good faith, and the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Committee and each other employee, officer, or director of the Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan may be allocated or delegated, against all costs and expenses (including counsel fees) and liabilities (including sums paid in settlement of a claim) arising out of any act or omission to act in connection with the Plan, unless arising out of such Persons own fraud or willful misconduct; provided, however, that approval of the Board shall be required for the payment of any amount in settlement of a claim against any such Person. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such Persons may be entitled under the Companys certificate or articles of incorporation or by-laws, each as may be amended from time to time, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.
(k) Payments Following Accidents or Illness. If the Committee shall find that any Person to whom any amount is payable under the Plan is unable to care for his or her affairs because of illness or accident, or is a minor, or has died, then any payment due to such Person or his or her estate (unless a prior claim therefor has been made by a duly appointed legal representative) may, if the Committee so directs the Company, be paid to his or her spouse, child, relative, an institution maintaining or having custody of such Person, or any other Person deemed by the Committee to be a proper recipient on behalf of such Person otherwise entitled to payment. Any such payment shall be a complete discharge of the liability of the Committee and the Company therefor.
- 25 -
(l) Governing Law. The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Bermuda without reference to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.
(m) Electronic Delivery. Any reference herein to a written agreement or document or writing will include any agreement or document delivered electronically or posted on the Companys intranet (or other shared electronic medium controlled or authorized by the Company to which the Participant has access) to the extent permitted by applicable law.
(n) Arbitration. All disputes and claims of any nature that a Participant (or such Participants transferee or estate) may have against the Company arising out of or in any way related to the Plan or any Award Agreement shall be submitted to and resolved exclusively by binding arbitration conducted in Bermuda (or such other location as the parties thereto may agree) in accordance with the applicable rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect, and the arbitration shall be heard and determined by a panel of three arbitrators in accordance with such rules (except that in the event of any inconsistency between such rules and this Section 21(n), the provisions of this Section 21(n) shall control). The arbitration panel may not modify the arbitration rules specified above without the prior written approval of all parties to the arbitration. Within ten business days after the receipt of a written demand, each party shall designate one arbitrator, each of whom shall have experience involving complex business or legal matters, but shall not have any prior, existing or potential material business relationship with any party to the arbitration. The two arbitrators so designated shall select a third arbitrator, who shall preside over the arbitration, shall be similarly qualified as the two arbitrators and shall have no prior, existing or potential material business relationship with any party to the arbitration; provided, that if the two arbitrators are unable to agree upon the selection of such third arbitrator, such third arbitrator shall be designated in accordance with the arbitration rules referred to above. The arbitrators will decide the dispute by majority decision, and the decision shall be rendered in writing and shall bear the signatures of the arbitrators and the party or parties who shall be charged therewith, or the allocation of the expenses among the parties in the discretion of the panel. The arbitration decision shall be rendered as soon as possible, but in any event not later than one hundred and twenty (120) days after the constitution of the arbitration panel. The arbitration decision shall be final and binding upon all parties to the arbitration. The parties hereto agree that judgment upon any award rendered by the arbitration panel may be entered in any court sitting in Bermuda. To the maximum extent permitted by law, the parties hereby irrevocably waive any right of appeal from any judgment rendered upon any such arbitration award in any such court. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any party may seek injunctive relief in any such court.
(o) Statute of Limitations. A Participant or any other person filing a claim for benefits under the Plan must file the claim within one (1) year of the date the Participant or other person knew or should have known of the facts giving rise to the claim. This one-year statute of limitations will apply in any forum where a Participant or any other person may file a claim and, unless the Company waives the time limits set forth above in its sole discretion, any claim not brought within the time periods specified shall be waived and forever barred.
- 26 -
(p) Funding. No provision of the Plan shall require the Company, for the purpose of satisfying any obligations under the Plan, to purchase assets or place any assets in a trust or other entity to which contributions are made or otherwise to segregate any assets, nor shall the Company be required to maintain separate bank accounts, books, records, or other evidence of the existence of a segregated or separately maintained or administered fund for such purposes. Participants shall have no rights under the Plan other than as unsecured general creditors of the Company, except that insofar as they may have become entitled to payment of additional compensation by performance of services, they shall have the same rights as other employees and service providers under general law.
(q) Reliance on Reports. Each member of the Committee and each member of the Board shall be fully justified in relying, acting, or failing to act, and shall not be liable for having so relied, acted, or failed to act in good faith, upon any report made by the independent public accountant of the Company and its Affiliates and upon any other information furnished in connection with the Plan by any Person or Persons other than such member.
(r) Titles and Headings. The titles and headings of the sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only, and in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control.
* * *
- 27 -
Exhibit 23.1
|
KPMG Audit Limited Crown House 4 Par-la-Ville Road Hamilton HM 08 Bermuda |
Telephone Fax Internet |
+1 441 295 5063 +1 441 295 9132 www.kpmg.bm |
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the use of our report dated April 6, 2023, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Fidelis Insurance Holdings Limited, included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading Experts in the prospectus.
/s/ KPMG Audit Limited
Chartered Professional Accountants
Hamilton, Bermuda
June 9, 2023
© 2023 KPMG Audit Limited, a Bermuda limited liability company and a member firm of the KPMG global organisation of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Limited, a private English company limited by guarantee. All rights reserved